diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
893 files changed, 21596 insertions, 9015 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..58f06c7eeed7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/bus/fsl-mc/rescan +Date: January 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> +Description: Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + force a rescan of fsl-mc bus in the system and + synchronize the objects under fsl-mc bus and the + Management Complex firmware. +Users: Userspace drivers and management tools + +What: /sys/bus/fsl-mc/autorescan +Date: January 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> +Description: Writing a zero value to this attribute will + disable the DPRC IRQs on which automatic rescan + of the fsl-mc bus is performed. A non-zero value + will enable the DPRC IRQs. +Users: Userspace drivers and management tools diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus index c27b7b89477c..42599d9fa161 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus @@ -1,3 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/bus/vmbus/hibernation +Date: Jan 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Dexuan Cui <decui@microsoft.com> +Description: Whether the host supports hibernation for the VM. +Users: Daemon that sets up swap partition/file for hibernation. + What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<UUID>/id Date: Jul 2009 KernelVersion: 2.6.31 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm index 91ca63ec7581..d897ecb9615f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm @@ -194,3 +194,17 @@ Description: The "tpm_version_major" property shows the TCG spec major version Example output:: 2 + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/pcr-H/N +Date: March 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-integrity@vger.kernel.org +Description: produces output in compact hex representation for PCR + number N from hash bank H. N is the numeric value of + the PCR number and H is the crypto string + representation of the hash + + Example output:: + + cat /sys/class/tpm/tpm0/pcr-sha256/7 + 2ED93F199692DC6788EFA6A1FE74514AB9760B2A6CEEAEF6C808C13E4ABB0D42 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup index 792f58ba327d..dc2a6ba1674b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-speakup @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ Description: In `/sys/accessibility/speakup` is a directory corresponding to Below is a description of values and parameters for soft synthesizer, which is currently the most commonly used. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/caps_start +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/caps_start KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: This is the string that is sent to the synthesizer to cause it @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ Description: This is the string that is sent to the synthesizer to cause it and most others, this causes the pitch of the voice to rise above the currently set pitch. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/caps_stop +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/caps_stop KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: This is the string sent to the synthesizer to cause it to stop @@ -290,12 +290,12 @@ Description: This is the string sent to the synthesizer to cause it to stop down to the currently set pitch. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/delay_time +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/delay_time KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: TODO: -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/direct +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/direct KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: Controls if punctuation is spoken by speakup, or by the @@ -306,36 +306,43 @@ Description: Controls if punctuation is spoken by speakup, or by the than". Zero lets speakup speak the punctuation. One lets the synthesizer itself speak punctuation. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/freq +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/freq KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: Gets or sets the frequency of the speech synthesizer. Range is 0-9. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/full_time +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/flush_time +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org +Description: Gets or sets the timeout to wait for the synthesizer flush to + complete. This can be used when the cable gets faulty and flush + notifications are getting lost. + +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/full_time KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: TODO: -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/jiffy_delta +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/jiffy_delta KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: This controls how many jiffys the kernel gives to the synthesizer. Setting this too high can make a system unstable, or even crash it. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/pitch +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/pitch KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: Gets or sets the pitch of the synthesizer. The range is 0-9. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/inflection +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/inflection KernelVersion: 5.8 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: Gets or sets the inflection of the synthesizer, i.e. the pitch range. The range is 0-9. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/punct +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/punct KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: Gets or sets the amount of punctuation spoken by the @@ -343,13 +350,13 @@ Description: Gets or sets the amount of punctuation spoken by the TODO: How is this related to speakup's punc_level, or reading_punc. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/rate +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/rate KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: Gets or sets the rate of the synthesizer. Range is from zero slowest, to nine fastest. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/tone +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/tone KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: Gets or sets the tone of the speech synthesizer. The range for @@ -357,12 +364,12 @@ Description: Gets or sets the tone of the speech synthesizer. The range for difference if using espeak and the espeakup connector. TODO: does espeakup support different tonalities? -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/trigger_time +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/trigger_time KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: TODO: -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/voice +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/voice KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: Gets or sets the voice used by the synthesizer if the @@ -371,7 +378,7 @@ Description: Gets or sets the voice used by the synthesizer if the voices, this parameter will not set the voice when the espeakup connector is used between speakup and espeak. -What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/soft/vol +What: /sys/accessibility/speakup/<synth-name>/vol KernelVersion: 2.6 Contact: speakup@linux-speakup.org Description: Gets or sets the volume of the speech synthesizer. Range is 0-9, diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs index c5d678d39144..d447a611c41b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/addr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets the device address to be used for read or write through PCI bar, or the device VA of a host mapped memory to be read or written directly from the host. The latter option is allowed @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Description: Sets the device address to be used for read or write through What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/clk_gate Date: May 2020 KernelVersion: 5.8 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Allow the root user to disable/enable in runtime the clock gating mechanism in Gaudi. Due to how Gaudi is built, the clock gating needs to be disabled in order to access the @@ -34,28 +34,28 @@ Description: Allow the root user to disable/enable in runtime the clock What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_buffers Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays a list with information about the currently allocated command buffers What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_submission Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays a list with information about the currently active command submissions What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_submission_jobs Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays a list with detailed information about each JOB (CB) of each active command submission What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/data32 Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Allows the root user to read or write directly through the device's PCI bar. Writing to this file generates a write transaction while reading from the file generates a read @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Description: Allows the root user to read or write directly through the What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/data64 Date: Jan 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Allows the root user to read or write 64 bit data directly through the device's PCI bar. Writing to this file generates a write transaction while reading from the file generates a read @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Description: Allows the root user to read or write 64 bit data directly What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/device Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Enables the root user to set the device to specific state. Valid values are "disable", "enable", "suspend", "resume". User can read this property to see the valid values @@ -93,28 +93,28 @@ Description: Enables the root user to set the device to specific state. What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/engines Date: Jul 2019 KernelVersion: 5.3 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the status registers values of the device engines and their derived idle status What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_addr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets I2C device address for I2C transaction that is generated by the device's CPU What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_bus Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets I2C bus address for I2C transaction that is generated by the device's CPU What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_data Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Triggers an I2C transaction that is generated by the device's CPU. Writing to this file generates a write transaction while reading from the file generates a read transcation @@ -122,32 +122,32 @@ Description: Triggers an I2C transaction that is generated by the device's What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_reg Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets I2C register id for I2C transaction that is generated by the device's CPU What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/led0 Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets the state of the first S/W led on the device What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/led1 Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets the state of the second S/W led on the device What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/led2 Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets the state of the third S/W led on the device What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/mmu Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the hop values and physical address for a given ASID and virtual address. The user should write the ASID and VA into the file and then read the file to get the result. @@ -157,14 +157,14 @@ Description: Displays the hop values and physical address for a given ASID What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/set_power_state Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets the PCI power state. Valid values are "1" for D0 and "2" for D3Hot What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/userptr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays a list with information about the currently user pointers (user virtual addresses) that are pinned and mapped to DMA addresses @@ -172,13 +172,21 @@ Description: Displays a list with information about the currently user What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/vm Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays a list with information about all the active virtual address mappings per ASID What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/stop_on_err Date: Mar 2020 KernelVersion: 5.6 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Sets the stop-on_error option for the device engines. Value of "0" is for disable, otherwise enable. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/dump_security_violations +Date: Jan 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org +Description: Dumps all security violations to dmesg. This will also ack + all security violations meanings those violations will not be + dumped next time user calls this API diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy index e35263f97fc1..070779e8d836 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ Description: option: [[appraise_type=]] [template=] [permit_directio] [appraise_flag=] [keyrings=] base: - func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][CREDS_CHECK][FILE_CHECK]MODULE_CHECK] + func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][CREDS_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK] [FIRMWARE_CHECK] [KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK] [KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK] - [KEXEC_CMDLINE] [KEY_CHECK] + [KEXEC_CMDLINE] [KEY_CHECK] [CRITICAL_DATA] mask:= [[^]MAY_READ] [[^]MAY_WRITE] [[^]MAY_APPEND] [[^]MAY_EXEC] fsmagic:= hex value @@ -52,6 +52,9 @@ Description: template:= name of a defined IMA template type (eg, ima-ng). Only valid when action is "measure". pcr:= decimal value + label:= [selinux]|[kernel_info]|[data_label] + data_label:= a unique string used for grouping and limiting critical data. + For example, "selinux" to measure critical data for SELinux. default policy: # PROC_SUPER_MAGIC diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x index 881f0cd99ce4..8e53a32f8150 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x @@ -371,6 +371,14 @@ Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> Description: (Read) Print the content of the Device ID Register (0xFC8). The value is taken directly from the HW. +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcdevarch +Date: January 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Device Architecture Register + (offset 0xFBC). The value is taken directly read + from the HW. + What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcdevtype Date: April 2015 KernelVersion: 4.01 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cxl new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2fe7490ad6a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-cxl @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/firmware_version +Date: December, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.12 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) "FW Revision" string as reported by the Identify + Memory Device Output Payload in the CXL-2.0 + specification. + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/ram/size +Date: December, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.12 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) "Volatile Only Capacity" as bytes. Represents the + identically named field in the Identify Memory Device Output + Payload in the CXL-2.0 specification. + +What: /sys/bus/cxl/devices/memX/pmem/size +Date: December, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.12 +Contact: linux-cxl@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) "Persistent Only Capacity" as bytes. Represents the + identically named field in the Identify Memory Device Output + Payload in the CXL-2.0 specification. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl-devices-emif b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl-devices-emif new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..817d14126d4d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl-devices-emif @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/infX_cal_fail +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It indicates if the calibration failed on this + memory interface. "1" for calibration failure, "0" for OK. + Format: %u + +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/infX_init_done +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It indicates if the initialization completed on + this memory interface. "1" for initialization complete, "0" + for not yet. + Format: %u + +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/infX_clear +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Write-only. Writing "1" to this file will zero out all memory + data in this memory interface. Writing of other values is + invalid. + Format: %u diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl-devices-n3000-nios b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl-devices-n3000-nios new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5335d742bcaf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl-devices-n3000-nios @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/fec_mode +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Returns the FEC mode of the 25G links of the + ethernet retimers configured by Nios firmware. "rs" for Reed + Solomon FEC, "kr" for Fire Code FEC, "no" for NO FEC. + "not supported" if the FEC mode setting is not supported, this + happens when the Nios firmware version major < 3, or no link is + configured to 25G. + Format: string + +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/retimer_A_mode +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Returns the enumeration value of the working mode of + the retimer A configured by the Nios firmware. The value is + read out from shared registers filled by the Nios firmware. Now + the values could be: + + - "0": Reset + - "1": 4x10G + - "2": 4x25G + - "3": 2x25G + - "4": 2x25G+2x10G + - "5": 1x25G + + If the Nios firmware is updated in future to support more + retimer modes, more enumeration value is expected. + Format: 0x%x + +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/retimer_B_mode +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Returns the enumeration value of the working mode of + the retimer B configured by the Nios firmware. The value format + is the same as retimer_A_mode. + +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/nios_fw_version +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Returns the version of the Nios firmware in the + FPGA. Its format is "major.minor.patch". + Format: %x.%x.%x diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio index 35289d47d6cb..d957f5da5c04 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -198,6 +198,7 @@ Description: Units after application of scale and offset are m/s^2. What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_angl_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglY_raw KernelVersion: 4.17 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -1812,3 +1813,13 @@ Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: Unscaled light intensity according to CIE 1931/DIN 5033 color space. Units after application of scale are nano nanowatts per square meter. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglY_label +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Optional symbolic label for channel Y. + For Intel hid hinge sensor, the label values are: + hinge, keyboard, screen. It means the three channels + each correspond respectively to hinge angle, keyboard angle, + and screen angle. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-ad5766 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-ad5766 new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7fbcba15bf1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-ad5766 @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_dither_enable +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Dither enable. Write 1 to enable dither or 0 to disable it. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_dither_invert +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Inverts the dither applied to the selected DAC channel. Dither is not + inverted by default. Write "1" to invert dither. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_dither_scale_available +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Returns possible scalings available for the current channel. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_dither_scale +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scales the dither before it is applied to the selected channel. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_dither_source +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Selects dither source applied to the selected channel. Write "0" to + select N0 source, write "1" to select N1 source. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-pvpanic b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-pvpanic new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1936f7324155 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-pvpanic @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/*/QEMU0001:00/capability +Date: Jan 2021 +Contact: zhenwei pi <pizhenwei@bytedance.com> +Description: + Read-only attribute. Capabilities of pvpanic device which + are supported by QEMU. + + Format: %x. + + Detailed bit definition refers to section <Bit Definition> + from pvpanic device specification: + https://git.qemu.org/?p=qemu.git;a=blob_plain;f=docs/specs/pvpanic.txt + +What: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/*/QEMU0001:00/events +Date: Jan 2021 +Contact: zhenwei pi <pizhenwei@bytedance.com> +Description: + RW attribute. Set/get which features in-use. This attribute + is used to enable/disable feature(s) of pvpanic device. + Notice that this value should be a subset of capability. + + Format: %x. + + Also refer to pvpanic device specification. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt index a91b4b24496e..d7f09d011b6d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt @@ -49,6 +49,15 @@ Description: Holds a comma separated list of device unique_ids that If a device is authorized automatically during boot its boot attribute is set to 1. +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/deauthorization +Date: May 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute tells whether the system supports + de-authorization of devices. Value of 1 means user can + de-authorize PCIe tunnel by writing 0 to authorized + attribute under each device. + What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/iommu_dma_protection Date: Mar 2019 KernelVersion: 4.21 @@ -76,6 +85,8 @@ Description: This attribute holds current Thunderbolt security level usbonly Automatically tunnel USB controller of the connected Thunderbolt dock (and Display Port). All PCIe links downstream of the dock are removed. + nopcie USB4 system where PCIe tunneling is disabled from + the BIOS. ======= ================================================== What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../authorized @@ -84,22 +95,25 @@ KernelVersion: 4.13 Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org Description: This attribute is used to authorize Thunderbolt devices after they have been connected. If the device is not - authorized, no devices such as PCIe and Display port are - available to the system. + authorized, no PCIe devices are available to the system. Contents of this attribute will be 0 when the device is not yet authorized. Possible values are supported: - == =========================================== + == =================================================== + 0 The device will be de-authorized (only supported if + deauthorization attribute under domain contains 1) 1 The device will be authorized and connected - == =========================================== + == =================================================== When key attribute contains 32 byte hex string the possible values are: == ======================================================== + 0 The device will be de-authorized (only supported if + deauthorization attribute under domain contains 1) 1 The 32 byte hex string is added to the device NVM and the device is authorized. 2 Send a challenge based on the 32 byte hex string. If the diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink index b662f747c83e..8a21ce515f61 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ Description: Provide a place in sysfs for the device link objects in the kernel at any given time. The name of a device link directory, denoted as ... above, is of the form <supplier>--<consumer> - where <supplier> is the supplier device name and <consumer> is - the consumer device name. + where <supplier> is the supplier bus:device name and <consumer> + is the consumer bus:device name. What: /sys/class/devlink/.../auto_remove_on Date: May 2020 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-tty b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-tty new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2bf6b24e781b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-tty @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/ttyname +Date: Dec 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the tty device name of the triggering tty diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net index 1f2002df5ba2..1419103d11f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net @@ -337,3 +337,18 @@ Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org Description: 32-bit unsigned integer counting the number of times the link has been down + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/threaded +Date: Jan 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Boolean value to control the threaded mode per device. User could + set this value to enable/disable threaded mode for all napi + belonging to this device, without the need to do device up/down. + + Possible values: + == ================================== + 0 threaded mode disabled for this dev + 1 threaded mode enabled for this dev + == ================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa index 985d84c585c6..e2da26b44dd0 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa @@ -3,5 +3,12 @@ Date: August 2018 KernelVersion: 4.20 Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org Description: - String indicating the type of tagging protocol used by the - DSA slave network device. + On read, this file returns a string indicating the type of + tagging protocol used by the DSA network devices that are + attached to this master interface. + On write, this file changes the tagging protocol of the + attached DSA switches, if this operation is supported by the + driver. Changing the tagging protocol must be done with the DSA + interfaces and the master interface all administratively down. + See the "name" field of each registered struct dsa_device_ops + for a list of valid values. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi index c310db4ccbc2..ed79f5893421 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi @@ -48,3 +48,13 @@ Description: Write a number ranging from 1 to 254 to delete a previously created qmap mux based network device. + +What: /sys/class/net/<qmimux iface>/qmap/mux_id +Date: January 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Daniele Palmas <dnlplm@gmail.com> +Description: + Unsigned integer + + Indicates the mux id associated to the qmimux network interface + during its creation. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-ltc4162l b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-ltc4162l new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ba30db93052b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-ltc4162l @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/ltc4162-l/charge_status +Date: Januari 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Description: + Detailed charge status information as reported by the chip. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: + ilim_reg_active + thermal_reg_active + vin_uvcl_active + iin_limit_active + constant_current + constant_voltage + charger_off + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/ltc4162-l/ibat +Date: Januari 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Description: + Battery input current as measured by the charger. Negative value + means that the battery is discharging. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Signed value in microamps + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/ltc4162-l/vbat +Date: Januari 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Description: + Battery voltage as measured by the charger. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: In microvolts + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/ltc4162-l/vbat_avg +Date: Januari 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Description: + Battery voltage, averaged over time, as measured by the charger. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: In microvolts + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/ltc4162-l/force_telemetry +Date: Januari 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Description: + To save battery current, the measurement system is disabled if + the battery is the only source of power. This affects all + voltage, current and temperature measurements. + Write a "1" to this to keep performing telemetry once every few + seconds, even when running on battery (as reported by the online + property, which is "1" when external power is available and "0" + when the system runs on battery). + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: 0 (disabled) or 1 (enabled) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/ltc4162-l/arm_ship_mode +Date: Januari 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.11 +Description: + The charger will normally drain the battery while inactive, + typically drawing about 54 microamps. Write a "1" to this + property to arm a special "ship" mode that extends shelf life + by reducing the leakage to about 2.8 microamps. The chip will + remain in this mode (and no longer respond to I2C commands) + until some external power-supply is attached raising the input + voltage above 1V. It will then automatically revert to "0". + Writing a "0" to the property cancels the "ship" mode request. + The ship mode, when armed, activates once the input voltage + drops below 1V. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: 0 (disable) or 1 (enable) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec index 8eab41e79ce6..40122d915ae1 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec @@ -105,7 +105,25 @@ Date: April 2017 Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> Description: Revision number of the supported USB Power Delivery - specification, or 0 when USB Power Delivery is not supported. + specification, or 0.0 when USB Power Delivery is not supported. + + Example values: + - "2.0": USB Power Delivery Release 2.0 + - "3.0": USB Power Delivery Release 3.0 + - "3.1": USB Power Delivery Release 3.1 + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-{partner|cable}/usb_power_delivery_revision +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Benson Leung <bleung@chromium.org> +Description: + Revision number of the supported USB Power Delivery + specification of the port partner or cable, or 0.0 when USB + Power Delivery is not supported. + + Example values: + - "2.0": USB Power Delivery Release 2.0 + - "3.0": USB Power Delivery Release 3.0 + - "3.1": USB Power Delivery Release 3.1 What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/usb_typec_revision Date: April 2017 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer index 1f06d74d1c3c..0809fda092e6 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer @@ -4,5 +4,6 @@ Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> Description: The /sys/devices/.../consumer:<consumer> are symlinks to device links where this device is the supplier. <consumer> denotes the - name of the consumer in that device link. There can be zero or - more of these symlinks for a given device. + name of the consumer in that device link and is of the form + bus:device name. There can be zero or more of these symlinks + for a given device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory index 246a45b96d22..d8b0f80b9e33 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory @@ -13,21 +13,22 @@ What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable Date: June 2008 Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> Description: - The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable - indicates whether this memory block is removable or not. - This is useful for a user-level agent to determine - identify removable sections of the memory before attempting - potentially expensive hot-remove memory operation + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable is a + legacy interface used to indicated whether a memory block is + likely to be offlineable or not. Newer kernel versions return + "1" if and only if the kernel supports memory offlining. Users: hotplug memory remove tools http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils + lsmem/chmem part of util-linux What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device Date: September 2008 Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> Description: The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device - is read-only and is designed to show the name of physical - memory device. Implementation is currently incomplete. + is read-only; it is a legacy interface only ever used on s390x + to expose the covered storage increment. +Users: Legacy s390-tools lsmem/chmem What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index Date: September 2008 @@ -43,23 +44,25 @@ Date: September 2008 Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> Description: The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state - is read-write. When read, its contents show the - online/offline state of the memory section. When written, - root can toggle the the online/offline state of a removable - memory section (see removable file description above) - using the following commands:: + is read-write. When read, it returns the online/offline + state of the memory block. When written, root can toggle + the online/offline state of a memory block using the following + commands:: # echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state - For example, if /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/removable - contains a value of 1 and - /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state contains the - string "online" the following command can be executed by - by root to offline that section:: - - # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state - + On newer kernel versions, advanced states can be specified + when onlining to select a target zone: "online_movable" + selects the movable zone. "online_kernel" selects the + applicable kernel zone (DMA, DMA32, or Normal). However, + after successfully setting one of the advanced states, + reading the file will return "online"; the zone information + can be obtained via "valid_zones" instead. + + While onlining is unlikely to fail, there are no guarantees + that offlining will succeed. Offlining is more likely to + succeed if "valid_zones" indicates "Movable". Users: hotplug memory remove tools http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils @@ -69,8 +72,19 @@ Date: July 2014 Contact: Zhang Zhen <zhenzhang.zhang@huawei.com> Description: The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/valid_zones is - read-only and is designed to show which zone this memory - block can be onlined to. + read-only. + + For online memory blocks, it returns in which zone memory + provided by a memory block is managed. If multiple zones + apply (not applicable for hotplugged memory), "None" is returned + and the memory block cannot be offlined. + + For offline memory blocks, it returns by which zone memory + provided by a memory block can be managed when onlining. + The first returned zone ("default") will be used when setting + the state of an offline memory block to "online". Only one of + the kernel zones (DMA, DMA32, Normal) is applicable for a single + memory block. What: /sys/devices/system/memoryX/nodeY Date: October 2009 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier index a919e0db5e90..207f5972e98d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier @@ -4,5 +4,6 @@ Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> Description: The /sys/devices/.../supplier:<supplier> are symlinks to device links where this device is the consumer. <supplier> denotes the - name of the supplier in that device link. There can be zero or - more of these symlinks for a given device. + name of the supplier in that device link and is of the form + bus:device name. There can be zero or more of these symlinks + for a given device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-xenbus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-xenbus new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fd796cb4f315 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-xenbus @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +What: /sys/devices/*/xenbus/event_channels +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Xen Developers mailing list <xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org> +Description: + Number of Xen event channels associated with a kernel based + paravirtualized device frontend or backend. + +What: /sys/devices/*/xenbus/events +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Xen Developers mailing list <xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org> +Description: + Total number of Xen events received for a Xen pv device + frontend or backend. + +What: /sys/devices/*/xenbus/jiffies_eoi_delayed +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Xen Developers mailing list <xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org> +Description: + Summed up time in jiffies the EOI of an interrupt for a Xen + pv device has been delayed in order to avoid stalls due to + event storms. This value rising is a first sign for a rogue + other end of the pv device. + +What: /sys/devices/*/xenbus/spurious_events +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Xen Developers mailing list <xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org> +Description: + Number of events received for a Xen pv device which did not + require any action. Too many spurious events in a row will + trigger delayed EOI processing. + +What: /sys/devices/*/xenbus/spurious_threshold +Date: February 2021 +Contact: Xen Developers mailing list <xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org> +Description: + Controls the tolerated number of subsequent spurious events + before delayed EOI processing is triggered for a Xen pv + device. Default is 1. This can be modified in case the other + end of the pv device is issuing spurious events on a regular + basis and is known not to be malicious on purpose. Raising + the value for such cases can improve pv device performance. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs index 169ae4b2a180..1f127f71d2b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/armcp_kernel_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the Linux kernel running on the device's CPU. Will be DEPRECATED in Linux kernel version 5.10, and be replaced with cpucp_kernel_ver @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Description: Version of the Linux kernel running on the device's CPU. What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/armcp_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the application running on the device's CPU Will be DEPRECATED in Linux kernel version 5.10, and be replaced with cpucp_ver @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Description: Version of the application running on the device's CPU What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/clk_max_freq_mhz Date: Jun 2019 KernelVersion: not yet upstreamed -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in MHz. The device clock might be set to lower value than the maximum. The user should read the clk_cur_freq_mhz to see the actual @@ -27,52 +27,52 @@ Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in MHz. What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/clk_cur_freq_mhz Date: Jun 2019 KernelVersion: not yet upstreamed -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the current frequency, in MHz, of the device clock. This property is valid only for the Gaudi ASIC family What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpld_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the Device's CPLD F/W What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpucp_kernel_ver Date: Oct 2020 KernelVersion: 5.10 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the Linux kernel running on the device's CPU What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpucp_ver Date: Oct 2020 KernelVersion: 5.10 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the application running on the device's CPU What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/device_type Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the code name of the device according to its type. The supported values are: "GOYA" What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/eeprom Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: A binary file attribute that contains the contents of the on-board EEPROM What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/fuse_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the device's version from the eFuse What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/hard_reset Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Interface to trigger a hard-reset operation for the device. Hard-reset will reset ALL internal components of the device except for the PCI interface and the internal PLLs @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ Description: Interface to trigger a hard-reset operation for the device. What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/hard_reset_cnt Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays how many times the device have undergone a hard-reset operation since the driver was loaded What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/high_pll Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency for MME, TPC and IC when the power management profile is set to "automatic". This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency for MME, TPC What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/ic_clk Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of the Interconnect fabric. Writes to this parameter affect the device only when the power management profile is set to "manual" @@ -107,27 +107,27 @@ Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/ic_clk_curr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the Interconnect fabric. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/infineon_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the Device's power supply F/W code What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/max_power Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Allows the user to set the maximum power consumption of the device in milliwatts. What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/mme_clk Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of the MME compute engine. Writes to this parameter affect the device only when the power management profile is set to "manual" @@ -139,21 +139,21 @@ Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/mme_clk_curr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the MME compute engine. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/pci_addr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the PCI address of the device. This is needed so the user would be able to open a device based on its PCI address What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/pm_mng_profile Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Power management profile. Values are "auto", "manual". In "auto" mode, the driver will set the maximum clock frequency to a high value when a user-space process opens the device's file (unless @@ -167,13 +167,13 @@ Description: Power management profile. Values are "auto", "manual". In "auto" What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/preboot_btl_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the device's preboot F/W code What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/soft_reset Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Interface to trigger a soft-reset operation for the device. Soft-reset will reset only the compute and DMA engines of the device @@ -181,26 +181,26 @@ Description: Interface to trigger a soft-reset operation for the device. What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/soft_reset_cnt Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays how many times the device have undergone a soft-reset operation since the driver was loaded What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/status Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Status of the card: "Operational", "Malfunction", "In reset". What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/thermal_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the Device's thermal daemon What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/tpc_clk Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of the TPC compute engines. Writes to this parameter affect the device only when the power management profile is set to "manual" @@ -212,12 +212,12 @@ Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/tpc_clk_curr Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the TPC compute engines. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/uboot_ver Date: Jan 2019 KernelVersion: 5.1 -Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Contact: ogabbay@kernel.org Description: Version of the u-boot running on the device's CPU
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-cros-ec-keyb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-cros-ec-keyb new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c7afc2328045 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-cros-ec-keyb @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/class/input/input(x)/device/function_row_physmap +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Philip Chen <philipchen@chromium.org> +Description: A space separated list of scancodes for the top row keys, + ordered by the physical positions of the keys, from left + to right. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc index 979a2d62513f..9773925138af 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc @@ -13,3 +13,24 @@ Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> Description: Read only. Returns the firmware version of Intel MAX10 BMC chip. Format: "0x%x". + +What: /sys/bus/spi/devices/.../mac_address +Date: January 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Description: Read only. Returns the first MAC address in a block + of sequential MAC addresses assigned to the board + that is managed by the Intel MAX10 BMC. It is stored in + FLASH storage and is mirrored in the MAX10 BMC register + space. + Format: "%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x". + +What: /sys/bus/spi/devices/.../mac_count +Date: January 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: Russ Weight <russell.h.weight@intel.com> +Description: Read only. Returns the number of sequential MAC + addresses assigned to the board managed by the Intel + MAX10 BMC. This value is stored in FLASH and is mirrored + in the MAX10 BMC register space. + Format: "%u". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs index adc0d0e91607..d1bc23cb6a9d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs @@ -916,21 +916,25 @@ Date: September 2014 Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Description: This entry could be used to set or show the UFS device runtime power management level. The current driver - implementation supports 6 levels with next target states: + implementation supports 7 levels with next target states: == ==================================================== - 0 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will + 0 UFS device will stay active, UIC link will stay active - 1 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will + 1 UFS device will stay active, UIC link will hibernate - 2 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will + 2 UFS device will be moved to sleep, UIC link will stay active - 3 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will + 3 UFS device will be moved to sleep, UIC link will hibernate - 4 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will + 4 UFS device will be powered off, UIC link will hibernate - 5 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will + 5 UFS device will be powered off, UIC link will be powered off + 6 UFS device will be moved to deep sleep, UIC link + will be powered off. Note, deep sleep might not be + supported in which case this value will not be + accepted == ==================================================== What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_target_dev_state @@ -954,21 +958,25 @@ Date: September 2014 Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> Description: This entry could be used to set or show the UFS device system power management level. The current driver - implementation supports 6 levels with next target states: + implementation supports 7 levels with next target states: == ==================================================== - 0 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will + 0 UFS device will stay active, UIC link will stay active - 1 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will + 1 UFS device will stay active, UIC link will hibernate - 2 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will + 2 UFS device will be moved to sleep, UIC link will stay active - 3 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will + 3 UFS device will be moved to sleep, UIC link will hibernate - 4 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will + 4 UFS device will be powered off, UIC link will hibernate - 5 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will + 5 UFS device will be powered off, UIC link will be powered off + 6 UFS device will be moved to deep sleep, UIC link + will be powered off. Note, deep sleep might not be + supported in which case this value will not be + accepted == ==================================================== What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_target_dev_state @@ -1153,3 +1161,14 @@ Description: This entry shows the configured size of WriteBooster buffer. 0400h corresponds to 4GB. The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/wb_on +Date: January 2021 +Contact: Bean Huo <beanhuo@micron.com> +Description: This node is used to set or display whether UFS WriteBooster is + enabled. Echo 0 to this file to disable UFS WriteBooster or 1 to + enable it. The WriteBooster is enabled after power-on/reset, + however, it will be disabled/enable while CLK scaling down/up + (if the platform supports UFSHCD_CAP_CLK_SCALING). For a + platform that doesn't support UFSHCD_CAP_CLK_SCALING, we can + disable/enable WriteBooster through this sysfs node. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi index b16d30a71709..819939d858c9 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi @@ -1,3 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/fpdt/ +Date: Jan 2021 +Contact: Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com> +Description: + ACPI Firmware Performance Data Table (FPDT) provides + information for firmware performance data for system boot, + S3 suspend and S3 resume. This sysfs entry contains the + performance data retrieved from the FPDT. + + boot: + firmware_start_ns: Timer value logged at the beginning + of firmware image execution. In nanoseconds. + bootloader_load_ns: Timer value logged just prior to + loading the OS boot loader into memory. + In nanoseconds. + bootloader_launch_ns: Timer value logged just prior to + launching the currently loaded OS boot loader + image. In nanoseconds. + exitbootservice_start_ns: Timer value logged at the + point when the OS loader calls the + ExitBootServices function for UEFI compatible + firmware. In nanoseconds. + exitbootservice_end_ns: Timer value logged at the point + just prior to the OS loader gaining control + back from the ExitBootServices function for + UEFI compatible firmware. In nanoseconds. + suspend: + suspend_start_ns: Timer value recorded at the previous + OS write to SLP_TYP upon entry to S3. In + nanoseconds. + suspend_end_ns: Timer value recorded at the previous + firmware write to SLP_TYP used to trigger + hardware entry to S3. In nanoseconds. + resume: + resume_count: A count of the number of S3 resume cycles + since the last full boot sequence. + resume_avg_ns: Average timer value of all resume cycles + logged since the last full boot sequence, + including the most recent resume. In nanoseconds. + resume_prev_ns: Timer recorded at the end of the previous + platform runtime firmware S3 resume, just prior to + handoff to the OS waking vector. In nanoseconds. + What: /sys/firmware/acpi/bgrt/ Date: January 2012 Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi deleted file mode 100644 index 5210e0f06ddb..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/firmware/sfi/tables/ -Date: May 2010 -Contact: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org> -Description: - SFI defines a number of small static memory tables - so the kernel can get platform information from firmware. - - The tables are defined in the latest SFI specification: - http://simplefirmware.org/documentation - - While the tables are used by the kernel, user-space - can observe them this way:: - - # cd /sys/firmware/sfi/tables - # cat $TABLENAME > $TABLENAME.bin diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs index 3dfee94e0618..cbeac1bebe2f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs @@ -377,3 +377,35 @@ Description: This gives a control to limit the bio size in f2fs. Default is zero, which will follow underlying block layer limit, whereas, if it has a certain bytes value, f2fs won't submit a bio larger than that size. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/stat/sb_status +Date: December 2020 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: Show status of f2fs superblock in real time. + + ====== ===================== ================================= + value sb status macro description + 0x1 SBI_IS_DIRTY dirty flag for checkpoint + 0x2 SBI_IS_CLOSE specify unmounting + 0x4 SBI_NEED_FSCK need fsck.f2fs to fix + 0x8 SBI_POR_DOING recovery is doing or not + 0x10 SBI_NEED_SB_WRITE need to recover superblock + 0x20 SBI_NEED_CP need to checkpoint + 0x40 SBI_IS_SHUTDOWN shutdown by ioctl + 0x80 SBI_IS_RECOVERED recovered orphan/data + 0x100 SBI_CP_DISABLED CP was disabled last mount + 0x200 SBI_CP_DISABLED_QUICK CP was disabled quickly + 0x400 SBI_QUOTA_NEED_FLUSH need to flush quota info in CP + 0x800 SBI_QUOTA_SKIP_FLUSH skip flushing quota in current CP + 0x1000 SBI_QUOTA_NEED_REPAIR quota file may be corrupted + 0x2000 SBI_IS_RESIZEFS resizefs is in process + ====== ===================== ================================= + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ckpt_thread_ioprio +Date: January 2021 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Give a way to change checkpoint merge daemon's io priority. + Its default value is "be,3", which means "BE" I/O class and + I/O priority "3". We can select the class between "rt" and "be", + and set the I/O priority within valid range of it. "," delimiter + is necessary in between I/O class and priority number. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop index fd2ac02bc5bd..4989ab266682 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/camera_power +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/VPC2004:*/camera_power Date: Dec 2010 KernelVersion: 2.6.37 Contact: "Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com>" Description: Control the power of camera module. 1 means on, 0 means off. -What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/fan_mode +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/VPC2004:*/fan_mode Date: June 2012 KernelVersion: 3.6 Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Description: * 2 -> Dust Cleaning * 4 -> Efficient Thermal Dissipation Mode -What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/touchpad +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/VPC2004:*/touchpad Date: May 2017 KernelVersion: 4.13 Contact: "Ritesh Raj Sarraf <rrs@debian.org>" @@ -27,7 +27,16 @@ Description: * 1 -> Switched On * 0 -> Switched Off -What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<bdf>/<device>/VPC2004:00/fn_lock +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/VPC2004:*/conservation_mode +Date: Aug 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: platform-driver-x86@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Controls whether the conservation mode is enabled or not. + This feature limits the maximum battery charge percentage to + around 50-60% in order to prolong the lifetime of the battery. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/VPC2004:*/fn_lock Date: May 2018 KernelVersion: 4.18 Contact: "Oleg Keri <ezhi99@gmail.com>" @@ -41,3 +50,12 @@ Description: # echo "0" > \ /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:1f.0/PNP0C09:00/VPC2004:00/fn_lock + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/VPC2004:*/usb_charging +Date: Feb 2021 +KernelVersion: 5.12 +Contact: platform-driver-x86@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Controls whether the "always on USB charging" feature is + enabled or not. This feature enables charging USB devices + even if the computer is not turned on. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim index a7f81de68046..6a52d6d2b601 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Description: is connected. example: "/dev/ttyS0". The device name flows down to architecture specific board - initialization file from the SFI/ATAGS bootloader + initialization file from the ATAGS bootloader firmware. The name exposed is read from the user-space dameon and opens the device when install is requested. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform_profile b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform_profile new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..dae9c8941905 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform_profile @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/platform_profile_choices +Date: October 2020 +Contact: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> +Description: This file contains a space-separated list of profiles supported for this device. + + Drivers must use the following standard profile-names: + + ==================== ======================================== + low-power Low power consumption + cool Cooler operation + quiet Quieter operation + balanced Balance between low power consumption + and performance + balanced-performance Balance between performance and low + power consumption with a slight bias + towards performance + performance High performance operation + ==================== ======================================== + + Userspace may expect drivers to offer more than one of these + standard profile names. + +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/platform_profile +Date: October 2020 +Contact: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> +Description: Reading this file gives the current selected profile for this + device. Writing this file with one of the strings from + platform_profile_choices changes the profile to the new value. diff --git a/Documentation/Makefile b/Documentation/Makefile index 61a7310b49e0..9c42dde97671 100644 --- a/Documentation/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/Makefile @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ quiet_cmd_sphinx = SPHINX $@ --> file://$(abspath $(BUILDDIR)/$3/$4) cmd_sphinx = $(MAKE) BUILDDIR=$(abspath $(BUILDDIR)) $(build)=Documentation/userspace-api/media $2 && \ PYTHONDONTWRITEBYTECODE=1 \ BUILDDIR=$(abspath $(BUILDDIR)) SPHINX_CONF=$(abspath $(srctree)/$(src)/$5/$(SPHINX_CONF)) \ - $(PYTHON) $(srctree)/scripts/jobserver-exec \ + $(PYTHON3) $(srctree)/scripts/jobserver-exec \ $(SHELL) $(srctree)/Documentation/sphinx/parallel-wrapper.sh \ $(SPHINXBUILD) \ -b $2 \ diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/function/binding/pci-ntb.rst b/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/function/binding/pci-ntb.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..40253d3d5163 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/function/binding/pci-ntb.rst @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +========================== +PCI NTB Endpoint Function +========================== + +1) Create a subdirectory to pci_epf_ntb directory in configfs. + +Standard EPF Configurable Fields: + +================ =========================================================== +vendorid should be 0x104c +deviceid should be 0xb00d for TI's J721E SoC +revid don't care +progif_code don't care +subclass_code should be 0x00 +baseclass_code should be 0x5 +cache_line_size don't care +subsys_vendor_id don't care +subsys_id don't care +interrupt_pin don't care +msi_interrupts don't care +msix_interrupts don't care +================ =========================================================== + +2) Create a subdirectory to directory created in 1 + +NTB EPF specific configurable fields: + +================ =========================================================== +db_count Number of doorbells; default = 4 +mw1 size of memory window1 +mw2 size of memory window2 +mw3 size of memory window3 +mw4 size of memory window4 +num_mws Number of memory windows; max = 4 +spad_count Number of scratchpad registers; default = 64 +================ =========================================================== diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/index.rst b/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/index.rst index 4ca7439fbfc9..38ea1f604b6d 100644 --- a/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/index.rst @@ -11,5 +11,8 @@ PCI Endpoint Framework pci-endpoint-cfs pci-test-function pci-test-howto + pci-ntb-function + pci-ntb-howto function/binding/pci-test + function/binding/pci-ntb diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-endpoint-cfs.rst b/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-endpoint-cfs.rst index 1bbd81ed06c8..696f8eeb4738 100644 --- a/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-endpoint-cfs.rst +++ b/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-endpoint-cfs.rst @@ -68,6 +68,16 @@ created) ... subsys_vendor_id ... subsys_id ... interrupt_pin + ... primary/ + ... <Symlink EPC Device1>/ + ... secondary/ + ... <Symlink EPC Device2>/ + +If an EPF device has to be associated with 2 EPCs (like in the case of +Non-transparent bridge), symlink of endpoint controller connected to primary +interface should be added in 'primary' directory and symlink of endpoint +controller connected to secondary interface should be added in 'secondary' +directory. EPC Device ========== diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-ntb-function.rst b/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-ntb-function.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3b9d836a4924 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-ntb-function.rst @@ -0,0 +1,348 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +================= +PCI NTB Function +================= + +:Author: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com> + +PCI Non-Transparent Bridges (NTB) allow two host systems to communicate +with each other by exposing each host as a device to the other host. +NTBs typically support the ability to generate interrupts on the remote +machine, expose memory ranges as BARs, and perform DMA. They also support +scratchpads, which are areas of memory within the NTB that are accessible +from both machines. + +PCI NTB Function allows two different systems (or hosts) to communicate +with each other by configuring the endpoint instances in such a way that +transactions from one system are routed to the other system. + +In the below diagram, PCI NTB function configures the SoC with multiple +PCI Endpoint (EP) instances in such a way that transactions from one EP +controller are routed to the other EP controller. Once PCI NTB function +configures the SoC with multiple EP instances, HOST1 and HOST2 can +communicate with each other using SoC as a bridge. + +.. code-block:: text + + +-------------+ +-------------+ + | | | | + | HOST1 | | HOST2 | + | | | | + +------^------+ +------^------+ + | | + | | + +---------|-------------------------------------------------|---------+ + | +------v------+ +------v------+ | + | | | | | | + | | EP | | EP | | + | | CONTROLLER1 | | CONTROLLER2 | | + | | <-----------------------------------> | | + | | | | | | + | | | | | | + | | | SoC With Multiple EP Instances | | | + | | | (Configured using NTB Function) | | | + | +-------------+ +-------------+ | + +---------------------------------------------------------------------+ + +Constructs used for Implementing NTB +==================================== + + 1) Config Region + 2) Self Scratchpad Registers + 3) Peer Scratchpad Registers + 4) Doorbell (DB) Registers + 5) Memory Window (MW) + + +Config Region: +-------------- + +Config Region is a construct that is specific to NTB implemented using NTB +Endpoint Function Driver. The host and endpoint side NTB function driver will +exchange information with each other using this region. Config Region has +Control/Status Registers for configuring the Endpoint Controller. Host can +write into this region for configuring the outbound Address Translation Unit +(ATU) and to indicate the link status. Endpoint can indicate the status of +commands issued by host in this region. Endpoint can also indicate the +scratchpad offset and number of memory windows to the host using this region. + +The format of Config Region is given below. All the fields here are 32 bits. + +.. code-block:: text + + +------------------------+ + | COMMAND | + +------------------------+ + | ARGUMENT | + +------------------------+ + | STATUS | + +------------------------+ + | TOPOLOGY | + +------------------------+ + | ADDRESS (LOWER 32) | + +------------------------+ + | ADDRESS (UPPER 32) | + +------------------------+ + | SIZE | + +------------------------+ + | NO OF MEMORY WINDOW | + +------------------------+ + | MEMORY WINDOW1 OFFSET | + +------------------------+ + | SPAD OFFSET | + +------------------------+ + | SPAD COUNT | + +------------------------+ + | DB ENTRY SIZE | + +------------------------+ + | DB DATA | + +------------------------+ + | : | + +------------------------+ + | : | + +------------------------+ + | DB DATA | + +------------------------+ + + + COMMAND: + + NTB function supports three commands: + + CMD_CONFIGURE_DOORBELL (0x1): Command to configure doorbell. Before + invoking this command, the host should allocate and initialize + MSI/MSI-X vectors (i.e., initialize the MSI/MSI-X Capability in the + Endpoint). The endpoint on receiving this command will configure + the outbound ATU such that transactions to Doorbell BAR will be routed + to the MSI/MSI-X address programmed by the host. The ARGUMENT + register should be populated with number of DBs to configure (in the + lower 16 bits) and if MSI or MSI-X should be configured (BIT 16). + + CMD_CONFIGURE_MW (0x2): Command to configure memory window (MW). The + host invokes this command after allocating a buffer that can be + accessed by remote host. The allocated address should be programmed + in the ADDRESS register (64 bit), the size should be programmed in + the SIZE register and the memory window index should be programmed + in the ARGUMENT register. The endpoint on receiving this command + will configure the outbound ATU such that transactions to MW BAR + are routed to the address provided by the host. + + CMD_LINK_UP (0x3): Command to indicate an NTB application is + bound to the EP device on the host side. Once the endpoint + receives this command from both the hosts, the endpoint will + raise a LINK_UP event to both the hosts to indicate the host + NTB applications can start communicating with each other. + + ARGUMENT: + + The value of this register is based on the commands issued in + command register. See COMMAND section for more information. + + TOPOLOGY: + + Set to NTB_TOPO_B2B_USD for Primary interface + Set to NTB_TOPO_B2B_DSD for Secondary interface + + ADDRESS/SIZE: + + Address and Size to be used while configuring the memory window. + See "CMD_CONFIGURE_MW" for more info. + + MEMORY WINDOW1 OFFSET: + + Memory Window 1 and Doorbell registers are packed together in the + same BAR. The initial portion of the region will have doorbell + registers and the latter portion of the region is for memory window 1. + This register will specify the offset of the memory window 1. + + NO OF MEMORY WINDOW: + + Specifies the number of memory windows supported by the NTB device. + + SPAD OFFSET: + + Self scratchpad region and config region are packed together in the + same BAR. The initial portion of the region will have config region + and the latter portion of the region is for self scratchpad. This + register will specify the offset of the self scratchpad registers. + + SPAD COUNT: + + Specifies the number of scratchpad registers supported by the NTB + device. + + DB ENTRY SIZE: + + Used to determine the offset within the DB BAR that should be written + in order to raise doorbell. EPF NTB can use either MSI or MSI-X to + ring doorbell (MSI-X support will be added later). MSI uses same + address for all the interrupts and MSI-X can provide different + addresses for different interrupts. The MSI/MSI-X address is provided + by the host and the address it gives is based on the MSI/MSI-X + implementation supported by the host. For instance, ARM platform + using GIC ITS will have the same MSI-X address for all the interrupts. + In order to support all the combinations and use the same mechanism + for both MSI and MSI-X, EPF NTB allocates a separate region in the + Outbound Address Space for each of the interrupts. This region will + be mapped to the MSI/MSI-X address provided by the host. If a host + provides the same address for all the interrupts, all the regions + will be translated to the same address. If a host provides different + addresses, the regions will be translated to different addresses. This + will ensure there is no difference while raising the doorbell. + + DB DATA: + + EPF NTB supports 32 interrupts, so there are 32 DB DATA registers. + This holds the MSI/MSI-X data that has to be written to MSI address + for raising doorbell interrupt. This will be populated by EPF NTB + while invoking CMD_CONFIGURE_DOORBELL. + +Scratchpad Registers: +--------------------- + + Each host has its own register space allocated in the memory of NTB endpoint + controller. They are both readable and writable from both sides of the bridge. + They are used by applications built over NTB and can be used to pass control + and status information between both sides of a device. + + Scratchpad registers has 2 parts + 1) Self Scratchpad: Host's own register space + 2) Peer Scratchpad: Remote host's register space. + +Doorbell Registers: +------------------- + + Doorbell Registers are used by the hosts to interrupt each other. + +Memory Window: +-------------- + + Actual transfer of data between the two hosts will happen using the + memory window. + +Modeling Constructs: +==================== + +There are 5 or more distinct regions (config, self scratchpad, peer +scratchpad, doorbell, one or more memory windows) to be modeled to achieve +NTB functionality. At least one memory window is required while more than +one is permitted. All these regions should be mapped to BARs for hosts to +access these regions. + +If one 32-bit BAR is allocated for each of these regions, the scheme would +look like this: + +====== =============== +BAR NO CONSTRUCTS USED +====== =============== +BAR0 Config Region +BAR1 Self Scratchpad +BAR2 Peer Scratchpad +BAR3 Doorbell +BAR4 Memory Window 1 +BAR5 Memory Window 2 +====== =============== + +However if we allocate a separate BAR for each of the regions, there would not +be enough BARs for all the regions in a platform that supports only 64-bit +BARs. + +In order to be supported by most of the platforms, the regions should be +packed and mapped to BARs in a way that provides NTB functionality and +also makes sure the host doesn't access any region that it is not supposed +to. + +The following scheme is used in EPF NTB Function: + +====== =============================== +BAR NO CONSTRUCTS USED +====== =============================== +BAR0 Config Region + Self Scratchpad +BAR1 Peer Scratchpad +BAR2 Doorbell + Memory Window 1 +BAR3 Memory Window 2 +BAR4 Memory Window 3 +BAR5 Memory Window 4 +====== =============================== + +With this scheme, for the basic NTB functionality 3 BARs should be sufficient. + +Modeling Config/Scratchpad Region: +---------------------------------- + +.. code-block:: text + + +-----------------+------->+------------------+ +-----------------+ + | BAR0 | | CONFIG REGION | | BAR0 | + +-----------------+----+ +------------------+<-------+-----------------+ + | BAR1 | | |SCRATCHPAD REGION | | BAR1 | + +-----------------+ +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+ + | BAR2 | Local Memory | BAR2 | + +-----------------+ +-----------------+ + | BAR3 | | BAR3 | + +-----------------+ +-----------------+ + | BAR4 | | BAR4 | + +-----------------+ +-----------------+ + | BAR5 | | BAR5 | + +-----------------+ +-----------------+ + EP CONTROLLER 1 EP CONTROLLER 2 + +Above diagram shows Config region + Scratchpad region for HOST1 (connected to +EP controller 1) allocated in local memory. The HOST1 can access the config +region and scratchpad region (self scratchpad) using BAR0 of EP controller 1. +The peer host (HOST2 connected to EP controller 2) can also access this +scratchpad region (peer scratchpad) using BAR1 of EP controller 2. This +diagram shows the case where Config region and Scratchpad regions are allocated +for HOST1, however the same is applicable for HOST2. + +Modeling Doorbell/Memory Window 1: +---------------------------------- + +.. code-block:: text + + +-----------------+ +----->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+ + | BAR0 | | | Doorbell 1 +-----------> MSI-X ADDRESS 1 | + +-----------------+ | +----------------+ +-----------------+ + | BAR1 | | | Doorbell 2 +---------+ | | + +-----------------+----+ +----------------+ | | | + | BAR2 | | Doorbell 3 +-------+ | +-----------------+ + +-----------------+----+ +----------------+ | +-> MSI-X ADDRESS 2 | + | BAR3 | | | Doorbell 4 +-----+ | +-----------------+ + +-----------------+ | |----------------+ | | | | + | BAR4 | | | | | | +-----------------+ + +-----------------+ | | MW1 +---+ | +-->+ MSI-X ADDRESS 3|| + | BAR5 | | | | | | +-----------------+ + +-----------------+ +----->-----------------+ | | | | + EP CONTROLLER 1 | | | | +-----------------+ + | | | +---->+ MSI-X ADDRESS 4 | + +----------------+ | +-----------------+ + EP CONTROLLER 2 | | | + (OB SPACE) | | | + +-------> MW1 | + | | + | | + +-----------------+ + | | + | | + | | + | | + | | + +-----------------+ + PCI Address Space + (Managed by HOST2) + +Above diagram shows how the doorbell and memory window 1 is mapped so that +HOST1 can raise doorbell interrupt on HOST2 and also how HOST1 can access +buffers exposed by HOST2 using memory window1 (MW1). Here doorbell and +memory window 1 regions are allocated in EP controller 2 outbound (OB) address +space. Allocating and configuring BARs for doorbell and memory window1 +is done during the initialization phase of NTB endpoint function driver. +Mapping from EP controller 2 OB space to PCI address space is done when HOST2 +sends CMD_CONFIGURE_MW/CMD_CONFIGURE_DOORBELL. + +Modeling Optional Memory Windows: +--------------------------------- + +This is modeled the same was as MW1 but each of the additional memory windows +is mapped to separate BARs. diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-ntb-howto.rst b/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-ntb-howto.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1884bf29caba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-ntb-howto.rst @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +=================================================================== +PCI Non-Transparent Bridge (NTB) Endpoint Function (EPF) User Guide +=================================================================== + +:Author: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com> + +This document is a guide to help users use pci-epf-ntb function driver +and ntb_hw_epf host driver for NTB functionality. The list of steps to +be followed in the host side and EP side is given below. For the hardware +configuration and internals of NTB using configurable endpoints see +Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-ntb-function.rst + +Endpoint Device +=============== + +Endpoint Controller Devices +--------------------------- + +For implementing NTB functionality at least two endpoint controller devices +are required. + +To find the list of endpoint controller devices in the system:: + + # ls /sys/class/pci_epc/ + 2900000.pcie-ep 2910000.pcie-ep + +If PCI_ENDPOINT_CONFIGFS is enabled:: + + # ls /sys/kernel/config/pci_ep/controllers + 2900000.pcie-ep 2910000.pcie-ep + + +Endpoint Function Drivers +------------------------- + +To find the list of endpoint function drivers in the system:: + + # ls /sys/bus/pci-epf/drivers + pci_epf_ntb pci_epf_ntb + +If PCI_ENDPOINT_CONFIGFS is enabled:: + + # ls /sys/kernel/config/pci_ep/functions + pci_epf_ntb pci_epf_ntb + + +Creating pci-epf-ntb Device +---------------------------- + +PCI endpoint function device can be created using the configfs. To create +pci-epf-ntb device, the following commands can be used:: + + # mount -t configfs none /sys/kernel/config + # cd /sys/kernel/config/pci_ep/ + # mkdir functions/pci_epf_ntb/func1 + +The "mkdir func1" above creates the pci-epf-ntb function device that will +be probed by pci_epf_ntb driver. + +The PCI endpoint framework populates the directory with the following +configurable fields:: + + # ls functions/pci_epf_ntb/func1 + baseclass_code deviceid msi_interrupts pci-epf-ntb.0 + progif_code secondary subsys_id vendorid + cache_line_size interrupt_pin msix_interrupts primary + revid subclass_code subsys_vendor_id + +The PCI endpoint function driver populates these entries with default values +when the device is bound to the driver. The pci-epf-ntb driver populates +vendorid with 0xffff and interrupt_pin with 0x0001:: + + # cat functions/pci_epf_ntb/func1/vendorid + 0xffff + # cat functions/pci_epf_ntb/func1/interrupt_pin + 0x0001 + + +Configuring pci-epf-ntb Device +------------------------------- + +The user can configure the pci-epf-ntb device using its configfs entry. In order +to change the vendorid and the deviceid, the following +commands can be used:: + + # echo 0x104c > functions/pci_epf_ntb/func1/vendorid + # echo 0xb00d > functions/pci_epf_ntb/func1/deviceid + +In order to configure NTB specific attributes, a new sub-directory to func1 +should be created:: + + # mkdir functions/pci_epf_ntb/func1/pci_epf_ntb.0/ + +The NTB function driver will populate this directory with various attributes +that can be configured by the user:: + + # ls functions/pci_epf_ntb/func1/pci_epf_ntb.0/ + db_count mw1 mw2 mw3 mw4 num_mws + spad_count + +A sample configuration for NTB function is given below:: + + # echo 4 > functions/pci_epf_ntb/func1/pci_epf_ntb.0/db_count + # echo 128 > functions/pci_epf_ntb/func1/pci_epf_ntb.0/spad_count + # echo 2 > functions/pci_epf_ntb/func1/pci_epf_ntb.0/num_mws + # echo 0x100000 > functions/pci_epf_ntb/func1/pci_epf_ntb.0/mw1 + # echo 0x100000 > functions/pci_epf_ntb/func1/pci_epf_ntb.0/mw2 + +Binding pci-epf-ntb Device to EP Controller +-------------------------------------------- + +NTB function device should be attached to two PCI endpoint controllers +connected to the two hosts. Use the 'primary' and 'secondary' entries +inside NTB function device to attach one PCI endpoint controller to +primary interface and the other PCI endpoint controller to the secondary +interface:: + + # ln -s controllers/2900000.pcie-ep/ functions/pci-epf-ntb/func1/primary + # ln -s controllers/2910000.pcie-ep/ functions/pci-epf-ntb/func1/secondary + +Once the above step is completed, both the PCI endpoint controllers are ready to +establish a link with the host. + + +Start the Link +-------------- + +In order for the endpoint device to establish a link with the host, the _start_ +field should be populated with '1'. For NTB, both the PCI endpoint controllers +should establish link with the host:: + + # echo 1 > controllers/2900000.pcie-ep/start + # echo 1 > controllers/2910000.pcie-ep/start + + +RootComplex Device +================== + +lspci Output +------------ + +Note that the devices listed here correspond to the values populated in +"Creating pci-epf-ntb Device" section above:: + + # lspci + 0000:00:00.0 PCI bridge: Texas Instruments Device b00d + 0000:01:00.0 RAM memory: Texas Instruments Device b00d + + +Using ntb_hw_epf Device +----------------------- + +The host side software follows the standard NTB software architecture in Linux. +All the existing client side NTB utilities like NTB Transport Client and NTB +Netdev, NTB Ping Pong Test Client and NTB Tool Test Client can be used with NTB +function device. + +For more information on NTB see +:doc:`Non-Transparent Bridge <../../driver-api/ntb>` diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Expedited-Grace-Periods/Expedited-Grace-Periods.rst b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Expedited-Grace-Periods/Expedited-Grace-Periods.rst index 72f0f6fbd53c..6f89cf1e567d 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Expedited-Grace-Periods/Expedited-Grace-Periods.rst +++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Expedited-Grace-Periods/Expedited-Grace-Periods.rst @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ sections. RCU-preempt Expedited Grace Periods =================================== -``CONFIG_PREEMPT=y`` kernels implement RCU-preempt. +``CONFIG_PREEMPTION=y`` kernels implement RCU-preempt. The overall flow of the handling of a given CPU by an RCU-preempt expedited grace period is shown in the following diagram: @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ things. RCU-sched Expedited Grace Periods --------------------------------- -``CONFIG_PREEMPT=n`` kernels implement RCU-sched. The overall flow of +``CONFIG_PREEMPTION=n`` kernels implement RCU-sched. The overall flow of the handling of a given CPU by an RCU-sched expedited grace period is shown in the following diagram: diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/Tree-RCU-Memory-Ordering.rst b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/Tree-RCU-Memory-Ordering.rst index 83ae3b79a643..a648b423ba0e 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/Tree-RCU-Memory-Ordering.rst +++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/Tree-RCU-Memory-Ordering.rst @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ read-side critical sections that follow the idle period (the oval near the bottom of the diagram above). Plumbing this into the full grace-period execution is described -`below <#Forcing%20Quiescent%20States>`__. +`below <Forcing Quiescent States_>`__. CPU-Hotplug Interface ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ mask to detect CPUs having gone offline since the beginning of this grace period. Plumbing this into the full grace-period execution is described -`below <#Forcing%20Quiescent%20States>`__. +`below <Forcing Quiescent States_>`__. Forcing Quiescent States ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ from other CPUs. | RCU. But this diagram is complex enough as it is, so simplicity | | overrode accuracy. You can think of it as poetic license, or you can | | think of it as misdirection that is resolved in the | -| `stitched-together diagram <#Putting%20It%20All%20Together>`__. | +| `stitched-together diagram <Putting It All Together_>`__. | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ Grace-Period Cleanup @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ maintain ordering. For example, if the callback function wakes up a task that runs on some other CPU, proper ordering must in place in both the callback function and the task being awakened. To see why this is important, consider the top half of the `grace-period -cleanup <#Grace-Period%20Cleanup>`__ diagram. The callback might be +cleanup`_ diagram. The callback might be running on a CPU corresponding to the leftmost leaf ``rcu_node`` structure, and awaken a task that is to run on a CPU corresponding to the rightmost leaf ``rcu_node`` structure, and the grace-period kernel diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Requirements/Requirements.rst b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Requirements/Requirements.rst index e8c84fcc0507..38a39476fc24 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Requirements/Requirements.rst +++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Requirements/Requirements.rst @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ requirements: #. `Other RCU Flavors`_ #. `Possible Future Changes`_ -This is followed by a `summary <#Summary>`__, however, the answers to +This is followed by a summary_, however, the answers to each quick quiz immediately follows the quiz. Select the big white space with your mouse to see the answer. @@ -72,13 +72,13 @@ understanding of this guarantee. RCU's grace-period guarantee allows updaters to wait for the completion of all pre-existing RCU read-side critical sections. An RCU read-side -critical section begins with the marker ``rcu_read_lock()`` and ends -with the marker ``rcu_read_unlock()``. These markers may be nested, and +critical section begins with the marker rcu_read_lock() and ends +with the marker rcu_read_unlock(). These markers may be nested, and RCU treats a nested set as one big RCU read-side critical section. -Production-quality implementations of ``rcu_read_lock()`` and -``rcu_read_unlock()`` are extremely lightweight, and in fact have +Production-quality implementations of rcu_read_lock() and +rcu_read_unlock() are extremely lightweight, and in fact have exactly zero overhead in Linux kernels built for production use with -``CONFIG_PREEMPT=n``. +``CONFIG_PREEMPTION=n``. This guarantee allows ordering to be enforced with extremely low overhead to readers, for example: @@ -102,12 +102,12 @@ overhead to readers, for example: 15 WRITE_ONCE(y, 1); 16 } -Because the ``synchronize_rcu()`` on line 14 waits for all pre-existing -readers, any instance of ``thread0()`` that loads a value of zero from -``x`` must complete before ``thread1()`` stores to ``y``, so that +Because the synchronize_rcu() on line 14 waits for all pre-existing +readers, any instance of thread0() that loads a value of zero from +``x`` must complete before thread1() stores to ``y``, so that instance must also load a value of zero from ``y``. Similarly, any -instance of ``thread0()`` that loads a value of one from ``y`` must have -started after the ``synchronize_rcu()`` started, and must therefore also +instance of thread0() that loads a value of one from ``y`` must have +started after the synchronize_rcu() started, and must therefore also load a value of one from ``x``. Therefore, the outcome: :: @@ -121,14 +121,14 @@ cannot happen. +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | Wait a minute! You said that updaters can make useful forward | | progress concurrently with readers, but pre-existing readers will | -| block ``synchronize_rcu()``!!! | +| block synchronize_rcu()!!! | | Just who are you trying to fool??? | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | **Answer**: | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | First, if updaters do not wish to be blocked by readers, they can use | -| ``call_rcu()`` or ``kfree_rcu()``, which will be discussed later. | -| Second, even when using ``synchronize_rcu()``, the other update-side | +| call_rcu() or kfree_rcu(), which will be discussed later. | +| Second, even when using synchronize_rcu(), the other update-side | | code does run concurrently with readers, whether pre-existing or not. | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ @@ -170,34 +170,34 @@ recovery from node failure, more or less as follows: 29 WRITE_ONCE(state, STATE_NORMAL); 30 } -The RCU read-side critical section in ``do_something_dlm()`` works with -the ``synchronize_rcu()`` in ``start_recovery()`` to guarantee that -``do_something()`` never runs concurrently with ``recovery()``, but with -little or no synchronization overhead in ``do_something_dlm()``. +The RCU read-side critical section in do_something_dlm() works with +the synchronize_rcu() in start_recovery() to guarantee that +do_something() never runs concurrently with recovery(), but with +little or no synchronization overhead in do_something_dlm(). +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | **Quick Quiz**: | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| Why is the ``synchronize_rcu()`` on line 28 needed? | +| Why is the synchronize_rcu() on line 28 needed? | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | **Answer**: | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | Without that extra grace period, memory reordering could result in | -| ``do_something_dlm()`` executing ``do_something()`` concurrently with | -| the last bits of ``recovery()``. | +| do_something_dlm() executing do_something() concurrently with | +| the last bits of recovery(). | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ In order to avoid fatal problems such as deadlocks, an RCU read-side -critical section must not contain calls to ``synchronize_rcu()``. +critical section must not contain calls to synchronize_rcu(). Similarly, an RCU read-side critical section must not contain anything that waits, directly or indirectly, on completion of an invocation of -``synchronize_rcu()``. +synchronize_rcu(). Although RCU's grace-period guarantee is useful in and of itself, with `quite a few use cases <https://lwn.net/Articles/573497/>`__, it would be good to be able to use RCU to coordinate read-side access to linked data structures. For this, the grace-period guarantee is not sufficient, -as can be seen in function ``add_gp_buggy()`` below. We will look at the +as can be seen in function add_gp_buggy() below. We will look at the reader's code later, but in the meantime, just think of the reader as locklessly picking up the ``gp`` pointer, and, if the value loaded is non-\ ``NULL``, locklessly accessing the ``->a`` and ``->b`` fields. @@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ Publish/Subscribe Guarantee RCU's publish-subscribe guarantee allows data to be inserted into a linked data structure without disrupting RCU readers. The updater uses -``rcu_assign_pointer()`` to insert the new data, and readers use -``rcu_dereference()`` to access data, whether new or old. The following +rcu_assign_pointer() to insert the new data, and readers use +rcu_dereference() to access data, whether new or old. The following shows an example of insertion: :: @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ shows an example of insertion: 15 return true; 16 } -The ``rcu_assign_pointer()`` on line 13 is conceptually equivalent to a +The rcu_assign_pointer() on line 13 is conceptually equivalent to a simple assignment statement, but also guarantees that its assignment will happen after the two assignments in lines 11 and 12, similar to the C11 ``memory_order_release`` store operation. It also prevents any @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ number of “interesting†compiler optimizations, for example, the use of +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | **Quick Quiz**: | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| But ``rcu_assign_pointer()`` does nothing to prevent the two | +| But rcu_assign_pointer() does nothing to prevent the two | | assignments to ``p->a`` and ``p->b`` from being reordered. Can't that | | also cause problems? | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ number of “interesting†compiler optimizations, for example, the use of It is tempting to assume that the reader need not do anything special to control its accesses to the RCU-protected data, as shown in -``do_something_gp_buggy()`` below: +do_something_gp_buggy() below: :: @@ -321,11 +321,10 @@ control its accesses to the RCU-protected data, as shown in 12 } However, this temptation must be resisted because there are a -surprisingly large number of ways that the compiler (to say nothing of -`DEC Alpha CPUs <https://h71000.www7.hp.com/wizard/wiz_2637.html>`__) -can trip this code up. For but one example, if the compiler were short -of registers, it might choose to refetch from ``gp`` rather than keeping -a separate copy in ``p`` as follows: +surprisingly large number of ways that the compiler (or weak ordering +CPUs like the DEC Alpha) can trip this code up. For but one example, if +the compiler were short of registers, it might choose to refetch from +``gp`` rather than keeping a separate copy in ``p`` as follows: :: @@ -345,7 +344,7 @@ If this function ran concurrently with a series of updates that replaced the current structure with a new one, the fetches of ``gp->a`` and ``gp->b`` might well come from two different structures, which could cause serious confusion. To prevent this (and much else besides), -``do_something_gp()`` uses ``rcu_dereference()`` to fetch from ``gp``: +do_something_gp() uses rcu_dereference() to fetch from ``gp``: :: @@ -362,21 +361,21 @@ cause serious confusion. To prevent this (and much else besides), 11 return false; 12 } -The ``rcu_dereference()`` uses volatile casts and (for DEC Alpha) memory +The rcu_dereference() uses volatile casts and (for DEC Alpha) memory barriers in the Linux kernel. Should a `high-quality implementation of C11 ``memory_order_consume`` [PDF] <http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/consume.2015.07.13a.pdf>`__ -ever appear, then ``rcu_dereference()`` could be implemented as a +ever appear, then rcu_dereference() could be implemented as a ``memory_order_consume`` load. Regardless of the exact implementation, a -pointer fetched by ``rcu_dereference()`` may not be used outside of the +pointer fetched by rcu_dereference() may not be used outside of the outermost RCU read-side critical section containing that -``rcu_dereference()``, unless protection of the corresponding data +rcu_dereference(), unless protection of the corresponding data element has been passed from RCU to some other synchronization mechanism, most commonly locking or `reference counting <https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/RCU/rcuref.txt>`__. -In short, updaters use ``rcu_assign_pointer()`` and readers use -``rcu_dereference()``, and these two RCU API elements work together to +In short, updaters use rcu_assign_pointer() and readers use +rcu_dereference(), and these two RCU API elements work together to ensure that readers have a consistent view of newly added data elements. Of course, it is also necessary to remove elements from RCU-protected @@ -388,9 +387,9 @@ data structures, for example, using the following process: the newly removed data element). #. At this point, only the updater has a reference to the newly removed data element, so it can safely reclaim the data element, for example, - by passing it to ``kfree()``. + by passing it to kfree(). -This process is implemented by ``remove_gp_synchronous()``: +This process is implemented by remove_gp_synchronous(): :: @@ -413,16 +412,16 @@ This process is implemented by ``remove_gp_synchronous()``: This function is straightforward, with line 13 waiting for a grace period before line 14 frees the old data element. This waiting ensures -that readers will reach line 7 of ``do_something_gp()`` before the data -element referenced by ``p`` is freed. The ``rcu_access_pointer()`` on -line 6 is similar to ``rcu_dereference()``, except that: +that readers will reach line 7 of do_something_gp() before the data +element referenced by ``p`` is freed. The rcu_access_pointer() on +line 6 is similar to rcu_dereference(), except that: -#. The value returned by ``rcu_access_pointer()`` cannot be +#. The value returned by rcu_access_pointer() cannot be dereferenced. If you want to access the value pointed to as well as - the pointer itself, use ``rcu_dereference()`` instead of - ``rcu_access_pointer()``. -#. The call to ``rcu_access_pointer()`` need not be protected. In - contrast, ``rcu_dereference()`` must either be within an RCU + the pointer itself, use rcu_dereference() instead of + rcu_access_pointer(). +#. The call to rcu_access_pointer() need not be protected. In + contrast, rcu_dereference() must either be within an RCU read-side critical section or in a code segment where the pointer cannot change, for example, in code protected by the corresponding update-side lock. @@ -430,13 +429,13 @@ line 6 is similar to ``rcu_dereference()``, except that: +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | **Quick Quiz**: | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| Without the ``rcu_dereference()`` or the ``rcu_access_pointer()``, | +| Without the rcu_dereference() or the rcu_access_pointer(), | | what destructive optimizations might the compiler make use of? | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | **Answer**: | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| Let's start with what happens to ``do_something_gp()`` if it fails to | -| use ``rcu_dereference()``. It could reuse a value formerly fetched | +| Let's start with what happens to do_something_gp() if it fails to | +| use rcu_dereference(). It could reuse a value formerly fetched | | from this same pointer. It could also fetch the pointer from ``gp`` | | in a byte-at-a-time manner, resulting in *load tearing*, in turn | | resulting a bytewise mash-up of two distinct pointer values. It might | @@ -445,15 +444,15 @@ line 6 is similar to ``rcu_dereference()``, except that: | update has changed the pointer to match the wrong guess. Too bad | | about any dereferences that returned pre-initialization garbage in | | the meantime! | -| For ``remove_gp_synchronous()``, as long as all modifications to | +| For remove_gp_synchronous(), as long as all modifications to | | ``gp`` are carried out while holding ``gp_lock``, the above | | optimizations are harmless. However, ``sparse`` will complain if you | | define ``gp`` with ``__rcu`` and then access it without using either | -| ``rcu_access_pointer()`` or ``rcu_dereference()``. | +| rcu_access_pointer() or rcu_dereference(). | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ In short, RCU's publish-subscribe guarantee is provided by the -combination of ``rcu_assign_pointer()`` and ``rcu_dereference()``. This +combination of rcu_assign_pointer() and rcu_dereference(). This guarantee allows data elements to be safely added to RCU-protected linked data structures without disrupting RCU readers. This guarantee can be used in combination with the grace-period guarantee to also allow @@ -462,9 +461,9 @@ again without disrupting RCU readers. This guarantee was only partially premeditated. DYNIX/ptx used an explicit memory barrier for publication, but had nothing resembling -``rcu_dereference()`` for subscription, nor did it have anything +rcu_dereference() for subscription, nor did it have anything resembling the dependency-ordering barrier that was later subsumed -into ``rcu_dereference()`` and later still into ``READ_ONCE()``. The +into rcu_dereference() and later still into READ_ONCE(). The need for these operations made itself known quite suddenly at a late-1990s meeting with the DEC Alpha architects, back in the days when DEC was still a free-standing company. It took the Alpha architects a @@ -474,7 +473,7 @@ documentation did not make this point clear. More recent work with the C and C++ standards committees have provided much education on tricks and traps from the compiler. In short, compilers were much less tricky in the early 1990s, but in 2015, don't even think about omitting -``rcu_dereference()``! +rcu_dereference()! Memory-Barrier Guarantees ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -484,31 +483,31 @@ demonstrates the need for RCU's stringent memory-ordering guarantees on systems with more than one CPU: #. Each CPU that has an RCU read-side critical section that begins - before ``synchronize_rcu()`` starts is guaranteed to execute a full + before synchronize_rcu() starts is guaranteed to execute a full memory barrier between the time that the RCU read-side critical - section ends and the time that ``synchronize_rcu()`` returns. Without + section ends and the time that synchronize_rcu() returns. Without this guarantee, a pre-existing RCU read-side critical section might hold a reference to the newly removed ``struct foo`` after the - ``kfree()`` on line 14 of ``remove_gp_synchronous()``. + kfree() on line 14 of remove_gp_synchronous(). #. Each CPU that has an RCU read-side critical section that ends after - ``synchronize_rcu()`` returns is guaranteed to execute a full memory - barrier between the time that ``synchronize_rcu()`` begins and the + synchronize_rcu() returns is guaranteed to execute a full memory + barrier between the time that synchronize_rcu() begins and the time that the RCU read-side critical section begins. Without this guarantee, a later RCU read-side critical section running after the - ``kfree()`` on line 14 of ``remove_gp_synchronous()`` might later run - ``do_something_gp()`` and find the newly deleted ``struct foo``. -#. If the task invoking ``synchronize_rcu()`` remains on a given CPU, + kfree() on line 14 of remove_gp_synchronous() might later run + do_something_gp() and find the newly deleted ``struct foo``. +#. If the task invoking synchronize_rcu() remains on a given CPU, then that CPU is guaranteed to execute a full memory barrier sometime - during the execution of ``synchronize_rcu()``. This guarantee ensures - that the ``kfree()`` on line 14 of ``remove_gp_synchronous()`` really + during the execution of synchronize_rcu(). This guarantee ensures + that the kfree() on line 14 of remove_gp_synchronous() really does execute after the removal on line 11. -#. If the task invoking ``synchronize_rcu()`` migrates among a group of +#. If the task invoking synchronize_rcu() migrates among a group of CPUs during that invocation, then each of the CPUs in that group is guaranteed to execute a full memory barrier sometime during the - execution of ``synchronize_rcu()``. This guarantee also ensures that - the ``kfree()`` on line 14 of ``remove_gp_synchronous()`` really does + execution of synchronize_rcu(). This guarantee also ensures that + the kfree() on line 14 of remove_gp_synchronous() really does execute after the removal on line 11, but also in the case where the - thread executing the ``synchronize_rcu()`` migrates in the meantime. + thread executing the synchronize_rcu() migrates in the meantime. +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | **Quick Quiz**: | @@ -516,19 +515,19 @@ systems with more than one CPU: | Given that multiple CPUs can start RCU read-side critical sections at | | any time without any ordering whatsoever, how can RCU possibly tell | | whether or not a given RCU read-side critical section starts before a | -| given instance of ``synchronize_rcu()``? | +| given instance of synchronize_rcu()? | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | **Answer**: | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | If RCU cannot tell whether or not a given RCU read-side critical | -| section starts before a given instance of ``synchronize_rcu()``, then | +| section starts before a given instance of synchronize_rcu(), then | | it must assume that the RCU read-side critical section started first. | -| In other words, a given instance of ``synchronize_rcu()`` can avoid | +| In other words, a given instance of synchronize_rcu() can avoid | | waiting on a given RCU read-side critical section only if it can | -| prove that ``synchronize_rcu()`` started first. | -| A related question is “When ``rcu_read_lock()`` doesn't generate any | +| prove that synchronize_rcu() started first. | +| A related question is “When rcu_read_lock() doesn't generate any | | code, why does it matter how it relates to a grace period?†The | -| answer is that it is not the relationship of ``rcu_read_lock()`` | +| answer is that it is not the relationship of rcu_read_lock() | | itself that is important, but rather the relationship of the code | | within the enclosed RCU read-side critical section to the code | | preceding and following the grace period. If we take this viewpoint, | @@ -556,14 +555,14 @@ systems with more than one CPU: | Yes, they really are required. To see why the first guarantee is | | required, consider the following sequence of events: | | | -| #. CPU 1: ``rcu_read_lock()`` | +| #. CPU 1: rcu_read_lock() | | #. CPU 1: ``q = rcu_dereference(gp); /* Very likely to return p. */`` | | #. CPU 0: ``list_del_rcu(p);`` | -| #. CPU 0: ``synchronize_rcu()`` starts. | +| #. CPU 0: synchronize_rcu() starts. | | #. CPU 1: ``do_something_with(q->a);`` | | ``/* No smp_mb(), so might happen after kfree(). */`` | -| #. CPU 1: ``rcu_read_unlock()`` | -| #. CPU 0: ``synchronize_rcu()`` returns. | +| #. CPU 1: rcu_read_unlock() | +| #. CPU 0: synchronize_rcu() returns. | | #. CPU 0: ``kfree(p);`` | | | | Therefore, there absolutely must be a full memory barrier between the | @@ -574,14 +573,14 @@ systems with more than one CPU: | is roughly similar: | | | | #. CPU 0: ``list_del_rcu(p);`` | -| #. CPU 0: ``synchronize_rcu()`` starts. | -| #. CPU 1: ``rcu_read_lock()`` | +| #. CPU 0: synchronize_rcu() starts. | +| #. CPU 1: rcu_read_lock() | | #. CPU 1: ``q = rcu_dereference(gp);`` | | ``/* Might return p if no memory barrier. */`` | -| #. CPU 0: ``synchronize_rcu()`` returns. | +| #. CPU 0: synchronize_rcu() returns. | | #. CPU 0: ``kfree(p);`` | | #. CPU 1: ``do_something_with(q->a); /* Boom!!! */`` | -| #. CPU 1: ``rcu_read_unlock()`` | +| #. CPU 1: rcu_read_unlock() | | | | And similarly, without a memory barrier between the beginning of the | | grace period and the beginning of the RCU read-side critical section, | @@ -597,7 +596,7 @@ systems with more than one CPU: +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | **Quick Quiz**: | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| You claim that ``rcu_read_lock()`` and ``rcu_read_unlock()`` generate | +| You claim that rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() generate | | absolutely no code in some kernel builds. This means that the | | compiler might arbitrarily rearrange consecutive RCU read-side | | critical sections. Given such rearrangement, if a given RCU read-side | @@ -607,11 +606,11 @@ systems with more than one CPU: +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | **Answer**: | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| In cases where ``rcu_read_lock()`` and ``rcu_read_unlock()`` generate | +| In cases where rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() generate | | absolutely no code, RCU infers quiescent states only at special | | locations, for example, within the scheduler. Because calls to | -| ``schedule()`` had better prevent calling-code accesses to shared | -| variables from being rearranged across the call to ``schedule()``, if | +| schedule() had better prevent calling-code accesses to shared | +| variables from being rearranged across the call to schedule(), if | | RCU detects the end of a given RCU read-side critical section, it | | will necessarily detect the end of all prior RCU read-side critical | | sections, no matter how aggressively the compiler scrambles the code. | @@ -655,8 +654,8 @@ read-side critical section might search for a given data element, and then might acquire the update-side spinlock in order to update that element, all while remaining in that RCU read-side critical section. Of course, it is necessary to exit the RCU read-side critical section -before invoking ``synchronize_rcu()``, however, this inconvenience can -be avoided through use of the ``call_rcu()`` and ``kfree_rcu()`` API +before invoking synchronize_rcu(), however, this inconvenience can +be avoided through use of the call_rcu() and kfree_rcu() API members described later in this document. +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ @@ -694,10 +693,10 @@ these non-guarantees were premeditated. Readers Impose Minimal Ordering ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -Reader-side markers such as ``rcu_read_lock()`` and -``rcu_read_unlock()`` provide absolutely no ordering guarantees except +Reader-side markers such as rcu_read_lock() and +rcu_read_unlock() provide absolutely no ordering guarantees except through their interaction with the grace-period APIs such as -``synchronize_rcu()``. To see this, consider the following pair of +synchronize_rcu(). To see this, consider the following pair of threads: :: @@ -722,7 +721,7 @@ threads: 18 rcu_read_unlock(); 19 } -After ``thread0()`` and ``thread1()`` execute concurrently, it is quite +After thread0() and thread1() execute concurrently, it is quite possible to have :: @@ -730,7 +729,7 @@ possible to have (r1 == 1 && r2 == 0) (that is, ``y`` appears to have been assigned before ``x``), which would -not be possible if ``rcu_read_lock()`` and ``rcu_read_unlock()`` had +not be possible if rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() had much in the way of ordering properties. But they do not, so the CPU is within its rights to do significant reordering. This is by design: Any significant ordering constraints would slow down these fast-path APIs. @@ -742,14 +741,14 @@ significant ordering constraints would slow down these fast-path APIs. +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | **Answer**: | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| No, the volatile casts in ``READ_ONCE()`` and ``WRITE_ONCE()`` | +| No, the volatile casts in READ_ONCE() and WRITE_ONCE() | | prevent the compiler from reordering in this particular case. | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ Readers Do Not Exclude Updaters ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -Neither ``rcu_read_lock()`` nor ``rcu_read_unlock()`` exclude updates. +Neither rcu_read_lock() nor rcu_read_unlock() exclude updates. All they do is to prevent grace periods from ending. The following example illustrates this: @@ -775,19 +774,19 @@ example illustrates this: 18 spin_unlock(&my_lock); 19 } -If the ``thread0()`` function's ``rcu_read_lock()`` excluded the -``thread1()`` function's update, the ``WARN_ON()`` could never fire. But -the fact is that ``rcu_read_lock()`` does not exclude much of anything -aside from subsequent grace periods, of which ``thread1()`` has none, so -the ``WARN_ON()`` can and does fire. +If the thread0() function's rcu_read_lock() excluded the +thread1() function's update, the WARN_ON() could never fire. But +the fact is that rcu_read_lock() does not exclude much of anything +aside from subsequent grace periods, of which thread1() has none, so +the WARN_ON() can and does fire. Updaters Only Wait For Old Readers ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -It might be tempting to assume that after ``synchronize_rcu()`` +It might be tempting to assume that after synchronize_rcu() completes, there are no readers executing. This temptation must be avoided because new readers can start immediately after -``synchronize_rcu()`` starts, and ``synchronize_rcu()`` is under no +synchronize_rcu() starts, and synchronize_rcu() is under no obligation to wait for these new readers. +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ @@ -799,10 +798,10 @@ obligation to wait for these new readers. +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | **Answer**: | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| For no time at all. Even if ``synchronize_rcu()`` were to wait until | +| For no time at all. Even if synchronize_rcu() were to wait until | | all readers had completed, a new reader might start immediately after | -| ``synchronize_rcu()`` completed. Therefore, the code following | -| ``synchronize_rcu()`` can *never* rely on there being no readers. | +| synchronize_rcu() completed. Therefore, the code following | +| synchronize_rcu() can *never* rely on there being no readers. | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ Grace Periods Don't Partition Read-Side Critical Sections @@ -892,12 +891,12 @@ period is known to end before the second grace period starts: 28 rcu_read_unlock(); 29 } -Here, if ``(r1 == 1)``, then ``thread0()``'s write to ``b`` must happen -before the end of ``thread1()``'s grace period. If in addition -``(r4 == 1)``, then ``thread3()``'s read from ``b`` must happen after -the beginning of ``thread2()``'s grace period. If it is also the case -that ``(r2 == 1)``, then the end of ``thread1()``'s grace period must -precede the beginning of ``thread2()``'s grace period. This mean that +Here, if ``(r1 == 1)``, then thread0()'s write to ``b`` must happen +before the end of thread1()'s grace period. If in addition +``(r4 == 1)``, then thread3()'s read from ``b`` must happen after +the beginning of thread2()'s grace period. If it is also the case +that ``(r2 == 1)``, then the end of thread1()'s grace period must +precede the beginning of thread2()'s grace period. This mean that the two RCU read-side critical sections cannot overlap, guaranteeing that ``(r3 == 1)``. As a result, the outcome: @@ -1076,8 +1075,8 @@ is captured by the following list of situations: b. Wait-free read-side primitives for real-time use. This focus on read-mostly situations means that RCU must interoperate -with other synchronization primitives. For example, the ``add_gp()`` and -``remove_gp_synchronous()`` examples discussed earlier use RCU to +with other synchronization primitives. For example, the add_gp() and +remove_gp_synchronous() examples discussed earlier use RCU to protect readers and locking to coordinate updaters. However, the need extends much farther, requiring that a variety of synchronization primitives be legal within RCU read-side critical sections, including @@ -1096,7 +1095,7 @@ memory barriers. | case, voluntary context switch) within an RCU read-side critical | | section. However, sleeping locks may be used within userspace RCU | | read-side critical sections, and also within Linux-kernel sleepable | -| RCU `(SRCU) <#Sleepable%20RCU>`__ read-side critical sections. In | +| RCU `(SRCU) <Sleepable RCU_>`__ read-side critical sections. In | | addition, the -rt patchset turns spinlocks into a sleeping locks so | | that the corresponding critical sections can be preempted, which also | | means that these sleeplockified spinlocks (but not other sleeping | @@ -1104,11 +1103,11 @@ memory barriers. | sections. | | Note that it *is* legal for a normal RCU read-side critical section | | to conditionally acquire a sleeping locks (as in | -| ``mutex_trylock()``), but only as long as it does not loop | +| mutex_trylock()), but only as long as it does not loop | | indefinitely attempting to conditionally acquire that sleeping locks. | -| The key point is that things like ``mutex_trylock()`` either return | +| The key point is that things like mutex_trylock() either return | | with the mutex held, or return an error indication if the mutex was | -| not immediately available. Either way, ``mutex_trylock()`` returns | +| not immediately available. Either way, mutex_trylock() returns | | immediately without sleeping. | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ @@ -1182,66 +1181,66 @@ and has become decreasingly so as memory sizes have expanded and memory costs have plummeted. However, as I learned from Matt Mackall's `bloatwatch <http://elinux.org/Linux_Tiny-FAQ>`__ efforts, memory footprint is critically important on single-CPU systems with -non-preemptible (``CONFIG_PREEMPT=n``) kernels, and thus `tiny -RCU <https://lkml.kernel.org/g/20090113221724.GA15307@linux.vnet.ibm.com>`__ +non-preemptible (``CONFIG_PREEMPTION=n``) kernels, and thus `tiny +RCU <https://lore.kernel.org/r/20090113221724.GA15307@linux.vnet.ibm.com>`__ was born. Josh Triplett has since taken over the small-memory banner with his `Linux kernel tinification <https://tiny.wiki.kernel.org/>`__ -project, which resulted in `SRCU <#Sleepable%20RCU>`__ becoming optional +project, which resulted in `SRCU <Sleepable RCU_>`__ becoming optional for those kernels not needing it. The remaining performance requirements are, for the most part, unsurprising. For example, in keeping with RCU's read-side -specialization, ``rcu_dereference()`` should have negligible overhead +specialization, rcu_dereference() should have negligible overhead (for example, suppression of a few minor compiler optimizations). -Similarly, in non-preemptible environments, ``rcu_read_lock()`` and -``rcu_read_unlock()`` should have exactly zero overhead. +Similarly, in non-preemptible environments, rcu_read_lock() and +rcu_read_unlock() should have exactly zero overhead. In preemptible environments, in the case where the RCU read-side critical section was not preempted (as will be the case for the -highest-priority real-time process), ``rcu_read_lock()`` and -``rcu_read_unlock()`` should have minimal overhead. In particular, they +highest-priority real-time process), rcu_read_lock() and +rcu_read_unlock() should have minimal overhead. In particular, they should not contain atomic read-modify-write operations, memory-barrier instructions, preemption disabling, interrupt disabling, or backwards branches. However, in the case where the RCU read-side critical section -was preempted, ``rcu_read_unlock()`` may acquire spinlocks and disable +was preempted, rcu_read_unlock() may acquire spinlocks and disable interrupts. This is why it is better to nest an RCU read-side critical section within a preempt-disable region than vice versa, at least in cases where that critical section is short enough to avoid unduly degrading real-time latencies. -The ``synchronize_rcu()`` grace-period-wait primitive is optimized for +The synchronize_rcu() grace-period-wait primitive is optimized for throughput. It may therefore incur several milliseconds of latency in addition to the duration of the longest RCU read-side critical section. On the other hand, multiple concurrent invocations of -``synchronize_rcu()`` are required to use batching optimizations so that +synchronize_rcu() are required to use batching optimizations so that they can be satisfied by a single underlying grace-period-wait operation. For example, in the Linux kernel, it is not unusual for a single grace-period-wait operation to serve more than `1,000 separate invocations <https://www.usenix.org/conference/2004-usenix-annual-technical-conference/making-rcu-safe-deep-sub-millisecond-response>`__ -of ``synchronize_rcu()``, thus amortizing the per-invocation overhead +of synchronize_rcu(), thus amortizing the per-invocation overhead down to nearly zero. However, the grace-period optimization is also required to avoid measurable degradation of real-time scheduling and interrupt latencies. -In some cases, the multi-millisecond ``synchronize_rcu()`` latencies are -unacceptable. In these cases, ``synchronize_rcu_expedited()`` may be +In some cases, the multi-millisecond synchronize_rcu() latencies are +unacceptable. In these cases, synchronize_rcu_expedited() may be used instead, reducing the grace-period latency down to a few tens of microseconds on small systems, at least in cases where the RCU read-side critical sections are short. There are currently no special latency -requirements for ``synchronize_rcu_expedited()`` on large systems, but, +requirements for synchronize_rcu_expedited() on large systems, but, consistent with the empirical nature of the RCU specification, that is subject to change. However, there most definitely are scalability -requirements: A storm of ``synchronize_rcu_expedited()`` invocations on +requirements: A storm of synchronize_rcu_expedited() invocations on 4096 CPUs should at least make reasonable forward progress. In return -for its shorter latencies, ``synchronize_rcu_expedited()`` is permitted +for its shorter latencies, synchronize_rcu_expedited() is permitted to impose modest degradation of real-time latency on non-idle online CPUs. Here, “modest†means roughly the same latency degradation as a scheduling-clock interrupt. There are a number of situations where even -``synchronize_rcu_expedited()``'s reduced grace-period latency is -unacceptable. In these situations, the asynchronous ``call_rcu()`` can -be used in place of ``synchronize_rcu()`` as follows: +synchronize_rcu_expedited()'s reduced grace-period latency is +unacceptable. In these situations, the asynchronous call_rcu() can +be used in place of synchronize_rcu() as follows: :: @@ -1275,19 +1274,19 @@ be used in place of ``synchronize_rcu()`` as follows: 28 } A definition of ``struct foo`` is finally needed, and appears on -lines 1-5. The function ``remove_gp_cb()`` is passed to ``call_rcu()`` +lines 1-5. The function remove_gp_cb() is passed to call_rcu() on line 25, and will be invoked after the end of a subsequent grace -period. This gets the same effect as ``remove_gp_synchronous()``, but +period. This gets the same effect as remove_gp_synchronous(), but without forcing the updater to wait for a grace period to elapse. The -``call_rcu()`` function may be used in a number of situations where -neither ``synchronize_rcu()`` nor ``synchronize_rcu_expedited()`` would -be legal, including within preempt-disable code, ``local_bh_disable()`` +call_rcu() function may be used in a number of situations where +neither synchronize_rcu() nor synchronize_rcu_expedited() would +be legal, including within preempt-disable code, local_bh_disable() code, interrupt-disable code, and interrupt handlers. However, even -``call_rcu()`` is illegal within NMI handlers and from idle and offline -CPUs. The callback function (``remove_gp_cb()`` in this case) will be +call_rcu() is illegal within NMI handlers and from idle and offline +CPUs. The callback function (remove_gp_cb() in this case) will be executed within softirq (software interrupt) environment within the Linux kernel, either within a real softirq handler or under the -protection of ``local_bh_disable()``. In both the Linux kernel and in +protection of local_bh_disable(). In both the Linux kernel and in userspace, it is bad practice to write an RCU callback function that takes too long. Long-running operations should be relegated to separate threads or (in the Linux kernel) workqueues. @@ -1295,23 +1294,23 @@ threads or (in the Linux kernel) workqueues. +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | **Quick Quiz**: | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| Why does line 19 use ``rcu_access_pointer()``? After all, | -| ``call_rcu()`` on line 25 stores into the structure, which would | +| Why does line 19 use rcu_access_pointer()? After all, | +| call_rcu() on line 25 stores into the structure, which would | | interact badly with concurrent insertions. Doesn't this mean that | -| ``rcu_dereference()`` is required? | +| rcu_dereference() is required? | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | **Answer**: | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | Presumably the ``->gp_lock`` acquired on line 18 excludes any | -| changes, including any insertions that ``rcu_dereference()`` would | +| changes, including any insertions that rcu_dereference() would | | protect against. Therefore, any insertions will be delayed until | | after ``->gp_lock`` is released on line 25, which in turn means that | -| ``rcu_access_pointer()`` suffices. | +| rcu_access_pointer() suffices. | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ -However, all that ``remove_gp_cb()`` is doing is invoking ``kfree()`` on +However, all that remove_gp_cb() is doing is invoking kfree() on the data element. This is a common idiom, and is supported by -``kfree_rcu()``, which allows “fire and forget†operation as shown +kfree_rcu(), which allows “fire and forget†operation as shown below: :: @@ -1338,20 +1337,20 @@ below: 20 return true; 21 } -Note that ``remove_gp_faf()`` simply invokes ``kfree_rcu()`` and +Note that remove_gp_faf() simply invokes kfree_rcu() and proceeds, without any need to pay any further attention to the -subsequent grace period and ``kfree()``. It is permissible to invoke -``kfree_rcu()`` from the same environments as for ``call_rcu()``. -Interestingly enough, DYNIX/ptx had the equivalents of ``call_rcu()`` -and ``kfree_rcu()``, but not ``synchronize_rcu()``. This was due to the +subsequent grace period and kfree(). It is permissible to invoke +kfree_rcu() from the same environments as for call_rcu(). +Interestingly enough, DYNIX/ptx had the equivalents of call_rcu() +and kfree_rcu(), but not synchronize_rcu(). This was due to the fact that RCU was not heavily used within DYNIX/ptx, so the very few -places that needed something like ``synchronize_rcu()`` simply +places that needed something like synchronize_rcu() simply open-coded it. +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | **Quick Quiz**: | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| Earlier it was claimed that ``call_rcu()`` and ``kfree_rcu()`` | +| Earlier it was claimed that call_rcu() and kfree_rcu() | | allowed updaters to avoid being blocked by readers. But how can that | | be correct, given that the invocation of the callback and the freeing | | of the memory (respectively) must still wait for a grace period to | @@ -1363,16 +1362,16 @@ open-coded it. | definition would say that updates in garbage-collected languages | | cannot complete until the next time the garbage collector runs, which | | does not seem at all reasonable. The key point is that in most cases, | -| an updater using either ``call_rcu()`` or ``kfree_rcu()`` can proceed | -| to the next update as soon as it has invoked ``call_rcu()`` or | -| ``kfree_rcu()``, without having to wait for a subsequent grace | +| an updater using either call_rcu() or kfree_rcu() can proceed | +| to the next update as soon as it has invoked call_rcu() or | +| kfree_rcu(), without having to wait for a subsequent grace | | period. | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ But what if the updater must wait for the completion of code to be executed after the end of the grace period, but has other tasks that can be carried out in the meantime? The polling-style -``get_state_synchronize_rcu()`` and ``cond_synchronize_rcu()`` functions +get_state_synchronize_rcu() and cond_synchronize_rcu() functions may be used for this purpose, as shown below: :: @@ -1397,11 +1396,11 @@ may be used for this purpose, as shown below: 18 return true; 19 } -On line 14, ``get_state_synchronize_rcu()`` obtains a “cookie†from RCU, +On line 14, get_state_synchronize_rcu() obtains a “cookie†from RCU, then line 15 carries out other tasks, and finally, line 16 returns immediately if a grace period has elapsed in the meantime, but otherwise waits as required. The need for ``get_state_synchronize_rcu`` and -``cond_synchronize_rcu()`` has appeared quite recently, so it is too +cond_synchronize_rcu() has appeared quite recently, so it is too early to tell whether they will stand the test of time. RCU thus provides a range of tools to allow updaters to strike the @@ -1421,8 +1420,8 @@ example, an infinite loop in an RCU read-side critical section must by definition prevent later grace periods from ever completing. For a more involved example, consider a 64-CPU system built with ``CONFIG_RCU_NOCB_CPU=y`` and booted with ``rcu_nocbs=1-63``, where -CPUs 1 through 63 spin in tight loops that invoke ``call_rcu()``. Even -if these tight loops also contain calls to ``cond_resched()`` (thus +CPUs 1 through 63 spin in tight loops that invoke call_rcu(). Even +if these tight loops also contain calls to cond_resched() (thus allowing grace periods to complete), CPU 0 simply will not be able to invoke callbacks as fast as the other 63 CPUs can register them, at least not until the system runs out of memory. In both of these @@ -1435,21 +1434,21 @@ RCU takes the following steps to encourage timely completion of grace periods: #. If a grace period fails to complete within 100 milliseconds, RCU - causes future invocations of ``cond_resched()`` on the holdout CPUs + causes future invocations of cond_resched() on the holdout CPUs to provide an RCU quiescent state. RCU also causes those CPUs' - ``need_resched()`` invocations to return ``true``, but only after the + need_resched() invocations to return ``true``, but only after the corresponding CPU's next scheduling-clock. #. CPUs mentioned in the ``nohz_full`` kernel boot parameter can run indefinitely in the kernel without scheduling-clock interrupts, which - defeats the above ``need_resched()`` strategem. RCU will therefore - invoke ``resched_cpu()`` on any ``nohz_full`` CPUs still holding out + defeats the above need_resched() strategem. RCU will therefore + invoke resched_cpu() on any ``nohz_full`` CPUs still holding out after 109 milliseconds. #. In kernels built with ``CONFIG_RCU_BOOST=y``, if a given task that has been preempted within an RCU read-side critical section is holding out for more than 500 milliseconds, RCU will resort to priority boosting. #. If a CPU is still holding out 10 seconds into the grace period, RCU - will invoke ``resched_cpu()`` on it regardless of its ``nohz_full`` + will invoke resched_cpu() on it regardless of its ``nohz_full`` state. The above values are defaults for systems running with ``HZ=1000``. They @@ -1457,10 +1456,10 @@ will vary as the value of ``HZ`` varies, and can also be changed using the relevant Kconfig options and kernel boot parameters. RCU currently does not do much sanity checking of these parameters, so please use caution when changing them. Note that these forward-progress measures -are provided only for RCU, not for `SRCU <#Sleepable%20RCU>`__ or `Tasks -RCU <#Tasks%20RCU>`__. +are provided only for RCU, not for `SRCU <Sleepable RCU_>`__ or `Tasks +RCU`_. -RCU takes the following steps in ``call_rcu()`` to encourage timely +RCU takes the following steps in call_rcu() to encourage timely invocation of callbacks when any given non-\ ``rcu_nocbs`` CPU has 10,000 callbacks, or has 10,000 more callbacks than it had the last time encouragement was provided: @@ -1477,12 +1476,12 @@ encouragement was provided: Again, these are default values when running at ``HZ=1000``, and can be overridden. Again, these forward-progress measures are provided only for -RCU, not for `SRCU <#Sleepable%20RCU>`__ or `Tasks -RCU <#Tasks%20RCU>`__. Even for RCU, callback-invocation forward +RCU, not for `SRCU <Sleepable RCU_>`__ or `Tasks +RCU`_. Even for RCU, callback-invocation forward progress for ``rcu_nocbs`` CPUs is much less well-developed, in part because workloads benefiting from ``rcu_nocbs`` CPUs tend to invoke -``call_rcu()`` relatively infrequently. If workloads emerge that need -both ``rcu_nocbs`` CPUs and high ``call_rcu()`` invocation rates, then +call_rcu() relatively infrequently. If workloads emerge that need +both ``rcu_nocbs`` CPUs and high call_rcu() invocation rates, then additional forward-progress work will be required. Composability @@ -1496,11 +1495,11 @@ in fact may be nested arbitrarily deeply. In practice, as with all real-world implementations of composable constructs, there are limitations. -Implementations of RCU for which ``rcu_read_lock()`` and -``rcu_read_unlock()`` generate no code, such as Linux-kernel RCU when -``CONFIG_PREEMPT=n``, can be nested arbitrarily deeply. After all, there +Implementations of RCU for which rcu_read_lock() and +rcu_read_unlock() generate no code, such as Linux-kernel RCU when +``CONFIG_PREEMPTION=n``, can be nested arbitrarily deeply. After all, there is no overhead. Except that if all these instances of -``rcu_read_lock()`` and ``rcu_read_unlock()`` are visible to the +rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() are visible to the compiler, compilation will eventually fail due to exhausting memory, mass storage, or user patience, whichever comes first. If the nesting is not visible to the compiler, as is the case with mutually recursive @@ -1558,11 +1557,11 @@ argue that such workloads should instead use something other than RCU, the fact remains that RCU must handle such workloads gracefully. This requirement is another factor driving batching of grace periods, but it is also the driving force behind the checks for large numbers of queued -RCU callbacks in the ``call_rcu()`` code path. Finally, high update +RCU callbacks in the call_rcu() code path. Finally, high update rates should not delay RCU read-side critical sections, although some small read-side delays can occur when using -``synchronize_rcu_expedited()``, courtesy of this function's use of -``smp_call_function_single()``. +synchronize_rcu_expedited(), courtesy of this function's use of +smp_call_function_single(). Although all three of these corner cases were understood in the early 1990s, a simple user-level test consisting of ``close(open(path))`` in a @@ -1583,48 +1582,48 @@ Software-Engineering Requirements Between Murphy's Law and “To err is humanâ€, it is necessary to guard against mishaps and misuse: -#. It is all too easy to forget to use ``rcu_read_lock()`` everywhere +#. It is all too easy to forget to use rcu_read_lock() everywhere that it is needed, so kernels built with ``CONFIG_PROVE_RCU=y`` will - splat if ``rcu_dereference()`` is used outside of an RCU read-side + splat if rcu_dereference() is used outside of an RCU read-side critical section. Update-side code can use - ``rcu_dereference_protected()``, which takes a `lockdep + rcu_dereference_protected(), which takes a `lockdep expression <https://lwn.net/Articles/371986/>`__ to indicate what is providing the protection. If the indicated protection is not provided, a lockdep splat is emitted. Code shared between readers and updaters can use - ``rcu_dereference_check()``, which also takes a lockdep expression, - and emits a lockdep splat if neither ``rcu_read_lock()`` nor the + rcu_dereference_check(), which also takes a lockdep expression, + and emits a lockdep splat if neither rcu_read_lock() nor the indicated protection is in place. In addition, - ``rcu_dereference_raw()`` is used in those (hopefully rare) cases + rcu_dereference_raw() is used in those (hopefully rare) cases where the required protection cannot be easily described. Finally, - ``rcu_read_lock_held()`` is provided to allow a function to verify + rcu_read_lock_held() is provided to allow a function to verify that it has been invoked within an RCU read-side critical section. I was made aware of this set of requirements shortly after Thomas Gleixner audited a number of RCU uses. #. A given function might wish to check for RCU-related preconditions upon entry, before using any other RCU API. The - ``rcu_lockdep_assert()`` does this job, asserting the expression in + rcu_lockdep_assert() does this job, asserting the expression in kernels having lockdep enabled and doing nothing otherwise. -#. It is also easy to forget to use ``rcu_assign_pointer()`` and - ``rcu_dereference()``, perhaps (incorrectly) substituting a simple +#. It is also easy to forget to use rcu_assign_pointer() and + rcu_dereference(), perhaps (incorrectly) substituting a simple assignment. To catch this sort of error, a given RCU-protected pointer may be tagged with ``__rcu``, after which sparse will complain about simple-assignment accesses to that pointer. Arnd Bergmann made me aware of this requirement, and also supplied the needed `patch series <https://lwn.net/Articles/376011/>`__. #. Kernels built with ``CONFIG_DEBUG_OBJECTS_RCU_HEAD=y`` will splat if - a data element is passed to ``call_rcu()`` twice in a row, without a + a data element is passed to call_rcu() twice in a row, without a grace period in between. (This error is similar to a double free.) The corresponding ``rcu_head`` structures that are dynamically allocated are automatically tracked, but ``rcu_head`` structures allocated on the stack must be initialized with - ``init_rcu_head_on_stack()`` and cleaned up with - ``destroy_rcu_head_on_stack()``. Similarly, statically allocated + init_rcu_head_on_stack() and cleaned up with + destroy_rcu_head_on_stack(). Similarly, statically allocated non-stack ``rcu_head`` structures must be initialized with - ``init_rcu_head()`` and cleaned up with ``destroy_rcu_head()``. + init_rcu_head() and cleaned up with destroy_rcu_head(). Mathieu Desnoyers made me aware of this requirement, and also supplied the needed - `patch <https://lkml.kernel.org/g/20100319013024.GA28456@Krystal>`__. + `patch <https://lore.kernel.org/r/20100319013024.GA28456@Krystal>`__. #. An infinite loop in an RCU read-side critical section will eventually trigger an RCU CPU stall warning splat, with the duration of “eventually†being controlled by the ``RCU_CPU_STALL_TIMEOUT`` @@ -1638,9 +1637,9 @@ against mishaps and misuse: ``rcupdate.rcu_cpu_stall_suppress`` to suppress the splats. This kernel parameter may also be set via ``sysfs``. Furthermore, RCU CPU stall warnings are counter-productive during sysrq dumps and during - panics. RCU therefore supplies the ``rcu_sysrq_start()`` and - ``rcu_sysrq_end()`` API members to be called before and after long - sysrq dumps. RCU also supplies the ``rcu_panic()`` notifier that is + panics. RCU therefore supplies the rcu_sysrq_start() and + rcu_sysrq_end() API members to be called before and after long + sysrq dumps. RCU also supplies the rcu_panic() notifier that is automatically invoked at the beginning of a panic to suppress further RCU CPU stall warnings. @@ -1656,7 +1655,7 @@ against mishaps and misuse: synchronization mechanism, for example, reference counting. #. In kernels built with ``CONFIG_RCU_TRACE=y``, RCU-related information is provided via event tracing. -#. Open-coded use of ``rcu_assign_pointer()`` and ``rcu_dereference()`` +#. Open-coded use of rcu_assign_pointer() and rcu_dereference() to create typical linked data structures can be surprisingly error-prone. Therefore, RCU-protected `linked lists <https://lwn.net/Articles/609973/#RCU%20List%20APIs>`__ and, @@ -1665,12 +1664,11 @@ against mishaps and misuse: other special-purpose RCU-protected data structures are available in the Linux kernel and the userspace RCU library. #. Some linked structures are created at compile time, but still require - ``__rcu`` checking. The ``RCU_POINTER_INITIALIZER()`` macro serves + ``__rcu`` checking. The RCU_POINTER_INITIALIZER() macro serves this purpose. -#. It is not necessary to use ``rcu_assign_pointer()`` when creating +#. It is not necessary to use rcu_assign_pointer() when creating linked structures that are to be published via a single external - pointer. The ``RCU_INIT_POINTER()`` macro is provided for this task - and also for assigning ``NULL`` pointers at runtime. + pointer. The RCU_INIT_POINTER() macro is provided for this task. This not a hard-and-fast list: RCU's diagnostic capabilities will continue to be guided by the number and type of usage bugs found in @@ -1716,7 +1714,7 @@ requires almost all of them be hidden behind a ``CONFIG_RCU_EXPERT`` This all should be quite obvious, but the fact remains that Linus Torvalds recently had to -`remind <https://lkml.kernel.org/g/CA+55aFy4wcCwaL4okTs8wXhGZ5h-ibecy_Meg9C4MNQrUnwMcg@mail.gmail.com>`__ +`remind <https://lore.kernel.org/r/CA+55aFy4wcCwaL4okTs8wXhGZ5h-ibecy_Meg9C4MNQrUnwMcg@mail.gmail.com>`__ me of this requirement. Firmware Interface @@ -1743,17 +1741,17 @@ Early Boot ~~~~~~~~~~ The Linux kernel's boot sequence is an interesting process, and RCU is -used early, even before ``rcu_init()`` is invoked. In fact, a number of +used early, even before rcu_init() is invoked. In fact, a number of RCU's primitives can be used as soon as the initial task's ``task_struct`` is available and the boot CPU's per-CPU variables are -set up. The read-side primitives (``rcu_read_lock()``, -``rcu_read_unlock()``, ``rcu_dereference()``, and -``rcu_access_pointer()``) will operate normally very early on, as will -``rcu_assign_pointer()``. +set up. The read-side primitives (rcu_read_lock(), +rcu_read_unlock(), rcu_dereference(), and +rcu_access_pointer()) will operate normally very early on, as will +rcu_assign_pointer(). -Although ``call_rcu()`` may be invoked at any time during boot, +Although call_rcu() may be invoked at any time during boot, callbacks are not guaranteed to be invoked until after all of RCU's -kthreads have been spawned, which occurs at ``early_initcall()`` time. +kthreads have been spawned, which occurs at early_initcall() time. This delay in callback invocation is due to the fact that RCU does not invoke callbacks until it is fully initialized, and this full initialization cannot occur until after the scheduler has initialized @@ -1762,22 +1760,22 @@ it would be possible to invoke callbacks earlier, however, this is not a panacea because there would be severe restrictions on what operations those callbacks could invoke. -Perhaps surprisingly, ``synchronize_rcu()`` and -``synchronize_rcu_expedited()``, will operate normally during very early +Perhaps surprisingly, synchronize_rcu() and +synchronize_rcu_expedited(), will operate normally during very early boot, the reason being that there is only one CPU and preemption is -disabled. This means that the call ``synchronize_rcu()`` (or friends) +disabled. This means that the call synchronize_rcu() (or friends) itself is a quiescent state and thus a grace period, so the early-boot implementation can be a no-op. However, once the scheduler has spawned its first kthread, this early -boot trick fails for ``synchronize_rcu()`` (as well as for -``synchronize_rcu_expedited()``) in ``CONFIG_PREEMPT=y`` kernels. The +boot trick fails for synchronize_rcu() (as well as for +synchronize_rcu_expedited()) in ``CONFIG_PREEMPTION=y`` kernels. The reason is that an RCU read-side critical section might be preempted, -which means that a subsequent ``synchronize_rcu()`` really does have to +which means that a subsequent synchronize_rcu() really does have to wait for something, as opposed to simply returning immediately. -Unfortunately, ``synchronize_rcu()`` can't do this until all of its +Unfortunately, synchronize_rcu() can't do this until all of its kthreads are spawned, which doesn't happen until some time during -``early_initcalls()`` time. But this is no excuse: RCU is nevertheless +early_initcalls() time. But this is no excuse: RCU is nevertheless required to correctly handle synchronous grace periods during this time period. Once all of its kthreads are up and running, RCU starts running normally. @@ -1820,7 +1818,7 @@ Interrupts and NMIs The Linux kernel has interrupts, and RCU read-side critical sections are legal within interrupt handlers and within interrupt-disabled regions of -code, as are invocations of ``call_rcu()``. +code, as are invocations of call_rcu(). Some Linux-kernel architectures can enter an interrupt handler from non-idle process context, and then just never leave it, instead @@ -1832,22 +1830,22 @@ way during a rewrite of RCU's dyntick-idle code. The Linux kernel has non-maskable interrupts (NMIs), and RCU read-side critical sections are legal within NMI handlers. Thankfully, RCU -update-side primitives, including ``call_rcu()``, are prohibited within +update-side primitives, including call_rcu(), are prohibited within NMI handlers. The name notwithstanding, some Linux-kernel architectures can have nested NMIs, which RCU must handle correctly. Andy Lutomirski `surprised -me <https://lkml.kernel.org/r/CALCETrXLq1y7e_dKFPgou-FKHB6Pu-r8+t-6Ds+8=va7anBWDA@mail.gmail.com>`__ +me <https://lore.kernel.org/r/CALCETrXLq1y7e_dKFPgou-FKHB6Pu-r8+t-6Ds+8=va7anBWDA@mail.gmail.com>`__ with this requirement; he also kindly surprised me with `an -algorithm <https://lkml.kernel.org/r/CALCETrXSY9JpW3uE6H8WYk81sg56qasA2aqmjMPsq5dOtzso=g@mail.gmail.com>`__ +algorithm <https://lore.kernel.org/r/CALCETrXSY9JpW3uE6H8WYk81sg56qasA2aqmjMPsq5dOtzso=g@mail.gmail.com>`__ that meets this requirement. Furthermore, NMI handlers can be interrupted by what appear to RCU to be normal interrupts. One way that this can happen is for code that -directly invokes ``rcu_irq_enter()`` and ``rcu_irq_exit()`` to be called +directly invokes rcu_irq_enter() and rcu_irq_exit() to be called from an NMI handler. This astonishing fact of life prompted the current -code structure, which has ``rcu_irq_enter()`` invoking -``rcu_nmi_enter()`` and ``rcu_irq_exit()`` invoking ``rcu_nmi_exit()``. +code structure, which has rcu_irq_enter() invoking +rcu_nmi_enter() and rcu_irq_exit() invoking rcu_nmi_exit(). And yes, I also learned of this requirement the hard way. Loadable Modules @@ -1857,45 +1855,45 @@ The Linux kernel has loadable modules, and these modules can also be unloaded. After a given module has been unloaded, any attempt to call one of its functions results in a segmentation fault. The module-unload functions must therefore cancel any delayed calls to loadable-module -functions, for example, any outstanding ``mod_timer()`` must be dealt -with via ``del_timer_sync()`` or similar. +functions, for example, any outstanding mod_timer() must be dealt +with via del_timer_sync() or similar. Unfortunately, there is no way to cancel an RCU callback; once you -invoke ``call_rcu()``, the callback function is eventually going to be +invoke call_rcu(), the callback function is eventually going to be invoked, unless the system goes down first. Because it is normally considered socially irresponsible to crash the system in response to a module unload request, we need some other way to deal with in-flight RCU callbacks. -RCU therefore provides ``rcu_barrier()``, which waits until all +RCU therefore provides rcu_barrier(), which waits until all in-flight RCU callbacks have been invoked. If a module uses -``call_rcu()``, its exit function should therefore prevent any future -invocation of ``call_rcu()``, then invoke ``rcu_barrier()``. In theory, -the underlying module-unload code could invoke ``rcu_barrier()`` +call_rcu(), its exit function should therefore prevent any future +invocation of call_rcu(), then invoke rcu_barrier(). In theory, +the underlying module-unload code could invoke rcu_barrier() unconditionally, but in practice this would incur unacceptable latencies. Nikita Danilov noted this requirement for an analogous filesystem-unmount situation, and Dipankar Sarma incorporated -``rcu_barrier()`` into RCU. The need for ``rcu_barrier()`` for module +rcu_barrier() into RCU. The need for rcu_barrier() for module unloading became apparent later. .. important:: - The ``rcu_barrier()`` function is not, repeat, + The rcu_barrier() function is not, repeat, *not*, obligated to wait for a grace period. It is instead only required to wait for RCU callbacks that have already been posted. Therefore, if there are no RCU callbacks posted anywhere in the system, - ``rcu_barrier()`` is within its rights to return immediately. Even if - there are callbacks posted, ``rcu_barrier()`` does not necessarily need + rcu_barrier() is within its rights to return immediately. Even if + there are callbacks posted, rcu_barrier() does not necessarily need to wait for a grace period. +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | **Quick Quiz**: | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | Wait a minute! Each RCU callbacks must wait for a grace period to | -| complete, and ``rcu_barrier()`` must wait for each pre-existing | -| callback to be invoked. Doesn't ``rcu_barrier()`` therefore need to | +| complete, and rcu_barrier() must wait for each pre-existing | +| callback to be invoked. Doesn't rcu_barrier() therefore need to | | wait for a full grace period if there is even one callback posted | | anywhere in the system? | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ @@ -1904,14 +1902,14 @@ unloading became apparent later. | Absolutely not!!! | | Yes, each RCU callbacks must wait for a grace period to complete, but | | it might well be partly (or even completely) finished waiting by the | -| time ``rcu_barrier()`` is invoked. In that case, ``rcu_barrier()`` | +| time rcu_barrier() is invoked. In that case, rcu_barrier() | | need only wait for the remaining portion of the grace period to | | elapse. So even if there are quite a few callbacks posted, | -| ``rcu_barrier()`` might well return quite quickly. | +| rcu_barrier() might well return quite quickly. | | | | So if you need to wait for a grace period as well as for all | | pre-existing callbacks, you will need to invoke both | -| ``synchronize_rcu()`` and ``rcu_barrier()``. If latency is a concern, | +| synchronize_rcu() and rcu_barrier(). If latency is a concern, | | you can always use workqueues to invoke them concurrently. | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ @@ -1920,7 +1918,7 @@ Hotplug CPU The Linux kernel supports CPU hotplug, which means that CPUs can come and go. It is of course illegal to use any RCU API member from an -offline CPU, with the exception of `SRCU <#Sleepable%20RCU>`__ read-side +offline CPU, with the exception of `SRCU <Sleepable RCU_>`__ read-side critical sections. This requirement was present from day one in DYNIX/ptx, but on the other hand, the Linux kernel's CPU-hotplug implementation is “interesting.†@@ -1929,18 +1927,18 @@ The Linux-kernel CPU-hotplug implementation has notifiers that are used to allow the various kernel subsystems (including RCU) to respond appropriately to a given CPU-hotplug operation. Most RCU operations may be invoked from CPU-hotplug notifiers, including even synchronous -grace-period operations such as (``synchronize_rcu()`` and -``synchronize_rcu_expedited()``). However, these synchronous operations +grace-period operations such as (synchronize_rcu() and +synchronize_rcu_expedited()). However, these synchronous operations do block and therefore cannot be invoked from notifiers that execute via -``stop_machine()``, specifically those between the ``CPUHP_AP_OFFLINE`` +stop_machine(), specifically those between the ``CPUHP_AP_OFFLINE`` and ``CPUHP_AP_ONLINE`` states. -In addition, all-callback-wait operations such as ``rcu_barrier()`` may +In addition, all-callback-wait operations such as rcu_barrier() may not be invoked from any CPU-hotplug notifier. This restriction is due to the fact that there are phases of CPU-hotplug operations where the outgoing CPU's callbacks will not be invoked until after the CPU-hotplug operation ends, which could also result in deadlock. Furthermore, -``rcu_barrier()`` blocks CPU-hotplug operations during its execution, +rcu_barrier() blocks CPU-hotplug operations during its execution, which results in another type of deadlock when invoked from a CPU-hotplug notifier. @@ -1955,12 +1953,12 @@ if offline CPUs block an RCU grace period for too long. An offline CPU's quiescent state will be reported either: -1. As the CPU goes offline using RCU's hotplug notifier (``rcu_report_dead()``). -2. When grace period initialization (``rcu_gp_init()``) detects a +1. As the CPU goes offline using RCU's hotplug notifier (rcu_report_dead()). +2. When grace period initialization (rcu_gp_init()) detects a race either with CPU offlining or with a task unblocking on a leaf ``rcu_node`` structure whose CPUs are all offline. -The CPU-online path (``rcu_cpu_starting()``) should never need to report +The CPU-online path (rcu_cpu_starting()) should never need to report a quiescent state for an offline CPU. However, as a debugging measure, it does emit a warning if a quiescent state was not already reported for that CPU. @@ -1984,11 +1982,11 @@ room for further improvement. There is no longer any prohibition against holding any of scheduler's runqueue or priority-inheritance spinlocks across an -``rcu_read_unlock()``, even if interrupts and preemption were enabled +rcu_read_unlock(), even if interrupts and preemption were enabled somewhere within the corresponding RCU read-side critical section. -Therefore, it is now perfectly legal to execute ``rcu_read_lock()`` +Therefore, it is now perfectly legal to execute rcu_read_lock() with preemption enabled, acquire one of the scheduler locks, and hold -that lock across the matching ``rcu_read_unlock()``. +that lock across the matching rcu_read_unlock(). Similarly, the RCU flavor consolidation has removed the need for negative nesting. The fact that interrupt-disabled regions of code act as RCU @@ -1999,7 +1997,7 @@ Tracing and RCU ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ It is possible to use tracing on RCU code, but tracing itself uses RCU. -For this reason, ``rcu_dereference_raw_check()`` is provided for use +For this reason, rcu_dereference_raw_check() is provided for use by tracing, which avoids the destructive recursion that could otherwise ensue. This API is also used by virtualization in some architectures, where RCU readers execute in environments in which tracing cannot be @@ -2010,12 +2008,12 @@ Accesses to User Memory and RCU ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ The kernel needs to access user-space memory, for example, to access data -referenced by system-call parameters. The ``get_user()`` macro does this job. +referenced by system-call parameters. The get_user() macro does this job. However, user-space memory might well be paged out, which means that -``get_user()`` might well page-fault and thus block while waiting for the +get_user() might well page-fault and thus block while waiting for the resulting I/O to complete. It would be a very bad thing for the compiler to -reorder a ``get_user()`` invocation into an RCU read-side critical section. +reorder a get_user() invocation into an RCU read-side critical section. For example, suppose that the source code looked like this: @@ -2040,23 +2038,23 @@ the following: 5 rcu_read_unlock(); 6 do_something_with(v, user_v); -If the compiler did make this transformation in a ``CONFIG_PREEMPT=n`` kernel -build, and if ``get_user()`` did page fault, the result would be a quiescent +If the compiler did make this transformation in a ``CONFIG_PREEMPTION=n`` kernel +build, and if get_user() did page fault, the result would be a quiescent state in the middle of an RCU read-side critical section. This misplaced quiescent state could result in line 4 being a use-after-free access, which could be bad for your kernel's actuarial statistics. Similar examples -can be constructed with the call to ``get_user()`` preceding the -``rcu_read_lock()``. +can be constructed with the call to get_user() preceding the +rcu_read_lock(). -Unfortunately, ``get_user()`` doesn't have any particular ordering properties, +Unfortunately, get_user() doesn't have any particular ordering properties, and in some architectures the underlying ``asm`` isn't even marked ``volatile``. And even if it was marked ``volatile``, the above access to ``p->value`` is not volatile, so the compiler would not have any reason to keep those two accesses in order. -Therefore, the Linux-kernel definitions of ``rcu_read_lock()`` and -``rcu_read_unlock()`` must act as compiler barriers, at least for outermost -instances of ``rcu_read_lock()`` and ``rcu_read_unlock()`` within a nested set +Therefore, the Linux-kernel definitions of rcu_read_lock() and +rcu_read_unlock() must act as compiler barriers, at least for outermost +instances of rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() within a nested set of RCU read-side critical sections. Energy Efficiency @@ -2071,26 +2069,26 @@ call. Because RCU avoids interrupting idle CPUs, it is illegal to execute an RCU read-side critical section on an idle CPU. (Kernels built with -``CONFIG_PROVE_RCU=y`` will splat if you try it.) The ``RCU_NONIDLE()`` +``CONFIG_PROVE_RCU=y`` will splat if you try it.) The RCU_NONIDLE() macro and ``_rcuidle`` event tracing is provided to work around this -restriction. In addition, ``rcu_is_watching()`` may be used to test +restriction. In addition, rcu_is_watching() may be used to test whether or not it is currently legal to run RCU read-side critical sections on this CPU. I learned of the need for diagnostics on the one -hand and ``RCU_NONIDLE()`` on the other while inspecting idle-loop code. +hand and RCU_NONIDLE() on the other while inspecting idle-loop code. Steven Rostedt supplied ``_rcuidle`` event tracing, which is used quite heavily in the idle loop. However, there are some restrictions on the -code placed within ``RCU_NONIDLE()``: +code placed within RCU_NONIDLE(): #. Blocking is prohibited. In practice, this is not a serious restriction given that idle tasks are prohibited from blocking to begin with. -#. Although nesting ``RCU_NONIDLE()`` is permitted, they cannot nest +#. Although nesting RCU_NONIDLE() is permitted, they cannot nest indefinitely deeply. However, given that they can be nested on the order of a million deep, even on 32-bit systems, this should not be a serious restriction. This nesting limit would probably be reached long after the compiler OOMed or the stack overflowed. -#. Any code path that enters ``RCU_NONIDLE()`` must sequence out of that - same ``RCU_NONIDLE()``. For example, the following is grossly +#. Any code path that enters RCU_NONIDLE() must sequence out of that + same RCU_NONIDLE(). For example, the following is grossly illegal: :: @@ -2103,7 +2101,7 @@ code placed within ``RCU_NONIDLE()``: It is just as illegal to transfer control into the middle of - ``RCU_NONIDLE()``'s argument. Yes, in theory, you could transfer in + RCU_NONIDLE()'s argument. Yes, in theory, you could transfer in as long as you also transferred out, but in practice you could also expect to get sharply worded review comments. @@ -2177,7 +2175,7 @@ handles these states differently: However, RCU must be reliably informed as to whether any given CPU is currently in the idle loop, and, for ``NO_HZ_FULL``, also whether that CPU is executing in usermode, as discussed -`earlier <#Energy%20Efficiency>`__. It also requires that the +`earlier <Energy Efficiency_>`__. It also requires that the scheduling-clock interrupt be enabled when RCU needs it to be: #. If a CPU is either idle or executing in usermode, and RCU believes it @@ -2195,9 +2193,9 @@ scheduling-clock interrupt be enabled when RCU needs it to be: sections, and RCU believes this CPU to be idle, no problem. This sort of thing is used by some architectures for light-weight exception handlers, which can then avoid the overhead of - ``rcu_irq_enter()`` and ``rcu_irq_exit()`` at exception entry and + rcu_irq_enter() and rcu_irq_exit() at exception entry and exit, respectively. Some go further and avoid the entireties of - ``irq_enter()`` and ``irq_exit()``. + irq_enter() and irq_exit(). Just make very sure you are running some of your tests with ``CONFIG_PROVE_RCU=y``, just in case one of your code paths was in fact joking about not doing RCU read-side critical sections. @@ -2221,7 +2219,7 @@ scheduling-clock interrupt be enabled when RCU needs it to be: | **Quick Quiz**: | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | But what if my driver has a hardware interrupt handler that can run | -| for many seconds? I cannot invoke ``schedule()`` from an hardware | +| for many seconds? I cannot invoke schedule() from an hardware | | interrupt handler, after all! | +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ | **Answer**: | @@ -2243,8 +2241,8 @@ Memory Efficiency Although small-memory non-realtime systems can simply use Tiny RCU, code size is only one aspect of memory efficiency. Another aspect is the size -of the ``rcu_head`` structure used by ``call_rcu()`` and -``kfree_rcu()``. Although this structure contains nothing more than a +of the ``rcu_head`` structure used by call_rcu() and +kfree_rcu(). Although this structure contains nothing more than a pair of pointers, it does appear in many RCU-protected data structures, including some that are size critical. The ``page`` structure is a case in point, as evidenced by the many occurrences of the ``union`` keyword @@ -2254,7 +2252,7 @@ This need for memory efficiency is one reason that RCU uses hand-crafted singly linked lists to track the ``rcu_head`` structures that are waiting for a grace period to elapse. It is also the reason why ``rcu_head`` structures do not contain debug information, such as fields -tracking the file and line of the ``call_rcu()`` or ``kfree_rcu()`` that +tracking the file and line of the call_rcu() or kfree_rcu() that posted them. Although this information might appear in debug-only kernel builds at some point, in the meantime, the ``->func`` field will often provide the needed debug information. @@ -2264,18 +2262,18 @@ more extreme measures. Returning to the ``page`` structure, the ``rcu_head`` field shares storage with a great many other structures that are used at various points in the corresponding page's lifetime. In order to correctly resolve certain `race -conditions <https://lkml.kernel.org/g/1439976106-137226-1-git-send-email-kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>`__, +conditions <https://lore.kernel.org/r/1439976106-137226-1-git-send-email-kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>`__, the Linux kernel's memory-management subsystem needs a particular bit to remain zero during all phases of grace-period processing, and that bit happens to map to the bottom bit of the ``rcu_head`` structure's -``->next`` field. RCU makes this guarantee as long as ``call_rcu()`` is -used to post the callback, as opposed to ``kfree_rcu()`` or some future -“lazy†variant of ``call_rcu()`` that might one day be created for +``->next`` field. RCU makes this guarantee as long as call_rcu() is +used to post the callback, as opposed to kfree_rcu() or some future +“lazy†variant of call_rcu() that might one day be created for energy-efficiency purposes. That said, there are limits. RCU requires that the ``rcu_head`` structure be aligned to a two-byte boundary, and passing a misaligned -``rcu_head`` structure to one of the ``call_rcu()`` family of functions +``rcu_head`` structure to one of the call_rcu() family of functions will result in a splat. It is therefore necessary to exercise caution when packing structures containing fields of type ``rcu_head``. Why not a four-byte or even eight-byte alignment requirement? Because the m68k @@ -2294,12 +2292,12 @@ Performance, Scalability, Response Time, and Reliability ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Expanding on the `earlier -discussion <#Performance%20and%20Scalability>`__, RCU is used heavily by +discussion <Performance and Scalability_>`__, RCU is used heavily by hot code paths in performance-critical portions of the Linux kernel's networking, security, virtualization, and scheduling code paths. RCU must therefore use efficient implementations, especially in its read-side primitives. To that end, it would be good if preemptible RCU's -implementation of ``rcu_read_lock()`` could be inlined, however, doing +implementation of rcu_read_lock() could be inlined, however, doing this requires resolving ``#include`` issues with the ``task_struct`` structure. @@ -2312,23 +2310,23 @@ on the ``rcu_node`` structure. RCU is required to tolerate all CPUs continuously invoking any combination of RCU's runtime primitives with minimal per-operation overhead. In fact, in many cases, increasing load must *decrease* the per-operation overhead, witness the batching -optimizations for ``synchronize_rcu()``, ``call_rcu()``, -``synchronize_rcu_expedited()``, and ``rcu_barrier()``. As a general +optimizations for synchronize_rcu(), call_rcu(), +synchronize_rcu_expedited(), and rcu_barrier(). As a general rule, RCU must cheerfully accept whatever the rest of the Linux kernel decides to throw at it. The Linux kernel is used for real-time workloads, especially in conjunction with the `-rt -patchset <https://rt.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Main_Page>`__. The +patchset <https://wiki.linuxfoundation.org/realtime/>`__. The real-time-latency response requirements are such that the traditional approach of disabling preemption across RCU read-side critical sections -is inappropriate. Kernels built with ``CONFIG_PREEMPT=y`` therefore use +is inappropriate. Kernels built with ``CONFIG_PREEMPTION=y`` therefore use an RCU implementation that allows RCU read-side critical sections to be preempted. This requirement made its presence known after users made it clear that an earlier `real-time patch <https://lwn.net/Articles/107930/>`__ did not meet their needs, in conjunction with some `RCU -issues <https://lkml.kernel.org/g/20050318002026.GA2693@us.ibm.com>`__ +issues <https://lore.kernel.org/r/20050318002026.GA2693@us.ibm.com>`__ encountered by a very early version of the -rt patchset. In addition, RCU must make do with a sub-100-microsecond real-time @@ -2346,7 +2344,7 @@ number of race conditions. RCU must avoid degrading real-time response for CPU-bound threads, whether executing in usermode (which is one use case for ``CONFIG_NO_HZ_FULL=y``) or in the kernel. That said, CPU-bound loops in -the kernel must execute ``cond_resched()`` at least once per few tens of +the kernel must execute cond_resched() at least once per few tens of milliseconds in order to avoid receiving an IPI from RCU. Finally, RCU's status as a synchronization primitive means that any RCU @@ -2412,7 +2410,7 @@ grace periods from ever ending. The result was an out-of-memory condition and a system hang. The solution was the creation of RCU-bh, which does -``local_bh_disable()`` across its read-side critical sections, and which +local_bh_disable() across its read-side critical sections, and which uses the transition from one type of softirq processing to another as a quiescent state in addition to context switch, idle, user mode, and offline. This means that RCU-bh grace periods can complete even when @@ -2420,31 +2418,31 @@ some of the CPUs execute in softirq indefinitely, thus allowing algorithms based on RCU-bh to withstand network-based denial-of-service attacks. -Because ``rcu_read_lock_bh()`` and ``rcu_read_unlock_bh()`` disable and +Because rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh() disable and re-enable softirq handlers, any attempt to start a softirq handlers during the RCU-bh read-side critical section will be deferred. In this -case, ``rcu_read_unlock_bh()`` will invoke softirq processing, which can +case, rcu_read_unlock_bh() will invoke softirq processing, which can take considerable time. One can of course argue that this softirq overhead should be associated with the code following the RCU-bh -read-side critical section rather than ``rcu_read_unlock_bh()``, but the +read-side critical section rather than rcu_read_unlock_bh(), but the fact is that most profiling tools cannot be expected to make this sort of fine distinction. For example, suppose that a three-millisecond-long RCU-bh read-side critical section executes during a time of heavy networking load. There will very likely be an attempt to invoke at least one softirq handler during that three milliseconds, but any such invocation will be delayed until the time of the -``rcu_read_unlock_bh()``. This can of course make it appear at first -glance as if ``rcu_read_unlock_bh()`` was executing very slowly. +rcu_read_unlock_bh(). This can of course make it appear at first +glance as if rcu_read_unlock_bh() was executing very slowly. The `RCU-bh API <https://lwn.net/Articles/609973/#RCU%20Per-Flavor%20API%20Table>`__ -includes ``rcu_read_lock_bh()``, ``rcu_read_unlock_bh()``, -``rcu_dereference_bh()``, ``rcu_dereference_bh_check()``, -``synchronize_rcu_bh()``, ``synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited()``, -``call_rcu_bh()``, ``rcu_barrier_bh()``, and -``rcu_read_lock_bh_held()``. However, the update-side APIs are now -simple wrappers for other RCU flavors, namely RCU-sched in -CONFIG_PREEMPT=n kernels and RCU-preempt otherwise. +includes rcu_read_lock_bh(), rcu_read_unlock_bh(), rcu_dereference_bh(), +rcu_dereference_bh_check(), and rcu_read_lock_bh_held(). However, the +old RCU-bh update-side APIs are now gone, replaced by synchronize_rcu(), +synchronize_rcu_expedited(), call_rcu(), and rcu_barrier(). In addition, +anything that disables bottom halves also marks an RCU-bh read-side +critical section, including local_bh_disable() and local_bh_enable(), +local_irq_save() and local_irq_restore(), and so on. Sched Flavor (Historical) ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -2462,32 +2460,32 @@ not have this property, given that any point in the code outside of an RCU read-side critical section can be a quiescent state. Therefore, *RCU-sched* was created, which follows “classic†RCU in that an RCU-sched grace period waits for pre-existing interrupt and NMI -handlers. In kernels built with ``CONFIG_PREEMPT=n``, the RCU and +handlers. In kernels built with ``CONFIG_PREEMPTION=n``, the RCU and RCU-sched APIs have identical implementations, while kernels built with -``CONFIG_PREEMPT=y`` provide a separate implementation for each. +``CONFIG_PREEMPTION=y`` provide a separate implementation for each. -Note well that in ``CONFIG_PREEMPT=y`` kernels, -``rcu_read_lock_sched()`` and ``rcu_read_unlock_sched()`` disable and +Note well that in ``CONFIG_PREEMPTION=y`` kernels, +rcu_read_lock_sched() and rcu_read_unlock_sched() disable and re-enable preemption, respectively. This means that if there was a preemption attempt during the RCU-sched read-side critical section, -``rcu_read_unlock_sched()`` will enter the scheduler, with all the -latency and overhead entailed. Just as with ``rcu_read_unlock_bh()``, -this can make it look as if ``rcu_read_unlock_sched()`` was executing +rcu_read_unlock_sched() will enter the scheduler, with all the +latency and overhead entailed. Just as with rcu_read_unlock_bh(), +this can make it look as if rcu_read_unlock_sched() was executing very slowly. However, the highest-priority task won't be preempted, so -that task will enjoy low-overhead ``rcu_read_unlock_sched()`` +that task will enjoy low-overhead rcu_read_unlock_sched() invocations. The `RCU-sched API <https://lwn.net/Articles/609973/#RCU%20Per-Flavor%20API%20Table>`__ -includes ``rcu_read_lock_sched()``, ``rcu_read_unlock_sched()``, -``rcu_read_lock_sched_notrace()``, ``rcu_read_unlock_sched_notrace()``, -``rcu_dereference_sched()``, ``rcu_dereference_sched_check()``, -``synchronize_sched()``, ``synchronize_rcu_sched_expedited()``, -``call_rcu_sched()``, ``rcu_barrier_sched()``, and -``rcu_read_lock_sched_held()``. However, anything that disables -preemption also marks an RCU-sched read-side critical section, including -``preempt_disable()`` and ``preempt_enable()``, ``local_irq_save()`` and -``local_irq_restore()``, and so on. +includes rcu_read_lock_sched(), rcu_read_unlock_sched(), +rcu_read_lock_sched_notrace(), rcu_read_unlock_sched_notrace(), +rcu_dereference_sched(), rcu_dereference_sched_check(), and +rcu_read_lock_sched_held(). However, the old RCU-sched update-side APIs +are now gone, replaced by synchronize_rcu(), synchronize_rcu_expedited(), +call_rcu(), and rcu_barrier(). In addition, anything that disables +preemption also marks an RCU-sched read-side critical section, +including preempt_disable() and preempt_enable(), local_irq_save() +and local_irq_restore(), and so on. Sleepable RCU ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -2509,7 +2507,7 @@ this structure must be passed in to each SRCU function, for example, structure. The key benefit of these domains is that a slow SRCU reader in one domain does not delay an SRCU grace period in some other domain. That said, one consequence of these domains is that read-side code must -pass a “cookie†from ``srcu_read_lock()`` to ``srcu_read_unlock()``, for +pass a “cookie†from srcu_read_lock() to srcu_read_unlock(), for example, as follows: :: @@ -2539,24 +2537,24 @@ period to elapse. For example, this results in a self-deadlock: 6 srcu_read_unlock(&ss, idx); However, if line 5 acquired a mutex that was held across a -``synchronize_srcu()`` for domain ``ss``, deadlock would still be +synchronize_srcu() for domain ``ss``, deadlock would still be possible. Furthermore, if line 5 acquired a mutex that was held across a -``synchronize_srcu()`` for some other domain ``ss1``, and if an +synchronize_srcu() for some other domain ``ss1``, and if an ``ss1``-domain SRCU read-side critical section acquired another mutex -that was held across as ``ss``-domain ``synchronize_srcu()``, deadlock +that was held across as ``ss``-domain synchronize_srcu(), deadlock would again be possible. Such a deadlock cycle could extend across an arbitrarily large number of different SRCU domains. Again, with great power comes great responsibility. Unlike the other RCU flavors, SRCU read-side critical sections can run on idle and even offline CPUs. This ability requires that -``srcu_read_lock()`` and ``srcu_read_unlock()`` contain memory barriers, +srcu_read_lock() and srcu_read_unlock() contain memory barriers, which means that SRCU readers will run a bit slower than would RCU -readers. It also motivates the ``smp_mb__after_srcu_read_unlock()`` API, -which, in combination with ``srcu_read_unlock()``, guarantees a full +readers. It also motivates the smp_mb__after_srcu_read_unlock() API, +which, in combination with srcu_read_unlock(), guarantees a full memory barrier. -Also unlike other RCU flavors, ``synchronize_srcu()`` may **not** be +Also unlike other RCU flavors, synchronize_srcu() may **not** be invoked from CPU-hotplug notifiers, due to the fact that SRCU grace periods make use of timers and the possibility of timers being temporarily “stranded†on the outgoing CPU. This stranding of timers @@ -2565,7 +2563,7 @@ the CPU-hotplug process. The problem is that if a notifier is waiting on an SRCU grace period, that grace period is waiting on a timer, and that timer is stranded on the outgoing CPU, then the notifier will never be awakened, in other words, deadlock has occurred. This same situation of -course also prohibits ``srcu_barrier()`` from being invoked from +course also prohibits srcu_barrier() from being invoked from CPU-hotplug notifiers. SRCU also differs from other RCU flavors in that SRCU's expedited and @@ -2576,12 +2574,12 @@ have not yet completed. (But please note that this is a property of the current implementation, not necessarily of future implementations.) In addition, if SRCU has been idle for longer than the interval specified by the ``srcutree.exp_holdoff`` kernel boot parameter (25 microseconds -by default), and if a ``synchronize_srcu()`` invocation ends this idle +by default), and if a synchronize_srcu() invocation ends this idle period, that invocation will be automatically expedited. As of v4.12, SRCU's callbacks are maintained per-CPU, eliminating a locking bottleneck present in prior kernel versions. Although this will -allow users to put much heavier stress on ``call_srcu()``, it is +allow users to put much heavier stress on call_srcu(), it is important to note that SRCU does not yet take any special steps to deal with callback flooding. So if you are posting (say) 10,000 SRCU callbacks per second per CPU, you are probably totally OK, but if you @@ -2592,14 +2590,32 @@ of your CPUs and the size of your memory. The `SRCU API <https://lwn.net/Articles/609973/#RCU%20Per-Flavor%20API%20Table>`__ -includes ``srcu_read_lock()``, ``srcu_read_unlock()``, -``srcu_dereference()``, ``srcu_dereference_check()``, -``synchronize_srcu()``, ``synchronize_srcu_expedited()``, -``call_srcu()``, ``srcu_barrier()``, and ``srcu_read_lock_held()``. It -also includes ``DEFINE_SRCU()``, ``DEFINE_STATIC_SRCU()``, and -``init_srcu_struct()`` APIs for defining and initializing +includes srcu_read_lock(), srcu_read_unlock(), +srcu_dereference(), srcu_dereference_check(), +synchronize_srcu(), synchronize_srcu_expedited(), +call_srcu(), srcu_barrier(), and srcu_read_lock_held(). It +also includes DEFINE_SRCU(), DEFINE_STATIC_SRCU(), and +init_srcu_struct() APIs for defining and initializing ``srcu_struct`` structures. +More recently, the SRCU API has added polling interfaces: + +#. start_poll_synchronize_srcu() returns a cookie identifying + the completion of a future SRCU grace period and ensures + that this grace period will be started. +#. poll_state_synchronize_srcu() returns ``true`` iff the + specified cookie corresponds to an already-completed + SRCU grace period. +#. get_state_synchronize_srcu() returns a cookie just like + start_poll_synchronize_srcu() does, but differs in that + it does nothing to ensure that any future SRCU grace period + will be started. + +These functions are used to avoid unnecessary SRCU grace periods in +certain types of buffer-cache algorithms having multi-stage age-out +mechanisms. The idea is that by the time the block has aged completely +from the cache, an SRCU grace period will be very likely to have elapsed. + Tasks RCU ~~~~~~~~~ @@ -2608,11 +2624,11 @@ required to install different types of probes. It would be good to be able to free old trampolines, which sounds like a job for some form of RCU. However, because it is necessary to be able to install a trace anywhere in the code, it is not possible to use read-side markers such -as ``rcu_read_lock()`` and ``rcu_read_unlock()``. In addition, it does +as rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock(). In addition, it does not work to have these markers in the trampoline itself, because there -would need to be instructions following ``rcu_read_unlock()``. Although -``synchronize_rcu()`` would guarantee that execution reached the -``rcu_read_unlock()``, it would not be able to guarantee that execution +would need to be instructions following rcu_read_unlock(). Although +synchronize_rcu() would guarantee that execution reached the +rcu_read_unlock(), it would not be able to guarantee that execution had completely left the trampoline. Worse yet, in some situations the trampoline's protection must extend a few instructions *prior* to execution reaching the trampoline. For example, these few instructions @@ -2623,16 +2639,16 @@ actually reached the trampoline itself. The solution, in the form of `Tasks RCU <https://lwn.net/Articles/607117/>`__, is to have implicit read-side critical sections that are delimited by voluntary context switches, that -is, calls to ``schedule()``, ``cond_resched()``, and -``synchronize_rcu_tasks()``. In addition, transitions to and from +is, calls to schedule(), cond_resched(), and +synchronize_rcu_tasks(). In addition, transitions to and from userspace execution also delimit tasks-RCU read-side critical sections. The tasks-RCU API is quite compact, consisting only of -``call_rcu_tasks()``, ``synchronize_rcu_tasks()``, and -``rcu_barrier_tasks()``. In ``CONFIG_PREEMPT=n`` kernels, trampolines -cannot be preempted, so these APIs map to ``call_rcu()``, -``synchronize_rcu()``, and ``rcu_barrier()``, respectively. In -``CONFIG_PREEMPT=y`` kernels, trampolines can be preempted, and these +call_rcu_tasks(), synchronize_rcu_tasks(), and +rcu_barrier_tasks(). In ``CONFIG_PREEMPTION=n`` kernels, trampolines +cannot be preempted, so these APIs map to call_rcu(), +synchronize_rcu(), and rcu_barrier(), respectively. In +``CONFIG_PREEMPTION=y`` kernels, trampolines can be preempted, and these three APIs are therefore implemented by separate functions that check for voluntary context switches. @@ -2646,8 +2662,8 @@ grace-period state machine so as to avoid the need for the additional latency. RCU disables CPU hotplug in a few places, perhaps most notably in the -``rcu_barrier()`` operations. If there is a strong reason to use -``rcu_barrier()`` in CPU-hotplug notifiers, it will be necessary to +rcu_barrier() operations. If there is a strong reason to use +rcu_barrier() in CPU-hotplug notifiers, it will be necessary to avoid disabling CPU hotplug. This would introduce some complexity, so there had better be a *very* good reason. @@ -2664,7 +2680,7 @@ However, this combining tree does not spread its memory across NUMA nodes nor does it align the CPU groups with hardware features such as sockets or cores. Such spreading and alignment is currently believed to be unnecessary because the hotpath read-side primitives do not access -the combining tree, nor does ``call_rcu()`` in the common case. If you +the combining tree, nor does call_rcu() in the common case. If you believe that your architecture needs such spreading and alignment, then your architecture should also benefit from the ``rcutree.rcu_fanout_leaf`` boot parameter, which can be set to the @@ -2685,7 +2701,7 @@ likely that adjustments will be required to more gracefully handle extreme loads. It might also be necessary to be able to relate CPU utilization by RCU's kthreads and softirq handlers to the code that instigated this CPU utilization. For example, RCU callback overhead -might be charged back to the originating ``call_rcu()`` instance, though +might be charged back to the originating call_rcu() instance, though probably not in production kernels. Additional work may be required to provide reasonable forward-progress diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.rst b/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.rst index 180958388ff9..2a92bc685ef1 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.rst +++ b/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.rst @@ -8,8 +8,7 @@ Although RCU is usually used to protect read-mostly data structures, it is possible to use RCU to provide dynamic non-maskable interrupt handlers, as well as dynamic irq handlers. This document describes how to do this, drawing loosely from Zwane Mwaikambo's NMI-timer -work in "arch/x86/oprofile/nmi_timer_int.c" and in -"arch/x86/kernel/traps.c". +work in "arch/x86/kernel/traps.c". The relevant pieces of code are listed below, each followed by a brief explanation:: diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt index 9bccf16736f7..3b0876c77355 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ Orran Krieger and Rusty Russell and Dipankar Sarma and Maneesh Soni" ,month="October" ,year="2001" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2001/10/13/105} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/Pine.LNX.4.33.0110131015410.8707-100000@penguin.transmeta.com} [Viewed August 21, 2004]" ,annotation={ } @@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ Symposium on Distributed Computing} ,month="October" ,year="2002" ,note="Available: -\url{https://lkml.org/lkml/2002/10/24/262} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/3DB86B05.447E7410@us.ibm.com} [Viewed February 15, 2014]" ,annotation={ Mingming Cao's patch to introduce RCU to SysV IPC. @@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ Symposium on Distributed Computing} ,month="March" ,year="2003" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2003/3/9/205} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/Pine.LNX.4.44.0303091831560.2129-100000@home.transmeta.com} [Viewed March 13, 2006]" ,annotation={ Linus suggests replacing brlock with RCU and/or seqlocks: @@ -1036,15 +1036,15 @@ Add per-cpu batch counter" ,annotation={ RCU runs reasonably on a 512-CPU SGI using Manfred Spraul's patches, which may be found at: - https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/20/49 (split vars into cachelines) - https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/22/114 (cpu_quiet() patch) - https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/24 (0/5) - https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/23 (1/5) - https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/265 (works for Jack) - https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/20 (2/5) - https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/22 (3/5) - https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/19 (4/5) - https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/21 (5/5) + https://lore.kernel.org/r/40AC9823.6020709@colorfullife.com (split vars into cachelines) + https://lore.kernel.org/r/Pine.LNX.4.44.0405222141260.11106-100000@dbl.q-ag.de (cpu_quiet() patch) + https://lore.kernel.org/r/200405250535.i4P5ZJo8017583@dbl.q-ag.de (0/5) + https://lore.kernel.org/r/200405250535.i4P5ZKAQ017591@dbl.q-ag.de (1/5) + https://lore.kernel.org/r/20040525203215.GB5127@sgi.com (works for Jack) + https://lore.kernel.org/r/200405250535.i4P5ZLiR017599@dbl.q-ag.de (2/5) + https://lore.kernel.org/r/200405250535.i4P5ZMFt017607@dbl.q-ag.de (3/5) + https://lore.kernel.org/r/200405250535.i4P5ZN6g017615@dbl.q-ag.de (4/5) + https://lore.kernel.org/r/200405250535.i4P5ZO7I017623@dbl.q-ag.de (5/5) } } @@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ Oregon Health and Sciences University" ,month="August" ,year="2004" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2004/8/6/237} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20040807192424.GF3936@in.ibm.com} [Viewed June 8, 2010]" ,annotation={ Introduce rcu_dereference(). @@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ Oregon Health and Sciences University" ,month="August" ,year="2004" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2004/8/30/87} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/1093873222.984.12.camel@new.localdomain} [Viewed February 17, 2005]" ,annotation={ Uses active code in rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() to @@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ Oregon Health and Sciences University" ,month="October" ,year="2004" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2004/10/23/241} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20041023202723.GA1930@us.ibm.com} [Viewed June 8, 2010]" ,annotation={ Introduce rcu_assign_pointer(). @@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@ Oregon Health and Sciences University" ,annotation={ James Morris posts Kaigai Kohei's patch to LKML. [Viewed December 10, 2004] - Kaigai's patch is at https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/9/27/52 + Kaigai's patch is at https://lore.kernel.org/r/200409271057.i8RAvcA1007873@mailsv.bs1.fc.nec.co.jp } } @@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@ Oregon Health and Sciences University" ,year="2005" ,day="17" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/3/17/199} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20050318002026.GA2693@us.ibm.com} [Viewed September 5, 2005]" ,annotation={ First posting showing how RCU can be safely adapted for @@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ Oregon Health and Sciences University" ,year="2005" ,day="18" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/3/18/122} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/Pine.OSF.4.05.10503181336310.2466-100000@da410.phys.au.dk} [Viewed March 30, 2006]" ,annotation={ Esben Neilsen suggests read-side suppression of grace-period @@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ Data Structures" ,month="May" ,year="2005" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/5/9/185} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20050510012444.GA3011@us.ibm.com} [Viewed May 13, 2005]" ,annotation={ First publication of working lock-based deferred free patches @@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ Data Structures" ,day="1" ,year="2005" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/8/1/155} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20050801171137.GA1754@us.ibm.com} [Viewed March 14, 2006]" ,annotation={ First operating counter-based realtime RCU patch posted to LKML. @@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ Data Structures" ,day="8" ,year="2005" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/8/8/108} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20050808144216.GA1307@us.ibm.com} [Viewed March 14, 2006]" ,annotation={ First operating counter-based realtime RCU patch posted to LKML, @@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ Data Structures" ,day="1" ,year="2005" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/10/1/70} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20051001182056.GA1613@us.ibm.com} [Viewed March 14, 2006]" ,annotation={ First rcutorture patch. @@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@ Data Structures" ,day="6" ,year="2006" ,note="Available: -\url{https://lkml.org/lkml/2006/1/7/22} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20060106.231054.43576567.davem@davemloft.net} [Viewed February 29, 2012]" ,annotation={ David Miller's view on hashed arrays of locks: used to really @@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@ Distributed Processing Symposium" ,day="20" ,year="2006" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/6/20/238} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20060408134707.22479.33814.sendpatchset@linux.site} [Viewed March 25, 2008]" ,annotation={ RCU-protected radix tree. @@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ Revised: ,day="28" ,year="2006" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/9/28/160} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20060928142616.GA20185@infradead.org} [Viewed March 27, 2008]" } @@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ Revised: ,year="2006" ,day=26 ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/10/26/73} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20061026105731.GE11803@in.ibm.com} [Viewed January 26, 2009]" ,annotation={ RCU-based reader-writer lock that allows readers to proceed with @@ -1612,12 +1612,12 @@ Revised: ,year="2006" ,day=17 ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/17/56} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20061117092925.GT7164@kernel.dk} [Viewed May 28, 2007]" ,annotation={ SRCU's grace periods are too slow for Jens, even after a factor-of-three speedup. - Sped-up version of SRCU at http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/17/359. + Sped-up version of SRCU at https://lore.kernel.org/r/20061118002845.GF2632@us.ibm.com. } } @@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ Revised: ,year="2006" ,day=19 ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/19/69} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20061119190027.GA3676@oleg} [Viewed May 28, 2007]" ,annotation={ First cut of QRCU. Expanded/corrected versions followed. @@ -1644,7 +1644,7 @@ Revised: ,year="2006" ,day=30 ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/29/330} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20061130015714.GC1350@oleg} [Viewed November 26, 2008]" ,annotation={ Expanded/corrected version of QRCU. @@ -1709,7 +1709,7 @@ Revised: ,year="2007" ,day=3 ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/1/3/112} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20070103152738.GA16063@localdomain} [Viewed May 28, 2007]" ,annotation={ Patch for list_splice_rcu(). @@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ Revised: ,year="2007" ,day=28 ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/1/28/34} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20070128120509.719287000@programming.kicks-ass.net} [Viewed March 27, 2008]" ,annotation={ RCU-like implementation for frequent updaters and rare readers(!). @@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@ Revised: ,year="2007" ,day=24 ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/2/25/18} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20070225062349.GA17468@linux.vnet.ibm.com} [Viewed March 27, 2008]" ,annotation={ Patch for QRCU supplying lock-free fast path. @@ -1846,7 +1846,7 @@ Revised: ,annotation={ LWN article describing Promela and spin, and also using Oleg Nesterov's QRCU as an example (with Paul McKenney's fastpath). - Merged patch at: http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/2/25/18 + Merged patch at: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20070225062349.GA17468@linux.vnet.ibm.com } } @@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ Revised: ,day="10" ,year="2007" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/9/10/213} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20070910183004.GA3299@linux.vnet.ibm.com} [Viewed October 25, 2007]" ,annotation={ Final patch for preemptable RCU to -rt. (Later patches were @@ -1933,7 +1933,7 @@ Revised: ,day="20" ,year="2007" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/12/20/244} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20071220142540.GB22523@Krystal} [Viewed March 27, 2008]" ,annotation={ Request for call_rcu_sched() and rcu_barrier_sched(). @@ -2013,7 +2013,7 @@ Revised: ,day="29" ,year="2008" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/1/29/208} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/Pine.LNX.4.58.0801291113350.20371@gandalf.stny.rr.com} [Viewed March 27, 2008]" ,annotation={ Patch that prevents preemptible RCU from unnecessarily waking @@ -2028,7 +2028,7 @@ Revised: ,day="1" ,year="2008" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/2/2/255} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20080202214124.GA28612@linux.vnet.ibm.com} [Viewed October 18, 2008]" ,annotation={ Explanation of compilers violating dependency ordering. @@ -2088,7 +2088,7 @@ lot of {Linux} into your technology!!!" ,day="3" ,year="2008" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/6/2/539} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/4844BE83.5010401@cn.fujitsu.com} [Viewed December 10, 2008]" ,annotation={ Updated RCU classic algorithm. Introduced multi-tailed list @@ -2122,7 +2122,7 @@ lot of {Linux} into your technology!!!" ,day="21" ,year="2008" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/8/21/336} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/48AD8969.7060900@colorfullife.com} [Viewed December 8, 2008]" ,annotation={ State-based RCU. One key thing that this patch does is to @@ -2137,7 +2137,7 @@ lot of {Linux} into your technology!!!" ,day="6" ,year="2008" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/9/6/86} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/48C2B1D2.5070801@colorfullife.com} [Viewed December 8, 2008]" ,annotation={ Manfred notes a fix required to my attempt to separate irq @@ -2183,7 +2183,7 @@ lot of {Linux} into your technology!!!" ,day="14" ,year="2009" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/1/14/449} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20090114202044.GJ6734@linux.vnet.ibm.com} [Viewed January 15, 2009]" ,annotation={ Small-footprint implementation of RCU for uniprocessor @@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ lot of {Linux} into your technology!!!" git://lttng.org/userspace-rcu.git http://lttng.org/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=userspace-rcu.git http://lttng.org/urcu - http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/2/5/572 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/20090206030543.GB8560@Krystal } } @@ -2258,7 +2258,7 @@ lot of {Linux} into your technology!!!" ,day="25" ,year="2009" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/6/25/306} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20090625160706.GA9467@linux.vnet.ibm.com} [Viewed August 16, 2009]" ,annotation={ First posting of expedited RCU to be accepted into -tip. @@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@ lot of {Linux} into your technology!!!" ,day="23" ,year="2009" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/7/23/294} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20090724001429.GA17374@linux.vnet.ibm.com} [Viewed August 15, 2009]" ,annotation={ First posting of simple and fast preemptable RCU. @@ -2350,7 +2350,7 @@ lot of {Linux} into your technology!!!" ,month="December" ,year="2009" ,note="Available: -\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/10/18/129} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/20091018232918.GA7385@Krystal} [Viewed December 29, 2009]" ,annotation={ Mathieu proposed defer_rcu() with fixed-size per-thread pool @@ -2518,7 +2518,7 @@ lot of {Linux} into your technology!!!" ,month="January" ,year="2011" ,note="Available: -\url{https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/1/18/322} +\url{https://lore.kernel.org/r/AANLkTimajU0x1v6y3rH2+jr-bZ=tNLs1S_agXdGGAa3S@mail.gmail.com} [Viewed March 4, 2011]" ,annotation={ "The RCU-based name lookup is at the other end of the spectrum - the diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.rst b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.rst index bb7128eb322e..1030119294d0 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.rst +++ b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.rst @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome! is less readable and prevents lockdep from detecting locking issues. Letting RCU-protected pointers "leak" out of an RCU read-side - critical section is every bid as bad as letting them leak out + critical section is every bit as bad as letting them leak out from under a lock. Unless, of course, you have arranged some other means of protection, such as a lock or a reference count -before- letting them out of the RCU read-side critical section. @@ -129,9 +129,7 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome! accesses. The rcu_dereference() primitive ensures that the CPU picks up the pointer before it picks up the data that the pointer points to. This really is necessary - on Alpha CPUs. If you don't believe me, see: - - http://www.openvms.compaq.com/wizard/wiz_2637.html + on Alpha CPUs. The rcu_dereference() primitive is also an excellent documentation aid, letting the person reading the @@ -214,9 +212,9 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome! the rest of the system. 7. As of v4.20, a given kernel implements only one RCU flavor, - which is RCU-sched for PREEMPT=n and RCU-preempt for PREEMPT=y. + which is RCU-sched for PREEMPTION=n and RCU-preempt for PREEMPTION=y. If the updater uses call_rcu() or synchronize_rcu(), - then the corresponding readers my use rcu_read_lock() and + then the corresponding readers may use rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock(), rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh(), or any pair of primitives that disables and re-enables preemption, for example, rcu_read_lock_sched() and rcu_read_unlock_sched(). diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/rcubarrier.rst b/Documentation/RCU/rcubarrier.rst index f64f4413a47c..3b4a24877496 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/rcubarrier.rst +++ b/Documentation/RCU/rcubarrier.rst @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ RCU (read-copy update) is a synchronization mechanism that can be thought of as a replacement for read-writer locking (among other things), but with very low-overhead readers that are immune to deadlock, priority inversion, and unbounded latency. RCU read-side critical sections are delimited -by rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock(), which, in non-CONFIG_PREEMPT +by rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock(), which, in non-CONFIG_PREEMPTION kernels, generate no code whatsoever. This means that RCU writers are unaware of the presence of concurrent @@ -329,10 +329,10 @@ Answer: This cannot happen. The reason is that on_each_cpu() has its last to smp_call_function() and further to smp_call_function_on_cpu(), causing this latter to spin until the cross-CPU invocation of rcu_barrier_func() has completed. This by itself would prevent - a grace period from completing on non-CONFIG_PREEMPT kernels, + a grace period from completing on non-CONFIG_PREEMPTION kernels, since each CPU must undergo a context switch (or other quiescent state) before the grace period can complete. However, this is - of no use in CONFIG_PREEMPT kernels. + of no use in CONFIG_PREEMPTION kernels. Therefore, on_each_cpu() disables preemption across its call to smp_call_function() and also across the local call to diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.rst b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.rst index c9ab6af4d3be..7148e9be08c3 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.rst +++ b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.rst @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ warnings: - A CPU looping with bottom halves disabled. -- For !CONFIG_PREEMPT kernels, a CPU looping anywhere in the kernel +- For !CONFIG_PREEMPTION kernels, a CPU looping anywhere in the kernel without invoking schedule(). If the looping in the kernel is really expected and desirable behavior, you might need to add some calls to cond_resched(). @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ warnings: result in the ``rcu_.*kthread starved for`` console-log message, which will include additional debugging information. -- A CPU-bound real-time task in a CONFIG_PREEMPT kernel, which might +- A CPU-bound real-time task in a CONFIG_PREEMPTION kernel, which might happen to preempt a low-priority task in the middle of an RCU read-side critical section. This is especially damaging if that low-priority task is not permitted to run on any other CPU, @@ -92,7 +92,9 @@ warnings: buggy timer hardware through bugs in the interrupt or exception path (whether hardware, firmware, or software) through bugs in Linux's timer subsystem through bugs in the scheduler, and, - yes, even including bugs in RCU itself. + yes, even including bugs in RCU itself. It can also result in + the ``rcu_.*timer wakeup didn't happen for`` console-log message, + which will include additional debugging information. - A bug in the RCU implementation. @@ -292,6 +294,25 @@ kthread is waiting for a short timeout, the "state" precedes value of the task_struct ->state field, and the "cpu" indicates that the grace-period kthread last ran on CPU 5. +If the relevant grace-period kthread does not wake from FQS wait in a +reasonable time, then the following additional line is printed:: + + kthread timer wakeup didn't happen for 23804 jiffies! g7076 f0x0 RCU_GP_WAIT_FQS(5) ->state=0x402 + +The "23804" indicates that kthread's timer expired more than 23 thousand +jiffies ago. The rest of the line has meaning similar to the kthread +starvation case. + +Additionally, the following line is printed:: + + Possible timer handling issue on cpu=4 timer-softirq=11142 + +Here "cpu" indicates that the grace-period kthread last ran on CPU 4, +where it queued the fqs timer. The number following the "timer-softirq" +is the current ``TIMER_SOFTIRQ`` count on cpu 4. If this value does not +change on successive RCU CPU stall warnings, there is further reason to +suspect a timer problem. + Multiple Warnings From One Stall ================================ diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.rst b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.rst index 1a4723f48bd9..17e95ab2a201 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.rst +++ b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.rst @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ Quick Quiz #1: ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ This section presents a "toy" RCU implementation that is based on "classic RCU". It is also short on performance (but only for updates) and -on features such as hotplug CPU and the ability to run in CONFIG_PREEMPT +on features such as hotplug CPU and the ability to run in CONFIG_PREEMPTION kernels. The definitions of rcu_dereference() and rcu_assign_pointer() are the same as those shown in the preceding section, so they are omitted. :: @@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ Quick Quiz #2: Quick Quiz #3: If it is illegal to block in an RCU read-side critical section, what the heck do you do in - PREEMPT_RT, where normal spinlocks can block??? + CONFIG_PREEMPT_RT, where normal spinlocks can block??? :ref:`Answers to Quick Quiz <8_whatisRCU>` @@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ Quick Quiz #2: overhead is **negative**. Answer: - Imagine a single-CPU system with a non-CONFIG_PREEMPT + Imagine a single-CPU system with a non-CONFIG_PREEMPTION kernel where a routing table is used by process-context code, but can be updated by irq-context code (for example, by an "ICMP REDIRECT" packet). The usual way of handling @@ -1120,10 +1120,10 @@ Answer: Quick Quiz #3: If it is illegal to block in an RCU read-side critical section, what the heck do you do in - PREEMPT_RT, where normal spinlocks can block??? + CONFIG_PREEMPT_RT, where normal spinlocks can block??? Answer: - Just as PREEMPT_RT permits preemption of spinlock + Just as CONFIG_PREEMPT_RT permits preemption of spinlock critical sections, it permits preemption of RCU read-side critical sections. It also permits spinlocks blocking while in RCU read-side critical diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/cgroupstats.rst b/Documentation/accounting/cgroupstats.rst index b9afc48f4ea2..85186e7d4035 100644 --- a/Documentation/accounting/cgroupstats.rst +++ b/Documentation/accounting/cgroupstats.rst @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ Control Groupstats ================== Control Groupstats is inspired by the discussion at -http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/4/11/187 and implements per cgroup statistics as -suggested by Andrew Morton in http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/4/11/263. +https://lore.kernel.org/r/461CF883.2030308@sw.ru and implements per cgroup statistics as +suggested by Andrew Morton in https://lore.kernel.org/r/20070411114927.1277d7c9.akpm@linux-foundation.org. Per cgroup statistics infrastructure re-uses code from the taskstats interface. A new set of cgroup operations are registered with commands diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst index 261b7b4cca1f..35314b63008c 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst @@ -226,10 +226,11 @@ Configuring the kernel all module options to built in (=y) options. You can also preserve modules by LMC_KEEP. - "make kvmconfig" Enable additional options for kvm guest kernel support. + "make kvm_guest.config" Enable additional options for kvm guest kernel + support. - "make xenconfig" Enable additional options for xen dom0 guest kernel - support. + "make xen.config" Enable additional options for xen dom0 guest kernel + support. "make tinyconfig" Configure the tiniest possible kernel. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/auxdisplay/cfag12864b.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/auxdisplay/cfag12864b.rst index 18c2865bd322..da385d851acc 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/auxdisplay/cfag12864b.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/auxdisplay/cfag12864b.rst @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ cfag12864b LCD Driver Documentation =================================== :License: GPLv2 -:Author & Maintainer: Miguel Ojeda Sandonis +:Author & Maintainer: Miguel Ojeda <ojeda@kernel.org> :Date: 2006-10-27 diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/auxdisplay/ks0108.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/auxdisplay/ks0108.rst index c0b7faf73136..a7d3fe509373 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/auxdisplay/ks0108.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/auxdisplay/ks0108.rst @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ ks0108 LCD Controller Driver Documentation ========================================== :License: GPLv2 -:Author & Maintainer: Miguel Ojeda Sandonis +:Author & Maintainer: Miguel Ojeda <ojeda@kernel.org> :Date: 2006-10-27 diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/binfmt-misc.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/binfmt-misc.rst index 7a864131e5ea..59cd902e3549 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/binfmt-misc.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/binfmt-misc.rst @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Here is what the fields mean: - ``name`` is an identifier string. A new /proc file will be created with this - ``name below /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc``; cannot contain slashes ``/`` for + name below ``/proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc``; cannot contain slashes ``/`` for obvious reasons. - ``type`` is the type of recognition. Give ``M`` for magic and ``E`` for extension. @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Here is what the fields mean: ``F`` - fix binary The usual behaviour of binfmt_misc is to spawn the binary lazily when the misc format file is invoked. However, - this doesn``t work very well in the face of mount namespaces and + this doesn't work very well in the face of mount namespaces and changeroots, so the ``F`` mode opens the binary as soon as the emulation is installed and uses the opened image to spawn the emulator, meaning it is always available once installed, diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/bootconfig.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/bootconfig.rst index 9b90efcc3a35..452b7dcd7f6b 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/bootconfig.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/bootconfig.rst @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ get the boot configuration data. Because of this "piggyback" method, there is no need to change or update the boot loader and the kernel image itself as long as the boot loader passes the correct initrd file size. If by any chance, the boot -loader passes a longer size, the kernel feils to find the bootconfig data. +loader passes a longer size, the kernel fails to find the bootconfig data. To do this operation, Linux kernel provides "bootconfig" command under tools/bootconfig, which allows admin to apply or delete the config file diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memory.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memory.rst index 52688ae34461..0936412e044e 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memory.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/memory.rst @@ -963,21 +963,21 @@ References 2. Singh, Balbir. Memory Controller (RSS Control), http://lwn.net/Articles/222762/ 3. Emelianov, Pavel. Resource controllers based on process cgroups - http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/3/6/198 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/45ED7DEC.7010403@sw.ru 4. Emelianov, Pavel. RSS controller based on process cgroups (v2) - http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/4/9/78 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/461A3010.90403@sw.ru 5. Emelianov, Pavel. RSS controller based on process cgroups (v3) - http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/5/30/244 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/465D9739.8070209@openvz.org 6. Menage, Paul. Control Groups v10, http://lwn.net/Articles/236032/ 7. Vaidyanathan, Srinivasan, Control Groups: Pagecache accounting and control subsystem (v3), http://lwn.net/Articles/235534/ 8. Singh, Balbir. RSS controller v2 test results (lmbench), - http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/5/17/232 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/464C95D4.7070806@linux.vnet.ibm.com 9. Singh, Balbir. RSS controller v2 AIM9 results - http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/5/18/1 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/464D267A.50107@linux.vnet.ibm.com 10. Singh, Balbir. Memory controller v6 test results, - http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/8/19/36 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/20070819094658.654.84837.sendpatchset@balbir-laptop 11. Singh, Balbir. Memory controller introduction (v6), - http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/8/17/69 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/20070817084228.26003.12568.sendpatchset@balbir-laptop 12. Corbet, Jonathan, Controlling memory use in cgroups, http://lwn.net/Articles/243795/ diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst index 63521cd36ce5..64c62b979f2f 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +.. _cgroup-v2: + ================ Control Group v2 ================ @@ -172,7 +174,6 @@ disabling controllers in v1 and make them always available in v2. cgroup v2 currently supports the following mount options. nsdelegate - Consider cgroup namespaces as delegation boundaries. This option is system wide and can only be set on mount or modified through remount from the init namespace. The mount option is @@ -180,7 +181,6 @@ cgroup v2 currently supports the following mount options. Delegation section for details. memory_localevents - Only populate memory.events with data for the current cgroup, and not any subtrees. This is legacy behaviour, the default behaviour without this option is to include subtree counts. @@ -189,7 +189,6 @@ cgroup v2 currently supports the following mount options. option is ignored on non-init namespace mounts. memory_recursiveprot - Recursively apply memory.min and memory.low protection to entire subtrees, without requiring explicit downward propagation into leaf cgroups. This allows protecting entire @@ -786,7 +785,6 @@ Core Interface Files All cgroup core files are prefixed with "cgroup." cgroup.type - A read-write single value file which exists on non-root cgroups. @@ -954,6 +952,8 @@ All cgroup core files are prefixed with "cgroup." Controllers =========== +.. _cgroup-v2-cpu: + CPU --- @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ All time durations are in microseconds. one number is written, $MAX is updated. cpu.pressure - A read-only nested-key file which exists on non-root cgroups. + A read-write nested-keyed file. Shows pressure stall information for CPU. See :ref:`Documentation/accounting/psi.rst <psi>` for details. @@ -1259,9 +1259,9 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back. can show up in the middle. Don't rely on items remaining in a fixed position; use the keys to look up specific values! - If the entry has no per-node counter(or not show in the - mempry.numa_stat). We use 'npn'(non-per-node) as the tag - to indicate that it will not show in the mempry.numa_stat. + If the entry has no per-node counter (or not show in the + memory.numa_stat). We use 'npn' (non-per-node) as the tag + to indicate that it will not show in the memory.numa_stat. anon Amount of memory used in anonymous mappings such as @@ -1277,11 +1277,11 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back. pagetables Amount of memory allocated for page tables. - percpu(npn) + percpu (npn) Amount of memory used for storing per-cpu kernel data structures. - sock(npn) + sock (npn) Amount of memory used in network transmission buffers shmem @@ -1299,6 +1299,10 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back. Amount of cached filesystem data that was modified and is currently being written back to disk + swapcached + Amount of swap cached in memory. The swapcache is accounted + against both memory and swap usage. + anon_thp Amount of memory used in anonymous mappings backed by transparent hugepages @@ -1329,7 +1333,7 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back. Part of "slab" that cannot be reclaimed on memory pressure. - slab(npn) + slab (npn) Amount of memory used for storing in-kernel data structures. @@ -1357,39 +1361,39 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back. workingset_nodereclaim Number of times a shadow node has been reclaimed - pgfault(npn) + pgfault (npn) Total number of page faults incurred - pgmajfault(npn) + pgmajfault (npn) Number of major page faults incurred - pgrefill(npn) + pgrefill (npn) Amount of scanned pages (in an active LRU list) - pgscan(npn) + pgscan (npn) Amount of scanned pages (in an inactive LRU list) - pgsteal(npn) + pgsteal (npn) Amount of reclaimed pages - pgactivate(npn) + pgactivate (npn) Amount of pages moved to the active LRU list - pgdeactivate(npn) + pgdeactivate (npn) Amount of pages moved to the inactive LRU list - pglazyfree(npn) + pglazyfree (npn) Amount of pages postponed to be freed under memory pressure - pglazyfreed(npn) + pglazyfreed (npn) Amount of reclaimed lazyfree pages - thp_fault_alloc(npn) + thp_fault_alloc (npn) Number of transparent hugepages which were allocated to satisfy a page fault. This counter is not present when CONFIG_TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE is not set. - thp_collapse_alloc(npn) + thp_collapse_alloc (npn) Number of transparent hugepages which were allocated to allow collapsing an existing range of pages. This counter is not present when CONFIG_TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE is not set. @@ -1475,7 +1479,7 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back. reduces the impact on the workload and memory management. memory.pressure - A read-only nested-key file which exists on non-root cgroups. + A read-only nested-keyed file. Shows pressure stall information for memory. See :ref:`Documentation/accounting/psi.rst <psi>` for details. @@ -1558,7 +1562,7 @@ IO Interface Files 8:0 rbytes=90430464 wbytes=299008000 rios=8950 wios=1252 dbytes=50331648 dios=3021 io.cost.qos - A read-write nested-keyed file with exists only on the root + A read-write nested-keyed file which exists only on the root cgroup. This file configures the Quality of Service of the IO cost @@ -1613,7 +1617,7 @@ IO Interface Files automatic mode can be restored by setting "ctrl" to "auto". io.cost.model - A read-write nested-keyed file with exists only on the root + A read-write nested-keyed file which exists only on the root cgroup. This file configures the cost model of the IO cost model based @@ -1714,7 +1718,7 @@ IO Interface Files 8:16 rbps=2097152 wbps=max riops=max wiops=max io.pressure - A read-only nested-key file which exists on non-root cgroups. + A read-only nested-keyed file. Shows pressure stall information for IO. See :ref:`Documentation/accounting/psi.rst <psi>` for details. @@ -2000,10 +2004,12 @@ Cpuset Interface Files cpuset-enabled cgroups. This flag is owned by the parent cgroup and is not delegatable. - It accepts only the following input values when written to. + It accepts only the following input values when written to. - "root" - a partition root - "member" - a non-root member of a partition + ======== ================================ + "root" a partition root + "member" a non-root member of a partition + ======== ================================ When set to be a partition root, the current cgroup is the root of a new partition or scheduling domain that comprises @@ -2044,9 +2050,11 @@ Cpuset Interface Files root to change. On read, the "cpuset.sched.partition" file can show the following values. - "member" Non-root member of a partition - "root" Partition root - "root invalid" Invalid partition root + ============== ============================== + "member" Non-root member of a partition + "root" Partition root + "root invalid" Invalid partition root + ============== ============================== It is a partition root if the first 2 partition root conditions above are true and at least one CPU from "cpuset.cpus" is @@ -2090,7 +2098,7 @@ If the program returns 0, the attempt fails with -EPERM, otherwise it succeeds. An example of BPF_CGROUP_DEVICE program may be found in the kernel -source tree in the tools/testing/selftests/bpf/dev_cgroup.c file. +source tree in the tools/testing/selftests/bpf/progs/dev_cgroup.c file. RDMA @@ -2219,7 +2227,7 @@ Without cgroup namespace, the "/proc/$PID/cgroup" file shows the complete path of the cgroup of a process. In a container setup where a set of cgroups and namespaces are intended to isolate processes the "/proc/$PID/cgroup" file may leak potential system level information -to the isolated processes. For Example:: +to the isolated processes. For example:: # cat /proc/self/cgroup 0::/batchjobs/container_id1 diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/authors.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/authors.rst index b02d6dd6c070..5c1d2f0fa7d1 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/authors.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/authors.rst @@ -5,10 +5,10 @@ Authors Original Author --------------- -Steve French (sfrench@samba.org) +Steve French (smfrench@gmail.com, sfrench@samba.org) The author wishes to express his appreciation and thanks to: -Andrew Tridgell (Samba team) for his early suggestions about smb/cifs VFS +Andrew Tridgell (Samba team) for his early suggestions about SMB/CIFS VFS improvements. Thanks to IBM for allowing me time and test resources to pursue this project, to Jim McDonough from IBM (and the Samba Team) for his help, to the IBM Linux JFS team for explaining many esoteric Linux filesystem features. @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Patch Contributors - Ronnie Sahlberg (for SMB3 xattr work, bug fixes, and lots of great work on compounding) - Shirish Pargaonkar (for many ACL patches over the years) - Sachin Prabhu (many bug fixes, including for reconnect, copy offload and security) -- Paulo Alcantara +- Paulo Alcantara (for some excellent work in DFS, and in booting from SMB3) - Long Li (some great work on RDMA, SMB Direct) diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/changes.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/changes.rst index 71f2ecb62299..3147bbae9c43 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/changes.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/changes.rst @@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ Changes ======= See https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/LinuxCIFSKernel for summary -information (that may be easier to read than parsing the output of -"git log fs/cifs") about fixes/improvements to CIFS/SMB2/SMB3 support (changes +information about fixes/improvements to CIFS/SMB2/SMB3 support (changes to cifs.ko module) by kernel version (and cifs internal module version). +This may be easier to read than parsing the output of "git log fs/cifs" +by release. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/introduction.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/introduction.rst index cc2851d93d17..53ea62906aa5 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/introduction.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/introduction.rst @@ -7,19 +7,19 @@ Introduction protocol which was the successor to the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol, the native file sharing mechanism for most early PC operating systems. New and improved versions of CIFS are now - called SMB2 and SMB3. Use of SMB3 (and later, including SMB3.1.1) - is strongly preferred over using older dialects like CIFS due to - security reasons. All modern dialects, including the most recent, - SMB3.1.1 are supported by the CIFS VFS module. The SMB3 protocol - is implemented and supported by all major file servers - such as all modern versions of Windows (including Windows 2016 - Server), as well as by Samba (which provides excellent - CIFS/SMB2/SMB3 server support and tools for Linux and many other - operating systems). Apple systems also support SMB3 well, as - do most Network Attached Storage vendors, so this network - filesystem client can mount to a wide variety of systems. - It also supports mounting to the cloud (for example - Microsoft Azure), including the necessary security features. + called SMB2 and SMB3. Use of SMB3 (and later, including SMB3.1.1 + the most current dialect) is strongly preferred over using older + dialects like CIFS due to security reasons. All modern dialects, + including the most recent, SMB3.1.1, are supported by the CIFS VFS + module. The SMB3 protocol is implemented and supported by all major + file servers such as Windows (including Windows 2019 Server), as + well as by Samba (which provides excellent CIFS/SMB2/SMB3 server + support and tools for Linux and many other operating systems). + Apple systems also support SMB3 well, as do most Network Attached + Storage vendors, so this network filesystem client can mount to a + wide variety of systems. It also supports mounting to the cloud + (for example Microsoft Azure), including the necessary security + features. The intent of this module is to provide the most advanced network file system function for SMB3 compliant servers, including advanced @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ Introduction POSIX compliance, secure per-user session establishment, encryption, high performance safe distributed caching (leases/oplocks), optional packet signing, large files, Unicode support and other internationalization - improvements. Since both Samba server and this filesystem client support - the CIFS Unix extensions (and in the future SMB3 POSIX extensions), + improvements. Since both Samba server and this filesystem client support the + CIFS Unix extensions, and the Linux client also suppors SMB3 POSIX extensions, the combination can provide a reasonable alternative to other network and cluster file systems for fileserving in some Linux to Linux environments, not just in Linux to Windows (or Linux to Mac) environments. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/todo.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/todo.rst index 25f11576e7b9..2646ed2e2d3e 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/todo.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/todo.rst @@ -13,24 +13,26 @@ is a partial list of the known problems and missing features: a) SMB3 (and SMB3.1.1) missing optional features: - - multichannel (started), integration with RDMA - - directory leases (improved metadata caching), started (root dir only) + - multichannel (partially integrated), integration of multichannel with RDMA + - directory leases (improved metadata caching). Currently only implemented for root dir - T10 copy offload ie "ODX" (copy chunk, and "Duplicate Extents" ioctl currently the only two server side copy mechanisms supported) b) improved sparse file support (fiemap and SEEK_HOLE are implemented - but additional features would be supportable by the protocol). + but additional features would be supportable by the protocol such + as FALLOC_FL_COLLAPSE_RANGE and FALLOC_FL_INSERT_RANGE) c) Directory entry caching relies on a 1 second timer, rather than using Directory Leases, currently only the root file handle is cached longer + by leveraging Directory Leases -d) quota support (needs minor kernel change since quota calls - to make it to network filesystems or deviceless filesystems) +d) quota support (needs minor kernel change since quota calls otherwise + won't make it to network filesystems or deviceless filesystems). e) Additional use cases can be optimized to use "compounding" (e.g. open/query/close and open/setinfo/close) to reduce the number of roundtrips to the server and improve performance. Various cases - (stat, statfs, create, unlink, mkdir) already have been improved by + (stat, statfs, create, unlink, mkdir, xattrs) already have been improved by using compounding but more can be done. In addition we could significantly reduce redundant opens by using deferred close (with handle caching leases) and better using reference counters on file @@ -60,7 +62,9 @@ k) Add tools to take advantage of more smb3 specific ioctls and features metadata attributes easier from tools (e.g. extending what was done in smb-info tool). -l) encrypted file support +l) encrypted file support (currently the attribute showing the file is + encrypted on the server is reported, but changing the attribute is not + supported). m) improved stats gathering tools (perhaps integration with nfsometer?) to extend and make easier to use what is currently in /proc/fs/cifs/Stats @@ -69,14 +73,13 @@ n) Add support for claims based ACLs ("DAC") o) mount helper GUI (to simplify the various configuration options on mount) -p) Add support for witness protocol (perhaps ioctl to cifs.ko from user space - tool listening on witness protocol RPC) to allow for notification of share - move, server failover, and server adapter changes. And also improve other - failover scenarios, e.g. when client knows multiple DFS entries point to - different servers, and the server we are connected to has gone down. +p) Expand support for witness protocol to allow for notification of share + move, and server network adapter changes. Currently only notifications by + the witness protocol for server move is supported by the Linux client. q) Allow mount.cifs to be more verbose in reporting errors with dialect - or unsupported feature errors. + or unsupported feature errors. This would now be easier due to the + implementation of the new mount API. r) updating cifs documentation, and user guide. @@ -87,11 +90,10 @@ t) split cifs and smb3 support into separate modules so legacy (and less secure) CIFS dialect can be disabled in environments that don't need it and simplify the code. -v) POSIX Extensions for SMB3.1.1 (started, create and mkdir support added - so far). +v) Additional testing of POSIX Extensions for SMB3.1.1 w) Add support for additional strong encryption types, and additional spnego - authentication mechanisms (see MS-SMB2) + authentication mechanisms (see MS-SMB2). GCM-256 is now partially implemented. x) Finish support for SMB3.1.1 compression diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/usage.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/usage.rst index b6d9f02bc12b..13783dc68ab7 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/usage.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cifs/usage.rst @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ and encrypted shares and stronger signing and authentication algorithms. There are additional mount options that may be helpful for SMB3 to get improved POSIX behavior (NB: can use vers=3.0 to force only SMB3, never 2.1): - ``mfsymlinks`` and ``cifsacl`` and ``idsfromsid`` + ``mfsymlinks`` and either ``cifsacl`` or ``modefromsid`` (usually with ``idsfromsid``) Allowing User Mounts ==================== diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst index f3ada90e9ca8..21a984337080 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ will lead to quite erratic information inside ``/proc/stat``:: References ---------- -- http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/2/12/6 +- https://lore.kernel.org/r/loom.20070212T063225-663@post.gmane.org - Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst (1.8) diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-crypt.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-crypt.rst index 1a6753b76dbb..aa2d04d95df6 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-crypt.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-crypt.rst @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Parameters:: the value passed in <key_size>. <key_type> - Either 'logon', 'user' or 'encrypted' kernel key type. + Either 'logon', 'user', 'encrypted' or 'trusted' kernel key type. <key_description> The kernel keyring key description crypt target should look for diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-integrity.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-integrity.rst index 4e6f504474ac..8db172efa272 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-integrity.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/device-mapper/dm-integrity.rst @@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ recalculate journal_crypt:algorithm(:key) (the key is optional) Encrypt the journal using given algorithm to make sure that the attacker can't read the journal. You can use a block cipher here - (such as "cbc(aes)") or a stream cipher (for example "chacha20", - "salsa20" or "ctr(aes)"). + (such as "cbc(aes)") or a stream cipher (for example "chacha20" + or "ctr(aes)"). The journal contains history of last writes to the block device, an attacker reading the journal could see the last sector numbers @@ -177,14 +177,31 @@ bitmap_flush_interval:number The bitmap flush interval in milliseconds. The metadata buffers are synchronized when this interval expires. +allow_discards + Allow block discard requests (a.k.a. TRIM) for the integrity device. + Discards are only allowed to devices using internal hash. + fix_padding Use a smaller padding of the tag area that is more space-efficient. If this option is not present, large padding is used - that is for compatibility with older kernels. -allow_discards - Allow block discard requests (a.k.a. TRIM) for the integrity device. - Discards are only allowed to devices using internal hash. +fix_hmac + Improve security of internal_hash and journal_mac: + + - the section number is mixed to the mac, so that an attacker can't + copy sectors from one journal section to another journal section + - the superblock is protected by journal_mac + - a 16-byte salt stored in the superblock is mixed to the mac, so + that the attacker can't detect that two disks have the same hmac + key and also to disallow the attacker to move sectors from one + disk to another + +legacy_recalculate + Allow recalculating of volumes with HMAC keys. This is disabled by + default for security reasons - an attacker could modify the volume, + set recalc_sector to zero, and the kernel would not detect the + modification. The journal mode (D/J), buffer_sectors, journal_watermark, commit_time and allow_discards can be changed when reloading the target (load an inactive diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst index 06fb1b4aa849..1132796a8d96 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ The kernel's command-line parameters ==================================== -The following is a consolidated list of the kernel parameters as -implemented by the __setup(), core_param() and module_param() macros +The following is a consolidated list of the kernel parameters as implemented +by the __setup(), early_param(), core_param() and module_param() macros and sorted into English Dictionary order (defined as ignoring all punctuation and sorting digits before letters in a case insensitive manner), and with descriptions where known. @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Note that for the special case of a range one can split the range into equal sized groups and for each group use some amount from the beginning of that group: - <cpu number>-cpu number>:<used size>/<group size> + <cpu number>-<cpu number>:<used size>/<group size> For example one can add to the command line following parameter: diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt index c722ec19cd00..04545725f187 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -373,6 +373,12 @@ arcrimi= [HW,NET] ARCnet - "RIM I" (entirely mem-mapped) cards Format: <io>,<irq>,<nodeID> + arm64.nobti [ARM64] Unconditionally disable Branch Target + Identification support + + arm64.nopauth [ARM64] Unconditionally disable Pointer Authentication + support + ataflop= [HW,M68k] atarimouse= [HW,MOUSE] Atari Mouse @@ -600,7 +606,7 @@ kernel/dma/contiguous.c cma_pernuma=nn[MG] - [ARM64,KNL] + [ARM64,KNL,CMA] Sets the size of kernel per-numa memory area for contiguous memory allocations. A value of 0 disables per-numa CMA altogether. And If this option is not @@ -802,13 +808,14 @@ insecure, please do not use on production kernels. debug_locks_verbose= - [KNL] verbose self-tests - Format=<0|1> + [KNL] verbose locking self-tests + Format: <int> Print debugging info while doing the locking API self-tests. - We default to 0 (no extra messages), setting it to - 1 will print _a lot_ more information - normally - only useful to kernel developers. + Bitmask for the various LOCKTYPE_ tests. Defaults to 0 + (no extra messages), setting it to -1 (all bits set) + will print _a_lot_ more information - normally only + useful to lockdep developers. debug_objects [KNL] Enable object debugging @@ -944,12 +951,6 @@ causing system reset or hang due to sending INIT from AP to BSP. - perf_v4_pmi= [X86,INTEL] - Format: <bool> - Disable Intel PMU counter freezing feature. - The feature only exists starting from - Arch Perfmon v4 (Skylake and newer). - disable_ddw [PPC/PSERIES] Disable Dynamic DMA Window support. Use this to workaround buggy firmware. @@ -1385,7 +1386,7 @@ ftrace_filter=[function-list] [FTRACE] Limit the functions traced by the function - tracer at boot up. function-list is a comma separated + tracer at boot up. function-list is a comma-separated list of functions. This list can be changed at run time by the set_ftrace_filter file in the debugfs tracing directory. @@ -1399,13 +1400,13 @@ ftrace_graph_filter=[function-list] [FTRACE] Limit the top level callers functions traced by the function graph tracer at boot up. - function-list is a comma separated list of functions + function-list is a comma-separated list of functions that can be changed at run time by the set_graph_function file in the debugfs tracing directory. ftrace_graph_notrace=[function-list] [FTRACE] Do not trace from the functions specified in - function-list. This list is a comma separated list of + function-list. This list is a comma-separated list of functions that can be changed at run time by the set_graph_notrace file in the debugfs tracing directory. @@ -1433,6 +1434,11 @@ to enforce probe and suspend/resume ordering. rpm -- Like "on", but also use to order runtime PM. + fw_devlink.strict=<bool> + [KNL] Treat all inferred dependencies as mandatory + dependencies. This only applies for fw_devlink=on|rpm. + Format: <bool> + gamecon.map[2|3]= [HW,JOY] Multisystem joystick and NES/SNES/PSX pad support via parallel port (up to 5 devices per port) @@ -1524,12 +1530,12 @@ hpet_mmap= [X86, HPET_MMAP] Allow userspace to mmap HPET registers. Default set by CONFIG_HPET_MMAP_DEFAULT. - hugetlb_cma= [HW] The size of a cma area used for allocation + hugetlb_cma= [HW,CMA] The size of a CMA area used for allocation of gigantic hugepages. Format: nn[KMGTPE] - Reserve a cma area of given size and allocate gigantic - hugepages using the cma allocator. If enabled, the + Reserve a CMA area of given size and allocate gigantic + hugepages using the CMA allocator. If enabled, the boot-time allocation of gigantic hugepages is skipped. hugepages= [HW] Number of HugeTLB pages to allocate at boot. @@ -1673,6 +1679,12 @@ In such case C2/C3 won't be used again. idle=nomwait: Disable mwait for CPU C-states + idxd.sva= [HW] + Format: <bool> + Allow force disabling of Shared Virtual Memory (SVA) + support for the idxd driver. By default it is set to + true (1). + ieee754= [MIPS] Select IEEE Std 754 conformance mode Format: { strict | legacy | 2008 | relaxed } Default: strict @@ -1746,7 +1758,7 @@ ima_policy= [IMA] The builtin policies to load during IMA setup. Format: "tcb | appraise_tcb | secure_boot | - fail_securely" + fail_securely | critical_data" The "tcb" policy measures all programs exec'd, files mmap'd for exec, and all files opened with the read @@ -1765,6 +1777,9 @@ filesystems with the SB_I_UNVERIFIABLE_SIGNATURE flag. + The "critical_data" policy measures kernel integrity + critical data. + ima_tcb [IMA] Deprecated. Use ima_policy= instead. Load a policy which meets the needs of the Trusted Computing Base. This means IMA will measure all @@ -2257,6 +2272,9 @@ kvm-arm.mode= [KVM,ARM] Select one of KVM/arm64's modes of operation. + nvhe: Standard nVHE-based mode, without support for + protected guests. + protected: nVHE-based mode with support for guests whose state is kept private from the host. Not valid if the kernel is running in EL2. @@ -2421,7 +2439,7 @@ when set. Format: <int> - libata.force= [LIBATA] Force configurations. The format is comma + libata.force= [LIBATA] Force configurations. The format is comma- separated list of "[ID:]VAL" where ID is PORT[.DEVICE]. PORT and DEVICE are decimal numbers matching port, link or device. Basically, it matches @@ -3266,9 +3284,14 @@ parameter, xsave area per process might occupy more memory on xsaves enabled systems. - nohlt [BUGS=ARM,SH] Tells the kernel that the sleep(SH) or - wfi(ARM) instruction doesn't work correctly and not to - use it. This is also useful when using JTAG debugger. + nohlt [ARM,ARM64,MICROBLAZE,SH] Forces the kernel to busy wait + in do_idle() and not use the arch_cpu_idle() + implementation; requires CONFIG_GENERIC_IDLE_POLL_SETUP + to be effective. This is useful on platforms where the + sleep(SH) or wfi(ARM,ARM64) instructions do not work + correctly or when doing power measurements to evalute + the impact of the sleep instructions. This is also + useful when using JTAG debugger. no_file_caps Tells the kernel not to honor file capabilities. The only way then for a file to be executed with privilege @@ -3281,6 +3304,21 @@ in certain environments such as networked servers or real-time systems. + no_hash_pointers + Force pointers printed to the console or buffers to be + unhashed. By default, when a pointer is printed via %p + format string, that pointer is "hashed", i.e. obscured + by hashing the pointer value. This is a security feature + that hides actual kernel addresses from unprivileged + users, but it also makes debugging the kernel more + difficult since unequal pointers can no longer be + compared. However, if this command-line option is + specified, then all normal pointers will have their true + value printed. Pointers printed via %pK may still be + hashed. This option should only be specified when + debugging the kernel. Please do not use on production + kernels. + nohibernate [HIBERNATION] Disable hibernation and resume. nohz= [KNL] Boottime enable/disable dynamic ticks @@ -3458,20 +3496,6 @@ For example, to override I2C bus2: omap_mux=i2c2_scl.i2c2_scl=0x100,i2c2_sda.i2c2_sda=0x100 - oprofile.timer= [HW] - Use timer interrupt instead of performance counters - - oprofile.cpu_type= Force an oprofile cpu type - This might be useful if you have an older oprofile - userland or if you want common events. - Format: { arch_perfmon } - arch_perfmon: [X86] Force use of architectural - perfmon on Intel CPUs instead of the - CPU specific event set. - timer: [X86] Force use of architectural NMI - timer mode (see also oprofile.timer - for generic hr timer mode) - oops=panic Always panic on oopses. Default is to just kill the process, but there is a small probability of deadlocking the machine. @@ -3916,6 +3940,13 @@ Format: {"off"} Disable Hardware Transactional Memory + preempt= [KNL] + Select preemption mode if you have CONFIG_PREEMPT_DYNAMIC + none - Limited to cond_resched() calls + voluntary - Limited to cond_resched() and might_sleep() calls + full - Any section that isn't explicitly preempt disabled + can be preempted anytime. + print-fatal-signals= [KNL] debug: print fatal signals @@ -4092,6 +4123,10 @@ value, meaning that RCU_SOFTIRQ is used by default. Specify rcutree.use_softirq=0 to use rcuc kthreads. + But note that CONFIG_PREEMPT_RT=y kernels disable + this kernel boot parameter, forcibly setting it + to zero. + rcutree.rcu_fanout_exact= [KNL] Disable autobalancing of the rcu_node combining tree. This is used by rcutorture, and might @@ -4179,12 +4214,6 @@ Set wakeup interval for idle CPUs that have RCU callbacks (RCU_FAST_NO_HZ=y). - rcutree.rcu_idle_lazy_gp_delay= [KNL] - Set wakeup interval for idle CPUs that have - only "lazy" RCU callbacks (RCU_FAST_NO_HZ=y). - Lazy RCU callbacks are those which RCU can - prove do nothing more than free memory. - rcutree.rcu_kick_kthreads= [KNL] Cause the grace-period kthread to get an extra wake_up() if it sleeps three times longer than @@ -4338,6 +4367,14 @@ stress RCU, they don't participate in the actual test, hence the "fake". + rcutorture.nocbs_nthreads= [KNL] + Set number of RCU callback-offload togglers. + Zero (the default) disables toggling. + + rcutorture.nocbs_toggle= [KNL] + Set the delay in milliseconds between successive + callback-offload toggling attempts. + rcutorture.nreaders= [KNL] Set number of RCU readers. The value -1 selects N-1, where N is the number of CPUs. A value @@ -4470,6 +4507,13 @@ only normal grace-period primitives. No effect on CONFIG_TINY_RCU kernels. + But note that CONFIG_PREEMPT_RT=y kernels enables + this kernel boot parameter, forcibly setting + it to the value one, that is, converting any + post-boot attempt at an expedited RCU grace + period to instead use normal non-expedited + grace-period processing. + rcupdate.rcu_task_ipi_delay= [KNL] Set time in jiffies during which RCU tasks will avoid sending IPIs, starting with the beginning @@ -4557,6 +4601,12 @@ refscale.verbose= [KNL] Enable additional printk() statements. + refscale.verbose_batched= [KNL] + Batch the additional printk() statements. If zero + (the default) or negative, print everything. Otherwise, + print every Nth verbose statement, where N is the value + specified. + relax_domain_level= [KNL, SMP] Set scheduler's default relax_domain_level. See Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v1/cpusets.rst. @@ -4854,14 +4904,6 @@ last alloc / free. For more information see Documentation/vm/slub.rst. - slub_memcg_sysfs= [MM, SLUB] - Determines whether to enable sysfs directories for - memory cgroup sub-caches. 1 to enable, 0 to disable. - The default is determined by CONFIG_SLUB_MEMCG_SYSFS_ON. - Enabling this can lead to a very high number of debug - directories and files being created under - /sys/kernel/slub. - slub_max_order= [MM, SLUB] Determines the maximum allowed order for slabs. A high setting may cause OOMs due to memory @@ -5140,12 +5182,18 @@ growing up) the main stack are reserved for no other mapping. Default value is 256 pages. + stack_depot_disable= [KNL] + Setting this to true through kernel command line will + disable the stack depot thereby saving the static memory + consumed by the stack hash table. By default this is set + to false. + stacktrace [FTRACE] Enabled the stack tracer on boot up. stacktrace_filter=[function-list] [FTRACE] Limit the functions that the stack tracer - will trace at boot up. function-list is a comma separated + will trace at boot up. function-list is a comma-separated list of functions. This list can be changed at run time by the stack_trace_filter file in the debugfs tracing directory. Note, this enables stack tracing @@ -5331,6 +5379,14 @@ are running concurrently, especially on systems with rotating-rust storage. + torture.verbose_sleep_frequency= [KNL] + Specifies how many verbose printk()s should be + emitted between each sleep. The default of zero + disables verbose-printk() sleeping. + + torture.verbose_sleep_duration= [KNL] + Duration of each verbose-printk() sleep in jiffies. + tp720= [HW,PS2] tpm_suspend_pcr=[HW,TPM] @@ -5348,7 +5404,7 @@ trace_event=[event-list] [FTRACE] Set and start specified trace events in order to facilitate early boot debugging. The event-list is a - comma separated list of trace events to enable. See + comma-separated list of trace events to enable. See also Documentation/trace/events.rst trace_options=[option-list] @@ -5932,12 +5988,6 @@ default x2apic cluster mode on platforms supporting x2apic. - x86_intel_mid_timer= [X86-32,APBT] - Choose timer option for x86 Intel MID platform. - Two valid options are apbt timer only and lapic timer - plus one apbt timer for broadcast timer. - x86_intel_mid_timer=apbt_only | lapic_and_apbt - xen_512gb_limit [KNL,X86-64,XEN] Restricts the kernel running paravirtualized under Xen to use only up to 512 GB of RAM. The reason to do so is @@ -5972,6 +6022,10 @@ This option is obsoleted by the "nopv" option, which has equivalent effect for XEN platform. + xen_no_vector_callback + [KNL,X86,XEN] Disable the vector callback for Xen + event channel interrupts. + xen_scrub_pages= [XEN] Boolean option to control scrubbing pages before giving them back to Xen, for use by other domains. Can be also changed at runtime diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.rst index dc36aeb65d0a..531f689311f2 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-per-CPU-kthreads.rst @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ To reduce its OS jitter, do any of the following: However, there is an RFC patch from Christoph Lameter (based on an earlier one from Gilad Ben-Yossef) that reduces or even eliminates vmstat overhead for some - workloads at https://lkml.org/lkml/2013/9/4/379. + workloads at https://lore.kernel.org/r/00000140e9dfd6bd-40db3d4f-c1be-434f-8132-7820f81bb586-000000@email.amazonses.com. e. If running on high-end powerpc servers, build with CONFIG_PPC_RTAS_DAEMON=n. This prevents the RTAS daemon from running on each CPU every second or so. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.rst index 5fe1ade88c17..91fd6846ce17 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.rst @@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ detailed description): - UWB enable and disable - LCD Shadow (PrivacyGuard) enable and disable - Lap mode sensor + - Setting keyboard language A compatibility table by model and feature is maintained on the web site, http://ibm-acpi.sf.net/. I appreciate any success or failure @@ -1466,6 +1467,30 @@ Sysfs notes rfkill controller switch "tpacpi_uwb_sw": refer to Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst for details. + +Setting keyboard language +------------------------- + +sysfs: keyboard_lang + +This feature is used to set keyboard language to ECFW using ASL interface. +Fewer thinkpads models like T580 , T590 , T15 Gen 1 etc.. has "=", "(', +")" numeric keys, which are not displaying correctly, when keyboard language +is other than "english". This is because the default keyboard language in ECFW +is set as "english". Hence using this sysfs, user can set the correct keyboard +language to ECFW and then these key's will work correctly. + +Example of command to set keyboard language is mentioned below:: + + echo jp > /sys/devices/platform/thinkpad_acpi/keyboard_lang + +Text corresponding to keyboard layout to be set in sysfs are: be(Belgian), +cz(Czech), da(Danish), de(German), en(English), es(Spain), et(Estonian), +fr(French), fr-ch(French(Switzerland)), hu(Hungarian), it(Italy), jp (Japan), +nl(Dutch), nn(Norway), pl(Polish), pt(portugese), sl(Slovenian), sv(Sweden), +tr(Turkey) + + Adaptive keyboard ----------------- diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/media/rkisp1.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/media/rkisp1.rst index 2267e4fb475e..ccf418713623 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/media/rkisp1.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/media/rkisp1.rst @@ -13,6 +13,22 @@ This file documents the driver for the Rockchip ISP1 that is part of RK3288 and RK3399 SoCs. The driver is located under drivers/staging/media/rkisp1 and uses the Media-Controller API. +Revisions +========= + +There exist multiple smaller revisions to this ISP that got introduced in +later SoCs. Revisions can be found in the enum :c:type:`rkisp1_cif_isp_version` +in the UAPI and the revision of the ISP inside the running SoC can be read +in the field hw_revision of struct media_device_info as returned by +ioctl MEDIA_IOC_DEVICE_INFO. + +Versions in use are: + +- RKISP1_V10: used at least in rk3288 and rk3399 +- RKISP1_V11: declared in the original vendor code, but not used +- RKISP1_V12: used at least in rk3326 and px30 +- RKISP1_V13: used at least in rk1808 + Topology ======== .. _rkisp1_topology_graph: diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/concepts.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/concepts.rst index fa0974fbeae7..b966fcff993b 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/concepts.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/concepts.rst @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ pages either asynchronously or synchronously, depending on the state of the system. When the system is not loaded, most of the memory is free and allocation requests will be satisfied immediately from the free pages supply. As the load increases, the amount of the free pages goes -down and when it reaches a certain threshold (high watermark), an +down and when it reaches a certain threshold (low watermark), an allocation request will awaken the ``kswapd`` daemon. It will asynchronously scan memory pages and either just free them if the data they contain is available elsewhere, or evict to the backing storage diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst index 5c4432c96c4b..5307f90738aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst @@ -160,16 +160,16 @@ Under each memory block, you can see 5 files: "online_movable", "online", "offline" command which will be performed on all sections in the block. -``phys_device`` read-only: designed to show the name of physical memory - device. This is not well implemented now. -``removable`` read-only: contains an integer value indicating - whether the memory block is removable or not - removable. A value of 1 indicates that the memory - block is removable and a value of 0 indicates that - it is not removable. A memory block is removable only if - every section in the block is removable. -``valid_zones`` read-only: designed to show which zones this memory block - can be onlined to. +``phys_device`` read-only: legacy interface only ever used on s390x to + expose the covered storage increment. +``removable`` read-only: legacy interface that indicated whether a memory + block was likely to be offlineable or not. Newer kernel + versions return "1" if and only if the kernel supports + memory offlining. +``valid_zones`` read-only: designed to show by which zone memory provided by + a memory block is managed, and to show by which zone memory + provided by an offline memory block could be managed when + onlining. The first column shows it`s default zone. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/perf-security.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf-security.rst index 904e4eb37f99..34aa334320ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/perf-security.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf-security.rst @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ monitoring and observability operations, thus, bypass *scope* permissions checks in the kernel. CAP_PERFMON implements the principle of least privilege [13]_ (POSIX 1003.1e: 2.2.2.39) for performance monitoring and observability operations in the kernel and provides a secure approach to -perfomance monitoring and observability in the system. +performance monitoring and observability in the system. For backward compatibility reasons the access to perf_events monitoring and observability operations is also open for CAP_SYS_ADMIN privileged diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/arm-cmn.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/arm-cmn.rst index 0e4809346014..796e25b7027b 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/arm-cmn.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf/arm-cmn.rst @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ PMU events ---------- The PMU driver registers a single PMU device for the whole interconnect, -see /sys/bus/event_source/devices/arm_cmn. Multi-chip systems may link +see /sys/bus/event_source/devices/arm_cmn_0. Multi-chip systems may link more than one CMN together via external CCIX links - in this situation, each mesh counts its own events entirely independently, and additional PMU devices will be named arm_cmn_{1..n}. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/spkguide.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/spkguide.txt index 5ff6a0fe87d1..977ab3f5a0a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/spkguide.txt +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/spkguide.txt @@ -1033,7 +1033,9 @@ speakup + keypad 3, you would hear: The speakup key is depressed, so the name of the key state is speakup. This part of the message comes from the states collection. -14.2. Loading Your Own Messages +14.2. Changing language + +14.2.1. Loading Your Own Messages The files under the i18n subdirectory all follow the same format. They consist of lines, with one message per line. @@ -1066,8 +1068,50 @@ echo '1 azul' > /speakup/i18n/colors The next time that Speakup says message 1 from the colors group, it will say "azul", rather than "blue." +14.2.2. Choose a language + In the future, translations into various languages will be made available, -and most users will just load the files necessary for their language. +and most users will just load the files necessary for their language. So far, +only French language is available beyond native Canadian English language. + +French is only available after you are logged in. + +Canadian English is the default language. To toggle another language, +download the source of Speakup and untar it in your home directory. The +following command should let you do this: + +tar xvjf speakup-<version>.tar.bz2 + +where <version> is the version number of the application. + +Next, change to the newly created directory, then into the tools/ directory, and +run the script speakup_setlocale. You are asked the language that you want to +use. Type the number associated to your language (e.g. fr for French) then press +Enter. Needed files are copied in the i18n directory. + +Note: the speakupconf must be installed on your system so that settings are saved. +Otherwise, you will have an error: your language will be loaded but you will +have to run the script again every time Speakup restarts. +See section 16.1. for information about speakupconf. + +You will have to repeat these steps for any change of locale, i.e. if you wish +change the speakup's language or charset (iso-8859-15 ou UTF-8). + +If you wish store the settings, note that at your next login, you will need to +do: + +speakup load + +Alternatively, you can add the above line to your file +~/.bashrc or ~/.bash_profile. + +If your system administrator ran himself the script, all the users will be able +to change from English to the language choosed by root and do directly +speakupconf load (or add this to the ~/.bashrc or +~/.bash_profile file). If there are several languages to handle, the +administrator (or every user) will have to run the first steps until speakupconf +save, choosing the appropriate language, in every user's home directory. Every +user will then be able to do speakupconf load, Speakup will load his own settings. 14.3. No Support for Non-Western-European Languages diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/syscall-user-dispatch.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/syscall-user-dispatch.rst index a380d6515774..60314953c728 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/syscall-user-dispatch.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/syscall-user-dispatch.rst @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ trampoline code on the vDSO, that trampoline is never intercepted. [selector] is a pointer to a char-sized region in the process memory region, that provides a quick way to enable disable syscall redirection thread-wide, without the need to invoke the kernel directly. selector -can be set to PR_SYS_DISPATCH_ON or PR_SYS_DISPATCH_OFF. Any other -value should terminate the program with a SIGSYS. +can be set to SYSCALL_DISPATCH_FILTER_ALLOW or SYSCALL_DISPATCH_FILTER_BLOCK. +Any other value should terminate the program with a SIGSYS. Security Notes -------------- diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/fs.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/fs.rst index f48277a0a850..2a501c9ddc55 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/fs.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/fs.rst @@ -380,5 +380,5 @@ This configuration option sets the maximum number of "watches" that are allowed for each user. Each "watch" costs roughly 90 bytes on a 32bit kernel, and roughly 160 bytes on a 64bit one. -The current default value for max_user_watches is the 1/32 of the available -low memory, divided for the "watch" cost in bytes. +The current default value for max_user_watches is the 1/25 (4%) of the +available low memory, divided for the "watch" cost in bytes. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/vm.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/vm.rst index e35a3f2fb006..586cd4b86428 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/vm.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysctl/vm.rst @@ -983,11 +983,11 @@ that benefit from having their data cached, zone_reclaim_mode should be left disabled as the caching effect is likely to be more important than data locality. -zone_reclaim may be enabled if it's known that the workload is partitioned -such that each partition fits within a NUMA node and that accessing remote -memory would cause a measurable performance reduction. The page allocator -will then reclaim easily reusable pages (those page cache pages that are -currently not used) before allocating off node pages. +Consider enabling one or more zone_reclaim mode bits if it's known that the +workload is partitioned such that each partition fits within a NUMA node +and that accessing remote memory would cause a measurable performance +reduction. The page allocator will take additional actions before +allocating off node pages. Allowing zone reclaim to write out pages stops processes that are writing large amounts of data from dirtying pages on other nodes. Zone diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/thunderbolt.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/thunderbolt.rst index 613cb24c76c7..f18e881373c4 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/thunderbolt.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/thunderbolt.rst @@ -47,6 +47,9 @@ be DMA masters and thus read contents of the host memory without CPU and OS knowing about it. There are ways to prevent this by setting up an IOMMU but it is not always available for various reasons. +Some USB4 systems have a BIOS setting to disable PCIe tunneling. This is +treated as another security level (nopcie). + The security levels are as follows: none @@ -77,6 +80,10 @@ The security levels are as follows: Display Port in a dock. All PCIe links downstream of the dock are removed. + nopcie + PCIe tunneling is disabled/forbidden from the BIOS. Available in some + USB4 systems. + The current security level can be read from ``/sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/domainX/security`` where ``domainX`` is the Thunderbolt domain the host controller manages. There is typically @@ -153,6 +160,22 @@ If the user still wants to connect the device they can either approve the device without a key or write a new key and write 1 to the ``authorized`` file to get the new key stored on the device NVM. +De-authorizing devices +---------------------- +It is possible to de-authorize devices by writing ``0`` to their +``authorized`` attribute. This requires support from the connection +manager implementation and can be checked by reading domain +``deauthorization`` attribute. If it reads ``1`` then the feature is +supported. + +When a device is de-authorized the PCIe tunnel from the parent device +PCIe downstream (or root) port to the device PCIe upstream port is torn +down. This is essentially the same thing as PCIe hot-remove and the PCIe +toplogy in question will not be accessible anymore until the device is +authorized again. If there is storage such as NVMe or similar involved, +there is a risk for data loss if the filesystem on that storage is not +properly shut down. You have been warned! + DMA protection utilizing IOMMU ------------------------------ Recent systems from 2018 and forward with Thunderbolt ports may natively diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/xfs.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/xfs.rst index 86de8a1ad91c..6178153d3320 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/xfs.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/xfs.rst @@ -495,3 +495,45 @@ the class and error context. For example, the default values for "metadata/ENODEV" are "0" rather than "-1" so that this error handler defaults to "fail immediately" behaviour. This is done because ENODEV is a fatal, unrecoverable error no matter how many times the metadata IO is retried. + +Workqueue Concurrency +===================== + +XFS uses kernel workqueues to parallelize metadata update processes. This +enables it to take advantage of storage hardware that can service many IO +operations simultaneously. This interface exposes internal implementation +details of XFS, and as such is explicitly not part of any userspace API/ABI +guarantee the kernel may give userspace. These are undocumented features of +the generic workqueue implementation XFS uses for concurrency, and they are +provided here purely for diagnostic and tuning purposes and may change at any +time in the future. + +The control knobs for a filesystem's workqueues are organized by task at hand +and the short name of the data device. They all can be found in: + + /sys/bus/workqueue/devices/${task}!${device} + +================ =========== + Task Description +================ =========== + xfs_iwalk-$pid Inode scans of the entire filesystem. Currently limited to + mount time quotacheck. + xfs-blockgc Background garbage collection of disk space that have been + speculatively allocated beyond EOF or for staging copy on + write operations. +================ =========== + +For example, the knobs for the quotacheck workqueue for /dev/nvme0n1 would be +found in /sys/bus/workqueue/devices/xfs_iwalk-1111!nvme0n1/. + +The interesting knobs for XFS workqueues are as follows: + +============ =========== + Knob Description +============ =========== + max_active Maximum number of background threads that can be started to + run the work. + cpumask CPUs upon which the threads are allowed to run. + nice Relative priority of scheduling the threads. These are the + same nice levels that can be applied to userspace processes. +============ =========== diff --git a/Documentation/arm/booting.rst b/Documentation/arm/booting.rst index a2263451dc2c..5974e37b3d20 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/booting.rst +++ b/Documentation/arm/booting.rst @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ it. The recommended placement is in the first 16KiB of RAM. The boot loader must load a device tree image (dtb) into system ram at a 64bit aligned address and initialize it with the boot data. The -dtb format is documented in Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.rst. +dtb format is documented at https://www.devicetree.org/specifications/. The kernel will look for the dtb magic value of 0xd00dfeed at the dtb physical address to determine if a dtb has been passed instead of a tagged list. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/index.rst b/Documentation/arm/index.rst index a2e9e1bba7b9..b4bea32472b6 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/arm/index.rst @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ SoC-specific documents ixp4xx - marvel + marvell microchip netwinder diff --git a/Documentation/arm/marvel.rst b/Documentation/arm/marvell.rst index 16ab2eb085b8..94cd73383594 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/marvel.rst +++ b/Documentation/arm/marvell.rst @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ EBU Armada family - 88F6828 Armada 388 - Product infos: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-38x/ - - Functional Spec: https://marvellcorp.wufoo.com/forms/marvell-armada-38x-functional-specifications/ + - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/content/dam/marvell/en/public-collateral/embedded-processors/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-38x-functional-specifications-2015-11.pdf Core: ARM Cortex-A9 @@ -183,7 +183,10 @@ EBU Armada family ARMv8 http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-3700/ Product Brief: - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/PB-88F3700-FNL.pdf + http://www.marvell.com/content/dam/marvell/en/public-collateral/embedded-processors/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-37xx-product-brief-2016-01.pdf + + Hardware Spec: + http://www.marvell.com/content/dam/marvell/en/public-collateral/embedded-processors/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-37xx-hardware-specifications-2019-09.pdf Device tree files: arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-37* diff --git a/Documentation/asm-annotations.rst b/Documentation/asm-annotations.rst index 32ea57483378..76424e0431f4 100644 --- a/Documentation/asm-annotations.rst +++ b/Documentation/asm-annotations.rst @@ -100,6 +100,11 @@ Instruction Macros ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ This section covers ``SYM_FUNC_*`` and ``SYM_CODE_*`` enumerated above. +``objtool`` requires that all code must be contained in an ELF symbol. Symbol +names that have a ``.L`` prefix do not emit symbol table entries. ``.L`` +prefixed symbols can be used within a code region, but should be avoided for +denoting a range of code via ``SYM_*_START/END`` annotations. + * ``SYM_FUNC_START`` and ``SYM_FUNC_START_LOCAL`` are supposed to be **the most frequent markings**. They are used for functions with standard calling conventions -- global and local. Like in C, they both align the functions to diff --git a/Documentation/block/biovecs.rst b/Documentation/block/biovecs.rst index 36771a131b56..ddb867e0185b 100644 --- a/Documentation/block/biovecs.rst +++ b/Documentation/block/biovecs.rst @@ -40,6 +40,8 @@ normal code doesn't have to deal with bi_bvec_done. There is a lower level advance function - bvec_iter_advance() - which takes a pointer to a biovec, not a bio; this is used by the bio integrity code. +As of 5.12 bvec segments with zero bv_len are not supported. + What's all this get us? ======================= diff --git a/Documentation/block/inline-encryption.rst b/Documentation/block/inline-encryption.rst index e75151e467d3..7f9b40d6b416 100644 --- a/Documentation/block/inline-encryption.rst +++ b/Documentation/block/inline-encryption.rst @@ -182,8 +182,9 @@ API presented to device drivers A :c:type:``struct blk_keyslot_manager`` should be set up by device drivers in the ``request_queue`` of the device. The device driver needs to call -``blk_ksm_init`` on the ``blk_keyslot_manager``, which specifying the number of -keyslots supported by the hardware. +``blk_ksm_init`` (or its resource-managed variant ``devm_blk_ksm_init``) on the +``blk_keyslot_manager``, while specifying the number of keyslots supported by +the hardware. The device driver also needs to tell the KSM how to actually manipulate the IE hardware in the device to do things like programming the crypto key into @@ -202,10 +203,9 @@ needs each and every of its keyslots to be reprogrammed with the key it "should have" at the point in time when the function is called. This is useful e.g. if a device loses all its keys on runtime power down/up. -``blk_ksm_destroy`` should be called to free up all resources used by a keyslot -manager upon ``blk_ksm_init``, once the ``blk_keyslot_manager`` is no longer -needed. - +If the driver used ``blk_ksm_init`` instead of ``devm_blk_ksm_init``, then +``blk_ksm_destroy`` should be called to free up all resources used by a +``blk_keyslot_manager`` once it is no longer needed. Layered Devices =============== diff --git a/Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.rst b/Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.rst index 2638d3446b79..4dc7f0d499a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.rst +++ b/Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.rst @@ -261,6 +261,12 @@ For block drivers that support REQ_OP_WRITE_ZEROES, the maximum number of bytes that can be zeroed at once. The value 0 means that REQ_OP_WRITE_ZEROES is not supported. +zone_append_max_bytes (RO) +-------------------------- +This is the maximum number of bytes that can be written to a sequential +zone of a zoned block device using a zone append write operation +(REQ_OP_ZONE_APPEND). This value is always 0 for regular block devices. + zoned (RO) ---------- This indicates if the device is a zoned block device and the zone model of the @@ -273,4 +279,11 @@ devices are described in the ZBC (Zoned Block Commands) and ZAC do not support zone commands, they will be treated as regular block devices and zoned will report "none". +zone_write_granularity (RO) +--------------------------- +This indicates the alignment constraint, in bytes, for write operations in +sequential zones of zoned block devices (devices with a zoned attributed +that reports "host-managed" or "host-aware"). This value is always 0 for +regular block devices. + Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>, February 2009 diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/bpf_design_QA.rst b/Documentation/bpf/bpf_design_QA.rst index 2df7b067ab93..0e15f9b05c9d 100644 --- a/Documentation/bpf/bpf_design_QA.rst +++ b/Documentation/bpf/bpf_design_QA.rst @@ -208,6 +208,12 @@ data structures and compile with kernel internal headers. Both of these kernel internals are subject to change and can break with newer kernels such that the program needs to be adapted accordingly. +Q: Are tracepoints part of the stable ABI? +------------------------------------------ +A: NO. Tracepoints are tied to internal implementation details hence they are +subject to change and can break with newer kernels. BPF programs need to change +accordingly when this happens. + Q: How much stack space a BPF program uses? ------------------------------------------- A: Currently all program types are limited to 512 bytes of stack diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/bpf_devel_QA.rst b/Documentation/bpf/bpf_devel_QA.rst index 5b613d2a5f1a..2ed89abbf9a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/bpf/bpf_devel_QA.rst +++ b/Documentation/bpf/bpf_devel_QA.rst @@ -501,16 +501,19 @@ All LLVM releases can be found at: http://releases.llvm.org/ Q: Got it, so how do I build LLVM manually anyway? -------------------------------------------------- -A: You need cmake and gcc-c++ as build requisites for LLVM. Once you have -that set up, proceed with building the latest LLVM and clang version +A: We recommend that developers who want the fastest incremental builds +use the Ninja build system, you can find it in your system's package +manager, usually the package is ninja or ninja-build. + +You need ninja, cmake and gcc-c++ as build requisites for LLVM. Once you +have that set up, proceed with building the latest LLVM and clang version from the git repositories:: $ git clone https://github.com/llvm/llvm-project.git - $ mkdir -p llvm-project/llvm/build/install + $ mkdir -p llvm-project/llvm/build $ cd llvm-project/llvm/build $ cmake .. -G "Ninja" -DLLVM_TARGETS_TO_BUILD="BPF;X86" \ -DLLVM_ENABLE_PROJECTS="clang" \ - -DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS=OFF \ -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \ -DLLVM_BUILD_RUNTIME=OFF $ ninja diff --git a/Documentation/conf.py b/Documentation/conf.py index 6a767294887e..fd65168c10f8 100644 --- a/Documentation/conf.py +++ b/Documentation/conf.py @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ from load_config import loadConfig # -- General configuration ------------------------------------------------ # If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here. -needs_sphinx = '1.3' +needs_sphinx = '1.7' # Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be # extensions coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom @@ -49,8 +49,7 @@ extensions = ['kerneldoc', 'rstFlatTable', 'kernel_include', if major >= 3: sys.stderr.write('''WARNING: The kernel documentation build process support for Sphinx v3.0 and above is brand new. Be prepared for - possible issues in the generated output. - ''') + possible issues in the generated output.\n''') if (major > 3) or (minor > 0 or patch >= 2): # Sphinx c function parser is more pedantic with regards to type # checking. Due to that, having macros at c:function cause problems. @@ -112,19 +111,12 @@ if major >= 3: else: extensions.append('cdomain') - if major == 1 and minor < 7: - sys.stderr.write('WARNING: Sphinx 1.7 or greater will be required as of ' - 'the 5.12 release\n') # Ensure that autosectionlabel will produce unique names autosectionlabel_prefix_document = True autosectionlabel_maxdepth = 2 -# The name of the math extension changed on Sphinx 1.4 -if (major == 1 and minor > 3) or (major > 1): - extensions.append("sphinx.ext.imgmath") -else: - extensions.append("sphinx.ext.pngmath") +extensions.append("sphinx.ext.imgmath") # Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory. templates_path = ['_templates'] @@ -375,71 +367,9 @@ if cjk_cmd.find("Noto Sans CJK SC") >= 0: ''' # Fix reference escape troubles with Sphinx 1.4.x -if major == 1 and minor > 3: +if major == 1: latex_elements['preamble'] += '\\renewcommand*{\\DUrole}[2]{ #2 }\n' -if major == 1 and minor <= 4: - latex_elements['preamble'] += '\\usepackage[margin=0.5in, top=1in, bottom=1in]{geometry}' -elif major == 1 and (minor > 5 or (minor == 5 and patch >= 3)): - latex_elements['sphinxsetup'] = 'hmargin=0.5in, vmargin=1in' - latex_elements['preamble'] += '\\fvset{fontsize=auto}\n' - -# Customize notice background colors on Sphinx < 1.6: -if major == 1 and minor < 6: - latex_elements['preamble'] += ''' - \\usepackage{ifthen} - - % Put notes in color and let them be inside a table - \\definecolor{NoteColor}{RGB}{204,255,255} - \\definecolor{WarningColor}{RGB}{255,204,204} - \\definecolor{AttentionColor}{RGB}{255,255,204} - \\definecolor{ImportantColor}{RGB}{192,255,204} - \\definecolor{OtherColor}{RGB}{204,204,204} - \\newlength{\\mynoticelength} - \\makeatletter\\newenvironment{coloredbox}[1]{% - \\setlength{\\fboxrule}{1pt} - \\setlength{\\fboxsep}{7pt} - \\setlength{\\mynoticelength}{\\linewidth} - \\addtolength{\\mynoticelength}{-2\\fboxsep} - \\addtolength{\\mynoticelength}{-2\\fboxrule} - \\begin{lrbox}{\\@tempboxa}\\begin{minipage}{\\mynoticelength}}{\\end{minipage}\\end{lrbox}% - \\ifthenelse% - {\\equal{\\py@noticetype}{note}}% - {\\colorbox{NoteColor}{\\usebox{\\@tempboxa}}}% - {% - \\ifthenelse% - {\\equal{\\py@noticetype}{warning}}% - {\\colorbox{WarningColor}{\\usebox{\\@tempboxa}}}% - {% - \\ifthenelse% - {\\equal{\\py@noticetype}{attention}}% - {\\colorbox{AttentionColor}{\\usebox{\\@tempboxa}}}% - {% - \\ifthenelse% - {\\equal{\\py@noticetype}{important}}% - {\\colorbox{ImportantColor}{\\usebox{\\@tempboxa}}}% - {\\colorbox{OtherColor}{\\usebox{\\@tempboxa}}}% - }% - }% - }% - }\\makeatother - - \\makeatletter - \\renewenvironment{notice}[2]{% - \\def\\py@noticetype{#1} - \\begin{coloredbox}{#1} - \\bf\\it - \\par\\strong{#2} - \\csname py@noticestart@#1\\endcsname - } - { - \\csname py@noticeend@\\py@noticetype\\endcsname - \\end{coloredbox} - } - \\makeatother - - ''' - # With Sphinx 1.6, it is possible to change the Bg color directly # by using: # \definecolor{sphinxnoteBgColor}{RGB}{204,255,255} diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/dma-api.rst b/Documentation/core-api/dma-api.rst index 75cb757bbff0..e6d23f117308 100644 --- a/Documentation/core-api/dma-api.rst +++ b/Documentation/core-api/dma-api.rst @@ -528,16 +528,14 @@ an I/O device, you should not be using this part of the API. :: - void * - dma_alloc_noncoherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, - dma_addr_t *dma_handle, enum dma_data_direction dir, - gfp_t gfp) + struct page * + dma_alloc_pages(struct device *dev, size_t size, dma_addr_t *dma_handle, + enum dma_data_direction dir, gfp_t gfp) -This routine allocates a region of <size> bytes of consistent memory. It -returns a pointer to the allocated region (in the processor's virtual address -space) or NULL if the allocation failed. The returned memory may or may not -be in the kernel direct mapping. Drivers must not call virt_to_page on -the returned memory region. +This routine allocates a region of <size> bytes of non-coherent memory. It +returns a pointer to first struct page for the region, or NULL if the +allocation failed. The resulting struct page can be used for everything a +struct page is suitable for. It also returns a <dma_handle> which may be cast to an unsigned integer the same width as the bus and given to the device as the DMA address base of @@ -558,51 +556,33 @@ reused. :: void - dma_free_noncoherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_addr, + dma_free_pages(struct device *dev, size_t size, struct page *page, dma_addr_t dma_handle, enum dma_data_direction dir) -Free a region of memory previously allocated using dma_alloc_noncoherent(). -dev, size and dma_handle and dir must all be the same as those passed into -dma_alloc_noncoherent(). cpu_addr must be the virtual address returned by -dma_alloc_noncoherent(). +Free a region of memory previously allocated using dma_alloc_pages(). +dev, size, dma_handle and dir must all be the same as those passed into +dma_alloc_pages(). page must be the pointer returned by dma_alloc_pages(). :: - struct page * - dma_alloc_pages(struct device *dev, size_t size, dma_addr_t *dma_handle, - enum dma_data_direction dir, gfp_t gfp) - -This routine allocates a region of <size> bytes of non-coherent memory. It -returns a pointer to first struct page for the region, or NULL if the -allocation failed. The resulting struct page can be used for everything a -struct page is suitable for. - -It also returns a <dma_handle> which may be cast to an unsigned integer the -same width as the bus and given to the device as the DMA address base of -the region. - -The dir parameter specified if data is read and/or written by the device, -see dma_map_single() for details. - -The gfp parameter allows the caller to specify the ``GFP_`` flags (see -kmalloc()) for the allocation, but rejects flags used to specify a memory -zone such as GFP_DMA or GFP_HIGHMEM. + void * + dma_alloc_noncoherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, + dma_addr_t *dma_handle, enum dma_data_direction dir, + gfp_t gfp) -Before giving the memory to the device, dma_sync_single_for_device() needs -to be called, and before reading memory written by the device, -dma_sync_single_for_cpu(), just like for streaming DMA mappings that are -reused. +This routine is a convenient wrapper around dma_alloc_pages that returns the +kernel virtual address for the allocated memory instead of the page structure. :: void - dma_free_pages(struct device *dev, size_t size, struct page *page, + dma_free_noncoherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_addr, dma_addr_t dma_handle, enum dma_data_direction dir) -Free a region of memory previously allocated using dma_alloc_pages(). -dev, size and dma_handle and dir must all be the same as those passed into -dma_alloc_noncoherent(). page must be the pointer returned by -dma_alloc_pages(). +Free a region of memory previously allocated using dma_alloc_noncoherent(). +dev, size, dma_handle and dir must all be the same as those passed into +dma_alloc_noncoherent(). cpu_addr must be the virtual address returned by +dma_alloc_noncoherent(). :: diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/index.rst b/Documentation/core-api/index.rst index 69171b1799f2..f1c9d20bd42d 100644 --- a/Documentation/core-api/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/core-api/index.rst @@ -53,7 +53,6 @@ How Linux keeps everything from happening at the same time. See .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 1 - atomic_ops refcount-vs-atomic irq/index local_ops diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst b/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst index 2adffb3f7914..201b5423303b 100644 --- a/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst +++ b/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst @@ -19,11 +19,8 @@ User Space Memory Access Memory Allocation Controls ========================== -Functions which need to allocate memory often use GFP flags to express -how that memory should be allocated. The GFP acronym stands for "get -free pages", the underlying memory allocation function. Not every GFP -flag is allowed to every function which may allocate memory. Most -users will want to use a plain ``GFP_KERNEL``. +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/gfp.h + :internal: .. kernel-doc:: include/linux/gfp.h :doc: Page mobility and placement hints diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/api-skcipher.rst b/Documentation/crypto/api-skcipher.rst index 1aaf8985894b..04d6cc5357c8 100644 --- a/Documentation/crypto/api-skcipher.rst +++ b/Documentation/crypto/api-skcipher.rst @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ Symmetric Key Cipher Request Handle Single Block Cipher API ----------------------- -.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/crypto.h +.. kernel-doc:: include/crypto/internal/cipher.h :doc: Single Block Cipher API -.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/crypto.h +.. kernel-doc:: include/crypto/internal/cipher.h :functions: crypto_alloc_cipher crypto_free_cipher crypto_has_cipher crypto_cipher_blocksize crypto_cipher_setkey crypto_cipher_encrypt_one crypto_cipher_decrypt_one diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst index f7809c7b1ba9..1b1cf4f5c9d9 100644 --- a/Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ whole; patches welcome! ubsan kmemleak kcsan + kfence gdb-kernel-debugging kgdb kselftest diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst index 0fc3fb1860c4..ddf4239a5890 100644 --- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst @@ -147,42 +147,26 @@ negative values to distinguish between different kinds of inaccessible memory like redzones or freed memory (see mm/kasan/kasan.h). In the report above the arrows point to the shadow byte 03, which means that -the accessed address is partially accessible. - -For tag-based KASAN this last report section shows the memory tags around the -accessed address (see `Implementation details`_ section). +the accessed address is partially accessible. For tag-based KASAN modes this +last report section shows the memory tags around the accessed address +(see the `Implementation details`_ section). Boot parameters ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -Hardware tag-based KASAN mode (see the section about different mode below) is -intended for use in production as a security mitigation. Therefore it supports +Hardware tag-based KASAN mode (see the section about various modes below) is +intended for use in production as a security mitigation. Therefore, it supports boot parameters that allow to disable KASAN competely or otherwise control particular KASAN features. -The things that can be controlled are: - -1. Whether KASAN is enabled at all. -2. Whether KASAN collects and saves alloc/free stacks. -3. Whether KASAN panics on a detected bug or not. - -The ``kasan.mode`` boot parameter allows to choose one of three main modes: - -- ``kasan.mode=off`` - KASAN is disabled, no tag checks are performed -- ``kasan.mode=prod`` - only essential production features are enabled -- ``kasan.mode=full`` - all KASAN features are enabled +- ``kasan=off`` or ``=on`` controls whether KASAN is enabled (default: ``on``). -The chosen mode provides default control values for the features mentioned -above. However it's also possible to override the default values by providing: +- ``kasan.stacktrace=off`` or ``=on`` disables or enables alloc and free stack + traces collection (default: ``on``). -- ``kasan.stacktrace=off`` or ``=on`` - enable alloc/free stack collection - (default: ``on`` for ``mode=full``, - otherwise ``off``) -- ``kasan.fault=report`` or ``=panic`` - only print KASAN report or also panic - (default: ``report``) - -If ``kasan.mode`` parameter is not provided, it defaults to ``full`` when -``CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL`` is enabled, and to ``prod`` otherwise. +- ``kasan.fault=report`` or ``=panic`` controls whether to only print a KASAN + report or also panic the kernel (default: ``report``). Note, that tag + checking gets disabled after the first reported bug. For developers ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -305,6 +289,16 @@ reserved to tag freed memory regions. Hardware tag-based KASAN currently only supports tagging of kmem_cache_alloc/kmalloc and page_alloc memory. +If the hardware doesn't support MTE (pre ARMv8.5), hardware tag-based KASAN +won't be enabled. In this case all boot parameters are ignored. + +Note, that enabling CONFIG_KASAN_HW_TAGS always results in in-kernel TBI being +enabled. Even when kasan.mode=off is provided, or when the hardware doesn't +support MTE (but supports TBI). + +Hardware tag-based KASAN only reports the first found bug. After that MTE tag +checking gets disabled. + What memory accesses are sanitised by KASAN? -------------------------------------------- @@ -368,17 +362,17 @@ unmapped. This will require changes in arch-specific code. This allows ``VMAP_STACK`` support on x86, and can simplify support of architectures that do not have a fixed module region. -CONFIG_KASAN_KUNIT_TEST & CONFIG_TEST_KASAN_MODULE --------------------------------------------------- +CONFIG_KASAN_KUNIT_TEST and CONFIG_KASAN_MODULE_TEST +---------------------------------------------------- -KASAN tests consist on two parts: +KASAN tests consist of two parts: 1. Tests that are integrated with the KUnit Test Framework. Enabled with ``CONFIG_KASAN_KUNIT_TEST``. These tests can be run and partially verified automatically in a few different ways, see the instructions below. 2. Tests that are currently incompatible with KUnit. Enabled with -``CONFIG_TEST_KASAN_MODULE`` and can only be run as a module. These tests can +``CONFIG_KASAN_MODULE_TEST`` and can only be run as a module. These tests can only be verified manually, by loading the kernel module and inspecting the kernel log for KASAN reports. diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kfence.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kfence.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fdf04e741ea5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kfence.rst @@ -0,0 +1,298 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. Copyright (C) 2020, Google LLC. + +Kernel Electric-Fence (KFENCE) +============================== + +Kernel Electric-Fence (KFENCE) is a low-overhead sampling-based memory safety +error detector. KFENCE detects heap out-of-bounds access, use-after-free, and +invalid-free errors. + +KFENCE is designed to be enabled in production kernels, and has near zero +performance overhead. Compared to KASAN, KFENCE trades performance for +precision. The main motivation behind KFENCE's design, is that with enough +total uptime KFENCE will detect bugs in code paths not typically exercised by +non-production test workloads. One way to quickly achieve a large enough total +uptime is when the tool is deployed across a large fleet of machines. + +Usage +----- + +To enable KFENCE, configure the kernel with:: + + CONFIG_KFENCE=y + +To build a kernel with KFENCE support, but disabled by default (to enable, set +``kfence.sample_interval`` to non-zero value), configure the kernel with:: + + CONFIG_KFENCE=y + CONFIG_KFENCE_SAMPLE_INTERVAL=0 + +KFENCE provides several other configuration options to customize behaviour (see +the respective help text in ``lib/Kconfig.kfence`` for more info). + +Tuning performance +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The most important parameter is KFENCE's sample interval, which can be set via +the kernel boot parameter ``kfence.sample_interval`` in milliseconds. The +sample interval determines the frequency with which heap allocations will be +guarded by KFENCE. The default is configurable via the Kconfig option +``CONFIG_KFENCE_SAMPLE_INTERVAL``. Setting ``kfence.sample_interval=0`` +disables KFENCE. + +The KFENCE memory pool is of fixed size, and if the pool is exhausted, no +further KFENCE allocations occur. With ``CONFIG_KFENCE_NUM_OBJECTS`` (default +255), the number of available guarded objects can be controlled. Each object +requires 2 pages, one for the object itself and the other one used as a guard +page; object pages are interleaved with guard pages, and every object page is +therefore surrounded by two guard pages. + +The total memory dedicated to the KFENCE memory pool can be computed as:: + + ( #objects + 1 ) * 2 * PAGE_SIZE + +Using the default config, and assuming a page size of 4 KiB, results in +dedicating 2 MiB to the KFENCE memory pool. + +Note: On architectures that support huge pages, KFENCE will ensure that the +pool is using pages of size ``PAGE_SIZE``. This will result in additional page +tables being allocated. + +Error reports +~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +A typical out-of-bounds access looks like this:: + + ================================================================== + BUG: KFENCE: out-of-bounds read in test_out_of_bounds_read+0xa3/0x22b + + Out-of-bounds read at 0xffffffffb672efff (1B left of kfence-#17): + test_out_of_bounds_read+0xa3/0x22b + kunit_try_run_case+0x51/0x85 + kunit_generic_run_threadfn_adapter+0x16/0x30 + kthread+0x137/0x160 + ret_from_fork+0x22/0x30 + + kfence-#17 [0xffffffffb672f000-0xffffffffb672f01f, size=32, cache=kmalloc-32] allocated by task 507: + test_alloc+0xf3/0x25b + test_out_of_bounds_read+0x98/0x22b + kunit_try_run_case+0x51/0x85 + kunit_generic_run_threadfn_adapter+0x16/0x30 + kthread+0x137/0x160 + ret_from_fork+0x22/0x30 + + CPU: 4 PID: 107 Comm: kunit_try_catch Not tainted 5.8.0-rc6+ #7 + Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.13.0-1 04/01/2014 + ================================================================== + +The header of the report provides a short summary of the function involved in +the access. It is followed by more detailed information about the access and +its origin. Note that, real kernel addresses are only shown when using the +kernel command line option ``no_hash_pointers``. + +Use-after-free accesses are reported as:: + + ================================================================== + BUG: KFENCE: use-after-free read in test_use_after_free_read+0xb3/0x143 + + Use-after-free read at 0xffffffffb673dfe0 (in kfence-#24): + test_use_after_free_read+0xb3/0x143 + kunit_try_run_case+0x51/0x85 + kunit_generic_run_threadfn_adapter+0x16/0x30 + kthread+0x137/0x160 + ret_from_fork+0x22/0x30 + + kfence-#24 [0xffffffffb673dfe0-0xffffffffb673dfff, size=32, cache=kmalloc-32] allocated by task 507: + test_alloc+0xf3/0x25b + test_use_after_free_read+0x76/0x143 + kunit_try_run_case+0x51/0x85 + kunit_generic_run_threadfn_adapter+0x16/0x30 + kthread+0x137/0x160 + ret_from_fork+0x22/0x30 + + freed by task 507: + test_use_after_free_read+0xa8/0x143 + kunit_try_run_case+0x51/0x85 + kunit_generic_run_threadfn_adapter+0x16/0x30 + kthread+0x137/0x160 + ret_from_fork+0x22/0x30 + + CPU: 4 PID: 109 Comm: kunit_try_catch Tainted: G W 5.8.0-rc6+ #7 + Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.13.0-1 04/01/2014 + ================================================================== + +KFENCE also reports on invalid frees, such as double-frees:: + + ================================================================== + BUG: KFENCE: invalid free in test_double_free+0xdc/0x171 + + Invalid free of 0xffffffffb6741000: + test_double_free+0xdc/0x171 + kunit_try_run_case+0x51/0x85 + kunit_generic_run_threadfn_adapter+0x16/0x30 + kthread+0x137/0x160 + ret_from_fork+0x22/0x30 + + kfence-#26 [0xffffffffb6741000-0xffffffffb674101f, size=32, cache=kmalloc-32] allocated by task 507: + test_alloc+0xf3/0x25b + test_double_free+0x76/0x171 + kunit_try_run_case+0x51/0x85 + kunit_generic_run_threadfn_adapter+0x16/0x30 + kthread+0x137/0x160 + ret_from_fork+0x22/0x30 + + freed by task 507: + test_double_free+0xa8/0x171 + kunit_try_run_case+0x51/0x85 + kunit_generic_run_threadfn_adapter+0x16/0x30 + kthread+0x137/0x160 + ret_from_fork+0x22/0x30 + + CPU: 4 PID: 111 Comm: kunit_try_catch Tainted: G W 5.8.0-rc6+ #7 + Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.13.0-1 04/01/2014 + ================================================================== + +KFENCE also uses pattern-based redzones on the other side of an object's guard +page, to detect out-of-bounds writes on the unprotected side of the object. +These are reported on frees:: + + ================================================================== + BUG: KFENCE: memory corruption in test_kmalloc_aligned_oob_write+0xef/0x184 + + Corrupted memory at 0xffffffffb6797ff9 [ 0xac . . . . . . ] (in kfence-#69): + test_kmalloc_aligned_oob_write+0xef/0x184 + kunit_try_run_case+0x51/0x85 + kunit_generic_run_threadfn_adapter+0x16/0x30 + kthread+0x137/0x160 + ret_from_fork+0x22/0x30 + + kfence-#69 [0xffffffffb6797fb0-0xffffffffb6797ff8, size=73, cache=kmalloc-96] allocated by task 507: + test_alloc+0xf3/0x25b + test_kmalloc_aligned_oob_write+0x57/0x184 + kunit_try_run_case+0x51/0x85 + kunit_generic_run_threadfn_adapter+0x16/0x30 + kthread+0x137/0x160 + ret_from_fork+0x22/0x30 + + CPU: 4 PID: 120 Comm: kunit_try_catch Tainted: G W 5.8.0-rc6+ #7 + Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.13.0-1 04/01/2014 + ================================================================== + +For such errors, the address where the corruption occurred as well as the +invalidly written bytes (offset from the address) are shown; in this +representation, '.' denote untouched bytes. In the example above ``0xac`` is +the value written to the invalid address at offset 0, and the remaining '.' +denote that no following bytes have been touched. Note that, real values are +only shown if the kernel was booted with ``no_hash_pointers``; to avoid +information disclosure otherwise, '!' is used instead to denote invalidly +written bytes. + +And finally, KFENCE may also report on invalid accesses to any protected page +where it was not possible to determine an associated object, e.g. if adjacent +object pages had not yet been allocated:: + + ================================================================== + BUG: KFENCE: invalid read in test_invalid_access+0x26/0xe0 + + Invalid read at 0xffffffffb670b00a: + test_invalid_access+0x26/0xe0 + kunit_try_run_case+0x51/0x85 + kunit_generic_run_threadfn_adapter+0x16/0x30 + kthread+0x137/0x160 + ret_from_fork+0x22/0x30 + + CPU: 4 PID: 124 Comm: kunit_try_catch Tainted: G W 5.8.0-rc6+ #7 + Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.13.0-1 04/01/2014 + ================================================================== + +DebugFS interface +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Some debugging information is exposed via debugfs: + +* The file ``/sys/kernel/debug/kfence/stats`` provides runtime statistics. + +* The file ``/sys/kernel/debug/kfence/objects`` provides a list of objects + allocated via KFENCE, including those already freed but protected. + +Implementation Details +---------------------- + +Guarded allocations are set up based on the sample interval. After expiration +of the sample interval, the next allocation through the main allocator (SLAB or +SLUB) returns a guarded allocation from the KFENCE object pool (allocation +sizes up to PAGE_SIZE are supported). At this point, the timer is reset, and +the next allocation is set up after the expiration of the interval. To "gate" a +KFENCE allocation through the main allocator's fast-path without overhead, +KFENCE relies on static branches via the static keys infrastructure. The static +branch is toggled to redirect the allocation to KFENCE. + +KFENCE objects each reside on a dedicated page, at either the left or right +page boundaries selected at random. The pages to the left and right of the +object page are "guard pages", whose attributes are changed to a protected +state, and cause page faults on any attempted access. Such page faults are then +intercepted by KFENCE, which handles the fault gracefully by reporting an +out-of-bounds access, and marking the page as accessible so that the faulting +code can (wrongly) continue executing (set ``panic_on_warn`` to panic instead). + +To detect out-of-bounds writes to memory within the object's page itself, +KFENCE also uses pattern-based redzones. For each object page, a redzone is set +up for all non-object memory. For typical alignments, the redzone is only +required on the unguarded side of an object. Because KFENCE must honor the +cache's requested alignment, special alignments may result in unprotected gaps +on either side of an object, all of which are redzoned. + +The following figure illustrates the page layout:: + + ---+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+--- + | xxxxxxxxx | O : | xxxxxxxxx | : O | xxxxxxxxx | + | xxxxxxxxx | B : | xxxxxxxxx | : B | xxxxxxxxx | + | x GUARD x | J : RED- | x GUARD x | RED- : J | x GUARD x | + | xxxxxxxxx | E : ZONE | xxxxxxxxx | ZONE : E | xxxxxxxxx | + | xxxxxxxxx | C : | xxxxxxxxx | : C | xxxxxxxxx | + | xxxxxxxxx | T : | xxxxxxxxx | : T | xxxxxxxxx | + ---+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+--- + +Upon deallocation of a KFENCE object, the object's page is again protected and +the object is marked as freed. Any further access to the object causes a fault +and KFENCE reports a use-after-free access. Freed objects are inserted at the +tail of KFENCE's freelist, so that the least recently freed objects are reused +first, and the chances of detecting use-after-frees of recently freed objects +is increased. + +Interface +--------- + +The following describes the functions which are used by allocators as well as +page handling code to set up and deal with KFENCE allocations. + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/kfence.h + :functions: is_kfence_address + kfence_shutdown_cache + kfence_alloc kfence_free __kfence_free + kfence_ksize kfence_object_start + kfence_handle_page_fault + +Related Tools +------------- + +In userspace, a similar approach is taken by `GWP-ASan +<http://llvm.org/docs/GwpAsan.html>`_. GWP-ASan also relies on guard pages and +a sampling strategy to detect memory unsafety bugs at scale. KFENCE's design is +directly influenced by GWP-ASan, and can be seen as its kernel sibling. Another +similar but non-sampling approach, that also inspired the name "KFENCE", can be +found in the userspace `Electric Fence Malloc Debugger +<https://linux.die.net/man/3/efence>`_. + +In the kernel, several tools exist to debug memory access errors, and in +particular KASAN can detect all bug classes that KFENCE can detect. While KASAN +is more precise, relying on compiler instrumentation, this comes at a +performance cost. + +It is worth highlighting that KASAN and KFENCE are complementary, with +different target environments. For instance, KASAN is the better debugging-aid, +where test cases or reproducers exists: due to the lower chance to detect the +error, it would require more effort using KFENCE to debug. Deployments at scale +that cannot afford to enable KASAN, however, would benefit from using KFENCE to +discover bugs due to code paths not exercised by test cases or fuzzers. diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/index.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/index.rst index c234a3ab3c34..848478838347 100644 --- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/index.rst @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ KUnit - Unit Testing for the Linux Kernel api/index style faq + tips What is KUnit? ============== @@ -88,6 +89,7 @@ How do I use it? ================ * :doc:`start` - for new users of KUnit +* :doc:`tips` - for short examples of best practices * :doc:`usage` - for a more detailed explanation of KUnit features * :doc:`api/index` - for the list of KUnit APIs used for testing * :doc:`kunit-tool` - for more information on the kunit_tool helper script diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/start.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/start.rst index 454f307813ea..0e65cabe08eb 100644 --- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/start.rst +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/start.rst @@ -196,8 +196,9 @@ Now add the following to ``drivers/misc/Kconfig``: .. code-block:: kconfig config MISC_EXAMPLE_TEST - bool "Test for my example" + tristate "Test for my example" if !KUNIT_ALL_TESTS depends on MISC_EXAMPLE && KUNIT=y + default KUNIT_ALL_TESTS and the following to ``drivers/misc/Makefile``: @@ -233,5 +234,7 @@ Congrats! You just wrote your first KUnit test! Next Steps ========== -* Check out the :doc:`usage` page for a more +* Check out the :doc:`tips` page for tips on + writing idiomatic KUnit tests. +* Optional: see the :doc:`usage` page for a more in-depth explanation of KUnit. diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/tips.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/tips.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a6ca0af14098 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/tips.rst @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +============================ +Tips For Writing KUnit Tests +============================ + +Exiting early on failed expectations +------------------------------------ + +``KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ`` and friends will mark the test as failed and continue +execution. In some cases, it's unsafe to continue and you can use the +``KUNIT_ASSERT`` variant to exit on failure. + +.. code-block:: c + + void example_test_user_alloc_function(struct kunit *test) + { + void *object = alloc_some_object_for_me(); + + /* Make sure we got a valid pointer back. */ + KUNIT_ASSERT_NOT_ERR_OR_NULL(test, object); + do_something_with_object(object); + } + +Allocating memory +----------------- + +Where you would use ``kzalloc``, you should prefer ``kunit_kzalloc`` instead. +KUnit will ensure the memory is freed once the test completes. + +This is particularly useful since it lets you use the ``KUNIT_ASSERT_EQ`` +macros to exit early from a test without having to worry about remembering to +call ``kfree``. + +Example: + +.. code-block:: c + + void example_test_allocation(struct kunit *test) + { + char *buffer = kunit_kzalloc(test, 16, GFP_KERNEL); + /* Ensure allocation succeeded. */ + KUNIT_ASSERT_NOT_ERR_OR_NULL(test, buffer); + + KUNIT_ASSERT_STREQ(test, buffer, ""); + } + + +Testing static functions +------------------------ + +If you don't want to expose functions or variables just for testing, one option +is to conditionally ``#include`` the test file at the end of your .c file, e.g. + +.. code-block:: c + + /* In my_file.c */ + + static int do_interesting_thing(); + + #ifdef CONFIG_MY_KUNIT_TEST + #include "my_kunit_test.c" + #endif + +Injecting test-only code +------------------------ + +Similarly to the above, it can be useful to add test-specific logic. + +.. code-block:: c + + /* In my_file.h */ + + #ifdef CONFIG_MY_KUNIT_TEST + /* Defined in my_kunit_test.c */ + void test_only_hook(void); + #else + void test_only_hook(void) { } + #endif + +TODO(dlatypov@google.com): add an example of using ``current->kunit_test`` in +such a hook when it's not only updated for ``CONFIG_KASAN=y``. + +Customizing error messages +-------------------------- + +Each of the ``KUNIT_EXPECT`` and ``KUNIT_ASSERT`` macros have a ``_MSG`` variant. +These take a format string and arguments to provide additional context to the automatically generated error messages. + +.. code-block:: c + + char some_str[41]; + generate_sha1_hex_string(some_str); + + /* Before. Not easy to tell why the test failed. */ + KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, strlen(some_str), 40); + + /* After. Now we see the offending string. */ + KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ_MSG(test, strlen(some_str), 40, "some_str='%s'", some_str); + +Alternatively, one can take full control over the error message by using ``KUNIT_FAIL()``, e.g. + +.. code-block:: c + + /* Before */ + KUNIT_EXPECT_EQ(test, some_setup_function(), 0); + + /* After: full control over the failure message. */ + if (some_setup_function()) + KUNIT_FAIL(test, "Failed to setup thing for testing"); + +Next Steps +========== +* Optional: see the :doc:`usage` page for a more + in-depth explanation of KUnit. diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/usage.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/usage.rst index d9fdc14f0677..650f99590df5 100644 --- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/usage.rst +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kunit/usage.rst @@ -522,6 +522,63 @@ There's more boilerplate involved, but it can: * E.g. if we wanted to also test ``sha256sum``, we could add a ``sha256`` field and reuse ``cases``. +* be converted to a "parameterized test", see below. + +Parameterized Testing +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The table-driven testing pattern is common enough that KUnit has special +support for it. + +Reusing the same ``cases`` array from above, we can write the test as a +"parameterized test" with the following. + +.. code-block:: c + + // This is copy-pasted from above. + struct sha1_test_case { + const char *str; + const char *sha1; + }; + struct sha1_test_case cases[] = { + { + .str = "hello world", + .sha1 = "2aae6c35c94fcfb415dbe95f408b9ce91ee846ed", + }, + { + .str = "hello world!", + .sha1 = "430ce34d020724ed75a196dfc2ad67c77772d169", + }, + }; + + // Need a helper function to generate a name for each test case. + static void case_to_desc(const struct sha1_test_case *t, char *desc) + { + strcpy(desc, t->str); + } + // Creates `sha1_gen_params()` to iterate over `cases`. + KUNIT_ARRAY_PARAM(sha1, cases, case_to_desc); + + // Looks no different from a normal test. + static void sha1_test(struct kunit *test) + { + // This function can just contain the body of the for-loop. + // The former `cases[i]` is accessible under test->param_value. + char out[40]; + struct sha1_test_case *test_param = (struct sha1_test_case *)(test->param_value); + + sha1sum(test_param->str, out); + KUNIT_EXPECT_STREQ_MSG(test, (char *)out, test_param->sha1, + "sha1sum(%s)", test_param->str); + } + + // Instead of KUNIT_CASE, we use KUNIT_CASE_PARAM and pass in the + // function declared by KUNIT_ARRAY_PARAM. + static struct kunit_case sha1_test_cases[] = { + KUNIT_CASE_PARAM(sha1_test, sha1_gen_params), + {} + }; + .. _kunit-on-non-uml: KUnit on non-UML architectures diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile index 8f2b054bec5a..780e5618ec0a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ DT_SCHEMA_MIN_VERSION = 2020.8.1 PHONY += check_dtschema_version check_dtschema_version: @{ echo $(DT_SCHEMA_MIN_VERSION); \ - $(DT_DOC_CHECKER) --version 2>/dev/null || echo 0; } | sort -VC || \ + $(DT_DOC_CHECKER) --version 2>/dev/null || echo 0; } | sort -Vc >/dev/null || \ { echo "ERROR: dtschema minimum version is v$(DT_SCHEMA_MIN_VERSION)" >&2; false; } quiet_cmd_extract_ex = DTEX $@ @@ -78,10 +78,10 @@ $(obj)/processed-schema.json: $(DT_SCHEMA_FILES) check_dtschema_version FORCE endif -extra-$(CHECK_DT_BINDING) += processed-schema-examples.json -extra-$(CHECK_DTBS) += processed-schema.json -extra-$(CHECK_DT_BINDING) += $(patsubst $(src)/%.yaml,%.example.dts, $(DT_SCHEMA_FILES)) -extra-$(CHECK_DT_BINDING) += $(patsubst $(src)/%.yaml,%.example.dt.yaml, $(DT_SCHEMA_FILES)) +always-$(CHECK_DT_BINDING) += processed-schema-examples.json +always-$(CHECK_DTBS) += processed-schema.json +always-$(CHECK_DT_BINDING) += $(patsubst $(src)/%.yaml,%.example.dts, $(DT_SCHEMA_FILES)) +always-$(CHECK_DT_BINDING) += $(patsubst $(src)/%.yaml,%.example.dt.yaml, $(DT_SCHEMA_FILES)) # Hack: avoid 'Argument list too long' error for 'make clean'. Remove most of # build artifacts here before they are processed by scripts/Makefile.clean diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.yaml index 3341788d1096..5f6769bf45bd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.yaml @@ -151,6 +151,7 @@ properties: - description: Boards with the Amlogic Meson G12B S922X SoC items: - enum: + - azw,gsking-x - azw,gtking - azw,gtking-pro - hardkernel,odroid-n2 @@ -163,9 +164,10 @@ properties: - description: Boards with the Amlogic Meson SM1 S905X3/D3/Y3 SoC items: - enum: - - seirobotics,sei610 - - khadas,vim3l - hardkernel,odroid-c4 + - hardkernel,odroid-hc4 + - khadas,vim3l + - seirobotics,sei610 - const: amlogic,sm1 - description: Boards with the Amlogic Meson A1 A113L SoC diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic/amlogic,meson-mx-secbus2.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic/amlogic,meson-mx-secbus2.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..eee7cda9f91b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic/amlogic,meson-mx-secbus2.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/amlogic/amlogic,meson-mx-secbus2.yaml#" +$schema: "http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#" + +title: Amlogic Meson8/Meson8b/Meson8m2 SECBUS2 register interface + +maintainers: + - Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com> + +description: | + The Meson8/Meson8b/Meson8m2 SoCs have a register bank called SECBUS2 which + contains registers for various IP blocks such as pin-controller bits for + the BSD_EN and TEST_N GPIOs as well as some AO ARC core control bits. + The registers can be accessed directly when not running in "secure mode". + When "secure mode" is enabled then these registers have to be accessed + through secure monitor calls. + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - amlogic,meson8-secbus2 + - amlogic,meson8b-secbus2 + - const: syscon + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + secbus2: system-controller@4000 { + compatible = "amlogic,meson8-secbus2", "syscon"; + reg = <0x4000 0x2000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,scmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,scmi.txt index b5ce5b39bb9c..667d58e0a659 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,scmi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,scmi.txt @@ -31,6 +31,14 @@ Optional properties: - mbox-names: shall be "tx" or "rx" depending on mboxes entries. +- interrupts : when using smc or hvc transports, this optional + property indicates that msg completion by the platform is indicated + by an interrupt rather than by the return of the smc call. This + should not be used except when the platform requires such behavior. + +- interrupt-names : if "interrupts" is present, interrupt-names must also + be present and have the value "a2p". + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/mailbox.txt for more details about the generic mailbox controller and client driver bindings. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-sysregs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-sysregs.txt index 62cd4e89817c..807264a78edc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-sysregs.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-sysregs.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Atmel system registers Chipid required properties: -- compatible: Should be "atmel,sama5d2-chipid" +- compatible: Should be "atmel,sama5d2-chipid" or "microchip,sama7g5-chipid" - reg : Should contain registers location and length PIT Timer required properties: @@ -91,7 +91,8 @@ SHDWC SAMA5D2-Compatible Shutdown Controller 1) shdwc node required properties: -- compatible: should be "atmel,sama5d2-shdwc" or "microchip,sam9x60-shdwc". +- compatible: should be "atmel,sama5d2-shdwc", "microchip,sam9x60-shdwc" or + "microchip,sama7g5-shdwc" - reg: should contain registers location and length - clocks: phandle to input clock. - #address-cells: should be one. The cell is the wake-up input index. @@ -103,7 +104,7 @@ optional properties: microseconds. It's usually a board-related property. - atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer: boolean to enable Real-Time Clock wake-up. -optional microchip,sam9x60-shdwc properties: +optional microchip,sam9x60-shdwc or microchip,sama7g5-shdwc properties: - atmel,wakeup-rtt-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Timer Wake-up. The node contains child nodes for each wake-up input that the platform uses. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm4908.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm4908.yaml index 5fec063d9a13..e55731f43c84 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm4908.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm4908.yaml @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ properties: oneOf: - description: BCM4906 based boards items: + - enum: + - netgear,r8000p - const: brcm,bcm4906 - const: brcm,bcm4908 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt index d711676b4a51..7f9c1ca87487 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt @@ -34,9 +34,12 @@ its hardware characteristcs. Program Flow Trace Macrocell: "arm,coresight-etm3x", "arm,primecell"; - - Embedded Trace Macrocell (version 4.x): + - Embedded Trace Macrocell (version 4.x), with memory mapped access. "arm,coresight-etm4x", "arm,primecell"; + - Embedded Trace Macrocell (version 4.x), with system register access only. + "arm,coresight-etm4x-sysreg"; + - Coresight programmable Replicator : "arm,coresight-dynamic-replicator", "arm,primecell"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml index 14cd727d3c4b..26b886b20b27 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml @@ -169,6 +169,7 @@ properties: - qcom,kryo385 - qcom,kryo468 - qcom,kryo485 + - qcom,kryo685 - qcom,scorpion enable-method: @@ -232,7 +233,6 @@ properties: by this cpu (see ./idle-states.yaml). capacity-dmips-mhz: - $ref: '/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32' description: u32 value representing CPU capacity (see ./cpu-capacity.txt) in DMIPS/MHz, relative to highest capacity-dmips-mhz diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml index 34000f7fbe02..297c87f45db8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml @@ -210,6 +210,7 @@ properties: - kiebackpeter,imx6q-tpc # K+P i.MX6 Quad TPC Board - kontron,imx6q-samx6i # Kontron i.MX6 Dual/Quad SMARC Module - kosagi,imx6q-novena # Kosagi Novena Dual/Quad + - kvg,vicut1q # Kverneland UT1Q board - logicpd,imx6q-logicpd - lwn,display5 # Liebherr Display5 i.MX6 Quad Board - lwn,mccmon6 # Liebherr Monitor6 i.MX6 Quad Board @@ -331,6 +332,7 @@ properties: - fsl,imx6qp-sabreauto # i.MX6 Quad Plus SABRE Automotive Board - fsl,imx6qp-sabresd # i.MX6 Quad Plus SABRE Smart Device Board - karo,imx6qp-tx6qp # Ka-Ro electronics TX6QP-8037 Module + - kvg,vicutp # Kverneland UT1P board - prt,prtwd3 # Protonic WD3 board - wand,imx6qp-wandboard # Wandboard i.MX6 QuadPlus Board - zii,imx6qp-zii-rdu2 # ZII RDU2+ Board @@ -364,7 +366,12 @@ properties: - fsl,imx6dl-sabresd # i.MX6 DualLite SABRE Smart Device Board - karo,imx6dl-tx6dl # Ka-Ro electronics TX6U Modules - kontron,imx6dl-samx6i # Kontron i.MX6 Solo SMARC Module + - kvg,victgo # Kverneland TGO + - kvg,vicut1 # Kverneland UT1 board + - ply,plybas # Plymovent BAS board + - ply,plym2m # Plymovent M2M board - poslab,imx6dl-savageboard # Poslab SavageBoard Dual + - prt,prtmvt # Protonic MVT board - prt,prtrvt # Protonic RVT board - prt,prtvt7 # Protonic VT7 board - rex,imx6dl-rex-basic # Rex Basic i.MX6 Dual Lite Board @@ -488,6 +495,7 @@ properties: - karo,imx6ul-tx6ul # Ka-Ro electronics TXUL-0010 Module - kontron,imx6ul-n6310-som # Kontron N6310 SOM - kontron,imx6ul-n6311-som # Kontron N6311 SOM + - prt,prti6g # Protonic PRTI6G Board - technexion,imx6ul-pico-dwarf # TechNexion i.MX6UL Pico-Dwarf - technexion,imx6ul-pico-hobbit # TechNexion i.MX6UL Pico-Hobbit - technexion,imx6ul-pico-pi # TechNexion i.MX6UL Pico-Pi @@ -670,8 +678,12 @@ properties: items: - enum: - beacon,imx8mm-beacon-kit # i.MX8MM Beacon Development Kit + - boundary,imx8mm-nitrogen8mm # i.MX8MM Nitrogen Board - fsl,imx8mm-ddr4-evk # i.MX8MM DDR4 EVK Board - fsl,imx8mm-evk # i.MX8MM EVK Board + - gw,imx8mm-gw71xx-0x # i.MX8MM Gateworks Development Kit + - gw,imx8mm-gw72xx-0x # i.MX8MM Gateworks Development Kit + - gw,imx8mm-gw73xx-0x # i.MX8MM Gateworks Development Kit - kontron,imx8mm-n801x-som # i.MX8MM Kontron SL (N801X) SOM - variscite,var-som-mx8mm # i.MX8MM Variscite VAR-SOM-MX8MM module - const: fsl,imx8mm @@ -691,6 +703,7 @@ properties: - description: i.MX8MN based Boards items: - enum: + - beacon,imx8mn-beacon-kit # i.MX8MN Beacon Development Kit - fsl,imx8mn-ddr4-evk # i.MX8MN DDR4 EVK Board - fsl,imx8mn-evk # i.MX8MN LPDDR4 EVK Board - const: fsl,imx8mn @@ -707,6 +720,12 @@ properties: - fsl,imx8mp-evk # i.MX8MP EVK Board - const: fsl,imx8mp + - description: PHYTEC phyCORE-i.MX8MP SoM based boards + items: + - const: phytec,imx8mp-phyboard-pollux-rdk # phyBOARD-Pollux RDK + - const: phytec,imx8mp-phycore-som # phyCORE-i.MX8MP SoM + - const: fsl,imx8mp + - description: i.MX8MQ based Boards items: - enum: @@ -724,6 +743,7 @@ properties: - enum: - purism,librem5r2 # Purism Librem5 phone "Chestnut" - purism,librem5r3 # Purism Librem5 phone "Dogwood" + - purism,librem5r4 # Purism Librem5 phone "Evergreen" - const: purism,librem5 - const: fsl,imx8mq @@ -834,10 +854,12 @@ properties: Kontron SMARC-sAL28 board on the SMARC Eval Carrier 2.0 items: - enum: + - kontron,sl28-var1-ads2 - kontron,sl28-var2-ads2 - kontron,sl28-var3-ads2 - kontron,sl28-var4-ads2 - enum: + - kontron,sl28-var1 - kontron,sl28-var2 - kontron,sl28-var3 - kontron,sl28-var4 @@ -848,6 +870,7 @@ properties: Kontron SMARC-sAL28 board (on a generic/undefined carrier) items: - enum: + - kontron,sl28-var1 - kontron,sl28-var2 - kontron,sl28-var3 - kontron,sl28-var4 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/ap80x-system-controller.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/ap80x-system-controller.txt index e31511255d8e..052a967c1f28 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/ap80x-system-controller.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/ap80x-system-controller.txt @@ -80,6 +80,11 @@ Required properties: - offset: offset address inside the syscon block +Optional properties: + +- marvell,pwm-offset: offset address of PWM duration control registers inside + the syscon block + Example: ap_syscon: system-controller@6f4000 { compatible = "syscon", "simple-mfd"; @@ -101,6 +106,9 @@ ap_syscon: system-controller@6f4000 { gpio-controller; #gpio-cells = <2>; gpio-ranges = <&ap_pinctrl 0 0 19>; + marvell,pwm-offset = <0x10c0>; + #pwm-cells = <2>; + clocks = <&ap_clk 3>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.yaml index 53f0d4e3ea98..93b3bdf6eaeb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.yaml @@ -120,7 +120,9 @@ properties: - const: mediatek,mt8183 - description: Google Krane (Lenovo IdeaPad Duet, 10e,...) items: - - const: google,krane-sku176 + - enum: + - google,krane-sku0 + - google,krane-sku176 - const: google,krane - const: mediatek,mt8183 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,llcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,llcc.yaml index 0a9889debc7c..c299dc907f6c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,llcc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,llcc.yaml @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ properties: - qcom,sc7180-llcc - qcom,sdm845-llcc - qcom,sm8150-llcc + - qcom,sm8250-llcc reg: items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.yaml index 693ef3f185a8..e17ac049e890 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.yaml @@ -43,6 +43,7 @@ properties: - arm,cortex-a75-pmu - arm,cortex-a76-pmu - arm,cortex-a77-pmu + - arm,cortex-a78-pmu - arm,neoverse-e1-pmu - arm,neoverse-n1-pmu - brcm,vulcan-pmu diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml index c97d4a580f47..174134f920e1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml @@ -40,7 +40,9 @@ description: | sdm630 sdm660 sdm845 + sdx55 sm8250 + sm8350 The 'board' element must be one of the following strings: @@ -169,6 +171,11 @@ properties: - items: - enum: + - qcom,sdx55-mtp + - const: qcom,sdx55 + + - items: + - enum: - qcom,ipq6018-cp01-c1 - const: qcom,ipq6018 @@ -178,6 +185,11 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8250-mtp - const: qcom,sm8250 + - items: + - enum: + - qcom,sm8350-mtp + - const: qcom,sm8350 + additionalProperties: true ... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/renesas.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/renesas.yaml index fe11be65039a..5fd0696a9f91 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/renesas.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/renesas.yaml @@ -130,6 +130,7 @@ properties: - description: RZ/G2N (R8A774B1) items: - enum: + - beacon,beacon-rzg2n # Beacon EmbeddedWorks RZ/G2N Kit - hoperun,hihope-rzg2n # HopeRun HiHope RZ/G2N platform - const: renesas,r8a774b1 @@ -154,6 +155,7 @@ properties: - description: RZ/G2H (R8A774E1) items: - enum: + - beacon,beacon-rzg2h # Beacon EmbeddedWorks RZ/G2H Kit - hoperun,hihope-rzg2h # HopeRun HiHope RZ/G2H platform - const: renesas,r8a774e1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml index ef4544ad6f82..c3036f95c7bc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml @@ -132,6 +132,7 @@ properties: - enum: - friendlyarm,nanopc-t4 - friendlyarm,nanopi-m4 + - friendlyarm,nanopi-m4b - friendlyarm,nanopi-neo4 - const: rockchip,rk3399 @@ -467,6 +468,11 @@ properties: - const: radxa,rockpi4 - const: rockchip,rk3399 + - description: Radxa ROCK Pi E + items: + - const: radxa,rockpi-e + - const: rockchip,rk3328 + - description: Radxa ROCK Pi N8 items: - const: radxa,rockpi-n8 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index b25eb35d1b66..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 -%YAML 1.2 ---- -$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/sirf.yaml# -$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# - -title: CSR SiRFprimaII and SiRFmarco device tree bindings. - -maintainers: - - Binghua Duan <binghua.duan@csr.com> - - Barry Song <Baohua.Song@csr.com> - -properties: - $nodename: - const: '/' - compatible: - oneOf: - - items: - - const: sirf,atlas6-cb - - const: sirf,atlas6 - - items: - - const: sirf,atlas7-cb - - const: sirf,atlas7 - - items: - - const: sirf,prima2-cb - - const: sirf,prima2 - -additionalProperties: true - -... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/socionext/socionext,uniphier-system-cache.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/socionext/socionext,uniphier-system-cache.yaml index 2e765bb3e6f6..7ca5375f278f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/socionext/socionext,uniphier-system-cache.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/socionext/socionext,uniphier-system-cache.yaml @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ properties: Interrupts can be used to notify the completion of cache operations. The number of interrupts should match to the number of CPU cores. The specified interrupts correspond to CPU0, CPU1, ... in this order. - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 4 + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 4 cache-unified: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ste-u300.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ste-u300.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d11d80006a19..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ste-u300.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -ST-Ericsson U300 Device Tree Bindings - -For various board the "board" node may contain specific properties -that pertain to this particular board, such as board-specific GPIOs -or board power regulator supplies. - -Required root node property: - -compatible="stericsson,u300"; - -Required node: syscon -This contains the system controller. -- compatible: must be "stericsson,u300-syscon". -- reg: the base address and size of the system controller. - -Boards with the U300 SoC include: - -S365 "Small Board U365": - -Required node: s365 -This contains the board-specific information. -- compatible: must be "stericsson,s365". -- vana15-supply: the regulator supplying the 1.5V to drive the - board. -- syscon: a pointer to the syscon node so we can access the - syscon registers to set the board as self-powered. - -Example: - -/ { - model = "ST-Ericsson U300"; - compatible = "stericsson,u300"; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <1>; - - s365 { - compatible = "stericsson,s365"; - vana15-supply = <&ab3100_ldo_d_reg>; - syscon = <&syscon>; - }; - - syscon: syscon@c0011000 { - compatible = "stericsson,u300-syscon"; - reg = <0xc0011000 0x1000>; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml index 6db32fbf813f..08607c7ec1bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml @@ -657,7 +657,8 @@ properties: - description: Pine64 PineCube items: - const: pine64,pinecube - - const: allwinner,sun8i-s3 + - const: sochip,s3 + - const: allwinner,sun8i-v3 - description: Pine64 PineH64 model A items: @@ -683,23 +684,31 @@ properties: - description: Pine64 PinePhone Developer Batch (1.0) items: - const: pine64,pinephone-1.0 + - const: pine64,pinephone - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64 - description: Pine64 PinePhone Braveheart (1.1) items: - const: pine64,pinephone-1.1 + - const: pine64,pinephone - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64 - description: Pine64 PinePhone (1.2) items: - const: pine64,pinephone-1.2 + - const: pine64,pinephone - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64 - - description: Pine64 PineTab + - description: Pine64 PineTab, Development Sample items: - const: pine64,pinetab - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64 + - description: Pine64 PineTab, Early Adopter's batch (and maybe later ones) + items: + - const: pine64,pinetab-early-adopter + - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64 + - description: Pine64 SoPine Baseboard items: - const: pine64,sopine-baseboard @@ -777,6 +786,12 @@ properties: - const: sinlinx,sina33 - const: allwinner,sun8i-a33 + - description: SL631 Action Camera with IMX179 + items: + - const: allwinner,sl631-imx179 + - const: allwinner,sl631 + - const: allwinner,sun8i-v3 + - description: Tanix TX6 items: - const: oranth,tanix-tx6 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.yaml index c5fbf869aa93..b9f75e20fef5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.yaml @@ -120,10 +120,18 @@ properties: items: - const: nvidia,p3668-0000 - const: nvidia,tegra194 + - description: Jetson Xavier NX (eMMC) + items: + - const: nvidia,p3668-0001 + - const: nvidia,tegra194 - description: Jetson Xavier NX Developer Kit items: - const: nvidia,p3509-0000+p3668-0000 - const: nvidia,tegra194 + - description: Jetson Xavier NX Developer Kit (eMMC) + items: + - const: nvidia,p3509-0000+p3668-0001 + - const: nvidia,tegra194 - items: - enum: - nvidia,tegra234-vdk diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.yaml index e0c6787f6e94..f52c7e8ce654 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.yaml @@ -22,6 +22,9 @@ properties: - adapteva,parallella - digilent,zynq-zybo - digilent,zynq-zybo-z7 + - ebang,ebaz4205 + - myir,zynq-zturn-v5 + - myir,zynq-zturn - xlnx,zynq-cc108 - xlnx,zynq-zc702 - xlnx,zynq-zc706 @@ -91,6 +94,7 @@ properties: items: - enum: - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104-revA + - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104-revC - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104-rev1.0 - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104 - const: xlnx,zynqmp @@ -107,7 +111,7 @@ properties: items: - enum: - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu111-revA - - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu11-rev1.0 + - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu111-rev1.0 - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu111 - const: xlnx,zynqmp diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte,sysctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte,sysctrl.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 7e66b7f7ba96..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte,sysctrl.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -ZTE sysctrl Registers - -Registers for 'zte,zx296702' SoC: - -System management required properties: - - compatible = "zte,sysctrl" - -Low power management required properties: - - compatible = "zte,zx296702-pcu" - -Bus matrix required properties: - - compatible = "zte,zx-bus-matrix" - - -Registers for 'zte,zx296718' SoC: - -System management required properties: - - compatible = "zte,zx296718-aon-sysctrl" - - compatible = "zte,zx296718-sysctrl" - -Example: -aon_sysctrl: aon-sysctrl@116000 { - compatible = "zte,zx296718-aon-sysctrl", "syscon"; - reg = <0x116000 0x1000>; -}; - -sysctrl: sysctrl@1463000 { - compatible = "zte,zx296718-sysctrl", "syscon"; - reg = <0x1463000 0x1000>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index 672f8129cd31..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 -%YAML 1.2 ---- -$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/zte.yaml# -$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# - -title: ZTE platforms device tree bindings - -maintainers: - - Jun Nie <jun.nie@linaro.org> - -properties: - $nodename: - const: '/' - compatible: - oneOf: - - items: - - enum: - - zte,zx296702-ad1 - - const: zte,zx296702 - - items: - - enum: - - zte,zx296718-evb - - const: zte,zx296718 - -additionalProperties: true - -... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_highbank.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_highbank.yaml index 5e2a2394e600..ce75d77e9289 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_highbank.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/sata_highbank.yaml @@ -61,6 +61,7 @@ properties: maxItems: 8 calxeda,sgpio-gpio: + maxItems: 3 description: | phandle-gpio bank, bit offset, and default on or off, which indicates that the driver supports SGPIO indicator lights using the indicated diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/auxdisplay/holtek,ht16k33.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/auxdisplay/holtek,ht16k33.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..64ffff460026 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/auxdisplay/holtek,ht16k33.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/auxdisplay/holtek,ht16k33.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Holtek HT16K33 RAM mapping 16*8 LED controller with keyscan + +maintainers: + - Robin van der Gracht <robin@protonic.nl> + +allOf: + - $ref: "/schemas/input/matrix-keymap.yaml#" + +properties: + compatible: + const: holtek,ht16k33 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + refresh-rate-hz: + maxItems: 1 + description: Display update interval in Hertz + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + debounce-delay-ms: + maxItems: 1 + description: Debouncing interval time in milliseconds + + linux,keymap: true + + linux,no-autorepeat: + description: Disable keyrepeat + + default-brightness-level: + minimum: 1 + maximum: 16 + default: 16 + description: Initial brightness level + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - refresh-rate-hz + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + #include <dt-bindings/input/input.h> + i2c1 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ht16k33: ht16k33@70 { + compatible = "holtek,ht16k33"; + reg = <0x70>; + refresh-rate-hz = <20>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>; + interrupts = <5 (IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH | IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING)>; + debounce-delay-ms = <50>; + linux,keymap = <MATRIX_KEY(2, 0, KEY_F6)>, + <MATRIX_KEY(3, 0, KEY_F8)>, + <MATRIX_KEY(4, 0, KEY_F10)>, + <MATRIX_KEY(5, 0, KEY_F4)>, + <MATRIX_KEY(6, 0, KEY_F2)>, + <MATRIX_KEY(2, 1, KEY_F5)>, + <MATRIX_KEY(3, 1, KEY_F7)>, + <MATRIX_KEY(4, 1, KEY_F9)>, + <MATRIX_KEY(5, 1, KEY_F3)>, + <MATRIX_KEY(6, 1, KEY_F1)>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/allwinner,sun8i-a23-rsb.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/allwinner,sun8i-a23-rsb.yaml index 32d33b983d66..3d719f468a5b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/allwinner,sun8i-a23-rsb.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/allwinner,sun8i-a23-rsb.yaml @@ -21,7 +21,9 @@ properties: oneOf: - const: allwinner,sun8i-a23-rsb - items: - - const: allwinner,sun8i-a83t-rsb + - enum: + - allwinner,sun8i-a83t-rsb + - allwinner,sun50i-h616-rsb - const: allwinner,sun8i-a23-rsb reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/clocks.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a04f5fd30122..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/clocks.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -C6X PLL Clock Controllers -------------------------- - -This is a first-cut support for the SoC clock controllers. This is still -under development and will probably change as the common device tree -clock support is added to the kernel. - -Required properties: - -- compatible: "ti,c64x+pll" - May also have SoC-specific value to support SoC-specific initialization - in the driver. One of: - "ti,c6455-pll" - "ti,c6457-pll" - "ti,c6472-pll" - "ti,c6474-pll" - -- reg: base address and size of register area -- clock-frequency: input clock frequency in hz - - -Optional properties: - -- ti,c64x+pll-bypass-delay: CPU cycles to delay when entering bypass mode - -- ti,c64x+pll-reset-delay: CPU cycles to delay after PLL reset - -- ti,c64x+pll-lock-delay: CPU cycles to delay after PLL frequency change - -Example: - - clock-controller@29a0000 { - compatible = "ti,c6472-pll", "ti,c64x+pll"; - reg = <0x029a0000 0x200>; - clock-frequency = <25000000>; - - ti,c64x+pll-bypass-delay = <200>; - ti,c64x+pll-reset-delay = <12000>; - ti,c64x+pll-lock-delay = <80000>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/dscr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/dscr.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 92672235de57..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/dscr.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -Device State Configuration Registers ------------------------------------- - -TI C6X SoCs contain a region of miscellaneous registers which provide various -function for SoC control or status. Details vary considerably among from SoC -to SoC with no two being alike. - -In general, the Device State Configuration Registers (DSCR) will provide one or -more configuration registers often protected by a lock register where one or -more key values must be written to a lock register in order to unlock the -configuration register for writes. These configuration register may be used to -enable (and disable in some cases) SoC pin drivers, select peripheral clock -sources (internal or pin), etc. In some cases, a configuration register is -write once or the individual bits are write once. In addition to device config, -the DSCR block may provide registers which are used to reset peripherals, -provide device ID information, provide ethernet MAC addresses, as well as other -miscellaneous functions. - -For device state control (enable/disable), each device control is assigned an -id which is used by individual device drivers to control the state as needed. - -Required properties: - -- compatible: must be "ti,c64x+dscr" -- reg: register area base and size - -Optional properties: - - NOTE: These are optional in that not all SoCs will have all properties. For - SoCs which do support a given property, leaving the property out of the - device tree will result in reduced functionality or possibly driver - failure. - -- ti,dscr-devstat - offset of the devstat register - -- ti,dscr-silicon-rev - offset, start bit, and bitsize of silicon revision field - -- ti,dscr-rmii-resets - offset and bitmask of RMII reset field. May have multiple tuples if more - than one ethernet port is available. - -- ti,dscr-locked-regs - possibly multiple tuples describing registers which are write protected by - a lock register. Each tuple consists of the register offset, lock register - offsset, and the key value used to unlock the register. - -- ti,dscr-kick-regs - offset and key values of two "kick" registers used to write protect other - registers in DSCR. On SoCs using kick registers, the first key must be - written to the first kick register and the second key must be written to - the second register before other registers in the area are write-enabled. - -- ti,dscr-mac-fuse-regs - MAC addresses are contained in two registers. Each element of a MAC address - is contained in a single byte. This property has two tuples. Each tuple has - a register offset and four cells representing bytes in the register from - most significant to least. The value of these four cells is the MAC byte - index (1-6) of the byte within the register. A value of 0 means the byte - is unused in the MAC address. - -- ti,dscr-devstate-ctl-regs - This property describes the bitfields used to control the state of devices. - Each tuple describes a range of identical bitfields used to control one or - more devices (one bitfield per device). The layout of each tuple is: - - start_id num_ids reg enable disable start_bit nbits - - Where: - start_id is device id for the first device control in the range - num_ids is the number of device controls in the range - reg is the offset of the register holding the control bits - enable is the value to enable a device - disable is the value to disable a device (0xffffffff if cannot disable) - start_bit is the bit number of the first bit in the range - nbits is the number of bits per device control - -- ti,dscr-devstate-stat-regs - This property describes the bitfields used to provide device state status - for device states controlled by the DSCR. Each tuple describes a range of - identical bitfields used to provide status for one or more devices (one - bitfield per device). The layout of each tuple is: - - start_id num_ids reg enable disable start_bit nbits - - Where: - start_id is device id for the first device status in the range - num_ids is the number of devices covered by the range - reg is the offset of the register holding the status bits - enable is the value indicating device is enabled - disable is the value indicating device is disabled - start_bit is the bit number of the first bit in the range - nbits is the number of bits per device status - -- ti,dscr-privperm - Offset and default value for register used to set access privilege for - some SoC devices. - - -Example: - - device-state-config-regs@2a80000 { - compatible = "ti,c64x+dscr"; - reg = <0x02a80000 0x41000>; - - ti,dscr-devstat = <0>; - ti,dscr-silicon-rev = <8 28 0xf>; - ti,dscr-rmii-resets = <0x40020 0x00040000>; - - ti,dscr-locked-regs = <0x40008 0x40004 0x0f0a0b00>; - ti,dscr-devstate-ctl-regs = - <0 12 0x40008 1 0 0 2 - 12 1 0x40008 3 0 30 2 - 13 2 0x4002c 1 0xffffffff 0 1>; - ti,dscr-devstate-stat-regs = - <0 10 0x40014 1 0 0 3 - 10 2 0x40018 1 0 0 3>; - - ti,dscr-mac-fuse-regs = <0x700 1 2 3 4 - 0x704 5 6 0 0>; - - ti,dscr-privperm = <0x41c 0xaaaaaaaa>; - - ti,dscr-kick-regs = <0x38 0x83E70B13 - 0x3c 0x95A4F1E0>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/emifa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/emifa.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 0ff6e9b9a13f..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/emifa.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -External Memory Interface -------------------------- - -The emifa node describes a simple external bus controller found on some C6X -SoCs. This interface provides external busses with a number of chip selects. - -Required properties: - -- compatible: must be "ti,c64x+emifa", "simple-bus" -- reg: register area base and size -- #address-cells: must be 2 (chip-select + offset) -- #size-cells: must be 1 -- ranges: mapping from EMIFA space to parent space - - -Optional properties: - -- ti,dscr-dev-enable: Device ID if EMIF is enabled/disabled from DSCR - -- ti,emifa-burst-priority: - Number of memory transfers after which the EMIF will elevate the priority - of the oldest command in the command FIFO. Setting this field to 255 - disables this feature, thereby allowing old commands to stay in the FIFO - indefinitely. - -- ti,emifa-ce-config: - Configuration values for each of the supported chip selects. - -Example: - - emifa@70000000 { - compatible = "ti,c64x+emifa", "simple-bus"; - #address-cells = <2>; - #size-cells = <1>; - reg = <0x70000000 0x100>; - ranges = <0x2 0x0 0xa0000000 0x00000008 - 0x3 0x0 0xb0000000 0x00400000 - 0x4 0x0 0xc0000000 0x10000000 - 0x5 0x0 0xD0000000 0x10000000>; - - ti,dscr-dev-enable = <13>; - ti,emifa-burst-priority = <255>; - ti,emifa-ce-config = <0x00240120 - 0x00240120 - 0x00240122 - 0x00240122>; - - flash@3,0 { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <1>; - compatible = "cfi-flash"; - reg = <0x3 0x0 0x400000>; - bank-width = <1>; - device-width = <1>; - partition@0 { - reg = <0x0 0x400000>; - label = "NOR"; - }; - }; - }; - -This shows a flash chip attached to chip select 3. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/soc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/soc.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b1e4973b5769..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/soc.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -C6X System-on-Chip ------------------- - -Required properties: - -- compatible: "simple-bus" -- #address-cells: must be 1 -- #size-cells: must be 1 -- ranges - -Optional properties: - -- model: specific SoC model - -- nodes for IP blocks within SoC - - -Example: - - soc { - compatible = "simple-bus"; - model = "tms320c6455"; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <1>; - ranges; - - ... - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/adi,axi-clkgen.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/adi,axi-clkgen.yaml index 0d06387184d6..983033fe5b17 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/adi,axi-clkgen.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/adi,axi-clkgen.yaml @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ properties: compatible: enum: - adi,axi-clkgen-2.00.a + - adi,zynqmp-axi-clkgen-2.00.a clocks: description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/allwinner,sun4i-a10-ccu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/allwinner,sun4i-a10-ccu.yaml index 3b45344ed758..a27025cd3909 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/allwinner,sun4i-a10-ccu.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/allwinner,sun4i-a10-ccu.yaml @@ -41,6 +41,8 @@ properties: - allwinner,sun50i-h5-ccu - allwinner,sun50i-h6-ccu - allwinner,sun50i-h6-r-ccu + - allwinner,sun50i-h616-ccu + - allwinner,sun50i-h616-r-ccu - allwinner,suniv-f1c100s-ccu - nextthing,gr8-ccu @@ -82,6 +84,7 @@ if: - allwinner,sun50i-a64-r-ccu - allwinner,sun50i-a100-r-ccu - allwinner,sun50i-h6-r-ccu + - allwinner,sun50i-h616-r-ccu then: properties: @@ -100,6 +103,7 @@ else: enum: - allwinner,sun50i-a100-ccu - allwinner,sun50i-h6-ccu + - allwinner,sun50i-h616-ccu then: properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-clocks.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-clks.yaml index fa0ee03a527f..6532fb6821bc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-clocks.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-clks.yaml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ %YAML 1.2 --- -$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-clocks.yaml# +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-clks.yaml# $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Allwinner A80 USB Clock Controller Device Tree Bindings @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ properties: const: 1 compatible: - const: allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-clocks + const: allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-clks reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/arm,syscon-icst.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/arm,syscon-icst.yaml index eb241587efd1..118c5543e037 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/arm,syscon-icst.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/arm,syscon-icst.yaml @@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ properties: - arm,syscon-icst525-integratorcp-cm-mem - arm,integrator-cm-auxosc - arm,versatile-cm-auxosc - - arm,impd-vco1 - - arm,impd-vco2 + - arm,impd1-vco1 + - arm,impd1-vco2 clocks: description: Parent clock for the ICST VCO diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/canaan,k210-clk.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/canaan,k210-clk.yaml index 565ca468cb44..7f5cf4001f76 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/canaan,k210-clk.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/canaan,k210-clk.yaml @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ properties: const: canaan,k210-clk clocks: + maxItems: 1 description: Phandle of the SoC 26MHz fixed-rate oscillator clock. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/csr,atlas7-car.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/csr,atlas7-car.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 54d6d1358339..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/csr,atlas7-car.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -* Clock and reset bindings for CSR atlas7 - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "sirf,atlas7-car" -- reg: Address and length of the register set -- #clock-cells: Should be <1> -- #reset-cells: Should be <1> - -The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock -ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. -The ID list atlas7_clks defined in drivers/clk/sirf/clk-atlas7.c - -The reset consumer should specify the desired reset by having the reset -ID in its "reset" phandle cell. -The ID list atlas7_reset_unit defined in drivers/clk/sirf/clk-atlas7.c - -Examples: Clock and reset controller node: - -car: clock-controller@18620000 { - compatible = "sirf,atlas7-car"; - reg = <0x18620000 0x1000>; - #clock-cells = <1>; - #reset-cells = <1>; -}; - -Examples: Consumers using clock or reset: - -timer@10dc0000 { - compatible = "sirf,macro-tick"; - reg = <0x10dc0000 0x1000>; - clocks = <&car 54>; - interrupts = <0 0 0>, - <0 1 0>, - <0 2 0>, - <0 49 0>, - <0 50 0>, - <0 51 0>; -}; - -uart1: uart@18020000 { - cell-index = <1>; - compatible = "sirf,macro-uart"; - reg = <0x18020000 0x1000>; - clocks = <&clks 95>; - interrupts = <0 18 0>; - fifosize = <32>; -}; - -vpp@13110000 { - compatible = "sirf,prima2-vpp"; - reg = <0x13110000 0x10000>; - interrupts = <0 31 0>; - clocks = <&car 85>; - resets = <&car 29>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/idt,versaclock5.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/idt,versaclock5.yaml index 2ac1131fd922..c268debe5b8d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/idt,versaclock5.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/idt,versaclock5.yaml @@ -59,6 +59,12 @@ properties: minItems: 1 maxItems: 2 + idt,xtal-load-femtofarads: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 9000 + maximum: 22760 + description: Optional load capacitor for XTAL1 and XTAL2 + patternProperties: "^OUT[1-4]$": type: object diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx27-clock.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx27-clock.yaml index a75365453dbc..160268f24487 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx27-clock.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx27-clock.yaml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX27 maintainers: - - Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com> + - Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com> description: | The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx31-clock.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx31-clock.yaml index a25a374b3b2a..d2336261c922 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx31-clock.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx31-clock.yaml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX31 maintainers: - - Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com> + - Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com> description: | The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.yaml index 90775c2669b8..b1740d7abe68 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.yaml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX5 maintainers: - - Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com> + - Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com> description: | The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/intel,easic-n5x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/intel,easic-n5x.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8f45976e946e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/intel,easic-n5x.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/intel,easic-n5x.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Intel SoCFPGA eASIC N5X platform clock controller binding + +maintainers: + - Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org> + +description: + The Intel eASIC N5X Clock controller is an integrated clock controller, which + generates and supplies to all modules. + +properties: + compatible: + const: intel,easic-n5x-clkmgr + + '#clock-cells': + const: 1 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - '#clock-cells' + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + # Clock controller node: + - | + clkmgr: clock-controller@ffd10000 { + compatible = "intel,easic-n5x-clkmgr"; + reg = <0xffd10000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&osc1>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mstar,msc313-mpll.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mstar,msc313-mpll.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0df5d75d4ebc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mstar,msc313-mpll.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/mstar,msc313-mpll.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MStar/Sigmastar MSC313 MPLL + +maintainers: + - Daniel Palmer <daniel@thingy.jp> + +description: | + The MStar/SigmaStar MSC313 and later ARMv7 chips have an MPLL block that + takes the external xtal input and multiplies it to create a high + frequency clock and divides that down into a number of clocks that + peripherals use. + +properties: + compatible: + const: mstar,msc313-mpll + + "#clock-cells": + const: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - "#clock-cells" + - clocks + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + mpll@206000 { + compatible = "mstar,msc313-mpll"; + reg = <0x206000 0x200>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&xtal>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/prima2-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/prima2-clock.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 5016979c0f78..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/prima2-clock.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -* Clock bindings for CSR SiRFprimaII - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "sirf,prima2-clkc" -- reg: Address and length of the register set -- interrupts: Should contain clock controller interrupt -- #clock-cells: Should be <1> - -The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock -ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. The following is a full list of prima2 -clocks and IDs. - - Clock ID - --------------------------- - rtc 0 - osc 1 - pll1 2 - pll2 3 - pll3 4 - mem 5 - sys 6 - security 7 - dsp 8 - gps 9 - mf 10 - io 11 - cpu 12 - uart0 13 - uart1 14 - uart2 15 - tsc 16 - i2c0 17 - i2c1 18 - spi0 19 - spi1 20 - pwmc 21 - efuse 22 - pulse 23 - dmac0 24 - dmac1 25 - nand 26 - audio 27 - usp0 28 - usp1 29 - usp2 30 - vip 31 - gfx 32 - mm 33 - lcd 34 - vpp 35 - mmc01 36 - mmc23 37 - mmc45 38 - usbpll 39 - usb0 40 - usb1 41 - -Examples: - -clks: clock-controller@88000000 { - compatible = "sirf,prima2-clkc"; - reg = <0x88000000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <3>; - #clock-cells = <1>; -}; - -i2c0: i2c@b00e0000 { - cell-index = <0>; - compatible = "sirf,prima2-i2c"; - reg = <0xb00e0000 0x10000>; - interrupts = <24>; - clocks = <&clks 17>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,a7pll.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,a7pll.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8666e995725f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,a7pll.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/qcom,a7pll.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm A7 PLL Binding + +maintainers: + - Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org> + +description: + The A7 PLL on the Qualcomm platforms like SDX55 is used to provide high + frequency clock to the CPU. + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - qcom,sdx55-a7pll + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + '#clock-cells': + const: 0 + + clocks: + items: + - description: board XO clock + + clock-names: + items: + - const: bi_tcxo + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - '#clock-cells' + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/qcom,rpmh.h> + a7pll: clock@17808000 { + compatible = "qcom,sdx55-a7pll"; + reg = <0x17808000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK>; + clock-names = "bi_tcxo"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-sc7280.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-sc7280.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5693b8997570 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-sc7280.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/qcom,gcc-sc7280.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Global Clock & Reset Controller Binding for SC7280 + +maintainers: + - Taniya Das <tdas@codeaurora.org> + +description: | + Qualcomm global clock control module which supports the clocks, resets and + power domains on SC7280. + + See also: + - dt-bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-sc7280.h + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,gcc-sc7280 + + clocks: + items: + - description: Board XO source + - description: Board active XO source + - description: Sleep clock source + - description: PCIE-0 pipe clock source + - description: PCIE-1 pipe clock source + - description: USF phy rx symbol 0 clock source + - description: USF phy rx symbol 1 clock source + - description: USF phy tx symbol 0 clock source + - description: USB30 phy wrapper pipe clock source + + clock-names: + items: + - const: bi_tcxo + - const: bi_tcxo_ao + - const: sleep_clk + - const: pcie_0_pipe_clk + - const: pcie_1_pipe_clk + - const: ufs_phy_rx_symbol_0_clk + - const: ufs_phy_rx_symbol_1_clk + - const: ufs_phy_tx_symbol_0_clk + - const: usb3_phy_wrapper_gcc_usb30_pipe_clk + + '#clock-cells': + const: 1 + + '#reset-cells': + const: 1 + + '#power-domain-cells': + const: 1 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - clocks + - clock-names + - reg + - '#clock-cells' + - '#reset-cells' + - '#power-domain-cells' + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/qcom,rpmh.h> + clock-controller@100000 { + compatible = "qcom,gcc-sc7280"; + reg = <0x00100000 0x1f0000>; + clocks = <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK>, + <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK_A>, + <&sleep_clk>, + <&pcie_0_pipe_clk>, <&pcie_1_pipe_clk>, + <&ufs_phy_rx_symbol_0_clk>, <&ufs_phy_rx_symbol_1_clk>, + <&ufs_phy_tx_symbol_0_clk>, + <&usb3_phy_wrapper_gcc_usb30_pipe_clk>; + + clock-names = "bi_tcxo", "bi_tcxo_ao", "sleep_clk", "pcie_0_pipe_clk", + "pcie_1_pipe_clk", "ufs_phy_rx_symbol_0_clk", + "ufs_phy_rx_symbol_1_clk", "ufs_phy_tx_symbol_0_clk", + "usb3_phy_wrapper_gcc_usb30_pipe_clk"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-sc8180x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-sc8180x.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f03ef96e57fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-sc8180x.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/qcom,gcc-sc8180x.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Global Clock & Reset Controller Binding for SC8180x + +maintainers: + - Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org> + +description: | + Qualcomm global clock control module which supports the clocks, resets and + power domains on SC8180x. + + See also: + - dt-bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-sc8180x.h + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,gcc-sc8180x + + clocks: + items: + - description: Board XO source + - description: Board active XO source + - description: Sleep clock source + + clock-names: + items: + - const: bi_tcxo + - const: bi_tcxo_ao + - const: sleep_clk + + '#clock-cells': + const: 1 + + '#reset-cells': + const: 1 + + '#power-domain-cells': + const: 1 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + protected-clocks: + description: + Protected clock specifier list as per common clock binding. + +required: + - compatible + - clocks + - clock-names + - reg + - '#clock-cells' + - '#reset-cells' + - '#power-domain-cells' + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/qcom,rpmh.h> + clock-controller@100000 { + compatible = "qcom,gcc-sc8180x"; + reg = <0x00100000 0x1f0000>; + clocks = <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK>, + <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK_A>, + <&sleep_clk>; + clock-names = "bi_tcxo", "bi_tcxo_ao", "sleep_clk"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-sm8350.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-sm8350.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..78f35832aa41 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-sm8350.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/qcom,gcc-sm8350.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Global Clock & Reset Controller Binding for SM8350 + +maintainers: + - Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org> + +description: | + Qualcomm global clock control module which supports the clocks, resets and + power domains on SM8350. + + See also: + - dt-bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-sm8350.h + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,gcc-sm8350 + + clocks: + items: + - description: Board XO source + - description: Sleep clock source + - description: PLL test clock source (Optional clock) + - description: PCIE 0 Pipe clock source (Optional clock) + - description: PCIE 1 Pipe clock source (Optional clock) + - description: UFS card Rx symbol 0 clock source (Optional clock) + - description: UFS card Rx symbol 1 clock source (Optional clock) + - description: UFS card Tx symbol 0 clock source (Optional clock) + - description: UFS phy Rx symbol 0 clock source (Optional clock) + - description: UFS phy Rx symbol 1 clock source (Optional clock) + - description: UFS phy Tx symbol 0 clock source (Optional clock) + - description: USB3 phy wrapper pipe clock source (Optional clock) + - description: USB3 phy sec pipe clock source (Optional clock) + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 13 + + clock-names: + items: + - const: bi_tcxo + - const: sleep_clk + - const: core_bi_pll_test_se # Optional clock + - const: pcie_0_pipe_clk # Optional clock + - const: pcie_1_pipe_clk # Optional clock + - const: ufs_card_rx_symbol_0_clk # Optional clock + - const: ufs_card_rx_symbol_1_clk # Optional clock + - const: ufs_card_tx_symbol_0_clk # Optional clock + - const: ufs_phy_rx_symbol_0_clk # Optional clock + - const: ufs_phy_rx_symbol_1_clk # Optional clock + - const: ufs_phy_tx_symbol_0_clk # Optional clock + - const: usb3_phy_wrapper_gcc_usb30_pipe_clk # Optional clock + - const: usb3_uni_phy_sec_gcc_usb30_pipe_clk # Optional clock + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 13 + + '#clock-cells': + const: 1 + + '#reset-cells': + const: 1 + + '#power-domain-cells': + const: 1 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - clocks + - clock-names + - reg + - '#clock-cells' + - '#reset-cells' + - '#power-domain-cells' + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/qcom,rpmh.h> + clock-controller@100000 { + compatible = "qcom,gcc-sm8350"; + reg = <0x00100000 0x1f0000>; + clocks = <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK>, + <&sleep_clk>; + clock-names = "bi_tcxo", "sleep_clk"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gpucc-sdm660.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gpucc-sdm660.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3f70eb59aae3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gpucc-sdm660.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/qcom,gpucc-sdm660.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Graphics Clock & Reset Controller Binding for SDM630 and SDM660 + +maintainers: + - AngeloGioacchino Del Regno <angelogioacchino.delregno@somainline.org> + +description: | + Qualcomm graphics clock control module which supports the clocks, resets and + power domains on SDM630 and SDM660. + + See also dt-bindings/clock/qcom,gpucc-sdm660.h. + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - qcom,gpucc-sdm630 + - qcom,gpucc-sdm660 + + clocks: + items: + - description: Board XO source + - description: GPLL0 main gpu branch + - description: GPLL0 divider gpu branch + + clock-names: + items: + - const: xo + - const: gcc_gpu_gpll0_clk + - const: gcc_gpu_gpll0_div_clk + + '#clock-cells': + const: 1 + + '#reset-cells': + const: 1 + + '#power-domain-cells': + const: 1 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - clock-names + - '#clock-cells' + - '#reset-cells' + - '#power-domain-cells' + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/qcom,gcc-sdm660.h> + #include <dt-bindings/clock/qcom,rpmcc.h> + + clock-controller@5065000 { + compatible = "qcom,gpucc-sdm660"; + reg = <0x05065000 0x9038>; + clocks = <&rpmcc RPM_SMD_XO_CLK_SRC>, + <&gcc GCC_GPU_GPLL0_CLK>, + <&gcc GCC_GPU_GPLL0_DIV_CLK>; + clock-names = "xo", "gcc_gpu_gpll0_clk", + "gcc_gpu_gpll0_div_clk"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,mmcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,mmcc.yaml index af32dee14fc6..8b0b1c56f354 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,mmcc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,mmcc.yaml @@ -24,6 +24,8 @@ properties: - qcom,mmcc-msm8974 - qcom,mmcc-msm8996 - qcom,mmcc-msm8998 + - qcom,mmcc-sdm630 + - qcom,mmcc-sdm660 clocks: items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,rpmhcc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,rpmhcc.yaml index 12c9cbc0ebf9..9ea0b3f5a4f2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,rpmhcc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,rpmhcc.yaml @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ properties: compatible: enum: - qcom,sc7180-rpmh-clk + - qcom,sc7280-rpmh-clk + - qcom,sc8180x-rpmh-clk - qcom,sdm845-rpmh-clk - qcom,sdx55-rpmh-clk - qcom,sm8150-rpmh-clk diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-usb2-clock-sel.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-usb2-clock-sel.yaml index 5be1229b3d6e..6eaabb4d82ec 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-usb2-clock-sel.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-usb2-clock-sel.yaml @@ -35,6 +35,9 @@ properties: compatible: items: - enum: + - renesas,r8a774a1-rcar-usb2-clock-sel # RZ/G2M + - renesas,r8a774b1-rcar-usb2-clock-sel # RZ/G2N + - renesas,r8a774e1-rcar-usb2-clock-sel # RZ/G2H - renesas,r8a7795-rcar-usb2-clock-sel # R-Car H3 - renesas,r8a7796-rcar-usb2-clock-sel # R-Car M3-W - renesas,r8a77961-rcar-usb2-clock-sel # R-Car M3-W+ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si570.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si570.txt index 901935e929d2..5dda17df1ac5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si570.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si570.txt @@ -28,6 +28,8 @@ Optional properties: - clock-frequency: Output frequency to generate. This defines the output frequency set during boot. It can be reprogrammed during runtime through the common clock framework. + - silabs,skip-recall: Do not perform NVM->RAM recall operation. It will rely + on hardware loading of RAM from NVM at power on. Example: si570: clock-generator@5d { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ste-u300-syscon-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ste-u300-syscon-clock.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 7cafcb98ead7..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ste-u300-syscon-clock.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -Clock bindings for ST-Ericsson U300 System Controller Clocks - -Bindings for the gated system controller clocks: - -Required properties: -- compatible: must be "stericsson,u300-syscon-clk" -- #clock-cells: must be <0> -- clock-type: specifies the type of clock: - 0 = slow clock - 1 = fast clock - 2 = rest/remaining clock -- clock-id: specifies the clock in the type range - -Optional properties: -- clocks: parent clock(s) - -The available clocks per type are as follows: - -Type: ID: Clock: -------------------- -0 0 Slow peripheral bridge clock -0 1 UART0 clock -0 4 GPIO clock -0 6 RTC clock -0 7 Application timer clock -0 8 Access timer clock - -1 0 Fast peripheral bridge clock -1 1 I2C bus 0 clock -1 2 I2C bus 1 clock -1 5 MMC interface peripheral (silicon) clock -1 6 SPI clock - -2 3 CPU clock -2 4 DMA controller clock -2 5 External Memory Interface (EMIF) clock -2 6 NAND flask interface clock -2 8 XGAM graphics engine clock -2 9 Shared External Memory Interface (SEMI) clock -2 10 AHB Subsystem Bridge clock -2 12 Interrupt controller clock - -Example: - -gpio_clk: gpio_clk@13M { - #clock-cells = <0>; - compatible = "stericsson,u300-syscon-clk"; - clock-type = <0>; /* Slow */ - clock-id = <4>; - clocks = <&slow_clk>; -}; - -gpio: gpio@c0016000 { - compatible = "stericsson,gpio-coh901"; - (...) - clocks = <&gpio_clk>; -}; - - -Bindings for the MMC/SD card clock: - -Required properties: -- compatible: must be "stericsson,u300-syscon-mclk" -- #clock-cells: must be <0> - -Optional properties: -- clocks: parent clock(s) - -mmc_mclk: mmc_mclk { - #clock-cells = <0>; - compatible = "stericsson,u300-syscon-mclk"; - clocks = <&mmc_pclk>; -}; - -mmcsd: mmcsd@c0001000 { - compatible = "arm,pl18x", "arm,primecell"; - clocks = <&mmc_pclk>, <&mmc_mclk>; - clock-names = "apb_pclk", "mclk"; - (...) -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/tango4-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/tango4-clock.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 19c580a7bda2..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/tango4-clock.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -* Sigma Designs Tango4 Clock Generator - -The Tango4 clock generator outputs cpu_clk and sys_clk (the latter is used -for RAM and various peripheral devices). The clock binding described here -is applicable to all Tango4 SoCs. - -Required Properties: - -- compatible: should be "sigma,tango4-clkgen". -- reg: physical base address of the device and length of memory mapped region. -- clocks: phandle of the input clock (crystal oscillator). -- clock-output-names: should be "cpuclk" and "sysclk". -- #clock-cells: should be set to 1. - -Example: - - clkgen: clkgen@10000 { - compatible = "sigma,tango4-clkgen"; - reg = <0x10000 0x40>; - clocks = <&xtal>; - clock-output-names = "cpuclk", "sysclk"; - #clock-cells = <1>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zx296702-clk.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zx296702-clk.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 5c91c9e4f1be..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zx296702-clk.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -Device Tree Clock bindings for ZTE zx296702 - -This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. - -[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt - -Required properties: -- compatible : shall be one of the following: - "zte,zx296702-topcrm-clk": - zx296702 top clock selection, divider and gating - - "zte,zx296702-lsp0crpm-clk" and - "zte,zx296702-lsp1crpm-clk": - zx296702 device level clock selection and gating - -- reg: Address and length of the register set - -The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock -ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/zx296702-clock.h -for the full list of zx296702 clock IDs. - - -topclk: topcrm@09800000 { - compatible = "zte,zx296702-topcrm-clk"; - reg = <0x09800000 0x1000>; - #clock-cells = <1>; -}; - -uart0: serial@09405000 { - compatible = "zte,zx296702-uart"; - reg = <0x09405000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 37 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - clocks = <&lsp1clk ZX296702_UART0_PCLK>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zx296718-clk.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zx296718-clk.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3a46bf0b2540..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zx296718-clk.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -Device Tree Clock bindings for ZTE zx296718 - -This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. - -[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt - -Required properties: -- compatible : shall be one of the following: - "zte,zx296718-topcrm": - zx296718 top clock selection, divider and gating - - "zte,zx296718-lsp0crm" and - "zte,zx296718-lsp1crm": - zx296718 device level clock selection and gating - - "zte,zx296718-audiocrm": - zx296718 audio clock selection, divider and gating - -- reg: Address and length of the register set - -The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock -ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/zx296718-clock.h -for the full list of zx296718 clock IDs. - - -topclk: topcrm@1461000 { - compatible = "zte,zx296718-topcrm-clk"; - reg = <0x01461000 0x1000>; - #clock-cells = <1>; -}; - -usbphy0:usb-phy0 { - compatible = "zte,zx296718-usb-phy"; - #phy-cells = <0>; - clocks = <&topclk USB20_PHY_CLK>; - clock-names = "phyclk"; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.yaml index 4286ed767a0a..b6daedd62516 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.yaml @@ -137,28 +137,41 @@ properties: maxItems: 7 $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + sink-vdos: + description: An array of u32 with each entry, a Vendor Defined Message Object (VDO), + providing additional information corresponding to the product, the detailed bit + definitions and the order of each VDO can be found in + "USB Power Delivery Specification Revision 3.0, Version 2.0 + ECNs 2020-12-10" + chapter 6.4.4.3.1 Discover Identity. User can specify the VDO array via + VDO_IDH/_CERT/_PRODUCT/_UFP/_DFP/_PCABLE/_ACABLE(1/2)/_VPD() defined in + dt-bindings/usb/pd.h. + minItems: 3 + maxItems: 6 + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + op-sink-microwatt: description: Sink required operating power in microwatt, if source can't offer the power, Capability Mismatch is set. Required for power sink and power dual role. ports: - description: OF graph bindings (specified in bindings/graph.txt) that model - any data bus to the connector unless the bus is between parent node and - the connector. Since a single connector can have multiple data buses every - bus has an assigned OF graph port number as described below. - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports + description: OF graph bindings modeling any data bus to the connector + unless the bus is between parent node and the connector. Since a single + connector can have multiple data buses every bus has an assigned OF graph + port number as described below. + properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: High Speed (HS), present in all connectors. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Super Speed (SS), present in SS capable connectors. port@2: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Sideband Use (SBU), present in USB-C. This describes the alternate mode connection of which SBU is a part. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/allwinner,sun8i-ce.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/allwinner,sun8i-ce.yaml index 7a60d84289cc..6ab07eba7778 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/allwinner,sun8i-ce.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/allwinner,sun8i-ce.yaml @@ -46,8 +46,7 @@ properties: if: properties: compatible: - items: - const: allwinner,sun50i-h6-crypto + const: allwinner,sun50i-h6-crypto then: properties: clocks: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/intel,keembay-ocs-hcu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/intel,keembay-ocs-hcu.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..acb92706d280 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/intel,keembay-ocs-hcu.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/crypto/intel,keembay-ocs-hcu.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Intel Keem Bay OCS HCU Device Tree Bindings + +maintainers: + - Declan Murphy <declan.murphy@intel.com> + - Daniele Alessandrelli <daniele.alessandrelli@intel.com> + +description: + The Intel Keem Bay Offload and Crypto Subsystem (OCS) Hash Control Unit (HCU) + provides hardware-accelerated hashing and HMAC. + +properties: + compatible: + const: intel,keembay-ocs-hcu + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - clocks + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + crypto@3000b000 { + compatible = "intel,keembay-ocs-hcu"; + reg = <0x3000b000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 121 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&scmi_clk 94>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/samsung-slimsss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/samsung-slimsss.yaml index 7743eae049ab..676950bb7b37 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/samsung-slimsss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/samsung-slimsss.yaml @@ -8,7 +8,6 @@ title: Samsung Exynos SoC SlimSSS (Slim Security SubSystem) module maintainers: - Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org> - - Kamil Konieczny <k.konieczny@partner.samsung.com> description: |+ The SlimSSS module in Exynos5433 SoC supports the following: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/samsung-sss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/samsung-sss.yaml index cf1c47a81d7f..6d62b0e42fc9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/samsung-sss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/samsung-sss.yaml @@ -8,7 +8,6 @@ title: Samsung Exynos SoC SSS (Security SubSystem) module maintainers: - Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org> - - Kamil Konieczny <k.konieczny@partner.samsung.com> description: |+ The SSS module in S5PV210 SoC supports the following: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/ti,sa2ul.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/ti,sa2ul.yaml index 1465c9ebaf93..1d48ac712b23 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/ti,sa2ul.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/ti,sa2ul.yaml @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ examples: #include <dt-bindings/soc/ti,sci_pm_domain.h> main_crypto: crypto@4e00000 { - compatible = "ti,j721-sa2ul"; + compatible = "ti,j721e-sa2ul"; reg = <0x4e00000 0x1200>; power-domains = <&k3_pds 264 TI_SCI_PD_EXCLUSIVE>; dmas = <&main_udmap 0xc000>, <&main_udmap 0x4000>, diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-display-backend.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-display-backend.yaml index 86057d541065..12a7df0e38b2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-display-backend.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-display-backend.yaml @@ -84,36 +84,23 @@ properties: const: dma-mem ports: - type: object - description: | - A ports node with endpoint definitions as defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object - description: | + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: Input endpoints of the controller. port@1: - type: object - description: | + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: Output endpoints of the controller. required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - port@0 - port@1 - additionalProperties: false - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-display-frontend.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-display-frontend.yaml index 3eb1c2bbf4e7..055157fbf3bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-display-frontend.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-display-frontend.yaml @@ -57,35 +57,22 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 ports: - type: object - description: | - A ports node with endpoint definitions as defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Input endpoints of the controller. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Output endpoints of the controller. required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - port@1 - additionalProperties: false - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-hdmi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-hdmi.yaml index 75e6479397a5..7f11452539f4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-hdmi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-hdmi.yaml @@ -76,37 +76,24 @@ properties: - const: audio-tx ports: - type: object - description: | - A ports node with endpoint definitions as defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Input endpoints of the controller. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Output endpoints of the controller. Usually an HDMI connector. required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - port@0 - port@1 - additionalProperties: false - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-tcon.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-tcon.yaml index 4c15a2644a7c..c13faf3e6581 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-tcon.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-tcon.yaml @@ -115,31 +115,24 @@ properties: - const: lvds ports: - type: object - description: | - A ports node with endpoint definitions as defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Input endpoints of the controller. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false description: | Output endpoints of the controller. patternProperties: "^endpoint(@[0-9])$": - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/endpoint-base + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: allwinner,tcon-channel: @@ -156,16 +149,10 @@ properties: property is not present, the endpoint number will be used as the channel number. - unevaluatedProperties: true - required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - port@0 - port@1 - additionalProperties: false - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-tv-encoder.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-tv-encoder.yaml index 6009324be967..afc0ed799e0e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-tv-encoder.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun4i-a10-tv-encoder.yaml @@ -24,11 +24,9 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: - A port node with endpoint definitions as defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. The - first port should be the input endpoint, usually coming from the + The first port should be the input endpoint, usually coming from the associated TCON. required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun6i-a31-drc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun6i-a31-drc.yaml index 0c1ce55940e1..71cce5687580 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun6i-a31-drc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun6i-a31-drc.yaml @@ -46,36 +46,23 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 ports: - type: object - description: | - A ports node with endpoint definitions as defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Input endpoints of the controller. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Output endpoints of the controller. required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - port@0 - port@1 - additionalProperties: false - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun6i-a31-mipi-dsi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun6i-a31-mipi-dsi.yaml index 7aa330dabc44..a738d7c12a97 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun6i-a31-mipi-dsi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun6i-a31-mipi-dsi.yaml @@ -47,11 +47,9 @@ properties: const: dphy port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: - A port node with endpoint definitions as defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. That - port should be the input endpoint, usually coming from the + The port should be the input endpoint, usually coming from the associated TCON. required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-de2-mixer.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-de2-mixer.yaml index c040eef56518..4f91eec26de9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-de2-mixer.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-de2-mixer.yaml @@ -43,35 +43,22 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 ports: - type: object - description: | - A ports node with endpoint definitions as defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Input endpoints of the controller. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Output endpoints of the controller. required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - port@1 - additionalProperties: false - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-dw-hdmi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-dw-hdmi.yaml index fa4769a0b26e..b3e9992525c2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-dw-hdmi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-dw-hdmi.yaml @@ -93,38 +93,25 @@ properties: The VCC power supply of the controller ports: - type: object - description: | - A ports node with endpoint definitions as defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Input endpoints of the controller. Usually the associated TCON. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Output endpoints of the controller. Usually an HDMI connector. required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - port@0 - port@1 - additionalProperties: false - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun8i-r40-tcon-top.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun8i-r40-tcon-top.yaml index b98ca609824b..ec21e8bf2767 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun8i-r40-tcon-top.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun8i-r40-tcon-top.yaml @@ -80,141 +80,45 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 ports: - type: object - description: | - A ports node with endpoint definitions as defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. - All ports should have only one endpoint connected to - remote endpoint. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Input endpoint for Mixer 0 mux. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Output endpoint for Mixer 0 mux - properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - - reg: true - - patternProperties: - "^endpoint@[0-9]$": - type: object - - properties: - reg: - description: | - ID of the target TCON - - required: - - reg - - required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - - additionalProperties: false - port@2: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Input endpoint for Mixer 1 mux. port@3: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Output endpoint for Mixer 1 mux - properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - - reg: true - - patternProperties: - "^endpoint@[0-9]$": - type: object - - properties: - reg: - description: | - ID of the target TCON - - required: - - reg - - required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - - additionalProperties: false - port@4: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Input endpoint for HDMI mux. - properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - - reg: true - - patternProperties: - "^endpoint@[0-9]$": - type: object - - properties: - reg: - description: | - ID of the target TCON - - required: - - reg - - required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - - additionalProperties: false - port@5: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Output endpoint for HDMI mux required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - port@0 - port@1 - port@4 - port@5 - additionalProperties: false - required: - "#clock-cells" - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun9i-a80-deu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun9i-a80-deu.yaml index 96de41d32b3e..637372ec4614 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun9i-a80-deu.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/allwinner,sun9i-a80-deu.yaml @@ -40,36 +40,23 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 ports: - type: object - description: | - A ports node with endpoint definitions as defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Input endpoints of the controller. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Output endpoints of the controller. required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - port@0 - port@1 - additionalProperties: false - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-dw-hdmi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-dw-hdmi.yaml index 0da42ab8fd3a..cf5a208f2f10 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-dw-hdmi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-dw-hdmi.yaml @@ -81,12 +81,12 @@ properties: description: phandle to an external 5V regulator to power the HDMI logic port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: A port node pointing to the VENC Input port node. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: A port node pointing to the TMDS Output port node. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-vpu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-vpu.yaml index a8d202c9d004..851cb0781217 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-vpu.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-vpu.yaml @@ -83,12 +83,12 @@ properties: description: phandle to the associated power domain port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: A port node pointing to the CVBS VDAC port node. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: A port node pointing to the HDMI-TX port node. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2711-hdmi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2711-hdmi.yaml index 7ce06f9f9f8e..57324a5f0271 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2711-hdmi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2711-hdmi.yaml @@ -53,6 +53,24 @@ properties: - const: audio - const: cec + interrupts: + items: + - description: CEC TX interrupt + - description: CEC RX interrupt + - description: CEC stuck at low interrupt + - description: Wake-up interrupt + - description: Hotplug connected interrupt + - description: Hotplug removed interrupt + + interrupt-names: + items: + - const: cec-tx + - const: cec-rx + - const: cec-low + - const: wakeup + - const: hpd-connected + - const: hpd-removed + ddc: allOf: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle @@ -60,6 +78,7 @@ properties: Phandle of the I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing hpd-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: > The GPIO pin for the HDMI hotplug detect (if it doesn't appear as an interrupt/status bit in the HDMI controller itself) @@ -90,7 +109,7 @@ required: - resets - ddc -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2835-dpi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2835-dpi.yaml index 5c1024bbc1b3..c9ad0ecc9b6d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2835-dpi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2835-dpi.yaml @@ -27,10 +27,9 @@ properties: - const: pixel port: - type: object - description: > - Port node with a single endpoint connecting to the panel, as - defined in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: + Port node with a single endpoint connecting to the panel. required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2835-dsi0.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2835-dsi0.yaml index eb44e072b6e5..55c60919991f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2835-dsi0.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2835-dsi0.yaml @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ properties: compatible: enum: + - brcm,bcm2711-dsi1 - brcm,bcm2835-dsi0 - brcm,bcm2835-dsi1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2835-hdmi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2835-hdmi.yaml index f54b4e4808f0..031e35e76db2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2835-hdmi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2835-hdmi.yaml @@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ properties: Phandle of the I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing hpd-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: > The GPIO pin for the HDMI hotplug detect (if it doesn't appear as an interrupt/status bit in the HDMI controller itself) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2835-hvs.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2835-hvs.yaml index e826ab0adb75..2e8566f47e63 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2835-hvs.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/brcm,bcm2835-hvs.yaml @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ if: properties: compatible: contains: - const: brcm,bcm2711-hvs" + const: brcm,bcm2711-hvs then: required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/analogix,anx7625.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/analogix,anx7625.yaml index 9392b5502a32..c789784efe30 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/analogix,anx7625.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/analogix,anx7625.yaml @@ -35,16 +35,16 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 ports: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Video port for MIPI DSI input. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Video port for panel or connector. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/analogix,anx7814.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/analogix,anx7814.yaml index 3ba477aefdd7..8e13f27b28ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/analogix,anx7814.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/analogix,anx7814.yaml @@ -42,31 +42,18 @@ properties: description: Regulator for 1.0V digital core power. ports: - type: object - description: - A node containing input and output port nodes with endpoint - definitions as documented in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Video port for HDMI input. - properties: - reg: - const: 0 - port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Video port for SlimPort, DisplayPort, eDP or MyDP output. - properties: - reg: - const: 1 - required: - port@0 - port@1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/anx6345.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/anx6345.yaml index fccd63521a8c..1c0406c38fe5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/anx6345.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/anx6345.yaml @@ -32,31 +32,23 @@ properties: description: Regulator for 2.5V digital core power. ports: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - - '#size-cells': - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object - description: | + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: Video port for LVTTL input port@1: - type: object - description: | + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: Video port for eDP output (panel or connector). May be omitted if EDID works reliably. required: - port@0 - additionalProperties: false - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/cdns,mhdp8546.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/cdns,mhdp8546.yaml index 74d675fc6e7b..63427878715e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/cdns,mhdp8546.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/cdns,mhdp8546.yaml @@ -57,47 +57,37 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 ports: - type: object - description: - Ports as described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - - '#size-cells': - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: First input port representing the DP bridge input. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Second input port representing the DP bridge input. port@2: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Third input port representing the DP bridge input. port@3: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Fourth input port representing the DP bridge input. port@4: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Output port representing the DP bridge output. required: - port@0 - port@4 - - '#address-cells' - - '#size-cells' allOf: - if: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/chrontel,ch7033.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/chrontel,ch7033.yaml index 9f38f55fc990..bb6289c7d375 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/chrontel,ch7033.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/chrontel,ch7033.yaml @@ -19,16 +19,16 @@ properties: description: I2C address of the device ports: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Video port for RGB input. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | DVI port, should be connected to a node compatible with the dvi-connector binding. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/intel,keembay-dsi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/intel,keembay-dsi.yaml index 35c9dfd86650..dcb1336ee2a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/intel,keembay-dsi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/intel,keembay-dsi.yaml @@ -35,29 +35,21 @@ properties: - const: clk_mipi_cfg ports: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - - '#size-cells': - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: MIPI DSI input port. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: DSI output port. required: - port@0 - port@1 - additionalProperties: false - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ite,it6505.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ite,it6505.yaml index 02cfc0a3b550..833d11b2303a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ite,it6505.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ite,it6505.yaml @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ properties: description: extcon specifier for the Power Delivery port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: A port node pointing to DPI host port node required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lontium,lt9611.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lontium,lt9611.yaml index 7a1c89b995e2..5b9d36f7af30 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lontium,lt9611.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lontium,lt9611.yaml @@ -38,82 +38,26 @@ properties: description: Regulator for 3.3V IO power. ports: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object - description: | + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: Primary MIPI port-1 for MIPI input - properties: - reg: - const: 0 - - patternProperties: - "^endpoint(@[0-9])$": - type: object - additionalProperties: false - - properties: - remote-endpoint: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle - - required: - - reg - port@1: - type: object - description: | + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: Additional MIPI port-2 for MIPI input, used in combination with primary MIPI port-1 to drive higher resolution displays - properties: - reg: - const: 1 - - patternProperties: - "^endpoint(@[0-9])$": - type: object - additionalProperties: false - - properties: - remote-endpoint: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle - - required: - - reg - port@2: - type: object - description: | + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: HDMI port for HDMI output - properties: - reg: - const: 2 - - patternProperties: - "^endpoint(@[0-9])$": - type: object - additionalProperties: false - - properties: - remote-endpoint: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle - - required: - - reg - required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - port@0 - port@2 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lvds-codec.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lvds-codec.yaml index 66a14d60ce1d..304a1367faaa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lvds-codec.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lvds-codec.yaml @@ -45,25 +45,17 @@ properties: - thine,thc63lvdm83d # For the THC63LVDM83D LVDS serializer ports: - type: object - description: | - This device has two video ports. Their connections are modeled using the - OF graph bindings specified in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt - properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - - '#size-cells': - const: 0 + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports + properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | For LVDS encoders, port 0 is the parallel input For LVDS decoders, port 0 is the LVDS input port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | For LVDS encoders, port 1 is the LVDS output For LVDS decoders, port 1 is the parallel output @@ -72,8 +64,6 @@ properties: - port@0 - port@1 - additionalProperties: false - powerdown-gpios: description: The GPIO used to control the power down line of this device. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/nwl-dsi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/nwl-dsi.yaml index a125b2dd3a2f..350fb8f400f0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/nwl-dsi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/nwl-dsi.yaml @@ -84,40 +84,23 @@ properties: - const: pclk ports: - type: object - description: - A node containing DSI input & output port nodes with endpoint - definitions as documented in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports + properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base description: Input port node to receive pixel data from the display controller. Exactly one endpoint must be specified. properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - - '#size-cells': - const: 0 - endpoint@0: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/endpoint description: sub-node describing the input from LCDIF - type: object endpoint@1: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/endpoint description: sub-node describing the input from DCSS - type: object - - reg: - const: 0 - - required: - - '#address-cells' - - '#size-cells' - - reg oneOf: - required: @@ -125,28 +108,18 @@ properties: - required: - endpoint@1 - additionalProperties: false + unevaluatedProperties: false port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: DSI output port node to the panel or the next bridge in the chain - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - - '#size-cells': - const: 0 - required: - - '#address-cells' - - '#size-cells' - port@0 - port@1 - additionalProperties: false - required: - '#address-cells' - '#size-cells' diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ps8640.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ps8640.yaml index 763c7909473e..fce82b605c8b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ps8640.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ps8640.yaml @@ -41,34 +41,22 @@ properties: description: Regulator for 3.3V digital core power. ports: - type: object - description: - A node containing DSI input & output port nodes with endpoint - definitions as documented in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt - properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - - '#size-cells': - const: 0 + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports + properties: port@0: - type: object - description: | + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: Video port for DSI input port@1: - type: object - description: | + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: Video port for eDP output (panel or connector). required: - port@0 - additionalProperties: false - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.yaml index e5b163951b91..acfc327f70a7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.yaml @@ -49,33 +49,21 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 ports: - type: object - description: | - This device has two video ports. Their connections are modelled using the - OF graph bindings specified in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt. - Each port shall have a single endpoint. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - - '#size-cells': - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Parallel RGB input port port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: LVDS output port required: - port@0 - port@1 - additionalProperties: false - power-domains: maxItems: 1 @@ -83,9 +71,9 @@ properties: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle description: phandle to the companion LVDS encoder. This property is mandatory - for the first LVDS encoder on D3 and E3 SoCs, and shall point to - the second encoder to be used as a companion in dual-link mode. It - shall not be set for any other LVDS encoder. + for the first LVDS encoder on R-Car D3 and E3, and RZ/G2E SoCs, and shall + point to the second encoder to be used as a companion in dual-link mode. + It shall not be set for any other LVDS encoder. required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/sii902x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/sii902x.txt index 02c21b584741..3bc760cc31cb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/sii902x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/sii902x.txt @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Optional properties: documents on how to describe the way the sii902x device is connected to the rest of the audio system: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.yaml - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-card.txt + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-card.yaml Note: In case of the audio-graph-card binding the used port index should be 3. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/simple-bridge.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/simple-bridge.yaml index 64e8a1c24b40..6c7b577fd471 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/simple-bridge.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/simple-bridge.yaml @@ -30,31 +30,21 @@ properties: - ti,ths8135 ports: - type: object - description: | - This device has two video ports. Their connections are modeled using the - OF graph bindings specified in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt. - properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - - '#size-cells': - const: 0 + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports + properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: The bridge input port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: The bridge output required: - port@0 - port@1 - additionalProperties: false - enable-gpios: maxItems: 1 description: GPIO controlling bridge enable diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/snps,dw-mipi-dsi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/snps,dw-mipi-dsi.yaml index e42cb610f545..3c3e51af154b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/snps,dw-mipi-dsi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/snps,dw-mipi-dsi.yaml @@ -47,14 +47,15 @@ properties: const: apb ports: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Input node to receive pixel data. + port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: DSI output node to panel. required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/thine,thc63lvd1024.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/thine,thc63lvd1024.yaml index 3d5ce08a5792..8ae382429d2b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/thine,thc63lvd1024.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/thine,thc63lvd1024.yaml @@ -25,46 +25,41 @@ properties: const: thine,thc63lvd1024 ports: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports description: | - This device has four video ports. Their connections are modeled using the - OF graph bindings specified in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt. + The device can operate in single or dual input and output modes. - The device can operate in single-link mode or dual-link mode. In - single-link mode, all pixels are received on port@0, and port@1 shall not - contain any endpoint. In dual-link mode, even-numbered pixels are - received on port@0 and odd-numbered pixels on port@1, and both port@0 and - port@1 shall contain endpoints. + When operating in single input mode, all pixels are received on port@0, + and port@1 shall not contain any endpoint. In dual input mode, + even-numbered pixels are received on port@0 and odd-numbered pixels on + port@1, and both port@0 and port@1 shall contain endpoints. - properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - - '#size-cells': - const: 0 + When operating in single output mode all pixels are output from the first + CMOS/TTL port and port@3 shall not contain any endpoint. In dual output + mode pixels are output from both CMOS/TTL ports and both port@2 and + port@3 shall contain endpoints. + properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: First LVDS input port port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Second LVDS input port port@2: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: First digital CMOS/TTL parallel output port@3: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Second digital CMOS/TTL parallel output required: - port@0 - port@2 - additionalProperties: false - oe-gpios: maxItems: 1 description: Output enable GPIO signal, pin name "OE", active high. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,sn65dsi86.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,sn65dsi86.yaml index f8622bd0f61e..26932d2e86ab 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,sn65dsi86.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,sn65dsi86.yaml @@ -71,54 +71,26 @@ properties: description: See ../../pwm/pwm.yaml for description of the cell formats. ports: - type: object - additionalProperties: false + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object - additionalProperties: false - + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Video port for MIPI DSI input - properties: - reg: - const: 0 - - endpoint: - type: object - additionalProperties: false - properties: - remote-endpoint: true - - required: - - reg - port@1: - type: object - additionalProperties: false - + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false description: Video port for eDP output (panel or connector). properties: - reg: - const: 1 - endpoint: - type: object - additionalProperties: false + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/endpoint-base + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: - remote-endpoint: true - data-lanes: oneOf: - minItems: 1 @@ -171,12 +143,7 @@ properties: dependencies: lane-polarities: [data-lanes] - required: - - reg - required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - port@0 - port@1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,tfp410.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,tfp410.yaml index 605831c1e836..4c5dd8ec2951 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,tfp410.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,tfp410.yaml @@ -31,23 +31,18 @@ properties: maximum: 7 ports: - description: - A node containing input and output port nodes with endpoint - definitions as documented in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: port@0: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false description: DPI input port. - type: object properties: - reg: - const: 0 - endpoint: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/endpoint-base + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: pclk-sample: @@ -67,15 +62,8 @@ properties: default: 24 port@1: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: DVI output port. - type: object - - properties: - reg: - const: 1 - - endpoint: - type: object required: - port@0 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358762.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358762.yaml index 195025e6803c..5216c27fc0ad 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358762.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358762.yaml @@ -25,62 +25,20 @@ properties: description: Regulator for 1.2V internal core power. ports: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object - additionalProperties: false - - description: | + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: Video port for MIPI DSI input - properties: - reg: - const: 0 - - patternProperties: - endpoint: - type: object - additionalProperties: false - - properties: - remote-endpoint: true - - required: - - reg - port@1: - type: object - additionalProperties: false - - description: | + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: Video port for MIPI DPI output (panel or connector). - properties: - reg: - const: 1 - - patternProperties: - endpoint: - type: object - additionalProperties: false - - properties: - remote-endpoint: true - - required: - - reg - required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - port@0 - port@1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358768.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358768.yaml index c036a75db8f7..eacfe7165083 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358768.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358768.yaml @@ -42,65 +42,30 @@ properties: const: refclk ports: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object - additionalProperties: false - + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false description: | Video port for RGB input properties: - reg: - const: 0 - - patternProperties: endpoint: - type: object - additionalProperties: false + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/endpoint-base + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: data-lines: enum: [ 16, 18, 24 ] - remote-endpoint: true - - required: - - reg - port@1: - type: object - additionalProperties: false - + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Video port for DSI output (panel or connector). - properties: - reg: - const: 1 - - patternProperties: - endpoint: - type: object - additionalProperties: false - - properties: - remote-endpoint: true - - required: - - reg - required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - port@0 - port@1 @@ -156,4 +121,3 @@ examples: }; }; }; - diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358775.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358775.yaml index b5959cc78b8d..10471c6c1ff9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358775.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358775.yaml @@ -42,31 +42,22 @@ properties: description: Hardware reset, Low active ports: - type: object - description: - A node containing input and output port nodes with endpoint definitions - as documented in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt - properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports + properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | DSI Input. The remote endpoint phandle should be a reference to a valid mipi_dsi_host device node. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Video port for LVDS output (panel or connector). port@2: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Video port for Dual link LVDS output (panel or connector). diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/analog-tv-connector.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/analog-tv-connector.yaml index eebe88fed999..a31ca2d52b86 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/analog-tv-connector.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/analog-tv-connector.yaml @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ properties: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 port: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Connection to controller providing analog TV signals required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/dp-connector.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/dp-connector.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..22792a79e7ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/dp-connector.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/connector/dp-connector.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: DisplayPort Connector + +maintainers: + - Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com> + +properties: + compatible: + const: dp-connector + + label: true + + type: + enum: + - full-size + - mini + + hpd-gpios: + description: A GPIO line connected to HPD + maxItems: 1 + + dp-pwr-supply: + description: Power supply for the DP_PWR pin + + port: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: Connection to controller providing DP signals + +required: + - compatible + - type + - port + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + connector { + compatible = "dp-connector"; + label = "dp0"; + type = "full-size"; + + port { + dp_connector_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dp_out>; + }; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/dvi-connector.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/dvi-connector.yaml index 71cb9220fa59..93eb14294e68 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/dvi-connector.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/dvi-connector.yaml @@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ properties: description: the connector has pins for DVI dual-link port: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Connection to controller providing DVI signals required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/hdmi-connector.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/hdmi-connector.yaml index 14d7128af592..83c0d008265b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/hdmi-connector.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/hdmi-connector.yaml @@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 port: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Connection to controller providing HDMI signals required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/vga-connector.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/vga-connector.yaml index 5782c4bb3252..25f868002000 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/vga-connector.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/vga-connector.yaml @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ properties: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle port: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Connection to controller providing VGA signals required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ht16k33.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ht16k33.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d5a8b070b467..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ht16k33.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -Holtek ht16k33 RAM mapping 16*8 LED controller driver with keyscan -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Required properties: -- compatible: "holtek,ht16k33" -- reg: I2C slave address of the chip. -- interrupts: Interrupt specification for the key pressed interrupt. -- refresh-rate-hz: Display update interval in HZ. -- debounce-delay-ms: Debouncing interval time in milliseconds. -- linux,keymap: The keymap for keys as described in the binding - document (devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt). - -Optional properties: -- linux,no-autorepeat: Disable keyrepeat. -- default-brightness-level: Initial brightness level [0-15] (default: 15). - -Example: - -&i2c1 { - ht16k33: ht16k33@70 { - compatible = "holtek,ht16k33"; - reg = <0x70>; - refresh-rate-hz = <20>; - debounce-delay-ms = <50>; - interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>; - interrupts = <5 (IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH | IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING)>; - linux,keymap = < - MATRIX_KEY(2, 0, KEY_F6) - MATRIX_KEY(3, 0, KEY_F8) - MATRIX_KEY(4, 0, KEY_F10) - MATRIX_KEY(5, 0, KEY_F4) - MATRIX_KEY(6, 0, KEY_F2) - MATRIX_KEY(2, 1, KEY_F5) - MATRIX_KEY(3, 1, KEY_F7) - MATRIX_KEY(4, 1, KEY_F9) - MATRIX_KEY(5, 1, KEY_F3) - MATRIX_KEY(6, 1, KEY_F1) - >; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/imx/nxp,imx8mq-dcss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/imx/nxp,imx8mq-dcss.yaml index f1f25aa794d9..0091df9dd73b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/imx/nxp,imx8mq-dcss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/imx/nxp,imx8mq-dcss.yaml @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ properties: - description: Must be 400 MHz port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: A port node pointing to the input port of a HDMI/DP or MIPI display bridge. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ingenic,ipu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ingenic,ipu.yaml index 12064a8e7a92..e679f48a3886 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ingenic,ipu.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ingenic,ipu.yaml @@ -31,9 +31,8 @@ properties: clock-names: const: ipu -patternProperties: - "^ports?$": - description: OF graph bindings (specified in bindings/graph.txt). + port: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ingenic,lcd.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ingenic,lcd.yaml index 768050f30dba..50d2b0a50e8a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ingenic,lcd.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ingenic,lcd.yaml @@ -39,18 +39,18 @@ properties: minItems: 1 port: - description: OF graph bindings (specified in bindings/graph.txt). + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port ports: - description: OF graph bindings (specified in bindings/graph.txt). - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports + properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: DPI output, to interface with TFT panels. port@8: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Link to the Image Processing Unit (IPU). (See ingenic,ipu.yaml). diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/intel,keembay-display.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/intel,keembay-display.yaml index 0a697d45c2ad..bc6622b010ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/intel,keembay-display.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/intel,keembay-display.yaml @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Display output node to DSI. required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,disp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,disp.txt index 33977e15bebd..93b160df3eec 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,disp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,disp.txt @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ connected to. For a description of the display interface sink function blocks, see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dsi.txt and -Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dpi.txt. +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dpi.yaml. Required properties (all function blocks): - compatible: "mediatek,<chip>-disp-<function>", one of @@ -37,13 +37,14 @@ Required properties (all function blocks): "mediatek,<chip>-disp-aal" - adaptive ambient light controller "mediatek,<chip>-disp-gamma" - gamma correction "mediatek,<chip>-disp-merge" - merge streams from two RDMA sources + "mediatek,<chip>-disp-postmask" - control round corner for display frame "mediatek,<chip>-disp-split" - split stream to two encoders "mediatek,<chip>-disp-ufoe" - data compression engine "mediatek,<chip>-dsi" - DSI controller, see mediatek,dsi.txt "mediatek,<chip>-dpi" - DPI controller, see mediatek,dpi.txt "mediatek,<chip>-disp-mutex" - display mutex "mediatek,<chip>-disp-od" - overdrive - the supported chips are mt2701, mt7623, mt2712, mt8167 and mt8173. + the supported chips are mt2701, mt7623, mt2712, mt8167, mt8173, mt8183 and mt8192. - reg: Physical base address and length of the function block register space - interrupts: The interrupt signal from the function block (required, except for merge and split function blocks). @@ -61,11 +62,19 @@ Required properties (DMA function blocks): "mediatek,<chip>-disp-wdma" the supported chips are mt2701, mt8167 and mt8173. - larb: Should contain a phandle pointing to the local arbiter device as defined - in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt + in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.yaml - iommus: Should point to the respective IOMMU block with master port as argument, see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt for details. +Optional properties (RDMA function blocks): +- mediatek,rdma-fifo-size: rdma fifo size may be different even in same SOC, add this + property to the corresponding rdma + the value is the Max value which defined in hardware data sheet. + mediatek,rdma-fifo-size of mt8173-rdma0 is 8K + mediatek,rdma-fifo-size of mt8183-rdma0 is 5K + mediatek,rdma-fifo-size of mt8183-rdma1 is 2K + Examples: mmsys: clock-controller@14000000 { @@ -103,6 +112,7 @@ rdma0: rdma@1400e000 { clocks = <&mmsys CLK_MM_DISP_RDMA0>; iommus = <&iommu M4U_PORT_DISP_RDMA0>; mediatek,larb = <&larb0>; + mediatek,rdma-fifosize = <8192>; }; rdma1: rdma@1400f000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dsi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dsi.txt index f06f24d405a5..8238a86686be 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dsi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,dsi.txt @@ -22,23 +22,7 @@ Required properties: MIPI TX Configuration Module ============================ -The MIPI TX configuration module controls the MIPI D-PHY. - -Required properties: -- compatible: "mediatek,<chip>-mipi-tx" -- the supported chips are mt2701, 7623, mt8173 and mt8183. -- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers -- clocks: PLL reference clock -- clock-output-names: name of the output clock line to the DSI encoder -- #clock-cells: must be <0>; -- #phy-cells: must be <0>. - -Optional properties: -- drive-strength-microamp: adjust driving current, should be 3000 ~ 6000. And - the step is 200. -- nvmem-cells: A phandle to the calibration data provided by a nvmem device. If - unspecified default values shall be used. -- nvmem-cell-names: Should be "calibration-data" +See phy/mediatek,dsi-phy.yaml Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,hdmi.txt index 6b1c586403e4..b284ca51b913 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,hdmi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mediatek/mediatek,hdmi.txt @@ -53,23 +53,7 @@ Required properties: HDMI PHY ======== - -The HDMI PHY serializes the HDMI encoder's three channel 10-bit parallel -output and drives the HDMI pads. - -Required properties: -- compatible: "mediatek,<chip>-hdmi-phy" -- the supported chips are mt2701, mt7623 and mt8173 -- reg: Physical base address and length of the module's registers -- clocks: PLL reference clock -- clock-names: must contain "pll_ref" -- clock-output-names: must be "hdmitx_dig_cts" on mt8173 -- #phy-cells: must be <0> -- #clock-cells: must be <0> - -Optional properties: -- mediatek,ibias: TX DRV bias current for <1.65Gbps, defaults to 0xa -- mediatek,ibias_up: TX DRV bias current for >1.65Gbps, defaults to 0x1c +See phy/mediatek,hdmi-phy.yaml Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/advantech,idk-2121wr.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/advantech,idk-2121wr.yaml index 6b7fddc80c41..67682fe77f10 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/advantech,idk-2121wr.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/advantech,idk-2121wr.yaml @@ -37,34 +37,33 @@ properties: panel-timing: true ports: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports + properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false description: The sink for odd pixels. properties: - reg: - const: 0 - dual-lvds-odd-pixels: true required: - - reg - dual-lvds-odd-pixels port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false description: The sink for even pixels. properties: - reg: - const: 1 - dual-lvds-even-pixels: true required: - - reg - dual-lvds-even-pixels + required: + - port@0 + - port@1 + additionalProperties: false required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/jdi,lt070me05000.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/jdi,lt070me05000.yaml index b8b9435e464c..4f92365e888a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/jdi,lt070me05000.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/jdi,lt070me05000.yaml @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ properties: power supply for LCM (1.8V) dcdc-en-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: | phandle of the gpio for power ic line Power IC supply enable, High active diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/mantix,mlaf057we51-x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/mantix,mlaf057we51-x.yaml index 51f423297ec8..a4b8569ab81c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/mantix,mlaf057we51-x.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/mantix,mlaf057we51-x.yaml @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ properties: compatible: enum: - mantix,mlaf057we51-x + - ys,ys57pss36bh5gq port: true reg: @@ -37,7 +38,8 @@ properties: reset-gpios: true - 'mantix,tp-rstn-gpios': + mantix,tp-rstn-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: second reset line that triggers DSI config load backlight: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/novatek,nt36672a.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/novatek,nt36672a.yaml index 2f5df1d235ae..ef4c0a24512d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/novatek,nt36672a.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/novatek,nt36672a.yaml @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ properties: panel. The novatek,nt36672a compatible shall always be provided as a fallback. reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: phandle of gpio for reset line - This should be 8mA, gpio can be configured using mux, pinctrl, pinctrl-names (active high) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-common.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-common.yaml index cd6dc5461721..5b38dc89cb21 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-common.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-common.yaml @@ -68,16 +68,7 @@ properties: # Connectivity port: - type: object - - ports: - type: object - description: - Panels receive video data through one or multiple connections. While - the nature of those connections is specific to the panel type, the - connectivity is expressed in a standard fashion using ports as specified - in the device graph bindings defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port ddc-i2c-bus: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple-dsi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple-dsi.yaml index 72e4b6d4d5e1..fbd71669248f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple-dsi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple-dsi.yaml @@ -35,6 +35,8 @@ properties: - boe,tv080wum-nl0 # Innolux P079ZCA 7.85" 768x1024 TFT LCD panel - innolux,p079zca + # Khadas TS050 5" 1080x1920 LCD panel + - khadas,ts050 # Kingdisplay KD097D04 9.7" 1536x2048 TFT LCD panel - kingdisplay,kd097d04 # LG ACX467AKM-7 4.95" 1080×1920 LCD Panel diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple.yaml index 27fffafe5b5c..62b0d54d87b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/panel-simple.yaml @@ -76,6 +76,8 @@ properties: # BOE OPTOELECTRONICS TECHNOLOGY 10.1" WXGA TFT LCD panel - boe,nv101wxmn51 # BOE NV133FHM-N61 13.3" FHD (1920x1080) TFT LCD Panel + - boe,nv110wtm-n61 + # BOE NV110WTM-N61 11.0" 2160x1440 TFT LCD Panel - boe,nv133fhm-n61 # BOE NV133FHM-N62 13.3" FHD (1920x1080) TFT LCD Panel - boe,nv133fhm-n62 @@ -105,26 +107,27 @@ properties: - dlc,dlc1010gig # Emerging Display Technology Corp. 3.5" QVGA TFT LCD panel - edt,et035012dm6 + # Emerging Display Technology Corp. 5.7" VGA TFT LCD panel + - edt,et057090dhu + - edt,et070080dh6 # Emerging Display Technology Corp. 480x272 TFT Display with capacitive touch - edt,etm043080dh6gp # Emerging Display Technology Corp. 480x272 TFT Display - edt,etm0430g0dh6 - # Emerging Display Technology Corp. 5.7" VGA TFT LCD panel - - edt,et057090dhu - # Emerging Display Technology Corp. WVGA TFT Display with capacitive touch - - edt,etm070080dh6 - # Emerging Display Technology Corp. WVGA TFT Display with capacitive touch - - edt,etm0700g0dh6 # Emerging Display Technology Corp. WVGA TFT Display with capacitive touch # Same as ETM0700G0DH6 but with inverted pixel clock. - edt,etm070080bdh6 # Emerging Display Technology Corp. WVGA TFT Display with capacitive touch + # Same timings as the ETM0700G0DH6, but with resistive touch. + - edt,etm070080dh6 + # Emerging Display Technology Corp. WVGA TFT Display with capacitive touch # Same display as the ETM0700G0BDH6, but with changed hardware for the # backlight and the touch interface. - edt,etm070080edh6 + - edt,etm0700g0bdh6 # Emerging Display Technology Corp. WVGA TFT Display with capacitive touch - # Same timings as the ETM0700G0DH6, but with resistive touch. - - edt,etm070080dh6 + - edt,etm0700g0dh6 + - edt,etm0700g0edh6 # Evervision Electronics Co. Ltd. VGG804821 5.0" WVGA TFT LCD Panel - evervision,vgg804821 # Foxlink Group 5" WVGA TFT LCD panel @@ -173,6 +176,8 @@ properties: - koe,tx26d202vm0bwa # Kaohsiung Opto-Electronics. TX31D200VM0BAA 12.3" HSXGA LVDS panel - koe,tx31d200vm0baa + # Kyocera Corporation 7" WVGA (800x480) transmissive color TFT + - kyo,tcg070wvlq # Kyocera Corporation 12.1" XGA (1024x768) TFT LCD panel - kyo,tcg121xglp # LeMaker BL035-RGB-002 3.5" QVGA TFT LCD panel diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/samsung,s6e63m0.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/samsung,s6e63m0.yaml index 1dab80ae1d0a..ea58df49263a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/samsung,s6e63m0.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/samsung,s6e63m0.yaml @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ maintainers: allOf: - $ref: panel-common.yaml# + - $ref: /schemas/leds/backlight/common.yaml# properties: compatible: @@ -19,6 +20,8 @@ properties: reg: true reset-gpios: true port: true + default-brightness: true + max-brightness: true vdd3-supply: description: VDD regulator @@ -31,7 +34,6 @@ required: - reset-gpios - vdd3-supply - vci-supply - - port unevaluatedProperties: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip,rk3066-hdmi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip,rk3066-hdmi.yaml index 4110d003ce1f..008c144257cb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip,rk3066-hdmi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip,rk3066-hdmi.yaml @@ -43,34 +43,24 @@ properties: This soc uses GRF regs to switch the HDMI TX input between vop0 and vop1. ports: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Port node with two endpoints, numbered 0 and 1, connected respectively to vop0 and vop1. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Port node with one endpoint connected to a hdmi-connector node. required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - port@0 - port@1 - additionalProperties: false - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.yaml index ed8148e26e24..6f43d885c9b3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.yaml @@ -70,10 +70,7 @@ properties: - const: dclk port: - type: object - description: - A port node with endpoint definitions as defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port assigned-clocks: maxItems: 2 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/st,stm32-dsi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/st,stm32-dsi.yaml index 327a14d85df8..679daed4124e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/st,stm32-dsi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/st,stm32-dsi.yaml @@ -51,20 +51,16 @@ properties: Phandle of the regulator that provides the supply voltage. ports: - type: object - description: - A node containing DSI input & output port nodes with endpoint - definitions as documented in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports + properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: DSI input port node, connected to the ltdc rgb output port. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: DSI output port node, connected to a panel or a bridge input port" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/st,stm32-ltdc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/st,stm32-ltdc.yaml index bf8ad916e9b0..d54f9ca207af 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/st,stm32-ltdc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/st,stm32-ltdc.yaml @@ -35,15 +35,13 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 port: - type: object - description: - "Video port for DPI RGB output. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: | + Video port for DPI RGB output. ltdc has one video port with up to 2 endpoints: - for external dpi rgb panel or bridge, using gpios. - for internal dpi input of the MIPI DSI host controller. Note: These 2 endpoints cannot be activated simultaneously. - Please refer to the bindings defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt." required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ste,mcde.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ste,mcde.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4c33c692bd5f..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ste,mcde.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -ST-Ericsson Multi Channel Display Engine MCDE - -The ST-Ericsson MCDE is a display controller with support for compositing -and displaying several channels memory resident graphics data on DSI or -LCD displays or bridges. It is used in the ST-Ericsson U8500 platform. - -Required properties: - -- compatible: must be: - "ste,mcde" -- reg: register base for the main MCDE control registers, should be - 0x1000 in size -- interrupts: the interrupt line for the MCDE -- epod-supply: a phandle to the EPOD regulator -- vana-supply: a phandle to the analog voltage regulator -- clocks: an array of the MCDE clocks in this strict order: - MCDECLK (main MCDE clock), LCDCLK (LCD clock), PLLDSI - (HDMI clock), DSI0ESCLK (DSI0 energy save clock), - DSI1ESCLK (DSI1 energy save clock), DSI2ESCLK (DSI2 energy - save clock) -- clock-names: must be the following array: - "mcde", "lcd", "hdmi" - to match the required clock inputs above. -- #address-cells: should be <1> (for the DSI hosts that will be children) -- #size-cells: should be <1> (for the DSI hosts that will be children) -- ranges: this should always be stated - -Required subnodes: - -The devicetree must specify subnodes for the DSI host adapters. -These must have the following characteristics: - -- compatible: must be: - "ste,mcde-dsi" -- reg: must specify the register range for the DSI host -- vana-supply: phandle to the VANA voltage regulator -- clocks: phandles to the high speed and low power (energy save) clocks - the high speed clock is not present on the third (dsi2) block, so it - should only have the "lp" clock -- clock-names: "hs" for the high speed clock and "lp" for the low power - (energy save) clock -- #address-cells: should be <1> -- #size-cells: should be <0> - -Display panels and bridges will appear as children on the DSI hosts, and -the displays are connected to the DSI hosts using the common binding -for video transmitter interfaces; see -Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt - -If a DSI host is unused (not connected) it will have no children defined. - -Example: - -mcde@a0350000 { - compatible = "ste,mcde"; - reg = <0xa0350000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 48 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - epod-supply = <&db8500_b2r2_mcde_reg>; - vana-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_ana_reg>; - clocks = <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_MCDECLK>, /* Main MCDE clock */ - <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_LCDCLK>, /* LCD clock */ - <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_PLLDSI>; /* HDMI clock */ - clock-names = "mcde", "lcd", "hdmi"; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <1>; - ranges; - - dsi0: dsi@a0351000 { - compatible = "ste,mcde-dsi"; - reg = <0xa0351000 0x1000>; - vana-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_ana_reg>; - clocks = <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_DSI0CLK>, <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_DSI0ESCCLK>; - clock-names = "hs", "lp"; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - panel { - compatible = "samsung,s6d16d0"; - reg = <0>; - vdd1-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_aux1_reg>; - reset-gpios = <&gpio2 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; - }; - - }; - dsi1: dsi@a0352000 { - compatible = "ste,mcde-dsi"; - reg = <0xa0352000 0x1000>; - vana-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_ana_reg>; - clocks = <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_DSI1CLK>, <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_DSI1ESCCLK>; - clock-names = "hs", "lp"; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - }; - dsi2: dsi@a0353000 { - compatible = "ste,mcde-dsi"; - reg = <0xa0353000 0x1000>; - vana-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_ana_reg>; - /* This DSI port only has the Low Power / Energy Save clock */ - clocks = <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_DSI2ESCCLK>; - clock-names = "lp"; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ste,mcde.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ste,mcde.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..de0c678b3c29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ste,mcde.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/ste,mcde.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: ST-Ericsson Multi Channel Display Engine MCDE + +maintainers: + - Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> + +properties: + compatible: + const: ste,mcde + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + description: an array of the MCDE clocks + items: + - description: MCDECLK (main MCDE clock) + - description: LCDCLK (LCD clock) + - description: PLLDSI (HDMI clock) + + clock-names: + items: + - const: mcde + - const: lcd + - const: hdmi + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + + epod-supply: + description: a phandle to the EPOD regulator + + vana-supply: + description: a phandle to the analog voltage regulator + + port: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: + A DPI port node + + "#address-cells": + const: 1 + + "#size-cells": + const: 1 + + ranges: true + +patternProperties: + "^dsi@[0-9a-f]+$": + description: subnodes for the three DSI host adapters + type: object + allOf: + - $ref: dsi-controller.yaml# + properties: + compatible: + const: ste,mcde-dsi + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + vana-supply: + description: a phandle to the analog voltage regulator + + clocks: + description: phandles to the high speed and low power (energy save) clocks + the high speed clock is not present on the third (dsi2) block, so it + should only have the "lp" clock + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + + clock-names: + oneOf: + - items: + - const: hs + - const: lp + - items: + - const: lp + + required: + - compatible + - reg + - vana-supply + - clocks + - clock-names + + unevaluatedProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - clocks + - clock-names + - epod-supply + - vana-supply + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + #include <dt-bindings/mfd/dbx500-prcmu.h> + #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + + mcde@a0350000 { + compatible = "ste,mcde"; + reg = <0xa0350000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 48 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + epod-supply = <&db8500_b2r2_mcde_reg>; + vana-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_ana_reg>; + clocks = <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_MCDECLK>, + <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_LCDCLK>, + <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_PLLDSI>; + clock-names = "mcde", "lcd", "hdmi"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges; + + dsi0: dsi@a0351000 { + compatible = "ste,mcde-dsi"; + reg = <0xa0351000 0x1000>; + vana-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_ana_reg>; + clocks = <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_DSI0CLK>, <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_DSI0ESCCLK>; + clock-names = "hs", "lp"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + panel@0 { + compatible = "samsung,s6d16d0"; + reg = <0>; + vdd1-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_aux1_reg>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio2 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + }; + }; + + dsi1: dsi@a0352000 { + compatible = "ste,mcde-dsi"; + reg = <0xa0352000 0x1000>; + vana-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_ana_reg>; + clocks = <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_DSI1CLK>, <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_DSI1ESCCLK>; + clock-names = "hs", "lp"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + }; + + dsi2: dsi@a0353000 { + compatible = "ste,mcde-dsi"; + reg = <0xa0353000 0x1000>; + vana-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_ana_reg>; + /* This DSI port only has the Low Power / Energy Save clock */ + clocks = <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_DSI2ESCCLK>; + clock-names = "lp"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt index 34d993338453..8a6d3e1ee306 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt @@ -111,8 +111,8 @@ of the following host1x client modules: endpoint (required node) Required properties: - - data-lanes: an array of data lane from 1 to 4. Valid array - lengths are 1/2/4. + - data-lanes: an array of data lane from 1 to 8. Valid array + lengths are 1/2/4/8. - remote-endpoint: phandle to sensor 'endpoint' node. port@1 (required node) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ti/ti,am65x-dss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ti/ti,am65x-dss.yaml index 4dc30738ee57..781c1868b0b8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ti/ti,am65x-dss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ti/ti,am65x-dss.yaml @@ -74,30 +74,19 @@ properties: type: boolean ports: - type: object - description: - Ports as described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt - properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports + properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: The DSS OLDI output port node form video port 1 port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: The DSS DPI output port node from video port 2 - required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - ti,am65x-oldi-io-ctrl: $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array" maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ti/ti,j721e-dss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ti/ti,j721e-dss.yaml index c9a947d55fa4..2986f9acc9f0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ti/ti,j721e-dss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ti/ti,j721e-dss.yaml @@ -107,40 +107,29 @@ properties: type: boolean ports: - type: object - description: - Ports as described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt - properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports + properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: The output port node form video port 1 port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: The output port node from video port 2 port@2: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: The output port node from video port 3 port@3: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: The output port node from video port 4 - required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - max-memory-bandwidth: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ti/ti,k2g-dss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ti/ti,k2g-dss.yaml index 8f87b82c6695..7ce7bbad5780 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ti/ti,k2g-dss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ti/ti,k2g-dss.yaml @@ -54,9 +54,8 @@ properties: description: phandle to the associated power domain port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: - Port as described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt. The DSS DPI output port node max-memory-bandwidth: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ingenic,dma.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ingenic,dma.yaml index 6a2043721b95..ac4d59494fc8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ingenic,dma.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ingenic,dma.yaml @@ -17,6 +17,8 @@ properties: enum: - ingenic,jz4740-dma - ingenic,jz4725b-dma + - ingenic,jz4760-dma + - ingenic,jz4760b-dma - ingenic,jz4770-dma - ingenic,jz4780-dma - ingenic,x1000-dma diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/intel,ldma.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/intel,ldma.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a5c4be783593 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/intel,ldma.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/dma/intel,ldma.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Lightning Mountain centralized DMA controllers. + +maintainers: + - chuanhua.lei@intel.com + - mallikarjunax.reddy@intel.com + +allOf: + - $ref: "dma-controller.yaml#" + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - intel,lgm-cdma + - intel,lgm-dma2tx + - intel,lgm-dma1rx + - intel,lgm-dma1tx + - intel,lgm-dma0tx + - intel,lgm-dma3 + - intel,lgm-toe-dma30 + - intel,lgm-toe-dma31 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + "#dma-cells": + const: 3 + description: + The first cell is the peripheral's DMA request line. + The second cell is the peripheral's (port) number corresponding to the channel. + The third cell is the burst length of the channel. + + dma-channels: + minimum: 1 + maximum: 16 + + dma-channel-mask: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + + reset-names: + items: + - const: ctrl + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + intel,dma-poll-cnt: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: + DMA descriptor polling counter is used to control the poling mechanism + for the descriptor fetching for all channels. + + intel,dma-byte-en: + type: boolean + description: + DMA byte enable is only valid for DMA write(RX). + Byte enable(1) means DMA write will be based on the number of dwords + instead of the whole burst. + + intel,dma-drb: + type: boolean + description: + DMA descriptor read back to make sure data and desc synchronization. + + intel,dma-dburst-wr: + type: boolean + description: + Enable RX dynamic burst write. When it is enabled, the DMA does RX dynamic burst; + if it is disabled, the DMA RX will still support programmable fixed burst size of 2,4,8,16. + It only applies to RX DMA and memcopy DMA. + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + dma0: dma-controller@e0e00000 { + compatible = "intel,lgm-cdma"; + reg = <0xe0e00000 0x1000>; + #dma-cells = <3>; + dma-channels = <16>; + dma-channel-mask = <0xFFFF>; + interrupt-parent = <&ioapic1>; + interrupts = <82 1>; + resets = <&rcu0 0x30 0>; + reset-names = "ctrl"; + clocks = <&cgu0 80>; + intel,dma-poll-cnt = <4>; + intel,dma-byte-en; + intel,dma-drb; + }; + - | + dma3: dma-controller@ec800000 { + compatible = "intel,lgm-dma3"; + reg = <0xec800000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&cgu0 71>; + resets = <&rcu0 0x10 9>; + #dma-cells = <3>; + intel,dma-poll-cnt = <16>; + intel,dma-byte-en; + intel,dma-dburst-wr; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/owl-dma.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/owl-dma.yaml index 256d62af2c64..93b4847554fb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/owl-dma.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/owl-dma.yaml @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ title: Actions Semi Owl SoCs DMA controller description: | The OWL DMA is a general-purpose direct memory access controller capable of - supporting 10 and 12 independent DMA channels for S700 and S900 SoCs - respectively. + supporting 10 independent DMA channels for the Actions Semi S700 SoC and 12 + independent DMA channels for the S500 and S900 SoC variants. maintainers: - Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org> @@ -20,8 +20,9 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: enum: - - actions,s900-dma + - actions,s500-dma - actions,s700-dma + - actions,s900-dma reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.yaml index c07eb6f2fc8d..7f2a54bc732d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.yaml @@ -14,34 +14,37 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: - items: - - enum: - - renesas,dmac-r8a7742 # RZ/G1H - - renesas,dmac-r8a7743 # RZ/G1M - - renesas,dmac-r8a7744 # RZ/G1N - - renesas,dmac-r8a7745 # RZ/G1E - - renesas,dmac-r8a77470 # RZ/G1C - - renesas,dmac-r8a774a1 # RZ/G2M - - renesas,dmac-r8a774b1 # RZ/G2N - - renesas,dmac-r8a774c0 # RZ/G2E - - renesas,dmac-r8a774e1 # RZ/G2H - - renesas,dmac-r8a7790 # R-Car H2 - - renesas,dmac-r8a7791 # R-Car M2-W - - renesas,dmac-r8a7792 # R-Car V2H - - renesas,dmac-r8a7793 # R-Car M2-N - - renesas,dmac-r8a7794 # R-Car E2 - - renesas,dmac-r8a7795 # R-Car H3 - - renesas,dmac-r8a7796 # R-Car M3-W - - renesas,dmac-r8a77961 # R-Car M3-W+ - - renesas,dmac-r8a77965 # R-Car M3-N - - renesas,dmac-r8a77970 # R-Car V3M - - renesas,dmac-r8a77980 # R-Car V3H - - renesas,dmac-r8a77990 # R-Car E3 - - renesas,dmac-r8a77995 # R-Car D3 - - const: renesas,rcar-dmac - - reg: - maxItems: 1 + oneOf: + - items: + - enum: + - renesas,dmac-r8a7742 # RZ/G1H + - renesas,dmac-r8a7743 # RZ/G1M + - renesas,dmac-r8a7744 # RZ/G1N + - renesas,dmac-r8a7745 # RZ/G1E + - renesas,dmac-r8a77470 # RZ/G1C + - renesas,dmac-r8a774a1 # RZ/G2M + - renesas,dmac-r8a774b1 # RZ/G2N + - renesas,dmac-r8a774c0 # RZ/G2E + - renesas,dmac-r8a774e1 # RZ/G2H + - renesas,dmac-r8a7790 # R-Car H2 + - renesas,dmac-r8a7791 # R-Car M2-W + - renesas,dmac-r8a7792 # R-Car V2H + - renesas,dmac-r8a7793 # R-Car M2-N + - renesas,dmac-r8a7794 # R-Car E2 + - renesas,dmac-r8a7795 # R-Car H3 + - renesas,dmac-r8a7796 # R-Car M3-W + - renesas,dmac-r8a77961 # R-Car M3-W+ + - renesas,dmac-r8a77965 # R-Car M3-N + - renesas,dmac-r8a77970 # R-Car V3M + - renesas,dmac-r8a77980 # R-Car V3H + - renesas,dmac-r8a77990 # R-Car E3 + - renesas,dmac-r8a77995 # R-Car D3 + - const: renesas,rcar-dmac + + - items: + - const: renesas,dmac-r8a779a0 # R-Car V3U + + reg: true interrupts: minItems: 9 @@ -110,6 +113,23 @@ required: - power-domains - resets +if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - renesas,dmac-r8a779a0 +then: + properties: + reg: + items: + - description: Base register block + - description: Channel register block +else: + properties: + reg: + maxItems: 1 + additionalProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sirfsoc-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sirfsoc-dma.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ccd52d6a231a..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sirfsoc-dma.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -* CSR SiRFSoC DMA controller - -See dma.txt first - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "sirf,prima2-dmac", "sirf,atlas7-dmac" or - "sirf,atlas7-dmac-v2" -- reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length. -- interrupts: Should contain one interrupt shared by all channel -- #dma-cells: must be <1>. used to represent the number of integer - cells in the dmas property of client device. -- clocks: clock required - -Example: - -Controller: -dmac0: dma-controller@b00b0000 { - compatible = "sirf,prima2-dmac"; - reg = <0xb00b0000 0x10000>; - interrupts = <12>; - clocks = <&clks 24>; - #dma-cells = <1>; -}; - - -Client: -Fill the specific dma request line in dmas. In the below example, spi0 read -channel request line is 9 of the 2nd dma controller, while write channel uses -4 of the 2nd dma controller; spi1 read channel request line is 12 of the 1st -dma controller, while write channel uses 13 of the 1st dma controller: - -spi0: spi@b00d0000 { - compatible = "sirf,prima2-spi"; - dmas = <&dmac1 9>, - <&dmac1 4>; - dma-names = "rx", "tx"; -}; - -spi1: spi@b0170000 { - compatible = "sirf,prima2-spi"; - dmas = <&dmac0 12>, - <&dmac0 13>; - dma-names = "rx", "tx"; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps,dw-axi-dmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps,dw-axi-dmac.txt deleted file mode 100644 index dbe160400adc..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps,dw-axi-dmac.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -Synopsys DesignWare AXI DMA Controller - -Required properties: -- compatible: "snps,axi-dma-1.01a" -- reg: Address range of the DMAC registers. This should include - all of the per-channel registers. -- interrupt: Should contain the DMAC interrupt number. -- dma-channels: Number of channels supported by hardware. -- snps,dma-masters: Number of AXI masters supported by the hardware. -- snps,data-width: Maximum AXI data width supported by hardware. - (0 - 8bits, 1 - 16bits, 2 - 32bits, ..., 6 - 512bits) -- snps,priority: Priority of channel. Array size is equal to the number of - dma-channels. Priority value must be programmed within [0:dma-channels-1] - range. (0 - minimum priority) -- snps,block-size: Maximum block size supported by the controller channel. - Array size is equal to the number of dma-channels. - -Optional properties: -- snps,axi-max-burst-len: Restrict master AXI burst length by value specified - in this property. If this property is missing the maximum AXI burst length - supported by DMAC is used. [1:256] - -Example: - -dmac: dma-controller@80000 { - compatible = "snps,axi-dma-1.01a"; - reg = <0x80000 0x400>; - clocks = <&core_clk>, <&cfgr_clk>; - clock-names = "core-clk", "cfgr-clk"; - interrupt-parent = <&intc>; - interrupts = <27>; - - dma-channels = <4>; - snps,dma-masters = <2>; - snps,data-width = <3>; - snps,block-size = <4096 4096 4096 4096>; - snps,priority = <0 1 2 3>; - snps,axi-max-burst-len = <16>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps,dw-axi-dmac.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps,dw-axi-dmac.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..79e241498e25 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps,dw-axi-dmac.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/dma/snps,dw-axi-dmac.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Synopsys DesignWare AXI DMA Controller + +maintainers: + - Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com> + - Jee Heng Sia <jee.heng.sia@intel.com> + +description: + Synopsys DesignWare AXI DMA Controller DT Binding + +allOf: + - $ref: "dma-controller.yaml#" + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - snps,axi-dma-1.01a + - intel,kmb-axi-dma + + reg: + minItems: 1 + items: + - description: Address range of the DMAC registers + - description: Address range of the DMAC APB registers + + reg-names: + items: + - const: axidma_ctrl_regs + - const: axidma_apb_regs + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: Bus Clock + - description: Module Clock + + clock-names: + items: + - const: core-clk + - const: cfgr-clk + + '#dma-cells': + const: 1 + + dma-channels: + minimum: 1 + maximum: 8 + + snps,dma-masters: + description: | + Number of AXI masters supported by the hardware. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [1, 2] + + snps,data-width: + description: | + AXI data width supported by hardware. + (0 - 8bits, 1 - 16bits, 2 - 32bits, ..., 6 - 512bits) + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] + + snps,priority: + description: | + Channel priority specifier associated with the DMA channels. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 8 + + snps,block-size: + description: | + Channel block size specifier associated with the DMA channels. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 8 + + snps,axi-max-burst-len: + description: | + Restrict master AXI burst length by value specified in this property. + If this property is missing the maximum AXI burst length supported by + DMAC is used. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 256 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - clock-names + - interrupts + - '#dma-cells' + - dma-channels + - snps,dma-masters + - snps,data-width + - snps,priority + - snps,block-size + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + /* example with snps,dw-axi-dmac */ + dmac: dma-controller@80000 { + compatible = "snps,axi-dma-1.01a"; + reg = <0x80000 0x400>; + clocks = <&core_clk>, <&cfgr_clk>; + clock-names = "core-clk", "cfgr-clk"; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + interrupts = <27>; + #dma-cells = <1>; + dma-channels = <4>; + snps,dma-masters = <2>; + snps,data-width = <3>; + snps,block-size = <4096 4096 4096 4096>; + snps,priority = <0 1 2 3>; + snps,axi-max-burst-len = <16>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-coh901318.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-coh901318.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 091ad057e9cf..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-coh901318.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -ST-Ericsson COH 901 318 DMA Controller - -This is a DMA controller which has begun as a fork of the -ARM PL08x PrimeCell VHDL code. - -Required properties: -- compatible: should be "stericsson,coh901318" -- reg: register locations and length -- interrupts: the single DMA IRQ -- #dma-cells: must be set to <1>, as the channels on the - COH 901 318 are simple and identified by a single number -- dma-channels: the number of DMA channels handled - -Example: - -dmac: dma-controller@c00020000 { - compatible = "stericsson,coh901318"; - reg = <0xc0020000 0x1000>; - interrupt-parent = <&vica>; - interrupts = <2>; - #dma-cells = <1>; - dma-channels = <40>; -}; - -Consumers example: - -uart0: serial@c0013000 { - compatible = "..."; - (...) - dmas = <&dmac 17 &dmac 18>; - dma-names = "tx", "rx"; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-bcdma.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-bcdma.yaml index b15f68c499cb..df29d59d13a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-bcdma.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-bcdma.yaml @@ -1,4 +1,6 @@ # SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (C) 2020 Texas Instruments Incorporated +# Author: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com> %YAML 1.2 --- $id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/dma/ti/k3-bcdma.yaml# @@ -7,7 +9,7 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Texas Instruments K3 DMSS BCDMA Device Tree Bindings maintainers: - - Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com> + - Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@gmail.com> description: | The Block Copy DMA (BCDMA) is intended to perform similar functions as the TR diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-pktdma.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-pktdma.yaml index b13ab60cd740..ea19d12a9337 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-pktdma.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-pktdma.yaml @@ -1,4 +1,6 @@ # SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (C) 2020 Texas Instruments Incorporated +# Author: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com> %YAML 1.2 --- $id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/dma/ti/k3-pktdma.yaml# @@ -7,7 +9,7 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Texas Instruments K3 DMSS PKTDMA Device Tree Bindings maintainers: - - Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com> + - Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@gmail.com> description: | The Packet DMA (PKTDMA) is intended to perform similar functions as the packet diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-udma.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-udma.yaml index 9a87fd9041eb..6a09bbf83d46 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-udma.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ti/k3-udma.yaml @@ -1,4 +1,6 @@ # SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (C) 2019 Texas Instruments Incorporated +# Author: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com> %YAML 1.2 --- $id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/dma/ti/k3-udma.yaml# @@ -7,7 +9,7 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Texas Instruments K3 NAVSS Unified DMA Device Tree Bindings maintainers: - - Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com> + - Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@gmail.com> description: | The UDMA-P is intended to perform similar (but significantly upgraded) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/zxdma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/zxdma.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 0ab80f69e566..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/zxdma.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -* ZTE ZX296702 DMA controller - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "zte,zx296702-dma" -- reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length. -- interrupts: Should contain one interrupt shared by all channel -- #dma-cells: see dma.txt, should be 1, para number -- dma-channels: physical channels supported -- dma-requests: virtual channels supported, each virtual channel - have specific request line -- clocks: clock required - -Example: - -Controller: - dma: dma-controller@09c00000{ - compatible = "zte,zx296702-dma"; - reg = <0x09c00000 0x1000>; - clocks = <&topclk ZX296702_DMA_ACLK>; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 66 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - #dma-cells = <1>; - dma-channels = <24>; - dma-requests = <24>; - }; - -Client: -Use specific request line passing from dmax -For example, spdif0 tx channel request line is 4 - spdif0: spdif0@b004000 { - #sound-dai-cells = <0>; - compatible = "zte,zx296702-spdif"; - reg = <0x0b004000 0x1000>; - clocks = <&lsp0clk ZX296702_SPDIF0_DIV>; - clock-names = "tx"; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 21 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - dmas = <&dma 4>; - dma-names = "tx"; - } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dsp/fsl,dsp.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dsp/fsl,dsp.yaml index 4cc011230153..7afc9f2be13a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dsp/fsl,dsp.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dsp/fsl,dsp.yaml @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ properties: - fsl,imx8mp-dsp reg: - description: Should contain register location and length + maxItems: 1 clocks: items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.yaml index d5117c638b75..021d8ae42da3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.yaml @@ -96,9 +96,6 @@ properties: # These are special cases that don't conform to the above pattern. # Each requires a standard at24 model as fallback. - items: - - const: rohm,br24t01 - - const: atmel,24c01 - - items: - const: nxp,se97b - const: atmel,24c02 - items: @@ -113,6 +110,12 @@ properties: - items: - const: renesas,r1ex24128 - const: atmel,24c128 + - items: + - const: rohm,br24g01 + - const: atmel,24c01 + - items: + - const: rohm,br24t01 + - const: atmel,24c01 label: description: Descriptive name of the EEPROM. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at25.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at25.yaml index 121a601db22e..6a2dc8b3ed14 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at25.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at25.yaml @@ -39,8 +39,7 @@ properties: - const: atmel,at25 reg: - description: - Chip select number. + maxItems: 1 spi-max-frequency: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-ptn5150.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-ptn5150.yaml index 4b0f414486d2..d5cfa32ea52d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-ptn5150.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-ptn5150.yaml @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ properties: const: nxp,ptn5150 int-gpios: + maxItems: 1 deprecated: true description: GPIO pin (input) connected to the PTN5150's INTB pin. @@ -31,6 +32,7 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 vbus-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO pin (output) used to control VBUS. If skipped, no such control takes place. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/wlf,arizona.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/wlf,arizona.yaml index 5fe784f487c5..efdf59abb2e1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/wlf,arizona.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/wlf,arizona.yaml @@ -85,7 +85,6 @@ properties: wlf,micd-timeout-ms: description: Timeout for microphone detection, specified in milliseconds. - $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32" wlf,micd-force-micbias: description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt index 78456437df5f..a884955f861e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt @@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ Required properties: * "qcom,scm-sc7180" * "qcom,scm-sdm845" * "qcom,scm-sm8150" + * "qcom,scm-sm8250" + * "qcom,scm-sm8350" and: * "qcom,scm" - clocks: Specifies clocks needed by the SCM interface, if any: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-atlas7.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-atlas7.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d7e123fc90b5..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-atlas7.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -CSR SiRFatlas7 GPIO controller bindings - -Required properties: -- compatible : "sirf,atlas7-gpio" -- reg : Address range of the pinctrl registers -- interrupts : Interrupts used by every GPIO group -- gpio-banks : How many gpio banks on this controller -- gpio-controller : Indicates this device is a GPIO controller -- interrupt-controller : Marks the device node as an interrupt controller - -The GPIO controller also acts as an interrupt controller. It uses the default -two cells specifier as described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ -interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt. - -Example: - - gpio_0: gpio_mediam@17040000 { - compatible = "sirf,atlas7-gpio"; - reg = <0x17040000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <0 13 0>, <0 14 0>; - - #gpio-cells = <2>; - #interrupt-cells = <2>; - - gpio-controller; - interrupt-controller; - - gpio-banks = <2>; - gpio-ranges = <&pinctrl 0 0 0>, - <&pinctrl 32 0 0>; - gpio-ranges-group-names = "lvds_gpio_grp", - "uart_nand_gpio_grp"; - }; - - leds { - compatible = "gpio-leds"; - - led1 { - gpios = <&gpio_1 15 0>; - ... - }; - - led2 { - gpios = <&gpio_2 34 0>; - ... - }; - }; - -Please refer to gpio.txt in this directory for details of the common -gpio properties used by devices. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt index cd91d61eac31..696ea46227d1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Required Properties: "ti,k2g-gpio", "ti,keystone-gpio": for 66AK2G "ti,am654-gpio", "ti,keystone-gpio": for TI K3 AM654 "ti,j721e-gpio", "ti,keystone-gpio": for J721E SoCs + "ti,am64-gpio", "ti,keystone-gpio": for AM64 SoCs - reg: Physical base address of the controller and the size of memory mapped registers. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca95xx.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca95xx.yaml index f5ee23c2df60..b6a6e742b66d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca95xx.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca95xx.yaml @@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ properties: - maxim,max7327 - nxp,pca6416 - nxp,pca9505 + - nxp,pca9506 - nxp,pca9534 - nxp,pca9535 - nxp,pca9536 @@ -70,7 +71,7 @@ properties: gpio-line-names: minItems: 1 - maxItems: 32 + maxItems: 40 interrupts: maxItems: 1 @@ -81,6 +82,7 @@ properties: const: 2 reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO specification for the RESET input. This is an active low signal to the PCA953x. Not valid for Maxim MAX732x devices. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-stericsson-coh901.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-stericsson-coh901.txt deleted file mode 100644 index fd665b44d767..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-stericsson-coh901.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -ST-Ericsson COH 901 571/3 GPIO controller - -Required properties: -- compatible: Compatible property value should be "stericsson,gpio-coh901" -- reg: Physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped - region. -- interrupts: the 0...n interrupts assigned to the different GPIO ports/banks. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.yaml index 4db3b8a3332c..9cf6137dd524 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.yaml @@ -82,8 +82,7 @@ properties: '#gpio-cells': const: 2 - gpio-ranges: - maxItems: 1 + gpio-ranges: true interrupts: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mstar,msc313-gpio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mstar,msc313-gpio.yaml index 1f2ef408bb43..fe1e1c63ffe3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mstar,msc313-gpio.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mstar,msc313-gpio.yaml @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ examples: #include <dt-bindings/gpio/msc313-gpio.h> gpio: gpio@207800 { - compatible = "mstar,msc313e-gpio"; + compatible = "mstar,msc313-gpio"; #gpio-cells = <2>; reg = <0x207800 0x200>; gpio-controller; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,rcar-gpio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,rcar-gpio.yaml index 5026662e4508..f2541739ee3b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,rcar-gpio.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,rcar-gpio.yaml @@ -48,6 +48,9 @@ properties: - renesas,gpio-r8a77995 # R-Car D3 - const: renesas,rcar-gen3-gpio # R-Car Gen3 or RZ/G2 + - items: + - const: renesas,gpio-r8a779a0 # R-Car V3U + reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/sifive,gpio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/sifive,gpio.yaml index a0efd8dc2538..c2902aac2514 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/sifive,gpio.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/sifive,gpio.yaml @@ -13,7 +13,10 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: items: - - const: sifive,fu540-c000-gpio + - enum: + - sifive,fu540-c000-gpio + - sifive,fu740-c000-gpio + - canaan,k210-gpiohs - const: sifive,gpio0 reg: @@ -21,9 +24,9 @@ properties: interrupts: description: - interrupt mapping one per GPIO. Maximum 16 GPIOs. + Interrupt mapping, one per GPIO. Maximum 32 GPIOs. minItems: 1 - maxItems: 16 + maxItems: 32 interrupt-controller: true @@ -36,6 +39,14 @@ properties: "#gpio-cells": const: 2 + ngpios: + description: + The number of GPIOs available on the controller implementation. + It is 16 for the SiFive SoCs and 32 for the Canaan K210. + minimum: 1 + maximum: 32 + default: 16 + gpio-controller: true required: @@ -44,10 +55,20 @@ required: - interrupts - interrupt-controller - "#interrupt-cells" - - clocks - "#gpio-cells" - gpio-controller +if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - sifive,fu540-c000-gpio + - sifive,fu740-c000-gpio +then: + required: + - clocks + additionalProperties: false examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/toshiba,gpio-visconti.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/toshiba,gpio-visconti.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9ad470e01953 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/toshiba,gpio-visconti.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/gpio/toshiba,gpio-visconti.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Toshiba Visconti ARM SoCs GPIO controller + +maintainers: + - Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro1.iwamatsu@toshiba.co.jp> + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - const: toshiba,gpio-tmpv7708 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + "#gpio-cells": + const: 2 + + gpio-ranges: true + + gpio-controller: true + + interrupt-controller: true + + "#interrupt-cells": + const: 2 + + interrupts: + description: + interrupt mapping one per GPIO. + minItems: 16 + maxItems: 16 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - "#gpio-cells" + - gpio-ranges + - gpio-controller + - interrupt-controller + - "#interrupt-cells" + - interrupt-parent + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + + soc { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + + gpio: gpio@28020000 { + compatible = "toshiba,gpio-tmpv7708"; + reg = <0 0x28020000 0 0x1000>; + #gpio-cells = <0x2>; + gpio-ranges = <&pmux 0 0 32>; + gpio-controller; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/zx296702-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/zx296702-gpio.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 0dab156fcf41..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/zx296702-gpio.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -ZTE ZX296702 GPIO controller - -Required properties: -- compatible : "zte,zx296702-gpio" -- #gpio-cells : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and the - second cell is used to specify optional parameters: - - bit 0 specifies polarity (0 for normal, 1 for inverted) -- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. -- interrupts : Interrupt mapping for GPIO IRQ. -- gpio-ranges : Interaction with the PINCTRL subsystem. - -gpio1: gpio@b008040 { - compatible = "zte,zx296702-gpio"; - reg = <0xb008040 0x40>; - gpio-controller; - #gpio-cells = <2>; - gpio-ranges = < &pmx0 0 54 2 &pmx0 2 59 14>; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 26 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - interrupt-parent = <&intc>; - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <2>; - clock-names = "gpio_pclk"; - clocks = <&lsp0clk ZX296702_GPIO_CLK>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/brcm,bcm-v3d.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/brcm,bcm-v3d.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b2df82b44625..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/brcm,bcm-v3d.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -Broadcom V3D GPU - -Only the Broadcom V3D 3.x and newer GPUs are covered by this binding. -For V3D 2.x, see brcm,bcm-vc4.txt. - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "brcm,7268-v3d" or "brcm,7278-v3d" -- reg: Physical base addresses and lengths of the register areas -- reg-names: Names for the register areas. The "hub" and "core0" - register areas are always required. The "gca" register area - is required if the GCA cache controller is present. The - "bridge" register area is required if an external reset - controller is not present. -- interrupts: The interrupt numbers. The first interrupt is for the hub, - while the following interrupts are separate interrupt lines - for the cores (if they don't share the hub's interrupt). - See bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt - -Optional properties: -- clocks: The core clock the unit runs on -- resets: The reset line for v3d, if not using a mapping of the bridge - See bindings/reset/reset.txt - -v3d { - compatible = "brcm,7268-v3d"; - reg = <0xf1204000 0x100>, - <0xf1200000 0x4000>, - <0xf1208000 0x4000>, - <0xf1204100 0x100>; - reg-names = "bridge", "hub", "core0", "gca"; - interrupts = <0 78 4>, - <0 77 4>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/brcm,bcm-v3d.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/brcm,bcm-v3d.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9d72264fa90a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/brcm,bcm-v3d.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/gpu/brcm,bcm-v3d.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Broadcom V3D GPU Bindings + +maintainers: + - Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net> + - Nicolas Saenz Julienne <nsaenzjulienne@suse.de> + +properties: + $nodename: + pattern: '^gpu@[a-f0-9]+$' + + compatible: + enum: + - brcm,7268-v3d + - brcm,7278-v3d + + reg: + items: + - description: hub register (required) + - description: core0 register (required) + - description: GCA cache controller register (if GCA controller present) + - description: bridge register (if no external reset controller) + minItems: 2 + + reg-names: + items: + - const: hub + - const: core0 + - enum: [ bridge, gca ] + - enum: [ bridge, gca ] + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 4 + + interrupts: + items: + - description: hub interrupt (required) + - description: core interrupts (if it doesn't share the hub's interrupt) + minItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - reg-names + - interrupts + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + gpu@f1200000 { + compatible = "brcm,7268-v3d"; + reg = <0xf1200000 0x4000>, + <0xf1208000 0x4000>, + <0xf1204000 0x100>, + <0xf1204100 0x100>; + reg-names = "hub", "core0", "bridge", "gca"; + interrupts = <0 78 4>, + <0 77 4>; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt index 0415e2c53ba0..14733b5cb61e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt @@ -1,128 +1 @@ -Common bindings for device graphs - -General concept ---------------- - -The hierarchical organisation of the device tree is well suited to describe -control flow to devices, but there can be more complex connections between -devices that work together to form a logical compound device, following an -arbitrarily complex graph. -There already is a simple directed graph between devices tree nodes using -phandle properties pointing to other nodes to describe connections that -can not be inferred from device tree parent-child relationships. The device -tree graph bindings described herein abstract more complex devices that can -have multiple specifiable ports, each of which can be linked to one or more -ports of other devices. - -These common bindings do not contain any information about the direction or -type of the connections, they just map their existence. Specific properties -may be described by specialized bindings depending on the type of connection. - -To see how this binding applies to video pipelines, for example, see -Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. -Here the ports describe data interfaces, and the links between them are -the connecting data buses. A single port with multiple connections can -correspond to multiple devices being connected to the same physical bus. - -Organisation of ports and endpoints ------------------------------------ - -Ports are described by child 'port' nodes contained in the device node. -Each port node contains an 'endpoint' subnode for each remote device port -connected to this port. If a single port is connected to more than one -remote device, an 'endpoint' child node must be provided for each link. -If more than one port is present in a device node or there is more than one -endpoint at a port, or a port node needs to be associated with a selected -hardware interface, a common scheme using '#address-cells', '#size-cells' -and 'reg' properties is used to number the nodes. - -device { - ... - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - port@0 { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - reg = <0>; - - endpoint@0 { - reg = <0>; - ... - }; - endpoint@1 { - reg = <1>; - ... - }; - }; - - port@1 { - reg = <1>; - - endpoint { ... }; - }; -}; - -All 'port' nodes can be grouped under an optional 'ports' node, which -allows to specify #address-cells, #size-cells properties for the 'port' -nodes independently from any other child device nodes a device might -have. - -device { - ... - ports { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - port@0 { - ... - endpoint@0 { ... }; - endpoint@1 { ... }; - }; - - port@1 { ... }; - }; -}; - -Links between endpoints ------------------------ - -Each endpoint should contain a 'remote-endpoint' phandle property that points -to the corresponding endpoint in the port of the remote device. In turn, the -remote endpoint should contain a 'remote-endpoint' property. If it has one, it -must not point to anything other than the local endpoint. Two endpoints with -their 'remote-endpoint' phandles pointing at each other form a link between the -containing ports. - -device-1 { - port { - device_1_output: endpoint { - remote-endpoint = <&device_2_input>; - }; - }; -}; - -device-2 { - port { - device_2_input: endpoint { - remote-endpoint = <&device_1_output>; - }; - }; -}; - -Required properties -------------------- - -If there is more than one 'port' or more than one 'endpoint' node or 'reg' -property present in the port and/or endpoint nodes then the following -properties are required in a relevant parent node: - - - #address-cells : number of cells required to define port/endpoint - identifier, should be 1. - - #size-cells : should be zero. - -Optional endpoint properties ----------------------------- - -- remote-endpoint: phandle to an 'endpoint' subnode of a remote device node. - +This file has moved to graph.yaml in dt-schema repo diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/ti,omap-hwspinlock.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/ti,omap-hwspinlock.yaml index ac35491a6f65..ae1b37dbee75 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/ti,omap-hwspinlock.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/ti,omap-hwspinlock.yaml @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ properties: compatible: enum: - ti,omap4-hwspinlock # for OMAP44xx, OMAP54xx, AM33xx, AM43xx, DRA7xx SoCs + - ti,am64-hwspinlock # for K3 AM64x SoCs - ti,am654-hwspinlock # for K3 AM65x, J721E and J7200 SoCs reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adi,ltc2947.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adi,ltc2947.yaml index eef614962b10..bf04151b63d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adi,ltc2947.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adi,ltc2947.yaml @@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ properties: description: This property controls the Accumulation Dead band which allows to set the level of current below which no accumulation takes place. - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 maximum: 255 default: 0 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/baikal,bt1-pvt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/baikal,bt1-pvt.yaml index 00a6511354e6..5d3ce641fcde 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/baikal,bt1-pvt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/baikal,bt1-pvt.yaml @@ -73,11 +73,9 @@ properties: description: | Temperature sensor trimming factor. It can be used to manually adjust the temperature measurements within 7.130 degrees Celsius. - maxItems: 1 - items: - default: 0 - minimum: 0 - maximum: 7130 + default: 0 + minimum: 0 + maximum: 7130 additionalProperties: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ti,tmp513.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ti,tmp513.yaml index 8020d739a078..1502b22c77cc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ti,tmp513.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ti,tmp513.yaml @@ -52,7 +52,6 @@ properties: ti,bus-range-microvolt: description: | This is the operating range of the bus voltage in microvolt - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 enum: [16000000, 32000000] default: 32000000 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ti,tps23861.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ti,tps23861.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3bc8e73dfbf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ti,tps23861.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- + +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/hwmon/ti,tps23861.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: TI TPS23861 PoE PSE + +maintainers: + - Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr> + +description: | + The TPS23861 is a IEEE 802.3at Quad Port Power-over-Ethernet PSE Controller. + + Datasheets: + https://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tps23861 + + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - ti,tps23861 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + shunt-resistor-micro-ohms: + description: The value of curent sense resistor in microohms. + default: 255000 + minimum: 250000 + maximum: 255000 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + tps23861@30 { + compatible = "ti,tps23861"; + reg = <0x30>; + shunt-resistor-micro-ohms = <255000>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-gpio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-gpio.yaml index cc3aa2a5e70b..ff99344788ab 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-gpio.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-gpio.yaml @@ -39,11 +39,9 @@ properties: i2c-gpio,delay-us: description: delay between GPIO operations (may depend on each platform) - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 i2c-gpio,timeout-ms: description: timeout to get data - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 # Deprecated properties, do not use in new device tree sources: gpios: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sirf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sirf.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 2701eefb00f7..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sirf.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -I2C for SiRFprimaII platforms - -Required properties : -- compatible : Must be "sirf,prima2-i2c" -- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped - region. -- interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu. - -Optional properties: -- clock-frequency : Constains desired I2C/HS-I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. - The absence of the property indicates the default frequency 100 kHz. - -Examples : - -i2c0: i2c@b00e0000 { - compatible = "sirf,prima2-i2c"; - reg = <0xb00e0000 0x10000>; - interrupts = <24>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-stu300.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-stu300.txt deleted file mode 100644 index bd81a482634f..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-stu300.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -ST Microelectronics DDC I2C - -Required properties : -- compatible : Must be "st,ddci2c" -- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped - region. -- interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu. -- #address-cells = <1>; -- #size-cells = <0>; - -Optional properties: -- Child nodes conforming to i2c bus binding - -Examples : - diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-zx2967.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-zx2967.txt deleted file mode 100644 index cb806d1ae4c9..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-zx2967.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -ZTE zx2967 I2C controller - -Required properties: - - compatible: must be "zte,zx296718-i2c" - - reg: physical address and length of the device registers - - interrupts: a single interrupt specifier - - clocks: clock for the device - - #address-cells: should be <1> - - #size-cells: should be <0> - - clock-frequency: the desired I2C bus clock frequency. - -Examples: - - i2c@112000 { - compatible = "zte,zx296718-i2c"; - reg = <0x00112000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 112 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - clocks = <&osc24m>; - #address-cells = <1> - #size-cells = <0>; - clock-frequency = <1600000>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/marvell,mv64xxx-i2c.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/marvell,mv64xxx-i2c.yaml index 5b5ae402f97a..eb72dd571def 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/marvell,mv64xxx-i2c.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/marvell,mv64xxx-i2c.yaml @@ -18,21 +18,14 @@ properties: - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10-i2c - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-i2c - items: - - const: allwinner,sun8i-a23-i2c + - enum: + - allwinner,sun8i-a23-i2c + - allwinner,sun8i-a83t-i2c + - allwinner,sun50i-a64-i2c + - allwinner,sun50i-a100-i2c + - allwinner,sun50i-h6-i2c + - allwinner,sun50i-h616-i2c - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-i2c - - items: - - const: allwinner,sun8i-a83t-i2c - - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-i2c - - items: - - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64-i2c - - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-i2c - - items: - - const: allwinner,sun50i-a100-i2c - - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-i2c - - items: - - const: allwinner,sun50i-h6-i2c - - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-i2c - - const: marvell,mv64xxx-i2c - const: marvell,mv78230-i2c - const: marvell,mv78230-a0-i2c diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nuvoton,npcm7xx-i2c.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nuvoton,npcm7xx-i2c.yaml index e3ef2d36f372..128444942aec 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nuvoton,npcm7xx-i2c.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nuvoton,npcm7xx-i2c.yaml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - const: nuvoton,npcm7xx-i2c + const: nuvoton,npcm750-i2c reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/renesas,i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/renesas,i2c.txt index 96d869ac3839..5762d2d1ab9c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/renesas,i2c.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/renesas,i2c.txt @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ Required properties: "renesas,i2c-r8a77980" if the device is a part of a R8A77980 SoC. "renesas,i2c-r8a77990" if the device is a part of a R8A77990 SoC. "renesas,i2c-r8a77995" if the device is a part of a R8A77995 SoC. + "renesas,i2c-r8a779a0" if the device is a part of a R8A779A0 SoC. "renesas,rcar-gen1-i2c" for a generic R-Car Gen1 compatible device. "renesas,rcar-gen2-i2c" for a generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1 compatible device. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/snps,designware-i2c.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/snps,designware-i2c.yaml index c22b66b6219e..d9293c57f573 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/snps,designware-i2c.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/snps,designware-i2c.yaml @@ -66,21 +66,18 @@ properties: default: 400000 i2c-sda-hold-time-ns: - maxItems: 1 description: | The property should contain the SDA hold time in nanoseconds. This option is only supported in hardware blocks version 1.11a or newer or on Microsemi SoCs. i2c-scl-falling-time-ns: - maxItems: 1 description: | The property should contain the SCL falling time in nanoseconds. This value is used to compute the tLOW period. default: 300 i2c-sda-falling-time-ns: - maxItems: 1 description: | The property should contain the SDA falling time in nanoseconds. This value is used to compute the tHIGH period. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4ffe059f0fec..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,140 +0,0 @@ -Generic device tree bindings for I3C busses -=========================================== - -This document describes generic bindings that should be used to describe I3C -busses in a device tree. - -Required properties -------------------- - -- #address-cells - should be <3>. Read more about addresses below. -- #size-cells - should be <0>. -- compatible - name of the I3C master controller driving the I3C bus - -For other required properties e.g. to describe register sets, -clocks, etc. check the binding documentation of the specific driver. -The node describing an I3C bus should be named i3c-master. - -Optional properties -------------------- - -These properties may not be supported by all I3C master drivers. Each I3C -master bindings should specify which of them are supported. - -- i3c-scl-hz: frequency of the SCL signal used for I3C transfers. - When undefined the core sets it to 12.5MHz. - -- i2c-scl-hz: frequency of the SCL signal used for I2C transfers. - When undefined, the core looks at LVR (Legacy Virtual Register) - values of I2C devices described in the device tree to determine - the maximum I2C frequency. - -I2C devices -=========== - -Each I2C device connected to the bus should be described in a subnode. All -properties described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c.txt are -valid here, but several new properties have been added. - -New constraint on existing properties: --------------------------------------- -- reg: contains 3 cells - + first cell : still encoding the I2C address. 10 bit addressing is not - supported. Devices with 10 bit address can't be properly passed through - DEFSLVS command. - - + second cell: shall be 0 - - + third cell: shall encode the I3C LVR (Legacy Virtual Register) - bit[31:8]: unused/ignored - bit[7:5]: I2C device index. Possible values - * 0: I2C device has a 50 ns spike filter - * 1: I2C device does not have a 50 ns spike filter but supports high - frequency on SCL - * 2: I2C device does not have a 50 ns spike filter and is not tolerant - to high frequencies - * 3-7: reserved - - bit[4]: tell whether the device operates in FM (Fast Mode) or FM+ mode - * 0: FM+ mode - * 1: FM mode - - bit[3:0]: device type - * 0-15: reserved - -The I2C node unit-address should always match the first cell of the reg -property: <device-type>@<i2c-address>. - -I3C devices -=========== - -All I3C devices are supposed to support DAA (Dynamic Address Assignment), and -are thus discoverable. So, by default, I3C devices do not have to be described -in the device tree. -This being said, one might want to attach extra resources to these devices, -and those resources may have to be described in the device tree, which in turn -means we have to describe I3C devices. - -Another use case for describing an I3C device in the device tree is when this -I3C device has a static I2C address and we want to assign it a specific I3C -dynamic address before the DAA takes place (so that other devices on the bus -can't take this dynamic address). - -The I3C device should be names <device-type>@<static-i2c-address>,<i3c-pid>, -where device-type is describing the type of device connected on the bus -(gpio-controller, sensor, ...). - -Required properties -------------------- -- reg: contains 3 cells - + first cell : encodes the static I2C address. Should be 0 if the device does - not have one (0 is not a valid I2C address). - - + second and third cells: should encode the ProvisionalID. The second cell - contains the manufacturer ID left-shifted by 1. - The third cell contains ORing of the part ID - left-shifted by 16, the instance ID left-shifted - by 12 and the extra information. This encoding is - following the PID definition provided by the I3C - specification. - -Optional properties -------------------- -- assigned-address: dynamic address to be assigned to this device. This - property is only valid if the I3C device has a static - address (first cell of the reg property != 0). - - -Example: - - i3c-master@d040000 { - compatible = "cdns,i3c-master"; - clocks = <&coreclock>, <&i3csysclock>; - clock-names = "pclk", "sysclk"; - interrupts = <3 0>; - reg = <0x0d040000 0x1000>; - #address-cells = <3>; - #size-cells = <0>; - i2c-scl-hz = <100000>; - - /* I2C device. */ - nunchuk: nunchuk@52 { - compatible = "nintendo,nunchuk"; - reg = <0x52 0x0 0x10>; - }; - - /* I3C device with a static I2C address. */ - thermal_sensor: sensor@68,39200144004 { - reg = <0x68 0x392 0x144004>; - assigned-address = <0xa>; - }; - - /* - * I3C device without a static I2C address but requiring - * resources described in the DT. - */ - sensor@0,39200154004 { - reg = <0x0 0x392 0x154004>; - clocks = <&clock_provider 0>; - }; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..52042aa44d19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/i3c/i3c.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: I3C bus binding + +maintainers: + - Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com> + - Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com> + +description: | + I3C busses can be described with a node for the primary I3C controller device + and a set of child nodes for each I2C or I3C slave on the bus. Each of them + may, during the life of the bus, request mastership. + +properties: + $nodename: + pattern: "^i3c-master@[0-9a-f]+$" + + "#address-cells": + const: 3 + description: | + Each I2C device connected to the bus should be described in a subnode. + + All I3C devices are supposed to support DAA (Dynamic Address Assignment), + and are thus discoverable. So, by default, I3C devices do not have to be + described in the device tree. This being said, one might want to attach + extra resources to these devices, and those resources may have to be + described in the device tree, which in turn means we have to describe + I3C devices. + + Another use case for describing an I3C device in the device tree is when + this I3C device has a static I2C address and we want to assign it a + specific I3C dynamic address before the DAA takes place (so that other + devices on the bus can't take this dynamic address). + + "#size-cells": + const: 0 + + i3c-scl-hz: + description: | + Frequency of the SCL signal used for I3C transfers. When undefined, the + default value should be 12.5MHz. + + May not be supported by all controllers. + + i2c-scl-hz: + description: | + Frequency of the SCL signal used for I2C transfers. When undefined, the + default should be to look at LVR (Legacy Virtual Register) values of + I2C devices described in the device tree to determine the maximum I2C + frequency. + + May not be supported by all controllers. + +required: + - "#address-cells" + - "#size-cells" + +patternProperties: + "@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + description: | + I2C child, should be named: <device-type>@<i2c-address> + + All properties described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c.txt + are valid here, except the reg property whose content is changed. + + properties: + compatible: + description: + Compatible of the I2C device. + + reg: + items: + - items: + - description: | + I2C address. 10 bit addressing is not supported. Devices with + 10-bit address can't be properly passed through DEFSLVS + command. + minimum: 0 + maximum: 0x7f + - const: 0 + - description: | + Shall encode the I3C LVR (Legacy Virtual Register): + bit[31:8]: unused/ignored + bit[7:5]: I2C device index. Possible values: + * 0: I2C device has a 50 ns spike filter + * 1: I2C device does not have a 50 ns spike filter but + supports high frequency on SCL + * 2: I2C device does not have a 50 ns spike filter and is + not tolerant to high frequencies + * 3-7: reserved + bit[4]: tell whether the device operates in FM (Fast Mode) + or FM+ mode: + * 0: FM+ mode + * 1: FM mode + bit[3:0]: device type + * 0-15: reserved + + required: + - compatible + - reg + + "@[0-9a-f]+,[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + description: | + I3C child, should be named: <device-type>@<static-i2c-address>,<i3c-pid> + + properties: + reg: + items: + - items: + - description: | + Encodes the static I2C address. Should be 0 if the device does + not have one (0 is not a valid I2C address). + minimum: 0 + maximum: 0x7f + - description: | + First half of the Provisional ID (following the PID + definition provided by the I3C specification). + + Contains the manufacturer ID left-shifted by 1. + - description: | + Second half of the Provisional ID (following the PID + definition provided by the I3C specification). + + Contains the ORing of the part ID left-shifted by 16, + the instance ID left-shifted by 12 and extra information. + + assigned-address: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 0x1 + maximum: 0xff + description: | + Dynamic address to be assigned to this device. This property is only + valid if the I3C device has a static address (first cell of the reg + property != 0). + + required: + - reg + +additionalProperties: true + +examples: + - | + i3c-master@d040000 { + compatible = "cdns,i3c-master"; + clocks = <&coreclock>, <&i3csysclock>; + clock-names = "pclk", "sysclk"; + interrupts = <3 0>; + reg = <0x0d040000 0x1000>; + #address-cells = <3>; + #size-cells = <0>; + i2c-scl-hz = <100000>; + + /* I2C device. */ + nunchuk: nunchuk@52 { + compatible = "nintendo,nunchuk"; + reg = <0x52 0x0 0x10>; + }; + + /* I3C device with a static I2C address. */ + thermal_sensor: sensor@68,39200144004 { + reg = <0x68 0x392 0x144004>; + assigned-address = <0xa>; + }; + + /* + * I3C device without a static I2C address but requiring + * resources described in the DT. + */ + sensor@0,39200154004 { + reg = <0x0 0x392 0x154004>; + clocks = <&clock_provider 0>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/mipi-i3c-hci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/mipi-i3c-hci.yaml index 07a7b10163a3..04da001fc6ec 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/mipi-i3c-hci.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/mipi-i3c-hci.yaml @@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ title: MIPI I3C HCI Device Tree Bindings maintainers: - Nicolas Pitre <npitre@baylibre.com> +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/i3c/i3c.yaml# + description: | MIPI I3C Host Controller Interface @@ -36,12 +39,14 @@ required: - reg - interrupts -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | - i3c@a0000000 { + i3c-master@a0000000 { compatible = "mipi-i3c-hci"; reg = <0xa0000000 0x2000>; interrupts = <89>; + #address-cells = <3>; + #size-cells = <0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/silvaco,i3c-master.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/silvaco,i3c-master.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..adb5165505aa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/silvaco,i3c-master.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/i3c/silvaco,i3c-master.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Silvaco I3C master + +maintainers: + - Conor Culhane <conor.culhane@silvaco.com> + +allOf: + - $ref: "i3c.yaml#" + +properties: + compatible: + const: silvaco,i3c-master-v1 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: system clock + - description: bus clock + - description: other (slower) events clock + + clock-names: + items: + - const: pclk + - const: fast_clk + - const: slow_clk + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - clock-names + - clocks + +additionalProperties: true + +examples: + - | + i3c-master@a0000000 { + compatible = "silvaco,i3c-master"; + clocks = <&zynqmp_clk 71>, <&fclk>, <&sclk>; + clock-names = "pclk", "fast_clk", "slow_clk"; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + interrupts = <0 89 4>; + reg = <0xa0000000 0x1000>; + #address-cells = <3>; + #size-cells = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/bosch,bma255.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/bosch,bma255.yaml index 6eef3480ea8f..c2efbb813ca2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/bosch,bma255.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/bosch,bma255.yaml @@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ description: properties: compatible: enum: - - bosch,bmc150 - - bosch,bmi055 + - bosch,bmc150_accel + - bosch,bmi055_accel - bosch,bma255 - bosch,bma250e - bosch,bma222 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/kionix,kxcjk1013.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/kionix,kxcjk1013.yaml index 5667d09dfe6a..fbb714431e3d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/kionix,kxcjk1013.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/kionix,kxcjk1013.yaml @@ -20,6 +20,9 @@ properties: reg: maxItems: 1 + vdd-supply: true + vddio-supply: true + mount-matrix: description: an optional 3x3 mounting rotation matrix. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7192.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7192.yaml index e0cc3b2e8957..22b7ed3723f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7192.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7192.yaml @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ properties: type: boolean bipolar: - description: see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adc.txt + description: see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adc.yaml type: boolean required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7768-1.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7768-1.yaml index 924477dfb833..a85a28145ef6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7768-1.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7768-1.yaml @@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ properties: ADC reference voltage supply adi,sync-in-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: Enables synchronization of multiple devices that require simultaneous sampling. A pulse is always required if the configuration is changed @@ -76,6 +77,7 @@ patternProperties: properties: reg: + maxItems: 1 description: | The channel number. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/aspeed,ast2400-adc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/aspeed,ast2400-adc.yaml index 7f534a933e92..a726b6c2ab65 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/aspeed,ast2400-adc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/aspeed,ast2400-adc.yaml @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 clocks: + maxItems: 1 description: Input clock used to derive the sample clock. Expected to be the SoC's APB clock. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/lltc,ltc2496.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/lltc,ltc2496.yaml index 2716d4e95329..0bd2fc0356c8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/lltc,ltc2496.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/lltc,ltc2496.yaml @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ properties: description: Power supply for the reference voltage reg: - description: spi chipselect number according to the usual spi bindings + maxItems: 1 spi-max-frequency: description: maximal spi bus frequency supported diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/maxim,max9611.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/maxim,max9611.yaml index 9475a9e6e920..95774a55629d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/maxim,max9611.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/maxim,max9611.yaml @@ -23,7 +23,6 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 shunt-resistor-micro-ohms: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 description: | Value in micro Ohms of the shunt resistor connected between the RS+ and RS- inputs, across which the current is measured. Value needed to compute diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.yaml index 95cc705b961b..74a4a9d95798 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.yaml @@ -68,6 +68,7 @@ patternProperties: properties: reg: + maxItems: 1 description: | ADC channel number. See include/dt-bindings/iio/qcom,spmi-vadc.h diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/st,stm32-adc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/st,stm32-adc.yaml index 28417b31b558..a58334c3bb76 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/st,stm32-adc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/st,stm32-adc.yaml @@ -41,6 +41,8 @@ properties: maxItems: 2 clocks: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 description: | Core can use up to two clocks, depending on part used: - "adc" clock: for the analog circuitry, common to all ADCs. @@ -246,7 +248,6 @@ patternProperties: Resolution (bits) to use for conversions: - can be 6, 8, 10 or 12 on stm32f4 - can be 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16 on stm32h7 and stm32mp1 - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 st,adc-channels: description: | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti,palmas-gpadc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti,palmas-gpadc.yaml index 692dacd0fee5..7b895784e008 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti,palmas-gpadc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti,palmas-gpadc.yaml @@ -42,7 +42,6 @@ properties: const: 1 ti,channel0-current-microamp: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 description: Channel 0 current in uA. enum: - 0 @@ -51,7 +50,6 @@ properties: - 20 ti,channel3-current-microamp: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 description: Channel 3 current in uA. enum: - 0 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/x-powers,axp209-adc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/x-powers,axp209-adc.yaml index 5ccbb1f81960..e759a5da708d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/x-powers,axp209-adc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/x-powers,axp209-adc.yaml @@ -46,10 +46,14 @@ description: | properties: compatible: - enum: - - x-powers,axp209-adc - - x-powers,axp221-adc - - x-powers,axp813-adc + oneOf: + - const: x-powers,axp209-adc + - const: x-powers,axp221-adc + - const: x-powers,axp813-adc + + - items: + - const: x-powers,axp803-adc + - const: x-powers,axp813-adc "#io-channel-cells": const: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/xilinx-xadc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/xilinx-xadc.txt index e0e0755cabd8..f42e18078376 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/xilinx-xadc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/xilinx-xadc.txt @@ -1,13 +1,22 @@ Xilinx XADC device driver -This binding document describes the bindings for both of them since the -bindings are very similar. The Xilinx XADC is a ADC that can be found in the -series 7 FPGAs from Xilinx. The XADC has a DRP interface for communication. -Currently two different frontends for the DRP interface exist. One that is only -available on the ZYNQ family as a hardmacro in the SoC portion of the ZYNQ. The -other one is available on all series 7 platforms and is a softmacro with a AXI -interface. This binding document describes the bindings for both of them since -the bindings are very similar. +This binding document describes the bindings for the Xilinx 7 Series XADC as well +as the UltraScale/UltraScale+ System Monitor. + +The Xilinx XADC is an ADC that can be found in the Series 7 FPGAs from Xilinx. +The XADC has a DRP interface for communication. Currently two different +frontends for the DRP interface exist. One that is only available on the ZYNQ +family as a hardmacro in the SoC portion of the ZYNQ. The other one is available +on all series 7 platforms and is a softmacro with a AXI interface. This binding +document describes the bindings for both of them since the bindings are very +similar. + +The Xilinx System Monitor is an ADC that is found in the UltraScale and +UltraScale+ FPGAs from Xilinx. The System Monitor provides a DRP interface for +communication. Xilinx provides a standard IP core that can be used to access the +System Monitor through an AXI interface in the FPGA fabric. This IP core is +called the Xilinx System Management Wizard. This document describes the bindings +for this IP. Required properties: - compatible: Should be one of @@ -15,11 +24,14 @@ Required properties: configuration interface to interface to the XADC hardmacro. * "xlnx,axi-xadc-1.00.a": When using the axi-xadc pcore to interface to the XADC hardmacro. + * "xlnx,system-management-wiz-1.3": When using the + Xilinx System Management Wizard fabric IP core to access the + UltraScale and UltraScale+ System Monitor. - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device - interrupts: Interrupt for the XADC control interface. - clocks: When using the ZYNQ this must be the ZYNQ PCAP clock, - when using the AXI-XADC pcore this must be the clock that provides the - clock to the AXI bus interface of the core. + when using the axi-xadc or the axi-system-management-wizard this must be + the clock that provides the clock to the AXI bus interface of the core. Optional properties: - xlnx,external-mux: @@ -110,3 +122,20 @@ Examples: }; }; }; + + adc@80000000 { + compatible = "xlnx,system-management-wiz-1.3"; + reg = <0x80000000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 81 4>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + clocks = <&fpga1_clk>; + + xlnx,channels { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + channel@0 { + reg = <0>; + xlnx,bipolar; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5686.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5696.yaml index 8065228e5df8..56b0cda0f30a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5686.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5696.yaml @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ # SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) %YAML 1.2 --- -$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/dac/adi,ad5686.yaml# +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/dac/adi,ad5696.yaml# $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# -title: Analog Devices AD5686 and similar multi-channel DACs +title: Analog Devices AD5696 and similar multi-channel DACs maintainers: - Michael Auchter <michael.auchter@ni.com> description: | - Binding for Analog Devices AD5686 and similar multi-channel DACs + Binding for Analog Devices AD5696 and similar multi-channel DACs properties: compatible: @@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ examples: #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; - ad5686: dac@0 { - compatible = "adi,ad5686"; + ad5696: dac@0 { + compatible = "adi,ad5696"; reg = <0>; vcc-supply = <&dac_vref>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5758.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5758.yaml index 626ccb6fe21e..fd4edca34a28 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5758.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5758.yaml @@ -46,31 +46,42 @@ properties: two properties must be present: adi,range-microvolt: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/int32-array description: | Voltage output range specified as <minimum, maximum> - enum: - - [[0, 5000000]] - - [[0, 10000000]] - - [[-5000000, 5000000]] - - [[-10000000, 10000000]] + oneOf: + - items: + - const: 0 + - enum: [5000000, 10000000] + - items: + - const: -5000000 + - const: 5000000 + - items: + - const: -10000000 + - const: 10000000 adi,range-microamp: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/int32-array description: | Current output range specified as <minimum, maximum> - enum: - - [[0, 20000]] - - [[0, 24000]] - - [[4, 24000]] - - [[-20000, 20000]] - - [[-24000, 24000]] - - [[-1000, 22000]] + oneOf: + - items: + - const: 0 + - enum: [20000, 24000] + - items: + - const: 4 + - const: 24000 + - items: + - const: -20000 + - const: 20000 + - items: + - const: -24000 + - const: 24000 + - items: + - const: -1000 + - const: 22000 reset-gpios: true adi,dc-dc-ilim-microamp: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 enum: [150000, 200000, 250000, 300000, 350000, 400000] description: | The dc-to-dc converter current limit. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5766.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5766.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d5c54813ce87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/adi,ad5766.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright 2020 Analog Devices Inc. +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/dac/adi,ad5766.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Analog Devices AD5766 DAC device driver + +maintainers: + - Cristian Pop <cristian.pop@analog.com> + +description: | + Bindings for the Analog Devices AD5766 current DAC device. Datasheet can be + found here: + https://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/ad5766-5767.pdf + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - adi,ad5766 + - adi,ad5767 + + output-range-microvolts: + description: Select converter output range. + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + spi-max-frequency: + maximum: 1000000 + + spi-cpol: true + + reset-gpios: + description: GPIO spec for the RESET pin. As the line is active low, it + should be marked GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW. + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - output-range-microvolts + - reg + - spi-max-frequency + - spi-cpol + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + spi { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ad5766@0 { + compatible = "adi,ad5766"; + output-range-microvolts = <(-5000) 5000>; + reg = <0>; + spi-cpol; + spi-max-frequency = <1000000>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio 22 0>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/microchip,mcp4725.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/microchip,mcp4725.yaml index 271998610ceb..5f5b578316bc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/microchip,mcp4725.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/microchip,mcp4725.yaml @@ -39,20 +39,39 @@ properties: allOf: - if: - not: - properties: - compatible: - contains: - const: microchip,mcp4726 + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: microchip,mcp4725 then: properties: vref-supply: false + required: + - vdd-supply + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: microchip,mcp4726 + then: + anyOf: + - required: + - vdd-supply + - required: + - vref-supply + + - if: + not: + required: + - vref-supply + then: + properties: microchip,vref-buffered: false required: - compatible - reg - - vdd-supply additionalProperties: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/gyroscope/bosch,bmg160.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/gyroscope/bosch,bmg160.yaml index 0466483be6bb..b6bbc312a7cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/gyroscope/bosch,bmg160.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/gyroscope/bosch,bmg160.yaml @@ -19,6 +19,9 @@ properties: reg: maxItems: 1 + vdd-supply: true + vddio-supply: true + interrupts: minItems: 1 description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/gyroscope/invensense,mpu3050.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/gyroscope/invensense,mpu3050.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 233fe207aded..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/gyroscope/invensense,mpu3050.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -Invensense MPU-3050 Gyroscope device tree bindings - -Required properties: - - compatible : should be "invensense,mpu3050" - - reg : the I2C address of the sensor - -Optional properties: - - interrupts : interrupt mapping for the trigger interrupt from the - internal oscillator. The following IRQ modes are supported: - IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING, IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING, IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH and - IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW. The driver should detect and configure the hardware - for the desired interrupt type. - - vdd-supply : supply regulator for the main power voltage. - - vlogic-supply : supply regulator for the signal voltage. - - mount-matrix : see iio/mount-matrix.txt - -Optional subnodes: - - The MPU-3050 will pass through and forward the I2C signals from the - incoming I2C bus, alternatively drive traffic to a slave device (usually - an accelerometer) on its own initiative. Therefore is supports a subnode - i2c gate node. For details see: i2c/i2c-gate.txt - -Example: - -mpu3050@68 { - compatible = "invensense,mpu3050"; - reg = <0x68>; - interrupt-parent = <&foo>; - interrupts = <12 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; - vdd-supply = <&bar>; - vlogic-supply = <&baz>; - - /* External I2C interface */ - i2c-gate { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - fnord@18 { - compatible = "fnord"; - reg = <0x18>; - interrupt-parent = <&foo>; - interrupts = <13 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; - }; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/gyroscope/invensense,mpu3050.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/gyroscope/invensense,mpu3050.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7e2accc3d5ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/gyroscope/invensense,mpu3050.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/gyroscope/invensense,mpu3050.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Invensense MPU-3050 Gyroscope + +maintainers: + - Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> + +properties: + compatible: + const: invensense,mpu3050 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + vdd-supply: true + + vlogic-supply: true + + interrupts: + minItems: 1 + description: + Interrupt mapping for the trigger interrupt from the internal oscillator. + + mount-matrix: true + + i2c-gate: + $ref: /schemas/i2c/i2c-controller.yaml + unevaluatedProperties: false + description: | + The MPU-3050 will pass through and forward the I2C signals from the + incoming I2C bus, alternatively drive traffic to a slave device (usually + an accelerometer) on its own initiative. Therefore is supports an + i2c-gate subnode. + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + gyroscope@68 { + compatible = "invensense,mpu3050"; + reg = <0x68>; + interrupt-parent = <&foo>; + interrupts = <12 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + vdd-supply = <&bar>; + vlogic-supply = <&baz>; + + i2c-gate { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + magnetometer@c { + compatible = "ak,ak8975"; + reg = <0x0c>; + }; + }; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/maxim,max30100.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/maxim,max30100.yaml index 64b862637039..967778fb0ce8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/maxim,max30100.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/maxim,max30100.yaml @@ -21,7 +21,6 @@ properties: description: Connected to ADC_RDY pin. maxim,led-current-microamp: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array minItems: 2 maxItems: 2 description: | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/ti,afe4404.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/ti,afe4404.yaml index 3b4d6c48b8bb..c0e815d9999e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/ti,afe4404.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/health/ti,afe4404.yaml @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - const: ti,afe4403 + const: ti,afe4404 reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt deleted file mode 100644 index f2f64749e818..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ -InvenSense MPU-6050 Six-Axis (Gyro + Accelerometer) MEMS MotionTracking Device - -http://www.invensense.com/mems/gyro/mpu6050.html - -Required properties: - - compatible : should be one of - "invensense,mpu6000" - "invensense,mpu6050" - "invensense,mpu6500" - "invensense,mpu6515" - "invensense,mpu9150" - "invensense,mpu9250" - "invensense,mpu9255" - "invensense,icm20608" - "invensense,icm20609" - "invensense,icm20689" - "invensense,icm20602" - "invensense,icm20690" - "invensense,iam20680" - - reg : the I2C address of the sensor - - interrupts: interrupt mapping for IRQ. It should be configured with flags - IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH, IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING, IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW or - IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING. - - Refer to interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for generic interrupt client node - bindings. - -Optional properties: - - vdd-supply: regulator phandle for VDD supply - - vddio-supply: regulator phandle for VDDIO supply - - mount-matrix: an optional 3x3 mounting rotation matrix - - i2c-gate node. These devices also support an auxiliary i2c bus. This is - simple enough to be described using the i2c-gate binding. See - i2c/i2c-gate.txt for more details. - -Example: - mpu6050@68 { - compatible = "invensense,mpu6050"; - reg = <0x68>; - interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; - interrupts = <18 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; - mount-matrix = "-0.984807753012208", /* x0 */ - "0", /* y0 */ - "-0.173648177666930", /* z0 */ - "0", /* x1 */ - "-1", /* y1 */ - "0", /* z1 */ - "-0.173648177666930", /* x2 */ - "0", /* y2 */ - "0.984807753012208"; /* z2 */ - }; - - - mpu9250@68 { - compatible = "invensense,mpu9250"; - reg = <0x68>; - interrupt-parent = <&gpio3>; - interrupts = <21 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - i2c-gate { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - ax8975@c { - compatible = "ak,ak8975"; - reg = <0x0c>; - }; - }; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/invensense,mpu6050.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/invensense,mpu6050.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..edbc2921aabd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/invensense,mpu6050.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/imu/invensense,mpu6050.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: InvenSense MPU-6050 Six-Axis (Gyro + Accelerometer) MEMS MotionTracking Device + +maintainers: + - Jean-Baptiste Maneyrol <jmaneyrol@invensense.com> + +description: | + These devices support both I2C and SPI bus interfaces. + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - invensense,iam20680 + - invensense,icm20608 + - invensense,icm20609 + - invensense,icm20689 + - invensense,icm20602 + - invensense,icm20690 + - invensense,mpu6000 + - invensense,mpu6050 + - invensense,mpu6500 + - invensense,mpu6515 + - invensense,mpu6880 + - invensense,mpu9150 + - invensense,mpu9250 + - invensense,mpu9255 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + spi-max-frequency: true + + vdd-supply: true + vddio-supply: true + + mount-matrix: true + + i2c-gate: + $ref: /schemas/i2c/i2c-controller.yaml + unevaluatedProperties: false + description: | + These devices also support an auxiliary i2c bus via an i2c-gate. + +allOf: + - if: + not: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - invensense,mpu9150 + - invensense,mpu9250 + - invensense,mpu9255 + then: + properties: + i2c-gate: false + +additionalProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + imu@68 { + compatible = "invensense,mpu9250"; + reg = <0x68>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio3>; + interrupts = <21 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + mount-matrix = "-0.984807753012208", /* x0 */ + "0", /* y0 */ + "-0.173648177666930", /* z0 */ + "0", /* x1 */ + "-1", /* y1 */ + "0", /* z1 */ + "-0.173648177666930", /* x2 */ + "0", /* y2 */ + "0.984807753012208"; /* z2 */ + i2c-gate { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + magnetometer@c { + compatible = "ak,ak8975"; + reg = <0x0c>; + }; + }; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/asahi-kasei,ak8975.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/asahi-kasei,ak8975.yaml index a25590a16ba7..a0a1ffe017df 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/asahi-kasei,ak8975.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/asahi-kasei,ak8975.yaml @@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ properties: description: an optional 3x3 mounting rotation matrix. reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: | an optional pin needed for AK09911 to set the reset state. This should be usually active low diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/bosch,bmc150_magn.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/bosch,bmc150_magn.yaml index cdef7aeba708..2867ab6bf9b0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/bosch,bmc150_magn.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/bosch,bmc150_magn.yaml @@ -30,6 +30,9 @@ properties: reg: maxItems: 1 + vdd-supply: true + vddio-supply: true + interrupts: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/yamaha,yas530.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/yamaha,yas530.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4b0ef1ef5445 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/yamaha,yas530.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/magnetometer/yamaha,yas530.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Yamaha YAS530 family of magnetometer sensors + +maintainers: + - Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> + +description: + The Yamaha YAS530 magnetometers is a line of 3-axis magnetometers + first introduced by Yamaha in 2009 with the YAS530. They are successors + of Yamaha's first magnetometer YAS529. Over the years this magnetometer + has been miniaturized and appeared in a number of different variants. + +properties: + $nodename: + pattern: '^magnetometer@[0-9a-f]+$' + + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - yamaha,yas530 + - yamaha,yas532 + - yamaha,yas533 + - yamaha,yas535 + - yamaha,yas536 + - yamaha,yas537 + - yamaha,yas539 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + description: The YAS530 sensor has a RSTN pin used to reset + the logic inside the sensor. This GPIO line should connect + to that pin and be marked as GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW. + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + description: Interrupt for INT pin for interrupt generation. + The polarity, whether the interrupt is active on the rising + or the falling edge, is software-configurable in the hardware. + + vdd-supply: + description: An optional regulator providing core power supply + on the VDD pin, typically 1.8 V or 3.0 V. + + iovdd-supply: + description: An optional regulator providing I/O power supply + for the I2C interface on the IOVDD pin, typically 1.8 V. + + mount-matrix: + description: An optional 3x3 mounting rotation matrix. + +allOf: + - if: + not: + properties: + compatible: + items: + const: yamaha,yas530 + then: + properties: + reset-gpios: false + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + items: + const: yamaha,yas539 + then: + properties: + interrupts: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + i2c-0 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + magnetometer@2e { + compatible = "yamaha,yas530"; + reg = <0x2e>; + vdd-supply = <&ldo1_reg>; + iovdd-supply = <&ldo2_reg>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio6 12 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + interrupts = <&gpio6 13 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + }; + }; + + i2c-1 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + magnetometer@2e { + compatible = "yamaha,yas539"; + reg = <0x2e>; + vdd-supply = <&ldo1_reg>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/potentiometer/adi,ad5272.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/potentiometer/adi,ad5272.yaml index 1aee9f9be951..0ebb6725a1af 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/potentiometer/adi,ad5272.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/potentiometer/adi,ad5272.yaml @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: Active low signal to the AD5272 RESET input. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/adc-keys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/adc-keys.txt index e551814629b4..6c8be6a9ace2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/adc-keys.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/adc-keys.txt @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ Required properties: - compatible: "adc-keys" - io-channels: Phandle to an ADC channel - io-channel-names = "buttons"; - - keyup-threshold-microvolt: Voltage at which all the keys are considered up. + - keyup-threshold-microvolt: Voltage above or equal to which all the keys are + considered up. Optional properties: - poll-interval: Poll interval time in milliseconds @@ -17,7 +18,12 @@ Each button (key) is represented as a sub-node of "adc-keys": Required subnode-properties: - label: Descriptive name of the key. - linux,code: Keycode to emit. - - press-threshold-microvolt: Voltage ADC input when this key is pressed. + - press-threshold-microvolt: voltage above or equal to which this key is + considered pressed. + +No two values of press-threshold-microvolt may be the same. +All values of press-threshold-microvolt must be less than +keyup-threshold-microvolt. Example: @@ -47,3 +53,15 @@ Example: press-threshold-microvolt = <500000>; }; }; + ++--------------------------------+------------------------+ +| 2.000.000 <= value | no key pressed | ++--------------------------------+------------------------+ +| 1.500.000 <= value < 2.000.000 | KEY_VOLUMEUP pressed | ++--------------------------------+------------------------+ +| 1.000.000 <= value < 1.500.000 | KEY_VOLUMEDOWN pressed | ++--------------------------------+------------------------+ +| 500.000 <= value < 1.000.000 | KEY_ENTER pressed | ++--------------------------------+------------------------+ +| value < 500.000 | no key pressed | ++--------------------------------+------------------------+ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/goodix,gt7375p.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/goodix,gt7375p.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fe1c5016f7f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/goodix,gt7375p.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/input/goodix,gt7375p.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Goodix GT7375P touchscreen + +maintainers: + - Douglas Anderson <dianders@chromium.org> + +description: + Supports the Goodix GT7375P touchscreen. + This touchscreen uses the i2c-hid protocol but has some non-standard + power sequencing required. + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - const: goodix,gt7375p + + reg: + enum: + - 0x5d + - 0x14 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + reset-gpios: + true + + vdd-supply: + description: The 3.3V supply to the touchscreen. + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - reset-gpios + - vdd-supply + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/qcom,rpmh.h> + #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ap_ts: touchscreen@5d { + compatible = "goodix,gt7375p"; + reg = <0x5d>; + + interrupt-parent = <&tlmm>; + interrupts = <9 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + + reset-gpios = <&tlmm 8 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + vdd-supply = <&pp3300_ts>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/google,cros-ec-keyb.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/google,cros-ec-keyb.yaml index 8e50c14a9d77..5377b232fa10 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/google,cros-ec-keyb.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/google,cros-ec-keyb.yaml @@ -31,6 +31,17 @@ properties: if the EC does not have its own logic or hardware for this. type: boolean + function-row-physmap: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 15 + description: | + An ordered u32 array describing the rows/columns (in the scan matrix) + of top row keys from physical left (KEY_F1) to right. Each entry + encodes the row/column as: + (((row) & 0xFF) << 24) | (((column) & 0xFF) << 16) + where the lower 16 bits are reserved. This property is specified only + when the keyboard has a custom design for the top row keys. + required: - compatible @@ -38,11 +49,24 @@ unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | + #include <dt-bindings/input/input.h> cros-ec-keyb { compatible = "google,cros-ec-keyb"; keypad,num-rows = <8>; keypad,num-columns = <13>; google,needs-ghost-filter; + function-row-physmap = < + MATRIX_KEY(0x00, 0x02, 0) /* T1 */ + MATRIX_KEY(0x03, 0x02, 0) /* T2 */ + MATRIX_KEY(0x02, 0x02, 0) /* T3 */ + MATRIX_KEY(0x01, 0x02, 0) /* T4 */ + MATRIX_KEY(0x03, 0x04, 0) /* T5 */ + MATRIX_KEY(0x02, 0x04, 0) /* T6 */ + MATRIX_KEY(0x01, 0x04, 0) /* T7 */ + MATRIX_KEY(0x02, 0x09, 0) /* T8 */ + MATRIX_KEY(0x01, 0x09, 0) /* T9 */ + MATRIX_KEY(0x00, 0x04, 0) /* T10 */ + >; /* * Keymap entries take the form of 0xRRCCKKKK where * RR=Row CC=Column KKKK=Key Code diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/elan,elants_i2c.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/elan,elants_i2c.yaml index a792d6377b1d..a9b53c2e6f0a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/elan,elants_i2c.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/elan,elants_i2c.yaml @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ properties: description: touchscreen can be used as a wakeup source. reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: reset gpio the chip is connected to. vcc33-supply: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/goodix.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/goodix.yaml index da5b0d87e16d..93f2ce3130ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/goodix.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/goodix.yaml @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ properties: - goodix,gt927 - goodix,gt9271 - goodix,gt928 + - goodix,gt9286 - goodix,gt967 reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.yaml index a771a15f053f..046ace461cc9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.yaml @@ -70,11 +70,9 @@ properties: touchscreen-x-mm: description: horizontal length in mm of the touchscreen - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 touchscreen-y-mm: description: vertical length in mm of the touchscreen - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 dependencies: touchscreen-size-x: [ touchscreen-size-y ] diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,qcs404.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,qcs404.yaml deleted file mode 100644 index 3fbb8785fbc9..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,qcs404.yaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) -%YAML 1.2 ---- -$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/interconnect/qcom,qcs404.yaml# -$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# - -title: Qualcomm QCS404 Network-On-Chip interconnect - -maintainers: - - Georgi Djakov <georgi.djakov@linaro.org> - -description: | - The Qualcomm QCS404 interconnect providers support adjusting the - bandwidth requirements between the various NoC fabrics. - -properties: - reg: - maxItems: 1 - - compatible: - enum: - - qcom,qcs404-bimc - - qcom,qcs404-pcnoc - - qcom,qcs404-snoc - - '#interconnect-cells': - const: 1 - - clock-names: - items: - - const: bus - - const: bus_a - - clocks: - items: - - description: Bus Clock - - description: Bus A Clock - -required: - - compatible - - reg - - '#interconnect-cells' - - clock-names - - clocks - -additionalProperties: false - -examples: - - | - #include <dt-bindings/clock/qcom,rpmcc.h> - - bimc: interconnect@400000 { - reg = <0x00400000 0x80000>; - compatible = "qcom,qcs404-bimc"; - #interconnect-cells = <1>; - clock-names = "bus", "bus_a"; - clocks = <&rpmcc RPM_SMD_BIMC_CLK>, - <&rpmcc RPM_SMD_BIMC_A_CLK>; - }; - - pnoc: interconnect@500000 { - reg = <0x00500000 0x15080>; - compatible = "qcom,qcs404-pcnoc"; - #interconnect-cells = <1>; - clock-names = "bus", "bus_a"; - clocks = <&rpmcc RPM_SMD_PNOC_CLK>, - <&rpmcc RPM_SMD_PNOC_A_CLK>; - }; - - snoc: interconnect@580000 { - reg = <0x00580000 0x23080>; - compatible = "qcom,qcs404-snoc"; - #interconnect-cells = <1>; - clock-names = "bus", "bus_a"; - clocks = <&rpmcc RPM_SMD_SNOC_CLK>, - <&rpmcc RPM_SMD_SNOC_A_CLK>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,msm8916.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,rpm.yaml index e1009ae4e8f7..983d71fb5399 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,msm8916.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,rpm.yaml @@ -1,27 +1,35 @@ # SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) %YAML 1.2 --- -$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/interconnect/qcom,msm8916.yaml# +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/interconnect/qcom,rpm.yaml# $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# -title: Qualcomm MSM8916 Network-On-Chip interconnect +title: Qualcomm RPM Network-On-Chip Interconnect maintainers: - Georgi Djakov <georgi.djakov@linaro.org> description: | - The Qualcomm MSM8916 interconnect providers support adjusting the - bandwidth requirements between the various NoC fabrics. + RPM interconnect providers support system bandwidth requirements through + RPM processor. The provider is able to communicate with the RPM through + the RPM shared memory device. properties: + reg: + maxItems: 1 + compatible: enum: - qcom,msm8916-bimc - qcom,msm8916-pcnoc - qcom,msm8916-snoc - - reg: - maxItems: 1 + - qcom,msm8939-bimc + - qcom,msm8939-pcnoc + - qcom,msm8939-snoc + - qcom,msm8939-snoc-mm + - qcom,qcs404-bimc + - qcom,qcs404-pcnoc + - qcom,qcs404-snoc '#interconnect-cells': const: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,rpmh.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,rpmh.yaml index 30c2a092d2d3..799e73cdb90b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,rpmh.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,rpmh.yaml @@ -45,6 +45,10 @@ properties: - qcom,sdm845-mem-noc - qcom,sdm845-mmss-noc - qcom,sdm845-system-noc + - qcom,sdx55-ipa-virt + - qcom,sdx55-mc-virt + - qcom,sdx55-mem-noc + - qcom,sdx55-system-noc - qcom,sm8150-aggre1-noc - qcom,sm8150-aggre2-noc - qcom,sm8150-camnoc-noc @@ -69,7 +73,7 @@ properties: - qcom,sm8250-system-noc '#interconnect-cells': - const: 1 + enum: [ 1, 2 ] qcom,bcm-voters: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun6i-a31-r-intc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun6i-a31-r-intc.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4db24b8a9ffe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun6i-a31-r-intc.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun6i-a31-r-intc.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Allwinner A31 NMI/Wakeup Interrupt Controller Device Tree Bindings + +maintainers: + - Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org> + - Maxime Ripard <mripard@kernel.org> + +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/interrupt-controller.yaml# + +properties: + "#interrupt-cells": + const: 3 + description: + The first cell is GIC_SPI (0), the second cell is the IRQ number, and + the third cell is the trigger type as defined in interrupt.txt in this + directory. + + compatible: + oneOf: + - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-r-intc + - items: + - enum: + - allwinner,sun8i-a83t-r-intc + - allwinner,sun8i-h3-r-intc + - allwinner,sun50i-a64-r-intc + - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-r-intc + - const: allwinner,sun50i-h6-r-intc + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + description: + The GIC interrupt labeled as "External NMI". + + interrupt-controller: true + +required: + - "#interrupt-cells" + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - interrupt-controller + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + + r_intc: interrupt-controller@1f00c00 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun50i-a64-r-intc", + "allwinner,sun6i-a31-r-intc"; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <3>; + reg = <0x01f00c00 0x400>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 32 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun7i-a20-sc-nmi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun7i-a20-sc-nmi.yaml index 8acca0ae3129..7fc9ad5ef38c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun7i-a20-sc-nmi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun7i-a20-sc-nmi.yaml @@ -22,23 +22,16 @@ properties: compatible: oneOf: - - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-r-intc - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-sc-nmi deprecated: true - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20-sc-nmi - items: - - const: allwinner,sun8i-a83t-r-intc - - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-r-intc + - const: allwinner,sun8i-v3s-nmi + - const: allwinner,sun9i-a80-nmi - const: allwinner,sun9i-a80-nmi - items: - - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64-r-intc - - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-r-intc - - items: - const: allwinner,sun50i-a100-nmi - const: allwinner,sun9i-a80-nmi - - items: - - const: allwinner,sun50i-h6-r-intc - - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-r-intc reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/fsl,intmux.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/fsl,intmux.yaml index 43c6effbb5bd..1d6e0f64a807 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/fsl,intmux.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/fsl,intmux.yaml @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ properties: The 1st cell is hw interrupt number, the 2nd cell is channel index. clocks: - description: ipg clock. + maxItems: 1 clock-names: const: ipg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,pdc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,pdc.txt index 1df293953327..e9afb48182c7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,pdc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,pdc.txt @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ Properties: Definition: Should contain "qcom,<soc>-pdc" and "qcom,pdc" - "qcom,sc7180-pdc": For SC7180 - "qcom,sdm845-pdc": For SDM845 + - "qcom,sdm8250-pdc": For SM8250 + - "qcom,sdm8350-pdc": For SM8350 - reg: Usage: required diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/realtek,rtl-intc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/realtek,rtl-intc.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9e76fff20323 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/realtek,rtl-intc.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/interrupt-controller/realtek,rtl-intc.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Realtek RTL SoC interrupt controller devicetree bindings + +maintainers: + - Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de> + - Bert Vermeulen <bert@biot.com> + - John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> + +properties: + compatible: + const: realtek,rtl-intc + + "#interrupt-cells": + const: 1 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupt-controller: true + + "#address-cells": + const: 0 + + interrupt-map: + description: Describes mapping from SoC interrupts to CPU interrupts + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - "#interrupt-cells" + - interrupt-controller + - "#address-cells" + - interrupt-map + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + intc: interrupt-controller@3000 { + compatible = "realtek,rtl-intc"; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupt-controller; + reg = <0x3000 0x20>; + #address-cells = <0>; + interrupt-map = + <31 &cpuintc 2>, + <30 &cpuintc 1>, + <29 &cpuintc 5>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sifive,plic-1.0.0.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sifive,plic-1.0.0.yaml index b9a61c9f7530..08d5a57ce00f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sifive,plic-1.0.0.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sifive,plic-1.0.0.yaml @@ -8,10 +8,11 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: SiFive Platform-Level Interrupt Controller (PLIC) description: - SiFive SOCs include an implementation of the Platform-Level Interrupt Controller - (PLIC) high-level specification in the RISC-V Privileged Architecture - specification. The PLIC connects all external interrupts in the system to all - hart contexts in the system, via the external interrupt source in each hart. + SiFive SoCs and other RISC-V SoCs include an implementation of the + Platform-Level Interrupt Controller (PLIC) high-level specification in + the RISC-V Privileged Architecture specification. The PLIC connects all + external interrupts in the system to all hart contexts in the system, via + the external interrupt source in each hart. A hart context is a privilege mode in a hardware execution thread. For example, in an 4 core system with 2-way SMT, you have 8 harts and probably at least two @@ -42,7 +43,9 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: items: - - const: sifive,fu540-c000-plic + - enum: + - sifive,fu540-c000-plic + - canaan,k210-plic - const: sifive,plic-1.0.0 reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sigma,smp8642-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sigma,smp8642-intc.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 355c18a3a4d3..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/sigma,smp8642-intc.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -Sigma Designs SMP86xx/SMP87xx secondary interrupt controller - -Required properties: -- compatible: should be "sigma,smp8642-intc" -- reg: physical address of MMIO region -- ranges: address space mapping of child nodes -- interrupt-controller: boolean -- #address-cells: should be <1> -- #size-cells: should be <1> - -One child node per control block with properties: -- reg: address of registers for this control block -- interrupt-controller: boolean -- #interrupt-cells: should be <2>, interrupt index and flags per interrupts.txt -- interrupts: interrupt spec of primary interrupt controller - -Example: - -interrupt-controller@6e000 { - compatible = "sigma,smp8642-intc"; - reg = <0x6e000 0x400>; - ranges = <0x0 0x6e000 0x400>; - interrupt-parent = <&gic>; - interrupt-controller; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <1>; - - irq0: interrupt-controller@0 { - reg = <0x000 0x100>; - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <2>; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 2 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - }; - - irq1: interrupt-controller@100 { - reg = <0x100 0x100>; - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <2>; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 3 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - }; - - irq2: interrupt-controller@300 { - reg = <0x300 0x100>; - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <2>; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 4 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,stm32-exti.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,stm32-exti.yaml index 2a5b29567926..6d3e68eb2e8b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,stm32-exti.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,stm32-exti.yaml @@ -36,6 +36,8 @@ properties: Reference to a phandle of a hardware spinlock provider node. interrupts: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 96 description: Interrupts references to primary interrupt controller diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,c64x+megamod-pic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,c64x+megamod-pic.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ee3f9c351501..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,c64x+megamod-pic.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ -C6X Interrupt Chips -------------------- - -* C64X+ Core Interrupt Controller - - The core interrupt controller provides 16 prioritized interrupts to the - C64X+ core. Priority 0 and 1 are used for reset and NMI respectively. - Priority 2 and 3 are reserved. Priority 4-15 are used for interrupt - sources coming from outside the core. - - Required properties: - -------------------- - - compatible: Should be "ti,c64x+core-pic"; - - #interrupt-cells: <1> - - Interrupt Specifier Definition - ------------------------------ - Single cell specifying the core interrupt priority level (4-15) where - 4 is highest priority and 15 is lowest priority. - - Example - ------- - core_pic: interrupt-controller@0 { - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <1>; - compatible = "ti,c64x+core-pic"; - }; - - - -* C64x+ Megamodule Interrupt Controller - - The megamodule PIC consists of four interrupt mupliplexers each of which - combine up to 32 interrupt inputs into a single interrupt output which - may be cascaded into the core interrupt controller. The megamodule PIC - has a total of 12 outputs cascading into the core interrupt controller. - One for each core interrupt priority level. In addition to the combined - interrupt sources, individual megamodule interrupts may be cascaded to - the core interrupt controller. When an individual interrupt is cascaded, - it is no longer handled through a megamodule interrupt combiner and is - considered to have the core interrupt controller as the parent. - - Required properties: - -------------------- - - compatible: "ti,c64x+megamod-pic" - - interrupt-controller - - #interrupt-cells: <1> - - reg: base address and size of register area - - interrupts: This should have four cells; one for each interrupt combiner. - The cells contain the core priority interrupt to which the - corresponding combiner output is wired. - - Optional properties: - -------------------- - - ti,c64x+megamod-pic-mux: Array of 12 cells correspnding to the 12 core - priority interrupts. The first cell corresponds to - core priority 4 and the last cell corresponds to - core priority 15. The value of each cell is the - megamodule interrupt source which is MUXed to - the core interrupt corresponding to the cell - position. Allowed values are 4 - 127. Mapping for - interrupts 0 - 3 (combined interrupt sources) are - ignored. - - Interrupt Specifier Definition - ------------------------------ - Single cell specifying the megamodule interrupt source (4-127). Note that - interrupts mapped directly to the core with "ti,c64x+megamod-pic-mux" will - use the core interrupt controller as their parent and the specifier will - be the core priority level, not the megamodule interrupt number. - - Examples - -------- - megamod_pic: interrupt-controller@1800000 { - compatible = "ti,c64x+megamod-pic"; - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <1>; - reg = <0x1800000 0x1000>; - interrupt-parent = <&core_pic>; - interrupts = < 12 13 14 15 >; - }; - - This is a minimal example where all individual interrupts go through a - combiner. Combiner-0 is mapped to core interrupt 12, combiner-1 is mapped - to interrupt 13, etc. - - - megamod_pic: interrupt-controller@1800000 { - compatible = "ti,c64x+megamod-pic"; - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <1>; - reg = <0x1800000 0x1000>; - interrupt-parent = <&core_pic>; - interrupts = < 12 13 14 15 >; - ti,c64x+megamod-pic-mux = < 0 0 0 0 - 32 0 0 0 - 0 0 0 0 >; - }; - - This the same as the first example except that megamodule interrupt 32 is - mapped directly to core priority interrupt 8. The node using this interrupt - must set the core controller as its interrupt parent and use 8 in the - interrupt specifier value. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,pruss-intc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,pruss-intc.yaml index c2ce215501a5..9731dd4421a1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,pruss-intc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,pruss-intc.yaml @@ -33,6 +33,9 @@ description: | corresponding PRUSS node. The node should be named "interrupt-controller". properties: + $nodename: + pattern: "^interrupt-controller@[0-9a-f]+$" + compatible: enum: - ti,pruss-intc diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.yaml index 3b63f2ae24db..6ba161dea4d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.yaml @@ -34,9 +34,11 @@ properties: items: - enum: - qcom,sc7180-smmu-500 + - qcom,sc8180x-smmu-500 - qcom,sdm845-smmu-500 - qcom,sm8150-smmu-500 - qcom,sm8250-smmu-500 + - qcom,sm8350-smmu-500 - const: arm,mmu-500 - description: Qcom Adreno GPUs implementing "arm,smmu-v2" items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ac949f7fe3d4..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -* Mediatek IOMMU Architecture Implementation - - Some Mediatek SOCs contain a Multimedia Memory Management Unit (M4U), and -this M4U have two generations of HW architecture. Generation one uses flat -pagetable, and only supports 4K size page mapping. Generation two uses the -ARM Short-Descriptor translation table format for address translation. - - About the M4U Hardware Block Diagram, please check below: - - EMI (External Memory Interface) - | - m4u (Multimedia Memory Management Unit) - | - +--------+ - | | - gals0-rx gals1-rx (Global Async Local Sync rx) - | | - | | - gals0-tx gals1-tx (Global Async Local Sync tx) - | | Some SoCs may have GALS. - +--------+ - | - SMI Common(Smart Multimedia Interface Common) - | - +----------------+------- - | | - | gals-rx There may be GALS in some larbs. - | | - | | - | gals-tx - | | - SMI larb0 SMI larb1 ... SoCs have several SMI local arbiter(larb). - (display) (vdec) - | | - | | - +-----+-----+ +----+----+ - | | | | | | - | | |... | | | ... There are different ports in each larb. - | | | | | | -OVL0 RDMA0 WDMA0 MC PP VLD - - As above, The Multimedia HW will go through SMI and M4U while it -access EMI. SMI is a bridge between m4u and the Multimedia HW. It contain -smi local arbiter and smi common. It will control whether the Multimedia -HW should go though the m4u for translation or bypass it and talk -directly with EMI. And also SMI help control the power domain and clocks for -each local arbiter. - Normally we specify a local arbiter(larb) for each multimedia HW -like display, video decode, and camera. And there are different ports -in each larb. Take a example, There are many ports like MC, PP, VLD in the -video decode local arbiter, all these ports are according to the video HW. - In some SoCs, there may be a GALS(Global Async Local Sync) module between -smi-common and m4u, and additional GALS module between smi-larb and -smi-common. GALS can been seen as a "asynchronous fifo" which could help -synchronize for the modules in different clock frequency. - -Required properties: -- compatible : must be one of the following string: - "mediatek,mt2701-m4u" for mt2701 which uses generation one m4u HW. - "mediatek,mt2712-m4u" for mt2712 which uses generation two m4u HW. - "mediatek,mt6779-m4u" for mt6779 which uses generation two m4u HW. - "mediatek,mt7623-m4u", "mediatek,mt2701-m4u" for mt7623 which uses - generation one m4u HW. - "mediatek,mt8167-m4u" for mt8167 which uses generation two m4u HW. - "mediatek,mt8173-m4u" for mt8173 which uses generation two m4u HW. - "mediatek,mt8183-m4u" for mt8183 which uses generation two m4u HW. -- reg : m4u register base and size. -- interrupts : the interrupt of m4u. -- clocks : must contain one entry for each clock-names. -- clock-names : Only 1 optional clock: - - "bclk": the block clock of m4u. - Here is the list which require this "bclk": - - mt2701, mt2712, mt7623 and mt8173. - Note that m4u use the EMI clock which always has been enabled before kernel - if there is no this "bclk". -- mediatek,larbs : List of phandle to the local arbiters in the current Socs. - Refer to bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt. It must sort - according to the local arbiter index, like larb0, larb1, larb2... -- iommu-cells : must be 1. This is the mtk_m4u_id according to the HW. - Specifies the mtk_m4u_id as defined in - dt-binding/memory/mt2701-larb-port.h for mt2701, mt7623 - dt-binding/memory/mt2712-larb-port.h for mt2712, - dt-binding/memory/mt6779-larb-port.h for mt6779, - dt-binding/memory/mt8167-larb-port.h for mt8167, - dt-binding/memory/mt8173-larb-port.h for mt8173, and - dt-binding/memory/mt8183-larb-port.h for mt8183. - -Example: - iommu: iommu@10205000 { - compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-m4u"; - reg = <0 0x10205000 0 0x1000>; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 139 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; - clocks = <&infracfg CLK_INFRA_M4U>; - clock-names = "bclk"; - mediatek,larbs = <&larb0 &larb1 &larb2 &larb3 &larb4 &larb5>; - #iommu-cells = <1>; - }; - -Example for a client device: - display { - compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-disp"; - iommus = <&iommu M4U_PORT_DISP_OVL0>, - <&iommu M4U_PORT_DISP_RDMA0>; - ... - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0f26fe14c8e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iommu/mediatek,iommu.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek IOMMU Architecture Implementation + +maintainers: + - Yong Wu <yong.wu@mediatek.com> + +description: |+ + Some MediaTek SOCs contain a Multimedia Memory Management Unit (M4U), and + this M4U have two generations of HW architecture. Generation one uses flat + pagetable, and only supports 4K size page mapping. Generation two uses the + ARM Short-Descriptor translation table format for address translation. + + About the M4U Hardware Block Diagram, please check below: + + EMI (External Memory Interface) + | + m4u (Multimedia Memory Management Unit) + | + +--------+ + | | + gals0-rx gals1-rx (Global Async Local Sync rx) + | | + | | + gals0-tx gals1-tx (Global Async Local Sync tx) + | | Some SoCs may have GALS. + +--------+ + | + SMI Common(Smart Multimedia Interface Common) + | + +----------------+------- + | | + | gals-rx There may be GALS in some larbs. + | | + | | + | gals-tx + | | + SMI larb0 SMI larb1 ... SoCs have several SMI local arbiter(larb). + (display) (vdec) + | | + | | + +-----+-----+ +----+----+ + | | | | | | + | | |... | | | ... There are different ports in each larb. + | | | | | | + OVL0 RDMA0 WDMA0 MC PP VLD + + As above, The Multimedia HW will go through SMI and M4U while it + access EMI. SMI is a bridge between m4u and the Multimedia HW. It contain + smi local arbiter and smi common. It will control whether the Multimedia + HW should go though the m4u for translation or bypass it and talk + directly with EMI. And also SMI help control the power domain and clocks for + each local arbiter. + + Normally we specify a local arbiter(larb) for each multimedia HW + like display, video decode, and camera. And there are different ports + in each larb. Take a example, There are many ports like MC, PP, VLD in the + video decode local arbiter, all these ports are according to the video HW. + + In some SoCs, there may be a GALS(Global Async Local Sync) module between + smi-common and m4u, and additional GALS module between smi-larb and + smi-common. GALS can been seen as a "asynchronous fifo" which could help + synchronize for the modules in different clock frequency. + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - enum: + - mediatek,mt2701-m4u # generation one + - mediatek,mt2712-m4u # generation two + - mediatek,mt6779-m4u # generation two + - mediatek,mt8167-m4u # generation two + - mediatek,mt8173-m4u # generation two + - mediatek,mt8183-m4u # generation two + - mediatek,mt8192-m4u # generation two + + - description: mt7623 generation one + items: + - const: mediatek,mt7623-m4u + - const: mediatek,mt2701-m4u + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: bclk is the block clock. + + clock-names: + items: + - const: bclk + + mediatek,larbs: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 32 + description: | + List of phandle to the local arbiters in the current Socs. + Refer to bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.yaml. It must sort + according to the local arbiter index, like larb0, larb1, larb2... + + '#iommu-cells': + const: 1 + description: | + This is the mtk_m4u_id according to the HW. Specifies the mtk_m4u_id as + defined in + dt-binding/memory/mt2701-larb-port.h for mt2701 and mt7623, + dt-binding/memory/mt2712-larb-port.h for mt2712, + dt-binding/memory/mt6779-larb-port.h for mt6779, + dt-binding/memory/mt8167-larb-port.h for mt8167, + dt-binding/memory/mt8173-larb-port.h for mt8173, + dt-binding/memory/mt8183-larb-port.h for mt8183, + dt-binding/memory/mt8192-larb-port.h for mt8192. + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - mediatek,larbs + - '#iommu-cells' + +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - mediatek,mt2701-m4u + - mediatek,mt2712-m4u + - mediatek,mt8173-m4u + - mediatek,mt8192-m4u + + then: + required: + - clocks + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + enum: + - mediatek,mt8192-m4u + + then: + required: + - power-domains + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/mt8173-clk.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + + iommu: iommu@10205000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-m4u"; + reg = <0x10205000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 139 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + clocks = <&infracfg CLK_INFRA_M4U>; + clock-names = "bclk"; + mediatek,larbs = <&larb0 &larb1 &larb2 + &larb3 &larb4 &larb5>; + #iommu-cells = <1>; + }; + + - | + #include <dt-bindings/memory/mt8173-larb-port.h> + + /* Example for a client device */ + display { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-disp"; + iommus = <&iommu M4U_PORT_DISP_OVL0>, + <&iommu M4U_PORT_DISP_RDMA0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.yaml index cde1afa8dfd6..dda44976acc1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.yaml @@ -76,7 +76,6 @@ required: - compatible - reg - '#iommu-cells' - - power-domains oneOf: - required: @@ -86,6 +85,17 @@ oneOf: additionalProperties: false +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + not: + contains: + const: renesas,ipmmu-vmsa + then: + required: + - power-domains + examples: - | #include <dt-bindings/clock/r8a7791-cpg-mssr.h> @@ -93,7 +103,7 @@ examples: #include <dt-bindings/power/r8a7791-sysc.h> ipmmu_mx: iommu@fe951000 { - compatible = "renasas,ipmmu-r8a7791", "renasas,ipmmu-vmsa"; + compatible = "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7791", "renesas,ipmmu-vmsa"; reg = <0xfe951000 0x1000>; interrupts = <GIC_SPI 222 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, <GIC_SPI 221 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-lgm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-lgm.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..32bbf146c01d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-lgm.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/leds/leds-lgm.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Intel Lightning Mountain (LGM) SoC LED Serial Shift Output (SSO) Controller driver + +maintainers: + - Zhu, Yi Xin <Yixin.zhu@intel.com> + - Amireddy Mallikarjuna reddy <mallikarjunax.reddy@intel.com> + +properties: + compatible: + const: intel,lgm-ssoled + + gpio-controller: true + + '#gpio-cells': + const: 2 + + ngpios: + minimum: 0 + maximum: 32 + description: + Number of GPIOs this controller provides. + + intel,sso-update-rate-hz: + description: + Blink frequency for SOUTs in Hz. + + led-controller: + type: object + description: + This sub-node must contain a sub-node for each leds. + + additionalProperties: false + + patternProperties: + "^led@[0-23]$": + type: object + + properties: + reg: + description: Index of the LED. + minimum: 0 + maximum: 2 + + intel,sso-hw-trigger: + type: boolean + description: This property indicates Hardware driven/control LED. + + intel,sso-hw-blink: + type: boolean + description: This property indicates Enable LED blink by Hardware. + + intel,sso-blink-rate-hz: + description: LED HW blink frequency. + + retain-state-suspended: + type: boolean + description: The suspend state of LED can be retained. + + retain-state-shutdown: + type: boolean + description: Retain the state of the LED on shutdown. + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - clock-names + - "#gpio-cells" + - gpio-controller + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/intel,lgm-clk.h> + #include <dt-bindings/leds/common.h> + + ssogpio: ssogpio@e0d40000 { + compatible = "intel,sso-led"; + reg = <0xE0D40000 0x2E4>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + ngpios = <32>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_ledc>; + clocks = <&cgu0 LGM_GCLK_LEDC0>, <&afeclk>; + clock-names = "sso", "fpid"; + intel,sso-update-rate-hz = <250000>; + + led-controller { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + led@0 { + reg = <0>; + function = "gphy"; + color = <LED_COLOR_ID_GREEN>; + led-gpio = <&ssogpio 0 0>; + }; + + led@23 { + reg = <23>; + function = LED_FUNCTION_POWER; + color = <LED_COLOR_ID_GREEN>; + led-gpio = <&ssogpio 23 0>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/richtek,rt8515.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/richtek,rt8515.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..68c328eec03b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/richtek,rt8515.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/leds/richtek,rt8515.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Richtek RT8515 1.5A dual channel LED driver + +maintainers: + - Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> + +description: | + The Richtek RT8515 is a dual channel (two mode) LED driver that + supports driving a white LED in flash or torch mode. The maximum + current for each mode is defined in hardware using two resistors + RFS and RTS. + +properties: + compatible: + const: richtek,rt8515 + + enf-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + description: A connection to the 'ENF' (enable flash) pin. + + ent-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + description: A connection to the 'ENT' (enable torch) pin. + + richtek,rfs-ohms: + minimum: 7680 + maximum: 367000 + description: The resistance value of the RFS resistor. This + resistors limits the maximum flash current. This must be set + for the property flash-max-microamp to work, the RFS resistor + defines the range of the dimmer setting (brightness) of the + flash LED. + + richtek,rts-ohms: + minimum: 7680 + maximum: 367000 + description: The resistance value of the RTS resistor. This + resistors limits the maximum torch current. This must be set + for the property torch-max-microamp to work, the RTS resistor + defines the range of the dimmer setting (brightness) of the + torch LED. + + led: + type: object + $ref: common.yaml# + properties: + function: true + color: true + flash-max-timeout-us: true + + flash-max-microamp: + maximum: 700000 + description: The maximum current for flash mode + is hardwired to the component using the RFS resistor to + ground. The maximum hardware current setting is calculated + according to the formula Imax = 5500 / RFS. The lowest + allowed resistance value is 7.86 kOhm giving an absolute + maximum current of 700mA. By setting this attribute in + the device tree, you can further restrict the maximum + current below the hardware limit. This requires the RFS + to be defined as it defines the maximum range. + + led-max-microamp: + maximum: 700000 + description: The maximum current for torch mode + is hardwired to the component using the RTS resistor to + ground. The maximum hardware current setting is calculated + according to the formula Imax = 5500 / RTS. The lowest + allowed resistance value is 7.86 kOhm giving an absolute + maximum current of 700mA. By setting this attribute in + the device tree, you can further restrict the maximum + current below the hardware limit. This requires the RTS + to be defined as it defines the maximum range. + + additionalProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - ent-gpios + - enf-gpios + - led + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + #include <dt-bindings/leds/common.h> + + led-controller { + compatible = "richtek,rt8515"; + enf-gpios = <&gpio4 12 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + ent-gpios = <&gpio4 13 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + richtek,rfs-ohms = <16000>; + richtek,rts-ohms = <100000>; + + led { + function = LED_FUNCTION_FLASH; + color = <LED_COLOR_ID_WHITE>; + flash-max-timeout-us = <250000>; + flash-max-microamp = <150000>; + led-max-microamp = <25000>; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/ti,tca6507.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/ti,tca6507.yaml index 94c307c98762..32c600387895 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/ti,tca6507.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/ti,tca6507.yaml @@ -69,6 +69,7 @@ patternProperties: if: patternProperties: "^gpio@[0-6]$": + type: object properties: compatible: contains: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/omap-mailbox.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/omap-mailbox.txt index 5fe80c1c19fc..12371f5c6cd9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/omap-mailbox.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/omap-mailbox.txt @@ -28,6 +28,9 @@ SoCs has each of these instances form a cluster and combine multiple clusters into a single IP block present within the Main NavSS. The interrupt lines from all these clusters are multiplexed and routed to different processor subsystems over a limited number of common interrupt output lines of an Interrupt Router. +The AM64x SoCS also uses a single IP block comprising of multiple clusters, +but the number of clusters are smaller, and the interrupt output lines are +connected directly to various processors. Mailbox Device Node: ==================== @@ -42,6 +45,7 @@ Required properties: "ti,omap4-mailbox" for OMAP44xx, OMAP54xx, AM33xx, AM43xx and DRA7xx SoCs "ti,am654-mailbox" for K3 AM65x and J721E SoCs + "ti,am64-mailbox" for K3 AM64x SoCs - reg: Contains the mailbox register address range (base address and length) - interrupts: Contains the interrupt information for the mailbox diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.yaml index ffd09b664ff5..5dc1173d03fd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.yaml @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ properties: - qcom,msm8998-apcs-hmss-global - qcom,qcs404-apcs-apps-global - qcom,sc7180-apss-shared + - qcom,sc8180x-apss-shared - qcom,sdm660-apcs-hmss-global - qcom,sdm845-apss-shared - qcom,sm8150-apss-shared @@ -33,9 +34,11 @@ properties: clocks: description: phandles to the parent clocks of the clock driver + minItems: 2 items: - description: primary pll parent of the clock driver - description: auxiliary parent + - description: reference clock '#mbox-cells': const: 1 @@ -44,9 +47,11 @@ properties: const: 0 clock-names: + minItems: 2 items: - const: pll - const: aux + - const: ref required: - compatible @@ -55,6 +60,35 @@ required: additionalProperties: false +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + enum: + - qcom,ipq6018-apcs-apps-global + - qcom,ipq8074-apcs-apps-global + - qcom,msm8916-apcs-kpss-global + - qcom,msm8994-apcs-kpss-global + - qcom,msm8996-apcs-hmss-global + - qcom,msm8998-apcs-hmss-global + - qcom,qcs404-apcs-apps-global + - qcom,sc7180-apss-shared + - qcom,sdm660-apcs-hmss-global + - qcom,sdm845-apss-shared + - qcom,sm8150-apss-shared + then: + properties: + clocks: + maxItems: 2 + - if: + properties: + compatible: + enum: + - qcom,sdx55-apcs-gcc + then: + properties: + clocks: + maxItems: 3 examples: # Example apcs with msm8996 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allegro,al5e.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allegro,al5e.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..135bea94b587 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allegro,al5e.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/allegro,al5e.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Allegro DVT Video IP Codecs Device Tree Bindings + +maintainers: + - Michael Tretter <m.tretter@pengutronix.de> + +description: |- + Allegro DVT video IP codecs present in the Xilinx ZynqMP SoC. The IP core may + either be a H.264/H.265 encoder or H.264/H.265 decoder ip core. + + Each actual codec engine is controlled by a microcontroller (MCU). Host + software uses a provided mailbox interface to communicate with the MCU. The + MCUs share an interrupt. + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - items: + - const: allegro,al5e-1.1 + - const: allegro,al5e + - items: + - const: allegro,al5d-1.1 + - const: allegro,al5d + + reg: + items: + - description: The registers + - description: The SRAM + + reg-names: + items: + - const: regs + - const: sram + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: Core clock + - description: MCU clock + - description: Core AXI master port clock + - description: MCU AXI master port clock + - description: AXI4-Lite slave port clock + + clock-names: + items: + - const: core_clk + - const: mcu_clk + - const: m_axi_core_aclk + - const: m_axi_mcu_aclk + - const: s_axi_lite_aclk + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - reg-names + - interrupts + - clocks + - clock-names + +additionalProperties: False + +examples: + - | + fpga { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + + al5e: video-codec@a0009000 { + compatible = "allegro,al5e-1.1", "allegro,al5e"; + reg = <0 0xa0009000 0 0x1000>, + <0 0xa0000000 0 0x8000>; + reg-names = "regs", "sram"; + interrupts = <0 96 4>; + clocks = <&xlnx_vcu 0>, <&xlnx_vcu 1>, + <&clkc 71>, <&clkc 71>, <&clkc 71>; + clock-names = "core_clk", "mcu_clk", "m_axi_core_aclk", + "m_axi_mcu_aclk", "s_axi_lite_aclk"; + }; + }; + - | + fpga { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + + al5d: video-codec@a0029000 { + compatible = "allegro,al5d-1.1", "allegro,al5d"; + reg = <0 0xa0029000 0 0x1000>, + <0 0xa0020000 0 0x8000>; + reg-names = "regs", "sram"; + interrupts = <0 96 4>; + clocks = <&xlnx_vcu 2>, <&xlnx_vcu 3>, + <&clkc 71>, <&clkc 71>, <&clkc 71>; + clock-names = "core_clk", "mcu_clk", "m_axi_core_aclk", + "m_axi_mcu_aclk", "s_axi_lite_aclk"; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allegro.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allegro.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a92e2fbf26c9..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allegro.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -Device-tree bindings for the Allegro DVT video IP codecs present in the Xilinx -ZynqMP SoC. The IP core may either be a H.264/H.265 encoder or H.264/H.265 -decoder ip core. - -Each actual codec engines is controlled by a microcontroller (MCU). Host -software uses a provided mailbox interface to communicate with the MCU. The -MCU share an interrupt. - -Required properties: - - compatible: value should be one of the following - "allegro,al5e-1.1", "allegro,al5e": encoder IP core - "allegro,al5d-1.1", "allegro,al5d": decoder IP core - - reg: base and length of the memory mapped register region and base and - length of the memory mapped sram - - reg-names: must include "regs" and "sram" - - interrupts: shared interrupt from the MCUs to the processing system - - clocks: must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names - - clock-names: must include "core_clk", "mcu_clk", "m_axi_core_aclk", - "m_axi_mcu_aclk", "s_axi_lite_aclk" - -Example: - al5e: video-codec@a0009000 { - compatible = "allegro,al5e-1.1", "allegro,al5e"; - reg = <0 0xa0009000 0 0x1000>, - <0 0xa0000000 0 0x8000>; - reg-names = "regs", "sram"; - interrupts = <0 96 4>; - clocks = <&xlnx_vcu 0>, <&xlnx_vcu 1>, - <&clkc 71>, <&clkc 71>, <&clkc 71>; - clock-names = "core_clk", "mcu_clk", "m_axi_core_aclk", - "m_axi_mcu_aclk", "s_axi_lite_aclk" - }; - al5d: video-codec@a0029000 { - compatible = "allegro,al5d-1.1", "allegro,al5d"; - reg = <0 0xa0029000 0 0x1000>, - <0 0xa0020000 0 0x8000>; - reg-names = "regs", "sram"; - interrupts = <0 96 4>; - clocks = <&xlnx_vcu 2>, <&xlnx_vcu 3>, - <&clkc 71>, <&clkc 71>, <&clkc 71>; - clock-names = "core_clk", "mcu_clk", "m_axi_core_aclk", - "m_axi_mcu_aclk", "s_axi_lite_aclk" - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun4i-a10-csi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun4i-a10-csi.yaml index 09318830db47..6ced94064215 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun4i-a10-csi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun4i-a10-csi.yaml @@ -67,14 +67,14 @@ properties: interconnect-names: const: dma-mem - # See ./video-interfaces.txt for details port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base additionalProperties: false properties: endpoint: - type: object + $ref: video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: bus-width: @@ -83,7 +83,6 @@ properties: data-active: true hsync-active: true pclk-sample: true - remote-endpoint: true vsync-active: true required: @@ -91,12 +90,8 @@ properties: - data-active - hsync-active - pclk-sample - - remote-endpoint - vsync-active - required: - - endpoint - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun4i-a10-video-engine.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun4i-a10-video-engine.yaml index 2f7058f7760c..c34303b87a5b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun4i-a10-video-engine.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun4i-a10-video-engine.yaml @@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 memory-region: + maxItems: 1 description: CMA pool to use for buffers allocation instead of the default CMA pool. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun6i-a31-csi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun6i-a31-csi.yaml index 1fd9b5532a21..8b568072a069 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun6i-a31-csi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun6i-a31-csi.yaml @@ -40,17 +40,15 @@ properties: resets: maxItems: 1 - # See ./video-interfaces.txt for details port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base properties: endpoint: - type: object + $ref: video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: - remote-endpoint: true - bus-width: enum: [ 8, 10, 12, 16 ] @@ -60,10 +58,6 @@ properties: required: - bus-width - - remote-endpoint - - required: - - endpoint additionalProperties: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun8i-h3-deinterlace.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun8i-h3-deinterlace.yaml index 6a56214c6cfd..b80980b1908e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun8i-h3-deinterlace.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/allwinner,sun8i-h3-deinterlace.yaml @@ -20,6 +20,9 @@ properties: oneOf: - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3-deinterlace - items: + - const: allwinner,sun8i-r40-deinterlace + - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3-deinterlace + - items: - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64-deinterlace - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3-deinterlace diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7180.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7180.yaml index d8c54f9d9506..bcfd93739b4f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7180.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7180.yaml @@ -36,17 +36,9 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 port: - type: object - description: - A node containing a single endpoint as doucmented in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt - - ports: - type: object - description: - A node containing input and output port nodes with endpoint definitions - as documented in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + + ports: true additionalProperties: false @@ -80,25 +72,20 @@ allOf: then: properties: ports: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - '#size-cells': - const: 0 port@3: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Output port patternProperties: "^port@[0-2]$": - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Input port required: - port@3 - additionalProperties: false - required: - ports @@ -110,25 +97,20 @@ allOf: then: properties: ports: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - '#size-cells': - const: 0 port@6: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Output port patternProperties: "^port@[0-5]$": - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Input port required: - port@6 - additionalProperties: false - required: - ports diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.yaml index 407baddfaa1d..df634b0c1f8c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.yaml @@ -64,16 +64,12 @@ properties: description: Select which input is selected after reset. - ports: - type: object - description: - A node containing input and output port nodes with endpoint definitions - as documented in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt + ports: true required: - compatible - reg + - ports additionalProperties: false @@ -86,26 +82,19 @@ allOf: then: properties: ports: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - '#size-cells': - const: 0 port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Input port + port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Output port required: - port@1 - additionalProperties: false - - required: - - ports - - if: properties: compatible: @@ -114,28 +103,20 @@ allOf: then: properties: ports: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - '#size-cells': - const: 0 port@2: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Output port patternProperties: "^port@[0-1]$": - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Input port required: - port@2 - additionalProperties: false - - required: - - ports - examples: - | #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/aptina,mt9v111.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/aptina,mt9v111.yaml index ff9546e95d05..e53b8d65f381 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/aptina,mt9v111.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/aptina,mt9v111.yaml @@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | - Output video port. See ../video-interfaces.txt. + Output video port. required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/imi,rdacm2x-gmsl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/imi,rdacm2x-gmsl.yaml index 3dc06c628e64..e57575c44930 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/imi,rdacm2x-gmsl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/imi,rdacm2x-gmsl.yaml @@ -86,33 +86,9 @@ properties: maxItems: 3 port: - type: object - additionalProperties: false - description: -| - Connection to the remote GMSL endpoint are modelled using the OF graph - bindings in accordance with the video interface bindings defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. - - The device node contains a single "port" child node with a single - "endpoint" sub-device. - - properties: - endpoint: - type: object - additionalProperties: false - - properties: - remote-endpoint: - description: -| - phandle to the remote GMSL endpoint sub-node in the remote node - port. - maxItems: 1 - - required: - - remote-endpoint - - required: - - endpoint + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: + Connection to the remote GMSL endpoint. required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/imx219.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/imx219.yaml index dfc4d29a4f04..5fc96944b448 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/imx219.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/imx219.yaml @@ -40,16 +40,20 @@ properties: Digital core voltage supply, 1.2 volts reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: |- Reference to the GPIO connected to the xclr pin, if any. Must be released (set high) after all supplies are applied. - # See ../video-interfaces.txt for more details port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + additionalProperties: false + properties: endpoint: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/media/video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + properties: data-lanes: description: |- @@ -60,16 +64,8 @@ properties: - const: 1 - const: 2 - clock-noncontinuous: - type: boolean - description: |- - MIPI CSI-2 clock is non-continuous if this property is present, - otherwise it's continuous. - - link-frequencies: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint64-array - description: - Allowed data bus frequencies. + clock-noncontinuous: true + link-frequencies: true required: - link-frequencies diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/imx258.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/imx258.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..eaf77866ed9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/imx258.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/i2c/imx258.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Sony IMX258 13 Mpixel CMOS Digital Image Sensor + +maintainers: + - Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org> + +description: |- + IMX258 is a diagonal 5.867mm (Type 1/3.06) 13 Mega-pixel CMOS active pixel + type stacked image sensor with a square pixel array of size 4208 x 3120. It + is programmable through I2C interface. Image data is sent through MIPI + CSI-2. + +properties: + compatible: + const: sony,imx258 + + assigned-clocks: true + assigned-clock-parents: true + assigned-clock-rates: true + + clocks: + description: + Clock frequency from 6 to 27 MHz. + maxItems: 1 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + reset-gpios: + description: |- + Reference to the GPIO connected to the XCLR pin, if any. + + vana-supply: + description: + Analog voltage (VANA) supply, 2.7 V + + vdig-supply: + description: + Digital I/O voltage (VDIG) supply, 1.2 V + + vif-supply: + description: + Interface voltage (VIF) supply, 1.8 V + + # See ../video-interfaces.txt for more details + port: + type: object + properties: + endpoint: + type: object + properties: + data-lanes: + oneOf: + - items: + - const: 1 + - const: 2 + - const: 3 + - const: 4 + - items: + - const: 1 + - const: 2 + + link-frequencies: + allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint64-array + description: + Allowed data bus frequencies. + + required: + - data-lanes + - link-frequencies + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - port + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c0 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + sensor@6c { + compatible = "sony,imx258"; + reg = <0x6c>; + clocks = <&imx258_clk>; + + port { + endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&csi1_ep>; + data-lanes = <1 2 3 4>; + link-frequencies = /bits/ 64 <320000000>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + + /* Oscillator on the camera board */ + imx258_clk: clk { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <19200000>; + }; + + - | + i2c0 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + sensor@6c { + compatible = "sony,imx258"; + reg = <0x6c>; + clocks = <&imx258_clk>; + + assigned-clocks = <&imx258_clk>; + assigned-clock-rates = <19200000>; + + port { + endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&csi1_ep>; + data-lanes = <1 2 3 4>; + link-frequencies = /bits/ 64 <633600000>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/maxim,max9286.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/maxim,max9286.yaml index 68ee8c7d9e79..ee16102fdfe7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/maxim,max9286.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/maxim,max9286.yaml @@ -50,82 +50,62 @@ properties: '#gpio-cells': const: 2 - ports: - type: object + maxim,reverse-channel-microvolt: + minimum: 30000 + maximum: 200000 + default: 170000 description: | - The connections to the MAX9286 GMSL and its endpoint nodes are modelled - using the OF graph bindings in accordance with the video interface - bindings defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. - - The following table lists the port number corresponding to each device - port. - - Port Description - ---------------------------------------- - Port 0 GMSL Input 0 - Port 1 GMSL Input 1 - Port 2 GMSL Input 2 - Port 3 GMSL Input 3 - Port 4 CSI-2 Output + Initial amplitude of the reverse control channel, in micro volts. - properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 + The initial amplitude shall be adjusted to a value compatible with the + configuration of the connected remote serializer. - '#size-cells': - const: 0 + Some camera modules (for example RDACM20) include an on-board MCU that + pre-programs the embedded serializer with power supply noise immunity + (high-threshold) enabled. A typical value of the deserializer's reverse + channel amplitude to communicate with pre-programmed serializers is + 170000 micro volts. - port@[0-3]: - type: object - properties: - reg: - enum: [ 0, 1, 2, 3 ] + A typical value for the reverse channel amplitude to communicate with + a remote serializer whose high-threshold noise immunity is not enabled + is 100000 micro volts - endpoint: - type: object + ports: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports - properties: - remote-endpoint: - description: | - phandle to the remote GMSL source endpoint subnode in the - remote node port. + properties: + port@0: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: GMSL Input 0 - required: - - remote-endpoint + port@1: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: GMSL Input 1 - required: - - reg - - endpoint + port@2: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: GMSL Input 2 - additionalProperties: false + port@3: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: GMSL Input 3 port@4: - type: object - properties: - reg: - const: 4 + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false + description: CSI-2 Output + properties: endpoint: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/media/video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: - remote-endpoint: - description: phandle to the remote CSI-2 sink endpoint. - - data-lanes: - description: array of physical CSI-2 data lane indexes. + data-lanes: true required: - - remote-endpoint - data-lanes - required: - - reg - - endpoint - - additionalProperties: false - required: - port@4 @@ -183,25 +163,8 @@ properties: requirements of the currently connected remote device. port: - type: object - - properties: - endpoint: - type: object - - properties: - remote-endpoint: - description: phandle to the MAX9286 sink endpoint. - - required: - - remote-endpoint - - additionalProperties: false - - required: - - endpoint - - additionalProperties: false + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + description: Connection to the MAX9286 sink. required: - compatible @@ -242,6 +205,8 @@ examples: gpio-controller; #gpio-cells = <2>; + maxim,reverse-channel-microvolt = <170000>; + ports { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mipi-ccs.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mipi-ccs.yaml index bb3528315f20..701f4e0d138f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mipi-ccs.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mipi-ccs.yaml @@ -71,19 +71,18 @@ properties: enum: [ 0, 180 ] port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + additionalProperties: false + properties: endpoint: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/media/video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false + properties: - link-frequencies: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint64-array - description: List of allowed data link frequencies. - data-lanes: - minItems: 1 - maxItems: 8 + link-frequencies: true + data-lanes: true bus-type: - description: The type of the data bus. oneOf: - const: 1 # CSI-2 C-PHY - const: 3 # CCP2 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov8856.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov8856.yaml index cde85553fd01..baf92aaaf049 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov8856.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov8856.yaml @@ -57,16 +57,13 @@ properties: active low. port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base additionalProperties: false - description: - A node containing an output port node with an endpoint definition - as documented in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt properties: endpoint: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/media/video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: data-lanes: @@ -79,18 +76,14 @@ properties: - const: 4 link-frequencies: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint64-array - description: - Allowed data bus frequencies. 360000000, 180000000 Hz or both - are supported by the driver. - + description: Frequencies listed are driver, not h/w limitations. + maxItems: 2 + items: + enum: [ 360000000, 180000000 ] required: - link-frequencies - required: - - endpoint - required: - compatible - reg @@ -139,4 +132,3 @@ examples: }; }; ... - diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov02a10.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov02a10.yaml index 1c3879ec4122..63a040944f3d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov02a10.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov02a10.yaml @@ -17,6 +17,9 @@ description: |- @ 1600x1200 (UXGA) resolution transferred over a 1-lane MIPI interface. The sensor output is available via CSI-2 serial data output. +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/media/video-interface-devices.yaml# + properties: compatible: const: ovti,ov02a10 @@ -66,42 +69,34 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 rotation: - description: - Definition of the sensor's placement. - allOf: - - $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32" - - enum: - - 0 # Sensor Mounted Upright - - 180 # Sensor Mounted Upside Down - default: 0 - - # See ../video-interfaces.txt for details + enum: + - 0 # Sensor Mounted Upright + - 180 # Sensor Mounted Upside Down + default: 0 + port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base additionalProperties: false description: Output port node, single endpoint describing the CSI-2 transmitter. properties: endpoint: - type: object - additionalProperties: false + $ref: /schemas/media/video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: link-frequencies: true ovti,mipi-clock-voltage: - allOf: - - $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32" + $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32" description: Definition of MIPI clock voltage unit. This entry corresponds to the link speed defined by the 'link-frequencies' property. If present, the value shall be in the range of 0-4. default: 4 - remote-endpoint: true required: - link-frequencies - - remote-endpoint required: - endpoint diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov2680.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov2680.yaml index 43bf749807e1..cf456f8d9ddc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov2680.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov2680.yaml @@ -50,11 +50,9 @@ properties: Definition of the regulator used as digital power supply. port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: - A node containing an output port node with an endpoint definition - as documented in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt + A node containing an output port node. required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov5647.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov5647.yaml index 280c62afae13..1ab22e75d3c6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov5647.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov5647.yaml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) %YAML 1.2 --- -$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/i2c/ov5647.yaml# +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/i2c/ovti,ov5647.yaml# $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Omnivision OV5647 raw image sensor @@ -31,27 +31,15 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 port: - type: object - description: |- - Should contain one endpoint sub-node used to model connection to the - video receiver according to the specification defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base properties: endpoint: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/media/video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: - remote-endpoint: - description: |- - phandle to the video receiver input port. - - clock-noncontinuous: - type: boolean - description: |- - Set to true to allow MIPI CSI-2 non-continuous clock operations. - - additionalProperties: false + clock-noncontinuous: true additionalProperties: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov5648.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov5648.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f8783f77cc54 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov5648.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/i2c/ovti,ov5648.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: OmniVision OV5648 Image Sensor Device Tree Bindings + +maintainers: + - Paul Kocialkowski <paul.kocialkowski@bootlin.com> + +properties: + compatible: + const: ovti,ov5648 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: XVCLK Clock + + assigned-clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + assigned-clock-rates: + maxItems: 1 + + dvdd-supply: + description: Digital Domain Power Supply + + avdd-supply: + description: Analog Domain Power Supply (internal AVDD is used if missing) + + dovdd-supply: + description: I/O Domain Power Supply + + powerdown-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + description: Power Down Pin GPIO Control (active low) + + reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + description: Reset Pin GPIO Control (active low) + + port: + type: object + description: MIPI CSI-2 transmitter port + + properties: + endpoint: + type: object + + properties: + remote-endpoint: true + + link-frequencies: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint64-array + description: Allowed MIPI CSI-2 link frequencies + + data-lanes: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + + required: + - data-lanes + - link-frequencies + - remote-endpoint + + required: + - endpoint + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - assigned-clocks + - assigned-clock-rates + - dvdd-supply + - dovdd-supply + - port + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/sun8i-v3s-ccu.h> + #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + + i2c0 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ov5648: camera@36 { + compatible = "ovti,ov5648"; + reg = <0x36>; + + dvdd-supply = <&ov5648_dvdd>; + avdd-supply = <&ov5648_avdd>; + dovdd-supply = <&ov5648_dovdd>; + clocks = <&ov5648_xvclk 0>; + assigned-clocks = <&ov5648_xvclk 0>; + assigned-clock-rates = <24000000>; + + + ov5648_out: port { + ov5648_out_mipi_csi2: endpoint { + data-lanes = <1 2>; + link-frequencies = /bits/ 64 <210000000 168000000>; + + remote-endpoint = <&mipi_csi2_in_ov5648>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov772x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov772x.yaml index 6866c2cdac50..44529425ce3a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov772x.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov772x.yaml @@ -37,13 +37,14 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base description: | - Video output port. See ../video-interfaces.txt. + Video output port. properties: endpoint: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/media/video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: bus-type: @@ -91,8 +92,6 @@ properties: required: - bus-type - unevaluatedProperties: false - additionalProperties: false required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov8865.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov8865.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c0ba28aa30c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ovti,ov8865.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/i2c/ovti,ov8865.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: OmniVision OV8865 Image Sensor Device Tree Bindings + +maintainers: + - Paul Kocialkowski <paul.kocialkowski@bootlin.com> + +properties: + compatible: + const: ovti,ov8865 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: EXTCLK Clock + + assigned-clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + assigned-clock-rates: + maxItems: 1 + + dvdd-supply: + description: Digital Domain Power Supply + + avdd-supply: + description: Analog Domain Power Supply + + dovdd-supply: + description: I/O Domain Power Supply + + powerdown-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + description: Power Down Pin GPIO Control (active low) + + reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + description: Reset Pin GPIO Control (active low) + + port: + type: object + description: MIPI CSI-2 transmitter port + + properties: + endpoint: + type: object + + properties: + remote-endpoint: true + + link-frequencies: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint64-array + description: Allowed MIPI CSI-2 link frequencies + + data-lanes: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 4 + + required: + - data-lanes + - link-frequencies + - remote-endpoint + + required: + - endpoint + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - assigned-clocks + - assigned-clock-rates + - dvdd-supply + - avdd-supply + - dovdd-supply + - port + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/sun8i-a83t-ccu.h> + #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + + i2c2 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ov8865: camera@36 { + compatible = "ovti,ov8865"; + reg = <0x36>; + + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&csi_mclk_pin>; + + clocks = <&ccu CLK_CSI_MCLK>; + assigned-clocks = <&ccu CLK_CSI_MCLK>; + assigned-clock-rates = <24000000>; + + avdd-supply = <®_ov8865_avdd>; + dovdd-supply = <®_ov8865_dovdd>; + dvdd-supply = <®_ov8865_dvdd>; + + powerdown-gpios = <&pio 4 17 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; /* PE17 */ + reset-gpios = <&pio 4 16 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; /* PE16 */ + + port { + ov8865_out_mipi_csi2: endpoint { + data-lanes = <1 2 3 4>; + link-frequencies = /bits/ 64 <360000000>; + + remote-endpoint = <&mipi_csi2_in_ov8865>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx214.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx214.yaml index eb12526a462f..c9760f895b3e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx214.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx214.yaml @@ -15,6 +15,9 @@ description: | interface. Image data is sent through MIPI CSI-2, through 2 or 4 lanes at a maximum throughput of 1.2Gbps/lane. +allOf: + - $ref: ../video-interface-devices.yaml# + properties: compatible: const: sony,imx214 @@ -44,25 +47,21 @@ properties: vddd-supply: description: Chip digital core regulator (1.12V). - flash-leds: - description: See ../video-interfaces.txt - - lens-focus: - description: See ../video-interfaces.txt + flash-leds: true + lens-focus: true port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base description: | - Video output port. See ../video-interfaces.txt. + Video output port. properties: endpoint: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/media/video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: data-lanes: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array - description: See ../video-interfaces.txt anyOf: - items: - const: 1 @@ -73,16 +72,12 @@ properties: - const: 3 - const: 4 - link-frequencies: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint64-array - description: See ../video-interfaces.txt + link-frequencies: true required: - data-lanes - link-frequencies - unevaluatedProperties: false - additionalProperties: false required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx274.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx274.yaml index a66acb20d59b..4271fc3cc623 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx274.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx274.yaml @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ properties: description: Sensor digital IO 1.2 V supply. port: - type: object - description: Output video port. See ../video-interfaces.txt. + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx334.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx334.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..24e689314bde --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx334.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (C) 2021 Intel Corporation +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/i2c/sony,imx334.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Sony IMX334 Sensor + +maintainers: + - Paul J. Murphy <paul.j.murphy@intel.com> + - Daniele Alessandrelli <daniele.alessandrelli@intel.com> + +description: + IMX334 sensor is a Sony CMOS active pixel digital image sensor with an active + array size of 3864H x 2202V. It is programmable through I2C interface. The + I2C client address is fixed to 0x1a as per sensor data sheet. Image data is + sent through MIPI CSI-2. + +properties: + compatible: + const: sony,imx334 + reg: + description: I2C address + maxItems: 1 + + assigned-clocks: true + assigned-clock-parents: true + assigned-clock-rates: true + + clocks: + description: Clock frequency from 6 to 27 MHz, 37.125MHz, 74.25MHz + maxItems: 1 + + reset-gpios: + description: Reference to the GPIO connected to the XCLR pin, if any. + + port: + type: object + additionalProperties: false + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port + + properties: + endpoint: + type: object + properties: + data-lanes: + $ref: ../video-interfaces.yaml#/properties/data-lanes + link-frequencies: + $ref: ../video-interfaces.yaml#/properties/link-frequencies + + required: + - data-lanes + - link-frequencies + + required: + - endpoint + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - port + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c0 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + camera@1a { + compatible = "sony,imx334"; + reg = <0x1a>; + clocks = <&imx334_clk>; + + assigned-clocks = <&imx334_clk>; + assigned-clock-parents = <&imx334_clk_parent>; + assigned-clock-rates = <24000000>; + + port { + imx334: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&cam>; + data-lanes = <1 2 3 4>; + link-frequencies = /bits/ 64 <891000000>; + }; + }; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/marvell,mmp2-ccic.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/marvell,mmp2-ccic.yaml index 49bff738aca5..c14c7d827b00 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/marvell,mmp2-ccic.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/marvell,mmp2-ccic.yaml @@ -23,30 +23,24 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base additionalProperties: false properties: endpoint: - type: object - additionalProperties: false + $ref: video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false - # Properties described in - # Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt properties: - remote-endpoint: true hsync-active: true vsync-active: true pclk-sample: true bus-type: true - required: - - remote-endpoint - - required: - - endpoint - clocks: minItems: 1 maxItems: 3 @@ -75,6 +69,7 @@ additionalProperties: false examples: - | #include <dt-bindings/clock/marvell,mmp2.h> + #include <dt-bindings/power/marvell,mmp2.h> camera@d420a000 { compatible = "marvell,mmp2-ccic"; @@ -84,6 +79,7 @@ examples: clock-names = "axi"; #clock-cells = <0>; clock-output-names = "mclk"; + power-domains = <&soc_clocks MMP3_POWER_DOMAIN_CAMERA>; port { camera0_0: endpoint { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-decoder.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-decoder.txt index 044b11913c49..cf60c5acc0e4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-decoder.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-decoder.txt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Required properties: - power-domains: a phandle to the power domain, see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt for details. - mediatek,larb: must contain the local arbiters in the current Socs, see - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.yaml for details. - iommus: should point to the respective IOMMU block with master port as argument, see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-encoder.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-encoder.txt index 736be7cad385..acfb50375b8a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-encoder.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-encoder.txt @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Required properties: - power-domains: a phandle to the power domain, see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt for details. - mediatek,larb: must contain the local arbiters in the current SoCs, see - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.yaml for details. - iommus: should point to the respective IOMMU block with master port as argument, see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-mdp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-mdp.txt index 0d03e3ae2be2..f4798d04e925 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-mdp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-mdp.txt @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Required properties (DMA function blocks, child node): argument, see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt for details. - mediatek,larb: must contain the local arbiters in the current Socs, see - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.yaml for details. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/nxp,imx7-csi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/nxp,imx7-csi.yaml index 4e81a47e60ac..d91575b8ebb9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/nxp,imx7-csi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/nxp,imx7-csi.yaml @@ -33,10 +33,7 @@ properties: - const: mclk port: - type: object - description: - A node containing input port nodes with endpoint definitions as documented - in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/nxp,imx7-mipi-csi2.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/nxp,imx7-mipi-csi2.yaml index 0668332959e7..be47a7b62ca9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/nxp,imx7-mipi-csi2.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/nxp,imx7-mipi-csi2.yaml @@ -58,35 +58,22 @@ properties: Differential receiver (HS-RX) settle time ports: - type: object - description: - A node containing input and output port nodes with endpoint definitions - as documented in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - - '#size-cells': - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false description: Input port node, single endpoint describing the CSI-2 transmitter. properties: - reg: - const: 0 - endpoint: - type: object + $ref: video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: data-lanes: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array - description: See ../video-interfaces.txt oneOf: - items: - const: 1 @@ -94,18 +81,11 @@ properties: - const: 1 - const: 2 - remote-endpoint: true - required: - data-lanes - - remote-endpoint - - additionalProperties: false - - additionalProperties: false port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Output port node diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.yaml index c7e1e4fe67e6..50e0740af15a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.yaml @@ -34,18 +34,15 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 port: - type: object - additionalProperties: false + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: endpoint: - type: object - additionalProperties: false + $ref: video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false - # Properties described in - # Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt properties: - remote-endpoint: true hsync-active: true vsync-active: true field-even-active: false @@ -53,12 +50,6 @@ properties: enum: [8, 16] default: 8 - required: - - remote-endpoint - - required: - - endpoint - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,csi2.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,csi2.yaml index 533c2f181db7..20396f1be999 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,csi2.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,csi2.yaml @@ -46,24 +46,19 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 ports: - type: object - description: - A node containing input and output port nodes with endpoint definitions - as documented in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false description: Input port node, single endpoint describing the CSI-2 transmitter. properties: - reg: - const: 0 - endpoint: - type: object + $ref: video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: clock-lanes: @@ -72,50 +67,19 @@ properties: data-lanes: maxItems: 1 - remote-endpoint: true - required: - clock-lanes - data-lanes - - remote-endpoint - - additionalProperties: false - - additionalProperties: false port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Output port node, multiple endpoints describing all the R-Car VIN modules connected the CSI-2 receiver. - properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - - '#size-cells': - const: 0 - - reg: - const: 1 - - patternProperties: - "^endpoint@[0-9a-f]$": - type: object - - properties: - reg: - maxItems: 1 - - remote-endpoint: true - - required: - - reg - - remote-endpoint - - additionalProperties: false - - additionalProperties: false + required: + - port@0 + - port@1 required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vin.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vin.yaml index ad2fe660364b..fe7c4cbfe4ba 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vin.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vin.yaml @@ -69,15 +69,15 @@ properties: #The per-board settings for Gen2 and RZ/G1 platforms: port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false description: - A node containing a parallel input with a single endpoint definitions as - documented in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt + A node containing a parallel input properties: endpoint: - type: object + $ref: video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: hsync-active: @@ -106,15 +106,6 @@ properties: data-active: true - remote-endpoint: true - - required: - - remote-endpoint - - additionalProperties: false - - additionalProperties: false - #The per-board settings for Gen3 and RZ/G2 platforms: renesas,id: description: VIN channel number @@ -123,23 +114,18 @@ properties: maximum: 15 ports: - type: object - description: - A node containing input nodes with endpoint definitions as documented in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Input port node, single endpoint describing a parallel input source. properties: - reg: - const: 0 - endpoint: - type: object + $ref: video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: hsync-active: @@ -168,98 +154,29 @@ properties: data-active: true - remote-endpoint: true - - required: - - remote-endpoint - - additionalProperties: false - - required: - - endpoint - - additionalProperties: false - port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Input port node, multiple endpoints describing all the R-Car CSI-2 modules connected the VIN. properties: - '#address-cells': - const: 1 - - '#size-cells': - const: 0 - - reg: - const: 1 - endpoint@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/endpoint description: Endpoint connected to CSI20. - properties: - reg: - const: 0 - - remote-endpoint: true - - required: - - reg - - remote-endpoint - - additionalProperties: false - endpoint@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/endpoint description: Endpoint connected to CSI21. - properties: - reg: - const: 1 - - remote-endpoint: true - - required: - - reg - - remote-endpoint - - additionalProperties: false - endpoint@2: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/endpoint description: Endpoint connected to CSI40. - properties: - reg: - const: 2 - - remote-endpoint: true - - required: - - reg - - remote-endpoint - - additionalProperties: false - endpoint@3: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/endpoint description: Endpoint connected to CSI41. - properties: - reg: - const: 3 - - remote-endpoint: true - - required: - - reg - - remote-endpoint - - additionalProperties: false - anyOf: - required: - endpoint@0 @@ -270,8 +187,6 @@ properties: - required: - endpoint@3 - additionalProperties: false - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rockchip-isp1.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rockchip-isp1.yaml index 2004c054ed1a..a6b1eff879ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rockchip-isp1.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rockchip-isp1.yaml @@ -56,56 +56,26 @@ properties: power-domains: maxItems: 1 - # See ./video-interfaces.txt for details ports: - type: object - additionalProperties: false + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false description: connection point for sensors at MIPI-DPHY RX0 - additionalProperties: false properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - - reg: - const: 0 - - patternProperties: endpoint: - type: object - additionalProperties: false + $ref: video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: - reg: - maxItems: 1 - data-lanes: minItems: 1 maxItems: 4 - remote-endpoint: true - - required: - - reg - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - port@0 required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/st,stm32-dcmi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/st,stm32-dcmi.yaml index c18574bb3e81..41e1d0cd80e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/st,stm32-dcmi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/st,stm32-dcmi.yaml @@ -37,16 +37,15 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 port: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false description: - DCMI supports a single port node with parallel bus. It should contain - one 'port' child node with child 'endpoint' node. Please refer to the - bindings defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + DCMI supports a single port node with parallel bus. properties: endpoint: - type: object + $ref: video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: bus-type: @@ -57,8 +56,6 @@ properties: enum: [8, 10, 12, 14] default: 8 - remote-endpoint: true - allOf: - if: properties: @@ -73,14 +70,9 @@ properties: enum: [8] required: - - remote-endpoint - bus-type - pclk-sample - unevaluatedProperties: false - - additionalProperties: false - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti,cal.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti,cal.yaml index 5e066629287d..65177cd69514 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti,cal.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti,cal.yaml @@ -15,10 +15,7 @@ description: |- processing capability to connect CSI2 image-sensor modules to the DRA72x device. - CAL supports 2 camera port nodes on MIPI bus. Each CSI2 camera port nodes - should contain a 'port' child node with child 'endpoint' node. Please - refer to the bindings defined in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + CAL supports 2 camera port nodes on MIPI bus. properties: compatible: @@ -67,31 +64,19 @@ properties: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt maxItems: 1 - # See ./video-interfaces.txt for details ports: - type: object - additionalProperties: false + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: - "#address-cells": - const: 1 - - "#size-cells": - const: 0 - port@0: - type: object - additionalProperties: false + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false + description: CSI2 Port #0 properties: - reg: - const: 0 - description: CSI2 Port #0 - - patternProperties: endpoint: - type: object - additionalProperties: false + $ref: video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: clock-lanes: @@ -101,24 +86,15 @@ properties: minItems: 1 maxItems: 4 - remote-endpoint: true - - required: - - reg - port@1: - type: object - additionalProperties: false + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base + unevaluatedProperties: false + description: CSI2 Port #1 properties: - reg: - const: 1 - description: CSI2 Port #1 - - patternProperties: endpoint: - type: object - additionalProperties: false + $ref: video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: clock-lanes: @@ -128,14 +104,7 @@ properties: minItems: 1 maxItems: 4 - remote-endpoint: true - - required: - - reg - required: - - "#address-cells" - - "#size-cells" - port@0 required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interface-devices.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interface-devices.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4527f56a5a6e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interface-devices.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,406 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/video-interface-devices.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Common bindings for video receiver and transmitter devices + +maintainers: + - Jacopo Mondi <jacopo@jmondi.org> + - Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@linux.intel.com> + +properties: + flash-leds: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array + description: + An array of phandles, each referring to a flash LED, a sub-node of the LED + driver device node. + + lens-focus: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: + A phandle to the node of the focus lens controller. + + rotation: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [ 0, 90, 180, 270 ] + description: | + The camera rotation is expressed as the angular difference in degrees + between two reference systems, one relative to the camera module, and one + defined on the external world scene to be captured when projected on the + image sensor pixel array. + + A camera sensor has a 2-dimensional reference system 'Rc' defined by its + pixel array read-out order. The origin is set to the first pixel being + read out, the X-axis points along the column read-out direction towards + the last columns, and the Y-axis along the row read-out direction towards + the last row. + + A typical example for a sensor with a 2592x1944 pixel array matrix + observed from the front is: + + 2591 X-axis 0 + <------------------------+ 0 + .......... ... ..........! + .......... ... ..........! Y-axis + ... ! + .......... ... ..........! + .......... ... ..........! 1943 + V + + The external world scene reference system 'Rs' is a 2-dimensional + reference system on the focal plane of the camera module. The origin is + placed on the top-left corner of the visible scene, the X-axis points + towards the right, and the Y-axis points towards the bottom of the scene. + The top, bottom, left and right directions are intentionally not defined + and depend on the environment in which the camera is used. + + A typical example of a (very common) picture of a shark swimming from left + to right, as seen from the camera, is: + + 0 X-axis + 0 +-------------------------------------> + ! + ! + ! + ! |\____)\___ + ! ) _____ __`< + ! |/ )/ + ! + ! + ! + V + Y-axis + + with the reference system 'Rs' placed on the camera focal plane: + + ¸.·˙! + ¸.·˙ ! + _ ¸.·˙ ! + +-/ \-+¸.·˙ ! + | (o) | ! Camera focal plane + +-----+˙·.¸ ! + ˙·.¸ ! + ˙·.¸ ! + ˙·.¸! + + When projected on the sensor's pixel array, the image and the associated + reference system 'Rs' are typically (but not always) inverted, due to the + camera module's lens optical inversion effect. + + Assuming the above represented scene of the swimming shark, the lens + inversion projects the scene and its reference system onto the sensor + pixel array, seen from the front of the camera sensor, as follows: + + Y-axis + ^ + ! + ! + ! + ! |\_____)\__ + ! ) ____ ___.< + ! |/ )/ + ! + ! + ! + 0 +-------------------------------------> + 0 X-axis + + Note the shark being upside-down. + + The resulting projected reference system is named 'Rp'. + + The camera rotation property is then defined as the angular difference in + the counter-clockwise direction between the camera reference system 'Rc' + and the projected scene reference system 'Rp'. It is expressed in degrees + as a number in the range [0, 360[. + + Examples + + 0 degrees camera rotation: + + + Y-Rp + ^ + Y-Rc ! + ^ ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! 0 +-------------------------------------> + ! 0 X-Rp + 0 +-------------------------------------> + 0 X-Rc + + + X-Rc 0 + <------------------------------------+ 0 + X-Rp 0 ! + <------------------------------------+ 0 ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! V + ! Y-Rc + V + Y-Rp + + 90 degrees camera rotation: + + 0 Y-Rc + 0 +--------------------> + ! Y-Rp + ! ^ + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! 0 +-------------------------------------> + ! 0 X-Rp + ! + ! + ! + ! + V + X-Rc + + 180 degrees camera rotation: + + 0 + <------------------------------------+ 0 + X-Rc ! + Y-Rp ! + ^ ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! V + ! Y-Rc + 0 +-------------------------------------> + 0 X-Rp + + 270 degrees camera rotation: + + 0 Y-Rc + 0 +--------------------> + ! 0 + ! <-----------------------------------+ 0 + ! X-Rp ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! V + ! Y-Rp + ! + ! + ! + ! + V + X-Rc + + + Example one - Webcam + + A camera module installed on the user facing part of a laptop screen + casing used for video calls. The captured images are meant to be displayed + in landscape mode (width > height) on the laptop screen. + + The camera is typically mounted upside-down to compensate the lens optical + inversion effect: + + Y-Rp + Y-Rc ^ + ^ ! + ! ! + ! ! |\_____)\__ + ! ! ) ____ ___.< + ! ! |/ )/ + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! 0 +-------------------------------------> + ! 0 X-Rp + 0 +-------------------------------------> + 0 X-Rc + + The two reference systems are aligned, the resulting camera rotation is + 0 degrees, no rotation correction needs to be applied to the resulting + image once captured to memory buffers to correctly display it to users: + + +--------------------------------------+ + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! |\____)\___ ! + ! ) _____ __`< ! + ! |/ )/ ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + +--------------------------------------+ + + If the camera sensor is not mounted upside-down to compensate for the lens + optical inversion, the two reference systems will not be aligned, with + 'Rp' being rotated 180 degrees relatively to 'Rc': + + + X-Rc 0 + <------------------------------------+ 0 + ! + Y-Rp ! + ^ ! + ! ! + ! |\_____)\__ ! + ! ) ____ ___.< ! + ! |/ )/ ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! V + ! Y-Rc + 0 +-------------------------------------> + 0 X-Rp + + The image once captured to memory will then be rotated by 180 degrees: + + +--------------------------------------+ + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! __/(_____/| ! + ! >.___ ____ ( ! + ! \( \| ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + +--------------------------------------+ + + A software rotation correction of 180 degrees should be applied to + correctly display the image: + + +--------------------------------------+ + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! |\____)\___ ! + ! ) _____ __`< ! + ! |/ )/ ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + +--------------------------------------+ + + Example two - Phone camera + + A camera installed on the back side of a mobile device facing away from + the user. The captured images are meant to be displayed in portrait mode + (height > width) to match the device screen orientation and the device + usage orientation used when taking the picture. + + The camera sensor is typically mounted with its pixel array longer side + aligned to the device longer side, upside-down mounted to compensate for + the lens optical inversion effect: + + 0 Y-Rc + 0 +--------------------> + ! Y-Rp + ! ^ + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! |\_____)\__ + ! ! ) ____ ___.< + ! ! |/ )/ + ! ! + ! ! + ! ! + ! 0 +-------------------------------------> + ! 0 X-Rp + ! + ! + ! + ! + V + X-Rc + + The two reference systems are not aligned and the 'Rp' reference system is + rotated by 90 degrees in the counter-clockwise direction relatively to the + 'Rc' reference system. + + The image once captured to memory will be rotated: + + +-------------------------------------+ + | _ _ | + | \ / | + | | | | + | | | | + | | > | + | < | | + | | | | + | . | + | V | + +-------------------------------------+ + + A correction of 90 degrees in counter-clockwise direction has to be + applied to correctly display the image in portrait mode on the device + screen: + + +--------------------+ + | | + | | + | | + | | + | | + | | + | |\____)\___ | + | ) _____ __`< | + | |/ )/ | + | | + | | + | | + | | + | | + +--------------------+ + + orientation: + description: + The orientation of a device (typically an image sensor or a flash LED) + describing its mounting position relative to the usage orientation of the + system where the device is installed on. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: + # Front. The device is mounted on the front facing side of the system. For + # mobile devices such as smartphones, tablets and laptops the front side + # is the user facing side. + - 0 + # Back. The device is mounted on the back side of the system, which is + # defined as the opposite side of the front facing one. + - 1 + # External. The device is not attached directly to the system but is + # attached in a way that allows it to move freely. + - 2 + +additionalProperties: true + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt index 3920f25a9123..8fcf5f52bf5b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt @@ -1,639 +1 @@ -Common bindings for video receiver and transmitter interfaces - -General concept ---------------- - -Video data pipelines usually consist of external devices, e.g. camera sensors, -controlled over an I2C, SPI or UART bus, and SoC internal IP blocks, including -video DMA engines and video data processors. - -SoC internal blocks are described by DT nodes, placed similarly to other SoC -blocks. External devices are represented as child nodes of their respective -bus controller nodes, e.g. I2C. - -Data interfaces on all video devices are described by their child 'port' nodes. -Configuration of a port depends on other devices participating in the data -transfer and is described by 'endpoint' subnodes. - -device { - ... - ports { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - port@0 { - ... - endpoint@0 { ... }; - endpoint@1 { ... }; - }; - port@1 { ... }; - }; -}; - -If a port can be configured to work with more than one remote device on the same -bus, an 'endpoint' child node must be provided for each of them. If more than -one port is present in a device node or there is more than one endpoint at a -port, or port node needs to be associated with a selected hardware interface, -a common scheme using '#address-cells', '#size-cells' and 'reg' properties is -used. - -All 'port' nodes can be grouped under optional 'ports' node, which allows to -specify #address-cells, #size-cells properties independently for the 'port' -and 'endpoint' nodes and any child device nodes a device might have. - -Two 'endpoint' nodes are linked with each other through their 'remote-endpoint' -phandles. An endpoint subnode of a device contains all properties needed for -configuration of this device for data exchange with other device. In most -cases properties at the peer 'endpoint' nodes will be identical, however they -might need to be different when there is any signal modifications on the bus -between two devices, e.g. there are logic signal inverters on the lines. - -It is allowed for multiple endpoints at a port to be active simultaneously, -where supported by a device. For example, in case where a data interface of -a device is partitioned into multiple data busses, e.g. 16-bit input port -divided into two separate ITU-R BT.656 8-bit busses. In such case bus-width -and data-shift properties can be used to assign physical data lines to each -endpoint node (logical bus). - -Documenting bindings for devices --------------------------------- - -All required and optional bindings the device supports shall be explicitly -documented in device DT binding documentation. This also includes port and -endpoint nodes for the device, including unit-addresses and reg properties where -relevant. - -Please also see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt . - -Required properties -------------------- - -If there is more than one 'port' or more than one 'endpoint' node or 'reg' -property is present in port and/or endpoint nodes the following properties -are required in a relevant parent node: - - - #address-cells : number of cells required to define port/endpoint - identifier, should be 1. - - #size-cells : should be zero. - - -Optional properties -------------------- - -- flash-leds: An array of phandles, each referring to a flash LED, a sub-node - of the LED driver device node. - -- lens-focus: A phandle to the node of the focus lens controller. - -- rotation: The camera rotation is expressed as the angular difference in - degrees between two reference systems, one relative to the camera module, and - one defined on the external world scene to be captured when projected on the - image sensor pixel array. - - A camera sensor has a 2-dimensional reference system 'Rc' defined by - its pixel array read-out order. The origin is set to the first pixel - being read out, the X-axis points along the column read-out direction - towards the last columns, and the Y-axis along the row read-out - direction towards the last row. - - A typical example for a sensor with a 2592x1944 pixel array matrix - observed from the front is: - - 2591 X-axis 0 - <------------------------+ 0 - .......... ... ..........! - .......... ... ..........! Y-axis - ... ! - .......... ... ..........! - .......... ... ..........! 1943 - V - - The external world scene reference system 'Rs' is a 2-dimensional - reference system on the focal plane of the camera module. The origin is - placed on the top-left corner of the visible scene, the X-axis points - towards the right, and the Y-axis points towards the bottom of the - scene. The top, bottom, left and right directions are intentionally not - defined and depend on the environment in which the camera is used. - - A typical example of a (very common) picture of a shark swimming from - left to right, as seen from the camera, is: - - 0 X-axis - 0 +-------------------------------------> - ! - ! - ! - ! |\____)\___ - ! ) _____ __`< - ! |/ )/ - ! - ! - ! - V - Y-axis - - with the reference system 'Rs' placed on the camera focal plane: - - ¸.·˙! - ¸.·˙ ! - _ ¸.·˙ ! - +-/ \-+¸.·˙ ! - | (o) | ! Camera focal plane - +-----+˙·.¸ ! - ˙·.¸ ! - ˙·.¸ ! - ˙·.¸! - - When projected on the sensor's pixel array, the image and the associated - reference system 'Rs' are typically (but not always) inverted, due to - the camera module's lens optical inversion effect. - - Assuming the above represented scene of the swimming shark, the lens - inversion projects the scene and its reference system onto the sensor - pixel array, seen from the front of the camera sensor, as follows: - - Y-axis - ^ - ! - ! - ! - ! |\_____)\__ - ! ) ____ ___.< - ! |/ )/ - ! - ! - ! - 0 +-------------------------------------> - 0 X-axis - - Note the shark being upside-down. - - The resulting projected reference system is named 'Rp'. - - The camera rotation property is then defined as the angular difference - in the counter-clockwise direction between the camera reference system - 'Rc' and the projected scene reference system 'Rp'. It is expressed in - degrees as a number in the range [0, 360[. - - Examples - - 0 degrees camera rotation: - - - Y-Rp - ^ - Y-Rc ! - ^ ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! 0 +-------------------------------------> - ! 0 X-Rp - 0 +-------------------------------------> - 0 X-Rc - - - X-Rc 0 - <------------------------------------+ 0 - X-Rp 0 ! - <------------------------------------+ 0 ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! V - ! Y-Rc - V - Y-Rp - - 90 degrees camera rotation: - - 0 Y-Rc - 0 +--------------------> - ! Y-Rp - ! ^ - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! 0 +-------------------------------------> - ! 0 X-Rp - ! - ! - ! - ! - V - X-Rc - - 180 degrees camera rotation: - - 0 - <------------------------------------+ 0 - X-Rc ! - Y-Rp ! - ^ ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! V - ! Y-Rc - 0 +-------------------------------------> - 0 X-Rp - - 270 degrees camera rotation: - - 0 Y-Rc - 0 +--------------------> - ! 0 - ! <-----------------------------------+ 0 - ! X-Rp ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! V - ! Y-Rp - ! - ! - ! - ! - V - X-Rc - - - Example one - Webcam - - A camera module installed on the user facing part of a laptop screen - casing used for video calls. The captured images are meant to be - displayed in landscape mode (width > height) on the laptop screen. - - The camera is typically mounted upside-down to compensate the lens - optical inversion effect: - - Y-Rp - Y-Rc ^ - ^ ! - ! ! - ! ! |\_____)\__ - ! ! ) ____ ___.< - ! ! |/ )/ - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! 0 +-------------------------------------> - ! 0 X-Rp - 0 +-------------------------------------> - 0 X-Rc - - The two reference systems are aligned, the resulting camera rotation is - 0 degrees, no rotation correction needs to be applied to the resulting - image once captured to memory buffers to correctly display it to users: - - +--------------------------------------+ - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! |\____)\___ ! - ! ) _____ __`< ! - ! |/ )/ ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - +--------------------------------------+ - - If the camera sensor is not mounted upside-down to compensate for the - lens optical inversion, the two reference systems will not be aligned, - with 'Rp' being rotated 180 degrees relatively to 'Rc': - - - X-Rc 0 - <------------------------------------+ 0 - ! - Y-Rp ! - ^ ! - ! ! - ! |\_____)\__ ! - ! ) ____ ___.< ! - ! |/ )/ ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! V - ! Y-Rc - 0 +-------------------------------------> - 0 X-Rp - - The image once captured to memory will then be rotated by 180 degrees: - - +--------------------------------------+ - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! __/(_____/| ! - ! >.___ ____ ( ! - ! \( \| ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - +--------------------------------------+ - - A software rotation correction of 180 degrees should be applied to - correctly display the image: - - +--------------------------------------+ - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! |\____)\___ ! - ! ) _____ __`< ! - ! |/ )/ ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - +--------------------------------------+ - - Example two - Phone camera - - A camera installed on the back side of a mobile device facing away from - the user. The captured images are meant to be displayed in portrait mode - (height > width) to match the device screen orientation and the device - usage orientation used when taking the picture. - - The camera sensor is typically mounted with its pixel array longer side - aligned to the device longer side, upside-down mounted to compensate for - the lens optical inversion effect: - - 0 Y-Rc - 0 +--------------------> - ! Y-Rp - ! ^ - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! |\_____)\__ - ! ! ) ____ ___.< - ! ! |/ )/ - ! ! - ! ! - ! ! - ! 0 +-------------------------------------> - ! 0 X-Rp - ! - ! - ! - ! - V - X-Rc - - The two reference systems are not aligned and the 'Rp' reference - system is rotated by 90 degrees in the counter-clockwise direction - relatively to the 'Rc' reference system. - - The image once captured to memory will be rotated: - - +-------------------------------------+ - | _ _ | - | \ / | - | | | | - | | | | - | | > | - | < | | - | | | | - | . | - | V | - +-------------------------------------+ - - A correction of 90 degrees in counter-clockwise direction has to be - applied to correctly display the image in portrait mode on the device - screen: - - +--------------------+ - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | |\____)\___ | - | ) _____ __`< | - | |/ )/ | - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - +--------------------+ - -- orientation: The orientation of a device (typically an image sensor or a flash - LED) describing its mounting position relative to the usage orientation of the - system where the device is installed on. - Possible values are: - 0 - Front. The device is mounted on the front facing side of the system. - For mobile devices such as smartphones, tablets and laptops the front side is - the user facing side. - 1 - Back. The device is mounted on the back side of the system, which is - defined as the opposite side of the front facing one. - 2 - External. The device is not attached directly to the system but is - attached in a way that allows it to move freely. - -Optional endpoint properties ----------------------------- - -- remote-endpoint: phandle to an 'endpoint' subnode of a remote device node. -- slave-mode: a boolean property indicating that the link is run in slave mode. - The default when this property is not specified is master mode. In the slave - mode horizontal and vertical synchronization signals are provided to the - slave device (data source) by the master device (data sink). In the master - mode the data source device is also the source of the synchronization signals. -- bus-type: data bus type. Possible values are: - 1 - MIPI CSI-2 C-PHY - 2 - MIPI CSI1 - 3 - CCP2 - 4 - MIPI CSI-2 D-PHY - 5 - Parallel - 6 - Bt.656 -- bus-width: number of data lines actively used, valid for the parallel busses. -- data-shift: on the parallel data busses, if bus-width is used to specify the - number of data lines, data-shift can be used to specify which data lines are - used, e.g. "bus-width=<8>; data-shift=<2>;" means, that lines 9:2 are used. -- hsync-active: active state of the HSYNC signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively. -- vsync-active: active state of the VSYNC signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively. - Note, that if HSYNC and VSYNC polarities are not specified, embedded - synchronization may be required, where supported. -- data-active: similar to HSYNC and VSYNC, specifies data line polarity. -- data-enable-active: similar to HSYNC and VSYNC, specifies the data enable - signal polarity. -- field-even-active: field signal level during the even field data transmission. -- pclk-sample: sample data on rising (1) or falling (0) edge of the pixel clock - signal. -- sync-on-green-active: active state of Sync-on-green (SoG) signal, 0/1 for - LOW/HIGH respectively. -- data-lanes: an array of physical data lane indexes. Position of an entry - determines the logical lane number, while the value of an entry indicates - physical lane, e.g. for 2-lane MIPI CSI-2 bus we could have - "data-lanes = <1 2>;", assuming the clock lane is on hardware lane 0. - If the hardware does not support lane reordering, monotonically - incremented values shall be used from 0 or 1 onwards, depending on - whether or not there is also a clock lane. This property is valid for - serial busses only (e.g. MIPI CSI-2). -- clock-lanes: an array of physical clock lane indexes. Position of an entry - determines the logical lane number, while the value of an entry indicates - physical lane, e.g. for a MIPI CSI-2 bus we could have "clock-lanes = <0>;", - which places the clock lane on hardware lane 0. This property is valid for - serial busses only (e.g. MIPI CSI-2). Note that for the MIPI CSI-2 bus this - array contains only one entry. -- clock-noncontinuous: a boolean property to allow MIPI CSI-2 non-continuous - clock mode. -- link-frequencies: Allowed data bus frequencies. For MIPI CSI-2, for - instance, this is the actual frequency of the bus, not bits per clock per - lane value. An array of 64-bit unsigned integers. -- lane-polarities: an array of polarities of the lanes starting from the clock - lane and followed by the data lanes in the same order as in data-lanes. - Valid values are 0 (normal) and 1 (inverted). The length of the array - should be the combined length of data-lanes and clock-lanes properties. - If the lane-polarities property is omitted, the value must be interpreted - as 0 (normal). This property is valid for serial busses only. -- strobe: Whether the clock signal is used as clock (0) or strobe (1). Used - with CCP2, for instance. - -Example -------- - -The example snippet below describes two data pipelines. ov772x and imx074 are -camera sensors with a parallel and serial (MIPI CSI-2) video bus respectively. -Both sensors are on the I2C control bus corresponding to the i2c0 controller -node. ov772x sensor is linked directly to the ceu0 video host interface. -imx074 is linked to ceu0 through the MIPI CSI-2 receiver (csi2). ceu0 has a -(single) DMA engine writing captured data to memory. ceu0 node has a single -'port' node which may indicate that at any time only one of the following data -pipelines can be active: ov772x -> ceu0 or imx074 -> csi2 -> ceu0. - - ceu0: ceu@fe910000 { - compatible = "renesas,sh-mobile-ceu"; - reg = <0xfe910000 0xa0>; - interrupts = <0x880>; - - mclk: master_clock { - compatible = "renesas,ceu-clock"; - #clock-cells = <1>; - clock-frequency = <50000000>; /* Max clock frequency */ - clock-output-names = "mclk"; - }; - - port { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - /* Parallel bus endpoint */ - ceu0_1: endpoint@1 { - reg = <1>; /* Local endpoint # */ - remote = <&ov772x_1_1>; /* Remote phandle */ - bus-width = <8>; /* Used data lines */ - data-shift = <2>; /* Lines 9:2 are used */ - - /* If hsync-active/vsync-active are missing, - embedded BT.656 sync is used */ - hsync-active = <0>; /* Active low */ - vsync-active = <0>; /* Active low */ - data-active = <1>; /* Active high */ - pclk-sample = <1>; /* Rising */ - }; - - /* MIPI CSI-2 bus endpoint */ - ceu0_0: endpoint@0 { - reg = <0>; - remote = <&csi2_2>; - }; - }; - }; - - i2c0: i2c@fff20000 { - ... - ov772x_1: camera@21 { - compatible = "ovti,ov772x"; - reg = <0x21>; - vddio-supply = <®ulator1>; - vddcore-supply = <®ulator2>; - - clock-frequency = <20000000>; - clocks = <&mclk 0>; - clock-names = "xclk"; - - port { - /* With 1 endpoint per port no need for addresses. */ - ov772x_1_1: endpoint { - bus-width = <8>; - remote-endpoint = <&ceu0_1>; - hsync-active = <1>; - vsync-active = <0>; /* Who came up with an - inverter here ?... */ - data-active = <1>; - pclk-sample = <1>; - }; - }; - }; - - imx074: camera@1a { - compatible = "sony,imx074"; - reg = <0x1a>; - vddio-supply = <®ulator1>; - vddcore-supply = <®ulator2>; - - clock-frequency = <30000000>; /* Shared clock with ov772x_1 */ - clocks = <&mclk 0>; - clock-names = "sysclk"; /* Assuming this is the - name in the datasheet */ - port { - imx074_1: endpoint { - clock-lanes = <0>; - data-lanes = <1 2>; - remote-endpoint = <&csi2_1>; - }; - }; - }; - }; - - csi2: csi2@ffc90000 { - compatible = "renesas,sh-mobile-csi2"; - reg = <0xffc90000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <0x17a0>; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - port@1 { - compatible = "renesas,csi2c"; /* One of CSI2I and CSI2C. */ - reg = <1>; /* CSI-2 PHY #1 of 2: PHY_S, - PHY_M has port address 0, - is unused. */ - csi2_1: endpoint { - clock-lanes = <0>; - data-lanes = <2 1>; - remote-endpoint = <&imx074_1>; - }; - }; - port@2 { - reg = <2>; /* port 2: link to the CEU */ - - csi2_2: endpoint { - remote-endpoint = <&ceu0_0>; - }; - }; - }; +This file has moved to video-interfaces.yaml and video-interface-devices.yaml. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0a7a73fd59f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,344 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/media/video-interfaces.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Common bindings for video receiver and transmitter interface endpoints + +maintainers: + - Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@linux.intel.com> + - Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> + +description: | + Video data pipelines usually consist of external devices, e.g. camera sensors, + controlled over an I2C, SPI or UART bus, and SoC internal IP blocks, including + video DMA engines and video data processors. + + SoC internal blocks are described by DT nodes, placed similarly to other SoC + blocks. External devices are represented as child nodes of their respective + bus controller nodes, e.g. I2C. + + Data interfaces on all video devices are described by their child 'port' nodes. + Configuration of a port depends on other devices participating in the data + transfer and is described by 'endpoint' subnodes. + + device { + ... + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + ... + endpoint@0 { ... }; + endpoint@1 { ... }; + }; + port@1 { ... }; + }; + }; + + If a port can be configured to work with more than one remote device on the same + bus, an 'endpoint' child node must be provided for each of them. If more than + one port is present in a device node or there is more than one endpoint at a + port, or port node needs to be associated with a selected hardware interface, + a common scheme using '#address-cells', '#size-cells' and 'reg' properties is + used. + + All 'port' nodes can be grouped under optional 'ports' node, which allows to + specify #address-cells, #size-cells properties independently for the 'port' + and 'endpoint' nodes and any child device nodes a device might have. + + Two 'endpoint' nodes are linked with each other through their 'remote-endpoint' + phandles. An endpoint subnode of a device contains all properties needed for + configuration of this device for data exchange with other device. In most + cases properties at the peer 'endpoint' nodes will be identical, however they + might need to be different when there is any signal modifications on the bus + between two devices, e.g. there are logic signal inverters on the lines. + + It is allowed for multiple endpoints at a port to be active simultaneously, + where supported by a device. For example, in case where a data interface of + a device is partitioned into multiple data busses, e.g. 16-bit input port + divided into two separate ITU-R BT.656 8-bit busses. In such case bus-width + and data-shift properties can be used to assign physical data lines to each + endpoint node (logical bus). + + Documenting bindings for devices + -------------------------------- + + All required and optional bindings the device supports shall be explicitly + documented in device DT binding documentation. This also includes port and + endpoint nodes for the device, including unit-addresses and reg properties + where relevant. + +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/endpoint-base + +properties: + slave-mode: + type: boolean + description: + Indicates that the link is run in slave mode. The default when this + property is not specified is master mode. In the slave mode horizontal and + vertical synchronization signals are provided to the slave device (data + source) by the master device (data sink). In the master mode the data + source device is also the source of the synchronization signals. + + bus-type: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: + - 1 # MIPI CSI-2 C-PHY + - 2 # MIPI CSI1 + - 3 # CCP2 + - 4 # MIPI CSI-2 D-PHY + - 5 # Parallel + - 6 # BT.656 + description: + Data bus type. + + bus-width: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + maximum: 64 + description: + Number of data lines actively used, valid for the parallel busses. + + data-shift: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + maximum: 64 + description: + On the parallel data busses, if bus-width is used to specify the number of + data lines, data-shift can be used to specify which data lines are used, + e.g. "bus-width=<8>; data-shift=<2>;" means, that lines 9:2 are used. + + hsync-active: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [ 0, 1 ] + description: + Active state of the HSYNC signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively. + + vsync-active: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [ 0, 1 ] + description: + Active state of the VSYNC signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively. Note, + that if HSYNC and VSYNC polarities are not specified, embedded + synchronization may be required, where supported. + + data-active: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [ 0, 1 ] + description: + Similar to HSYNC and VSYNC, specifies data line polarity. + + data-enable-active: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [ 0, 1 ] + description: + Similar to HSYNC and VSYNC, specifies the data enable signal polarity. + + field-even-active: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [ 0, 1 ] + description: + Field signal level during the even field data transmission. + + pclk-sample: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [ 0, 1 ] + description: + Sample data on rising (1) or falling (0) edge of the pixel clock signal. + + sync-on-green-active: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [ 0, 1 ] + description: + Active state of Sync-on-green (SoG) signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively. + + data-lanes: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 8 + items: + # Assume up to 9 physical lane indices + maximum: 8 + description: + An array of physical data lane indexes. Position of an entry determines + the logical lane number, while the value of an entry indicates physical + lane, e.g. for 2-lane MIPI CSI-2 bus we could have "data-lanes = <1 2>;", + assuming the clock lane is on hardware lane 0. If the hardware does not + support lane reordering, monotonically incremented values shall be used + from 0 or 1 onwards, depending on whether or not there is also a clock + lane. This property is valid for serial busses only (e.g. MIPI CSI-2). + + clock-lanes: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + # Assume up to 9 physical lane indices + maximum: 8 + description: + Physical clock lane index. Position of an entry determines the logical + lane number, while the value of an entry indicates physical lane, e.g. for + a MIPI CSI-2 bus we could have "clock-lanes = <0>;", which places the + clock lane on hardware lane 0. This property is valid for serial busses + only (e.g. MIPI CSI-2). + + clock-noncontinuous: + type: boolean + description: + Allow MIPI CSI-2 non-continuous clock mode. + + link-frequencies: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint64-array + description: + Allowed data bus frequencies. For MIPI CSI-2, for instance, this is the + actual frequency of the bus, not bits per clock per lane value. An array + of 64-bit unsigned integers. + + lane-polarities: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 9 + items: + enum: [ 0, 1 ] + description: + An array of polarities of the lanes starting from the clock lane and + followed by the data lanes in the same order as in data-lanes. Valid + values are 0 (normal) and 1 (inverted). The length of the array should be + the combined length of data-lanes and clock-lanes properties. If the + lane-polarities property is omitted, the value must be interpreted as 0 + (normal). This property is valid for serial busses only. + + strobe: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [ 0, 1 ] + description: + Whether the clock signal is used as clock (0) or strobe (1). Used with + CCP2, for instance. + +additionalProperties: true + +examples: + # The example snippet below describes two data pipelines. ov772x and imx074 + # are camera sensors with a parallel and serial (MIPI CSI-2) video bus + # respectively. Both sensors are on the I2C control bus corresponding to the + # i2c0 controller node. ov772x sensor is linked directly to the ceu0 video + # host interface. imx074 is linked to ceu0 through the MIPI CSI-2 receiver + # (csi2). ceu0 has a (single) DMA engine writing captured data to memory. + # ceu0 node has a single 'port' node which may indicate that at any time + # only one of the following data pipelines can be active: + # ov772x -> ceu0 or imx074 -> csi2 -> ceu0. + - | + ceu@fe910000 { + compatible = "renesas,sh-mobile-ceu"; + reg = <0xfe910000 0xa0>; + interrupts = <0x880>; + + mclk: master_clock { + compatible = "renesas,ceu-clock"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clock-frequency = <50000000>; /* Max clock frequency */ + clock-output-names = "mclk"; + }; + + port { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + /* Parallel bus endpoint */ + ceu0_1: endpoint@1 { + reg = <1>; /* Local endpoint # */ + remote-endpoint = <&ov772x_1_1>; /* Remote phandle */ + bus-width = <8>; /* Used data lines */ + data-shift = <2>; /* Lines 9:2 are used */ + + /* If hsync-active/vsync-active are missing, + embedded BT.656 sync is used */ + hsync-active = <0>; /* Active low */ + vsync-active = <0>; /* Active low */ + data-active = <1>; /* Active high */ + pclk-sample = <1>; /* Rising */ + }; + + /* MIPI CSI-2 bus endpoint */ + ceu0_0: endpoint@0 { + reg = <0>; + remote-endpoint = <&csi2_2>; + }; + }; + }; + + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + camera@21 { + compatible = "ovti,ov772x"; + reg = <0x21>; + vddio-supply = <®ulator1>; + vddcore-supply = <®ulator2>; + + clock-frequency = <20000000>; + clocks = <&mclk 0>; + clock-names = "xclk"; + + port { + /* With 1 endpoint per port no need for addresses. */ + ov772x_1_1: endpoint { + bus-width = <8>; + remote-endpoint = <&ceu0_1>; + hsync-active = <1>; + vsync-active = <0>; /* Who came up with an + inverter here ?... */ + data-active = <1>; + pclk-sample = <1>; + }; + }; + }; + + camera@1a { + compatible = "sony,imx074"; + reg = <0x1a>; + vddio-supply = <®ulator1>; + vddcore-supply = <®ulator2>; + + clock-frequency = <30000000>; /* Shared clock with ov772x_1 */ + clocks = <&mclk 0>; + clock-names = "sysclk"; /* Assuming this is the + name in the datasheet */ + port { + imx074_1: endpoint { + clock-lanes = <0>; + data-lanes = <1 2>; + remote-endpoint = <&csi2_1>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + + csi2: csi2@ffc90000 { + compatible = "renesas,sh-mobile-csi2"; + reg = <0xffc90000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0x17a0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@1 { + compatible = "renesas,csi2c"; /* One of CSI2I and CSI2C. */ + reg = <1>; /* CSI-2 PHY #1 of 2: PHY_S, + PHY_M has port address 0, + is unused. */ + csi2_1: endpoint { + clock-lanes = <0>; + data-lanes = <2 1>; + remote-endpoint = <&imx074_1>; + }; + }; + port@2 { + reg = <2>; /* port 2: link to the CEU */ + + csi2_2: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&ceu0_0>; + }; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,csi2rxss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,csi2rxss.yaml index 2961a5b6872f..7d77823dbb7a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,csi2rxss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,csi2rxss.yaml @@ -97,24 +97,21 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 ports: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/$defs/port-base description: | Input / sink port node, single endpoint describing the CSI-2 transmitter. properties: - reg: - const: 0 - endpoint: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/media/video-interfaces.yaml# + unevaluatedProperties: false properties: - data-lanes: description: | This is required only in the sink port 0 endpoint which @@ -130,41 +127,17 @@ properties: - const: 3 - const: 4 - remote-endpoint: true - required: - data-lanes - - remote-endpoint - - additionalProperties: false - additionalProperties: false + unevaluatedProperties: false port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: | Output / source port node, endpoint describing modules connected the CSI-2 receiver. - properties: - - reg: - const: 1 - - endpoint: - type: object - - properties: - - remote-endpoint: true - - required: - - remote-endpoint - - additionalProperties: false - - additionalProperties: false - required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/exynos-srom.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/exynos-srom.yaml index 637e24f0f73b..c6e44f47ce7c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/exynos-srom.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/exynos-srom.yaml @@ -28,6 +28,8 @@ properties: const: 1 ranges: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 4 description: | Reflects the memory layout with four integer values per bank. Format: <bank-number> 0 <parent address of bank> <size> diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas,rpc-if.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas,rpc-if.yaml index 6d6ba608fd22..990489fdd2ac 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas,rpc-if.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas,rpc-if.yaml @@ -26,10 +26,14 @@ properties: compatible: items: - enum: + - renesas,r8a774a1-rpc-if # RZ/G2M + - renesas,r8a774b1-rpc-if # RZ/G2N + - renesas,r8a774c0-rpc-if # RZ/G2E + - renesas,r8a774e1-rpc-if # RZ/G2H - renesas,r8a77970-rpc-if # R-Car V3M - renesas,r8a77980-rpc-if # R-Car V3H - renesas,r8a77995-rpc-if # R-Car D3 - - const: renesas,rcar-gen3-rpc-if # a generic R-Car gen3 device + - const: renesas,rcar-gen3-rpc-if # a generic R-Car gen3 or RZ/G2 device reg: items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bd9571mwv.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bd9571mwv.txt index 8c4678650d1a..1d6413e96c37 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bd9571mwv.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bd9571mwv.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -* ROHM BD9571MWV Power Management Integrated Circuit (PMIC) bindings +* ROHM BD9571MWV/BD9574MWF Power Management Integrated Circuit (PMIC) bindings Required properties: - - compatible : Should be "rohm,bd9571mwv". + - compatible : Should be "rohm,bd9571mwv" or "rohm,bd9574mwf". - reg : I2C slave address. - interrupts : The interrupt line the device is connected to. - interrupt-controller : Marks the device node as an interrupt controller. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/canaan,k210-sysctl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/canaan,k210-sysctl.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c24ad45cabb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/canaan,k210-sysctl.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mfd/canaan,k210-sysctl.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Canaan Kendryte K210 System Controller Device Tree Bindings + +maintainers: + - Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@wdc.com> + +description: + Canaan Inc. Kendryte K210 SoC system controller which provides a + register map for controlling the clocks, reset signals and pin power + domains of the SoC. + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - const: canaan,k210-sysctl + - const: syscon + - const: simple-mfd + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + description: + System controller Advanced Power Bus (APB) interface clock source. + + clock-names: + items: + - const: pclk + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clock-controller: + # Child node + type: object + $ref: "../clock/canaan,k210-clk.yaml" + description: + Clock controller for the SoC clocks. This child node definition + should follow the bindings specified in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/canaan,k210-clk.yaml. + + reset-controller: + # Child node + type: object + $ref: "../reset/canaan,k210-rst.yaml" + description: + Reset controller for the SoC. This child node definition + should follow the bindings specified in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/canaan,k210-rst.yaml. + + syscon-reboot: + # Child node + type: object + $ref: "../power/reset/syscon-reboot.yaml" + description: + Reboot method for the SoC. This child node definition + should follow the bindings specified in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-reboot.yaml. + +required: + - compatible + - clocks + - reg + - clock-controller + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/k210-clk.h> + #include <dt-bindings/reset/k210-rst.h> + + clocks { + in0: oscllator { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <26000000>; + }; + }; + + sysctl: syscon@50440000 { + compatible = "canaan,k210-sysctl", + "syscon", "simple-mfd"; + reg = <0x50440000 0x100>; + clocks = <&sysclk K210_CLK_APB1>; + clock-names = "pclk"; + + sysclk: clock-controller { + #clock-cells = <1>; + compatible = "canaan,k210-clk"; + clocks = <&in0>; + }; + + sysrst: reset-controller { + compatible = "canaan,k210-rst"; + #reset-cells = <1>; + }; + + reboot: syscon-reboot { + compatible = "syscon-reboot"; + regmap = <&sysctl>; + offset = <48>; + mask = <1>; + value = <1>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ene-kb930.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ene-kb930.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..06ed9ec8f4bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ene-kb930.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mfd/ene-kb930.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: ENE KB930 Embedded Controller bindings + +description: | + This binding describes the ENE KB930 Embedded Controller attached to an + I2C bus. + +maintainers: + - Dmitry Osipenko <digetx@gmail.com> + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - acer,a500-iconia-ec # Acer A500 Iconia tablet device + - const: ene,kb930 + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + monitored-battery: true + power-supplies: true + system-power-controller: true + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + battery: battery-cell { + compatible = "simple-battery"; + charge-full-design-microamp-hours = <3260000>; + energy-full-design-microwatt-hours = <24000000>; + operating-range-celsius = <0 40>; + }; + + mains: ac-adapter { + compatible = "gpio-charger"; + charger-type = "mains"; + gpios = <&gpio 125 0>; + }; + + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + embedded-controller@58 { + compatible = "acer,a500-iconia-ec", "ene,kb930"; + reg = <0x58>; + + system-power-controller; + + monitored-battery = <&battery>; + power-supplies = <&mains>; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/gateworks-gsc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/gateworks-gsc.yaml index d08e8fe76446..5a1e8d21f7a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/gateworks-gsc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/gateworks-gsc.yaml @@ -83,8 +83,9 @@ properties: 2 - scaled voltage based on an optional resistor divider and optional offset 3 - pre-scaled 16-bit voltage value + 4 - fan tach input to report RPM's $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - enum: [0, 1, 2, 3] + enum: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4] gw,voltage-divider-ohms: description: Values of resistors for divider on raw ADC input diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/iqs62x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/iqs62x.yaml index 541b06d80e73..044cd7542c2b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/iqs62x.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/iqs62x.yaml @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ examples: pwmleds { compatible = "pwm-leds"; - panel { + led-1 { pwms = <&iqs620a_pwm 0 1000000>; max-brightness = <255>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/lantiq,cgu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/lantiq,cgu.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d5805725befb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/lantiq,cgu.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mips/lantiq/lantiq,cgu.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Lantiq Xway SoC series Clock Generation Unit (CGU) + +maintainers: + - John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - lantiq,cgu-xway + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + cgu@103000 { + compatible = "lantiq,cgu-xway"; + reg = <0x103000 0x1000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/lantiq,dma-xway.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/lantiq,dma-xway.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..40130fefa2b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/lantiq,dma-xway.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mips/lantiq/lantiq,dma-xway.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Lantiq Xway SoCs DMA Controller DT bindings + +maintainers: + - John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - lantiq,dma-xway + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + dma@e104100 { + compatible = "lantiq,dma-xway"; + reg = <0xe104100 0x800>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/lantiq,ebu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/lantiq,ebu.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0fada1f085a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/lantiq,ebu.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mips/lantiq/lantiq,ebu.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Lantiq Xway SoC series External Bus Unit (EBU) + +maintainers: + - John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - lantiq,ebu-xway + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + ebu@105300 { + compatible = "lantiq,ebu-xway"; + reg = <0x105300 0x100>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/lantiq,pmu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/lantiq,pmu.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4982b458ac12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/lantiq,pmu.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mips/lantiq/lantiq,pmu.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Lantiq Xway SoC series Power Management Unit (PMU) + +maintainers: + - John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - lantiq,pmu-xway + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + pmu@102000 { + compatible = "lantiq,pmu-xway"; + reg = <0x102000 0x1000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/realtek-rtl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/realtek-rtl.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..aadff8ce0f49 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/realtek-rtl.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mips/realtek-rtl.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Realtek RTL83xx/93xx SoC series device tree bindings + +maintainers: + - Bert Vermeulen <bert@biot.com> + - Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net> + +properties: + $nodename: + const: "/" + compatible: + oneOf: + # RTL8382-based boards + - items: + - enum: + - cisco,sg220-26 + - const: realtek,rtl8382-soc + +additionalProperties: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/eeprom-93xx46.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/eeprom-93xx46.txt index a8ebb4621f79..7b636b7a8311 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/eeprom-93xx46.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/eeprom-93xx46.txt @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible : shall be one of: "atmel,at93c46d" "eeprom-93xx46" + "microchip,93lc46b" - data-size : number of data bits per word (either 8 or 16) Optional properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,dpaa2-console.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,dpaa2-console.yaml index 271a3eafc054..8cc951feb7df 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,dpaa2-console.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,dpaa2-console.yaml @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ properties: const: "fsl,dpaa2-console" reg: + maxItems: 1 description: A standard property. Specifies the region where the MCFBA (MC firmware base address) register can be found. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/allwinner,sun4i-a10-mmc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/allwinner,sun4i-a10-mmc.yaml index e82c9a07b6fb..e75b3a8ba816 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/allwinner,sun4i-a10-mmc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/allwinner,sun4i-a10-mmc.yaml @@ -26,6 +26,8 @@ properties: - const: allwinner,sun9i-a80-mmc - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64-emmc - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64-mmc + - const: allwinner,sun50i-a100-emmc + - const: allwinner,sun50i-a100-mmc - items: - const: allwinner,sun8i-a83t-mmc - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20-mmc @@ -47,6 +49,12 @@ properties: - items: - const: allwinner,sun50i-h6-mmc - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64-mmc + - items: + - const: allwinner,sun50i-h616-emmc + - const: allwinner,sun50i-a100-emmc + - items: + - const: allwinner,sun50i-h616-mmc + - const: allwinner,sun50i-a100-mmc reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arm,pl18x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arm,pl18x.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..47595cb483be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arm,pl18x.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mmc/arm,pl18x.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: ARM PrimeCell MultiMedia Card Interface (MMCI) PL180 and PL181 + +maintainers: + - Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> + - Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org> + +description: + The ARM PrimeCells MMCI PL180 and PL181 provides an interface for + reading and writing to MultiMedia and SD cards alike. Over the years + vendors have use the VHDL code from ARM to create derivative MMC/SD/SDIO + host controllers with very similar characteristics. + +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/arm/primecell.yaml# + - $ref: mmc-controller.yaml# + +# We need a select here so we don't match all nodes with 'arm,primecell' +select: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - arm,pl180 + - arm,pl181 + - arm,pl18x + required: + - compatible + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - description: The first version of the block, simply called + PL180 and found in the ARM Integrator IM/PD1 logic module. + items: + - const: arm,pl180 + - const: arm,primecell + - description: The improved version of the block, found in the + ARM Versatile and later reference designs. Further revisions + exist but get detected at runtime by reading some magic numbers + in the PrimeCell ID registers. + items: + - const: arm,pl181 + - const: arm,primecell + - description: Wildcard entry that will let the operating system + inspect the PrimeCell ID registers to determine which hardware + variant of PL180 or PL181 this is. + items: + - const: arm,pl18x + - const: arm,primecell + + clocks: + description: One or two clocks, the "apb_pclk" and the "MCLK" + which is the core block clock. The names are not compulsory. + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + + power-domains: true + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + + reg: + description: the MMIO memory window must be exactly 4KB (0x1000) and the + layout should provide the PrimeCell ID registers so that the device can + be discovered. On ST Micro variants, a second register window may be + defined if a delay block is present and used for tuning. + + interrupts: + description: The first interrupt is the command interrupt and corresponds + to the event at the end of a command. The second interrupt is the + PIO (polled I/O) interrupt and occurs when the FIFO needs to be + emptied as part of a bulk read from the card. Some variants have these + two interrupts wired into the same line (logic OR) and in that case + only one interrupt may be provided. + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + + st,sig-dir-dat0: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: ST Micro-specific property, bus signal direction pins used for + DAT[0]. + + st,sig-dir-dat2: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: ST Micro-specific property, bus signal direction pins used for + DAT[2]. + + st,sig-dir-dat31: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: ST Micro-specific property, bus signal direction pins used for + DAT[3] and DAT[1]. + + st,sig-dir-dat74: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: ST Micro-specific property, bus signal direction pins used for + DAT[7] and DAT[4]. + + st,sig-dir-cmd: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: ST Micro-specific property, CMD signal direction used for + pin CMD. + + st,sig-pin-fbclk: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: ST Micro-specific property, feedback clock FBCLK signal pin + in use. + + st,sig-dir: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: ST Micro-specific property, signal direction polarity used for + pins CMD, DAT[0], DAT[1], DAT[2] and DAT[3]. + + st,neg-edge: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: ST Micro-specific property, data and command phase relation, + generated on the sd clock falling edge. + + st,use-ckin: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: ST Micro-specific property, use CKIN pin from an external + driver to sample the receive data (for example with a voltage switch + transceiver). + + st,cmd-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + description: + The GPIO matching the CMD pin. + + st,ck-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + description: + The GPIO matching the CK pin. + + st,ckin-gpios: + maxItems: 1 + description: + The GPIO matching the CKIN pin. + +dependencies: + st,cmd-gpios: [ "st,use-ckin" ] + st,ck-gpios: [ "st,use-ckin" ] + st,ckin-gpios: [ "st,use-ckin" ] + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + + mmc@5000 { + compatible = "arm,pl180", "arm,primecell"; + reg = <0x5000 0x1000>; + interrupts-extended = <&vic 22 &sic 1>; + clocks = <&xtal24mhz>, <&pclk>; + clock-names = "mclk", "apb_pclk"; + }; + + mmc@80126000 { + compatible = "arm,pl18x", "arm,primecell"; + reg = <0x80126000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 60 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dmas = <&dma 29 0 0x2>, <&dma 29 0 0x0>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; + clocks = <&prcc_kclk 1 5>, <&prcc_pclk 1 5>; + clock-names = "sdi", "apb_pclk"; + max-frequency = <100000000>; + bus-width = <4>; + cap-sd-highspeed; + cap-mmc-highspeed; + cd-gpios = <&gpio2 31 0x4>; + st,sig-dir-dat0; + st,sig-dir-dat2; + st,sig-dir-cmd; + st,sig-pin-fbclk; + vmmc-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_aux3_reg>; + vqmmc-supply = <&vmmci>; + }; + + mmc@101f6000 { + compatible = "arm,pl18x", "arm,primecell"; + reg = <0x101f6000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&sdiclk>, <&pclksdi>; + clock-names = "mclk", "apb_pclk"; + interrupt-parent = <&vica>; + interrupts = <22>; + max-frequency = <400000>; + bus-width = <4>; + cap-mmc-highspeed; + cap-sd-highspeed; + full-pwr-cycle; + st,sig-dir-dat0; + st,sig-dir-dat2; + st,sig-dir-dat31; + st,sig-dir-cmd; + st,sig-pin-fbclk; + vmmc-supply = <&vmmc_regulator>; + }; + + mmc@52007000 { + compatible = "arm,pl18x", "arm,primecell"; + arm,primecell-periphid = <0x10153180>; + reg = <0x52007000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <49>; + interrupt-names = "cmd_irq"; + clocks = <&rcc 0>; + clock-names = "apb_pclk"; + resets = <&rcc 1>; + cap-sd-highspeed; + cap-mmc-highspeed; + max-frequency = <120000000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/marvell,xenon-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/marvell,xenon-sdhci.txt index ed1456f5c94d..c51a62d751dc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/marvell,xenon-sdhci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/marvell,xenon-sdhci.txt @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ Required Properties: - "marvell,armada-3700-sdhci": For controllers on Armada-3700 SoC. Must provide a second register area and marvell,pad-type. - "marvell,armada-ap806-sdhci": For controllers on Armada AP806. + - "marvell,armada-ap807-sdhci": For controllers on Armada AP807. - "marvell,armada-cp110-sdhci": For controllers on Armada CP110. - clocks: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-controller.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-controller.yaml index 186f04ba9357..e141330c1114 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-controller.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-controller.yaml @@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ properties: There is no card detection available; polling must be used. cd-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: The card detection will be done using the GPIO provided. @@ -104,6 +105,7 @@ properties: line. Not used in combination with eMMC or SDIO. wp-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to use for the write-protect detection. @@ -259,7 +261,6 @@ properties: waiting for I/O signalling and card power supply to be stable, regardless of whether pwrseq-simple is used. Default to 10ms if no available. - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 default: 10 supports-cqe: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-simple.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-simple.yaml index 6cd57863c1db..226fb191913d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-simple.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-simple.yaml @@ -41,13 +41,11 @@ properties: description: Delay in ms after powering the card and de-asserting the reset-gpios (if any). - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 power-off-delay-us: description: Delay in us after asserting the reset-gpios (if any) during power off of the card. - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmci.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4ec921e4bf34..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmci.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -* ARM PrimeCell MultiMedia Card Interface (MMCI) PL180/1 - -The ARM PrimeCell MMCI PL180 and PL181 provides an interface for -reading and writing to MultiMedia and SD cards alike. - -This file documents differences between the core properties described -by mmc.txt and the properties used by the mmci driver. Using "st" as -the prefix for a property, indicates support by the ST Micro variant. - -Required properties: -- compatible : contains "arm,pl18x", "arm,primecell". -- vmmc-supply : phandle to the regulator device tree node, mentioned - as the VCC/VDD supply in the eMMC/SD specs. - -Optional properties: -- arm,primecell-periphid : contains the PrimeCell Peripheral ID, it overrides - the ID provided by the HW -- resets : phandle to internal reset line. - Should be defined for sdmmc variant. -- vqmmc-supply : phandle to the regulator device tree node, mentioned - as the VCCQ/VDD_IO supply in the eMMC/SD specs. -specific for ux500 variant: -- st,sig-dir-dat0 : bus signal direction pin used for DAT[0]. -- st,sig-dir-dat2 : bus signal direction pin used for DAT[2]. -- st,sig-dir-dat31 : bus signal direction pin used for DAT[3] and DAT[1]. -- st,sig-dir-dat74 : bus signal direction pin used for DAT[4] to DAT[7]. -- st,sig-dir-cmd : cmd signal direction pin used for CMD. -- st,sig-pin-fbclk : feedback clock signal pin used. - -specific for sdmmc variant: -- reg : a second base register may be defined if a delay - block is present and used for tuning. -- st,sig-dir : signal direction polarity used for cmd, dat0 dat123. -- st,neg-edge : data & command phase relation, generated on - sd clock falling edge. -- st,use-ckin : use ckin pin from an external driver to sample - the receive data (example: with voltage - switch transceiver). - -Deprecated properties: -- mmc-cap-mmc-highspeed : indicates whether MMC is high speed capable. -- mmc-cap-sd-highspeed : indicates whether SD is high speed capable. - -Example: - -sdi0_per1@80126000 { - compatible = "arm,pl18x", "arm,primecell"; - reg = <0x80126000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <0 60 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - - dmas = <&dma 29 0 0x2>, /* Logical - DevToMem */ - <&dma 29 0 0x0>; /* Logical - MemToDev */ - dma-names = "rx", "tx"; - - clocks = <&prcc_kclk 1 5>, <&prcc_pclk 1 5>; - clock-names = "sdi", "apb_pclk"; - - max-frequency = <100000000>; - bus-width = <4>; - cap-sd-highspeed; - cap-mmc-highspeed; - cd-gpios = <&gpio2 31 0x4>; // 95 - st,sig-dir-dat0; - st,sig-dir-dat2; - st,sig-dir-cmd; - st,sig-pin-fbclk; - - vmmc-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_aux3_reg>; - vqmmc-supply = <&vmmci>; - - pinctrl-names = "default", "sleep"; - pinctrl-0 = <&sdi0_default_mode>; - pinctrl-1 = <&sdi0_sleep_mode>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,sdhi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,sdhi.yaml index 6bbf29b5c239..1118b6fa93c9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,sdhi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,sdhi.yaml @@ -59,6 +59,7 @@ properties: - renesas,sdhi-r8a77980 # R-Car V3H - renesas,sdhi-r8a77990 # R-Car E3 - renesas,sdhi-r8a77995 # R-Car D3 + - renesas,sdhi-r8a779a0 # R-Car V3U - const: renesas,rcar-gen3-sdhi # R-Car Gen3 or RZ/G2 reg: @@ -123,7 +124,7 @@ required: if: properties: compatible: - items: + contains: enum: - renesas,sdhi-r7s72100 - renesas,sdhi-r7s9210 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-am654.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-am654.yaml index 1ae945434c53..3a79e39253d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-am654.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-am654.yaml @@ -15,12 +15,19 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: - enum: - - ti,am654-sdhci-5.1 - - ti,j721e-sdhci-8bit - - ti,j721e-sdhci-4bit - - ti,j7200-sdhci-8bit - - ti,j721e-sdhci-4bit + oneOf: + - const: ti,am654-sdhci-5.1 + - const: ti,j721e-sdhci-8bit + - const: ti,j721e-sdhci-4bit + - const: ti,j721e-sdhci-4bit + - const: ti,am64-sdhci-8bit + - const: ti,am64-sdhci-4bit + - items: + - const: ti,j7200-sdhci-8bit + - const: ti,j721e-sdhci-8bit + - items: + - const: ti,j7200-sdhci-4bit + - const: ti,j721e-sdhci-4bit reg: maxItems: 2 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt index 3b602fd6180b..4c7fa6a4ed15 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt @@ -17,10 +17,11 @@ Required properties: "qcom,msm8916-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4" "qcom,msm8992-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4" "qcom,msm8996-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4" - "qcom,sm8250-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v5" - "qcom,sdm845-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v5" "qcom,qcs404-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v5" "qcom,sc7180-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v5"; + "qcom,sdm845-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v5" + "qcom,sdx55-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v5"; + "qcom,sm8250-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v5" NOTE that some old device tree files may be floating around that only have the string "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4" without the SoC compatible string but doing that should be considered a deprecated practice. @@ -30,10 +31,12 @@ Required properties: - SD Core register map (required for controllers earlier than msm-v5) - CQE register map (Optional, CQE support is present on SDHC instance meant for eMMC and version v4.2 and above) + - Inline Crypto Engine register map (optional) - reg-names: When CQE register map is supplied, below reg-names are required - "hc" for Host controller register map - "core" for SD core register map - "cqhci" for CQE register map + - "ice" for Inline Crypto Engine register map (optional) - interrupts: Should contain an interrupt-specifiers for the interrupts: - Host controller interrupt (required) - pinctrl-names: Should contain only one value - "default". @@ -46,6 +49,7 @@ Required properties: "xo" - TCXO clock (optional) "cal" - reference clock for RCLK delay calibration (optional) "sleep" - sleep clock for RCLK delay calibration (optional) + "ice" - clock for Inline Crypto Engine (optional) - qcom,ddr-config: Certain chipsets and platforms require particular settings for the DDR_CONFIG register. Use this field to specify the register diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-sirf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-sirf.txt deleted file mode 100644 index dd6ed464bcb8..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-sirf.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -* SiRFprimII/marco/atlas6 SDHCI Controller - -This file documents differences between the core properties in mmc.txt -and the properties used by the sdhci-sirf driver. - -Required properties: -- compatible: sirf,prima2-sdhc - -Optional properties: -- cd-gpios: card detect gpio, with zero flags. - -Example: - - sd0: sdhci@56000000 { - compatible = "sirf,prima2-sdhc"; - reg = <0xcd000000 0x100000>; - cd-gpios = <&gpio 6 0>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/zx-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/zx-dw-mshc.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 0f59bd5361f5..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/zx-dw-mshc.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -* ZTE specific extensions to the Synopsys Designware Mobile Storage - Host Controller - -The Synopsys designware mobile storage host controller is used to interface -a SoC with storage medium such as eMMC or SD/MMC cards. This file documents -differences between the core Synopsys dw mshc controller properties described -by synopsys-dw-mshc.txt and the properties used by the ZTE specific -extensions to the Synopsys Designware Mobile Storage Host Controller. - -Required Properties: - -* compatible: should be - - "zte,zx296718-dw-mshc": for ZX SoCs - -Example: - - mmc1: mmc@1110000 { - compatible = "zte,zx296718-dw-mshc"; - reg = <0x01110000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 15 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - fifo-depth = <32>; - data-addr = <0x200>; - fifo-watermark-aligned; - bus-width = <4>; - clock-frequency = <50000000>; - clocks = <&topcrm SD0_AHB>, <&topcrm SD0_WCLK>; - clock-names = "biu", "ciu"; - max-frequency = <50000000>; - cap-sdio-irq; - cap-sd-highspeed; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/jedec,spi-nor.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/jedec,spi-nor.txt deleted file mode 100644 index f03be904d3c2..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/jedec,spi-nor.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -* SPI NOR flash: ST M25Pxx (and similar) serial flash chips - -Required properties: -- #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes - representing partitions. -- compatible : May include a device-specific string consisting of the - manufacturer and name of the chip. A list of supported chip - names follows. - Must also include "jedec,spi-nor" for any SPI NOR flash that can - be identified by the JEDEC READ ID opcode (0x9F). - - Supported chip names: - at25df321a - at25df641 - at26df081a - mr25h128 - mr25h256 - mr25h10 - mr25h40 - mx25l4005a - mx25l1606e - mx25l6405d - mx25l12805d - mx25l25635e - n25q064 - n25q128a11 - n25q128a13 - n25q512a - s25fl256s1 - s25fl512s - s25sl12801 - s25fl008k - s25fl064k - sst25vf040b - m25p40 - m25p80 - m25p16 - m25p32 - m25p64 - m25p128 - w25x80 - w25x32 - w25q32 - w25q64 - w25q32dw - w25q80bl - w25q128 - w25q256 - - The following chip names have been used historically to - designate quirky versions of flash chips that do not support the - JEDEC READ ID opcode (0x9F): - m25p05-nonjedec - m25p10-nonjedec - m25p20-nonjedec - m25p40-nonjedec - m25p80-nonjedec - m25p16-nonjedec - m25p32-nonjedec - m25p64-nonjedec - m25p128-nonjedec - -- reg : Chip-Select number -- spi-max-frequency : Maximum frequency of the SPI bus the chip can operate at - -Optional properties: -- m25p,fast-read : Use the "fast read" opcode to read data from the chip instead - of the usual "read" opcode. This opcode is not supported by - all chips and support for it can not be detected at runtime. - Refer to your chips' datasheet to check if this is supported - by your chip. -- broken-flash-reset : Some flash devices utilize stateful addressing modes - (e.g., for 32-bit addressing) which need to be managed - carefully by a system. Because these sorts of flash don't - have a standardized software reset command, and because some - systems don't toggle the flash RESET# pin upon system reset - (if the pin even exists at all), there are systems which - cannot reboot properly if the flash is left in the "wrong" - state. This boolean flag can be used on such systems, to - denote the absence of a reliable reset mechanism. - -Example: - - flash: m25p80@0 { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <1>; - compatible = "spansion,m25p80", "jedec,spi-nor"; - reg = <0>; - spi-max-frequency = <40000000>; - m25p,fast-read; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/jedec,spi-nor.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/jedec,spi-nor.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5e7e5349f9a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/jedec,spi-nor.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mtd/jedec,spi-nor.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: SPI NOR flash ST M25Pxx (and similar) serial flash chips + +maintainers: + - Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org> + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - items: + - pattern: "^((((micron|spansion|st),)?\ + (m25p(40|80|16|32|64|128)|\ + n25q(32b|064|128a11|128a13|256a|512a|164k)))|\ + atmel,at25df(321a|641|081a)|\ + everspin,mr25h(10|40|128|256)|\ + (mxicy|macronix),mx25l(4005a|1606e|6405d|8005|12805d|25635e)|\ + (mxicy|macronix),mx25u(4033|4035)|\ + (spansion,)?s25fl(128s|256s1|512s|008k|064k|164k)|\ + (sst|microchip),sst25vf(016b|032b|040b)|\ + (sst,)?sst26wf016b|\ + (sst,)?sst25wf(040b|080)|\ + winbond,w25x(80|32)|\ + (winbond,)?w25q(16|32(w|dw)?|64(dw)?|80bl|128(fw)?|256))$" + - const: jedec,spi-nor + - items: + - enum: + - issi,is25lp016d + - micron,mt25qu02g + - mxicy,mx25r1635f + - mxicy,mx25u6435f + - mxicy,mx25v8035f + - spansion,s25sl12801 + - spansion,s25fs512s + - const: jedec,spi-nor + - const: jedec,spi-nor + description: + Must also include "jedec,spi-nor" for any SPI NOR flash that can be + identified by the JEDEC READ ID opcode (0x9F). + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + spi-max-frequency: true + spi-rx-bus-width: true + spi-tx-bus-width: true + + m25p,fast-read: + type: boolean + description: + Use the "fast read" opcode to read data from the chip instead of the usual + "read" opcode. This opcode is not supported by all chips and support for + it can not be detected at runtime. Refer to your chips' datasheet to check + if this is supported by your chip. + + broken-flash-reset: + type: boolean + description: + Some flash devices utilize stateful addressing modes (e.g., for 32-bit + addressing) which need to be managed carefully by a system. Because these + sorts of flash don't have a standardized software reset command, and + because some systems don't toggle the flash RESET# pin upon system reset + (if the pin even exists at all), there are systems which cannot reboot + properly if the flash is left in the "wrong" state. This boolean flag can + be used on such systems, to denote the absence of a reliable reset + mechanism. + + label: true + + partitions: + type: object + + '#address-cells': true + '#size-cells': true + +patternProperties: + # Note: use 'partitions' node for new users + '^partition@': + type: object + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + spi { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + flash@0 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + compatible = "spansion,m25p80", "jedec,spi-nor"; + reg = <0>; + spi-max-frequency = <40000000>; + m25p,fast-read; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/brcm,bcm4908-partitions.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/brcm,bcm4908-partitions.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7b113e5e3421 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/brcm,bcm4908-partitions.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mtd/partitions/brcm,bcm4908-partitions.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Broadcom BCM4908 partitioning + +description: | + Broadcom BCM4908 CFE bootloader supports two firmware partitions. One is used + for regular booting, the other is treated as fallback. + + This binding allows defining all fixed partitions and marking those containing + firmware. System can use that information e.g. for booting or flashing + purposes. + +maintainers: + - RafaÅ‚ MiÅ‚ecki <rafal@milecki.pl> + +properties: + compatible: + const: brcm,bcm4908-partitions + + "#address-cells": + enum: [ 1, 2 ] + + "#size-cells": + enum: [ 1, 2 ] + +patternProperties: + "^partition@[0-9a-f]+$": + $ref: "partition.yaml#" + properties: + compatible: + const: brcm,bcm4908-firmware + unevaluatedProperties: false + +required: + - "#address-cells" + - "#size-cells" + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + partitions { + compatible = "brcm,bcm4908-partitions"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + partition@0 { + label = "cferom"; + reg = <0x0 0x100000>; + }; + + partition@100000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm4908-firmware"; + reg = <0x100000 0xf00000>; + }; + + partition@1000000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm4908-firmware"; + reg = <0x1000000 0xf00000>; + }; + + partition@1f00000 { + label = "calibration"; + reg = <0x1f00000 0x100000>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/fixed-partitions.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/fixed-partitions.yaml index 6d4a3450e064..ea4cace6a955 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/fixed-partitions.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/fixed-partitions.yaml @@ -27,38 +27,7 @@ properties: patternProperties: "@[0-9a-f]+$": - description: node describing a single flash partition - type: object - - properties: - reg: - description: partition's offset and size within the flash - maxItems: 1 - - label: - description: The label / name for this partition. If omitted, the label - is taken from the node name (excluding the unit address). - - read-only: - description: This parameter, if present, is a hint that this partition - should only be mounted read-only. This is usually used for flash - partitions containing early-boot firmware images or data which should - not be clobbered. - type: boolean - - lock: - description: Do not unlock the partition at initialization time (not - supported on all devices) - type: boolean - - slc-mode: - description: This parameter, if present, allows one to emulate SLC mode - on a partition attached to an MLC NAND thus making this partition - immune to paired-pages corruptions - type: boolean - - required: - - reg + $ref: "partition.yaml#" required: - "#address-cells" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/partition.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/partition.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e1ac08064425 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/partition.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mtd/partitions/partition.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Partition + +description: | + This binding describes a single flash partition. Each partition must have its + relative offset and size specified. Depending on partition function extra + properties can be used. + +maintainers: + - RafaÅ‚ MiÅ‚ecki <rafal@milecki.pl> + +properties: + reg: + description: partition's offset and size within the flash + maxItems: 1 + + label: + description: The label / name for this partition. If omitted, the label + is taken from the node name (excluding the unit address). + + read-only: + description: This parameter, if present, is a hint that this partition + should only be mounted read-only. This is usually used for flash + partitions containing early-boot firmware images or data which should + not be clobbered. + type: boolean + + lock: + description: Do not unlock the partition at initialization time (not + supported on all devices) + type: boolean + + slc-mode: + description: This parameter, if present, allows one to emulate SLC mode + on a partition attached to an MLC NAND thus making this partition + immune to paired-pages corruptions + type: boolean + +required: + - reg + +additionalProperties: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/qcom,smem-part.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/qcom,smem-part.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cf3f8c1e035d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/qcom,smem-part.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mtd/partitions/qcom,smem-part.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm SMEM NAND flash partition parser binding + +maintainers: + - Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org> + +description: | + The Qualcomm SoCs supporting the NAND controller interface features a Shared + Memory (SMEM) based partition table scheme. The maximum partitions supported + varies between partition table revisions. V3 supports maximum 16 partitions + and V4 supports 48 partitions. + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,smem-part + +required: + - compatible + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + flash { + partitions { + compatible = "qcom,smem-part"; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amlogic,meson-dwmac.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amlogic,meson-dwmac.yaml index 1f133f4a2924..0467441d7037 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amlogic,meson-dwmac.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amlogic,meson-dwmac.yaml @@ -74,17 +74,60 @@ allOf: Any configuration is ignored when the phy-mode is set to "rmii". amlogic,rx-delay-ns: + deprecated: true enum: - 0 - 2 default: 0 description: - The internal RGMII RX clock delay (provided by this IP block) in - nanoseconds. When phy-mode is set to "rgmii" then the RX delay - should be explicitly configured. When the phy-mode is set to - either "rgmii-id" or "rgmii-rxid" the RX clock delay is already - provided by the PHY. Any configuration is ignored when the - phy-mode is set to "rmii". + The internal RGMII RX clock delay in nanoseconds. Deprecated, use + rx-internal-delay-ps instead. + + rx-internal-delay-ps: + default: 0 + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - amlogic,meson8b-dwmac + - amlogic,meson8m2-dwmac + - amlogic,meson-gxbb-dwmac + - amlogic,meson-axg-dwmac + then: + properties: + rx-internal-delay-ps: + enum: + - 0 + - 2000 + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - amlogic,meson-g12a-dwmac + then: + properties: + rx-internal-delay-ps: + enum: + - 0 + - 200 + - 400 + - 600 + - 800 + - 1000 + - 1200 + - 1400 + - 1600 + - 1800 + - 2000 + - 2200 + - 2400 + - 2600 + - 2800 + - 3000 properties: compatible: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm4908-enet.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm4908-enet.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..79c38ea14237 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm4908-enet.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/net/brcm,bcm4908-enet.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Broadcom BCM4908 Ethernet controller + +description: Broadcom's Ethernet controller integrated into BCM4908 family SoCs + +maintainers: + - RafaÅ‚ MiÅ‚ecki <rafal@milecki.pl> + +allOf: + - $ref: ethernet-controller.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: brcm,bcm4908-enet + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + description: RX interrupt + + interrupt-names: + const: rx + +required: + - reg + - interrupts + - interrupt-names + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + + ethernet@80002000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm4908-enet"; + reg = <0x80002000 0x1000>; + + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 86 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "rx"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0.txt index 97ca62b0e14d..d0935d2afef8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0.txt @@ -1,108 +1,13 @@ * Broadcom Starfighter 2 integrated swich -Required properties: +See dsa/brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0.yaml for the documentation. -- compatible: should be one of - "brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0" - "brcm,bcm7278-switch-v4.0" - "brcm,bcm7278-switch-v4.8" -- reg: addresses and length of the register sets for the device, must be 6 - pairs of register addresses and lengths -- interrupts: interrupts for the devices, must be two interrupts -- #address-cells: must be 1, see dsa/dsa.txt -- #size-cells: must be 0, see dsa/dsa.txt - -Deprecated binding required properties: +*Deprecated* binding required properties: - dsa,mii-bus: phandle to the MDIO bus controller, see dsa/dsa.txt - dsa,ethernet: phandle to the CPU network interface controller, see dsa/dsa.txt - #address-cells: must be 2, see dsa/dsa.txt -Subnodes: - -The integrated switch subnode should be specified according to the binding -described in dsa/dsa.txt. - -Optional properties: - -- reg-names: litteral names for the device base register addresses, when present - must be: "core", "reg", "intrl2_0", "intrl2_1", "fcb", "acb" - -- interrupt-names: litternal names for the device interrupt lines, when present - must be: "switch_0" and "switch_1" - -- brcm,num-gphy: specify the maximum number of integrated gigabit PHYs in the - switch - -- brcm,num-rgmii-ports: specify the maximum number of RGMII interfaces supported - by the switch - -- brcm,fcb-pause-override: boolean property, if present indicates that the switch - supports Failover Control Block pause override capability - -- brcm,acb-packets-inflight: boolean property, if present indicates that the switch - Admission Control Block supports reporting the number of packets in-flight in a - switch queue - -- resets: a single phandle and reset identifier pair. See - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/reset.txt for details. - -- reset-names: If the "reset" property is specified, this property should have - the value "switch" to denote the switch reset line. - -- clocks: when provided, the first phandle is to the switch's main clock and - is valid for both BCM7445 and BCM7278. The second phandle is only applicable - to BCM7445 and is to support dividing the switch core clock. - -- clock-names: when provided, the first phandle must be "sw_switch", and the - second must be named "sw_switch_mdiv". - -Port subnodes: - -Optional properties: - -- brcm,use-bcm-hdr: boolean property, if present, indicates that the switch - port has Broadcom tags enabled (per-packet metadata) - -Example: - -switch_top@f0b00000 { - compatible = "simple-bus"; - #size-cells = <1>; - #address-cells = <1>; - ranges = <0 0xf0b00000 0x40804>; - - ethernet_switch@0 { - compatible = "brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0"; - #size-cells = <0>; - #address-cells = <1>; - reg = <0x0 0x40000 - 0x40000 0x110 - 0x40340 0x30 - 0x40380 0x30 - 0x40400 0x34 - 0x40600 0x208>; - reg-names = "core", "reg", intrl2_0", "intrl2_1", - "fcb, "acb"; - interrupts = <0 0x18 0 - 0 0x19 0>; - brcm,num-gphy = <1>; - brcm,num-rgmii-ports = <2>; - brcm,fcb-pause-override; - brcm,acb-packets-inflight; - - ports { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - port@0 { - label = "gphy"; - reg = <0>; - }; - }; - }; -}; - Example using the old DSA DeviceTree binding: switch_top@f0b00000 { @@ -132,7 +37,7 @@ switch_top@f0b00000 { switch@0 { reg = <0 0>; #size-cells = <0>; - #address-cells <1>; + #address-cells = <1>; port@0 { label = "gphy"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/btusb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/btusb.txt index b1ad6ee68e90..f546b1f7dd6d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/btusb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/btusb.txt @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Generic Bluetooth controller over USB (btusb driver) Required properties: - compatible : should comply with the format "usbVID,PID" specified in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-device.txt + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-device.yaml At the time of writing, the only OF supported devices (more may be added later) are: @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Following example uses irq pin number 3 of gpio0 for out of band wake-on-bt: compatible = "usb1286,204e"; reg = <1>; interrupt-parent = <&gpio0>; - interrupt-name = "wakeup"; + interrupt-names = "wakeup"; interrupts = <3 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/fsl,flexcan.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/fsl,flexcan.yaml index 0d2df30f19db..fe6a949a2eab 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/fsl,flexcan.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/fsl,flexcan.yaml @@ -110,6 +110,16 @@ properties: description: Enable CAN remote wakeup. + fsl,scu-index: + description: | + The scu index of CAN instance. + For SoCs with SCU support, need setup stop mode via SCU firmware, so this + property can help indicate a resource. It supports up to 3 CAN instances + now. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint8 + minimum: 0 + maximum: 2 + required: - compatible - reg @@ -137,4 +147,5 @@ examples: clocks = <&clks 1>, <&clks 2>; clock-names = "ipg", "per"; fsl,stop-mode = <&gpr 0x34 28>; + fsl,scu-index = /bits/ 8 <1>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_canfd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_canfd.txt index 22cf2a889b2c..248c4ed97a0a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_canfd.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_canfd.txt @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ E.g. below enables Channel 0 alone in the board using External clock as fCAN clock. &canfd { - pinctrl-0 = <&canfd0_pins &can_clk_pins>; + pinctrl-0 = <&canfd0_pins>, <&can_clk_pins>; pinctrl-names = "default"; status = "okay"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/arrow,xrs700x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/arrow,xrs700x.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3f01b65f3b22 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/arrow,xrs700x.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/net/dsa/arrow,xrs700x.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Arrow SpeedChips XRS7000 Series Switch Device Tree Bindings + +allOf: + - $ref: dsa.yaml# + +maintainers: + - George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com> + +description: + The Arrow SpeedChips XRS7000 Series of single chip gigabit Ethernet switches + are designed for critical networking applications. They have up to three + RGMII ports and one RMII port and are managed via i2c or mdio. + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - enum: + - arrow,xrs7003e + - arrow,xrs7003f + - arrow,xrs7004e + - arrow,xrs7004f + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + switch@8 { + compatible = "arrow,xrs7004e"; + reg = <0x8>; + + ethernet-ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + ethernet-port@1 { + reg = <1>; + label = "lan0"; + phy-handle = <&swphy0>; + phy-mode = "rgmii-id"; + }; + ethernet-port@2 { + reg = <2>; + label = "lan1"; + phy-handle = <&swphy1>; + phy-mode = "rgmii-id"; + }; + ethernet-port@3 { + reg = <3>; + label = "cpu"; + ethernet = <&fec1>; + fixed-link { + speed = <1000>; + full-duplex; + }; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/brcm,sf2.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/brcm,sf2.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d730fe5a4355 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/brcm,sf2.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/net/dsa/brcm,sf2.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Broadcom Starfighter 2 integrated swich + +maintainers: + - Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - brcm,bcm4908-switch + - brcm,bcm7278-switch-v4.0 + - brcm,bcm7278-switch-v4.8 + - brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0 + + reg: + minItems: 6 + maxItems: 6 + + reg-names: + items: + - const: core + - const: reg + - const: intrl2_0 + - const: intrl2_1 + - const: fcb + - const: acb + + interrupts: + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 2 + + interrupt-names: + items: + - const: switch_0 + - const: switch_1 + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + + reset-names: + const: switch + + clocks: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + items: + - description: switch's main clock + - description: dividing of the switch core clock + + clock-names: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + items: + - const: sw_switch + - const: sw_switch_mdiv + + brcm,num-gphy: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: maximum number of integrated gigabit PHYs in the switch + + brcm,num-rgmii-ports: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: maximum number of RGMII interfaces supported by the switch + + brcm,fcb-pause-override: + description: if present indicates that the switch supports Failover Control + Block pause override capability + type: boolean + + brcm,acb-packets-inflight: + description: if present indicates that the switch Admission Control Block + supports reporting the number of packets in-flight in a switch queue + type: boolean + + "#address-cells": + const: 1 + + "#size-cells": + const: 0 + + ports: + type: object + + properties: + brcm,use-bcm-hdr: + description: if present, indicates that the switch port has Broadcom + tags enabled (per-packet metadata) + type: boolean + +required: + - reg + - interrupts + - "#address-cells" + - "#size-cells" + +allOf: + - $ref: "dsa.yaml#" + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - brcm,bcm7278-switch-v4.0 + - brcm,bcm7278-switch-v4.8 + then: + properties: + clocks: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 1 + clock-names: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 1 + required: + - clocks + - clock-names + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0 + then: + properties: + clocks: + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 2 + clock-names: + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 2 + required: + - clocks + - clock-names + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + switch@f0b00000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0xf0b00000 0x40000>, + <0xf0b40000 0x110>, + <0xf0b40340 0x30>, + <0xf0b40380 0x30>, + <0xf0b40400 0x34>, + <0xf0b40600 0x208>; + reg-names = "core", "reg", "intrl2_0", "intrl2_1", + "fcb", "acb"; + interrupts = <0 0x18 0>, + <0 0x19 0>; + clocks = <&sw_switch>, <&sw_switch_mdiv>; + clock-names = "sw_switch", "sw_switch_mdiv"; + brcm,num-gphy = <1>; + brcm,num-rgmii-ports = <2>; + brcm,fcb-pause-override; + brcm,acb-packets-inflight; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + label = "gphy"; + reg = <0>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/mt7530.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/mt7530.txt index 560369efad6c..de04626a8e9d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/mt7530.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/mt7530.txt @@ -76,6 +76,12 @@ phy-mode must be set, see also example 2 below! * mt7621: phy-mode = "rgmii-txid"; * mt7623: phy-mode = "rgmii"; +Optional properties: + +- gpio-controller: Boolean; if defined, MT7530's LED controller will run on + GPIO mode. +- #gpio-cells: Must be 2 if gpio-controller is defined. + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt for a list of additional required, optional properties and how the integrated switch subnodes must be specified. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-controller.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-controller.yaml index 0965f6515f9e..4b7d1e5d003c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-controller.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-controller.yaml @@ -89,6 +89,7 @@ properties: - trgmii - 1000base-x - 2500base-x + - 5gbase-r - rxaui - xaui @@ -122,7 +123,6 @@ properties: such as flow control thresholds. rx-internal-delay-ps: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 description: | RGMII Receive Clock Delay defined in pico seconds. This is used for controllers that have configurable RX internal delays. @@ -140,7 +140,6 @@ properties: is used for components that can have configurable fifo sizes. tx-internal-delay-ps: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 description: | RGMII Transmit Clock Delay defined in pico seconds. This is used for controllers that have configurable TX internal delays. @@ -207,6 +206,11 @@ properties: Indicates that full-duplex is used. When absent, half duplex is assumed. + pause: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#definitions/flag + description: + Indicates that pause should be enabled. + asym-pause: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pp2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pp2.txt index b78397669320..ce15c173f43f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pp2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pp2.txt @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ * Marvell Armada 375 Ethernet Controller (PPv2.1) Marvell Armada 7K/8K Ethernet Controller (PPv2.2) + Marvell CN913X Ethernet Controller (PPv2.3) Required properties: @@ -12,10 +13,11 @@ Required properties: - common controller registers - LMS registers - one register area per Ethernet port - For "marvell,armada-7k-pp2", must contain the following register + For "marvell,armada-7k-pp2" used by 7K/8K and CN913X, must contain the following register sets: - packet processor registers - networking interfaces registers + - CM3 address space used for TX Flow Control - clocks: pointers to the reference clocks for this device, consequently: - main controller clock (for both armada-375-pp2 and armada-7k-pp2) @@ -81,7 +83,7 @@ Example for marvell,armada-7k-pp2: cpm_ethernet: ethernet@0 { compatible = "marvell,armada-7k-pp22"; - reg = <0x0 0x100000>, <0x129000 0xb000>; + reg = <0x0 0x100000>, <0x129000 0xb000>, <0x220000 0x800>; clocks = <&cpm_syscon0 1 3>, <&cpm_syscon0 1 9>, <&cpm_syscon0 1 5>, <&cpm_syscon0 1 6>, <&cpm_syscon0 1 18>; clock-names = "pp_clk", "gop_clk", "mg_clk", "mg_core_clk", "axi_clk"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qca,ar803x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qca,ar803x.yaml index 64b3357ade8a..b3d4013b7ca6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qca,ar803x.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qca,ar803x.yaml @@ -28,6 +28,10 @@ properties: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 enum: [0, 1, 2] + qca,disable-smarteee: + description: Disable Atheros SmartEEE feature. + type: boolean + qca,keep-pll-enabled: description: | If set, keep the PLL enabled even if there is no link. Useful if you @@ -36,6 +40,18 @@ properties: Only supported on the AR8031. type: boolean + qca,smarteee-tw-us-100m: + description: EEE Tw parameter for 100M links. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 255 + + qca,smarteee-tw-us-1g: + description: EEE Tw parameter for gigabit links. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 255 + vddio-supply: description: | RGMII I/O voltage regulator (see regulator/regulator.yaml). diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qcom,ipa.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qcom,ipa.yaml index 8a2d12644675..8f86084bf12e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qcom,ipa.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qcom,ipa.yaml @@ -113,13 +113,6 @@ properties: performing early IPA initialization, including loading and validating firwmare used by the GSI. - modem-remoteproc: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle - description: - This defines the phandle to the remoteproc node representing - the modem subsystem. This is requied so the IPA driver can - receive and act on notifications of modem up/down events. - memory-region: maxItems: 1 description: @@ -135,7 +128,6 @@ required: - interrupts - interconnects - qcom,smem-states - - modem-remoteproc oneOf: - required: @@ -147,7 +139,7 @@ additionalProperties: false examples: - | - #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> #include <dt-bindings/clock/qcom,rpmh.h> #include <dt-bindings/interconnect/qcom,sdm845.h> @@ -168,7 +160,6 @@ examples: compatible = "qcom,sdm845-ipa"; modem-init; - modem-remoteproc = <&mss_pil>; iommus = <&apps_smmu 0x720 0x3>; reg = <0x1e40000 0x7000>, @@ -178,8 +169,8 @@ examples: "ipa-shared", "gsi"; - interrupts-extended = <&intc 0 311 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, - <&intc 0 432 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + interrupts-extended = <&intc GIC_SPI 311 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, + <&intc GIC_SPI 432 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, <&ipa_smp2p_in 0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, <&ipa_smp2p_in 1 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; interrupt-names = "ipa", diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,etheravb.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,etheravb.yaml index 244befb6402a..91ba96d43c6c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,etheravb.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,etheravb.yaml @@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ properties: - renesas,etheravb-r8a77980 # R-Car V3H - renesas,etheravb-r8a77990 # R-Car E3 - renesas,etheravb-r8a77995 # R-Car D3 + - renesas,etheravb-r8a779a0 # R-Car V3U - const: renesas,etheravb-rcar-gen3 # R-Car Gen3 and RZ/G2 reg: true @@ -163,12 +164,14 @@ allOf: enum: - renesas,etheravb-r8a774a1 - renesas,etheravb-r8a774b1 + - renesas,etheravb-r8a774e1 - renesas,etheravb-r8a7795 - renesas,etheravb-r8a7796 - renesas,etheravb-r8a77961 - renesas,etheravb-r8a77965 - renesas,etheravb-r8a77970 - renesas,etheravb-r8a77980 + - renesas,etheravb-r8a779a0 then: required: - tx-internal-delay-ps diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/snps,dwmac.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/snps,dwmac.yaml index b2f6083f556a..0642b0f59491 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/snps,dwmac.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/snps,dwmac.yaml @@ -161,7 +161,8 @@ properties: * snps,route-dcbcp, DCB Control Packets * snps,route-up, Untagged Packets * snps,route-multi-broad, Multicast & Broadcast Packets - * snps,priority, RX queue priority (Range 0x0 to 0xF) + * snps,priority, bitmask of the tagged frames priorities assigned to + the queue snps,mtl-tx-config: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle @@ -188,7 +189,10 @@ properties: * snps,idle_slope, unlock on WoL * snps,high_credit, max write outstanding req. limit * snps,low_credit, max read outstanding req. limit - * snps,priority, TX queue priority (Range 0x0 to 0xF) + * snps,priority, bitmask of the priorities assigned to the queue. + When a PFC frame is received with priorities matching the bitmask, + the queue is blocked from transmitting for the pause time specified + in the PFC frame. snps,reset-gpio: deprecated: true @@ -208,7 +212,6 @@ properties: Triplet of delays. The 1st cell is reset pre-delay in micro seconds. The 2nd cell is reset pulse in micro seconds. The 3rd cell is reset post-delay in micro seconds. - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array minItems: 3 maxItems: 3 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,k3-am654-cpsw-nuss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,k3-am654-cpsw-nuss.yaml index c47b58f3e3f6..783b9e32cf66 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,k3-am654-cpsw-nuss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,k3-am654-cpsw-nuss.yaml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ $id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/net/ti,k3-am654-cpsw-nuss.yaml# $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# -title: The TI AM654x/J721E SoC Gigabit Ethernet MAC (Media Access Controller) Device Tree Bindings +title: The TI AM654x/J721E/AM642x SoC Gigabit Ethernet MAC (Media Access Controller) Device Tree Bindings maintainers: - Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com> @@ -13,19 +13,16 @@ maintainers: description: The TI AM654x/J721E SoC Gigabit Ethernet MAC (CPSW2G NUSS) has two ports (one external) and provides Ethernet packet communication for the device. - CPSW2G NUSS features - the Reduced Gigabit Media Independent Interface (RGMII), - Reduced Media Independent Interface (RMII), the Management Data - Input/Output (MDIO) interface for physical layer device (PHY) management, - new version of Common Platform Time Sync (CPTS), updated Address Lookup - Engine (ALE). - One external Ethernet port (port 1) with selectable RGMII/RMII interfaces and - an internal Communications Port Programming Interface (CPPI5) (Host port 0). + The TI AM642x SoC Gigabit Ethernet MAC (CPSW3G NUSS) has three ports + (two external) and provides Ethernet packet communication and switching. + + The internal Communications Port Programming Interface (CPPI5) (Host port 0). Host Port 0 CPPI Packet Streaming Interface interface supports 8 TX channels - and one RX channels and operating by TI AM654x/J721E NAVSS Unified DMA - Peripheral Root Complex (UDMA-P) controller. - The CPSW2G NUSS is integrated into device MCU domain named MCU_CPSW0. + and one RX channels and operating by NAVSS Unified DMA Peripheral Root + Complex (UDMA-P) controller. - Additional features + CPSWxG features + updated Address Lookup Engine (ALE). priority level Quality Of Service (QOS) support (802.1p) Support for Audio/Video Bridging (P802.1Qav/D6.0) Support for IEEE 1588 Clock Synchronization (2008 Annex D, Annex E and Annex F) @@ -38,10 +35,18 @@ description: VLAN support, 802.1Q compliant, Auto add port VLAN for untagged frames on ingress, Auto VLAN removal on egress and auto pad to minimum frame size. RX/TX csum offload + Management Data Input/Output (MDIO) interface for PHYs management + RMII/RGMII Interfaces support + new version of Common Platform Time Sync (CPTS) + + The CPSWxG NUSS is integrated into + device MCU domain named MCU_CPSW0 on AM654x/J721E SoC. + device MAIN domain named CPSW0 on AM642x SoC. Specifications can be found at - http://www.ti.com/lit/ug/spruid7e/spruid7e.pdf - http://www.ti.com/lit/ug/spruil1a/spruil1a.pdf + https://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruid7 + https://www.ti.com/lit/zip/spruil1 + https://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruim2 properties: "#address-cells": true @@ -51,11 +56,12 @@ properties: oneOf: - const: ti,am654-cpsw-nuss - const: ti,j721e-cpsw-nuss + - const: ti,am642-cpsw-nuss reg: maxItems: 1 description: - The physical base address and size of full the CPSW2G NUSS IO range + The physical base address and size of full the CPSWxG NUSS IO range reg-names: items: @@ -66,12 +72,17 @@ properties: dma-coherent: true clocks: - description: CPSW2G NUSS functional clock + maxItems: 1 + description: CPSWxG NUSS functional clock clock-names: items: - const: fck + assigned-clock-parents: true + + assigned-clocks: true + power-domains: maxItems: 1 @@ -99,16 +110,16 @@ properties: const: 0 patternProperties: - port@1: + port@[1-2]: type: object - description: CPSW2G NUSS external ports + description: CPSWxG NUSS external ports $ref: ethernet-controller.yaml# properties: reg: - items: - - const: 1 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 2 description: CPSW port number phys: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,k3-am654-cpts.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,k3-am654-cpts.yaml index 9b7117920d90..4317eba503ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,k3-am654-cpts.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,k3-am654-cpts.yaml @@ -59,6 +59,7 @@ properties: - const: cpts clocks: + maxItems: 1 description: CPTS reference clock clock-names: @@ -73,6 +74,13 @@ properties: items: - const: cpts + assigned-clock-parents: true + + assigned-clocks: true + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + ti,cpts-ext-ts-inputs: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 maximum: 8 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/toshiba,visconti-dwmac.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/toshiba,visconti-dwmac.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..59724d18e6f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/toshiba,visconti-dwmac.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/net/toshiba,visconti-dwmac.yaml#" +$schema: "http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#" + +title: Toshiba Visconti DWMAC Ethernet controller + +maintainers: + - Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro1.iwamatsu@toshiba.co.jp> + +select: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - toshiba,visconti-dwmac + required: + - compatible + +allOf: + - $ref: "snps,dwmac.yaml#" + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - items: + - enum: + - toshiba,visconti-dwmac + - const: snps,dwmac-4.20a + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: main clock + - description: PHY reference clock + + clock-names: + items: + - const: stmmaceth + - const: phy_ref_clk + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - clock-names + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + + soc { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + + piether: ethernet@28000000 { + compatible = "toshiba,visconti-dwmac", "snps,dwmac-4.20a"; + reg = <0 0x28000000 0 0x10000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 156 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "macirq"; + clocks = <&clk300mhz>, <&clk125mhz>; + clock-names = "stmmaceth", "phy_ref_clk"; + snps,txpbl = <4>; + snps,rxpbl = <4>; + snps,tso; + phy-mode = "rgmii-id"; + phy-handle = <&phy0>; + + mdio0 { + #address-cells = <0x1>; + #size-cells = <0x0>; + compatible = "snps,dwmac-mdio"; + + phy0: ethernet-phy@1 { + device_type = "ethernet-phy"; + reg = <0x1>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/xilinx_axienet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/xilinx_axienet.txt index 7360617cdedb..2cd452419ed0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/xilinx_axienet.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/xilinx_axienet.txt @@ -38,6 +38,10 @@ Optional properties: 1 to enable partial TX checksum offload, 2 to enable full TX checksum offload - xlnx,rxcsum : Same values as xlnx,txcsum but for RX checksum offload +- xlnx,switch-x-sgmii : Boolean to indicate the Ethernet core is configured to + support both 1000BaseX and SGMII modes. If set, the phy-mode + should be set to match the mode selected on core reset (i.e. + by the basex_or_sgmii core input line). - clocks : AXI bus clock for the device. Refer to common clock bindings. Used to calculate MDIO clock divisor. If not specified, it is auto-detected from the CPU clock (but only on platforms where diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/rmem.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/rmem.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1d85a0a30846 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/rmem.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/nvmem/rmem.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Reserved Memory Based nvmem Device + +maintainers: + - Nicolas Saenz Julienne <nsaenzjulienne@suse.de> + +allOf: + - $ref: "nvmem.yaml#" + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - raspberrypi,bootloader-config + - const: nvmem-rmem + + no-map: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: + Avoid creating a virtual mapping of the region as part of the OS' + standard mapping of system memory. + +required: + - compatible + - no-map + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + reserved-memory { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + blconfig: nvram@10000000 { + compatible = "raspberrypi,bootloader-config", "nvmem-rmem"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x10000000 0x1000>; + no-map; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/brcm,stb-pcie.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/brcm,stb-pcie.yaml index 807694b4f41f..f90557f6deb8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/brcm,stb-pcie.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/brcm,stb-pcie.yaml @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ properties: items: - enum: - brcm,bcm2711-pcie # The Raspberry Pi 4 + - brcm,bcm4908-pcie - brcm,bcm7211-pcie # Broadcom STB version of RPi4 - brcm,bcm7278-pcie # Broadcom 7278 Arm - brcm,bcm7216-pcie # Broadcom 7216 Arm @@ -63,15 +64,6 @@ properties: aspm-no-l0s: true - resets: - description: for "brcm,bcm7216-pcie", must be a valid reset - phandle pointing to the RESCAL reset controller provider node. - $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle" - - reset-names: - items: - - const: rescal - brcm,scb-sizes: description: u64 giving the 64bit PCIe memory viewport size of a memory controller. There may be up to @@ -102,8 +94,35 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: contains: + const: brcm,bcm4908-pcie + then: + properties: + resets: + items: + - description: reset controller handling the PERST# signal + + reset-names: + items: + - const: perst + + required: + - resets + - reset-names + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: const: brcm,bcm7216-pcie then: + properties: + resets: + items: + - description: phandle pointing to the RESCAL reset controller + + reset-names: + items: + - const: rescal + required: - resets - reset-names diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/layerscape-pci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/layerscape-pci.txt index daa99f7d4c3f..6d898dd4a8e2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/layerscape-pci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/layerscape-pci.txt @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ Required properties: "fsl,ls1046a-pcie-ep", "fsl,ls-pcie-ep" "fsl,ls1088a-pcie-ep", "fsl,ls-pcie-ep" "fsl,ls2088a-pcie-ep", "fsl,ls-pcie-ep" + "fsl,lx2160ar2-pcie-ep", "fsl,ls-pcie-ep" - reg: base addresses and lengths of the PCIe controller register blocks. - interrupts: A list of interrupt outputs of the controller. Must contain an entry for each entry in the interrupt-names property. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/microchip,pcie-host.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/microchip,pcie-host.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..04251d71f56b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/microchip,pcie-host.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/pci/microchip,pcie-host.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Microchip PCIe Root Port Bridge Controller Device Tree Bindings + +maintainers: + - Daire McNamara <daire.mcnamara@microchip.com> + +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/pci/pci-bus.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: microchip,pcie-host-1.0 # PolarFire + + reg: + maxItems: 2 + + reg-names: + items: + - const: cfg + - const: apb + + interrupts: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + items: + - description: PCIe host controller + - description: builtin MSI controller + + interrupt-names: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + items: + - const: pcie + - const: msi + + ranges: + maxItems: 1 + + msi-controller: + description: Identifies the node as an MSI controller. + + msi-parent: + description: MSI controller the device is capable of using. + +required: + - reg + - reg-names + - "#interrupt-cells" + - interrupts + - interrupt-map-mask + - interrupt-map + - msi-controller + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + soc { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + pcie0: pcie@2030000000 { + compatible = "microchip,pcie-host-1.0"; + reg = <0x0 0x70000000 0x0 0x08000000>, + <0x0 0x43000000 0x0 0x00010000>; + reg-names = "cfg", "apb"; + device_type = "pci"; + #address-cells = <3>; + #size-cells = <2>; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupts = <119>; + interrupt-map-mask = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x7>; + interrupt-map = <0 0 0 1 &pcie_intc0 0>, + <0 0 0 2 &pcie_intc0 1>, + <0 0 0 3 &pcie_intc0 2>, + <0 0 0 4 &pcie_intc0 3>; + interrupt-parent = <&plic0>; + msi-parent = <&pcie0>; + msi-controller; + bus-range = <0x00 0x7f>; + ranges = <0x03000000 0x0 0x78000000 0x0 0x78000000 0x0 0x04000000>; + pcie_intc0: interrupt-controller { + #address-cells = <0>; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupt-controller; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/qcom,pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/qcom,pcie.txt index 3b55310390a0..0da458a051b6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/qcom,pcie.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/qcom,pcie.txt @@ -132,8 +132,20 @@ - "master_bus" AXI Master clock - "slave_bus" AXI Slave clock --clock-names: - Usage: required for sdm845 and sm8250 +- clock-names: + Usage: required for sdm845 + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: Should contain the following entries + - "aux" Auxiliary clock + - "cfg" Configuration clock + - "bus_master" Master AXI clock + - "bus_slave" Slave AXI clock + - "slave_q2a" Slave Q2A clock + - "tbu" PCIe TBU clock + - "pipe" PIPE clock + +- clock-names: + Usage: required for sm8250 Value type: <stringlist> Definition: Should contain the following entries - "aux" Auxiliary clock @@ -142,6 +154,7 @@ - "bus_slave" Slave AXI clock - "slave_q2a" Slave Q2A clock - "tbu" PCIe TBU clock + - "ddrss_sf_tbu" PCIe SF TBU clock - "pipe" PIPE clock - resets: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun4i-a10-usb-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun4i-a10-usb-phy.yaml index 94ac23687b7e..77606c899fe2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun4i-a10-usb-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun4i-a10-usb-phy.yaml @@ -51,9 +51,11 @@ properties: - const: usb2_reset usb0_id_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG ID pin usb0_vbus_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG VBUS detect pin usb0_vbus_power-supply: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun50i-a64-usb-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun50i-a64-usb-phy.yaml index fd6e126fcf18..078af52b16ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun50i-a64-usb-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun50i-a64-usb-phy.yaml @@ -50,9 +50,11 @@ properties: - const: usb1_reset usb0_id_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG ID pin usb0_vbus_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG VBUS detect pin usb0_vbus_power-supply: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun50i-h6-usb-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun50i-h6-usb-phy.yaml index 7670411002c9..e632140722a2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun50i-h6-usb-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun50i-h6-usb-phy.yaml @@ -50,9 +50,11 @@ properties: - const: usb3_reset usb0_id_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG ID pin usb0_vbus_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG VBUS detect pin usb0_vbus_power-supply: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun5i-a13-usb-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun5i-a13-usb-phy.yaml index 9b319381d1ad..5bad9b06e2e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun5i-a13-usb-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun5i-a13-usb-phy.yaml @@ -45,9 +45,11 @@ properties: - const: usb1_reset usb0_id_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG ID pin usb0_vbus_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG VBUS detect pin usb0_vbus_power-supply: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun6i-a31-usb-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun6i-a31-usb-phy.yaml index b0ed01bbf3db..922b4665e00d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun6i-a31-usb-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun6i-a31-usb-phy.yaml @@ -54,9 +54,11 @@ properties: - const: usb2_reset usb0_id_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG ID pin usb0_vbus_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG VBUS detect pin usb0_vbus_power-supply: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-a23-usb-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-a23-usb-phy.yaml index b0674406f8aa..a94019efc2f3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-a23-usb-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-a23-usb-phy.yaml @@ -50,9 +50,11 @@ properties: - const: usb1_reset usb0_id_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG ID pin usb0_vbus_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG VBUS detect pin usb0_vbus_power-supply: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-usb-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-usb-phy.yaml index 48dc9c834a9b..33f3ddc0492d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-usb-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-usb-phy.yaml @@ -56,9 +56,11 @@ properties: - const: usb2_reset usb0_id_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG ID pin usb0_vbus_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG VBUS detect pin usb0_vbus_power-supply: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-h3-usb-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-h3-usb-phy.yaml index 60c344585276..f80431060803 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-h3-usb-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-h3-usb-phy.yaml @@ -62,9 +62,11 @@ properties: - const: usb3_reset usb0_id_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG ID pin usb0_vbus_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG VBUS detect pin usb0_vbus_power-supply: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-r40-usb-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-r40-usb-phy.yaml index a2bb36790fbd..d947e50a49d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-r40-usb-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-r40-usb-phy.yaml @@ -56,9 +56,11 @@ properties: - const: usb2_reset usb0_id_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG ID pin usb0_vbus_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG VBUS detect pin usb0_vbus_power-supply: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-v3s-usb-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-v3s-usb-phy.yaml index eadfd0c9493c..a2836c296cc4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-v3s-usb-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun8i-v3s-usb-phy.yaml @@ -42,9 +42,11 @@ properties: const: usb0_reset usb0_id_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG ID pin usb0_vbus_det-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to the USB OTG VBUS detect pin usb0_vbus_power-supply: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-phy.yaml index ded7d6f0a119..2eb493fa64fd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-phy.yaml @@ -22,7 +22,8 @@ properties: clocks: anyOf: - - description: Main PHY Clock + - maxItems: 1 + description: Main PHY Clock - items: - description: Main PHY clock @@ -39,20 +40,16 @@ properties: - const: hsic_480M resets: - anyOf: + minItems: 1 + items: - description: Normal USB PHY reset - - - items: - - description: Normal USB PHY reset - - description: HSIC Reset + - description: HSIC Reset reset-names: - oneOf: + minItems: 1 + items: - const: phy - - - items: - - const: phy - - const: hsic + - const: hsic phy_type: const: hsic diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,brcmstb-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,brcmstb-usb-phy.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 698aacbdcfc4..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,brcmstb-usb-phy.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -Broadcom STB USB PHY - -Required properties: -- compatible: should be one of - "brcm,brcmstb-usb-phy" - "brcm,bcm7216-usb-phy" - "brcm,bcm7211-usb-phy" - -- reg and reg-names properties requirements are specific to the - compatible string. - "brcm,brcmstb-usb-phy": - - reg: 1 or 2 offset and length pairs. One for the base CTRL registers - and an optional pair for systems with USB 3.x support - - reg-names: not specified - "brcm,bcm7216-usb-phy": - - reg: 3 offset and length pairs for CTRL, XHCI_EC and XHCI_GBL - registers - - reg-names: "ctrl", "xhci_ec", "xhci_gbl" - "brcm,bcm7211-usb-phy": - - reg: 5 offset and length pairs for CTRL, XHCI_EC, XHCI_GBL, - USB_PHY and USB_MDIO registers and an optional pair - for the BDC registers - - reg-names: "ctrl", "xhci_ec", "xhci_gbl", "usb_phy", "usb_mdio", "bdc_ec" - -- #phy-cells: Shall be 1 as it expects one argument for setting - the type of the PHY. Possible values are: - - PHY_TYPE_USB2 for USB1.1/2.0 PHY - - PHY_TYPE_USB3 for USB3.x PHY - -Optional Properties: -- clocks : clock phandles. -- clock-names: String, clock name. -- interrupts: wakeup interrupt -- interrupt-names: "wakeup" -- brcm,ipp: Boolean, Invert Port Power. - Possible values are: 0 (Don't invert), 1 (Invert) -- brcm,ioc: Boolean, Invert Over Current detection. - Possible values are: 0 (Don't invert), 1 (Invert) -- dr_mode: String, PHY Device mode. - Possible values are: "host", "peripheral ", "drd" or "typec-pd" - If this property is not defined, the phy will default to "host" mode. -- brcm,syscon-piarbctl: phandle to syscon for handling config registers -NOTE: one or both of the following two properties must be set -- brcm,has-xhci: Boolean indicating the phy has an XHCI phy. -- brcm,has-eohci: Boolean indicating the phy has an EHCI/OHCI phy. - - -Example: - -usbphy_0: usb-phy@f0470200 { - reg = <0xf0470200 0xb8>, - <0xf0471940 0x6c0>; - compatible = "brcm,brcmstb-usb-phy"; - #phy-cells = <1>; - dr_mode = "host" - brcm,ioc = <1>; - brcm,ipp = <1>; - brcm,has-xhci; - brcm,has-eohci; - clocks = <&usb20>, <&usb30>; - clock-names = "sw_usb", "sw_usb3"; -}; - -usb-phy@29f0200 { - reg = <0x29f0200 0x200>, - <0x29c0880 0x30>, - <0x29cc100 0x534>, - <0x2808000 0x24>, - <0x2980080 0x8>; - reg-names = "ctrl", - "xhci_ec", - "xhci_gbl", - "usb_phy", - "usb_mdio"; - brcm,ioc = <0x0>; - brcm,ipp = <0x0>; - compatible = "brcm,bcm7211-usb-phy"; - interrupts = <0x30>; - interrupt-parent = <&vpu_intr1_nosec_intc>; - interrupt-names = "wake"; - #phy-cells = <0x1>; - brcm,has-xhci; - syscon-piarbctl = <&syscon_piarbctl>; - clocks = <&scmi_clk 256>; - clock-names = "sw_usb"; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,brcmstb-usb-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,brcmstb-usb-phy.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0497368d1fca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,brcmstb-usb-phy.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/phy/brcm,brcmstb-usb-phy.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Broadcom STB USB PHY + +description: Broadcom's PHY that handles EHCI/OHCI and/or XHCI + +maintainers: + - Al Cooper <alcooperx@gmail.com> + - RafaÅ‚ MiÅ‚ecki <rafal@milecki.pl> + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - brcm,bcm4908-usb-phy + - brcm,bcm7211-usb-phy + - brcm,bcm7216-usb-phy + - brcm,brcmstb-usb-phy + + reg: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 6 + items: + - description: the base CTRL register + - description: XHCI EC register + - description: XHCI GBL register + - description: USB PHY register + - description: USB MDIO register + - description: BDC register + + reg-names: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 6 + items: + - const: ctrl + - const: xhci_ec + - const: xhci_gbl + - const: usb_phy + - const: usb_mdio + - const: bdc_ec + + clocks: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + + clock-names: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + items: + - const: sw_usb + - const: sw_usb3 + + interrupts: + description: wakeup interrupt + + interrupt-names: + const: wake + + brcm,ipp: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: Invert Port Power + minimum: 0 + maximum: 1 + + brcm,ioc: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: Invert Over Current detection + minimum: 0 + maximum: 1 + + dr_mode: + description: PHY Device mode. If this property is not defined, the PHY will + default to "host" mode. + enum: + - host + - peripheral + - drd + - typec-pd + + brcm,syscon-piarbctl: + description: phandle to syscon for handling config registers + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + + brcm,has-xhci: + description: Indicates the PHY has an XHCI PHY. + type: boolean + + brcm,has-eohci: + description: Indicates the PHY has an EHCI/OHCI PHY. + type: boolean + + "#phy-cells": + description: | + Cell allows setting the type of the PHY. Possible values are: + - PHY_TYPE_USB2 for USB1.1/2.0 PHY + - PHY_TYPE_USB3 for USB3.x PHY + const: 1 + +required: + - reg + - "#phy-cells" + +anyOf: + - required: + - brcm,has-xhci + - required: + - brcm,has-eohci + +allOf: + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - const: brcm,bcm4908-usb-phy + - const: brcm,brcmstb-usb-phy + then: + properties: + reg: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: brcm,bcm7211-usb-phy + then: + properties: + reg: + minItems: 5 + maxItems: 6 + reg-names: + minItems: 5 + maxItems: 6 + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: brcm,bcm7216-usb-phy + then: + properties: + reg: + minItems: 3 + maxItems: 3 + reg-names: + minItems: 3 + maxItems: 3 + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/phy/phy.h> + + usb-phy@f0470200 { + compatible = "brcm,brcmstb-usb-phy"; + reg = <0xf0470200 0xb8>, + <0xf0471940 0x6c0>; + #phy-cells = <1>; + dr_mode = "host"; + brcm,ioc = <1>; + brcm,ipp = <1>; + brcm,has-xhci; + brcm,has-eohci; + clocks = <&usb20>, <&usb30>; + clock-names = "sw_usb", "sw_usb3"; + }; + - | + #include <dt-bindings/phy/phy.h> + + usb-phy@29f0200 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm7211-usb-phy"; + reg = <0x29f0200 0x200>, + <0x29c0880 0x30>, + <0x29cc100 0x534>, + <0x2808000 0x24>, + <0x2980080 0x8>; + reg-names = "ctrl", + "xhci_ec", + "xhci_gbl", + "usb_phy", + "usb_mdio"; + brcm,ioc = <0x0>; + brcm,ipp = <0x0>; + interrupts = <0x30>; + interrupt-parent = <&vpu_intr1_nosec_intc>; + interrupt-names = "wake"; + #phy-cells = <0x1>; + brcm,has-xhci; + brcm,syscon-piarbctl = <&syscon_piarbctl>; + clocks = <&scmi_clk 256>; + clock-names = "sw_usb"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,sata-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,sata-phy.yaml index 58c3ef8004ad..04edda504ab6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,sata-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,sata-phy.yaml @@ -99,8 +99,7 @@ patternProperties: if: properties: compatible: - items: - const: brcm,iproc-ns2-sata-phy + const: brcm,iproc-ns2-sata-phy then: properties: reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,dsi-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,dsi-phy.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..71d4acea1f66 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,dsi-phy.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (c) 2020 MediaTek +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/phy/mediatek,dsi-phy.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek MIPI Display Serial Interface (DSI) PHY binding + +maintainers: + - Chun-Kuang Hu <chunkuang.hu@kernel.org> + - Philipp Zabel <p.zabel@pengutronix.de> + - Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com> + +description: The MIPI DSI PHY supports up to 4-lane output. + +properties: + $nodename: + pattern: "^dsi-phy@[0-9a-f]+$" + + compatible: + enum: + - mediatek,mt2701-mipi-tx + - mediatek,mt7623-mipi-tx + - mediatek,mt8173-mipi-tx + - mediatek,mt8183-mipi-tx + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: PLL reference clock + + clock-output-names: + maxItems: 1 + + "#phy-cells": + const: 0 + + "#clock-cells": + const: 0 + + nvmem-cells: + maxItems: 1 + description: A phandle to the calibration data provided by a nvmem device, + if unspecified, default values shall be used. + + nvmem-cell-names: + items: + - const: calibration-data + + drive-strength-microamp: + description: adjust driving current + multipleOf: 200 + minimum: 2000 + maximum: 6000 + default: 4600 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - clock-output-names + - "#phy-cells" + - "#clock-cells" + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/mt8173-clk.h> + dsi-phy@10215000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-mipi-tx"; + reg = <0x10215000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&clk26m>; + clock-output-names = "mipi_tx0_pll"; + drive-strength-microamp = <4000>; + nvmem-cells= <&mipi_tx_calibration>; + nvmem-cell-names = "calibration-data"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,hdmi-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,hdmi-phy.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4752517a1446 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,hdmi-phy.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (c) 2020 MediaTek +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/phy/mediatek,hdmi-phy.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek High Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) PHY binding + +maintainers: + - Chun-Kuang Hu <chunkuang.hu@kernel.org> + - Philipp Zabel <p.zabel@pengutronix.de> + - Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com> + +description: | + The HDMI PHY serializes the HDMI encoder's three channel 10-bit parallel + output and drives the HDMI pads. + +properties: + $nodename: + pattern: "^hdmi-phy@[0-9a-f]+$" + + compatible: + enum: + - mediatek,mt2701-hdmi-phy + - mediatek,mt7623-hdmi-phy + - mediatek,mt8173-hdmi-phy + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: PLL reference clock + + clock-names: + items: + - const: pll_ref + + clock-output-names: + items: + - const: hdmitx_dig_cts + + "#phy-cells": + const: 0 + + "#clock-cells": + const: 0 + + mediatek,ibias: + description: + TX DRV bias current for < 1.65Gbps + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 0 + maximum: 63 + default: 0xa + + mediatek,ibias_up: + description: + TX DRV bias current for >= 1.65Gbps + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 0 + maximum: 63 + default: 0x1c + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - clock-names + - clock-output-names + - "#phy-cells" + - "#clock-cells" + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/mt8173-clk.h> + hdmi_phy: hdmi-phy@10209100 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-hdmi-phy"; + reg = <0x10209100 0x24>; + clocks = <&apmixedsys CLK_APMIXED_HDMI_REF>; + clock-names = "pll_ref"; + clock-output-names = "hdmitx_dig_cts"; + mediatek,ibias = <0xa>; + mediatek,ibias_up = <0x1c>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,tphy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,tphy.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..602e6ff45785 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,tphy.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (c) 2020 MediaTek +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/phy/mediatek,tphy.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek T-PHY Controller Device Tree Bindings + +maintainers: + - Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com> + +description: | + The T-PHY controller supports physical layer functionality for a number of + controllers on MediaTek SoCs, includes USB2.0, USB3.0, PCIe and SATA. + + Layout differences of banks between T-PHY V1 (mt8173/mt2701) and + T-PHY V2 (mt2712) when works on USB mode: + ----------------------------------- + Version 1: + port offset bank + shared 0x0000 SPLLC + 0x0100 FMREG + u2 port0 0x0800 U2PHY_COM + u3 port0 0x0900 U3PHYD + 0x0a00 U3PHYD_BANK2 + 0x0b00 U3PHYA + 0x0c00 U3PHYA_DA + u2 port1 0x1000 U2PHY_COM + u3 port1 0x1100 U3PHYD + 0x1200 U3PHYD_BANK2 + 0x1300 U3PHYA + 0x1400 U3PHYA_DA + u2 port2 0x1800 U2PHY_COM + ... + + Version 2: + port offset bank + u2 port0 0x0000 MISC + 0x0100 FMREG + 0x0300 U2PHY_COM + u3 port0 0x0700 SPLLC + 0x0800 CHIP + 0x0900 U3PHYD + 0x0a00 U3PHYD_BANK2 + 0x0b00 U3PHYA + 0x0c00 U3PHYA_DA + u2 port1 0x1000 MISC + 0x1100 FMREG + 0x1300 U2PHY_COM + u3 port1 0x1700 SPLLC + 0x1800 CHIP + 0x1900 U3PHYD + 0x1a00 U3PHYD_BANK2 + 0x1b00 U3PHYA + 0x1c00 U3PHYA_DA + u2 port2 0x2000 MISC + ... + + SPLLC shared by u3 ports and FMREG shared by u2 ports on V1 are put back + into each port; a new bank MISC for u2 ports and CHIP for u3 ports are + added on V2. + +properties: + $nodename: + pattern: "^t-phy@[0-9a-f]+$" + + compatible: + oneOf: + - items: + - enum: + - mediatek,mt2701-tphy + - mediatek,mt7623-tphy + - mediatek,mt7622-tphy + - mediatek,mt8516-tphy + - const: mediatek,generic-tphy-v1 + - items: + - enum: + - mediatek,mt2712-tphy + - mediatek,mt7629-tphy + - mediatek,mt8183-tphy + - const: mediatek,generic-tphy-v2 + - const: mediatek,mt2701-u3phy + deprecated: true + - const: mediatek,mt2712-u3phy + deprecated: true + - const: mediatek,mt8173-u3phy + + reg: + description: + Register shared by multiple ports, exclude port's private register. + It is needed for T-PHY V1, such as mt2701 and mt8173, but not for + T-PHY V2, such as mt2712. + maxItems: 1 + + "#address-cells": + enum: [1, 2] + + "#size-cells": + enum: [1, 2] + + # Used with non-empty value if optional 'reg' is not provided. + # The format of the value is an arbitrary number of triplets of + # (child-bus-address, parent-bus-address, length). + ranges: true + + mediatek,src-ref-clk-mhz: + description: + Frequency of reference clock for slew rate calibrate + default: 26 + + mediatek,src-coef: + description: + Coefficient for slew rate calibrate, depends on SoC process + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + default: 28 + +# Required child node: +patternProperties: + "^usb-phy@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + description: + A sub-node is required for each port the controller provides. + Address range information including the usual 'reg' property + is used inside these nodes to describe the controller's topology. + + properties: + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + items: + - description: Reference clock, (HS is 48Mhz, SS/P is 24~27Mhz) + - description: Reference clock of analog phy + description: + Uses both clocks if the clock of analog and digital phys are + separated, otherwise uses "ref" clock only if needed. + + clock-names: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + items: + - const: ref + - const: da_ref + + "#phy-cells": + const: 1 + description: | + The cells contain the following arguments. + + - description: The PHY type + enum: + - PHY_TYPE_USB2 + - PHY_TYPE_USB3 + - PHY_TYPE_PCIE + - PHY_TYPE_SATA + + # The following optional vendor properties are only for debug or HQA test + mediatek,eye-src: + description: + The value of slew rate calibrate (U2 phy) + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 7 + + mediatek,eye-vrt: + description: + The selection of VRT reference voltage (U2 phy) + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 7 + + mediatek,eye-term: + description: + The selection of HS_TX TERM reference voltage (U2 phy) + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 7 + + mediatek,intr: + description: + The selection of internal resistor (U2 phy) + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 31 + + mediatek,discth: + description: + The selection of disconnect threshold (U2 phy) + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 15 + + mediatek,bc12: + description: + Specify the flag to enable BC1.2 if support it + type: boolean + + required: + - reg + - "#phy-cells" + + additionalProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - "#address-cells" + - "#size-cells" + - ranges + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/mt8173-clk.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + #include <dt-bindings/phy/phy.h> + usb@11271000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-mtu3", "mediatek,mtu3"; + reg = <0x11271000 0x3000>, <0x11280700 0x0100>; + reg-names = "mac", "ippc"; + phys = <&u2port0 PHY_TYPE_USB2>, + <&u3port0 PHY_TYPE_USB3>, + <&u2port1 PHY_TYPE_USB2>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 115 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + clocks = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_USB30_SEL>; + clock-names = "sys_ck"; + }; + + t-phy@11290000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-u3phy"; + reg = <0x11290000 0x800>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges; + + u2port0: usb-phy@11290800 { + reg = <0x11290800 0x100>; + clocks = <&apmixedsys CLK_APMIXED_REF2USB_TX>, <&clk48m>; + clock-names = "ref", "da_ref"; + #phy-cells = <1>; + }; + + u3port0: usb-phy@11290900 { + reg = <0x11290900 0x700>; + clocks = <&clk26m>; + clock-names = "ref"; + #phy-cells = <1>; + }; + + u2port1: usb-phy@11291000 { + reg = <0x11291000 0x100>; + #phy-cells = <1>; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,ufs-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,ufs-phy.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3a9be82e7f13 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,ufs-phy.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (c) 2020 MediaTek +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/phy/mediatek,ufs-phy.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek Universal Flash Storage (UFS) M-PHY binding + +maintainers: + - Stanley Chu <stanley.chu@mediatek.com> + - Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com> + +description: | + UFS M-PHY nodes are defined to describe on-chip UFS M-PHY hardware macro. + Each UFS M-PHY node should have its own node. + To bind UFS M-PHY with UFS host controller, the controller node should + contain a phandle reference to UFS M-PHY node. + +properties: + $nodename: + pattern: "^ufs-phy@[0-9a-f]+$" + + compatible: + const: mediatek,mt8183-ufsphy + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: Unipro core control clock. + - description: M-PHY core control clock. + + clock-names: + items: + - const: unipro + - const: mp + + "#phy-cells": + const: 0 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - "#phy-cells" + - clocks + - clock-names + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/mt8183-clk.h> + ufsphy: ufs-phy@11fa0000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8183-ufsphy"; + reg = <0x11fa0000 0xc000>; + clocks = <&infracfg CLK_INFRA_UNIPRO_SCK>, + <&infracfg CLK_INFRA_UFS_MP_SAP_BCLK>; + clock-names = "unipro", "mp"; + #phy-cells = <0>; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,xsphy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,xsphy.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..598fd2b95c29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/mediatek,xsphy.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (c) 2020 MediaTek +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/phy/mediatek,xsphy.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek XS-PHY Controller Device Tree Bindings + +maintainers: + - Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com> + +description: | + The XS-PHY controller supports physical layer functionality for USB3.1 + GEN2 controller on MediaTek SoCs. + + Banks layout of xsphy + ---------------------------------- + port offset bank + u2 port0 0x0000 MISC + 0x0100 FMREG + 0x0300 U2PHY_COM + u2 port1 0x1000 MISC + 0x1100 FMREG + 0x1300 U2PHY_COM + u2 port2 0x2000 MISC + ... + u31 common 0x3000 DIG_GLB + 0x3100 PHYA_GLB + u31 port0 0x3400 DIG_LN_TOP + 0x3500 DIG_LN_TX0 + 0x3600 DIG_LN_RX0 + 0x3700 DIG_LN_DAIF + 0x3800 PHYA_LN + u31 port1 0x3a00 DIG_LN_TOP + 0x3b00 DIG_LN_TX0 + 0x3c00 DIG_LN_RX0 + 0x3d00 DIG_LN_DAIF + 0x3e00 PHYA_LN + ... + DIG_GLB & PHYA_GLB are shared by U31 ports. + +properties: + $nodename: + pattern: "^xs-phy@[0-9a-f]+$" + + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - mediatek,mt3611-xsphy + - mediatek,mt3612-xsphy + - const: mediatek,xsphy + + reg: + description: + Register shared by multiple U3 ports, exclude port's private register, + if only U2 ports provided, shouldn't use the property. + maxItems: 1 + + "#address-cells": + enum: [1, 2] + + "#size-cells": + enum: [1, 2] + + ranges: true + + mediatek,src-ref-clk-mhz: + description: + Frequency of reference clock for slew rate calibrate + default: 26 + + mediatek,src-coef: + description: + Coefficient for slew rate calibrate, depends on SoC process + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + default: 17 + +# Required child node: +patternProperties: + "^usb-phy@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + description: + A sub-node is required for each port the controller provides. + Address range information including the usual 'reg' property + is used inside these nodes to describe the controller's topology. + + properties: + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: Reference clock, (HS is 48Mhz, SS/P is 24~27Mhz) + + clock-names: + items: + - const: ref + + "#phy-cells": + const: 1 + description: | + The cells contain the following arguments. + + - description: The PHY type + enum: + - PHY_TYPE_USB2 + - PHY_TYPE_USB3 + + # The following optional vendor properties are only for debug or HQA test + mediatek,eye-src: + description: + The value of slew rate calibrate (U2 phy) + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 7 + + mediatek,eye-vrt: + description: + The selection of VRT reference voltage (U2 phy) + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 7 + + mediatek,eye-term: + description: + The selection of HS_TX TERM reference voltage (U2 phy) + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 7 + + mediatek,efuse-intr: + description: + The selection of Internal Resistor (U2/U3 phy) + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 63 + + mediatek,efuse-tx-imp: + description: + The selection of TX Impedance (U3 phy) + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 31 + + mediatek,efuse-rx-imp: + description: + The selection of RX Impedance (U3 phy) + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 31 + + required: + - reg + - clocks + - clock-names + - "#phy-cells" + + additionalProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - "#address-cells" + - "#size-cells" + - ranges + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/phy/phy.h> + + u3phy: xs-phy@11c40000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt3611-xsphy", "mediatek,xsphy"; + reg = <0x11c43000 0x0200>; + mediatek,src-ref-clk-mhz = <26>; + mediatek,src-coef = <17>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges; + + u2port0: usb-phy@11c40000 { + reg = <0x11c40000 0x0400>; + clocks = <&clk48m>; + clock-names = "ref"; + mediatek,eye-src = <4>; + #phy-cells = <1>; + }; + + u3port0: usb-phy@11c43000 { + reg = <0x11c43400 0x0500>; + clocks = <&clk26m>; + clock-names = "ref"; + mediatek,efuse-intr = <28>; + #phy-cells = <1>; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-tphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-tphy.txt deleted file mode 100644 index dd75b676b71d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-tphy.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,162 +0,0 @@ -MediaTek T-PHY binding --------------------------- - -T-phy controller supports physical layer functionality for a number of -controllers on MediaTek SoCs, such as, USB2.0, USB3.0, PCIe, and SATA. - -Required properties (controller (parent) node): - - compatible : should be one of - "mediatek,generic-tphy-v1" - "mediatek,generic-tphy-v2" - "mediatek,mt2701-u3phy" (deprecated) - "mediatek,mt2712-u3phy" (deprecated) - "mediatek,mt8173-u3phy"; - make use of "mediatek,generic-tphy-v1" on mt2701 instead and - "mediatek,generic-tphy-v2" on mt2712 instead. - -- #address-cells: the number of cells used to represent physical - base addresses. -- #size-cells: the number of cells used to represent the size of an address. -- ranges: the address mapping relationship to the parent, defined with - - empty value: if optional 'reg' is used. - - non-empty value: if optional 'reg' is not used. should set - the child's base address to 0, the physical address - within parent's address space, and the length of - the address map. - -Required nodes : a sub-node is required for each port the controller - provides. Address range information including the usual - 'reg' property is used inside these nodes to describe - the controller's topology. - -Optional properties (controller (parent) node): - - reg : offset and length of register shared by multiple ports, - exclude port's private register. It is needed on mt2701 - and mt8173, but not on mt2712. - - mediatek,src-ref-clk-mhz : frequency of reference clock for slew rate - calibrate - - mediatek,src-coef : coefficient for slew rate calibrate, depends on - SoC process - -Required properties (port (child) node): -- reg : address and length of the register set for the port. -- #phy-cells : should be 1 (See second example) - cell after port phandle is phy type from: - - PHY_TYPE_USB2 - - PHY_TYPE_USB3 - - PHY_TYPE_PCIE - - PHY_TYPE_SATA - -Optional properties (PHY_TYPE_USB2 port (child) node): -- clocks : a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each - entry in clock-names -- clock-names : may contain - "ref": 48M reference clock for HighSpeed (digital) phy; and 26M - reference clock for SuperSpeed (digital) phy, sometimes is - 24M, 25M or 27M, depended on platform. - "da_ref": the reference clock of analog phy, used if the clocks - of analog and digital phys are separated, otherwise uses - "ref" clock only if needed. - -- mediatek,eye-src : u32, the value of slew rate calibrate -- mediatek,eye-vrt : u32, the selection of VRT reference voltage -- mediatek,eye-term : u32, the selection of HS_TX TERM reference voltage -- mediatek,bc12 : bool, enable BC12 of u2phy if support it -- mediatek,discth : u32, the selection of disconnect threshold -- mediatek,intr : u32, the selection of internal R (resistance) - -Example: - -u3phy: usb-phy@11290000 { - compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-u3phy"; - reg = <0 0x11290000 0 0x800>; - #address-cells = <2>; - #size-cells = <2>; - ranges; - - u2port0: usb-phy@11290800 { - reg = <0 0x11290800 0 0x100>; - clocks = <&apmixedsys CLK_APMIXED_REF2USB_TX>; - clock-names = "ref"; - #phy-cells = <1>; - }; - - u3port0: usb-phy@11290900 { - reg = <0 0x11290800 0 0x700>; - clocks = <&clk26m>; - clock-names = "ref"; - #phy-cells = <1>; - }; - - u2port1: usb-phy@11291000 { - reg = <0 0x11291000 0 0x100>; - clocks = <&apmixedsys CLK_APMIXED_REF2USB_TX>; - clock-names = "ref"; - #phy-cells = <1>; - }; -}; - -Specifying phy control of devices ---------------------------------- - -Device nodes should specify the configuration required in their "phys" -property, containing a phandle to the phy port node and a device type; -phy-names for each port are optional. - -Example: - -#include <dt-bindings/phy/phy.h> - -usb30: usb@11270000 { - ... - phys = <&u2port0 PHY_TYPE_USB2>, <&u3port0 PHY_TYPE_USB3>; - phy-names = "usb2-0", "usb3-0"; - ... -}; - - -Layout differences of banks between mt8173/mt2701 and mt2712 -------------------------------------------------------------- -mt8173 and mt2701: -port offset bank -shared 0x0000 SPLLC - 0x0100 FMREG -u2 port0 0x0800 U2PHY_COM -u3 port0 0x0900 U3PHYD - 0x0a00 U3PHYD_BANK2 - 0x0b00 U3PHYA - 0x0c00 U3PHYA_DA -u2 port1 0x1000 U2PHY_COM -u3 port1 0x1100 U3PHYD - 0x1200 U3PHYD_BANK2 - 0x1300 U3PHYA - 0x1400 U3PHYA_DA -u2 port2 0x1800 U2PHY_COM - ... - -mt2712: -port offset bank -u2 port0 0x0000 MISC - 0x0100 FMREG - 0x0300 U2PHY_COM -u3 port0 0x0700 SPLLC - 0x0800 CHIP - 0x0900 U3PHYD - 0x0a00 U3PHYD_BANK2 - 0x0b00 U3PHYA - 0x0c00 U3PHYA_DA -u2 port1 0x1000 MISC - 0x1100 FMREG - 0x1300 U2PHY_COM -u3 port1 0x1700 SPLLC - 0x1800 CHIP - 0x1900 U3PHYD - 0x1a00 U3PHYD_BANK2 - 0x1b00 U3PHYA - 0x1c00 U3PHYA_DA -u2 port2 0x2000 MISC - ... - - SPLLC shared by u3 ports and FMREG shared by u2 ports on -mt8173/mt2701 are put back into each port; a new bank MISC for -u2 ports and CHIP for u3 ports are added on mt2712. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-ufs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-ufs.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 5789029a1d42..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-ufs.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -MediaTek Universal Flash Storage (UFS) M-PHY binding --------------------------------------------------------- - -UFS M-PHY nodes are defined to describe on-chip UFS M-PHY hardware macro. -Each UFS M-PHY node should have its own node. - -To bind UFS M-PHY with UFS host controller, the controller node should -contain a phandle reference to UFS M-PHY node. - -Required properties for UFS M-PHY nodes: -- compatible : Compatible list, contains the following controller: - "mediatek,mt8183-ufsphy" for ufs phy - persent on MT81xx chipsets. -- reg : Address and length of the UFS M-PHY register set. -- #phy-cells : This property shall be set to 0. -- clocks : List of phandle and clock specifier pairs. -- clock-names : List of clock input name strings sorted in the same - order as the clocks property. Following clocks are - mandatory. - "unipro": Unipro core control clock. - "mp": M-PHY core control clock. - -Example: - - ufsphy: phy@11fa0000 { - compatible = "mediatek,mt8183-ufsphy"; - reg = <0 0x11fa0000 0 0xc000>; - #phy-cells = <0>; - - clocks = <&infracfg_ao INFRACFG_AO_UNIPRO_SCK_CG>, - <&infracfg_ao INFRACFG_AO_UFS_MP_SAP_BCLK_CG>; - clock-names = "unipro", "mp"; - }; - - ufshci@11270000 { - ... - phys = <&ufsphy>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-xsphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-xsphy.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e7caefa0b9c2..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-xsphy.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -MediaTek XS-PHY binding --------------------------- - -The XS-PHY controller supports physical layer functionality for USB3.1 -GEN2 controller on MediaTek SoCs. - -Required properties (controller (parent) node): - - compatible : should be "mediatek,<soc-model>-xsphy", "mediatek,xsphy", - soc-model is the name of SoC, such as mt3611 etc; - when using "mediatek,xsphy" compatible string, you need SoC specific - ones in addition, one of: - - "mediatek,mt3611-xsphy" - - - #address-cells, #size-cells : should use the same values as the root node - - ranges: must be present - -Optional properties (controller (parent) node): - - reg : offset and length of register shared by multiple U3 ports, - exclude port's private register, if only U2 ports provided, - shouldn't use the property. - - mediatek,src-ref-clk-mhz : u32, frequency of reference clock for slew rate - calibrate - - mediatek,src-coef : u32, coefficient for slew rate calibrate, depends on - SoC process - -Required nodes : a sub-node is required for each port the controller - provides. Address range information including the usual - 'reg' property is used inside these nodes to describe - the controller's topology. - -Required properties (port (child) node): -- reg : address and length of the register set for the port. -- clocks : a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each - entry in clock-names -- clock-names : must contain - "ref": 48M reference clock for HighSpeed analog phy; and 26M - reference clock for SuperSpeedPlus analog phy, sometimes is - 24M, 25M or 27M, depended on platform. -- #phy-cells : should be 1 - cell after port phandle is phy type from: - - PHY_TYPE_USB2 - - PHY_TYPE_USB3 - -The following optional properties are only for debug or HQA test -Optional properties (PHY_TYPE_USB2 port (child) node): -- mediatek,eye-src : u32, the value of slew rate calibrate -- mediatek,eye-vrt : u32, the selection of VRT reference voltage -- mediatek,eye-term : u32, the selection of HS_TX TERM reference voltage -- mediatek,efuse-intr : u32, the selection of Internal Resistor - -Optional properties (PHY_TYPE_USB3 port (child) node): -- mediatek,efuse-intr : u32, the selection of Internal Resistor -- mediatek,efuse-tx-imp : u32, the selection of TX Impedance -- mediatek,efuse-rx-imp : u32, the selection of RX Impedance - -Banks layout of xsphy -------------------------------------------------------------- -port offset bank -u2 port0 0x0000 MISC - 0x0100 FMREG - 0x0300 U2PHY_COM -u2 port1 0x1000 MISC - 0x1100 FMREG - 0x1300 U2PHY_COM -u2 port2 0x2000 MISC - ... -u31 common 0x3000 DIG_GLB - 0x3100 PHYA_GLB -u31 port0 0x3400 DIG_LN_TOP - 0x3500 DIG_LN_TX0 - 0x3600 DIG_LN_RX0 - 0x3700 DIG_LN_DAIF - 0x3800 PHYA_LN -u31 port1 0x3a00 DIG_LN_TOP - 0x3b00 DIG_LN_TX0 - 0x3c00 DIG_LN_RX0 - 0x3d00 DIG_LN_DAIF - 0x3e00 PHYA_LN - ... - -DIG_GLB & PHYA_GLB are shared by U31 ports. - -Example: - -u3phy: usb-phy@11c40000 { - compatible = "mediatek,mt3611-xsphy", "mediatek,xsphy"; - reg = <0 0x11c43000 0 0x0200>; - mediatek,src-ref-clk-mhz = <26>; - mediatek,src-coef = <17>; - #address-cells = <2>; - #size-cells = <2>; - ranges; - - u2port0: usb-phy@11c40000 { - reg = <0 0x11c40000 0 0x0400>; - clocks = <&clk48m>; - clock-names = "ref"; - mediatek,eye-src = <4>; - #phy-cells = <1>; - }; - - u3port0: usb-phy@11c43000 { - reg = <0 0x11c43400 0 0x0500>; - clocks = <&clk26m>; - clock-names = "ref"; - mediatek,efuse-intr = <28>; - #phy-cells = <1>; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stm32-usbphyc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stm32-usbphyc.yaml index 0ba61979b970..46df6786727a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stm32-usbphyc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stm32-usbphyc.yaml @@ -45,6 +45,12 @@ properties: "#size-cells": const: 0 + vdda1v1-supply: + description: regulator providing 1V1 power supply to the PLL block + + vdda1v8-supply: + description: regulator providing 1V8 power supply to the PLL block + #Required child nodes: patternProperties: @@ -61,12 +67,6 @@ patternProperties: phy-supply: description: regulator providing 3V3 power supply to the PHY. - vdda1v1-supply: - description: regulator providing 1V1 power supply to the PLL block - - vdda1v8-supply: - description: regulator providing 1V8 power supply to the PLL block - "#phy-cells": enum: [ 0x0, 0x1 ] @@ -90,8 +90,6 @@ patternProperties: required: - reg - phy-supply - - vdda1v1-supply - - vdda1v8-supply - "#phy-cells" additionalProperties: false @@ -102,6 +100,8 @@ required: - clocks - "#address-cells" - "#size-cells" + - vdda1v1-supply + - vdda1v8-supply - usb-phy@0 - usb-phy@1 @@ -116,22 +116,20 @@ examples: reg = <0x5a006000 0x1000>; clocks = <&rcc USBPHY_K>; resets = <&rcc USBPHY_R>; + vdda1v1-supply = <®11>; + vdda1v8-supply = <®18>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; usbphyc_port0: usb-phy@0 { reg = <0>; phy-supply = <&vdd_usb>; - vdda1v1-supply = <®11>; - vdda1v8-supply = <®18>; #phy-cells = <0>; }; usbphyc_port1: usb-phy@1 { reg = <1>; phy-supply = <&vdd_usb>; - vdda1v1-supply = <®11>; - vdda1v8-supply = <®18>; #phy-cells = <1>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,qmp-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,qmp-phy.yaml index ec05db374645..626447fee092 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,qmp-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,qmp-phy.yaml @@ -25,19 +25,32 @@ properties: - qcom,msm8998-qmp-pcie-phy - qcom,msm8998-qmp-ufs-phy - qcom,msm8998-qmp-usb3-phy + - qcom,sc8180x-qmp-ufs-phy + - qcom,sc8180x-qmp-usb3-phy - qcom,sdm845-qhp-pcie-phy - qcom,sdm845-qmp-pcie-phy - qcom,sdm845-qmp-ufs-phy - qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-uni-phy - qcom,sm8150-qmp-ufs-phy + - qcom,sm8150-qmp-usb3-phy + - qcom,sm8150-qmp-usb3-uni-phy - qcom,sm8250-qmp-ufs-phy - qcom,sm8250-qmp-gen3x1-pcie-phy - qcom,sm8250-qmp-gen3x2-pcie-phy - qcom,sm8250-qmp-modem-pcie-phy + - qcom,sm8250-qmp-usb3-phy + - qcom,sm8250-qmp-usb3-uni-phy + - qcom,sm8350-qmp-ufs-phy + - qcom,sm8350-qmp-usb3-phy + - qcom,sm8350-qmp-usb3-uni-phy + - qcom,sdx55-qmp-usb3-uni-phy reg: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 items: - description: Address and length of PHY's common serdes block. + - description: Address and length of PHY's DP_COM control block. "#clock-cells": enum: [ 1, 2 ] @@ -136,6 +149,32 @@ allOf: compatible: contains: enum: + - qcom,sdx55-qmp-usb3-uni-phy + then: + properties: + clocks: + items: + - description: Phy aux clock. + - description: Phy config clock. + - description: 19.2 MHz ref clk. + clock-names: + items: + - const: aux + - const: cfg_ahb + - const: ref + resets: + items: + - description: reset of phy block. + - description: phy common block reset. + reset-names: + items: + - const: phy + - const: common + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: - qcom,msm8996-qmp-pcie-phy then: properties: @@ -285,6 +324,64 @@ allOf: reset-names: items: - const: phy + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - qcom,sm8150-qmp-usb3-phy + - qcom,sm8150-qmp-usb3-uni-phy + - qcom,sm8250-qmp-usb3-uni-phy + - qcom,sm8350-qmp-usb3-uni-phy + then: + properties: + clocks: + items: + - description: Phy aux clock. + - description: 19.2 MHz ref clk source. + - description: 19.2 MHz ref clk. + - description: Phy common block aux clock. + clock-names: + items: + - const: aux + - const: ref_clk_src + - const: ref + - const: com_aux + resets: + items: + - description: reset of phy block. + - description: phy common block reset. + reset-names: + items: + - const: phy + - const: common + - if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - qcom,sm8250-qmp-usb3-phy + - qcom,sm8350-qmp-usb3-phy + then: + properties: + clocks: + items: + - description: Phy aux clock. + - description: 19.2 MHz ref clk. + - description: Phy common block aux clock. + clock-names: + items: + - const: aux + - const: ref_clk_src + - const: com_aux + resets: + items: + - description: reset of phy block. + - description: phy common block reset. + reset-names: + items: + - const: phy + - const: common examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,qusb2-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,qusb2-phy.yaml index d457fb6a4779..9f9cf07b7d45 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,qusb2-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,qusb2-phy.yaml @@ -21,6 +21,8 @@ properties: - qcom,ipq8074-qusb2-phy - qcom,msm8996-qusb2-phy - qcom,msm8998-qusb2-phy + - qcom,sdm660-qusb2-phy + - qcom,ipq6018-qusb2-phy - items: - enum: - qcom,sc7180-qusb2-phy diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,usb-hs-28nm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,usb-hs-28nm.yaml index ca6a0836b53c..abcc4373f39e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,usb-hs-28nm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,usb-hs-28nm.yaml @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ properties: compatible: enum: - qcom,usb-hs-28nm-femtophy + - qcom,usb-hs-28nm-mdm9607 reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,usb-snps-femto-v2.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,usb-snps-femto-v2.yaml index 4949a2851532..ee77c6458326 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,usb-snps-femto-v2.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom,usb-snps-femto-v2.yaml @@ -17,6 +17,8 @@ properties: enum: - qcom,usb-snps-hs-7nm-phy - qcom,sm8150-usb-hs-phy + - qcom,sm8250-usb-hs-phy + - qcom,sm8350-usb-hs-phy - qcom,usb-snps-femto-v2-phy reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/renesas,usb2-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/renesas,usb2-phy.yaml index 829e8c7e467a..0f358d5b84ef 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/renesas,usb2-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/renesas,usb2-phy.yaml @@ -81,9 +81,8 @@ properties: if: properties: compatible: - items: - enum: - - renesas,usb2-phy-r7s9210 + contains: + const: renesas,usb2-phy-r7s9210 then: required: - clock-names diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-emmc-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-emmc-phy.txt index 00aa2d349e55..57d28c0d5696 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-emmc-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-emmc-phy.txt @@ -16,11 +16,11 @@ Optional properties: - drive-impedance-ohm: Specifies the drive impedance in Ohm. Possible values are 33, 40, 50, 66 and 100. If not set, the default value of 50 will be applied. - - enable-strobe-pulldown: Enable internal pull-down for the strobe line. - If not set, pull-down is not used. - - output-tapdelay-select: Specifies the phyctrl_otapdlysec register. - If not set, the register defaults to 0x4. - Maximum value 0xf. + - rockchip,enable-strobe-pulldown: Enable internal pull-down for the strobe + line. If not set, pull-down is not used. + - rockchip,output-tapdelay-select: Specifies the phyctrl_otapdlysec register. + If not set, the register defaults to 0x4. + Maximum value 0xf. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/socionext,uniphier-ahci-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/socionext,uniphier-ahci-phy.yaml index 34756347a14e..745c525ce6b9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/socionext,uniphier-ahci-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/socionext,uniphier-ahci-phy.yaml @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ properties: - socionext,uniphier-pxs3-ahci-phy reg: - description: PHY register region (offset and length) + maxItems: 1 "#phy-cells": const: 0 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/socionext,uniphier-pcie-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/socionext,uniphier-pcie-phy.yaml index a06831fd64b9..3e0566899041 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/socionext,uniphier-pcie-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/socionext,uniphier-pcie-phy.yaml @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ properties: - socionext,uniphier-pxs3-pcie-phy reg: - description: PHY register region (offset and length) + maxItems: 1 "#phy-cells": const: 0 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/socionext,uniphier-usb3hs-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/socionext,uniphier-usb3hs-phy.yaml index 6fa5caab1487..a681cbc3b4ef 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/socionext,uniphier-usb3hs-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/socionext,uniphier-usb3hs-phy.yaml @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ properties: - socionext,uniphier-pxs3-usb3-hsphy reg: - description: PHY register region (offset and length) + maxItems: 1 "#phy-cells": const: 0 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/socionext,uniphier-usb3ss-phy.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/socionext,uniphier-usb3ss-phy.yaml index 9d46715ed036..41c0dd68ee25 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/socionext,uniphier-usb3ss-phy.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/socionext,uniphier-usb3ss-phy.yaml @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ properties: - socionext,uniphier-pxs3-usb3-ssphy reg: - description: PHY register region (offset and length) + maxItems: 1 "#phy-cells": const: 0 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti,phy-gmii-sel.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti,phy-gmii-sel.yaml index bcec422d7734..ff8a6d9eb153 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti,phy-gmii-sel.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti,phy-gmii-sel.yaml @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ properties: - ti,am654-phy-gmii-sel reg: - description: Address and length of the register set for the device + maxItems: 1 '#phy-cells': true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti,phy-j721e-wiz.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti,phy-j721e-wiz.yaml index c33e9bc79521..bbbd85501ada 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti,phy-j721e-wiz.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti,phy-j721e-wiz.yaml @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ patternProperties: WIZ node should have '1' subnode for the SERDES. It could be either Sierra SERDES or Torrent SERDES. Sierra SERDES should follow the bindings specified in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-cadence-sierra.txt + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-cadence-sierra.yaml Torrent SERDES should follow the bindings specified in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-cadence-torrent.yaml diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sun4i-a10-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sun4i-a10-pinctrl.yaml index 5240487dfe50..cce63c3cc463 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sun4i-a10-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sun4i-a10-pinctrl.yaml @@ -53,6 +53,8 @@ properties: - allwinner,sun50i-h5-pinctrl - allwinner,sun50i-h6-pinctrl - allwinner,sun50i-h6-r-pinctrl + - allwinner,sun50i-h616-pinctrl + - allwinner,sun50i-h616-r-pinctrl - allwinner,suniv-f1c100s-pinctrl - nextthing,gr8-pinctrl @@ -61,7 +63,7 @@ properties: interrupts: minItems: 1 - maxItems: 7 + maxItems: 8 description: One interrupt per external interrupt bank supported on the controller, sorted by bank number ascending order. @@ -91,7 +93,7 @@ properties: bank found in the controller $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array minItems: 1 - maxItems: 5 + maxItems: 8 patternProperties: # It's pretty scary, but the basic idea is that: @@ -149,6 +151,17 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: enum: + - allwinner,sun50i-h616-pinctrl + + then: + properties: + interrupts: + minItems: 8 + + - if: + properties: + compatible: + enum: - allwinner,sun50i-a100-pinctrl then: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/aspeed,ast2400-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/aspeed,ast2400-pinctrl.yaml index 54631dc1adb0..100bb6dea3ec 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/aspeed,ast2400-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/aspeed,ast2400-pinctrl.yaml @@ -23,8 +23,7 @@ properties: compatible: const: aspeed,ast2400-pinctrl reg: - description: | - A hint for the memory regions associated with the pin-controller + maxItems: 2 patternProperties: '^.*$': @@ -63,7 +62,7 @@ examples: reg = <0x1e6e2000 0x1a8>; pinctrl: pinctrl { - compatible = "aspeed,g4-pinctrl"; + compatible = "aspeed,ast2400-pinctrl"; pinctrl_i2c3_default: i2c3_default { function = "I2C3"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/aspeed,ast2500-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/aspeed,ast2500-pinctrl.yaml index a90c0fe0495f..904697bc9415 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/aspeed,ast2500-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/aspeed,ast2500-pinctrl.yaml @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ properties: compatible: const: aspeed,ast2500-pinctrl reg: - description: | - A hint for the memory regions associated with the pin-controller + maxItems: 2 + aspeed,external-nodes: minItems: 2 maxItems: 2 @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ examples: reg = <0x1e6e2000 0x1a8>; pinctrl: pinctrl { - compatible = "aspeed,g5-pinctrl"; + compatible = "aspeed,ast2500-pinctrl"; aspeed,external-nodes = <&gfx>, <&lhc>; pinctrl_i2c3_default: i2c3_default { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/aspeed,ast2600-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/aspeed,ast2600-pinctrl.yaml index c78ab7e2eee7..ad91c0bc54da 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/aspeed,ast2600-pinctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/aspeed,ast2600-pinctrl.yaml @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ examples: reg = <0x1e6e2000 0xf6c>; pinctrl: pinctrl { - compatible = "aspeed,g6-pinctrl"; + compatible = "aspeed,ast2600-pinctrl"; pinctrl_pwm10g1_default: pwm10g1_default { function = "PWM10"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pio4-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pio4-pinctrl.txt index 265015bc0603..e2b861ce16d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pio4-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pio4-pinctrl.txt @@ -35,9 +35,11 @@ ioset settings. Use the macros from boot/dts/<soc>-pinfunc.h file to get the right representation of the pin. Optional properties: -- GENERIC_PINCONFIG: generic pinconfig options to use, bias-disable, -bias-pull-down, bias-pull-up, drive-open-drain, input-schmitt-enable, -input-debounce, output-low, output-high. +- GENERIC_PINCONFIG: generic pinconfig options to use: + - bias-disable, bias-pull-down, bias-pull-up, drive-open-drain, + input-schmitt-enable, input-debounce, output-low, output-high. + - for microchip,sama7g5-pinctrl only: + - slew-rate: 0 - disabled, 1 - enabled (default) - atmel,drive-strength: 0 or 1 for low drive, 2 for medium drive and 3 for high drive. The default value is low drive. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,ns2-pinmux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,ns2-pinmux.txt index e295dda4bbba..40e0a9a19525 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,ns2-pinmux.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,ns2-pinmux.txt @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ For example: <0x660009b0 0x40>; pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&nand_sel &uart3_rx &sdio0_d4>; + pinctrl-0 = <&nand_sel>, <&uart3_rx>, <&sdio0_d4>; /* Select nand function */ nand_sel: nand_sel { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,nsp-pinmux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,nsp-pinmux.txt index 603564e5fe6f..dede11e4ef78 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,nsp-pinmux.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,nsp-pinmux.txt @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ For example: <0x1803f408 0x04>; pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&pwm &gpio_b &nand_sel>; + pinctrl-0 = <&pwm>, <&gpio_b>, <&nand_sel>; pwm: pwm { function = "pwm"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/canaan,k210-fpioa.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/canaan,k210-fpioa.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..46fbc73ab26b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/canaan,k210-fpioa.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/pinctrl/canaan,k210-fpioa.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Canaan Kendryte K210 FPIOA Device Tree Bindings + +maintainers: + - Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@wdc.com> + +description: + The Canaan Kendryte K210 SoC Fully Programmable IO Array (FPIOA) + controller allows assiging any of 256 possible functions to any of + 48 IO pins of the SoC. Pin function configuration is performed on + a per-pin basis. + +properties: + compatible: + const: canaan,k210-fpioa + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + description: + Address and length of the register set for the FPIOA controller. + + clocks: + items: + - description: Controller reference clock source + - description: APB interface clock source + + clock-names: + items: + - const: ref + - const: pclk + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + + canaan,k210-sysctl-power: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array + description: | + phandle of the K210 system controller node and offset of its + power domain control register. + +patternProperties: + '-pinmux$': + type: object + $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/pinmux-node.yaml + description: + FPIOA client devices use sub-nodes to define the desired pin + configuration. Client device sub-nodes use the pinux property + below. + + properties: + pinmux: + description: + List of IO pins alternate functions. The values for each IO + pin is a combination of an IO pin number (0 to 47) with the + desired function for the IO pin. Functions are defined as + macros in include/dt-bindings/pinctrl/k210-fpioa.h. + The K210_FPIOA(IO pin, function) macro is provided to + facilitate the combination of IO pin numbers and functions. + + required: + - pinmux + + additionalProperties: false + + '-pins$': + type: object + $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/pincfg-node.yaml + description: + FPIOA client devices use sub-nodes to define the desired + configuration of pins. Client device sub-nodes use the + properties below. + + properties: + pins: + description: + List of IO pins affected by the properties specified in this + subnode. IO pins are identified using the pin names "IO_xx". + Pin configuration nodes can also define the power domain to + be used for the SoC pin groups A0 (IO pins 0-5), + A1 (IO pins 6-11), A2 (IO pins 12-17), B0 (IO pins 18-23), + B1 (IO pins 24-29), B2 (IO pins 30-35), B3 (IO pins 30-35), + C0 (IO pins 36-41) and C1 (IO pins 42-47) using the + power-source property. + items: + anyOf: + - pattern: "^(IO_([0-9]*))|(A[0-2])|(B[3-5])|(C[6-7])$" + - enum: [ IO_0, IO_1, IO_2, IO_3, IO_4, IO_5, IO_6, IO_7, + IO_8, IO_9, IO_10, IO_11, IO_12, IO_13, IO_14, + IO_15, IO_16, IO_17, IO_18, IO_19, IO_20, IO_21, + IO_22, IO_23, IO_24, IO_25, IO_26, IO_27, IO_28, + IO_29, IO_30, IO_31, IO_32, IO_33, IO_34, IO_35, + IO_36, IO_37, IO_38, IO_39, IO_40, IO_41, IO_42, + IO_43, IO_44, IO_45, IO_46, IO_47, + A0, A1, A2, B3, B4, B5, C6, C7 ] + bias-disable: true + + bias-pull-down: true + + bias-pull-up: true + + drive-strength: true + + drive-strength-microamp: true + + input-enable: true + + input-disable: true + + input-schmitt-enable: true + + input-schmitt-disable: true + + input-polarity-invert: + description: + Enable or disable pin input polarity inversion. + + output-enable: true + + output-disable: true + + output-high: true + + output-low: true + + output-polarity-invert: + description: + Enable or disable pin output polarity inversion. + + slew-rate: true + + power-source: true + + additionalProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - clocks + - canaan,k210-sysctl-power + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/pinctrl/k210-fpioa.h> + #include <dt-bindings/clock/k210-clk.h> + #include <dt-bindings/reset/k210-rst.h> + + fpioa: pinmux@502B0000 { + compatible = "canaan,k210-fpioa"; + reg = <0x502B0000 0x100>; + clocks = <&sysclk K210_CLK_FPIOA>, + <&sysclk K210_CLK_APB0>; + clock-names = "ref", "pclk"; + resets = <&sysrst K210_RST_FPIOA>; + canaan,k210-sysctl-power = <&sysctl 108>; + pinctrl-0 = <&jtag_pinctrl>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + + jtag_pinctrl: jtag-pinmux { + pinmux = <K210_FPIOA(0, K210_PCF_JTAG_TCLK)>, + <K210_FPIOA(1, K210_PCF_JTAG_TDI)>, + <K210_FPIOA(2, K210_PCF_JTAG_TMS)>, + <K210_FPIOA(3, K210_PCF_JTAG_TDO)>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7d-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7d-pinctrl.txt index 8ac1d0851a0f..bfab5ca49fd1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7d-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7d-pinctrl.txt @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ iomuxc-lpsr controller and SDA pad from iomuxc controller as: i2c1: i2c@30a20000 { pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_i2c1_1 &pinctrl_i2c1_2>; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_i2c1_1>, <&pinctrl_i2c1_2>; }; iomuxc-lpsr@302c0000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/microchip,sparx5-sgpio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/microchip,sparx5-sgpio.yaml index df0c83cb1c6e..4fe35e650909 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/microchip,sparx5-sgpio.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/microchip,sparx5-sgpio.yaml @@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ patternProperties: '#interrupt-cells': description: - Specifies the pin (port and bit) and flags, as defined in - defined in include/dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h + Specifies the pin (port and bit) and flags, as defined in + defined in include/dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h const: 3 ngpios: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-atlas7.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-atlas7.txt deleted file mode 100644 index fbdd1a716a1e..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-atlas7.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -CSR SiRFatlas7 pinmux controller - -Required properties: -- compatible : "sirf,atlas7-ioc" -- reg : Address range of the pinctrl registers - -For example, pinctrl might have properties like the following: - pinctrl: ioc@18880000 { - compatible = "sirf,atlas7-ioc"; - reg = <0x18880000 0x1000>; - - a_ac97_pmx: ac97@0 { - ac97 { - groups = "audio_ac97_grp"; - function = "audio_ac97"; - }; - }; - - ... - - sd2_pmx: sd2@0 { - sd2 { - groups = "sd2_grp0"; - function = "sd2"; - }; - }; - - ... - - - sample0_cfg: sample0@0 { - sample0 { - pins = "ldd_0", "ldd_1"; - bias-pull-up; - }; - }; - - sample1_cfg: sample1@0 { - sample1 { - pins = "ldd_2", "ldd_3"; - input-schmitt-enable; - }; - }; - - sample2_cfg: sample2@0 { - sample2 { - groups = "uart4_nopause_grp"; - bias-pull-down; - }; - }; - - sample3_cfg: sample3@0 { - sample3 { - pins = "ldd_4", "ldd_5"; - drive-strength = <2>; - }; - }; - }; - -Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the common -pinctrl bindings used by client devices. - -SiRFatlas7's pinmux nodes act as a container for an arbitrary number of subnodes. -Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a group of pins. - -Required subnode-properties: -- groups : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a group. -- function: A string containing the name of the function to mux to the - group. - - Valid values for group and function names can be found from looking at the - group and function arrays in driver files: - drivers/pinctrl/pinctrl-sirf.c - -For example, pinctrl might have subnodes like the following: - sd0_pmx: sd0@0 { - sd0 { - groups = "sd0_grp"; - function = "sd0"; - }; - }; - - sd1_pmx0: sd1@0 { - sd1 { - groups = "sd1_grp0"; - function = "sd1_m0"; - }; - }; - - sd1_pmx1: sd1@1 { - sd1 { - groups = "sd1_grp1"; - function = "sd1_m1"; - }; - }; - -For a specific board, if it wants to use sd1, -it can add the following to its board-specific .dts file. -sd1: sd@12340000 { - pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&sd1_pmx0>; -} - -or - -sd1: sd@12340000 { - pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&sd1_pmx1>; -} diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt index 4613bb17ace3..9dae60acf950 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt @@ -77,13 +77,13 @@ For example: device { pinctrl-names = "active", "idle"; pinctrl-0 = <&state_0_node_a>; - pinctrl-1 = <&state_1_node_a &state_1_node_b>; + pinctrl-1 = <&state_1_node_a>, <&state_1_node_b>; }; /* For the same device if using state IDs */ device { pinctrl-0 = <&state_0_node_a>; - pinctrl-1 = <&state_1_node_a &state_1_node_b>; + pinctrl-1 = <&state_1_node_a>, <&state_1_node_b>; }; /* diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mcp23s08.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mcp23s08.txt index 8b94aa8f5971..6ec3c8d79f49 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mcp23s08.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mcp23s08.txt @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ gpio21: gpio@21 { #interrupt-cells = <0x2>; microchip,irq-mirror; pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&i2cgpio0irq &gpio21pullups>; + pinctrl-0 = <&i2cgpio0irq>, <&gpio21pullups>; gpio21pullups: pinmux { pins = "gpio0", "gpio1", "gpio2", "gpio3", diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt index 931a18cd1e23..360e59c9301a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Examples: pinctrl@1c20800 { compatible = "mediatek,mt8135-pinctrl"; reg = <0 0x1000B000 0 0x1000>; - mediatek,pctl-regmap = <&syscfg_pctl_a &syscfg_pctl_b>; + mediatek,pctl-regmap = <&syscfg_pctl_a>, <&syscfg_pctl_b>; pins-are-numbered; gpio-controller; #gpio-cells = <2>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt index f903eb4471f8..bfd222b05495 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Required properties: - reg : offset and length of the register set for the mux registers - #pinctrl-cells : number of cells in addition to the index, set to 1 - for pinctrl-single,pins and 2 for pinctrl-single,bits + or 2 for pinctrl-single,pins and set to 2 for pinctrl-single,bits - pinctrl-single,register-width : pinmux register access width in bits @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Optional properties: property. /* pin base, nr pins & gpio function */ - pinctrl-single,gpio-range = <&range 0 3 0 &range 3 9 1>; + pinctrl-single,gpio-range = <&range 0 3 0>, <&range 3 9 1>; - interrupt-controller : standard interrupt controller binding if using interrupts for wake-up events for example. In this case pinctrl-single @@ -185,10 +185,10 @@ pmx_gpio: pinmux@d401e000 { pinctrl-single,function-mask = <7>; /* sparse GPIO range could be supported */ - pinctrl-single,gpio-range = <&range 0 3 0 &range 3 9 1 - &range 12 1 0 &range 13 29 1 - &range 43 1 0 &range 44 49 1 - &range 94 1 1 &range 96 2 1>; + pinctrl-single,gpio-range = <&range 0 3 0>, <&range 3 9 1>, + <&range 12 1 0>, <&range 13 29 1>, + <&range 43 1 0>, <&range 44 49 1>, + <&range 94 1 1>, <&range 96 2 1>; range: gpio-range { #pinctrl-single,gpio-range-cells = <3>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-zx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-zx.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 39170f372599..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-zx.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -* ZTE ZX Pin Controller - -The pin controller on ZTE ZX platforms is kinda of hybrid. It consists of -a main controller and an auxiliary one. For example, on ZX296718 SoC, the -main controller is TOP_PMM and the auxiliary one is AON_IOCFG. Both -controllers work together to control pin multiplexing and configuration in -the way illustrated as below. - - - GMII_RXD3 ---+ - | - DVI1_HS ---+----------------------------- GMII_RXD3 (TOP pin) - | - BGPIO16 ---+ ^ - | pinconf - ^ | - | pinmux | - | | - - TOP_PMM (main) AON_IOCFG (aux) - - | | | - | pinmux | | - | pinmux v | - v | pinconf - KEY_ROW2 ---+ v - PORT1_LCD_TE ---+ | - | AGPIO10 ---+------ KEY_ROW2 (AON pin) - I2S0_DOUT3 ---+ | - |-----------------------+ - PWM_OUT3 ---+ - | - VGA_VS1 ---+ - - -For most of pins like GMII_RXD3 in the figure, the pinmux function is -controlled by TOP_PMM block only, and this type of pins are meant by term -'TOP pins'. For pins like KEY_ROW2, the pinmux is controlled by both -TOP_PMM and AON_IOCFG blocks, as the available multiplexing functions for -the pin spread in both controllers. This type of pins are called 'AON pins'. -Though pinmux implementation is quite different, pinconf is same for both -types of pins. Both are controlled by auxiliary controller, i.e. AON_IOCFG -on ZX296718. - -Required properties: -- compatible: should be "zte,zx296718-pmm". -- reg: the register physical address and length. -- zte,auxiliary-controller: phandle to the auxiliary pin controller which - implements pinmux for AON pins and pinconf for all pins. - -The following pin configuration are supported. Please refer to -pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for more details of the common -pinctrl bindings used by client devices. - -- bias-pull-up -- bias-pull-down -- drive-strength -- input-enable -- slew-rate - -Examples: - -iocfg: pin-controller@119000 { - compatible = "zte,zx296718-iocfg"; - reg = <0x119000 0x1000>; -}; - -pmm: pin-controller@1462000 { - compatible = "zte,zx296718-pmm"; - reg = <0x1462000 0x1000>; - zte,auxiliary-controller = <&iocfg>; -}; - -&pmm { - vga_pins: vga { - pins = "KEY_COL1", "KEY_COL2", "KEY_ROW1", "KEY_ROW2"; - function = "VGA"; - }; -}; - -&vga { - pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&vga_pins>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-mpp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-mpp.txt index 448d36a85730..0ba07bc96c55 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-mpp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-mpp.txt @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ of PMIC's from Qualcomm. Value type: <string> Definition: Should contain one of: "qcom,pm8018-mpp", + "qcom,pm8019-mpp", "qcom,pm8038-mpp", "qcom,pm8058-mpp", "qcom,pm8821-mpp", diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc8180x-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc8180x-pinctrl.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a82dab898395 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sc8180x-pinctrl.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/pinctrl/qcom,sc8180x-pinctrl.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. SC8180X TLMM block + +maintainers: + - Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org> + +description: | + This binding describes the Top Level Mode Multiplexer block found in the + SC8180X platform. + +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/qcom,tlmm-common.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sc8180x-tlmm + + reg: + maxItems: 3 + + reg-names: + items: + - const: "west" + - const: "east" + - const: "south" + + interrupts: true + interrupt-controller: true + '#interrupt-cells': true + gpio-controller: true + gpio-reserved-ranges: true + '#gpio-cells': true + gpio-ranges: true + wakeup-parent: true + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - reg-names + +additionalProperties: false + +patternProperties: + '-state$': + oneOf: + - $ref: "#/$defs/qcom-sc8180x-tlmm-state" + - patternProperties: + ".*": + $ref: "#/$defs/qcom-sc8180x-tlmm-state" + +'$defs': + qcom-sc8180x-tlmm-state: + type: object + description: + Pinctrl node's client devices use subnodes for desired pin configuration. + Client device subnodes use below standard properties. + $ref: "qcom,tlmm-common.yaml#/$defs/qcom-tlmm-state" + + properties: + pins: + description: + List of gpio pins affected by the properties specified in this + subnode. + items: + oneOf: + - pattern: "^gpio([0-9]|[1-9][0-9]|1[0-8][0-9])$" + - enum: [ sdc2_clk, sdc2_cmd, sdc2_data, ufs_reset ] + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 16 + + function: + description: + Specify the alternative function to be configured for the specified + pins. + + enum: [ adsp_ext, agera_pll, aoss_cti, atest_char, atest_tsens, + atest_tsens2, atest_usb0, atest_usb1, atest_usb2, atest_usb3, + atest_usb4, audio_ref, btfm_slimbus, cam_mclk, cci_async, + cci_i2c, cci_timer0, cci_timer1, cci_timer2, cci_timer3, + cci_timer4, cci_timer5, cci_timer6, cci_timer7, cci_timer8, + cci_timer9, cri_trng, dbg_out, ddr_bist, ddr_pxi, debug_hot, + dp_hot, edp_hot, edp_lcd, emac_phy, emac_pps, gcc_gp1, gcc_gp2, + gcc_gp3, gcc_gp4, gcc_gp5, gpio, gps, grfc, hs1_mi2s, hs2_mi2s, + hs3_mi2s, jitter_bist, lpass_slimbus, m_voc, mdp_vsync, + mdp_vsync0, mdp_vsync1, mdp_vsync2, mdp_vsync3, mdp_vsync4, + mdp_vsync5, mss_lte, nav_pps, pa_indicator, pci_e0, pci_e1, + pci_e2, pci_e3, phase_flag, pll_bist, pll_bypassnl, pll_reset, + pri_mi2s, pri_mi2s_ws, prng_rosc, qdss_cti, qdss_gpio, qlink, + qspi0, qspi0_clk, qspi0_cs, qspi1, qspi1_clk, qspi1_cs, + qua_mi2s, qup0, qup1, qup2, qup3, qup4, qup5, qup6, qup7, qup8, + qup9, qup10, qup11, qup12, qup13, qup14, qup15, qup16, qup17, + qup18, qup19, qup_l4, qup_l5, qup_l6, rgmii, sd_write, sdc4, + sdc4_clk, sdc4_cmd, sec_mi2s, sp_cmu, spkr_i2s, ter_mi2s, tgu, + tsense_pwm1, tsense_pwm2, tsif1, tsif2, uim1, uim2, uim_batt, + usb0_phy, usb1_phy, usb2phy_ac, vfr_1, vsense_trigger, + wlan1_adc, wlan2_adc, wmss_reset ] + + bias-disable: true + bias-pull-down: true + bias-pull-up: true + drive-strength: true + input-enable: true + output-high: true + output-low: true + + required: + - pins + - function + + additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + pinctrl@3100000 { + compatible = "qcom,sc8180x-tlmm"; + reg = <0x03100000 0x300000>, + <0x03500000 0x700000>, + <0x03d00000 0x300000>; + reg-names = "west", "east", "south"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 208 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + gpio-ranges = <&tlmm 0 0 190>; + + gpio-wo-subnode-state { + pins = "gpio1"; + function = "gpio"; + }; + + uart-w-subnodes-state { + rx { + pins = "gpio4"; + function = "qup6"; + bias-pull-up; + }; + + tx { + pins = "gpio5"; + function = "qup6"; + bias-disable; + }; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8350-pinctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8350-pinctrl.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4f2667ea2805 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sm8350-pinctrl.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/pinctrl/qcom,sm8350-pinctrl.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. SM8350 TLMM block + +maintainers: + - Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org> + +description: | + This binding describes the Top Level Mode Multiplexer (TLMM) block found + in the SM8350 platform. + +allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/pinctrl/qcom,tlmm-common.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sm8350-tlmm + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: true + interrupt-controller: true + '#interrupt-cells': true + gpio-controller: true + gpio-reserved-ranges: true + '#gpio-cells': true + gpio-ranges: true + wakeup-parent: true + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +patternProperties: + '-state$': + oneOf: + - $ref: "#/$defs/qcom-sm8350-tlmm-state" + - patternProperties: + ".*": + $ref: "#/$defs/qcom-sm8350-tlmm-state" + +$defs: + qcom-sm8350-tlmm-state: + type: object + description: + Pinctrl node's client devices use subnodes for desired pin configuration. + Client device subnodes use below standard properties. + $ref: "qcom,tlmm-common.yaml#/$defs/qcom-tlmm-state" + + properties: + pins: + description: + List of gpio pins affected by the properties specified in this + subnode. + items: + oneOf: + - pattern: "^gpio([0-9]|[1-9][0-9]|1[0-9][0-9]|20[0-3])$" + - enum: [ sdc1_clk, sdc1_cmd, sdc1_data, sdc2_clk, sdc2_cmd, sdc2_data ] + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 36 + + function: + description: + Specify the alternative function to be configured for the specified + pins. + + enum: [ atest_char, atest_usb, audio_ref, cam_mclk, cci_async, + cci_i2c, cci_timer, cmu_rng, coex_uart1, coex_uart2, cri_trng, + cri_trng0, cri_trng1, dbg_out, ddr_bist, ddr_pxi0, ddr_pxi1, + ddr_pxi2, ddr_pxi3, dp_hot, dp_lcd, gcc_gp1, gcc_gp2, gcc_gp3, + gpio, ibi_i3c, jitter_bist, lpass_slimbus, mdp_vsync, mdp_vsync0, + mdp_vsync1, mdp_vsync2, mdp_vsync3, mi2s0_data0, mi2s0_data1, + mi2s0_sck, mi2s0_ws, mi2s1_data0, mi2s1_data1, mi2s1_sck, + mi2s1_ws, mi2s2_data0, mi2s2_data1, mi2s2_sck, mi2s2_ws, + mss_grfc0, mss_grfc1, mss_grfc10, mss_grfc11, mss_grfc12, + mss_grfc2, mss_grfc3, mss_grfc4, mss_grfc5, mss_grfc6, + mss_grfc7, mss_grfc8, mss_grfc9, nav_gpio, pa_indicator, + pcie0_clkreqn, pcie1_clkreqn, phase_flag, pll_bist, pll_clk, + pri_mi2s, prng_rosc, qdss_cti, qdss_gpio, qlink0_enable, + qlink0_request, qlink0_wmss, qlink1_enable, qlink1_request, + qlink1_wmss, qlink2_enable, qlink2_request, qlink2_wmss, qspi0, + qspi1, qspi2, qspi3, qspi_clk, qspi_cs, qup0, qup1, qup10, + qup11, qup12, qup13, qup14, qup15, qup16, qup17, qup18, qup19, + qup2, qup3, qup4, qup5, qup6, qup7, qup8, qup9, qup_l4, qup_l5, + qup_l6, sd_write, sdc40, sdc41, sdc42, sdc43, sdc4_clk, + sdc4_cmd, sec_mi2s, tb_trig, tgu_ch0, tgu_ch1, tgu_ch2, + tgu_ch3, tsense_pwm1, tsense_pwm2, uim0_clk, uim0_data, + uim0_present, uim0_reset, uim1_clk, uim1_data, uim1_present, + uim1_reset, usb2phy_ac, usb_phy, vfr_0, vfr_1, vsense_trigger ] + + + bias-disable: true + bias-pull-down: true + bias-pull-up: true + drive-strength: true + input-enable: true + output-high: true + output-low: true + + required: + - pins + - function + + additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + pinctrl@f100000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm8350-tlmm"; + reg = <0x0f100000 0x300000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 208 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + gpio-ranges = <&tlmm 0 0 203>; + + gpio-wo-subnode-state { + pins = "gpio1"; + function = "gpio"; + }; + + uart-w-subnodes-state { + rx { + pins = "gpio18"; + function = "qup3"; + bias-pull-up; + }; + + tx { + pins = "gpio19"; + function = "qup3"; + bias-disable; + }; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,tlmm-common.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,tlmm-common.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3b37cf102d41 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,tlmm-common.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/pinctrl/qcom,tlmm-common.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. Top Level Mode Multiplexer (TLMM) definitions + +maintainers: + - Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org> + +description: + This defines the common properties used to describe all Qualcomm Top Level + Mode Multiplexer bindings and pinconf/pinmux states for these. + +properties: + interrupts: + description: + Specifies the TLMM summary IRQ + maxItems: 1 + + interrupt-controller: true + + '#interrupt-cells': + description: + Specifies the PIN numbers and Flags, as defined in defined in + include/dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h + const: 2 + + gpio-controller: true + + '#gpio-cells': + description: + Specifying the pin number and flags, as defined in + include/dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h + const: 2 + + gpio-ranges: + maxItems: 1 + + wakeup-parent: + description: + Specifying the interrupt-controller used to wake up the system when the + TLMM block has been powered down. + maxItems: 1 + + gpio-reserved-ranges: + description: + Pins can be reserved for trusted applications and thereby unaccessible + from the OS. This property can be used to mark the pins which resources + should not be accessed by the OS. Please see the ../gpio/gpio.txt for more + information. + +required: + - interrupts + - interrupt-controller + - '#interrupt-cells' + - gpio-controller + - '#gpio-cells' + - gpio-ranges + +additionalProperties: true + +$defs: + qcom-tlmm-state: + allOf: + - $ref: pincfg-node.yaml# + - $ref: pinmux-node.yaml# + + properties: + drive-strength: + enum: [2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16] + default: 2 + description: + Selects the drive strength for the specified pins, in mA. + + bias-pull-down: true + bias-pull-up: true + bias-disable: true + input-enable: true + output-high: true + output-low: true + + additionalProperties: true +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ralink,rt2880-pinmux.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ralink,rt2880-pinmux.yaml index 7dea3e26d99e..b32f2676cab5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ralink,rt2880-pinmux.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ralink,rt2880-pinmux.yaml @@ -15,39 +15,38 @@ description: properties: compatible: - enum: - - ralink,rt2880-pinmux + const: ralink,rt2880-pinmux - pinctrl-0: - description: - A phandle to the node containing the subnodes containing default - configurations. This is for pinctrl hogs. +patternProperties: + '-pins$': + type: object + patternProperties: + '^(.*-)?pinmux$': + type: object + description: node for pinctrl. + $ref: pinmux-node.yaml# + + properties: + groups: + description: Name of the pin group to use for the functions. + enum: [i2c, spi, uart1, uart2, uart3, rgmii1, rgmii2, mdio, + pcie, sdhci] + function: + description: The mux function to select + enum: [gpio, i2c, spi, uart1, uart2, uart3, rgmii1, rgmii2, + mdio, nand1, nand2, sdhci] + + required: + - groups + - function + + additionalProperties: false - pinctrl-names: - description: - A pinctrl state named "default" can be defined. - const: default + additionalProperties: false required: - compatible -patternProperties: - '[a-z0-9_-]+': - if: - type: object - description: node for pinctrl. - $ref: "pinmux-node.yaml" - then: - properties: - groups: - description: Name of the pin group to use for the functions. - enum: [i2c, spi, uart1, uart2, uart3, rgmii1, rgmii2, mdio, - pcie, sdhci] - function: - description: The mux function to select - enum: [gpio, i2c, spi, uart1, uart2, uart3, rgmii1, rgmii2, - mdio, nand1, nand2, sdhci] - additionalProperties: false examples: @@ -55,14 +54,9 @@ examples: - | pinctrl { compatible = "ralink,rt2880-pinmux"; - pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&state_default>; - - state_default: pinctrl0 { - }; - i2c_pins: i2c0 { - i2c0 { + i2c_pins: i2c0-pins { + pinmux { groups = "i2c"; function = "i2c"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc.yaml index 5b5b1b9d2ec7..ac4e068aa03f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc.yaml @@ -43,11 +43,12 @@ properties: - renesas,pfc-r8a77980 # R-Car V3H - renesas,pfc-r8a77990 # R-Car E3 - renesas,pfc-r8a77995 # R-Car D3 + - renesas,pfc-r8a779a0 # R-Car V3U - renesas,pfc-sh73a0 # SH-Mobile AG5 reg: minItems: 1 - maxItems: 2 + maxItems: 10 gpio-controller: true @@ -76,11 +77,10 @@ required: if: properties: compatible: - items: - enum: - - renesas,pfc-r8a73a4 - - renesas,pfc-r8a7740 - - renesas,pfc-sh73a0 + enum: + - renesas,pfc-r8a73a4 + - renesas,pfc-r8a7740 + - renesas,pfc-sh73a0 then: required: - interrupts-extended diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt index 7734ab6fec44..38a1416fd2cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ Example 3: A uart client node that supports 'default' and 'flow-control' states. interrupts = <0 52 0>; pinctrl-names = "default", "flow-control; pinctrl-0 = <&uart0_data>; - pinctrl-1 = <&uart0_data &uart0_fctl>; + pinctrl-1 = <&uart0_data>, <&uart0_fctl>; }; Example 4: Set up the default pin state for uart controller. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/brcm,bcm-pmb.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/brcm,bcm-pmb.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..40b08d83c80b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/brcm,bcm-pmb.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/power/brcm,bcm-pmb.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Broadcom PMB (Power Management Bus) controller + +description: This document describes Broadcom's PMB controller. It supports + powering various types of connected devices (e.g. PCIe, USB, SATA). + +maintainers: + - RafaÅ‚ MiÅ‚ecki <rafal@milecki.pl> + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - brcm,bcm4908-pmb + + reg: + description: register space of one or more buses + maxItems: 1 + + big-endian: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: Flag to use for block working in big endian mode. + + "#power-domain-cells": + description: cell specifies device ID (see bcm-pmb.h) + const: 1 + +required: + - reg + - "#power-domain-cells" + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/soc/bcm-pmb.h> + + pmb: power-controller@802800e0 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm4908-pmb"; + reg = <0x802800e0 0x40>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + }; + + foo { + power-domains = <&pmb BCM_PMB_PCIE0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/mediatek,power-controller.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/mediatek,power-controller.yaml index d14cb9bac849..f234a756c193 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/mediatek,power-controller.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/mediatek,power-controller.yaml @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ properties: compatible: enum: + - mediatek,mt8167-power-controller - mediatek,mt8173-power-controller - mediatek,mt8183-power-controller - mediatek,mt8192-power-controller @@ -59,6 +60,7 @@ patternProperties: reg: description: | Power domain index. Valid values are defined in: + "include/dt-bindings/power/mt8167-power.h" - for MT8167 type power domain. "include/dt-bindings/power/mt8173-power.h" - for MT8173 type power domain. "include/dt-bindings/power/mt8183-power.h" - for MT8183 type power domain. "include/dt-bindings/power/mt8192-power.h" - for MT8192 type power domain. @@ -82,6 +84,9 @@ patternProperties: be specified by order, adding first the BASIC clocks followed by the SUSBSYS clocks. + domain-supply: + description: domain regulator supply. + mediatek,infracfg: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle description: phandle to the device containing the INFRACFG register range. @@ -130,6 +135,9 @@ patternProperties: be specified by order, adding first the BASIC clocks followed by the SUSBSYS clocks. + domain-supply: + description: domain regulator supply. + mediatek,infracfg: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle description: phandle to the device containing the INFRACFG register range. @@ -178,6 +186,9 @@ patternProperties: be specified by order, adding first the BASIC clocks followed by the SUSBSYS clocks. + domain-supply: + description: domain regulator supply. + mediatek,infracfg: $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle description: phandle to the device containing the INFRACFG register range. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,rpmpd.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,rpmpd.yaml index 64825128ee97..1ea21acbbd55 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,rpmpd.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,rpmpd.yaml @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ properties: - qcom,msm8916-rpmpd - qcom,msm8939-rpmpd - qcom,msm8976-rpmpd + - qcom,msm8994-rpmpd - qcom,msm8996-rpmpd - qcom,msm8998-rpmpd - qcom,qcs404-rpmpd diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,apmu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,apmu.yaml index 60a23b3beb40..391897d897f2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,apmu.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,apmu.yaml @@ -52,5 +52,5 @@ examples: apmu@e6152000 { compatible = "renesas,r8a7791-apmu", "renesas,apmu"; reg = <0xe6152000 0x188>; - cpus = <&cpu0 &cpu1>; + cpus = <&cpu0>, <&cpu1>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/battery.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/battery.yaml index 0c7e2e44793b..c3b4b7543591 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/battery.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/battery.yaml @@ -83,21 +83,18 @@ properties: for each of the battery capacity lookup table. operating-range-celsius: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array description: operating temperature range of a battery items: - description: minimum temperature at which battery can operate - description: maximum temperature at which battery can operate ambient-celsius: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array description: safe range of ambient temperature items: - description: alert when ambient temperature is lower than this value - description: alert when ambient temperature is higher than this value alert-celsius: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array description: safe range of battery temperature items: - description: alert when battery temperature is lower than this value diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq2515x.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq2515x.yaml index 75a56773be4a..813d6afde606 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq2515x.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq2515x.yaml @@ -50,7 +50,6 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 input-current-limit-microamp: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 description: Maximum input current in micro Amps. minimum: 50000 maximum: 500000 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq256xx.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq256xx.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..18b54783e11a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq256xx.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only or BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (C) 2020 Texas Instruments Incorporated +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/power/supply/bq256xx.yaml#" +$schema: "http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#" + +title: TI bq256xx Switch Mode Buck Charger + +maintainers: + - Ricardo Rivera-Matos <r-rivera-matos@ti.com> + +description: | + The bq256xx devices are a family of highly-integrated battery charge + management and system power management ICs for single cell Li-ion and Li- + polymer batteries. + + Datasheets: + - https://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/bq25600.pdf + - https://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/bq25601.pdf + - https://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/bq25600d.pdf + - https://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/bq25601d.pdf + - https://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/bq25611d.pdf + - https://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/bq25618.pdf + - https://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/bq25619.pdf + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - ti,bq25600 + - ti,bq25601 + - ti,bq25600d + - ti,bq25601d + - ti,bq25611d + - ti,bq25618 + - ti,bq25619 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + ti,watchdog-timeout-ms: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + default: 0 + description: | + Watchdog timer in ms. 0 (default) disables the watchdog + minimum: 0 + maximum: 160000 + enum: [ 0, 40000, 80000, 160000] + + input-voltage-limit-microvolt: + description: | + Minimum input voltage limit in µV with a 100000 µV step + minimum: 3900000 + maximum: 5400000 + + input-current-limit-microamp: + description: | + Maximum input current limit in µA with a 100000 µA step + minimum: 100000 + maximum: 3200000 + + monitored-battery: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: phandle to the battery node being monitored + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + description: | + Interrupt sends an active low, 256 μs pulse to host to report the charger + device status and faults. + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - monitored-battery + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + bat: battery { + compatible = "simple-battery"; + constant-charge-current-max-microamp = <2040000>; + constant-charge-voltage-max-microvolt = <4352000>; + precharge-current-microamp = <180000>; + charge-term-current-microamp = <180000>; + }; + #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + i2c { + + clock-frequency = <400000>; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + charger@6b { + compatible = "ti,bq25601"; + reg = <0x6b>; + monitored-battery = <&bat>; + + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <16 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + ti,watchdog-timeout-ms = <40000>; + + input-voltage-limit-microvolt = <4500000>; + input-current-limit-microamp = <2400000>; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq25980.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq25980.yaml index f6b3dd4093ca..06eca6667f67 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq25980.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq25980.yaml @@ -70,6 +70,7 @@ properties: description: Enables bypass mode at boot time interrupts: + maxItems: 1 description: | Indicates that the device state has changed. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/ltc4162-l.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/ltc4162-l.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1f88c9e013f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/ltc4162-l.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (C) 2020 Topic Embedded Products +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/power/supply/ltc4162-l.yaml#" +$schema: "http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#" + +title: Linear Technology (Analog Devices) LTC4162-L Charger + +maintainers: + - Mike Looijmans <mike.looijmans@topic.nl> + +description: | + The LTC ® 4162-L is an advanced monolithic synchronous step-down switching + battery charger and PowerPath (TM) manager that seamlessly manages power + distribution between input sources such as wall adapters, backplanes, solar + panels, etc., and a rechargeable Lithium-Ion/Polymer battery. + + Specifications about the charger can be found at: + https://www.analog.com/en/products/ltc4162-s.html + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - lltc,ltc4162-l + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + description: I2C address of the charger. + + lltc,rsnsb-micro-ohms: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: Battery sense resistor in microohm. + minimum: 1000 + + lltc,rsnsi-micro-ohms: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: Input current sense resistor in microohm. + minimum: 1000 + + lltc,cell-count: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: | + Number of battery cells. If not provided, will be obtained from the chip + once the external power is applied. Omit this when the number of cells + is somewhat dynamic. Without it, several measurements will return 0 until + the charger is connected to an external supply. + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - lltc,rsnsb-micro-ohms + - lltc,rsnsi-micro-ohms + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + i2c0 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + charger: battery-charger@68 { + compatible = "lltc,ltc4162-l"; + reg = <0x68>; + lltc,rsnsb-micro-ohms = <10000>; + lltc,rsnsi-micro-ohms = <16000>; + lltc,cell-count = <2>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ptp/ptp-idtcm.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ptp/ptp-idtcm.yaml index 239b49fad805..658cec67743e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ptp/ptp-idtcm.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ptp/ptp-idtcm.yaml @@ -59,9 +59,7 @@ additionalProperties: false examples: - | - i2c@1 { - compatible = "abc,acme-1234"; - reg = <0x01 0x400>; + i2c { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; phc@5b { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-sifive.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-sifive.yaml index 5ac25275d8bf..84e66913d042 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-sifive.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-sifive.yaml @@ -25,12 +25,15 @@ description: properties: compatible: items: - - const: sifive,fu540-c000-pwm + - enum: + - sifive,fu540-c000-pwm + - sifive,fu740-c000-pwm - const: sifive,pwm0 description: Should be "sifive,<chip>-pwm" and "sifive,pwm<version>". Supported - compatible strings are "sifive,fu540-c000-pwm" for the SiFive PWM v0 - as integrated onto the SiFive FU540 chip, and "sifive,pwm0" for the + compatible strings are "sifive,fu540-c000-pwm" and + "sifive,fu740-c000-pwm" for the SiFive PWM v0 as integrated onto the + SiFive FU540 and FU740 chip respectively, and "sifive,pwm0" for the SiFive PWM v0 IP block with no chip integration tweaks. Please refer to sifive-blocks-ip-versioning.txt for details. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-zx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-zx.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3c8fe7aa8269..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-zx.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -ZTE ZX PWM controller - -Required properties: - - compatible: Should be "zte,zx296718-pwm". - - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. - - clocks : The phandle and specifier referencing the controller's clocks. - - clock-names: "pclk" for PCLK, "wclk" for WCLK to the PWM controller. The - PCLK is for register access, while WCLK is the reference clock for - calculating period and duty cycles. - - #pwm-cells: Should be 3. See pwm.yaml in this directory for a description of - the cells format. - -Example: - - pwm: pwm@1439000 { - compatible = "zte,zx296718-pwm"; - reg = <0x1439000 0x1000>; - clocks = <&lsp1crm LSP1_PWM_PCLK>, - <&lsp1crm LSP1_PWM_WCLK>; - clock-names = "pclk", "wclk"; - #pwm-cells = <3>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/dlg,da9121.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/dlg,da9121.yaml index 6f2164f7bc57..228018c87bea 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/dlg,da9121.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/dlg,da9121.yaml @@ -62,7 +62,6 @@ properties: description: IRQ line information. dlg,irq-polling-delay-passive-ms: - $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32" minimum: 1000 maximum: 10000 description: | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml index d3d0dc13dd8b..8850c01bd470 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml @@ -72,11 +72,9 @@ properties: startup-delay-us: description: startup time in microseconds - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 off-on-delay-us: description: off delay time in microseconds - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 enable-active-high: description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8997-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8997-regulator.txt index 6fe825b8ac1b..b53c5e2b335f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8997-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max8997-regulator.txt @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ Optional properties: - interrupts: Interrupt specifiers for two interrupt sources. - First interrupt specifier is for 'irq1' interrupt. - Second interrupt specifier is for 'alert' interrupt. +- charger-supply: regulator node for charging current. - max8997,pmic-buck1-uses-gpio-dvs: 'buck1' can be controlled by gpio dvs. - max8997,pmic-buck2-uses-gpio-dvs: 'buck2' can be controlled by gpio dvs. - max8997,pmic-buck5-uses-gpio-dvs: 'buck5' can be controlled by gpio dvs. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mcp16502-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mcp16502-regulator.txt index d86584ed4d93..451cc4e86b01 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mcp16502-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mcp16502-regulator.txt @@ -4,7 +4,8 @@ Required properties: - compatible: "microchip,mcp16502" - reg: I2C slave address - lpm-gpios: GPIO for LPM pin. Note that this GPIO *must* remain high during - suspend-to-ram, keeping the PMIC into HIBERNATE mode. + suspend-to-ram, keeping the PMIC into HIBERNATE mode; this + property is optional; - regulators: A node that houses a sub-node for each regulator within the device. Each sub-node is identified using the node's name. The content of each sub-node is defined by the diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mt6315-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mt6315-regulator.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..61dd5af80db6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mt6315-regulator.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/regulator/mt6315-regulator.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Mediatek MT6315 Regulator + +maintainers: + - Hsin-Hsiung Wang <hsin-hsiung.wang@mediatek.com> + +description: | + The MT6315 is a power management IC (PMIC) configurable with SPMI. + that contains 4 BUCKs output which can combine with each other + by different efuse settings. + +properties: + compatible: + const: mediatek,mt6315-regulator + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + regulators: + type: object + description: List of regulators and its properties + + patternProperties: + "^vbuck[1-4]$": + type: object + $ref: "regulator.yaml#" + + properties: + regulator-name: + pattern: "^vbuck[1-4]$" + + additionalProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - regulators + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + pmic@6 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt6315-regulator"; + reg = <0x6 0>; + + regulators { + vbuck1 { + regulator-compatible = "vbuck1"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1193750>; + regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <256>; + regulator-allowed-modes = <0 1 2 4>; + }; + + vbuck3 { + regulator-compatible = "vbuck3"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1193750>; + regulator-enable-ramp-delay = <256>; + regulator-allowed-modes = <0 1 2 4>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/nxp,pca9450-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/nxp,pca9450-regulator.yaml index c2b0a8b6da1e..f70f2e758a00 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/nxp,pca9450-regulator.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/nxp,pca9450-regulator.yaml @@ -87,6 +87,11 @@ properties: additionalProperties: false + sd-vsel-gpios: + description: GPIO that is used to switch LDO5 between being configured by + LDO5CTRL_L or LDO5CTRL_H register. Use this if the SD_VSEL signal is + connected to a host GPIO. + required: - compatible - reg diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/nxp,pf8x00-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/nxp,pf8x00-regulator.yaml index a6c259ce9785..8761437ed8ad 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/nxp,pf8x00-regulator.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/nxp,pf8x00-regulator.yaml @@ -19,7 +19,9 @@ description: | properties: compatible: enum: - - nxp,pf8x00 + - nxp,pf8100 + - nxp,pf8121a + - nxp,pf8200 reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -60,8 +62,11 @@ properties: $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32" minimum: 2100 maximum: 4500 + deprecated: true description: BUCK regulators current limit in mA. + This property is deprecated, please use + "regulator-max-microamp" instead. Listed current limits in mA are, 2100 (default) @@ -71,21 +76,11 @@ properties: nxp,phase-shift: $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32" - minimum: 45 - maximum: 0 + default: 0 + enum: [ 0, 45, 90, 135, 180, 225, 270, 315 ] description: BUCK regulators phase shift control in degrees. - Listed phase shift control values in degrees are, - 45 - 90 - 135 - 180 - 225 - 270 - 315 - 0 (default) - unevaluatedProperties: false "^vsnvs$": @@ -118,7 +113,7 @@ examples: #size-cells = <0>; pmic@8 { - compatible = "nxp,pf8x00"; + compatible = "nxp,pf8100"; reg = <0x08>; regulators { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.txt index b8f0b7809c02..ce1e04354006 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,rpmh-regulator.txt @@ -44,11 +44,14 @@ First Level Nodes - PMIC Definition: Must be one of below: "qcom,pm8005-rpmh-regulators" "qcom,pm8009-rpmh-regulators" + "qcom,pm8009-1-rpmh-regulators" "qcom,pm8150-rpmh-regulators" "qcom,pm8150l-rpmh-regulators" "qcom,pm8350-rpmh-regulators" "qcom,pm8350c-rpmh-regulators" "qcom,pm8998-rpmh-regulators" + "qcom,pmc8180-rpmh-regulators" + "qcom,pmc8180c-rpmh-regulators" "qcom,pmi8998-rpmh-regulators" "qcom,pm6150-rpmh-regulators" "qcom,pm6150l-rpmh-regulators" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom-labibb-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom-labibb-regulator.yaml index 53853ec20fe2..cf784bd1f5e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom-labibb-regulator.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom-labibb-regulator.yaml @@ -22,11 +22,17 @@ properties: type: object properties: + qcom,soft-start-us: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: Regulator soft start time in microseconds. + enum: [200, 400, 600, 800] + default: 200 interrupts: - maxItems: 1 + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 description: - Short-circuit interrupt for lab. + Short-circuit and over-current interrupts for lab. required: - interrupts @@ -35,11 +41,17 @@ properties: type: object properties: + qcom,discharge-resistor-kohms: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: Discharge resistor value in KiloOhms. + enum: [300, 64, 32, 16] + default: 300 interrupts: - maxItems: 1 + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 description: - Short-circuit interrupt for lab. + Short-circuit and over-current interrupts for ibb. required: - interrupts @@ -57,13 +69,15 @@ examples: compatible = "qcom,pmi8998-lab-ibb"; lab { - interrupts = <0x3 0x0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; - interrupt-names = "sc-err"; + interrupts = <0x3 0xde 0x1 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, + <0x3 0xde 0x0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + interrupt-names = "sc-err", "ocp"; }; ibb { - interrupts = <0x3 0x2 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; - interrupt-names = "sc-err"; + interrupts = <0x3 0xdc 0x2 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, + <0x3 0xdc 0x0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + interrupt-names = "sc-err", "ocp"; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/richtek,rt4831-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/richtek,rt4831-regulator.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d9c23333e157 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/richtek,rt4831-regulator.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/regulator/richtek,rt4831-regulator.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Richtek RT4831 Display Bias Voltage Regulator + +maintainers: + - ChiYuan Huang <cy_huang@richtek.com> + +description: | + RT4831 is a multifunctional device that can provide power to the LCD display + and LCD backlight. + + For Display Bias Voltage DSVP and DSVN, the output range is about 4V to 6.5V. + It is sufficient to meet the current LCD power requirement. + + DSVLCM is a boost regulator in IC internal as DSVP and DSVN input power. + Its voltage should be configured above 0.15V to 0.2V gap larger than the + voltage needed for DSVP and DSVN. Too much voltage gap could improve the + voltage drop from the heavy loading scenario. But it also make the power + efficiency worse. It's a trade-off. + + Datasheet is available at + https://www.richtek.com/assets/product_file/RT4831A/DS4831A-05.pdf + +patternProperties: + "^DSV(LCM|P|N)$": + type: object + $ref: regulator.yaml# + description: + Properties for single Display Bias Voltage regulator. + +additionalProperties: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/ingenic,vpu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/ingenic,vpu.yaml index c019f9fbe916..d0aa91bbf5e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/ingenic,vpu.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/ingenic,vpu.yaml @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ properties: - const: vpu interrupts: - description: VPU hardware interrupt + maxItems: 1 required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/mtk,scp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/mtk,scp.txt index 3ba668bab14b..3f5f78764b60 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/mtk,scp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/mtk,scp.txt @@ -6,10 +6,10 @@ Mediatek SoCs. Required properties: - compatible Should be "mediatek,mt8183-scp" -- reg Should contain the address ranges for the two memory - regions, SRAM and CFG. -- reg-names Contains the corresponding names for the two memory - regions. These should be named "sram" & "cfg". +- reg Should contain the address ranges for memory regions: + SRAM, CFG, and L1TCM. +- reg-names Contains the corresponding names for the memory regions: + "sram", "cfg", and "l1tcm". - clocks Clock for co-processor (See: ../clock/clock-bindings.txt) - clock-names Contains the corresponding name for the clock. This should be named "main". diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp.txt index 54737024da20..1c330a8941f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp.txt @@ -25,6 +25,10 @@ on the Qualcomm ADSP Hexagon core. "qcom,sm8250-adsp-pas" "qcom,sm8250-cdsp-pas" "qcom,sm8250-slpi-pas" + "qcom,sm8350-adsp-pas" + "qcom,sm8350-cdsp-pas" + "qcom,sm8350-slpi-pas" + "qcom,sm8350-mpss-pas" - interrupts-extended: Usage: required @@ -51,10 +55,14 @@ on the Qualcomm ADSP Hexagon core. qcom,sm8250-adsp-pas: qcom,sm8250-cdsp-pas: qcom,sm8250-slpi-pas: + qcom,sm8350-adsp-pas: + qcom,sm8350-cdsp-pas: + qcom,sm8350-slpi-pas: must be "wdog", "fatal", "ready", "handover", "stop-ack" qcom,qcs404-wcss-pas: qcom,sc7180-mpss-pas: qcom,sm8150-mpss-pas: + qcom,sm8350-mpss-pas: must be "wdog", "fatal", "ready", "handover", "stop-ack", "shutdown-ack" @@ -114,13 +122,17 @@ on the Qualcomm ADSP Hexagon core. qcom,sm8150-adsp-pas: qcom,sm8150-cdsp-pas: qcom,sm8250-cdsp-pas: + qcom,sm8350-cdsp-pas: must be "cx", "load_state" qcom,sc7180-mpss-pas: qcom,sm8150-mpss-pas: + qcom,sm8350-mpss-pas: must be "cx", "load_state", "mss" qcom,sm8250-adsp-pas: + qcom,sm8350-adsp-pas: qcom,sm8150-slpi-pas: qcom,sm8250-slpi-pas: + qcom,sm8350-slpi-pas: must be "lcx", "lmx", "load_state" - memory-region: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,wcnss-pil.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,wcnss-pil.txt index cc0b7fc1c29b..da09c0d79ac0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,wcnss-pil.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,wcnss-pil.txt @@ -80,6 +80,7 @@ and its resource dependencies. It is described by the following properties: Definition: must be one of: "qcom,wcn3620", "qcom,wcn3660", + "qcom,wcn3660b", "qcom,wcn3680" - clocks: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/ti,omap-remoteproc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/ti,omap-remoteproc.yaml index 084960a8f17a..1a1159097a2a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/ti,omap-remoteproc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/ti,omap-remoteproc.yaml @@ -70,10 +70,13 @@ properties: the firmware image. clocks: + maxItems: 1 description: | Main functional clock for the remote processor resets: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 description: | Reset handles for the remote processor diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/brcm,bcm4908-misc-pcie-reset.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/brcm,bcm4908-misc-pcie-reset.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..88aebb370838 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/brcm,bcm4908-misc-pcie-reset.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/reset/brcm,bcm4908-misc-pcie-reset.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Broadcom MISC block PCIe reset controller + +description: This document describes reset controller handling PCIe PERST# + signals. On BCM4908 it's a part of the MISC block. + +maintainers: + - RafaÅ‚ MiÅ‚ecki <rafal@milecki.pl> + +properties: + compatible: + const: brcm,bcm4908-misc-pcie-reset + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + "#reset-cells": + description: PCIe core id + const: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - "#reset-cells" + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + reset-controller@ff802644 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm4908-misc-pcie-reset"; + reg = <0xff802644 0x04>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/canaan,k210-rst.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/canaan,k210-rst.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..53e4ede9c0bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/canaan,k210-rst.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/reset/canaan,k210-rst.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Canaan Kendryte K210 Reset Controller Device Tree Bindings + +maintainers: + - Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@wdc.com> + +description: | + Canaan Kendryte K210 reset controller driver which supports the SoC + system controller supplied reset registers for the various peripherals + of the SoC. The K210 reset controller node must be defined as a child + node of the K210 system controller node. + + See also: + - dt-bindings/reset/k210-rst.h + +properties: + compatible: + const: canaan,k210-rst + + '#reset-cells': + const: 1 + +required: + - '#reset-cells' + - compatible + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/reset/k210-rst.h> + sysrst: reset-controller { + compatible = "canaan,k210-rst"; + #reset-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/hisilicon,hi3660-reset.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/hisilicon,hi3660-reset.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 2df4bddeb688..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/hisilicon,hi3660-reset.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -Hisilicon System Reset Controller -====================================== - -Please also refer to reset.txt in this directory for common reset -controller binding usage. - -The reset controller registers are part of the system-ctl block on -hi3660 and hi3670 SoCs. - -Required properties: -- compatible: should be one of the following: - "hisilicon,hi3660-reset" for HI3660 - "hisilicon,hi3670-reset", "hisilicon,hi3660-reset" for HI3670 -- hisi,rst-syscon: phandle of the reset's syscon. -- #reset-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode a - reset source. The type shall be a <u32> and the value shall be 2. - - Cell #1 : offset of the reset assert control - register from the syscon register base - offset + 4: deassert control register - offset + 8: status control register - Cell #2 : bit position of the reset in the reset control register - -Example: - iomcu: iomcu@ffd7e000 { - compatible = "hisilicon,hi3660-iomcu", "syscon"; - reg = <0x0 0xffd7e000 0x0 0x1000>; - }; - - iomcu_rst: iomcu_rst_controller { - compatible = "hisilicon,hi3660-reset"; - hisi,rst-syscon = <&iomcu>; - #reset-cells = <2>; - }; - -Specifying reset lines connected to IP modules -============================================== -example: - - i2c0: i2c@..... { - ... - resets = <&iomcu_rst 0x20 3>; /* offset: 0x20; bit: 3 */ - ... - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/hisilicon,hi3660-reset.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/hisilicon,hi3660-reset.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9bf40952e5b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/hisilicon,hi3660-reset.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/reset/hisilicon,hi3660-reset.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Hisilicon System Reset Controller + +maintainers: + - Wei Xu <xuwei5@hisilicon.com> + +description: | + Please also refer to reset.txt in this directory for common reset + controller binding usage. + The reset controller registers are part of the system-ctl block on + hi3660 and hi3670 SoCs. + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - items: + - const: hisilicon,hi3660-reset + - items: + - const: hisilicon,hi3670-reset + - const: hisilicon,hi3660-reset + + hisilicon,rst-syscon: + description: phandle of the reset's syscon. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + + '#reset-cells': + description: | + Specifies the number of cells needed to encode a reset source. + Cell #1 : offset of the reset assert control register from the syscon + register base + offset + 4: deassert control register + offset + 8: status control register + Cell #2 : bit position of the reset in the reset control register + const: 2 + +required: + - compatible + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + #include <dt-bindings/clock/hi3660-clock.h> + + iomcu: iomcu@ffd7e000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi3660-iomcu", "syscon"; + reg = <0xffd7e000 0x1000>; + }; + + iomcu_rst: iomcu_rst_controller { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi3660-reset"; + hisilicon,rst-syscon = <&iomcu>; + #reset-cells = <2>; + }; + + /* Specifying reset lines connected to IP modules */ + i2c@ffd71000 { + compatible = "snps,designware-i2c"; + reg = <0xffd71000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 118 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <400000>; + clocks = <&crg_ctrl HI3660_CLK_GATE_I2C0>; + resets = <&iomcu_rst 0x20 3>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&i2c0_pmx_func &i2c0_cfg_func>; + status = "disabled"; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/sirf,rstc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/sirf,rstc.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 0505de742d30..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/sirf,rstc.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -CSR SiRFSoC Reset Controller -====================================== - -Please also refer to reset.txt in this directory for common reset -controller binding usage. - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "sirf,prima2-rstc" or "sirf,marco-rstc" -- reg: should be register base and length as documented in the - datasheet -- #reset-cells: 1, see below - -example: - -rstc: reset-controller@88010000 { - compatible = "sirf,prima2-rstc"; - reg = <0x88010000 0x1000>; - #reset-cells = <1>; -}; - -Specifying reset lines connected to IP modules -============================================== - -The reset controller(rstc) manages various reset sources. This module provides -reset signals for most blocks in system. Those device nodes should specify the -reset line on the rstc in their resets property, containing a phandle to the -rstc device node and a RESET_INDEX specifying which module to reset, as described -in reset.txt. - -For SiRFSoC, RESET_INDEX is just reset_bit defined in SW_RST0 and SW_RST1 registers. -For modules whose rest_bit is in SW_RST0, its RESET_INDEX is 0~31. For modules whose -rest_bit is in SW_RST1, its RESET_INDEX is 32~63. - -example: - -vpp@90020000 { - compatible = "sirf,prima2-vpp"; - reg = <0x90020000 0x10000>; - interrupts = <31>; - clocks = <&clks 35>; - resets = <&rstc 6>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/zte,zx2967-reset.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/zte,zx2967-reset.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b015508f9780..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/zte,zx2967-reset.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -ZTE zx2967 SoCs Reset Controller -======================================= - -Please also refer to reset.txt in this directory for common reset -controller binding usage. - -Required properties: -- compatible: should be one of the following. - * zte,zx296718-reset -- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped - region. -- #reset-cells: must be 1. - -example: - - reset: reset-controller@1461060 { - compatible = "zte,zx296718-reset"; - reg = <0x01461060 0x8>; - #reset-cells = <1>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/canaan.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/canaan.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f8f3f286bd55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/canaan.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/riscv/canaan.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Canaan SoC-based boards + +maintainers: + - Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@wdc.com> + +description: + Canaan Kendryte K210 SoC-based boards + +properties: + $nodename: + const: '/' + compatible: + oneOf: + - items: + - const: sipeed,maix-bit + - const: sipeed,maix-bitm + - const: canaan,kendryte-k210 + + - items: + - const: sipeed,maix-go + - const: canaan,kendryte-k210 + + - items: + - const: sipeed,maix-dock-m1 + - const: sipeed,maix-dock-m1w + - const: canaan,kendryte-k210 + + - items: + - const: sipeed,maixduino + - const: canaan,kendryte-k210 + + - items: + - const: canaan,kendryte-kd233 + - const: canaan,kendryte-k210 + + - items: + - const: canaan,kendryte-k210 + +additionalProperties: true + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml index c6925e0b16e4..e534f6a7cfa1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/cpus.yaml @@ -28,11 +28,18 @@ properties: - items: - enum: - sifive,rocket0 + - sifive,bullet0 - sifive,e5 + - sifive,e7 - sifive,e51 + - sifive,e71 - sifive,u54-mc + - sifive,u74-mc - sifive,u54 + - sifive,u74 - sifive,u5 + - sifive,u7 + - canaan,k210 - const: riscv - const: riscv # Simulator only description: @@ -50,6 +57,7 @@ properties: - riscv,sv32 - riscv,sv39 - riscv,sv48 + - riscv,none riscv,isa: description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sifive-l2-cache.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sifive-l2-cache.yaml index efc0198eeb74..23b227614366 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sifive-l2-cache.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sifive-l2-cache.yaml @@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ select: items: - enum: - sifive,fu540-c000-ccache + - sifive,fu740-c000-ccache required: - compatible @@ -34,7 +35,9 @@ select: properties: compatible: items: - - const: sifive,fu540-c000-ccache + - enum: + - sifive,fu540-c000-ccache + - sifive,fu740-c000-ccache - const: cache cache-block-size: @@ -52,10 +55,13 @@ properties: cache-unified: true interrupts: - description: | - Must contain entries for DirError, DataError and DataFail signals. minItems: 3 - maxItems: 3 + maxItems: 4 + items: + - description: DirError interrupt + - description: DataError interrupt + - description: DataFail interrupt + - description: DirFail interrupt reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -63,10 +69,31 @@ properties: next-level-cache: true memory-region: + maxItems: 1 description: | The reference to the reserved-memory for the L2 Loosely Integrated Memory region. The reserved memory node should be defined as per the bindings in reserved-memory.txt. +if: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + const: sifive,fu540-c000-ccache + +then: + properties: + interrupts: + description: | + Must contain entries for DirError, DataError and DataFail signals. + maxItems: 3 + +else: + properties: + interrupts: + description: | + Must contain entries for DirError, DataError, DataFail, DirFail signals. + minItems: 4 + additionalProperties: false required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sifive.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sifive.yaml index 3a8647d1da4c..ee0a239af4c2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sifive.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/riscv/sifive.yaml @@ -17,11 +17,18 @@ properties: $nodename: const: '/' compatible: - items: - - enum: - - sifive,hifive-unleashed-a00 - - const: sifive,fu540-c000 - - const: sifive,fu540 + oneOf: + - items: + - enum: + - sifive,hifive-unleashed-a00 + - const: sifive,fu540-c000 + - const: sifive,fu540 + + - items: + - enum: + - sifive,hifive-unmatched-a00 + - const: sifive,fu740-c000 + - const: sifive,fu740 additionalProperties: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/allwinner,sun6i-a31-rtc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/allwinner,sun6i-a31-rtc.yaml index 37c2a601c3fa..b1b0ee769b71 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/allwinner,sun6i-a31-rtc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/allwinner,sun6i-a31-rtc.yaml @@ -128,7 +128,6 @@ required: - compatible - reg - interrupts - - clocks - clock-output-names additionalProperties: false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/atmel,at91rm9200-rtc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/atmel,at91rm9200-rtc.yaml index 02bbfe726c62..994de43d17fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/atmel,at91rm9200-rtc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/atmel,at91rm9200-rtc.yaml @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ properties: - atmel,sama5d4-rtc - atmel,sama5d2-rtc - microchip,sam9x60-rtc + - microchip,sama7g5-rtc reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nxp,pcf2127.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nxp,pcf2127.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cde7b1675ead --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nxp,pcf2127.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/rtc/nxp,pcf2127.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: NXP PCF2127 Real Time Clock + +allOf: + - $ref: "rtc.yaml#" + +maintainers: + - Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com> + +properties: + compatible: + const: nxp,pcf2127 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + start-year: true + + reset-source: true + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + i2c { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + rtc@51 { + compatible = "nxp,pcf2127"; + reg = <0x51>; + pinctrl-0 = <&rtc_nint_pins>; + interrupts-extended = <&gpio1 16 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + reset-source; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/pcf8563.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/pcf8563.txt index 6076fe76dbfa..0a900f7c8977 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/pcf8563.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/pcf8563.txt @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ Philips PCF8563/Epson RTC8564 Real Time Clock Required properties: - compatible: Should contain "nxp,pcf8563", "epson,rtc8564" or - "microcrystal,rv8564" + "microcrystal,rv8564" or + "nxp,pca8565" - reg: I2C address for chip. Optional property: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc.yaml index d30dc045aac6..0ec3551f12dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc.yaml @@ -27,7 +27,6 @@ properties: 1: chargeable quartz-load-femtofarads: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 description: The capacitive load of the quartz(x-tal), expressed in femto Farad (fF). The default value shall be listed (if optional), @@ -47,7 +46,6 @@ properties: deprecated: true trickle-resistor-ohms: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 description: Selected resistor for trickle charger. Should be given if trickle charger should be enabled. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sirf,prima2-sysrtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sirf,prima2-sysrtc.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 58885b55da21..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sirf,prima2-sysrtc.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -SiRFSoC Real Time Clock - -Required properties: -- compatible: must be "sirf,prima2-sysrtc" -- reg: address range of rtc register set. -- interrupts: rtc alarm interrupts. - -Example: - rtc@2000 { - compatible = "sirf,prima2-sysrtc"; - reg = <0x2000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <52 53 54>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/stericsson,coh901331.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/stericsson,coh901331.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e615a897b20e..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/stericsson,coh901331.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -ST-Ericsson COH 901 331 Real Time Clock - -Required properties: -- compatible: must be "stericsson,coh901331" -- reg: address range of rtc register set. -- interrupts: rtc alarm interrupt. -- clocks: phandle to the rtc clock source - -Example: - rtc: rtc@c0017000 { - compatible = "stericsson,coh901331"; - reg = <0xc0017000 0x1000>; - interrupt-parent = <&vicb>; - interrupts = <10>; - clocks = <&rtc_clk>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/trivial-rtc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/trivial-rtc.yaml index c7d14de214c4..7548d8714871 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/trivial-rtc.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/trivial-rtc.yaml @@ -48,12 +48,8 @@ properties: - microcrystal,rv3029 # Real Time Clock - microcrystal,rv8523 - # Real-time clock - - nxp,pcf2127 - # Real-time clock - - nxp,pcf2129 - # Real-time clock - nxp,pca2129 + - nxp,pcf2129 # Real-time Clock Module - pericom,pt7c4338 # I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.yaml index 9702c07a6b6c..2b06c6ce4a75 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-imx-uart.yaml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Freescale i.MX Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) maintainers: - - Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com> + - Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com> allOf: - $ref: "serial.yaml" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.yaml index ce1d89496342..14c7594c88c6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-mxs-auart.yaml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Freescale MXS Application UART (AUART) maintainers: - - Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com> + - Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com> allOf: - $ref: "serial.yaml" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.yaml index c23c93b400f0..1f8e9f2644b6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.yaml @@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ select: contains: enum: - arm,pl011 - - zte,zx296702-uart required: - compatible @@ -30,7 +29,6 @@ properties: - const: arm,pl011 - const: arm,primecell - items: - - const: zte,zx296702-uart - const: arm,primecell reg: @@ -88,14 +86,12 @@ properties: description: Rate at which poll occurs when auto-poll is set. default 100ms. - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 default: 100 poll-timeout-ms: description: Poll timeout when auto-poll is set, default 3000ms. - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 default: 3000 required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,hscif.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,hscif.yaml index c139c5edb93e..ee9804cd49bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,hscif.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,hscif.yaml @@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ properties: - renesas,hscif-r8a77980 # R-Car V3H - renesas,hscif-r8a77990 # R-Car E3 - renesas,hscif-r8a77995 # R-Car D3 + - renesas,hscif-r8a779a0 # R-Car V3U - const: renesas,rcar-gen3-hscif # R-Car Gen3 and RZ/G2 - const: renesas,hscif # generic HSCIF compatible UART @@ -81,6 +82,8 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 dmas: + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 4 description: Must contain a list of pairs of references to DMA specifiers, one for transmission, and one for reception. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,scif.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,scif.yaml index 672158906c33..22d76829f7ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,scif.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,scif.yaml @@ -120,6 +120,8 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 dmas: + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 4 description: Must contain a list of pairs of references to DMA specifiers, one for transmission, and one for reception. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,scifa.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,scifa.yaml index dbffb9534835..3c67d3202e1b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,scifa.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,scifa.yaml @@ -55,6 +55,8 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 dmas: + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 4 description: Must contain a list of pairs of references to DMA specifiers, one for transmission, and one for reception. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,scifb.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,scifb.yaml index 147f8a37e02a..d5571c7a4424 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,scifb.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,scifb.yaml @@ -55,6 +55,8 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 dmas: + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 4 description: Must contain a list of pairs of references to DMA specifiers, one for transmission, and one for reception. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sifive-serial.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sifive-serial.yaml index 3ac5c7ff2758..5fa94dacbba9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sifive-serial.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sifive-serial.yaml @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ properties: - enum: - sifive,fu540-c000-uart - sifive,fu740-c000-uart + - canaan,k210-uarths - const: sifive,uart0 description: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 1e48bbbeecc6..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -* CSR SiRFprimaII/atlasVI Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter * - -Required properties: -- compatible : Should be "sirf,prima2-uart", "sirf, prima2-usp-uart", - "sirf,atlas7-uart" or "sirf,atlas7-usp-uart". -- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device -- interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt -- fifosize : Should define hardware rx/tx fifo size -- clocks : Should contain uart clock number - -Optional properties: -- uart-has-rtscts: we have hardware flow controller pins in hardware -- rts-gpios: RTS pin for USP-based UART if uart-has-rtscts is true -- cts-gpios: CTS pin for USP-based UART if uart-has-rtscts is true - -Example: - -uart0: uart@b0050000 { - cell-index = <0>; - compatible = "sirf,prima2-uart"; - reg = <0xb0050000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <17>; - fifosize = <128>; - clocks = <&clks 13>; -}; - -On the board-specific dts, we can put rts-gpios and cts-gpios like - -usp@b0090000 { - compatible = "sirf,prima2-usp-uart"; - uart-has-rtscts; - rts-gpios = <&gpio 15 0>; - cts-gpios = <&gpio 46 0>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/st,stm32-uart.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/st,stm32-uart.yaml index 06d5f251ec88..8631678283f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/st,stm32-uart.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/st,stm32-uart.yaml @@ -50,11 +50,14 @@ properties: minItems: 1 maxItems: 2 - cts-gpios: - maxItems: 1 - - rts-gpios: - maxItems: 1 +# cts-gpios and rts-gpios properties can be used instead of 'uart-has-rtscts' +# or 'st,hw-flow-ctrl' (deprecated) for making use of any gpio pins for flow +# control instead of dedicated pins. +# +# It should be noted that both cts-gpios/rts-gpios and 'uart-has-rtscts' or +# 'st,hw-flow-ctrl' (deprecated) properties cannot co-exist in a design. + cts-gpios: true + rts-gpios: true wakeup-source: true diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/imx/imx8m-soc.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/imx/imx8m-soc.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..effcc72f9425 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/imx/imx8m-soc.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/soc/imx/imx8m-soc.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: NXP i.MX8M Series SoC + +maintainers: + - Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com> + +description: | + NXP i.MX8M series SoCs contain fuse entries from which SoC Unique ID can be + obtained. + +select: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - fsl,imx8mm + - fsl,imx8mn + - fsl,imx8mp + - fsl,imx8mq + required: + - compatible + +patternProperties: + "^soc@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - fsl,imx8mm-soc + - fsl,imx8mn-soc + - fsl,imx8mp-soc + - fsl,imx8mq-soc + - const: simple-bus + + "#address-cells": + const: 1 + + "#size-cells": + const: 1 + + ranges: true + + dma-ranges: true + + nvmem-cells: + maxItems: 1 + description: Phandle to the SOC Unique ID provided by a nvmem node + + nvmem-cell-names: + const: soc_unique_id + + required: + - compatible + - nvmem-cells + - nvmem-cell-names + + additionalProperties: + type: object + +additionalProperties: true + +examples: + - | + / { + model = "FSL i.MX8MM EVK board"; + compatible = "fsl,imx8mm-evk", "fsl,imx8mm"; + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + + soc@0 { + compatible = "fsl,imx8mm-soc", "simple-bus"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x3e000000>; + nvmem-cells = <&imx8mm_uid>; + nvmem-cell-names = "soc_unique_id"; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,aoss-qmp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,aoss-qmp.txt index 953add19e937..19c059e44681 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,aoss-qmp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,aoss-qmp.txt @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ power-domains. "qcom,sdm845-aoss-qmp" "qcom,sm8150-aoss-qmp" "qcom,sm8250-aoss-qmp" + "qcom,sm8350-aoss-qmp" - reg: Usage: required diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,smem.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,smem.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 9326cdf6e1b1..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,smem.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -Qualcomm Shared Memory Manager binding - -This binding describes the Qualcomm Shared Memory Manager, used to share data -between various subsystems and OSes in Qualcomm platforms. - -- compatible: - Usage: required - Value type: <stringlist> - Definition: must be: - "qcom,smem" - -- memory-region: - Usage: required - Value type: <prop-encoded-array> - Definition: handle to memory reservation for main SMEM memory region. - -- qcom,rpm-msg-ram: - Usage: required - Value type: <prop-encoded-array> - Definition: handle to RPM message memory resource - -- hwlocks: - Usage: required - Value type: <prop-encoded-array> - Definition: reference to a hwspinlock used to protect allocations from - the shared memory - -= EXAMPLE -The following example shows the SMEM setup for MSM8974, with a main SMEM region -at 0xfa00000 and the RPM message ram at 0xfc428000: - - reserved-memory { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <1>; - ranges; - - smem_region: smem@fa00000 { - reg = <0xfa00000 0x200000>; - no-map; - }; - }; - - smem@fa00000 { - compatible = "qcom,smem"; - - memory-region = <&smem_region>; - qcom,rpm-msg-ram = <&rpm_msg_ram>; - - hwlocks = <&tcsr_mutex 3>; - }; - - soc { - rpm_msg_ram: memory@fc428000 { - compatible = "qcom,rpm-msg-ram"; - reg = <0xfc428000 0x4000>; - }; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,smem.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,smem.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f7e17713b3d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,smem.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/soc/qcom/qcom,smem.yaml#" +$schema: "http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#" + +title: Qualcomm Shared Memory Manager binding + +maintainers: + - Andy Gross <agross@kernel.org> + - Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org> + +description: | + This binding describes the Qualcomm Shared Memory Manager, used to share data + between various subsystems and OSes in Qualcomm platforms. + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,smem + + memory-region: + maxItems: 1 + description: handle to memory reservation for main SMEM memory region. + + hwlocks: + maxItems: 1 + + qcom,rpm-msg-ram: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle + description: handle to RPM message memory resource + +required: + - compatible + - memory-region + - hwlocks + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + reserved-memory { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges; + + smem_region: smem@fa00000 { + reg = <0xfa00000 0x200000>; + no-map; + }; + }; + + smem { + compatible = "qcom,smem"; + + memory-region = <&smem_region>; + qcom,rpm-msg-ram = <&rpm_msg_ram>; + + hwlocks = <&tcsr_mutex 3>; + }; + + soc { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges; + + rpm_msg_ram: sram@fc428000 { + compatible = "qcom,rpm-msg-ram"; + reg = <0xfc428000 0x4000>; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/ti,pruss.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/ti,pruss.yaml index 037c51b2f972..dbc62821c60b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/ti,pruss.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/ti,pruss.yaml @@ -81,6 +81,9 @@ properties: ranges: maxItems: 1 + dma-ranges: + maxItems: 1 + power-domains: description: | This property is as per sci-pm-domain.txt. @@ -278,6 +281,9 @@ patternProperties: that is common to all the PRU cores. This should be represented as an interrupt-controller node. + allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/interrupt-controller/ti,pruss-intc.yaml# + type: object mdio@[a-f0-9]+$: @@ -299,6 +305,9 @@ patternProperties: present on K3 SoCs have additional auxiliary PRU cores with slightly different IP integration. + allOf: + - $ref: /schemas/remoteproc/ti,pru-rproc.yaml# + type: object required: @@ -371,6 +380,36 @@ examples: reg = <0x32000 0x58>; }; + pruss_intc: interrupt-controller@20000 { + compatible = "ti,pruss-intc"; + reg = <0x20000 0x2000>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <3>; + interrupts = <20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27>; + interrupt-names = "host_intr0", "host_intr1", + "host_intr2", "host_intr3", + "host_intr4", "host_intr5", + "host_intr6", "host_intr7"; + }; + + pru0: pru@34000 { + compatible = "ti,am3356-pru"; + reg = <0x34000 0x2000>, + <0x22000 0x400>, + <0x22400 0x100>; + reg-names = "iram", "control", "debug"; + firmware-name = "am335x-pru0-fw"; + }; + + pru1: pru@38000 { + compatible = "ti,am3356-pru"; + reg = <0x38000 0x2000>, + <0x24000 0x400>, + <0x24400 0x100>; + reg-names = "iram", "control", "debug"; + firmware-name = "am335x-pru1-fw"; + }; + pruss_mdio: mdio@32400 { compatible = "ti,davinci_mdio"; reg = <0x32400 0x90>; @@ -425,6 +464,43 @@ examples: reg = <0x32000 0x58>; }; + pruss1_intc: interrupt-controller@20000 { + compatible = "ti,pruss-intc"; + reg = <0x20000 0x2000>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <3>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 20 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 21 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 22 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 23 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 24 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 26 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 27 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "host_intr0", "host_intr1", + "host_intr2", "host_intr3", + "host_intr4", + "host_intr6", "host_intr7"; + ti,irqs-reserved = /bits/ 8 <0x20>; /* BIT(5) */ + }; + + pru1_0: pru@34000 { + compatible = "ti,am4376-pru"; + reg = <0x34000 0x3000>, + <0x22000 0x400>, + <0x22400 0x100>; + reg-names = "iram", "control", "debug"; + firmware-name = "am437x-pru1_0-fw"; + }; + + pru1_1: pru@38000 { + compatible = "ti,am4376-pru"; + reg = <0x38000 0x3000>, + <0x24000 0x400>, + <0x24400 0x100>; + reg-names = "iram", "control", "debug"; + firmware-name = "am437x-pru1_1-fw"; + }; + pruss1_mdio: mdio@32400 { compatible = "ti,davinci_mdio"; reg = <0x32400 0x90>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/zte/pd-2967xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/zte/pd-2967xx.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 7629de1c2c72..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/zte/pd-2967xx.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -* ZTE zx2967 family Power Domains - -zx2967 family includes support for multiple power domains which are used -to gate power to one or more peripherals on the processor. - -Required Properties: - - compatible: should be one of the following. - * zte,zx296718-pcu - for zx296718 power domain. - - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped - region. - - #power-domain-cells: Must be 1. - -Example: - - pcu_domain: pcu@117000 { - compatible = "zte,zx296718-pcu"; - reg = <0x00117000 0x1000>; - #power-domain-cells = <1>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/allwinner,sun4i-a10-codec.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/allwinner,sun4i-a10-codec.yaml index dd47fef9854d..559aff13ae23 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/allwinner,sun4i-a10-codec.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/allwinner,sun4i-a10-codec.yaml @@ -88,6 +88,7 @@ properties: description: Phandle to the codec analog controls in the PRCM allwinner,pa-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO to enable the external amplifier required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-port.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-port.yaml index 2005014161be..766e9109b2f7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-port.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-port.yaml @@ -71,9 +71,6 @@ properties: description: CPU to Codec rate channels. $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - required: - - remote-endpoint - ports: description: multi OF-Graph subnode type: object diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/google,sc7180-trogdor.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/google,sc7180-trogdor.yaml index 5095b780e2c7..837e3faa63a9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/google,sc7180-trogdor.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/google,sc7180-trogdor.yaml @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ patternProperties: maxItems: 1 reg: + maxItems: 1 description: dai link address. cpu: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ingenic,codec.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ingenic,codec.yaml index eb4be86464bb..97d5f3819b27 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ingenic,codec.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ingenic,codec.yaml @@ -15,9 +15,14 @@ properties: compatible: oneOf: - - const: ingenic,jz4770-codec - - const: ingenic,jz4725b-codec - - const: ingenic,jz4740-codec + - enum: + - ingenic,jz4770-codec + - ingenic,jz4760-codec + - ingenic,jz4725b-codec + - ingenic,jz4740-codec + - items: + - const: ingenic,jz4760b-codec + - const: ingenic,jz4760-codec reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/intel,keembay-i2s.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/intel,keembay-i2s.yaml index d346e61ab708..6f71294909a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/intel,keembay-i2s.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/intel,keembay-i2s.yaml @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ properties: enum: - intel,keembay-i2s - intel,keembay-tdm + - intel,keembay-hdmi-i2s "#sound-dai-cells": const: 0 @@ -45,6 +46,16 @@ properties: - const: osc - const: apb_clk + dmas: + items: + - description: DMA TX channel + - description: DMA RX channel + + dma-names: + items: + - const: tx + - const: rx + required: - compatible - "#sound-dai-cells" @@ -70,4 +81,6 @@ examples: interrupts = <GIC_SPI 120 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; clock-names = "osc", "apb_clk"; clocks = <&scmi_clk KEEM_BAY_PSS_AUX_I2S3>, <&scmi_clk KEEM_BAY_PSS_I2S3>; + dmas = <&axi_dma0 29 &axi_dma0 33>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8192-mt6359-rt1015-rt5682.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8192-mt6359-rt1015-rt5682.yaml index bf8c8ba25009..5a5b765b859a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8192-mt6359-rt1015-rt5682.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8192-mt6359-rt1015-rt5682.yaml @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Mediatek MT8192 with MT6359, RT1015 and RT5682 ASoC sound card driver maintainers: - - Jiaxin Yu <jiaxin.yu@mediatek.com> - - Shane Chien <shane.chien@mediatek.com> + - Jiaxin Yu <jiaxin.yu@mediatek.com> + - Shane Chien <shane.chien@mediatek.com> description: This binding describes the MT8192 sound card. @@ -23,6 +23,10 @@ properties: $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle" description: The phandle of MT8192 ASoC platform. + mediatek,hdmi-codec: + $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle" + description: The phandle of HDMI codec. + additionalProperties: false required: @@ -35,6 +39,7 @@ examples: sound: mt8192-sound { compatible = "mediatek,mt8192_mt6359_rt1015_rt5682"; mediatek,platform = <&afe>; + mediatek,hdmi-codec = <&anx_bridge_dp>; pinctrl-names = "aud_clk_mosi_off", "aud_clk_mosi_on"; pinctrl-0 = <&aud_clk_mosi_off>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-graph-card.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-graph-card.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..249970952202 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-graph-card.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-graph-card.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Audio Graph based Tegra sound card driver + +description: | + This is based on generic audio graph card driver along with additional + customizations for Tegra platforms. It uses the same bindings with + additional standard clock DT bindings required for Tegra. + +maintainers: + - Jon Hunter <jonathanh@nvidia.com> + - Sameer Pujar <spujar@nvidia.com> + +allOf: + - $ref: audio-graph.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - nvidia,tegra210-audio-graph-card + - nvidia,tegra186-audio-graph-card + + clocks: + minItems: 2 + + clock-names: + minItems: 2 + items: + - const: pll_a + - const: plla_out0 + + assigned-clocks: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 3 + + assigned-clock-parents: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 3 + + assigned-clock-rates: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 3 + + iommus: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - clocks + - clock-names + - assigned-clocks + - assigned-clock-parents + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include<dt-bindings/clock/tegra210-car.h> + + tegra_sound { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra210-audio-graph-card"; + + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_PLL_A>, + <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_PLL_A_OUT0>; + clock-names = "pll_a", "plla_out0"; + + assigned-clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_PLL_A>, + <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_PLL_A_OUT0>, + <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_EXTERN1>; + assigned-clock-parents = <0>, <0>, <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_PLL_A_OUT0>; + assigned-clock-rates = <368640000>, <49152000>, <12288000>; + + dais = /* FE */ + <&admaif1_port>, + /* Router */ + <&xbar_i2s1_port>, + /* I/O DAP Ports */ + <&i2s1_port>; + + label = "jetson-tx1-ape"; + }; + + // The ports are defined for AHUB and its child devices. + ahub@702d0800 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra210-ahub"; + reg = <0x702d0800 0x800>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_D_AUDIO>; + clock-names = "ahub"; + assigned-clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_D_AUDIO>; + assigned-clock-parents = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_PLL_A_OUT0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges = <0x702d0000 0x702d0000 0x0000e400>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0x0>; + xbar_admaif1_ep: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&admaif1_ep>; + }; + }; + + // ... + + xbar_i2s1_port: port@a { + reg = <0xa>; + xbar_i2s1_ep: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&i2s1_cif_ep>; + }; + }; + }; + + admaif@702d0000 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra210-admaif"; + reg = <0x702d0000 0x800>; + dmas = <&adma 1>, <&adma 1>, + <&adma 2>, <&adma 2>, + <&adma 3>, <&adma 3>, + <&adma 4>, <&adma 4>, + <&adma 5>, <&adma 5>, + <&adma 6>, <&adma 6>, + <&adma 7>, <&adma 7>, + <&adma 8>, <&adma 8>, + <&adma 9>, <&adma 9>, + <&adma 10>, <&adma 10>; + dma-names = "rx1", "tx1", + "rx2", "tx2", + "rx3", "tx3", + "rx4", "tx4", + "rx5", "tx5", + "rx6", "tx6", + "rx7", "tx7", + "rx8", "tx8", + "rx9", "tx9", + "rx10", "tx10"; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + admaif1_port: port@0 { + reg = <0x0>; + admaif1_ep: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&xbar_admaif1_ep>; + }; + }; + + // More ADMAIF ports to follow + }; + }; + + i2s@702d1000 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra210-i2s"; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_I2S0>; + clock-names = "i2s"; + assigned-clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_I2S0>; + assigned-clock-parents = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_PLL_A_OUT0>; + assigned-clock-rates = <1536000>; + reg = <0x702d1000 0x100>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0x0>; + + i2s1_cif_ep: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&xbar_i2s1_ep>; + }; + }; + + i2s1_port: port@1 { + reg = <0x1>; + + i2s1_dap: endpoint { + dai-format = "i2s"; + }; + }; + }; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra186-dspk.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra186-dspk.yaml index ed2fb32fcdd4..b8645d9c38ac 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra186-dspk.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra186-dspk.yaml @@ -17,6 +17,9 @@ maintainers: - Jon Hunter <jonathanh@nvidia.com> - Sameer Pujar <spujar@nvidia.com> +allOf: + - $ref: audio-graph-port.yaml# + properties: $nodename: pattern: "^dspk@[0-9a-f]*$" @@ -55,6 +58,19 @@ properties: The name can be "DSPK1" or "DSPKx", where x depends on the maximum available instances on a Tegra SoC. + ports: + type: object + properties: + port@0: + description: | + DSPK ACIF (Audio Client Interface) port connected to the + corresponding AHUB (Audio Hub) ACIF port. + + port@1: + description: | + DSPK DAP (Digital Audio Port) interface which can be connected + to external audio codec for playback. + required: - compatible - reg @@ -64,7 +80,7 @@ required: - assigned-clock-parents - sound-name-prefix -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra210-admaif.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra210-admaif.yaml index c028b259e822..7cee7722df41 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra210-admaif.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra210-admaif.yaml @@ -17,6 +17,9 @@ maintainers: - Jon Hunter <jonathanh@nvidia.com> - Sameer Pujar <spujar@nvidia.com> +allOf: + - $ref: audio-graph-port.yaml# + properties: $nodename: pattern: "^admaif@[0-9a-f]*$" @@ -37,6 +40,14 @@ properties: dma-names: true + ports: + description: | + Contains list of ACIF (Audio CIF) port nodes for ADMAIF channels. + The number of port nodes depends on the number of ADMAIF channels + that SoC may have. These are interfaced with respective ACIF ports + in AHUB (Audio Hub). Each port is capable of data transfers in + both directions. + if: properties: compatible: @@ -81,7 +92,7 @@ required: - dmas - dma-names -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra210-ahub.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra210-ahub.yaml index d77219727768..31f3e51974bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra210-ahub.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra210-ahub.yaml @@ -17,6 +17,9 @@ maintainers: - Jon Hunter <jonathanh@nvidia.com> - Sameer Pujar <spujar@nvidia.com> +allOf: + - $ref: audio-graph-port.yaml# + properties: $nodename: pattern: "^ahub@[0-9a-f]*$" @@ -56,6 +59,13 @@ properties: ranges: true + ports: + description: | + Contains list of ACIF (Audio CIF) port nodes for AHUB (Audio Hub). + These are connected to ACIF interfaces of AHUB clients. Thus the + number of port nodes depend on the number of clients that AHUB may + have depending on the SoC revision. + required: - compatible - reg @@ -67,8 +77,7 @@ required: - "#size-cells" - ranges -additionalProperties: - type: object +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra210-dmic.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra210-dmic.yaml index 2a3207b550e7..89f4f471be24 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra210-dmic.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra210-dmic.yaml @@ -16,6 +16,9 @@ maintainers: - Jon Hunter <jonathanh@nvidia.com> - Sameer Pujar <spujar@nvidia.com> +allOf: + - $ref: audio-graph-port.yaml# + properties: $nodename: pattern: "^dmic@[0-9a-f]*$" @@ -56,6 +59,19 @@ properties: The name can be "DMIC1" or "DMIC2" ... "DMICx", where x depends on the maximum available instances on a Tegra SoC. + ports: + type: object + properties: + port@0: + description: | + DMIC ACIF (Audio Client Interface) port connected to the + corresponding AHUB (Audio Hub) ACIF port. + + port@1: + description: | + DMIC DAP (Digital Audio Port) interface which can be connected + to external audio codec for capture. + required: - compatible - reg @@ -64,7 +80,7 @@ required: - assigned-clocks - assigned-clock-parents -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra210-i2s.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra210-i2s.yaml index dfc1bf7b7722..556460332ffb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra210-i2s.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra210-i2s.yaml @@ -16,6 +16,9 @@ maintainers: - Jon Hunter <jonathanh@nvidia.com> - Sameer Pujar <spujar@nvidia.com> +allOf: + - $ref: audio-graph-port.yaml# + properties: $nodename: pattern: "^i2s@[0-9a-f]*$" @@ -74,6 +77,19 @@ properties: The name can be "I2S1" or "I2S2" ... "I2Sx", where x depends on the maximum available instances on a Tegra SoC. + ports: + type: object + properties: + port@0: + description: | + I2S ACIF (Audio Client Interface) port connected to the + corresponding AHUB (Audio Hub) ACIF port. + + port@1: + description: | + I2S DAP (Digital Audio Port) interface which can be connected + to external audio codec for playback or capture. + required: - compatible - reg @@ -82,7 +98,7 @@ required: - assigned-clocks - assigned-clock-parents -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-rx-macro.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-rx-macro.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..443d556caa69 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-rx-macro.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/sound/qcom,lpass-rx-macro.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: LPASS(Low Power Audio Subsystem) RX Macro audio codec DT bindings + +maintainers: + - Srinivas Kandagatla <srinivas.kandagatla@linaro.org> + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sm8250-lpass-rx-macro + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + "#sound-dai-cells": + const: 1 + + '#clock-cells': + const: 0 + + clocks: + maxItems: 5 + + clock-names: + items: + - const: mclk + - const: npl + - const: macro + - const: dcodec + - const: fsgen + + clock-output-names: + items: + - const: mclk + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - "#sound-dai-cells" + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/sound/qcom,q6afe.h> + codec@3200000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm8250-lpass-rx-macro"; + reg = <0x3200000 0x1000>; + #sound-dai-cells = <1>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&audiocc 0>, + <&audiocc 1>, + <&q6afecc LPASS_HW_MACRO_VOTE LPASS_CLK_ATTRIBUTE_COUPLE_NO>, + <&q6afecc LPASS_HW_DCODEC_VOTE LPASS_CLK_ATTRIBUTE_COUPLE_NO>, + <&vamacro>; + clock-names = "mclk", "npl", "macro", "dcodec", "fsgen"; + clock-output-names = "mclk"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-tx-macro.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-tx-macro.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6b5ca02ccce4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,lpass-tx-macro.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/sound/qcom,lpass-tx-macro.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: LPASS(Low Power Audio Subsystem) TX Macro audio codec DT bindings + +maintainers: + - Srinivas Kandagatla <srinivas.kandagatla@linaro.org> + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,sm8250-lpass-tx-macro + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + "#sound-dai-cells": + const: 1 + + '#clock-cells': + const: 0 + + clocks: + maxItems: 5 + + clock-names: + items: + - const: mclk + - const: npl + - const: macro + - const: dcodec + - const: fsgen + + clock-output-names: + items: + - const: mclk + + qcom,dmic-sample-rate: + description: dmic sample rate + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - "#sound-dai-cells" + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/sound/qcom,q6afe.h> + codec@3220000 { + compatible = "qcom,sm8250-lpass-tx-macro"; + reg = <0x3220000 0x1000>; + #sound-dai-cells = <1>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&aoncc 0>, + <&aoncc 1>, + <&q6afecc LPASS_HW_MACRO_VOTE LPASS_CLK_ATTRIBUTE_COUPLE_NO>, + <&q6afecc LPASS_HW_DCODEC_VOTE LPASS_CLK_ATTRIBUTE_COUPLE_NO>, + <&vamacro>; + clock-names = "mclk", "npl", "macro", "dcodec", "fsgen"; + clock-output-names = "mclk"; + qcom,dmic-sample-rate = <600000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.yaml index 0fd37aa84947..2e1046513603 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.yaml @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ examples: /* DAI base */ rcar_sound,dai { dai0 { - playback = <&ssi5 &src5>; + playback = <&ssi5>, <&src5>; capture = <&ssi6>; }; dai1 { @@ -430,8 +430,8 @@ examples: bitclock-master = <&rsnd_endpoint0>; frame-master = <&rsnd_endpoint0>; - playback = <&ssi0 &src0 &dvc0>; - capture = <&ssi1 &src1 &dvc1>; + playback = <&ssi0>, <&src0>, <&dvc0>; + capture = <&ssi1>, <&src1>, <&dvc1>; }; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5659.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5659.txt index 56788f50b6cf..c473df5c878c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5659.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5659.txt @@ -37,10 +37,21 @@ Optional properties: - realtek,jd-src 0: No JD is used 1: using JD3 as JD source + 2: JD source for Intel HDA header - realtek,ldo1-en-gpios : The GPIO that controls the CODEC's LDO1_EN pin. - realtek,reset-gpios : The GPIO that controls the CODEC's RESET pin. +- sound-name-prefix: Please refer to name-prefix.txt + +- ports: A Codec may have a single or multiple I2S interfaces. These + interfaces on Codec side can be described under 'ports' or 'port'. + When the SoC or host device is connected to multiple interfaces of + the Codec, the connectivity can be described using 'ports' property. + If a single interface is used, then 'port' can be used. The usage + depends on the platform or board design. + Please refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt + Pins on the device (for linking into audio routes) for RT5659/RT5658: * DMIC L1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,aries-wm8994.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,aries-wm8994.yaml index 1c6947294825..5fff586dc802 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,aries-wm8994.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,aries-wm8994.yaml @@ -62,12 +62,15 @@ properties: description: Supply for the micbias on the headset mic earpath-sel-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO for switching between tv-out and mic paths headset-detect-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO for detection of headset insertion headset-key-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO for detection of headset key press io-channels: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,midas-audio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,midas-audio.yaml index 578928e67e5c..095775c598fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,midas-audio.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,midas-audio.yaml @@ -53,9 +53,11 @@ properties: description: Supply for the micbias on the Sub microphone fm-sel-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO pin for FM selection lineout-sel-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO pin for line out selection required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sgtl5000.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sgtl5000.yaml index d116c174b545..70b4a8831073 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sgtl5000.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sgtl5000.yaml @@ -41,14 +41,12 @@ properties: values of 2k, 4k or 8k. If set to 0 it will be off. If this node is not mentioned or if the value is unknown, then micbias resistor is set to 4k. - $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32" enum: [ 0, 2, 4, 8 ] micbias-voltage-m-volts: description: The bias voltage to be used in mVolts. The voltage can take values from 1.25V to 3V by 250mV steps. If this node is not mentioned or the value is unknown, then the value is set to 1.25V. - $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32" enum: [ 1250, 1500, 1750, 2000, 2250, 2500, 2750, 3000 ] lrclk-strength: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-audio-codec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-audio-codec.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 062f5ec36f9b..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-audio-codec.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -SiRF internal audio CODEC - -Required properties: - - - compatible : "sirf,atlas6-audio-codec" or "sirf,prima2-audio-codec" - - - reg : the register address of the device. - - - clocks: the clock of SiRF internal audio codec - -Example: - -audiocodec: audiocodec@b0040000 { - compatible = "sirf,atlas6-audio-codec"; - reg = <0xb0040000 0x10000>; - clocks = <&clks 27>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-usp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-usp.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 02f85b32d359..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sirf-usp.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -* SiRF SoC USP module - -Required properties: -- compatible: "sirf,prima2-usp-pcm" -- reg: Base address and size entries: -- dmas: List of DMA controller phandle and DMA request line ordered pairs. -- dma-names: Identifier string for each DMA request line in the dmas property. - These strings correspond 1:1 with the ordered pairs in dmas. - - One of the DMA channels will be responsible for transmission (should be - named "tx") and one for reception (should be named "rx"). - -- clocks: USP controller clock source -- pinctrl-names: Must contain a "default" entry. -- pinctrl-NNN: One property must exist for each entry in pinctrl-names. - -Example: -usp0: usp@b0080000 { - compatible = "sirf,prima2-usp-pcm"; - reg = <0xb0080000 0x10000>; - clocks = <&clks 28>; - dmas = <&dmac1 1>, <&dmac1 2>; - dma-names = "rx", "tx"; - pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&usp0_only_utfs_pins_a>; -}; - diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,stm32-i2s.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,stm32-i2s.yaml index f32410890589..6feb5a09c184 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,stm32-i2s.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,stm32-i2s.yaml @@ -54,6 +54,10 @@ properties: resets: maxItems: 1 + "#clock-cells": + description: Configure the I2S device as MCLK clock provider. + const: 0 + required: - compatible - "#sound-dai-cells" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2562.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2562.yaml index 27f7132ba2ef..acd4bbe69731 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2562.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2562.yaml @@ -36,10 +36,12 @@ properties: I2C address of the device can be one of these 0x4c, 0x4d, 0x4e or 0x4f shut-down-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO used to control the state of the device. deprecated: true shutdown-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO used to control the state of the device. interrupts: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2770.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2770.yaml index 07e7f9951d2e..027bebf4e8cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2770.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tas2770.yaml @@ -27,9 +27,11 @@ properties: I2C address of the device can be between 0x41 to 0x48. reset-gpio: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO used to reset the device. shutdown-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: GPIO used to control the state of the device. interrupts: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,j721e-cpb-audio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,j721e-cpb-audio.yaml index 805da4d6a88e..ec06789b21df 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,j721e-cpb-audio.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,j721e-cpb-audio.yaml @@ -1,4 +1,6 @@ # SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (C) 2020 Texas Instruments Incorporated +# Author: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com> %YAML 1.2 --- $id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/sound/ti,j721e-cpb-audio.yaml# @@ -7,7 +9,7 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Texas Instruments J721e Common Processor Board Audio Support maintainers: - - Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com> + - Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@gmail.com> description: | The audio support on the board is using pcm3168a codec connected to McASP10 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,j721e-cpb-ivi-audio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,j721e-cpb-ivi-audio.yaml index bb780f621628..ee9f960de36b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,j721e-cpb-ivi-audio.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ti,j721e-cpb-ivi-audio.yaml @@ -1,4 +1,6 @@ # SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (C) 2020 Texas Instruments Incorporated +# Author: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com> %YAML 1.2 --- $id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/sound/ti,j721e-cpb-ivi-audio.yaml# @@ -7,7 +9,7 @@ $schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# title: Texas Instruments J721e Common Processor Board Audio Support maintainers: - - Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com> + - Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@gmail.com> description: | The Infotainment board plugs into the Common Processor Board, the support of the diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320adcx140.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320adcx140.yaml index df18be9d7b15..54d64785aad2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320adcx140.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320adcx140.yaml @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ properties: I2C addresss of the device can be one of these 0x4c, 0x4d, 0x4e or 0x4f reset-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: | GPIO used for hardware reset. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8962.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8962.txt index dcfa9a3369fd..c36c649ddfd0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8962.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8962.txt @@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ Required properties: - reg : the I2C address of the device. Optional properties: + + - clocks : The clock source of the mclk + - spk-mono: This is a boolean property. If present, the SPK_MONO bit of R51 (Class D Control 2) gets set, indicating that the speaker is in mono mode. @@ -27,6 +30,7 @@ Example: wm8962: codec@1a { compatible = "wlf,wm8962"; reg = <0x1a>; + clocks = <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_CKO>; gpio-cfg = < 0x0000 /* 0:Default */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,tdm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,tdm.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 2a07ca655264..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,tdm.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -ZTE TDM DAI driver - -Required properties: - -- compatible : should be one of the following. - * zte,zx296718-tdm -- reg : physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped - region. -- clocks : Pairs of phandle and specifier referencing the controller's clocks. -- clock-names: "wclk" for the wclk. - "pclk" for the pclk. --#clock-cells: should be 1. -- zte,tdm-dma-sysctrl : Reference to the sysctrl controller controlling - the dma. includes: - phandle of sysctrl. - register offset in sysctrl for control dma. - mask of the register that be written to sysctrl. - -Example: - - tdm: tdm@1487000 { - compatible = "zte,zx296718-tdm"; - reg = <0x01487000 0x1000>; - clocks = <&audiocrm AUDIO_TDM_WCLK>, <&audiocrm AUDIO_TDM_PCLK>; - clock-names = "wclk", "pclk"; - #clock-cells = <1>; - pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&tdm_global_pin>; - zte,tdm-dma-sysctrl = <&sysctrl 0x10c 4>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-aud96p22.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-aud96p22.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 41bb1040eb71..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-aud96p22.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -ZTE ZX AUD96P22 Audio Codec - -Required properties: - - compatible: Must be "zte,zx-aud96p22" - - #sound-dai-cells: Should be 0 - - reg: I2C bus slave address of AUD96P22 - -Example: - - i2c0: i2c@1486000 { - compatible = "zte,zx296718-i2c"; - reg = <0x01486000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 35 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - clocks = <&audiocrm AUDIO_I2C0_WCLK>; - clock-frequency = <1600000>; - - aud96p22: codec@22 { - compatible = "zte,zx-aud96p22"; - #sound-dai-cells = <0>; - reg = <0x22>; - }; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-i2s.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3927251464f0..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-i2s.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -ZTE ZX296702 I2S controller - -Required properties: - - compatible : Must be one of: - "zte,zx296718-i2s", "zte,zx296702-i2s" - "zte,zx296702-i2s" - - reg : Must contain I2S core's registers location and length - - clocks : Pairs of phandle and specifier referencing the controller's clocks. - - clock-names: "wclk" for the wclk, "pclk" for the pclk to the I2S interface. - - dmas: Pairs of phandle and specifier for the DMA channel that is used by - the core. The core expects two dma channels for transmit. - - dma-names : Must be "tx" and "rx" - -For more details on the 'dma', 'dma-names', 'clock' and 'clock-names' properties -please check: - * resource-names.txt - * clock/clock-bindings.txt - * dma/dma.txt - -Example: - i2s0: i2s@b005000 { - #sound-dai-cells = <0>; - compatible = "zte,zx296718-i2s", "zte,zx296702-i2s"; - reg = <0x0b005000 0x1000>; - clocks = <&audiocrm AUDIO_I2S0_WCLK>, <&audiocrm AUDIO_I2S0_PCLK>; - clock-names = "wclk", "pclk"; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 22 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - dmas = <&dma 5>, <&dma 6>; - dma-names = "tx", "rx"; - }; - - sound { - compatible = "simple-audio-card"; - simple-audio-card,name = "zx296702_snd"; - simple-audio-card,format = "left_j"; - simple-audio-card,bitclock-master = <&sndcodec>; - simple-audio-card,frame-master = <&sndcodec>; - sndcpu: simple-audio-card,cpu { - sound-dai = <&i2s0>; - }; - - sndcodec: simple-audio-card,codec { - sound-dai = <&acodec>; - }; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-spdif.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-spdif.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 09231d7586b2..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/zte,zx-spdif.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -ZTE ZX296702 SPDIF controller - -Required properties: - - compatible : Must be "zte,zx296702-spdif" - - reg : Must contain SPDIF core's registers location and length - - clocks : Pairs of phandle and specifier referencing the controller's clocks. - - clock-names: "tx" for the clock to the SPDIF interface. - - dmas: Pairs of phandle and specifier for the DMA channel that is used by - the core. The core expects one dma channel for transmit. - - dma-names : Must be "tx" - -For more details on the 'dma', 'dma-names', 'clock' and 'clock-names' properties -please check: - * resource-names.txt - * clock/clock-bindings.txt - * dma/dma.txt - -Example: - spdif0: spdif0@b004000 { - compatible = "zte,zx296702-spdif"; - reg = <0x0b004000 0x1000>; - clocks = <&lsp0clk ZX296702_SPDIF0_DIV>; - clock-names = "tx"; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 21 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - dmas = <&dma 4>; - dma-names = "tx"; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/allwinner,sun6i-a31-spi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/allwinner,sun6i-a31-spi.yaml index 7866a655d81c..908248260afa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/allwinner,sun6i-a31-spi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/allwinner,sun6i-a31-spi.yaml @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ properties: - enum: - allwinner,sun8i-r40-spi - allwinner,sun50i-h6-spi + - allwinner,sun50i-h616-spi - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3-spi reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/cadence-quadspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/cadence-quadspi.txt index 945be7d5b236..8ace832a2d80 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/cadence-quadspi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/cadence-quadspi.txt @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Required properties: Generic default - "cdns,qspi-nor". For TI 66AK2G SoC - "ti,k2g-qspi", "cdns,qspi-nor". For TI AM654 SoC - "ti,am654-ospi", "cdns,qspi-nor". + For Intel LGM SoC - "intel,lgm-qspi", "cdns,qspi-nor". - reg : Contains two entries, each of which is a tuple consisting of a physical address and length. The first entry is the address and length of the controller register set. The second entry is the diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra210-quad.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra210-quad.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..35a8045b2c70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra210-quad.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/spi/nvidia,tegra210-quad.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Tegra Quad SPI Controller + +maintainers: + - Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@gmail.com> + - Jonathan Hunter <jonathanh@nvidia.com> + +allOf: + - $ref: "spi-controller.yaml#" + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - nvidia,tegra210-qspi + - nvidia,tegra186-qspi + - nvidia,tegra194-qspi + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clock-names: + items: + - const: qspi + - const: qspi_out + + clocks: + maxItems: 2 + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + + dmas: + maxItems: 2 + + dma-names: + items: + - const: rx + - const: tx + +patternProperties: + "@[0-9a-f]+": + type: object + + properties: + spi-rx-bus-width: + enum: [1, 2, 4] + + spi-tx-bus-width: + enum: [1, 2, 4] + + nvidia,tx-clk-tap-delay: + description: + Delays the clock going out to device with this tap value. + Tap value varies based on platform design trace lengths from Tegra + QSPI to corresponding slave device. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 0 + maximum: 31 + + nvidia,rx-clk-tap-delay: + description: + Delays the clock coming in from the device with this tap value. + Tap value varies based on platform design trace lengths from Tegra + QSPI to corresponding slave device. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 0 + maximum: 255 + + required: + - reg + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - clock-names + - clocks + - resets + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/tegra210-car.h> + #include <dt-bindings/reset/tegra210-car.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + spi@70410000 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra210-qspi"; + reg = <0x70410000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 10 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_QSPI>, + <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_QSPI_PM>; + clock-names = "qspi", "qspi_out"; + resets = <&tegra_car 211>; + dmas = <&apbdma 5>, <&apbdma 5>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; + + flash@0 { + compatible = "spi-nor"; + reg = <0>; + spi-max-frequency = <104000000>; + spi-tx-bus-width = <2>; + spi-rx-bus-width = <2>; + nvidia,tx-clk-tap-delay = <0>; + nvidia,rx-clk-tap-delay = <0>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/realtek,rtl-spi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/realtek,rtl-spi.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..30a62a211984 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/realtek,rtl-spi.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/spi/realtek,rtl-spi.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Realtek RTL838x/RTL839x SPI controller + +maintainers: + - Bert Vermeulen <bert@biot.com> + - Birger Koblitz <mail@birger-koblitz.de> + +allOf: + - $ref: "spi-controller.yaml#" + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - const: realtek,rtl8380-spi + - const: realtek,rtl8382-spi + - const: realtek,rtl8391-spi + - const: realtek,rtl8392-spi + - const: realtek,rtl8393-spi + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + spi: spi@1200 { + compatible = "realtek,rtl8382-spi"; + reg = <0x1200 0x100>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,rspi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,rspi.yaml index 10e83cb17e8d..8397f60d80a2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,rspi.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,rspi.yaml @@ -68,6 +68,8 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 dmas: + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 4 description: Must contain a list of pairs of references to DMA specifiers, one for transmission, and one for reception. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,sh-msiof.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,sh-msiof.yaml index 44c7ddb4b109..b104899205f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,sh-msiof.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/renesas,sh-msiof.yaml @@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ properties: - renesas,msiof-r8a77980 # R-Car V3H - renesas,msiof-r8a77990 # R-Car E3 - renesas,msiof-r8a77995 # R-Car D3 + - renesas,msiof-r8a779a0 # R-Car V3U - const: renesas,rcar-gen3-msiof # generic R-Car Gen3 and RZ/G2 # compatible device - items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-controller.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-controller.yaml index 5f505810104d..06786f1b43d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-controller.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-controller.yaml @@ -152,8 +152,9 @@ patternProperties: spi-rx-bus-width: description: Bus width to the SPI bus used for read transfers. + If 0 is provided, then no RX will be possible on this device. $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - enum: [1, 2, 4, 8] + enum: [0, 1, 2, 4, 8] default: 1 spi-rx-delay-us: @@ -163,8 +164,9 @@ patternProperties: spi-tx-bus-width: description: Bus width to the SPI bus used for write transfers. + If 0 is provided, then no TX will be possible on this device. $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 - enum: [1, 2, 4, 8] + enum: [0, 1, 2, 4, 8] default: 1 spi-tx-delay-us: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sirf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sirf.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ddd78ff68fae..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sirf.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -* CSR SiRFprimaII Serial Peripheral Interface - -Required properties: -- compatible : Should be "sirf,prima2-spi", "sirf,prima2-usp" - or "sirf,atlas7-usp" -- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device -- interrupts : Should contain SPI interrupt -- resets: phandle to the reset controller asserting this device in - reset - See ../reset/reset.txt for details. -- dmas : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. - See ../dma/dma.txt for details. -- dma-names : Must include the following entries: - - rx - - tx -- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. - See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. - -- #address-cells: Number of cells required to define a chip select - address on the SPI bus. Should be set to 1. -- #size-cells: Should be zero. - -Optional properties: -- spi-max-frequency: Specifies maximum SPI clock frequency, - Units - Hz. Definition as per - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt -- cs-gpios: should specify GPIOs used for chipselects. - -Example: - -spi0: spi@b00d0000 { - compatible = "sirf,prima2-spi"; - reg = <0xb00d0000 0x10000>; - interrupts = <15>; - dmas = <&dmac1 9>, - <&dmac1 4>; - dma-names = "rx", "tx"; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - clocks = <&clks 19>; - resets = <&rstc 26>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-zynq-qspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-zynq-qspi.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 16b734ad3102..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-zynq-qspi.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -Xilinx Zynq QSPI controller Device Tree Bindings -------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Required properties: -- compatible : Should be "xlnx,zynq-qspi-1.0". -- reg : Physical base address and size of QSPI registers map. -- interrupts : Property with a value describing the interrupt - number. -- clock-names : List of input clock names - "ref_clk", "pclk" - (See clock bindings for details). -- clocks : Clock phandles (see clock bindings for details). - -Optional properties: -- num-cs : Number of chip selects used. - -Example: - qspi: spi@e000d000 { - compatible = "xlnx,zynq-qspi-1.0"; - reg = <0xe000d000 0x1000>; - interrupt-parent = <&intc>; - interrupts = <0 19 4>; - clock-names = "ref_clk", "pclk"; - clocks = <&clkc 10>, <&clkc 43>; - num-cs = <1>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/xlnx,zynq-qspi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/xlnx,zynq-qspi.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1f1c40a9f320 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/xlnx,zynq-qspi.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/spi/xlnx,zynq-qspi.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Xilinx Zynq QSPI controller + +description: + The Xilinx Zynq QSPI controller is used to access multi-bit serial flash + memory devices. + +allOf: + - $ref: "spi-controller.yaml#" + +maintainers: + - Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com> + +# Everything else is described in the common file +properties: + compatible: + const: xlnx,zynq-qspi-1.0 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + items: + - description: reference clock + - description: peripheral clock + + clock-names: + items: + - const: ref_clk + - const: pclk + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - clocks + - clock-names + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +examples: + - | + spi@e000d000 { + compatible = "xlnx,zynq-qspi-1.0"; + reg = <0xe000d000 0x1000>; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + interrupts = <0 19 4>; + clock-names = "ref_clk", "pclk"; + clocks = <&clkc 10>, <&clkc 43>; + num-cs = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/allwinner,sun4i-a10-system-control.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/allwinner,sun4i-a10-system-control.yaml index b66a07e21d1e..1c426c211e36 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/allwinner,sun4i-a10-system-control.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/allwinner,sun4i-a10-system-control.yaml @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ properties: - items: - const: allwinner,suniv-f1c100s-system-control - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10-system-control + - const: allwinner,sun50i-h616-system-control reg: maxItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.yaml index 19d116ff9ddc..c1a5afa73cfe 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.yaml @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 clocks: + maxItems: 1 description: A list of phandle and clock specifier pair that controls the single SRAM clock. @@ -46,6 +47,7 @@ properties: const: 1 ranges: + maxItems: 1 description: Should translate from local addresses within the sram to bus addresses. @@ -72,6 +74,8 @@ patternProperties: - allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-d - allwinner,sun9i-a80-smp-sram - allwinner,sun50i-a64-sram-c + - amlogic,meson8-ao-arc-sram + - amlogic,meson8b-ao-arc-sram - amlogic,meson8-smp-sram - amlogic,meson8b-smp-sram - amlogic,meson-gxbb-scp-shmem diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-ths.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-ths.yaml index 31edd051295a..bf97d1fb33e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-ths.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/allwinner,sun8i-a83t-ths.yaml @@ -103,12 +103,12 @@ allOf: compatible: contains: enum: - - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3-ths - - const: allwinner,sun8i-r40-ths - - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64-ths - - const: allwinner,sun50i-a100-ths - - const: allwinner,sun50i-h5-ths - - const: allwinner,sun50i-h6-ths + - allwinner,sun8i-h3-ths + - allwinner,sun8i-r40-ths + - allwinner,sun50i-a64-ths + - allwinner,sun50i-a100-ths + - allwinner,sun50i-h5-ths + - allwinner,sun50i-h6-ths then: required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-adc-tm5.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-adc-tm5.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7cd364430573 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-adc-tm5.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/thermal/qcom-spmi-adc-tm5.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Qualcomm's SPMI PMIC ADC Thermal Monitoring +maintainers: + - Dmitry Baryshkov <dmitry.baryshkov@linaro.org> + +properties: + compatible: + const: qcom,spmi-adc-tm5 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + "#thermal-sensor-cells": + const: 1 + description: + Number of cells required to uniquely identify the thermal sensors. Since + we have multiple sensors this is set to 1 + + "#address-cells": + const: 1 + + "#size-cells": + const: 0 + + qcom,avg-samples: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: Number of samples to be used for measurement. + enum: + - 1 + - 2 + - 4 + - 8 + - 16 + default: 1 + + qcom,decimation: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: This parameter is used to decrease ADC sampling rate. + Quicker measurements can be made by reducing decimation ratio. + enum: + - 250 + - 420 + - 840 + default: 840 + +patternProperties: + "^([-a-z0-9]*)@[0-7]$": + type: object + description: + Represent one thermal sensor. + + properties: + reg: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: Specify the sensor channel. There are 8 channels in PMIC5's ADC TM + minimum: 0 + maximum: 7 + + io-channels: + description: + From common IIO binding. Used to pipe PMIC ADC channel to thermal monitor + + qcom,ratiometric: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: + Channel calibration type. + If this property is specified VADC will use the VDD reference + (1.875V) and GND for channel calibration. If property is not found, + channel will be calibrated with 0V and 1.25V reference channels, + also known as absolute calibration. + + qcom,hw-settle-time-us: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: Time between AMUX getting configured and the ADC starting conversion. + enum: [15, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000, 32000, 64000, 128000] + + qcom,pre-scaling: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + description: Used for scaling the channel input signal before the + signal is fed to VADC. The configuration for this node is to know the + pre-determined ratio and use it for post scaling. It is a pair of + integers, denoting the numerator and denominator of the fraction by + which input signal is multiplied. For example, <1 3> indicates the + signal is scaled down to 1/3 of its value before ADC measurement. If + property is not found default value depending on chip will be used. + items: + - const: 1 + - enum: [ 1, 3, 4, 6, 20, 8, 10 ] + + required: + - reg + - io-channels + + additionalProperties: + false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - "#address-cells" + - "#size-cells" + - "#thermal-sensor-cells" + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/iio/qcom,spmi-vadc.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + spmi_bus { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + pm8150b_adc: adc@3100 { + reg = <0x3100>; + compatible = "qcom,spmi-adc5"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + #io-channel-cells = <1>; + + /* Other propreties are omitted */ + conn-therm@4f { + reg = <ADC5_AMUX_THM3_100K_PU>; + qcom,ratiometric; + qcom,hw-settle-time = <200>; + }; + }; + + pm8150b_adc_tm: adc-tm@3500 { + compatible = "qcom,spmi-adc-tm5"; + reg = <0x3500>; + interrupts = <0x2 0x35 0x0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + #thermal-sensor-cells = <1>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + conn-therm@0 { + reg = <0>; + io-channels = <&pm8150b_adc ADC5_AMUX_THM3_100K_PU>; + qcom,ratiometric; + qcom,hw-settle-time-us = <200>; + }; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tango-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tango-thermal.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 2c918d742867..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tango-thermal.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -* Tango Thermal - -The SMP8758 SoC includes 3 instances of this temperature sensor -(in the CPU, video decoder, and PCIe controller). - -Required properties: -- #thermal-sensor-cells: Should be 0 (see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal-sensor.yaml) -- compatible: "sigma,smp8758-thermal" -- reg: Address range of the thermal registers - -Example: - - cpu_temp: thermal@920100 { - #thermal-sensor-cells = <0>; - compatible = "sigma,smp8758-thermal"; - reg = <0x920100 12>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/zx2967-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/zx2967-thermal.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3dc1c6bf0478..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/zx2967-thermal.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,116 +0,0 @@ -* ZTE zx2967 family Thermal - -Required Properties: -- compatible: should be one of the following. - * zte,zx296718-thermal -- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped - region. -- clocks : Pairs of phandle and specifier referencing the controller's clocks. -- clock-names: "topcrm" for the topcrm clock. - "apb" for the apb clock. -- #thermal-sensor-cells: must be 0. - -Please note: slope coefficient defined in thermal-zones section need to be -multiplied by 1000. - -Example for tempsensor: - - tempsensor: tempsensor@148a000 { - compatible = "zte,zx296718-thermal"; - reg = <0x0148a000 0x20>; - clocks = <&topcrm TEMPSENSOR_GATE>, <&audiocrm AUDIO_TS_PCLK>; - clock-names = "topcrm", "apb"; - #thermal-sensor-cells = <0>; - }; - -Example for cooling device: - - cooling_dev: cooling_dev { - cluster0_cooling_dev: cluster0-cooling-dev { - #cooling-cells = <2>; - cpumask = <0xf>; - capacitance = <1500>; - }; - - cluster1_cooling_dev: cluster1-cooling-dev { - #cooling-cells = <2>; - cpumask = <0x30>; - capacitance = <2000>; - }; - }; - -Example for thermal zones: - - thermal-zones { - zx296718_thermal: zx296718_thermal { - polling-delay-passive = <500>; - polling-delay = <1000>; - sustainable-power = <6500>; - - thermal-sensors = <&tempsensor 0>; - /* - * slope need to be multiplied by 1000. - */ - coefficients = <1951 (-922)>; - - trips { - trip0: switch_on_temperature { - temperature = <90000>; - hysteresis = <2000>; - type = "passive"; - }; - - trip1: desired_temperature { - temperature = <100000>; - hysteresis = <2000>; - type = "passive"; - }; - - crit: critical_temperature { - temperature = <110000>; - hysteresis = <2000>; - type = "critical"; - }; - }; - - cooling-maps { - map0 { - trip = <&trip0>; - cooling-device = <&gpu 2 5>; - }; - - map1 { - trip = <&trip0>; - cooling-device = <&cluster0_cooling_dev 1 2>; - }; - - map2 { - trip = <&trip1>; - cooling-device = <&cluster0_cooling_dev 1 2>; - }; - - map3 { - trip = <&crit>; - cooling-device = <&cluster0_cooling_dev 1 2>; - }; - - map4 { - trip = <&trip0>; - cooling-device = <&cluster1_cooling_dev 1 2>; - contribution = <9000>; - }; - - map5 { - trip = <&trip1>; - cooling-device = <&cluster1_cooling_dev 1 2>; - contribution = <4096>; - }; - - map6 { - trip = <&crit>; - cooling-device = <&cluster1_cooling_dev 1 2>; - contribution = <4096>; - }; - }; - }; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/allwinner,sun4i-a10-timer.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/allwinner,sun4i-a10-timer.yaml index d918cee100ac..1c7cf32e7ac2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/allwinner,sun4i-a10-timer.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/allwinner,sun4i-a10-timer.yaml @@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 interrupts: + minItems: 2 + maxItems: 6 description: List of timers interrupts diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/allwinner,sun5i-a13-hstimer.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/allwinner,sun5i-a13-hstimer.yaml index 40fc4bcb3145..b6a6d03a08b2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/allwinner,sun5i-a13-hstimer.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/allwinner,sun5i-a13-hstimer.yaml @@ -46,8 +46,7 @@ required: if: properties: compatible: - items: - const: allwinner,sun5i-a13-hstimer + const: allwinner,sun5i-a13-hstimer then: properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/intel,ixp4xx-timer.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/intel,ixp4xx-timer.yaml index 1a721d8af67a..a8de99b0c0f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/intel,ixp4xx-timer.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/intel,ixp4xx-timer.yaml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ properties: - const: intel,ixp4xx-timer reg: - description: Should contain registers location and length + maxItems: 1 interrupts: minItems: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nuvoton,npcm7xx-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nuvoton,npcm7xx-timer.txt index ea22dfe485be..97258f1a1505 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nuvoton,npcm7xx-timer.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nuvoton,npcm7xx-timer.txt @@ -6,8 +6,7 @@ timer counters. Required properties: - compatible : "nuvoton,npcm750-timer" for Poleg NPCM750. - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device. -- interrupts : Contain the timer interrupt with flags for - falling edge. +- interrupts : Contain the timer interrupt of timer 0. - clocks : phandle of timer reference clock (usually a 25 MHz clock). Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/sifive,clint.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/sifive,clint.yaml index 2a0e9cd9fbcf..a35952f48742 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/sifive,clint.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/sifive,clint.yaml @@ -23,15 +23,19 @@ description: properties: compatible: items: - - const: sifive,fu540-c000-clint + - enum: + - sifive,fu540-c000-clint + - canaan,k210-clint - const: sifive,clint0 description: - Should be "sifive,<chip>-clint" and "sifive,clint<version>". + Should be "<vendor>,<chip>-clint" and "sifive,clint<version>". Supported compatible strings are - "sifive,fu540-c000-clint" for the SiFive CLINT v0 as integrated - onto the SiFive FU540 chip, and "sifive,clint0" for the SiFive - CLINT v0 IP block with no chip integration tweaks. + onto the SiFive FU540 chip, "canaan,k210-clint" for the SiFive + CLINT v0 as integrated onto the Canaan Kendryte K210 chip, and + "sifive,clint0" for the SiFive CLINT v0 IP block with no chip + integration tweaks. Please refer to sifive-blocks-ip-versioning.txt for details reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/snps,dw-apb-timer.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/snps,dw-apb-timer.yaml index d65faf289a83..d33c9205a909 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/snps,dw-apb-timer.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/snps,dw-apb-timer.yaml @@ -24,6 +24,9 @@ properties: interrupts: maxItems: 1 + resets: + maxItems: 1 + clocks: minItems: 1 items: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/stericsson-u300-apptimer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/stericsson-u300-apptimer.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 9499bc8ee9e3..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/stericsson-u300-apptimer.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -ST-Ericsson U300 apptimer - -Required properties: - -- compatible : should be "stericsson,u300-apptimer" -- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. -- interrupts : A list of 4 interrupts; one for each subtimer. These - are, in order: OS (operating system), DD (device driver) both - adopted for EPOC/Symbian with two specific IRQs for these tasks, - then GP1 and GP2, which are general-purpose timers. - -Example: - -timer { - compatible = "stericsson,u300-apptimer"; - reg = <0xc0014000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <24 25 26 27>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/ti,c64x+timer64.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/ti,c64x+timer64.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d96c1e283e73..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/ti,c64x+timer64.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -Timer64 -------- - -The timer64 node describes C6X event timers. - -Required properties: - -- compatible: must be "ti,c64x+timer64" -- reg: base address and size of register region -- interrupts: interrupt id - -Optional properties: - -- ti,dscr-dev-enable: Device ID used to enable timer IP through DSCR interface. - -- ti,core-mask: on multi-core SoCs, bitmask of cores allowed to use this timer. - -Example: - timer0: timer@25e0000 { - compatible = "ti,c64x+timer64"; - ti,core-mask = < 0x01 >; - reg = <0x25e0000 0x40>; - interrupt-parent = <&megamod_pic>; - interrupts = < 16 >; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml index bdc2dc318178..a327130d1faa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml @@ -148,15 +148,13 @@ properties: - maxim,max31730 # mCube 3-axis 8-bit digital accelerometer - mcube,mc3230 - # MEMSIC magnetometer - - memsic,mmc35240 - # MEMSIC 2-axis 8-bit digital accelerometer - - memsic,mxc6225 # Measurement Specialities I2C temperature and humidity sensor - meas,htu21 # Measurement Specialities I2C pressure and temperature sensor - meas,ms5637 # Measurement Specialities I2C pressure and temperature sensor + - meas,ms5803 + # Measurement Specialities I2C pressure and temperature sensor - meas,ms5805 # Measurement Specialities I2C pressure and temperature sensor - meas,ms5837 @@ -166,6 +164,10 @@ properties: - meas,ms8607-temppressure # Measurement Specialties temperature sensor - meas,tsys01 + # MEMSIC magnetometer + - memsic,mmc35240 + # MEMSIC 2-axis 8-bit digital accelerometer + - memsic,mxc6225 # Microchip differential I2C ADC, 1 Channel, 18 bit - microchip,mcp3421 # Microchip differential I2C ADC, 2 Channel, 18 bit diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/allwinner,sun4i-a10-musb.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/allwinner,sun4i-a10-musb.yaml index d9207bf9d894..0f520f17735e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/allwinner,sun4i-a10-musb.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/allwinner,sun4i-a10-musb.yaml @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 phys: - description: PHY specifier for the OTG PHY + maxItems: 1 phy-names: const: usb diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/amlogic,meson-g12a-usb-ctrl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/amlogic,meson-g12a-usb-ctrl.yaml index c0058332b967..e349fa5de606 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/amlogic,meson-g12a-usb-ctrl.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/amlogic,meson-g12a-usb-ctrl.yaml @@ -79,7 +79,9 @@ properties: patternProperties: "^usb@[0-9a-f]+$": - type: object + oneOf: + - $ref: dwc2.yaml# + - $ref: snps,dwc3.yaml# additionalProperties: false @@ -229,6 +231,6 @@ examples: interrupts = <30>; dr_mode = "host"; snps,dis_u2_susphy_quirk; - snps,quirk-frame-length-adjustment; + snps,quirk-frame-length-adjustment = <0x20>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/brcm,usb-pinmap.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/brcm,usb-pinmap.yaml index ffa148b9eaa8..d4618d15ecc1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/brcm,usb-pinmap.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/brcm,usb-pinmap.yaml @@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ properties: description: Interrupt for signals mirrored to out-gpios. in-gpios: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 description: Array of one or two GPIO pins used for input signals. brcm,in-functions: @@ -33,6 +35,7 @@ properties: description: Array of enable and mask pairs, one per gpio in-gpios. out-gpios: + maxItems: 1 description: Array of one GPIO pin used for output signals. brcm,out-functions: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-st.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-st.txt index df0e02e1ee43..bf73de0d5b4a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-st.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-st.txt @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt Sub-nodes: The dwc3 core should be added as subnode to ST DWC3 glue as shown in the example below. The DT binding details of dwc3 can be found in: -Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/snps,dwc3.yaml NB: The dr_mode property described in [1] is NOT optional for this driver, as the default value is "otg", which isn't supported by this SoC. Valid dr_mode values for dwc3-st are either "host" or "device". -[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic.txt +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-drd.yaml Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-xilinx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-xilinx.txt index 4aae5b2cef56..a668f43bedf5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-xilinx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3-xilinx.txt @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Example device node: #address-cells = <0x2>; #size-cells = <0x1>; compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-dwc3"; - clock-names = "bus_clk" "ref_clk"; + clock-names = "bus_clk", "ref_clk"; clocks = <&clk125>, <&clk125>; ranges; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 1aae2b6160c1..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -synopsys DWC3 CORE - -DWC3- USB3 CONTROLLER. Complies to the generic USB binding properties - as described in 'usb/generic.txt' - -Required properties: - - compatible: must be "snps,dwc3" - - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device - - interrupts: Interrupts used by the dwc3 controller. - - clock-names: list of clock names. Ideally should be "ref", - "bus_early", "suspend" but may be less or more. - - clocks: list of phandle and clock specifier pairs corresponding to - entries in the clock-names property. - -Exception for clocks: - clocks are optional if the parent node (i.e. glue-layer) is compatible to - one of the following: - "cavium,octeon-7130-usb-uctl" - "qcom,dwc3" - "samsung,exynos5250-dwusb3" - "samsung,exynos5433-dwusb3" - "samsung,exynos7-dwusb3" - "sprd,sc9860-dwc3" - "st,stih407-dwc3" - "ti,am437x-dwc3" - "ti,dwc3" - "ti,keystone-dwc3" - "rockchip,rk3399-dwc3" - "xlnx,zynqmp-dwc3" - -Optional properties: - - usb-phy : array of phandle for the PHY device. The first element - in the array is expected to be a handle to the USB2/HS PHY and - the second element is expected to be a handle to the USB3/SS PHY - - phys: from the *Generic PHY* bindings - - phy-names: from the *Generic PHY* bindings; supported names are "usb2-phy" - or "usb3-phy". - - resets: set of phandle and reset specifier pairs - - snps,usb2-lpm-disable: indicate if we don't want to enable USB2 HW LPM - - snps,usb3_lpm_capable: determines if platform is USB3 LPM capable - - snps,dis-start-transfer-quirk: when set, disable isoc START TRANSFER command - failure SW work-around for DWC_usb31 version 1.70a-ea06 - and prior. - - snps,disable_scramble_quirk: true when SW should disable data scrambling. - Only really useful for FPGA builds. - - snps,has-lpm-erratum: true when DWC3 was configured with LPM Erratum enabled - - snps,lpm-nyet-threshold: LPM NYET threshold - - snps,u2exit_lfps_quirk: set if we want to enable u2exit lfps quirk - - snps,u2ss_inp3_quirk: set if we enable P3 OK for U2/SS Inactive quirk - - snps,req_p1p2p3_quirk: when set, the core will always request for - P1/P2/P3 transition sequence. - - snps,del_p1p2p3_quirk: when set core will delay P1/P2/P3 until a certain - amount of 8B10B errors occur. - - snps,del_phy_power_chg_quirk: when set core will delay PHY power change - from P0 to P1/P2/P3. - - snps,lfps_filter_quirk: when set core will filter LFPS reception. - - snps,rx_detect_poll_quirk: when set core will disable a 400us delay to start - Polling LFPS after RX.Detect. - - snps,tx_de_emphasis_quirk: when set core will set Tx de-emphasis value. - - snps,tx_de_emphasis: the value driven to the PHY is controlled by the - LTSSM during USB3 Compliance mode. - - snps,dis_u3_susphy_quirk: when set core will disable USB3 suspend phy. - - snps,dis_u2_susphy_quirk: when set core will disable USB2 suspend phy. - - snps,dis_enblslpm_quirk: when set clears the enblslpm in GUSB2PHYCFG, - disabling the suspend signal to the PHY. - - snps,dis-u1-entry-quirk: set if link entering into U1 needs to be disabled. - - snps,dis-u2-entry-quirk: set if link entering into U2 needs to be disabled. - - snps,dis_rxdet_inp3_quirk: when set core will disable receiver detection - in PHY P3 power state. - - snps,dis-u2-freeclk-exists-quirk: when set, clear the u2_freeclk_exists - in GUSB2PHYCFG, specify that USB2 PHY doesn't provide - a free-running PHY clock. - - snps,dis-del-phy-power-chg-quirk: when set core will change PHY power - from P0 to P1/P2/P3 without delay. - - snps,dis-tx-ipgap-linecheck-quirk: when set, disable u2mac linestate check - during HS transmit. - - snps,parkmode-disable-ss-quirk: when set, all SuperSpeed bus instances in - park mode are disabled. - - snps,dis_metastability_quirk: when set, disable metastability workaround. - CAUTION: use only if you are absolutely sure of it. - - snps,dis-split-quirk: when set, change the way URBs are handled by the - driver. Needed to avoid -EPROTO errors with usbhid - on some devices (Hikey 970). - - snps,is-utmi-l1-suspend: true when DWC3 asserts output signal - utmi_l1_suspend_n, false when asserts utmi_sleep_n - - snps,hird-threshold: HIRD threshold - - snps,hsphy_interface: High-Speed PHY interface selection between "utmi" for - UTMI+ and "ulpi" for ULPI when the DWC_USB3_HSPHY_INTERFACE has value 3. - - snps,quirk-frame-length-adjustment: Value for GFLADJ_30MHZ field of GFLADJ - register for post-silicon frame length adjustment when the - fladj_30mhz_sdbnd signal is invalid or incorrect. - - snps,rx-thr-num-pkt-prd: periodic ESS RX packet threshold count - host mode - only. Set this and rx-max-burst-prd to a valid, - non-zero value 1-16 (DWC_usb31 programming guide - section 1.2.4) to enable periodic ESS RX threshold. - - snps,rx-max-burst-prd: max periodic ESS RX burst size - host mode only. Set - this and rx-thr-num-pkt-prd to a valid, non-zero value - 1-16 (DWC_usb31 programming guide section 1.2.4) to - enable periodic ESS RX threshold. - - snps,tx-thr-num-pkt-prd: periodic ESS TX packet threshold count - host mode - only. Set this and tx-max-burst-prd to a valid, - non-zero value 1-16 (DWC_usb31 programming guide - section 1.2.3) to enable periodic ESS TX threshold. - - snps,tx-max-burst-prd: max periodic ESS TX burst size - host mode only. Set - this and tx-thr-num-pkt-prd to a valid, non-zero value - 1-16 (DWC_usb31 programming guide section 1.2.3) to - enable periodic ESS TX threshold. - - - <DEPRECATED> tx-fifo-resize: determines if the FIFO *has* to be reallocated. - - snps,incr-burst-type-adjustment: Value for INCR burst type of GSBUSCFG0 - register, undefined length INCR burst type enable and INCRx type. - When just one value, which means INCRX burst mode enabled. When - more than one value, which means undefined length INCR burst type - enabled. The values can be 1, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128 and 256. - - - in addition all properties from usb-xhci.txt from the current directory are - supported as well - - -This is usually a subnode to DWC3 glue to which it is connected. - -dwc3@4a030000 { - compatible = "snps,dwc3"; - reg = <0x4a030000 0xcfff>; - interrupts = <0 92 4> - usb-phy = <&usb2_phy>, <&usb3,phy>; - snps,incr-burst-type-adjustment = <1>, <4>, <8>, <16>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt index 6aae1544f240..f7ae79825d7d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Sub-nodes: The dwc3 core should be added as subnode to Exynos dwc3 glue. - dwc3 : The binding details of dwc3 can be found in: - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/snps,dwc3.yaml Example: usb@12000000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/fsl,imx8mp-dwc3.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/fsl,imx8mp-dwc3.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cb4c6f6d3a33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/fsl,imx8mp-dwc3.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (c) 2020 NXP +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/usb/fsl,imx8mp-dwc3.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: NXP iMX8MP Soc USB Controller + +maintainers: + - Li Jun <jun.li@nxp.com> + +properties: + compatible: + const: fsl,imx8mp-dwc3 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + description: Address and length of the register set for the wrapper of + dwc3 core on the SOC. + + "#address-cells": + enum: [ 1, 2 ] + + "#size-cells": + enum: [ 1, 2 ] + + dma-ranges: + description: + See section 2.3.9 of the DeviceTree Specification. + + ranges: true + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + description: The interrupt that is asserted when a wakeup event is + received. + + clocks: + description: + A list of phandle and clock-specifier pairs for the clocks + listed in clock-names. + items: + - description: system hsio root clock. + - description: suspend clock, used for usb wakeup logic. + + clock-names: + items: + - const: hsio + - const: suspend + +# Required child node: + +patternProperties: + "^dwc3@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + description: + A child node must exist to represent the core DWC3 IP block + The content of the node is defined in dwc3.txt. + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - "#address-cells" + - "#size-cells" + - dma-ranges + - ranges + - clocks + - clock-names + - interrupts + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/imx8mp-clock.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + usb3_0: usb@32f10100 { + compatible = "fsl,imx8mp-dwc3"; + reg = <0x32f10100 0x8>; + clocks = <&clk IMX8MP_CLK_HSIO_ROOT>, + <&clk IMX8MP_CLK_USB_ROOT>; + clock-names = "hsio", "suspend"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 148 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + dma-ranges = <0x40000000 0x40000000 0xc0000000>; + ranges; + + dwc3@38100000 { + compatible = "snps,dwc3"; + reg = <0x38100000 0x10000>; + clocks = <&clk IMX8MP_CLK_HSIO_AXI>, + <&clk IMX8MP_CLK_USB_CORE_REF>, + <&clk IMX8MP_CLK_USB_ROOT>; + clock-names = "bus_early", "ref", "suspend"; + assigned-clocks = <&clk IMX8MP_CLK_HSIO_AXI>; + assigned-clock-parents = <&clk IMX8MP_SYS_PLL2_500M>; + assigned-clock-rates = <500000000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 40 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + phys = <&usb3_phy0>, <&usb3_phy0>; + phy-names = "usb2-phy", "usb3-phy"; + snps,dis-u2-freeclk-exists-quirk; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-ehci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-ehci.yaml index 247ef00381ea..cf83f2d9afac 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-ehci.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-ehci.yaml @@ -24,8 +24,53 @@ allOf: properties: compatible: - contains: - const: generic-ehci + oneOf: + - items: + - enum: + - allwinner,sun4i-a10-ehci + - allwinner,sun50i-a64-ehci + - allwinner,sun50i-h6-ehci + - allwinner,sun5i-a13-ehci + - allwinner,sun6i-a31-ehci + - allwinner,sun7i-a20-ehci + - allwinner,sun8i-a23-ehci + - allwinner,sun8i-h3-ehci + - allwinner,sun8i-r40-ehci + - allwinner,sun9i-a80-ehci + - aspeed,ast2400-ehci + - aspeed,ast2500-ehci + - aspeed,ast2600-ehci + - brcm,bcm3384-ehci + - brcm,bcm63268-ehci + - brcm,bcm6328-ehci + - brcm,bcm6358-ehci + - brcm,bcm6362-ehci + - brcm,bcm6368-ehci + - brcm,bcm7125-ehci + - brcm,bcm7346-ehci + - brcm,bcm7358-ehci + - brcm,bcm7360-ehci + - brcm,bcm7362-ehci + - brcm,bcm7420-ehci + - brcm,bcm7425-ehci + - brcm,bcm7435-ehci + - ibm,476gtr-ehci + - nxp,lpc1850-ehci + - qca,ar7100-ehci + - snps,hsdk-v1.0-ehci + - socionext,uniphier-ehci + - const: generic-ehci + - items: + - enum: + - cavium,octeon-6335-ehci + - ibm,usb-ehci-440epx + - ibm,usb-ehci-460ex + - nintendo,hollywood-usb-ehci + - st,spear600-ehci + - const: usb-ehci + - enum: + - generic-ehci + - usb-ehci reg: minItems: 1 @@ -83,7 +128,7 @@ properties: Phandle of a companion. phys: - description: PHY specifier for the USB PHY + maxItems: 1 phy-names: const: usb @@ -101,7 +146,7 @@ additionalProperties: false examples: - | usb@e0000300 { - compatible = "ibm,usb-ehci-440epx", "generic-ehci"; + compatible = "ibm,usb-ehci-440epx", "usb-ehci"; interrupt-parent = <&UIC0>; interrupts = <0x1a 4>; reg = <0xe0000300 90>, <0xe0000390 70>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-ohci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-ohci.yaml index 2178bcc401bc..0f5f6ea702d0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-ohci.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-ohci.yaml @@ -14,8 +14,38 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - contains: - const: generic-ohci + oneOf: + - items: + - enum: + - allwinner,sun4i-a10-ohci + - allwinner,sun50i-a64-ohci + - allwinner,sun50i-h6-ohci + - allwinner,sun5i-a13-ohci + - allwinner,sun6i-a31-ohci + - allwinner,sun7i-a20-ohci + - allwinner,sun8i-a23-ohci + - allwinner,sun8i-h3-ohci + - allwinner,sun8i-r40-ohci + - allwinner,sun9i-a80-ohci + - brcm,bcm3384-ohci + - brcm,bcm63268-ohci + - brcm,bcm6328-ohci + - brcm,bcm6358-ohci + - brcm,bcm6362-ohci + - brcm,bcm6368-ohci + - brcm,bcm7125-ohci + - brcm,bcm7346-ohci + - brcm,bcm7358-ohci + - brcm,bcm7360-ohci + - brcm,bcm7362-ohci + - brcm,bcm7420-ohci + - brcm,bcm7425-ohci + - brcm,bcm7435-ohci + - ibm,476gtr-ohci + - ingenic,jz4740-ohci + - snps,hsdk-v1.0-ohci + - const: generic-ohci + - const: generic-ohci reg: maxItems: 1 @@ -71,7 +101,7 @@ properties: Overrides the detected port count phys: - description: PHY specifier for the USB PHY + maxItems: 1 phy-names: const: usb diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-xhci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-xhci.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..23d73df96ea3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic-xhci.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/usb/generic-xhci.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: USB xHCI Controller Device Tree Bindings + +maintainers: + - Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@intel.com> + +allOf: + - $ref: "usb-xhci.yaml#" + +properties: + compatible: + oneOf: + - description: Generic xHCI device + const: generic-xhci + - description: Armada 37xx/375/38x/8k SoCs + items: + - enum: + - marvell,armada3700-xhci + - marvell,armada-375-xhci + - marvell,armada-380-xhci + - marvell,armada-8k-xhci + - const: generic-xhci + - description: Broadcom STB SoCs with xHCI + enum: + - brcm,xhci-brcm-v2 + - brcm,bcm7445-xhci + - description: Generic xHCI device + const: xhci-platform + deprecated: true + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 2 + + clock-names: + minItems: 1 + items: + - const: core + - const: reg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + +examples: + - | + usb@f0931000 { + compatible = "generic-xhci"; + reg = <0xf0931000 0x8c8>; + interrupts = <0x0 0x4e 0x0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ba472e7aefc9..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/generic.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -Generic USB Properties - -Optional properties: - - maximum-speed: tells USB controllers we want to work up to a certain - speed. Valid arguments are "super-speed-plus", - "super-speed", "high-speed", "full-speed" and - "low-speed". In case this isn't passed via DT, USB - controllers should default to their maximum HW - capability. - - dr_mode: tells Dual-Role USB controllers that we want to work on a - particular mode. Valid arguments are "host", - "peripheral" and "otg". In case this attribute isn't - passed via DT, USB DRD controllers should default to - OTG. - - phy_type: tells USB controllers that we want to configure the core to support - a UTMI+ PHY with an 8- or 16-bit interface if UTMI+ is - selected. Valid arguments are "utmi" and "utmi_wide". - In case this isn't passed via DT, USB controllers should - default to HW capability. - - otg-rev: tells usb driver the release number of the OTG and EH supplement - with which the device and its descriptors are compliant, - in binary-coded decimal (i.e. 2.0 is 0200H). This - property is used if any real OTG features(HNP/SRP/ADP) - is enabled, if ADP is required, otg-rev should be - 0x0200 or above. - - companion: phandle of a companion - - hnp-disable: tells OTG controllers we want to disable OTG HNP, normally HNP - is the basic function of real OTG except you want it - to be a srp-capable only B device. - - srp-disable: tells OTG controllers we want to disable OTG SRP, SRP is - optional for OTG device. - - adp-disable: tells OTG controllers we want to disable OTG ADP, ADP is - optional for OTG device. - - usb-role-switch: boolean, indicates that the device is capable of assigning - the USB data role (USB host or USB device) for a given - USB connector, such as Type-C, Type-B(micro). - see connector/usb-connector.yaml. - - role-switch-default-mode: indicating if usb-role-switch is enabled, the - device default operation mode of controller while usb - role is USB_ROLE_NONE. Valid arguments are "host" and - "peripheral". Defaults to "peripheral" if not - specified. - - -This is an attribute to a USB controller such as: - -dwc3@4a030000 { - compatible = "synopsys,dwc3"; - reg = <0x4a030000 0xcfff>; - interrupts = <0 92 4> - usb-phy = <&usb2_phy>, <&usb3,phy>; - maximum-speed = "super-speed"; - dr_mode = "otg"; - phy_type = "utmi_wide"; - otg-rev = <0x0200>; - adp-disable; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ingenic,musb.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ingenic,musb.yaml index 678396eeeb78..f506225a4d57 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ingenic,musb.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ingenic,musb.yaml @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ properties: - const: mc phys: - description: PHY specifier for the USB PHY + maxItems: 1 usb-role-switch: type: boolean diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/intel,keembay-dwc3.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/intel,keembay-dwc3.yaml index dd32c10ce6c7..43b91ab62004 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/intel,keembay-dwc3.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/intel,keembay-dwc3.yaml @@ -34,11 +34,8 @@ properties: # Required child node: patternProperties: - "^dwc3@[0-9a-f]+$": - type: object - description: - A child node must exist to represent the core DWC3 IP block. - The content of the node is defined in dwc3.txt. + "^usb@[0-9a-f]+$": + $ref: snps,dwc3.yaml# required: - compatible @@ -68,7 +65,7 @@ examples: #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <1>; - dwc3@34000000 { + usb@34000000 { compatible = "snps,dwc3"; reg = <0x34000000 0x10000>; interrupts = <GIC_SPI 91 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 42d8814f903a..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -MT8173 xHCI - -The device node for Mediatek SOC USB3.0 host controller - -There are two scenarios: the first one only supports xHCI driver; -the second one supports dual-role mode, and the host is based on xHCI -driver. Take account of backward compatibility, we divide bindings -into two parts. - -1st: only supports xHCI driver ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Required properties: - - compatible : should be "mediatek,<soc-model>-xhci", "mediatek,mtk-xhci", - soc-model is the name of SoC, such as mt8173, mt2712 etc, when using - "mediatek,mtk-xhci" compatible string, you need SoC specific ones in - addition, one of: - - "mediatek,mt8173-xhci" - - reg : specifies physical base address and size of the registers - - reg-names: should be "mac" for xHCI MAC and "ippc" for IP port control - - interrupts : interrupt used by the controller - - power-domains : a phandle to USB power domain node to control USB's - mtcmos - - vusb33-supply : regulator of USB avdd3.3v - - - clocks : a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each - entry in clock-names - - clock-names : must contain - "sys_ck": controller clock used by normal mode, - the following ones are optional: - "ref_ck": reference clock used by low power mode etc, - "mcu_ck": mcu_bus clock for register access, - "dma_ck": dma_bus clock for data transfer by DMA, - "xhci_ck": controller clock - - - phys : see usb-hcd.yaml in the current directory - -Optional properties: - - wakeup-source : enable USB remote wakeup; - - mediatek,syscon-wakeup : phandle to syscon used to access the register - of the USB wakeup glue layer between xHCI and SPM; it depends on - "wakeup-source", and has two arguments: - - the first one : register base address of the glue layer in syscon; - - the second one : hardware version of the glue layer - - 1 : used by mt8173 etc - - 2 : used by mt2712 etc - - mediatek,u3p-dis-msk : mask to disable u3ports, bit0 for u3port0, - bit1 for u3port1, ... etc; - - vbus-supply : reference to the VBUS regulator; - - usb3-lpm-capable : supports USB3.0 LPM - - pinctrl-names : a pinctrl state named "default" must be defined - - pinctrl-0 : pin control group - See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt - - imod-interval-ns: default interrupt moderation interval is 5000ns - -additionally the properties from usb-hcd.yaml (in the current directory) are -supported. - -Example: -usb30: usb@11270000 { - compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-xhci"; - reg = <0 0x11270000 0 0x1000>, - <0 0x11280700 0 0x0100>; - reg-names = "mac", "ippc"; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 115 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; - power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_USB>; - clocks = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_USB30_SEL>, <&clk26m>, - <&pericfg CLK_PERI_USB0>, - <&pericfg CLK_PERI_USB1>; - clock-names = "sys_ck", "ref_ck"; - phys = <&phy_port0 PHY_TYPE_USB3>, - <&phy_port1 PHY_TYPE_USB2>; - vusb33-supply = <&mt6397_vusb_reg>; - vbus-supply = <&usb_p1_vbus>; - usb3-lpm-capable; - mediatek,syscon-wakeup = <&pericfg 0x400 1>; - wakeup-source; - imod-interval-ns = <10000>; -}; - -2nd: dual-role mode with xHCI driver ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -In the case, xhci is added as subnode to mtu3. An example and the DT binding -details of mtu3 can be found in: -Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtu3.txt - -Required properties: - - compatible : should be "mediatek,<soc-model>-xhci", "mediatek,mtk-xhci", - soc-model is the name of SoC, such as mt8173, mt2712 etc, when using - "mediatek,mtk-xhci" compatible string, you need SoC specific ones in - addition, one of: - - "mediatek,mt8173-xhci" - - reg : specifies physical base address and size of the registers - - reg-names: should be "mac" for xHCI MAC - - interrupts : interrupt used by the host controller - - power-domains : a phandle to USB power domain node to control USB's - mtcmos - - vusb33-supply : regulator of USB avdd3.3v - - - clocks : a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each - entry in clock-names - - clock-names : must contain "sys_ck", and the following ones are optional: - "ref_ck", "mcu_ck" and "dma_ck", "xhci_ck" - -Optional properties: - - vbus-supply : reference to the VBUS regulator; - - usb3-lpm-capable : supports USB3.0 LPM - -Example: -usb30: usb@11270000 { - compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-xhci"; - reg = <0 0x11270000 0 0x1000>; - reg-names = "mac"; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 115 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; - power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_USB>; - clocks = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_USB30_SEL>, <&clk26m>; - clock-names = "sys_ck", "ref_ck"; - vusb33-supply = <&mt6397_vusb_reg>; - usb3-lpm-capable; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..14f40efb3b22 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (c) 2020 MediaTek +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek USB3 xHCI Device Tree Bindings + +maintainers: + - Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com> + +allOf: + - $ref: "usb-xhci.yaml" + +description: | + There are two scenarios: + case 1: only supports xHCI driver; + case 2: supports dual-role mode, and the host is based on xHCI driver. + +properties: + # common properties for both case 1 and case 2 + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - mediatek,mt2701-xhci + - mediatek,mt2712-xhci + - mediatek,mt7622-xhci + - mediatek,mt7623-xhci + - mediatek,mt7629-xhci + - mediatek,mt8173-xhci + - mediatek,mt8183-xhci + - const: mediatek,mtk-xhci + + reg: + minItems: 1 + items: + - description: the registers of xHCI MAC + - description: the registers of IP Port Control + + reg-names: + minItems: 1 + items: + - const: mac + - const: ippc # optional, only needed for case 1. + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + power-domains: + description: A phandle to USB power domain node to control USB's MTCMOS + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + minItems: 1 + items: + - description: Controller clock used by normal mode + - description: Reference clock used by low power mode etc + - description: Mcu bus clock for register access + - description: DMA bus clock for data transfer + - description: controller clock + + clock-names: + minItems: 1 + items: + - const: sys_ck # required, the following ones are optional + - const: ref_ck + - const: mcu_ck + - const: dma_ck + - const: xhci_ck + + assigned-clocks: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 5 + + assigned-clock-parents: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 5 + + phys: + description: + List of all PHYs used on this HCD, it's better to keep PHYs in order + as the hardware layout + minItems: 1 + items: + - description: USB2/HS PHY # required, others are optional + - description: USB3/SS(P) PHY + - description: USB2/HS PHY + - description: USB3/SS(P) PHY + - description: USB2/HS PHY + - description: USB3/SS(P) PHY + - description: USB2/HS PHY + - description: USB3/SS(P) PHY + - description: USB2/HS PHY + + vusb33-supply: + description: Regulator of USB AVDD3.3v + + vbus-supply: + description: Regulator of USB VBUS5v + + usb3-lpm-capable: + description: supports USB3.0 LPM + type: boolean + + imod-interval-ns: + description: + Interrupt moderation interval value, it is 8 times as much as that + defined in the xHCI spec on MTK's controller. + default: 5000 + + # the following properties are only used for case 1 + wakeup-source: + description: enable USB remote wakeup, see power/wakeup-source.txt + type: boolean + + mediatek,syscon-wakeup: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array + maxItems: 1 + description: + A phandle to syscon used to access the register of the USB wakeup glue + layer between xHCI and SPM, the field should always be 3 cells long. + items: + items: + - description: + The first cell represents a phandle to syscon + - description: + The second cell represents the register base address of the glue + layer in syscon + - description: + The third cell represents the hardware version of the glue layer, + 1 is used by mt8173 etc, 2 is used by mt2712 etc + enum: [1, 2] + + mediatek,u3p-dis-msk: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: The mask to disable u3ports, bit0 for u3port0, + bit1 for u3port1, ... etc + + "#address-cells": + const: 1 + + "#size-cells": + const: 0 + +patternProperties: + "@[0-9a-f]{1}$": + type: object + description: The hard wired USB devices. + +dependencies: + wakeup-source: [ 'mediatek,syscon-wakeup' ] + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - reg-names + - interrupts + - clocks + - clock-names + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/mt8173-clk.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + #include <dt-bindings/phy/phy.h> + #include <dt-bindings/power/mt8173-power.h> + + usb@11270000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-xhci", "mediatek,mtk-xhci"; + reg = <0x11270000 0x1000>, <0x11280700 0x0100>; + reg-names = "mac", "ippc"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 115 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_USB>; + clocks = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_USB30_SEL>, <&clk26m>; + clock-names = "sys_ck", "ref_ck"; + phys = <&u3port0 PHY_TYPE_USB3>, <&u2port1 PHY_TYPE_USB2>; + vusb33-supply = <&mt6397_vusb_reg>; + vbus-supply = <&usb_p1_vbus>; + imod-interval-ns = <10000>; + mediatek,syscon-wakeup = <&pericfg 0x400 1>; + wakeup-source; + usb3-lpm-capable; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtu3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtu3.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a82ca438aec1..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtu3.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,108 +0,0 @@ -The device node for Mediatek USB3.0 DRD controller - -Required properties: - - compatible : should be "mediatek,<soc-model>-mtu3", "mediatek,mtu3", - soc-model is the name of SoC, such as mt8173, mt2712 etc, - when using "mediatek,mtu3" compatible string, you need SoC specific - ones in addition, one of: - - "mediatek,mt8173-mtu3" - - reg : specifies physical base address and size of the registers - - reg-names: should be "mac" for device IP and "ippc" for IP port control - - interrupts : interrupt used by the device IP - - power-domains : a phandle to USB power domain node to control USB's - mtcmos - - vusb33-supply : regulator of USB avdd3.3v - - clocks : a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each - entry in clock-names - - clock-names : must contain "sys_ck" for clock of controller, - the following clocks are optional: - "ref_ck", "mcu_ck" and "dma_ck"; - - phys : see usb-hcd.yaml in the current directory - - dr_mode : should be one of "host", "peripheral" or "otg", - refer to usb/generic.txt - -Optional properties: - - #address-cells, #size-cells : should be '2' if the device has sub-nodes - with 'reg' property - - ranges : allows valid 1:1 translation between child's address space and - parent's address space - - extcon : external connector for vbus and idpin changes detection, needed - when supports dual-role mode. - it's considered valid for compatibility reasons, not allowed for - new bindings, and use "usb-role-switch" property instead. - - vbus-supply : reference to the VBUS regulator, needed when supports - dual-role mode. - it's considered valid for compatibility reasons, not allowed for - new bindings, and put into a usb-connector node. - see connector/usb-connector.yaml. - - pinctrl-names : a pinctrl state named "default" is optional, and need be - defined if auto drd switch is enabled, that means the property dr_mode - is set as "otg", and meanwhile the property "mediatek,enable-manual-drd" - is not set. - - pinctrl-0 : pin control group - See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt - - - maximum-speed : valid arguments are "super-speed", "high-speed" and - "full-speed"; refer to usb/generic.txt - - usb-role-switch : use USB Role Switch to support dual-role switch, but - not extcon; see usb/generic.txt. - - enable-manual-drd : supports manual dual-role switch via debugfs; usually - used when receptacle is TYPE-A and also wants to support dual-role - mode. - - wakeup-source: enable USB remote wakeup of host mode. - - mediatek,syscon-wakeup : phandle to syscon used to access the register - of the USB wakeup glue layer between SSUSB and SPM; it depends on - "wakeup-source", and has two arguments: - - the first one : register base address of the glue layer in syscon; - - the second one : hardware version of the glue layer - - 1 : used by mt8173 etc - - 2 : used by mt2712 etc - - mediatek,u3p-dis-msk : mask to disable u3ports, bit0 for u3port0, - bit1 for u3port1, ... etc; - -additionally the properties from usb-hcd.yaml (in the current directory) are -supported. - -Sub-nodes: -The xhci should be added as subnode to mtu3 as shown in the following example -if host mode is enabled. The DT binding details of xhci can be found in: -Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.txt - -The port would be added as subnode if use "usb-role-switch" property. - see graph.txt - -Example: -ssusb: usb@11271000 { - compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-mtu3"; - reg = <0 0x11271000 0 0x3000>, - <0 0x11280700 0 0x0100>; - reg-names = "mac", "ippc"; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 64 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; - phys = <&phy_port0 PHY_TYPE_USB3>, - <&phy_port1 PHY_TYPE_USB2>; - power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_USB>; - clocks = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_USB30_SEL>, <&clk26m>, - <&pericfg CLK_PERI_USB0>, - <&pericfg CLK_PERI_USB1>; - clock-names = "sys_ck", "ref_ck"; - vusb33-supply = <&mt6397_vusb_reg>; - vbus-supply = <&usb_p0_vbus>; - extcon = <&extcon_usb>; - dr_mode = "otg"; - wakeup-source; - mediatek,syscon-wakeup = <&pericfg 0x400 1>; - #address-cells = <2>; - #size-cells = <2>; - ranges; - - usb_host: xhci@11270000 { - compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-xhci"; - reg = <0 0x11270000 0 0x1000>; - reg-names = "mac"; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 115 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; - power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_USB>; - clocks = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_USB30_SEL>, <&clk26m>; - clock-names = "sys_ck", "ref_ck"; - vusb33-supply = <&mt6397_vusb_reg>; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtu3.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtu3.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f5c04b9d2de9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtu3.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,287 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (c) 2020 MediaTek +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/usb/mediatek,mtu3.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek USB3 DRD Controller Device Tree Bindings + +maintainers: + - Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com> + +allOf: + - $ref: "usb-drd.yaml" + +description: | + The DRD controller has a glue layer IPPC (IP Port Control), and its host is + based on xHCI. + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - mediatek,mt2712-mtu3 + - mediatek,mt8173-mtu3 + - mediatek,mt8183-mtu3 + - const: mediatek,mtu3 + + reg: + items: + - description: the registers of device MAC + - description: the registers of IP Port Control + + reg-names: + items: + - const: mac + - const: ippc + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + power-domains: + description: A phandle to USB power domain node to control USB's MTCMOS + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + minItems: 1 + items: + - description: Controller clock used by normal mode + - description: Reference clock used by low power mode etc + - description: Mcu bus clock for register access + - description: DMA bus clock for data transfer + + clock-names: + minItems: 1 + items: + - const: sys_ck # required, others are optional + - const: ref_ck + - const: mcu_ck + - const: dma_ck + + phys: + description: + List of all the USB PHYs used, it's better to keep the sequence + as the hardware layout. + minItems: 1 + items: + - description: USB2/HS PHY # required, others are optional + - description: USB3/SS(P) PHY + - description: USB2/HS PHY # the following for backward compatible + - description: USB3/SS(P) PHY + - description: USB2/HS PHY + - description: USB3/SS(P) PHY + - description: USB2/HS PHY + - description: USB3/SS(P) PHY + - description: USB2/HS PHY + + vusb33-supply: + description: Regulator of USB AVDD3.3v + + vbus-supply: + deprecated: true + description: | + Regulator of USB VBUS5v, needed when supports dual-role mode. + Particularly, if use an output GPIO to control a VBUS regulator, should + model it as a regulator. See bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml + It's considered valid for compatibility reasons, not allowed for + new bindings, and put into a usb-connector node. + + dr_mode: + enum: [host, peripheral, otg] + default: otg + + maximum-speed: + enum: [super-speed-plus, super-speed, high-speed, full-speed] + + "#address-cells": + enum: [1, 2] + + "#size-cells": + enum: [1, 2] + + ranges: true + + extcon: + deprecated: true + description: | + Phandle to the extcon device detecting the IDDIG/VBUS state, neede + when supports dual-role mode. + It's considered valid for compatibility reasons, not allowed for + new bindings, and use "usb-role-switch" property instead. + + usb-role-switch: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: Support role switch. + type: boolean + + connector: + $ref: /connector/usb-connector.yaml# + description: + Connector for dual role switch, especially for "gpio-usb-b-connector" + type: object + + port: + description: + Any connector to the data bus of this controller should be modelled + using the OF graph bindings specified, if the "usb-role-switch" + property is used. See graph.txt + type: object + + enable-manual-drd: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: + supports manual dual-role switch via debugfs; usually used when + receptacle is TYPE-A and also wants to support dual-role mode. + type: boolean + + wakeup-source: + description: enable USB remote wakeup, see power/wakeup-source.txt + type: boolean + + mediatek,syscon-wakeup: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array + maxItems: 1 + description: + A phandle to syscon used to access the register of the USB wakeup glue + layer between xHCI and SPM, the field should always be 3 cells long. + items: + items: + - description: + The first cell represents a phandle to syscon + - description: + The second cell represents the register base address of the glue + layer in syscon + - description: + The third cell represents the hardware version of the glue layer, + 1 is used by mt8173 etc, 2 is used by mt2712 etc + enum: [1, 2] + + mediatek,u3p-dis-msk: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + description: The mask to disable u3ports, bit0 for u3port0, + bit1 for u3port1, ... etc + +# Required child node when support dual-role +patternProperties: + "^usb@[0-9a-f]+$": + type: object + $ref: /usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.yaml# + description: + The xhci should be added as subnode to mtu3 as shown in the following + example if the host mode is enabled. + +dependencies: + connector: [ 'usb-role-switch' ] + port: [ 'usb-role-switch' ] + wakeup-source: [ 'mediatek,syscon-wakeup' ] + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - reg-names + - interrupts + - clocks + - clock-names + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + # Dual role switch by extcon + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/mt8173-clk.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + #include <dt-bindings/phy/phy.h> + #include <dt-bindings/power/mt8173-power.h> + + usb@11271000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-mtu3", "mediatek,mtu3"; + reg = <0x11271000 0x3000>, <0x11280700 0x0100>; + reg-names = "mac", "ippc"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 64 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + phys = <&phy_port0 PHY_TYPE_USB3>, <&phy_port1 PHY_TYPE_USB2>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_USB>; + clocks = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_USB30_SEL>; + clock-names = "sys_ck"; + vusb33-supply = <&mt6397_vusb_reg>; + vbus-supply = <&usb_p0_vbus>; + extcon = <&extcon_usb>; + dr_mode = "otg"; + wakeup-source; + mediatek,syscon-wakeup = <&pericfg 0x400 1>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges; + + xhci: usb@11270000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-xhci", "mediatek,mtk-xhci"; + reg = <0x11270000 0x1000>; + reg-names = "mac"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 115 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT8173_POWER_DOMAIN_USB>; + clocks = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_USB30_SEL>, <&clk26m>; + clock-names = "sys_ck", "ref_ck"; + vusb33-supply = <&mt6397_vusb_reg>; + }; + }; + + # Enable/disable device by an input gpio for VBUS pin + - | + #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + #include <dt-bindings/power/mt2712-power.h> + + usb@112c1000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt2712-mtu3", "mediatek,mtu3"; + reg = <0x112c1000 0x3000>, <0x112d0700 0x0100>; + reg-names = "mac", "ippc"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 248 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + phys = <&u2port2 PHY_TYPE_USB2>; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT2712_POWER_DOMAIN_USB2>; + clocks = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_USB30_SEL>; + clock-names = "sys_ck"; + dr_mode = "peripheral"; + usb-role-switch; + + connector { + compatible = "gpio-usb-b-connector", "usb-b-connector"; + type = "micro"; + vbus-gpios = <&pio 13 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + }; + }; + + # Dual role switch with type-c + - | + usb@11201000 { + compatible ="mediatek,mt8183-mtu3", "mediatek,mtu3"; + reg = <0x11201000 0x2e00>, <0x11203e00 0x0100>; + reg-names = "mac", "ippc"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 72 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + phys = <&u2port0 PHY_TYPE_USB2>; + clocks = <&clk26m>; + clock-names = "sys_ck"; + mediatek,syscon-wakeup = <&pericfg 0x400 1>; + wakeup-source; + dr_mode = "otg"; + usb-role-switch; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges; + + host: usb@11200000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt8183-xhci", "mediatek,mtk-xhci"; + reg = <0x11200000 0x1000>; + reg-names = "mac"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 73 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + clocks = <&clk26m>; + clock-names = "sys_ck"; + }; + + port { + usb_role_sw: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&hs_ep>; + }; + }; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,musb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,musb.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 5eedb0296562..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,musb.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -MediaTek musb DRD/OTG controller -------------------------------------------- - -Required properties: - - compatible : should be one of: - "mediatek,mt2701-musb" - ... - followed by "mediatek,mtk-musb" - - reg : specifies physical base address and size of - the registers - - interrupts : interrupt used by musb controller - - interrupt-names : must be "mc" - - phys : PHY specifier for the OTG phy - - dr_mode : should be one of "host", "peripheral" or "otg", - refer to usb/generic.txt - - clocks : a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for - each entry in clock-names - - clock-names : must contain "main", "mcu", "univpll" - for clocks of controller - -Optional properties: - - power-domains : a phandle to USB power domain node to control USB's - MTCMOS - -Required child nodes: - usb connector node as defined in bindings/connector/usb-connector.yaml -Optional properties: - - id-gpios : input GPIO for USB ID pin. - - vbus-gpios : input GPIO for USB VBUS pin. - - vbus-supply : reference to the VBUS regulator, needed when supports - dual-role mode - - usb-role-switch : use USB Role Switch to support dual-role switch, see - usb/generic.txt. - -Example: - -usb2: usb@11200000 { - compatible = "mediatek,mt2701-musb", - "mediatek,mtk-musb"; - reg = <0 0x11200000 0 0x1000>; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 32 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; - interrupt-names = "mc"; - phys = <&u2port2 PHY_TYPE_USB2>; - dr_mode = "otg"; - clocks = <&pericfg CLK_PERI_USB0>, - <&pericfg CLK_PERI_USB0_MCU>, - <&pericfg CLK_PERI_USB_SLV>; - clock-names = "main","mcu","univpll"; - power-domains = <&scpsys MT2701_POWER_DOMAIN_IFR_MSC>; - usb-role-switch; - connector{ - compatible = "gpio-usb-b-connector", "usb-b-connector"; - type = "micro"; - id-gpios = <&pio 44 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; - vbus-supply = <&usb_vbus>; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,musb.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,musb.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..84ddacfdbe9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,musb.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +# Copyright (c) 2020 MediaTek +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/usb/mediatek,musb.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: MediaTek MUSB DRD/OTG Controller Device Tree Bindings + +maintainers: + - Min Guo <min.guo@mediatek.com> + +properties: + $nodename: + pattern: '^usb@[0-9a-f]+$' + + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - mediatek,mt8516-musb + - mediatek,mt2701-musb + - const: mediatek,mtk-musb + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupt-names: + items: + - const: mc + + clocks: + items: + - description: The main/core clock + - description: The system bus clock + - description: The 48Mhz clock + + clock-names: + items: + - const: main + - const: mcu + - const: univpll + + phys: + maxItems: 1 + + usb-role-switch: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag + description: Support role switch. See usb/generic.txt + type: boolean + + dr_mode: + enum: + - host + - otg + - peripheral + + power-domains: + description: A phandle to USB power domain node to control USB's MTCMOS + maxItems: 1 + + connector: + $ref: /connector/usb-connector.yaml# + description: Connector for dual role switch + type: object + +dependencies: + usb-role-switch: [ 'connector' ] + connector: [ 'usb-role-switch' ] + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - interrupt-names + - phys + - clocks + - clock-names + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/mt2701-clk.h> + #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + #include <dt-bindings/phy/phy.h> + #include <dt-bindings/power/mt2701-power.h> + + usb@11200000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt2701-musb", "mediatek,mtk-musb"; + reg = <0x11200000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 32 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + interrupt-names = "mc"; + phys = <&u2port2 PHY_TYPE_USB2>; + dr_mode = "otg"; + clocks = <&pericfg CLK_PERI_USB0>, + <&pericfg CLK_PERI_USB0_MCU>, + <&pericfg CLK_PERI_USB_SLV>; + clock-names = "main","mcu","univpll"; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT2701_POWER_DOMAIN_IFR_MSC>; + usb-role-switch; + + connector { + compatible = "gpio-usb-b-connector", "usb-b-connector"; + type = "micro"; + id-gpios = <&pio 44 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + vbus-supply = <&usb_vbus>; + }; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt index 38d9bb8507cf..f0dbc5ae45ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/omap-usb.txt @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Sub-nodes: The dwc3 core should be added as subnode to omap dwc3 glue. - dwc3 : The binding details of dwc3 can be found in: - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/snps,dwc3.yaml omap_dwc3 { compatible = "ti,dwc3"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.yaml index 2cf525d21e05..c3cbd1fa9944 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.yaml @@ -17,6 +17,10 @@ properties: - qcom,msm8998-dwc3 - qcom,sc7180-dwc3 - qcom,sdm845-dwc3 + - qcom,sdx55-dwc3 + - qcom,sm8150-dwc3 + - qcom,sm8250-dwc3 + - qcom,sm8350-dwc3 - const: qcom,dwc3 reg: @@ -103,11 +107,8 @@ properties: # Required child node: patternProperties: - "^dwc3@[0-9a-f]+$": - type: object - description: - A child node must exist to represent the core DWC3 IP block - The content of the node is defined in dwc3.txt. + "^usb@[0-9a-f]+$": + $ref: snps,dwc3.yaml# required: - compatible @@ -162,7 +163,7 @@ examples: resets = <&gcc GCC_USB30_PRIM_BCR>; - dwc3@a600000 { + usb@a600000 { compatible = "snps,dwc3"; reg = <0 0x0a600000 0 0xcd00>; interrupts = <GIC_SPI 133 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas,usb-xhci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas,usb-xhci.yaml index 22603256ddf8..4c5efaf02308 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas,usb-xhci.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas,usb-xhci.yaml @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ maintainers: - Yoshihiro Shimoda <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com> allOf: - - $ref: "usb-hcd.yaml" + - $ref: "usb-xhci.yaml" properties: compatible: @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ required: - power-domains - resets -additionalProperties: false +unevaluatedProperties: false examples: - | diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas,usb3-peri.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas,usb3-peri.yaml index 929a3f413b44..9fcf54b10b07 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas,usb3-peri.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas,usb3-peri.yaml @@ -54,18 +54,19 @@ properties: description: phandle of a companion. ports: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports description: | any connector to the data bus of this controller should be modelled using the OF graph bindings specified, if the "usb-role-switch" property is used. - type: object + properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: High Speed (HS) data bus. port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Super Speed (SS) data bus. required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas,usbhs.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas,usbhs.yaml index 54c361d4a7af..e67223d90bb7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas,usbhs.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas,usbhs.yaml @@ -68,6 +68,7 @@ properties: Integer to use BUSWAIT register. renesas,enable-gpio: + maxItems: 1 description: | gpio specifier to check GPIO determining if USB function should be enabled. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/rockchip,dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/rockchip,dwc3.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 94520493233b..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/rockchip,dwc3.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -Rockchip SuperSpeed DWC3 USB SoC controller - -Required properties: -- compatible: should contain "rockchip,rk3399-dwc3" for rk3399 SoC -- clocks: A list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs for the - clocks listed in clock-names -- clock-names: Should contain the following: - "ref_clk" Controller reference clk, have to be 24 MHz - "suspend_clk" Controller suspend clk, have to be 24 MHz or 32 KHz - "bus_clk" Master/Core clock, have to be >= 62.5 MHz for SS - operation and >= 30MHz for HS operation - "grf_clk" Controller grf clk - -Required child node: -A child node must exist to represent the core DWC3 IP block. The name of -the node is not important. The content of the node is defined in dwc3.txt. - -Phy documentation is provided in the following places: -Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-inno-usb2.yaml - USB2.0 PHY -Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-typec.txt - Type-C PHY - -Example device nodes: - - usbdrd3_0: usb@fe800000 { - compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-dwc3"; - clocks = <&cru SCLK_USB3OTG0_REF>, <&cru SCLK_USB3OTG0_SUSPEND>, - <&cru ACLK_USB3OTG0>, <&cru ACLK_USB3_GRF>; - clock-names = "ref_clk", "suspend_clk", - "bus_clk", "grf_clk"; - #address-cells = <2>; - #size-cells = <2>; - ranges; - usbdrd_dwc3_0: dwc3@fe800000 { - compatible = "snps,dwc3"; - reg = <0x0 0xfe800000 0x0 0x100000>; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 105 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - dr_mode = "otg"; - }; - }; - - usbdrd3_1: usb@fe900000 { - compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-dwc3"; - clocks = <&cru SCLK_USB3OTG1_REF>, <&cru SCLK_USB3OTG1_SUSPEND>, - <&cru ACLK_USB3OTG1>, <&cru ACLK_USB3_GRF>; - clock-names = "ref_clk", "suspend_clk", - "bus_clk", "grf_clk"; - #address-cells = <2>; - #size-cells = <2>; - ranges; - usbdrd_dwc3_1: dwc3@fe900000 { - compatible = "snps,dwc3"; - reg = <0x0 0xfe900000 0x0 0x100000>; - interrupts = <GIC_SPI 110 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - dr_mode = "otg"; - }; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/rockchip,dwc3.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/rockchip,dwc3.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..04077f2d7faf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/rockchip,dwc3.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/usb/rockchip,dwc3.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Rockchip SuperSpeed DWC3 USB SoC controller + +maintainers: + - Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de> + +description: + The common content of the node is defined in snps,dwc3.yaml. + + Phy documentation is provided in the following places. + + USB2.0 PHY + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-inno-usb2.yaml + + Type-C PHY + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-typec.txt + +allOf: + - $ref: snps,dwc3.yaml# + +select: + properties: + compatible: + contains: + enum: + - rockchip,rk3328-dwc3 + - rockchip,rk3399-dwc3 + required: + - compatible + +properties: + compatible: + items: + - enum: + - rockchip,rk3328-dwc3 + - rockchip,rk3399-dwc3 + - const: snps,dwc3 + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + minItems: 3 + items: + - description: + Controller reference clock, must to be 24 MHz + - description: + Controller suspend clock, must to be 24 MHz or 32 KHz + - description: + Master/Core clock, must to be >= 62.5 MHz for SS + operation and >= 30MHz for HS operation + - description: + Controller grf clock + + clock-names: + minItems: 3 + items: + - const: ref_clk + - const: suspend_clk + - const: bus_clk + - const: grf_clk + + power-domains: + maxItems: 1 + + resets: + maxItems: 1 + + reset-names: + const: usb3-otg + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - clocks + - clock-names + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/clock/rk3399-cru.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + + bus { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + + usbdrd3_0: usb@fe800000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-dwc3", "snps,dwc3"; + reg = <0x0 0xfe800000 0x0 0x100000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 105 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&cru SCLK_USB3OTG0_REF>, <&cru SCLK_USB3OTG0_SUSPEND>, + <&cru ACLK_USB3OTG0>, <&cru ACLK_USB3_GRF>; + clock-names = "ref_clk", "suspend_clk", + "bus_clk", "grf_clk"; + dr_mode = "otg"; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/snps,dwc3.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/snps,dwc3.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2247da77eac1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/snps,dwc3.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,332 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/usb/snps,dwc3.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Synopsys DesignWare USB3 Controller + +maintainers: + - Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> + +description: + This is usually a subnode to DWC3 glue to which it is connected, but can also + be presented as a standalone DT node with an optional vendor-specific + compatible string. + +allOf: + - $ref: usb-drd.yaml# + - if: + properties: + dr_mode: + const: peripheral + + required: + - dr_mode + then: + $ref: usb.yaml# + else: + $ref: usb-xhci.yaml# + +properties: + compatible: + contains: + oneOf: + - const: snps,dwc3 + - const: synopsys,dwc3 + deprecated: true + + interrupts: + description: + It's either a single common DWC3 interrupt (dwc_usb3) or individual + interrupts for the host, gadget and DRD modes. + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 3 + + interrupt-names: + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 3 + oneOf: + - const: dwc_usb3 + - items: + enum: [host, peripheral, otg] + + clocks: + description: + In general the core supports three types of clocks. bus_early is a + SoC Bus Clock (AHB/AXI/Native). ref generates ITP when the UTMI/ULPI + PHY is suspended. suspend clocks a small part of the USB3 core when + SS PHY in P3. But particular cases may differ from that having less + or more clock sources with another names. + + clock-names: + contains: + anyOf: + - enum: [bus_early, ref, suspend] + - true + + usb-phy: + minItems: 1 + items: + - description: USB2/HS PHY + - description: USB3/SS PHY + + phys: + minItems: 1 + items: + - description: USB2/HS PHY + - description: USB3/SS PHY + + phy-names: + minItems: 1 + items: + - const: usb2-phy + - const: usb3-phy + + resets: + minItems: 1 + + snps,usb2-lpm-disable: + description: Indicate if we don't want to enable USB2 HW LPM + type: boolean + + snps,usb3_lpm_capable: + description: Determines if platform is USB3 LPM capable + type: boolean + + snps,dis-start-transfer-quirk: + description: + When set, disable isoc START TRANSFER command failure SW work-around + for DWC_usb31 version 1.70a-ea06 and prior. + type: boolean + + snps,disable_scramble_quirk: + description: + True when SW should disable data scrambling. Only really useful for FPGA + builds. + type: boolean + + snps,has-lpm-erratum: + description: True when DWC3 was configured with LPM Erratum enabled + type: boolean + + snps,lpm-nyet-threshold: + description: LPM NYET threshold + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint8 + + snps,u2exit_lfps_quirk: + description: Set if we want to enable u2exit lfps quirk + type: boolean + + snps,u2ss_inp3_quirk: + description: Set if we enable P3 OK for U2/SS Inactive quirk + type: boolean + + snps,req_p1p2p3_quirk: + description: + When set, the core will always request for P1/P2/P3 transition sequence. + type: boolean + + snps,del_p1p2p3_quirk: + description: + When set core will delay P1/P2/P3 until a certain amount of 8B10B errors + occur. + type: boolean + + snps,del_phy_power_chg_quirk: + description: When set core will delay PHY power change from P0 to P1/P2/P3. + type: boolean + + snps,lfps_filter_quirk: + description: When set core will filter LFPS reception. + type: boolean + + snps,rx_detect_poll_quirk: + description: + when set core will disable a 400us delay to start Polling LFPS after + RX.Detect. + type: boolean + + snps,tx_de_emphasis_quirk: + description: When set core will set Tx de-emphasis value + type: boolean + + snps,tx_de_emphasis: + description: + The value driven to the PHY is controlled by the LTSSM during USB3 + Compliance mode. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint8 + enum: + - 0 # -6dB de-emphasis + - 1 # -3.5dB de-emphasis + - 2 # No de-emphasis + + snps,dis_u3_susphy_quirk: + description: When set core will disable USB3 suspend phy + type: boolean + + snps,dis_u2_susphy_quirk: + description: When set core will disable USB2 suspend phy + type: boolean + + snps,dis_enblslpm_quirk: + description: + When set clears the enblslpm in GUSB2PHYCFG, disabling the suspend signal + to the PHY. + type: boolean + + snps,dis-u1-entry-quirk: + description: Set if link entering into U1 needs to be disabled + type: boolean + + snps,dis-u2-entry-quirk: + description: Set if link entering into U2 needs to be disabled + type: boolean + + snps,dis_rxdet_inp3_quirk: + description: + When set core will disable receiver detection in PHY P3 power state. + type: boolean + + snps,dis-u2-freeclk-exists-quirk: + description: + When set, clear the u2_freeclk_exists in GUSB2PHYCFG, specify that USB2 + PHY doesn't provide a free-running PHY clock. + type: boolean + + snps,dis-del-phy-power-chg-quirk: + description: + When set core will change PHY power from P0 to P1/P2/P3 without delay. + type: boolean + + snps,dis-tx-ipgap-linecheck-quirk: + description: When set, disable u2mac linestate check during HS transmit + type: boolean + + snps,parkmode-disable-ss-quirk: + description: + When set, all SuperSpeed bus instances in park mode are disabled. + type: boolean + + snps,dis_metastability_quirk: + description: + When set, disable metastability workaround. CAUTION! Use only if you are + absolutely sure of it. + type: boolean + + snps,dis-split-quirk: + description: + When set, change the way URBs are handled by the driver. Needed to + avoid -EPROTO errors with usbhid on some devices (Hikey 970). + type: boolean + + snps,is-utmi-l1-suspend: + description: + True when DWC3 asserts output signal utmi_l1_suspend_n, false when + asserts utmi_sleep_n. + type: boolean + + snps,hird-threshold: + description: HIRD threshold + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint8 + + snps,hsphy_interface: + description: + High-Speed PHY interface selection between UTMI+ and ULPI when the + DWC_USB3_HSPHY_INTERFACE has value 3. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint8 + enum: [utmi, ulpi] + + snps,quirk-frame-length-adjustment: + description: + Value for GFLADJ_30MHZ field of GFLADJ register for post-silicon frame + length adjustment when the fladj_30mhz_sdbnd signal is invalid or + incorrect. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + minimum: 0 + maximum: 0x3f + + snps,rx-thr-num-pkt-prd: + description: + Periodic ESS RX packet threshold count (host mode only). Set this and + snps,rx-max-burst-prd to a valid, non-zero value 1-16 (DWC_usb31 + programming guide section 1.2.4) to enable periodic ESS RX threshold. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint8 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 16 + + snps,rx-max-burst-prd: + description: + Max periodic ESS RX burst size (host mode only). Set this and + snps,rx-thr-num-pkt-prd to a valid, non-zero value 1-16 (DWC_usb31 + programming guide section 1.2.4) to enable periodic ESS RX threshold. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint8 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 16 + + snps,tx-thr-num-pkt-prd: + description: + Periodic ESS TX packet threshold count (host mode only). Set this and + snps,tx-max-burst-prd to a valid, non-zero value 1-16 (DWC_usb31 + programming guide section 1.2.3) to enable periodic ESS TX threshold. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint8 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 16 + + snps,tx-max-burst-prd: + description: + Max periodic ESS TX burst size (host mode only). Set this and + snps,tx-thr-num-pkt-prd to a valid, non-zero value 1-16 (DWC_usb31 + programming guide section 1.2.3) to enable periodic ESS TX threshold. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint8 + minimum: 1 + maximum: 16 + + tx-fifo-resize: + description: Determines if the FIFO *has* to be reallocated + deprecated: true + type: boolean + + snps,incr-burst-type-adjustment: + description: + Value for INCR burst type of GSBUSCFG0 register, undefined length INCR + burst type enable and INCRx type. A single value means INCRX burst mode + enabled. If more than one value specified, undefined length INCR burst + type will be enabled with burst lengths utilized up to the maximum + of the values passed in this property. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array + minItems: 1 + maxItems: 8 + uniqueItems: true + items: + enum: [1, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] + +unevaluatedProperties: false + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + +examples: + - | + usb@4a030000 { + compatible = "snps,dwc3"; + reg = <0x4a030000 0xcfff>; + interrupts = <0 92 4>; + usb-phy = <&usb2_phy>, <&usb3_phy>; + snps,incr-burst-type-adjustment = <1>, <4>, <8>, <16>; + }; + - | + usb@4a000000 { + compatible = "snps,dwc3"; + reg = <0x4a000000 0xcfff>; + interrupts = <0 92 4>; + clocks = <&clk 1>, <&clk 2>, <&clk 3>; + clock-names = "bus_early", "ref", "suspend"; + phys = <&usb2_phy>, <&usb3_phy>; + phy-names = "usb2-phy", "usb3-phy"; + snps,dis_u2_susphy_quirk; + snps,dis_enblslpm_quirk; + }; +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,hd3ss3220.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,hd3ss3220.yaml index 52ceb07294a3..b86bf6bc9cd6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,hd3ss3220.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,hd3ss3220.yaml @@ -26,17 +26,17 @@ properties: maxItems: 1 ports: + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/ports description: OF graph bindings (specified in bindings/graph.txt) that model SS data bus to the SS capable connector. - type: object + properties: port@0: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Super Speed (SS) MUX inputs connected to SS capable connector. - $ref: /connector/usb-connector.yaml#/properties/ports/properties/port@1 port@1: - type: object + $ref: /schemas/graph.yaml#/properties/port description: Output of 2:1 MUX connected to Super Speed (SS) data bus. required: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,j721e-usb.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,j721e-usb.yaml index 388245b91a55..7ec87a783c5c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,j721e-usb.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,j721e-usb.yaml @@ -11,17 +11,24 @@ maintainers: properties: compatible: - items: + oneOf: - const: ti,j721e-usb + - const: ti,am64-usb + - items: + - const: ti,j721e-usb + - const: ti,am64-usb reg: - description: module registers + maxItems: 1 + + ranges: true power-domains: description: PM domain provider node and an args specifier containing the USB device id value. See, Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/sci-pm-domain.txt + maxItems: 1 clocks: description: Clock phandles to usb2_refclk and lpm_clk @@ -58,6 +65,8 @@ properties: '#size-cells': const: 2 + dma-coherent: true + patternProperties: "^usb@": type: object diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,keystone-dwc3.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,keystone-dwc3.yaml index c1b19fc5d0a2..9a068d3bc73b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,keystone-dwc3.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ti,keystone-dwc3.yaml @@ -43,12 +43,14 @@ properties: maxItems: 2 power-domains: + maxItems: 1 description: Should contain a phandle to a PM domain provider node and an args specifier containing the USB device id value. This property is as per the binding, Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/sci-pm-domain.txt phys: + maxItems: 1 description: PHY specifier for the USB3.0 PHY. Some SoCs need the USB3.0 PHY to be turned on before the controller. @@ -64,9 +66,7 @@ properties: patternProperties: "usb@[a-f0-9]+$": - type: object - description: This is the node representing the DWC3 controller instance - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt + $ref: snps,dwc3.yaml# required: - compatible diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-device.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-device.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 036be172b1ae..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-device.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -Generic USB Device Properties - -Usually, we only use device tree for hard wired USB device. -The reference binding doc is from: -http://www.devicetree.org/open-firmware/bindings/usb/usb-1_0.ps - -Four types of device-tree nodes are defined: "host-controller nodes" -representing USB host controllers, "device nodes" representing USB devices, -"interface nodes" representing USB interfaces and "combined nodes" -representing simple USB devices. - -A combined node shall be used instead of a device node and an interface node -for devices of class 0 or 9 (hub) with a single configuration and a single -interface. - -A "hub node" is a combined node or an interface node that represents a USB -hub. - - -Required properties for device nodes: -- compatible: "usbVID,PID", where VID is the vendor id and PID the product id. - The textual representation of VID and PID shall be in lower case hexadecimal - with leading zeroes suppressed. The other compatible strings from the above - standard binding could also be used, but a device adhering to this binding - may leave out all except for "usbVID,PID". -- reg: the number of the USB hub port or the USB host-controller port to which - this device is attached. The range is 1-255. - - -Required properties for device nodes with interface nodes: -- #address-cells: shall be 2 -- #size-cells: shall be 0 - - -Required properties for interface nodes: -- compatible: "usbifVID,PID.configCN.IN", where VID is the vendor id, PID is - the product id, CN is the configuration value and IN is the interface - number. The textual representation of VID, PID, CN and IN shall be in lower - case hexadecimal with leading zeroes suppressed. The other compatible - strings from the above standard binding could also be used, but a device - adhering to this binding may leave out all except for - "usbifVID,PID.configCN.IN". -- reg: the interface number and configuration value - -The configuration component is not included in the textual representation of -an interface-node unit address for configuration 1. - - -Required properties for combined nodes: -- compatible: "usbVID,PID", where VID is the vendor id and PID the product id. - The textual representation of VID and PID shall be in lower case hexadecimal - with leading zeroes suppressed. The other compatible strings from the above - standard binding could also be used, but a device adhering to this binding - may leave out all except for "usbVID,PID". -- reg: the number of the USB hub port or the USB host-controller port to which - this device is attached. The range is 1-255. - - -Required properties for hub nodes with device nodes: -- #address-cells: shall be 1 -- #size-cells: shall be 0 - - -Required properties for host-controller nodes with device nodes: -- #address-cells: shall be 1 -- #size-cells: shall be 0 - - -Example: - -&usb1 { /* host controller */ - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - hub@1 { /* hub connected to port 1 */ - compatible = "usb5e3,608"; - reg = <1>; - }; - - device@2 { /* device connected to port 2 */ - compatible = "usb123,4567"; - reg = <2>; - }; - - device@3 { /* device connected to port 3 */ - compatible = "usb123,abcd"; - reg = <3>; - - #address-cells = <2>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - interface@0 { /* interface 0 of configuration 1 */ - compatible = "usbif123,abcd.config1.0"; - reg = <0 1>; - }; - - interface@0,2 { /* interface 0 of configuration 2 */ - compatible = "usbif123,abcd.config2.0"; - reg = <0 2>; - }; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-device.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-device.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d4c99809ee9a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-device.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/usb/usb-device.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: The device tree bindings for the Generic USB Device + +maintainers: + - Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> + +description: | + Usually, we only use device tree for hard wired USB device. + The reference binding doc is from: + http://www.devicetree.org/open-firmware/bindings/usb/usb-1_0.ps + + Four types of device-tree nodes are defined: "host-controller nodes" + representing USB host controllers, "device nodes" representing USB devices, + "interface nodes" representing USB interfaces and "combined nodes" + representing simple USB devices. + + A combined node shall be used instead of a device node and an interface node + for devices of class 0 or 9 (hub) with a single configuration and a single + interface. + + A "hub node" is a combined node or an interface node that represents a USB + hub. + +properties: + compatible: + pattern: "^usb[0-9a-f]{1,4},[0-9a-f]{1,4}$" + description: Device nodes or combined nodes. + "usbVID,PID", where VID is the vendor id and PID the product id. + The textual representation of VID and PID shall be in lower case + hexadecimal with leading zeroes suppressed. The other compatible + strings from the above standard binding could also be used, + but a device adhering to this binding may leave out all except + for "usbVID,PID". + + reg: + description: the number of the USB hub port or the USB host-controller + port to which this device is attached. The range is 1-255. + maxItems: 1 + + "#address-cells": + description: should be 1 for hub nodes with device nodes, + should be 2 for device nodes with interface nodes. + enum: [1, 2] + + "#size-cells": + const: 0 + +patternProperties: + "^interface@[0-9a-f]{1,2}(,[0-9a-f]{1,2})$": + type: object + description: USB interface nodes. + The configuration component is not included in the textual + representation of an interface-node unit address for configuration 1. + + properties: + compatible: + pattern: "^usbif[0-9a-f]{1,4},[0-9a-f]{1,4}.config[0-9a-f]{1,2}.[0-9a-f]{1,2}$" + description: Interface nodes. + "usbifVID,PID.configCN.IN", where VID is the vendor id, PID is + the product id, CN is the configuration value and IN is the interface + number. The textual representation of VID, PID, CN and IN shall be + in lower case hexadecimal with leading zeroes suppressed. + The other compatible strings from the above standard binding could + also be used, but a device adhering to this binding may leave out + all except for "usbifVID,PID.configCN.IN". + + reg: + description: should be 2 cells long, the first cell represents + the interface number and the second cell represents the + configuration value. + maxItems: 1 + +required: + - compatible + - reg + +additionalProperties: true + +examples: + #hub connected to port 1 + #device connected to port 2 + #device connected to port 3 + # interface 0 of configuration 1 + # interface 0 of configuration 2 + - | + usb@11270000 { + reg = <0x11270000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0x0 0x4e 0x0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + hub@1 { + compatible = "usb5e3,608"; + reg = <1>; + }; + + device@2 { + compatible = "usb123,4567"; + reg = <2>; + }; + + device@3 { + compatible = "usb123,abcd"; + reg = <3>; + + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + interface@0 { + compatible = "usbif123,abcd.config1.0"; + reg = <0 1>; + }; + + interface@0,2 { + compatible = "usbif123,abcd.config2.0"; + reg = <0 2>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-drd.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-drd.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f229fc8068d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-drd.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/usb/usb-drd.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Generic USB OTG Controller Device Tree Bindings + +maintainers: + - Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> + +properties: + otg-rev: + description: + Tells usb driver the release number of the OTG and EH supplement with + which the device and its descriptors are compliant, in binary-coded + decimal (i.e. 2.0 is 0200H). This property is used if any real OTG + features (HNP/SRP/ADP) is enabled. If ADP is required, otg-rev should be + 0x0200 or above. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 + enum: [0x0100, 0x0120, 0x0130, 0x0200] + + dr_mode: + description: + Tells Dual-Role USB controllers that we want to work on a particular + mode. In case this attribute isn't passed via DT, USB DRD controllers + should default to OTG. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string + enum: [host, peripheral, otg] + + hnp-disable: + description: + Tells OTG controllers we want to disable OTG HNP. Normally HNP is the + basic function of real OTG except you want it to be a srp-capable only B + device. + type: boolean + + srp-disable: + description: + Tells OTG controllers we want to disable OTG SRP. SRP is optional for OTG + device. + type: boolean + + adp-disable: + description: + Tells OTG controllers we want to disable OTG ADP. ADP is optional for OTG + device. + type: boolean + + usb-role-switch: + description: + Indicates that the device is capable of assigning the USB data role + (USB host or USB device) for a given USB connector, such as Type-C, + Type-B(micro). See connector/usb-connector.yaml. + + role-switch-default-mode: + description: + Indicates if usb-role-switch is enabled, the device default operation + mode of controller while usb role is USB_ROLE_NONE. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string + enum: [host, peripheral] + default: peripheral + +additionalProperties: true + +examples: + - | + usb@4a030000 { + compatible = "snps,dwc3"; + reg = <0x4a030000 0xcfff>; + interrupts = <0 92 4>; + usb-phy = <&usb2_phy>, <&usb3_phy>; + maximum-speed = "super-speed"; + dr_mode = "otg"; + phy_type = "utmi_wide"; + otg-rev = <0x0200>; + adp-disable; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-hcd.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-hcd.yaml index b545b087b342..56853c17af66 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-hcd.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-hcd.yaml @@ -9,18 +9,31 @@ title: Generic USB Host Controller Device Tree Bindings maintainers: - Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +allOf: + - $ref: usb.yaml# + properties: - $nodename: - pattern: "^usb(@.*)?" + companion: + description: Phandle of a companion device + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle - phys: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array + tpl-support: description: - List of all the USB PHYs on this HCD + Indicates if the Targeted Peripheral List is supported for given + targeted hosts (non-PC hosts). + type: boolean - phy-names: - description: - Name specifier for the USB PHY + "#address-cells": + const: 1 + + "#size-cells": + const: 0 + +patternProperties: + "^.*@[0-9a-f]{1,2}$": + description: The hard wired USB devices + type: object + $ref: /usb/usb-device.yaml additionalProperties: true @@ -29,4 +42,11 @@ examples: usb { phys = <&usb2_phy1>, <&usb3_phy1>; phy-names = "usb"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + hub@1 { + compatible = "usb5e3,610"; + reg = <1>; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 0c5cff84a969..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -USB xHCI controllers - -Required properties: - - compatible: should be one or more of - - - "generic-xhci" for generic XHCI device - - "marvell,armada3700-xhci" for Armada 37xx SoCs - - "marvell,armada-375-xhci" for Armada 375 SoCs - - "marvell,armada-380-xhci" for Armada 38x SoCs - - "brcm,bcm7445-xhci" for Broadcom STB SoCs with XHCI - - "xhci-platform" (deprecated) - - When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the - SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first - followed by the generic version. - - - reg: should contain address and length of the standard XHCI - register set for the device. - - interrupts: one XHCI interrupt should be described here. - -Optional properties: - - clocks: reference to the clocks - - clock-names: mandatory if there is a second clock, in this case - the name must be "core" for the first clock and "reg" for the - second one - - usb2-lpm-disable: indicate if we don't want to enable USB2 HW LPM - - usb3-lpm-capable: determines if platform is USB3 LPM capable - - quirk-broken-port-ped: set if the controller has broken port disable mechanism - - imod-interval-ns: default interrupt moderation interval is 5000ns - - phys : see usb-hcd.yaml in the current directory - -additionally the properties from usb-hcd.yaml (in the current directory) are -supported. - - -Example: - usb@f0931000 { - compatible = "generic-xhci"; - reg = <0xf0931000 0x8c8>; - interrupts = <0x0 0x4e 0x0>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..965f87fef702 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/usb/usb-xhci.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Generic USB xHCI Controller Device Tree Bindings + +maintainers: + - Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@intel.com> + +allOf: + - $ref: "usb-hcd.yaml#" + +properties: + usb2-lpm-disable: + description: Indicates if we don't want to enable USB2 HW LPM + type: boolean + + usb3-lpm-capable: + description: Determines if platform is USB3 LPM capable + type: boolean + + quirk-broken-port-ped: + description: Set if the controller has broken port disable mechanism + type: boolean + + imod-interval-ns: + description: Interrupt moderation interval + default: 5000 + +additionalProperties: true + +examples: + - | + usb@f0930000 { + compatible = "generic-xhci"; + reg = <0xf0930000 0x8c8>; + interrupts = <0x0 0x4e 0x0>; + usb2-lpm-disable; + usb3-lpm-capable; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..78491e66ed24 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/usb/usb.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Generic USB Controller Device Tree Bindings + +maintainers: + - Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> + +select: false + +properties: + $nodename: + pattern: "^usb(@.*)?" + + phys: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array + description: + List of all the USB PHYs on this HCD + + phy-names: + description: + Name specifier for the USB PHY + + usb-phy: + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array + description: + List of all the USB PHYs on this HCD to be accepted by the legacy USB + Physical Layer subsystem. + deprecated: true + + phy_type: + description: + Tells USB controllers that we want to configure the core to support a + UTMI+ PHY with an 8- or 16-bit interface if UTMI+ is selected, UTMI+ low + pin interface if ULPI is specified, Serial core/PHY interconnect if + serial is specified and High-Speed Inter-Chip feature if HSIC is + selected. In case this isn't passed via DT, USB controllers should + default to HW capability. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string + enum: [utmi, utmi_wide, ulpi, serial, hsic] + + maximum-speed: + description: + Tells USB controllers we want to work up to a certain speed. In case this + isn't passed via DT, USB controllers should default to their maximum HW + capability. + $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string + enum: + - low-speed + - full-speed + - high-speed + - super-speed + - super-speed-plus + - super-speed-plus-gen2x1 + - super-speed-plus-gen1x2 + - super-speed-plus-gen2x2 + +additionalProperties: true + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usbmisc-imx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usbmisc-imx.txt index b353b9816487..b796836d2ce7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usbmisc-imx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usbmisc-imx.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ * Freescale i.MX non-core registers Required properties: -- #index-cells: Cells used to descibe usb controller index. Should be <1> +- #index-cells: Cells used to describe usb controller index. Should be <1> - compatible: Should be one of below: "fsl,imx6q-usbmisc" for imx6q "fsl,vf610-usbmisc" for Vybrid vf610 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml index 041ae90b0d8f..f6064d84a424 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.yaml @@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Aeroflex Gaisler AB "^al,.*": description: Annapurna Labs + "^alcatel,.*": + description: Alcatel "^allegro,.*": description: Allegro DVT "^allo,.*": @@ -229,6 +231,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Computadora Industrial Abierta Argentina "^cirrus,.*": description: Cirrus Logic, Inc. + "^cisco,.*": + description: Cisco Systems, Inc. "^cloudengines,.*": description: Cloud Engines, Inc. "^cnm,.*": @@ -311,6 +315,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Dyna-Image "^ea,.*": description: Embedded Artists AB + "^ebang,.*": + description: Zhejiang Ebang Communication Co., Ltd "^ebs-systart,.*": description: EBS-SYSTART GmbH "^ebv,.*": @@ -467,10 +473,10 @@ patternProperties: description: Hitex Development Tools "^holt,.*": description: Holt Integrated Circuits, Inc. - "^honeywell,.*": - description: Honeywell "^honestar,.*": description: Honestar Technologies Co., Ltd. + "^honeywell,.*": + description: Honeywell "^hoperun,.*": description: Jiangsu HopeRun Software Co., Ltd. "^hp,.*": @@ -581,6 +587,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Kontron S&T AG "^kosagi,.*": description: Sutajio Ko-Usagi PTE Ltd. + "^kvg,.*": + description: Kverneland Group "^kyo,.*": description: Kyocera Corporation "^lacie,.*": @@ -866,6 +874,8 @@ patternProperties: description: PLDA "^plx,.*": description: Broadcom Corporation (formerly PLX Technology) + "^ply,.*": + description: Plymovent Group BV "^pni,.*": description: PNI Sensor Corporation "^pocketbook,.*": @@ -1075,6 +1085,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Shenzhen Sunchip Technology Co., Ltd "^SUNW,.*": description: Sun Microsystems, Inc + "^silvaco,.*": + description: Silvaco, Inc. "^swir,.*": description: Sierra Wireless "^syna,.*": @@ -1252,6 +1264,8 @@ patternProperties: description: Shenzhen Xunlong Software CO.,Limited "^xylon,.*": description: Xylon + "^yamaha,.*": + description: Yamaha Corporation "^yes-optoelectronics,.*": description: Yes Optoelectronics Co.,Ltd. "^ylm,.*": @@ -1260,6 +1274,8 @@ patternProperties: description: YSH & ATIL "^yones-toptech,.*": description: Yones Toptech Co., Ltd. + "^ys,.*": + description: Shenzhen Yashi Changhua Intelligent Technology Co., Ltd. "^ysoft,.*": description: Y Soft Corporation a.s. "^zealz,.*": diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/allwinner,sun4i-a10-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/allwinner,sun4i-a10-wdt.yaml index 5ac607de8be4..9aa3c313c49f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/allwinner,sun4i-a10-wdt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/allwinner,sun4i-a10-wdt.yaml @@ -19,13 +19,11 @@ properties: - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10-wdt - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-wdt - items: - - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64-wdt - - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-wdt - - items: - - const: allwinner,sun50i-a100-wdt - - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-wdt - - items: - - const: allwinner,sun50i-h6-wdt + - enum: + - allwinner,sun50i-a64-wdt + - allwinner,sun50i-a100-wdt + - allwinner,sun50i-h6-wdt + - allwinner,sun50i-h616-wdt - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31-wdt - items: - const: allwinner,suniv-f1c100s-wdt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/intel,keembay-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/intel,keembay-wdt.yaml new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1437ff8a122f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/intel,keembay-wdt.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) +%YAML 1.2 +--- +$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/watchdog/intel,keembay-wdt.yaml# +$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml# + +title: Intel Keem Bay SoC non-secure Watchdog Timer + +maintainers: + - Wan Ahmad Zainie <wan.ahmad.zainie.wan.mohamad@intel.com> + +properties: + compatible: + enum: + - intel,keembay-wdt + + reg: + maxItems: 1 + + clocks: + maxItems: 1 + + interrupts: + items: + - description: interrupt specifier for threshold interrupt line + - description: interrupt specifier for timeout interrupt line + + interrupt-names: + items: + - const: threshold + - const: timeout + +required: + - compatible + - reg + - interrupts + - interrupt-names + - clocks + +additionalProperties: false + +examples: + - | + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/arm-gic.h> + #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + #define KEEM_BAY_A53_TIM + + watchdog: watchdog@2033009c { + compatible = "intel,keembay-wdt"; + reg = <0x2033009c 0x10>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 1 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 2 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "threshold", "timeout"; + clocks = <&scmi_clk KEEM_BAY_A53_TIM>; + }; + +... diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mtk-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mtk-wdt.txt index 4dd36bd3f1ad..e36ba60de829 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mtk-wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mtk-wdt.txt @@ -4,14 +4,15 @@ Required properties: - compatible should contain: "mediatek,mt2701-wdt", "mediatek,mt6589-wdt": for MT2701 - "mediatek,mt2712-wdt", "mediatek,mt6589-wdt": for MT2712 + "mediatek,mt2712-wdt": for MT2712 "mediatek,mt6589-wdt": for MT6589 "mediatek,mt6797-wdt", "mediatek,mt6589-wdt": for MT6797 "mediatek,mt7622-wdt", "mediatek,mt6589-wdt": for MT7622 "mediatek,mt7623-wdt", "mediatek,mt6589-wdt": for MT7623 "mediatek,mt7629-wdt", "mediatek,mt6589-wdt": for MT7629 - "mediatek,mt8183-wdt", "mediatek,mt6589-wdt": for MT8183 + "mediatek,mt8183-wdt": for MT8183 "mediatek,mt8516-wdt", "mediatek,mt6589-wdt": for MT8516 + "mediatek,mt8192-wdt": for MT8192 - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qcom-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qcom-wdt.yaml index 8e3760a3822b..b8e4118945a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qcom-wdt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qcom-wdt.yaml @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ properties: - qcom,apss-wdt-qcs404 - qcom,apss-wdt-sc7180 - qcom,apss-wdt-sdm845 + - qcom,apss-wdt-sdx55 - qcom,apss-wdt-sm8150 - qcom,kpss-timer - qcom,kpss-wdt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas,wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas,wdt.yaml index 6933005b52bd..ab66d3f0c476 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas,wdt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas,wdt.yaml @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ properties: - renesas,r8a77980-wdt # R-Car V3H - renesas,r8a77990-wdt # R-Car E3 - renesas,r8a77995-wdt # R-Car D3 + - renesas,r8a779a0-wdt # R-Car V3U - const: renesas,rcar-gen3-wdt # R-Car Gen3 and RZ/G2 reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sigma,smp8642-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sigma,smp8642-wdt.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 5b7ec2c707d8..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sigma,smp8642-wdt.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -Sigma Designs SMP86xx/SMP87xx watchdog - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "sigma,smp8642-wdt" -- reg: Specifies the physical address region -- clocks: Should be a phandle to the clock - -Optional properties: -- timeout-sec: watchdog timeout in seconds - -Example: - -watchdog@1fd00 { - compatible = "sigma,smp8642-wdt"; - reg = <0x1fd00 8>; - clocks = <&xtal_in_clk>; - timeout-sec = <30>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sirfsoc_wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sirfsoc_wdt.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 0dce5e3100b4..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sirfsoc_wdt.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -SiRFSoC Timer and Watchdog Timer(WDT) Controller - -Required properties: -- compatible: "sirf,prima2-tick" -- reg: Address range of tick timer/WDT register set -- interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu - -Optional properties: -- timeout-sec : Contains the watchdog timeout in seconds - -Example: - -timer@b0020000 { - compatible = "sirf,prima2-tick"; - reg = <0xb0020000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <0>; - timeout-sec = <30>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/snps,dw-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/snps,dw-wdt.yaml index f7ee9229c29f..b58596b1831d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/snps,dw-wdt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/snps,dw-wdt.yaml @@ -18,10 +18,16 @@ properties: - const: snps,dw-wdt - items: - enum: + - rockchip,px30-wdt - rockchip,rk3066-wdt - rockchip,rk3188-wdt + - rockchip,rk3228-wdt - rockchip,rk3288-wdt + - rockchip,rk3308-wdt + - rockchip,rk3328-wdt - rockchip,rk3368-wdt + - rockchip,rk3399-wdt + - rockchip,rv1108-wdt - const: snps,dw-wdt reg: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/stericsson-coh901327.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/stericsson-coh901327.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8ffb88e39e76..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/stericsson-coh901327.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -ST-Ericsson COH 901 327 Watchdog timer - -Required properties: -- compatible: must be "stericsson,coh901327". -- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped - region. -- interrupts: the interrupt used for the watchdog timeout warning. - -Optional properties: -- timeout-sec: contains the watchdog timeout in seconds. - -Example: - -watchdog: watchdog@c0012000 { - compatible = "stericsson,coh901327"; - reg = <0xc0012000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <3>; - timeout-sec = <60>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/ti,rti-wdt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/ti,rti-wdt.yaml index c1348db59374..054584d7543a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/ti,rti-wdt.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/ti,rti-wdt.yaml @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ examples: */ #include <dt-bindings/soc/ti,sci_pm_domain.h> - watchdog0: rti@2200000 { - compatible = "ti,rti-wdt"; + watchdog@2200000 { + compatible = "ti,j7-rti-wdt"; reg = <0x2200000 0x100>; clocks = <&k3_clks 252 1>; power-domains = <&k3_pds 252 TI_SCI_PD_EXCLUSIVE>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/watchdog.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/watchdog.yaml index 4e2c26cd981d..e3dfb02f0ca5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/watchdog.yaml +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/watchdog.yaml @@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ properties: pattern: "^watchdog(@.*|-[0-9a-f])?$" timeout-sec: - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32 description: Contains the watchdog timeout in seconds. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/zte,zx2967-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/zte,zx2967-wdt.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 06ce67766756..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/zte,zx2967-wdt.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -ZTE zx2967 Watchdog timer - -Required properties: - -- compatible : should be one of the following. - * zte,zx296718-wdt -- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. -- clocks : Pairs of phandle and specifier referencing the controller's clocks. -- resets : Reference to the reset controller controlling the watchdog - controller. - -Optional properties: - -- timeout-sec : Contains the watchdog timeout in seconds. -- zte,wdt-reset-sysctrl : Directs how to reset system by the watchdog. - if we don't want to restart system when watchdog been triggered, - it's not required, vice versa. - It should include following fields. - * phandle of aon-sysctrl. - * offset of register that be written, should be 0xb0. - * configure value that be written to aon-sysctrl. - * bit mask, corresponding bits will be affected. - -Example: - -wdt: watchdog@1465000 { - compatible = "zte,zx296718-wdt"; - reg = <0x1465000 0x1000>; - clocks = <&topcrm WDT_WCLK>; - resets = <&toprst 35>; - zte,wdt-reset-sysctrl = <&aon_sysctrl 0xb0 1 0x115>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/usage-model.rst b/Documentation/devicetree/usage-model.rst index e1b42dc63f01..1eb83496ca1e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/usage-model.rst +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/usage-model.rst @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ This article describes how Linux uses the device tree. An overview of the device tree data format can be found on the device tree usage page at devicetree.org\ [1]_. -.. [1] https://elinux.org/Device_Tree_Usage +.. [1] https://www.devicetree.org/specifications/ The "Open Firmware Device Tree", or simply Device Tree (DT), is a data structure and language for describing hardware. More specifically, it diff --git a/Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst b/Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst index 2fb2ff297d69..ec3e71f56009 100644 --- a/Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst +++ b/Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst @@ -48,12 +48,12 @@ or ``virtualenv``, depending on how your distribution packaged Python 3. those versions, you should run ``pip install 'docutils==0.12'``. #) It is recommended to use the RTD theme for html output. Depending - on the Sphinx version, it should be installed in separate, + on the Sphinx version, it should be installed separately, with ``pip install sphinx_rtd_theme``. - #) Some ReST pages contain math expressions. Due to the way Sphinx work, + #) Some ReST pages contain math expressions. Due to the way Sphinx works, those expressions are written using LaTeX notation. It needs texlive - installed with amdfonts and amsmath in order to evaluate them. + installed with amsfonts and amsmath in order to evaluate them. In summary, if you want to install Sphinx version 1.7.9, you should do:: @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Sphinx Build ============ The usual way to generate the documentation is to run ``make htmldocs`` or -``make pdfdocs``. There are also other formats available, see the documentation +``make pdfdocs``. There are also other formats available: see the documentation section of ``make help``. The generated documentation is placed in format-specific subdirectories under ``Documentation/output``. @@ -303,17 +303,17 @@ and *targets* (e.g. a ref to ``:ref:`last row <last row>``` / :ref:`last row - head col 3 - head col 4 - * - column 1 + * - row 1 - field 1.1 - field 1.2 with autospan - * - column 2 + * - row 2 - field 2.1 - :rspan:`1` :cspan:`1` field 2.2 - 3.3 * .. _`last row`: - - column 3 + - row 3 Rendered as: @@ -325,31 +325,41 @@ Rendered as: - head col 3 - head col 4 - * - column 1 + * - row 1 - field 1.1 - field 1.2 with autospan - * - column 2 + * - row 2 - field 2.1 - :rspan:`1` :cspan:`1` field 2.2 - 3.3 * .. _`last row`: - - column 3 + - row 3 Cross-referencing ----------------- -Cross-referencing from one documentation page to another can be done by passing -the path to the file starting from the Documentation folder. -For example, to cross-reference to this page (the .rst extension is optional):: +Cross-referencing from one documentation page to another can be done simply by +writing the path to the document file, no special syntax required. The path can +be either absolute or relative. For absolute paths, start it with +"Documentation/". For example, to cross-reference to this page, all the +following are valid options, depending on the current document's directory (note +that the ``.rst`` extension is required):: - See Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst. + See Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst. This always works. + Take a look at sphinx.rst, which is at this same directory. + Read ../sphinx.rst, which is one directory above. -If you want to use a relative path, you need to use Sphinx's ``doc`` directive. -For example, referencing this page from the same directory would be done as:: +If you want the link to have a different rendered text other than the document's +title, you need to use Sphinx's ``doc`` role. For example:: - See :doc:`sphinx`. + See :doc:`my custom link text for document sphinx <sphinx>`. + +For most use cases, the former is preferred, as it is cleaner and more suited +for people reading the source files. If you come across a ``:doc:`` usage that +isn't adding any value, please feel free to convert it to just the document +path. For information on cross-referencing to kernel-doc functions or types, see Documentation/doc-guide/kernel-doc.rst. @@ -361,7 +371,7 @@ Figures & Images If you want to add an image, you should use the ``kernel-figure`` and ``kernel-image`` directives. E.g. to insert a figure with a scalable -image format use SVG (:ref:`svg_image_example`):: +image format, use SVG (:ref:`svg_image_example`):: .. kernel-figure:: svg_image.svg :alt: simple SVG image @@ -375,7 +385,7 @@ image format use SVG (:ref:`svg_image_example`):: SVG image example -The kernel figure (and image) directive support **DOT** formatted files, see +The kernel figure (and image) directive supports **DOT** formatted files, see * DOT: http://graphviz.org/pdf/dotguide.pdf * Graphviz: http://www.graphviz.org/content/dot-language @@ -394,7 +404,7 @@ A simple example (:ref:`hello_dot_file`):: DOT's hello world example -Embed *render* markups (or languages) like Graphviz's **DOT** is provided by the +Embedded *render* markups (or languages) like Graphviz's **DOT** are provided by the ``kernel-render`` directives.:: .. kernel-render:: DOT @@ -406,7 +416,7 @@ Embed *render* markups (or languages) like Graphviz's **DOT** is provided by the } How this will be rendered depends on the installed tools. If Graphviz is -installed, you will see an vector image. If not the raw markup is inserted as +installed, you will see a vector image. If not, the raw markup is inserted as *literal-block* (:ref:`hello_dot_render`). .. _hello_dot_render: @@ -421,8 +431,8 @@ installed, you will see an vector image. If not the raw markup is inserted as The *render* directive has all the options known from the *figure* directive, plus option ``caption``. If ``caption`` has a value, a *figure* node is -inserted. If not, a *image* node is inserted. A ``caption`` is also needed, if -you want to refer it (:ref:`hello_svg_render`). +inserted. If not, an *image* node is inserted. A ``caption`` is also needed, if +you want to refer to it (:ref:`hello_svg_render`). Embedded **SVG**:: diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/auxiliary_bus.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/auxiliary_bus.rst index 2312506b0674..fff96c7ba7a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/auxiliary_bus.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/auxiliary_bus.rst @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only +.. _auxiliary_bus: + ============= Auxiliary Bus ============= diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/cxl/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/cxl/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..036e49553542 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/cxl/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +==================== +Compute Express Link +==================== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + memory-devices + +.. only:: subproject and html diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/cxl/memory-devices.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/cxl/memory-devices.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1bad466f9167 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/cxl/memory-devices.rst @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 +.. include:: <isonum.txt> + +=================================== +Compute Express Link Memory Devices +=================================== + +A Compute Express Link Memory Device is a CXL component that implements the +CXL.mem protocol. It contains some amount of volatile memory, persistent memory, +or both. It is enumerated as a PCI device for configuration and passing +messages over an MMIO mailbox. Its contribution to the System Physical +Address space is handled via HDM (Host Managed Device Memory) decoders +that optionally define a device's contribution to an interleaved address +range across multiple devices underneath a host-bridge or interleaved +across host-bridges. + +Driver Infrastructure +===================== + +This section covers the driver infrastructure for a CXL memory device. + +CXL Memory Device +----------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/cxl/mem.c + :doc: cxl mem + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/cxl/mem.c + :internal: + +CXL Bus +------- +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/cxl/bus.c + :doc: cxl bus + +External Interfaces +=================== + +CXL IOCTL Interface +------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/linux/cxl_mem.h + :doc: UAPI + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/linux/cxl_mem.h + :internal: diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/consumer.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/consumer.rst index 173e4c7b037d..22271c342d92 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/consumer.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/consumer.rst @@ -361,12 +361,13 @@ corresponding chip driver. In that case a significantly improved performance can be expected. If simultaneous access is not possible the GPIOs will be accessed sequentially. -The functions take three arguments: +The functions take four arguments: + * array_size - the number of array elements * desc_array - an array of GPIO descriptors * array_info - optional information obtained from gpiod_get_array() * value_bitmap - a bitmap to store the GPIOs' values (get) or - a bitmap of values to assign to the GPIOs (set) + a bitmap of values to assign to the GPIOs (set) The descriptor array can be obtained using the gpiod_get_array() function or one of its variants. If the group of descriptors returned by that function diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/driver.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/driver.rst index 0fb57e298b41..d6b0d779859b 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/driver.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/driver.rst @@ -640,8 +640,8 @@ compliance: level and edge IRQs * [1] http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-omap/msg120425.html -* [2] https://lkml.org/lkml/2015/9/25/494 -* [3] https://lkml.org/lkml/2015/9/25/495 +* [2] https://lore.kernel.org/r/1443209283-20781-2-git-send-email-grygorii.strashko@ti.com +* [3] https://lore.kernel.org/r/1443209283-20781-3-git-send-email-grygorii.strashko@ti.com Requesting self-owned GPIO pins diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/intro.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/intro.rst index 74591489d0b5..94dd7185e76e 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/intro.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/intro.rst @@ -106,11 +106,11 @@ don't. When you need open drain signaling but your hardware doesn't directly support it, there's a common idiom you can use to emulate it with any GPIO pin that can be used as either an input or an output: - LOW: gpiod_direction_output(gpio, 0) ... this drives the signal and overrides - the pullup. + **LOW**: ``gpiod_direction_output(gpio, 0)`` ... this drives the signal and + overrides the pullup. - HIGH: gpiod_direction_input(gpio) ... this turns off the output, so the pullup - (or some other device) controls the signal. + **HIGH**: ``gpiod_direction_input(gpio)`` ... this turns off the output, so + the pullup (or some other device) controls the signal. The same logic can be applied to emulate open source signaling, by driving the high signal and configuring the GPIO as input for low. This open drain/open diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst index 2456d0a97ed8..b0ab367896ab 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ available subsections can be seen below. usb/index firewire pci/index + cxl/index spi i2c ipmb @@ -93,12 +94,12 @@ available subsections can be seen below. pps ptp phy/index - pti_intel_mid pwm pldmfw/index rfkill serial/index sm501 + surface_aggregator/index switchtec sync_file vfio-mediated-device diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/media/camera-sensor.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/media/camera-sensor.rst index ffb0cad8137a..3fc378b3b269 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/media/camera-sensor.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/media/camera-sensor.rst @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Camera sensors have an internal clock tree including a PLL and a number of divisors. The clock tree is generally configured by the driver based on a few input parameters that are specific to the hardware:: the external clock frequency and the link frequency. The two parameters generally are obtained from system -firmware. No other frequencies should be used in any circumstances. +firmware. **No other frequencies should be used in any circumstances.** The reason why the clock frequencies are so important is that the clock signals come out of the SoC, and in many cases a specific frequency is designed to be @@ -23,6 +23,24 @@ used in the system. Using another frequency may cause harmful effects elsewhere. Therefore only the pre-determined frequencies are configurable by the user. +ACPI +~~~~ + +Read the "clock-frequency" _DSD property to denote the frequency. The driver can +rely on this frequency being used. + +Devicetree +~~~~~~~~~~ + +The currently preferred way to achieve this is using "assigned-clock-rates" +property. See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt for +more information. The driver then gets the frequency using clk_get_rate(). + +This approach has the drawback that there's no guarantee that the frequency +hasn't been modified directly or indirectly by another driver, or supported by +the board's clock tree to begin with. Changes to the Common Clock Framework API +are required to ensure reliability. + Frame size ---------- diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/media/cec-core.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/media/cec-core.rst index a26dc87eee8f..56345eae9a26 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/media/cec-core.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/media/cec-core.rst @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ It is documented in the HDMI 1.4 specification with the new 2.0 bits documented in the HDMI 2.0 specification. But for most of the features the freely available HDMI 1.3a specification is sufficient: -http://www.microprocessor.org/HDMISpecification13a.pdf +https://www.hdmi.org/spec/index CEC Adapter Interface diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/media/csi2.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/media/csi2.rst index e3bbc6baf0f0..11c52b0be8b8 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/media/csi2.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/media/csi2.rst @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ ability to start and stop the stream. The value of the V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE is calculated as follows:: - pixel_rate = link_freq * 2 * nr_of_lanes / bits_per_sample + pixel_rate = link_freq * 2 * nr_of_lanes * 16 / k / bits_per_sample where @@ -53,6 +53,8 @@ where - Two bits are transferred per clock cycle per lane. * - bits_per_sample - Number of bits per sample. + * - k + - 16 for D-PHY and 7 for C-PHY The transmitter drivers must, if possible, configure the CSI-2 transmitter to *LP-11 mode* whenever the transmitter is powered on but diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/media/drivers/ccs/ccs.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/media/drivers/ccs/ccs.rst index f49e971f2d92..b461c8aa2a16 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/media/drivers/ccs/ccs.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/media/drivers/ccs/ccs.rst @@ -79,4 +79,17 @@ definitions: -l drivers/media/i2c/ccs/ccs-limits.c \ -c Documentation/driver-api/media/drivers/ccs/ccs-regs.asc +CCS PLL calculator +================== + +The CCS PLL calculator is used to compute the PLL configuration, given sensor's +capabilities as well as board configuration and user specified configuration. As +the configuration space that encompasses all these configurations is vast, the +PLL calculator isn't entirely trivial. Yet it is relatively simple to use for a +driver. + +The PLL model implemented by the PLL calculator corresponds to MIPI CCS 1.1. + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/media/i2c/ccs-pll.h + **Copyright** |copy| 2020 Intel Corporation diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/media/v4l2-clocks.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/media/v4l2-clocks.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 5c22eecab7ba..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/media/v4l2-clocks.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 - -V4L2 clocks ------------ - -.. attention:: - - This is a temporary API and it shall be replaced by the generic - clock API, when the latter becomes widely available. - -Many subdevices, like camera sensors, TV decoders and encoders, need a clock -signal to be supplied by the system. Often this clock is supplied by the -respective bridge device. The Linux kernel provides a Common Clock Framework for -this purpose. However, it is not (yet) available on all architectures. Besides, -the nature of the multi-functional (clock, data + synchronisation, I2C control) -connection of subdevices to the system might impose special requirements on the -clock API usage. E.g. V4L2 has to support clock provider driver unregistration -while a subdevice driver is holding a reference to the clock. For these reasons -a V4L2 clock helper API has been developed and is provided to bridge and -subdevice drivers. - -The API consists of two parts: two functions to register and unregister a V4L2 -clock source: v4l2_clk_register() and v4l2_clk_unregister() and calls to control -a clock object, similar to the respective generic clock API calls: -v4l2_clk_get(), v4l2_clk_put(), v4l2_clk_enable(), v4l2_clk_disable(), -v4l2_clk_get_rate(), and v4l2_clk_set_rate(). Clock suppliers have to provide -clock operations that will be called when clock users invoke respective API -methods. - -It is expected that once the CCF becomes available on all relevant -architectures this API will be removed. diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/media/v4l2-core.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/media/v4l2-core.rst index 0dcad7a23141..1a8c4a5f256b 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/media/v4l2-core.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/media/v4l2-core.rst @@ -15,7 +15,6 @@ Video4Linux devices v4l2-controls v4l2-videobuf v4l2-videobuf2 - v4l2-clocks v4l2-dv-timings v4l2-flash-led-class v4l2-mc diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/media/v4l2-subdev.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/media/v4l2-subdev.rst index bb5b1a7cdfd9..8b53da2f9c74 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/media/v4l2-subdev.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/media/v4l2-subdev.rst @@ -122,15 +122,12 @@ Don't forget to cleanup the media entity before the sub-device is destroyed: media_entity_cleanup(&sd->entity); -If the subdev driver intends to process video and integrate with the media -framework, it must implement format related functionality using -:c:type:`v4l2_subdev_pad_ops` instead of :c:type:`v4l2_subdev_video_ops`. - -In that case, the subdev driver may set the link_validate field to provide -its own link validation function. The link validation function is called for -every link in the pipeline where both of the ends of the links are V4L2 -sub-devices. The driver is still responsible for validating the correctness -of the format configuration between sub-devices and video nodes. +If a sub-device driver implements sink pads, the subdev driver may set the +link_validate field in :c:type:`v4l2_subdev_pad_ops` to provide its own link +validation function. For every link in the pipeline, the link_validate pad +operation of the sink end of the link is called. In both cases the driver is +still responsible for validating the correctness of the format configuration +between sub-devices and video nodes. If link_validate op is not set, the default function :c:func:`v4l2_subdev_link_validate_default` is used instead. This function @@ -200,15 +197,45 @@ unregister the notifier the driver has to call takes two arguments: a pointer to struct :c:type:`v4l2_device` and a pointer to struct :c:type:`v4l2_async_notifier`. -Before registering the notifier, bridge drivers must do two things: -first, the notifier must be initialized using the -:c:func:`v4l2_async_notifier_init`. Second, bridge drivers can then -begin to form a list of subdevice descriptors that the bridge device -needs for its operation. Subdevice descriptors are added to the notifier -using the :c:func:`v4l2_async_notifier_add_subdev` call. This function -takes two arguments: a pointer to struct :c:type:`v4l2_async_notifier`, -and a pointer to the subdevice descripter, which is of type struct -:c:type:`v4l2_async_subdev`. +Before registering the notifier, bridge drivers must do two things: first, the +notifier must be initialized using the :c:func:`v4l2_async_notifier_init`. +Second, bridge drivers can then begin to form a list of subdevice descriptors +that the bridge device needs for its operation. Several functions are available +to add subdevice descriptors to a notifier, depending on the type of device and +the needs of the driver. + +:c:func:`v4l2_async_notifier_add_fwnode_remote_subdev` and +:c:func:`v4l2_async_notifier_add_i2c_subdev` are for bridge and ISP drivers for +registering their async sub-devices with the notifier. + +:c:func:`v4l2_async_register_subdev_sensor_common` is a helper function for +sensor drivers registering their own async sub-device, but it also registers a +notifier and further registers async sub-devices for lens and flash devices +found in firmware. The notifier for the sub-device is unregistered with the +async sub-device. + +These functions allocate an async sub-device descriptor which is of type struct +:c:type:`v4l2_async_subdev` embedded in a driver-specific struct. The &struct +:c:type:`v4l2_async_subdev` shall be the first member of this struct: + +.. code-block:: c + + struct my_async_subdev { + struct v4l2_async_subdev asd; + ... + }; + + struct my_async_subdev *my_asd; + struct fwnode_handle *ep; + + ... + + my_asd = v4l2_async_notifier_add_fwnode_remote_subdev(¬ifier, ep, + struct my_async_subdev); + fwnode_handle_put(ep); + + if (IS_ERR(asd)) + return PTR_ERR(asd); The V4L2 core will then use these descriptors to match asynchronously registered subdevices to them. If a match is detected the ``.bound()`` diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/men-chameleon-bus.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/men-chameleon-bus.rst index 1b1f048aa748..6f0b9ee47595 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/men-chameleon-bus.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/men-chameleon-bus.rst @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ MEN Chameleon Bus 4.1 The driver structure 4.2 Probing and attaching 4.3 Initializing the driver + 4.4 Using DMA Introduction @@ -173,3 +174,14 @@ module at the MCB core:: The module_mcb_driver() macro can be used to reduce the above code:: module_mcb_driver(foo_driver); + +Using DMA +--------- + +To make use of the kernel's DMA-API's function, you will need to use the +carrier device's 'struct device'. Fortunately 'struct mcb_device' embeds a +pointer (->dma_dev) to the carrier's device for DMA purposes:: + + ret = dma_set_mask_and_coherent(&mdev->dma_dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(dma_bits)); + if (rc) + /* Handle errors */ diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pti_intel_mid.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pti_intel_mid.rst deleted file mode 100644 index bacc2a4ee89f..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/pti_intel_mid.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,108 +0,0 @@ -.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 - -============= -Intel MID PTI -============= - -The Intel MID PTI project is HW implemented in Intel Atom -system-on-a-chip designs based on the Parallel Trace -Interface for MIPI P1149.7 cJTAG standard. The kernel solution -for this platform involves the following files:: - - ./include/linux/pti.h - ./drivers/.../n_tracesink.h - ./drivers/.../n_tracerouter.c - ./drivers/.../n_tracesink.c - ./drivers/.../pti.c - -pti.c is the driver that enables various debugging features -popular on platforms from certain mobile manufacturers. -n_tracerouter.c and n_tracesink.c allow extra system information to -be collected and routed to the pti driver, such as trace -debugging data from a modem. Although n_tracerouter -and n_tracesink are a part of the complete PTI solution, -these two line disciplines can work separately from -pti.c and route any data stream from one /dev/tty node -to another /dev/tty node via kernel-space. This provides -a stable, reliable connection that will not break unless -the user-space application shuts down (plus avoids -kernel->user->kernel context switch overheads of routing -data). - -An example debugging usage for this driver system: - - * Hook /dev/ttyPTI0 to syslogd. Opening this port will also start - a console device to further capture debugging messages to PTI. - * Hook /dev/ttyPTI1 to modem debugging data to write to PTI HW. - This is where n_tracerouter and n_tracesink are used. - * Hook /dev/pti to a user-level debugging application for writing - to PTI HW. - * `Use mipi_` Kernel Driver API in other device drivers for - debugging to PTI by first requesting a PTI write address via - mipi_request_masterchannel(1). - -Below is example pseudo-code on how a 'privileged' application -can hook up n_tracerouter and n_tracesink to any tty on -a system. 'Privileged' means the application has enough -privileges to successfully manipulate the ldisc drivers -but is not just blindly executing as 'root'. Keep in mind -the use of ioctl(,TIOCSETD,) is not specific to the n_tracerouter -and n_tracesink line discpline drivers but is a generic -operation for a program to use a line discpline driver -on a tty port other than the default n_tty: - -.. code-block:: c - - /////////// To hook up n_tracerouter and n_tracesink ///////// - - // Note that n_tracerouter depends on n_tracesink. - #include <errno.h> - #define ONE_TTY "/dev/ttyOne" - #define TWO_TTY "/dev/ttyTwo" - - // needed global to hand onto ldisc connection - static int g_fd_source = -1; - static int g_fd_sink = -1; - - // these two vars used to grab LDISC values from loaded ldisc drivers - // in OS. Look at /proc/tty/ldiscs to get the right numbers from - // the ldiscs loaded in the system. - int source_ldisc_num, sink_ldisc_num = -1; - int retval; - - g_fd_source = open(ONE_TTY, O_RDWR); // must be R/W - g_fd_sink = open(TWO_TTY, O_RDWR); // must be R/W - - if (g_fd_source <= 0) || (g_fd_sink <= 0) { - // doubt you'll want to use these exact error lines of code - printf("Error on open(). errno: %d\n",errno); - return errno; - } - - retval = ioctl(g_fd_sink, TIOCSETD, &sink_ldisc_num); - if (retval < 0) { - printf("Error on ioctl(). errno: %d\n", errno); - return errno; - } - - retval = ioctl(g_fd_source, TIOCSETD, &source_ldisc_num); - if (retval < 0) { - printf("Error on ioctl(). errno: %d\n", errno); - return errno; - } - - /////////// To disconnect n_tracerouter and n_tracesink //////// - - // First make sure data through the ldiscs has stopped. - - // Second, disconnect ldiscs. This provides a - // little cleaner shutdown on tty stack. - sink_ldisc_num = 0; - source_ldisc_num = 0; - ioctl(g_fd_uart, TIOCSETD, &sink_ldisc_num); - ioctl(g_fd_gadget, TIOCSETD, &source_ldisc_num); - - // Three, program closes connection, and cleanup: - close(g_fd_uart); - close(g_fd_gadget); - g_fd_uart = g_fd_gadget = NULL; diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/client-api.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/client-api.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8e0b000d0e64 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/client-api.rst @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ + +=============================== +Client Driver API Documentation +=============================== + +.. contents:: + :depth: 2 + + +Serial Hub Communication +======================== + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/surface_aggregator/serial_hub.h + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/platform/surface/aggregator/ssh_packet_layer.c + :export: + + +Controller and Core Interface +============================= + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/surface_aggregator/controller.h + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/platform/surface/aggregator/controller.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/platform/surface/aggregator/core.c + :export: + + +Client Bus and Client Device API +================================ + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/surface_aggregator/device.h + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/platform/surface/aggregator/bus.c + :export: diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/client.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/client.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..26d13085a117 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/client.rst @@ -0,0 +1,393 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ + +.. |ssam_controller| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssam_controller <ssam_controller>` +.. |ssam_device| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssam_device <ssam_device>` +.. |ssam_device_driver| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssam_device_driver <ssam_device_driver>` +.. |ssam_client_bind| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_client_bind` +.. |ssam_client_link| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_client_link` +.. |ssam_get_controller| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_get_controller` +.. |ssam_controller_get| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_controller_get` +.. |ssam_controller_put| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_controller_put` +.. |ssam_device_alloc| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_device_alloc` +.. |ssam_device_add| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_device_add` +.. |ssam_device_remove| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_device_remove` +.. |ssam_device_driver_register| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_device_driver_register` +.. |ssam_device_driver_unregister| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_device_driver_unregister` +.. |module_ssam_device_driver| replace:: :c:func:`module_ssam_device_driver` +.. |SSAM_DEVICE| replace:: :c:func:`SSAM_DEVICE` +.. |ssam_notifier_register| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_notifier_register` +.. |ssam_notifier_unregister| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_notifier_unregister` +.. |ssam_request_sync| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_request_sync` +.. |ssam_event_mask| replace:: :c:type:`enum ssam_event_mask <ssam_event_mask>` + + +====================== +Writing Client Drivers +====================== + +For the API documentation, refer to: + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + client-api + + +Overview +======== + +Client drivers can be set up in two main ways, depending on how the +corresponding device is made available to the system. We specifically +differentiate between devices that are presented to the system via one of +the conventional ways, e.g. as platform devices via ACPI, and devices that +are non-discoverable and instead need to be explicitly provided by some +other mechanism, as discussed further below. + + +Non-SSAM Client Drivers +======================= + +All communication with the SAM EC is handled via the |ssam_controller| +representing that EC to the kernel. Drivers targeting a non-SSAM device (and +thus not being a |ssam_device_driver|) need to explicitly establish a +connection/relation to that controller. This can be done via the +|ssam_client_bind| function. Said function returns a reference to the SSAM +controller, but, more importantly, also establishes a device link between +client device and controller (this can also be done separate via +|ssam_client_link|). It is important to do this, as it, first, guarantees +that the returned controller is valid for use in the client driver for as +long as this driver is bound to its device, i.e. that the driver gets +unbound before the controller ever becomes invalid, and, second, as it +ensures correct suspend/resume ordering. This setup should be done in the +driver's probe function, and may be used to defer probing in case the SSAM +subsystem is not ready yet, for example: + +.. code-block:: c + + static int client_driver_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) + { + struct ssam_controller *ctrl; + + ctrl = ssam_client_bind(&pdev->dev); + if (IS_ERR(ctrl)) + return PTR_ERR(ctrl) == -ENODEV ? -EPROBE_DEFER : PTR_ERR(ctrl); + + // ... + + return 0; + } + +The controller may be separately obtained via |ssam_get_controller| and its +lifetime be guaranteed via |ssam_controller_get| and |ssam_controller_put|. +Note that none of these functions, however, guarantee that the controller +will not be shut down or suspended. These functions essentially only operate +on the reference, i.e. only guarantee a bare minimum of accessibility +without any guarantees at all on practical operability. + + +Adding SSAM Devices +=================== + +If a device does not already exist/is not already provided via conventional +means, it should be provided as |ssam_device| via the SSAM client device +hub. New devices can be added to this hub by entering their UID into the +corresponding registry. SSAM devices can also be manually allocated via +|ssam_device_alloc|, subsequently to which they have to be added via +|ssam_device_add| and eventually removed via |ssam_device_remove|. By +default, the parent of the device is set to the controller device provided +for allocation, however this may be changed before the device is added. Note +that, when changing the parent device, care must be taken to ensure that the +controller lifetime and suspend/resume ordering guarantees, in the default +setup provided through the parent-child relation, are preserved. If +necessary, by use of |ssam_client_link| as is done for non-SSAM client +drivers and described in more detail above. + +A client device must always be removed by the party which added the +respective device before the controller shuts down. Such removal can be +guaranteed by linking the driver providing the SSAM device to the controller +via |ssam_client_link|, causing it to unbind before the controller driver +unbinds. Client devices registered with the controller as parent are +automatically removed when the controller shuts down, but this should not be +relied upon, especially as this does not extend to client devices with a +different parent. + + +SSAM Client Drivers +=================== + +SSAM client device drivers are, in essence, no different than other device +driver types. They are represented via |ssam_device_driver| and bind to a +|ssam_device| via its UID (:c:type:`struct ssam_device.uid <ssam_device>`) +member and the match table +(:c:type:`struct ssam_device_driver.match_table <ssam_device_driver>`), +which should be set when declaring the driver struct instance. Refer to the +|SSAM_DEVICE| macro documentation for more details on how to define members +of the driver's match table. + +The UID for SSAM client devices consists of a ``domain``, a ``category``, +a ``target``, an ``instance``, and a ``function``. The ``domain`` is used +differentiate between physical SAM devices +(:c:type:`SSAM_DOMAIN_SERIALHUB <ssam_device_domain>`), i.e. devices that can +be accessed via the Surface Serial Hub, and virtual ones +(:c:type:`SSAM_DOMAIN_VIRTUAL <ssam_device_domain>`), such as client-device +hubs, that have no real representation on the SAM EC and are solely used on +the kernel/driver-side. For physical devices, ``category`` represents the +target category, ``target`` the target ID, and ``instance`` the instance ID +used to access the physical SAM device. In addition, ``function`` references +a specific device functionality, but has no meaning to the SAM EC. The +(default) name of a client device is generated based on its UID. + +A driver instance can be registered via |ssam_device_driver_register| and +unregistered via |ssam_device_driver_unregister|. For convenience, the +|module_ssam_device_driver| macro may be used to define module init- and +exit-functions registering the driver. + +The controller associated with a SSAM client device can be found in its +:c:type:`struct ssam_device.ctrl <ssam_device>` member. This reference is +guaranteed to be valid for at least as long as the client driver is bound, +but should also be valid for as long as the client device exists. Note, +however, that access outside of the bound client driver must ensure that the +controller device is not suspended while making any requests or +(un-)registering event notifiers (and thus should generally be avoided). This +is guaranteed when the controller is accessed from inside the bound client +driver. + + +Making Synchronous Requests +=========================== + +Synchronous requests are (currently) the main form of host-initiated +communication with the EC. There are a couple of ways to define and execute +such requests, however, most of them boil down to something similar as shown +in the example below. This example defines a write-read request, meaning +that the caller provides an argument to the SAM EC and receives a response. +The caller needs to know the (maximum) length of the response payload and +provide a buffer for it. + +Care must be taken to ensure that any command payload data passed to the SAM +EC is provided in little-endian format and, similarly, any response payload +data received from it is converted from little-endian to host endianness. + +.. code-block:: c + + int perform_request(struct ssam_controller *ctrl, u32 arg, u32 *ret) + { + struct ssam_request rqst; + struct ssam_response resp; + int status; + + /* Convert request argument to little-endian. */ + __le32 arg_le = cpu_to_le32(arg); + __le32 ret_le = cpu_to_le32(0); + + /* + * Initialize request specification. Replace this with your values. + * The rqst.payload field may be NULL if rqst.length is zero, + * indicating that the request does not have any argument. + * + * Note: The request parameters used here are not valid, i.e. + * they do not correspond to an actual SAM/EC request. + */ + rqst.target_category = SSAM_SSH_TC_SAM; + rqst.target_id = 0x01; + rqst.command_id = 0x02; + rqst.instance_id = 0x03; + rqst.flags = SSAM_REQUEST_HAS_RESPONSE; + rqst.length = sizeof(arg_le); + rqst.payload = (u8 *)&arg_le; + + /* Initialize request response. */ + resp.capacity = sizeof(ret_le); + resp.length = 0; + resp.pointer = (u8 *)&ret_le; + + /* + * Perform actual request. The response pointer may be null in case + * the request does not have any response. This must be consistent + * with the SSAM_REQUEST_HAS_RESPONSE flag set in the specification + * above. + */ + status = ssam_request_sync(ctrl, &rqst, &resp); + + /* + * Alternatively use + * + * ssam_request_sync_onstack(ctrl, &rqst, &resp, sizeof(arg_le)); + * + * to perform the request, allocating the message buffer directly + * on the stack as opposed to allocation via kzalloc(). + */ + + /* + * Convert request response back to native format. Note that in the + * error case, this value is not touched by the SSAM core, i.e. + * 'ret_le' will be zero as specified in its initialization. + */ + *ret = le32_to_cpu(ret_le); + + return status; + } + +Note that |ssam_request_sync| in its essence is a wrapper over lower-level +request primitives, which may also be used to perform requests. Refer to its +implementation and documentation for more details. + +An arguably more user-friendly way of defining such functions is by using +one of the generator macros, for example via: + +.. code-block:: c + + SSAM_DEFINE_SYNC_REQUEST_W(__ssam_tmp_perf_mode_set, __le32, { + .target_category = SSAM_SSH_TC_TMP, + .target_id = 0x01, + .command_id = 0x03, + .instance_id = 0x00, + }); + +This example defines a function + +.. code-block:: c + + int __ssam_tmp_perf_mode_set(struct ssam_controller *ctrl, const __le32 *arg); + +executing the specified request, with the controller passed in when calling +said function. In this example, the argument is provided via the ``arg`` +pointer. Note that the generated function allocates the message buffer on +the stack. Thus, if the argument provided via the request is large, these +kinds of macros should be avoided. Also note that, in contrast to the +previous non-macro example, this function does not do any endianness +conversion, which has to be handled by the caller. Apart from those +differences the function generated by the macro is similar to the one +provided in the non-macro example above. + +The full list of such function-generating macros is + +- :c:func:`SSAM_DEFINE_SYNC_REQUEST_N` for requests without return value and + without argument. +- :c:func:`SSAM_DEFINE_SYNC_REQUEST_R` for requests with return value but no + argument. +- :c:func:`SSAM_DEFINE_SYNC_REQUEST_W` for requests without return value but + with argument. + +Refer to their respective documentation for more details. For each one of +these macros, a special variant is provided, which targets request types +applicable to multiple instances of the same device type: + +- :c:func:`SSAM_DEFINE_SYNC_REQUEST_MD_N` +- :c:func:`SSAM_DEFINE_SYNC_REQUEST_MD_R` +- :c:func:`SSAM_DEFINE_SYNC_REQUEST_MD_W` + +The difference of those macros to the previously mentioned versions is, that +the device target and instance IDs are not fixed for the generated function, +but instead have to be provided by the caller of said function. + +Additionally, variants for direct use with client devices, i.e. +|ssam_device|, are also provided. These can, for example, be used as +follows: + +.. code-block:: c + + SSAM_DEFINE_SYNC_REQUEST_CL_R(ssam_bat_get_sta, __le32, { + .target_category = SSAM_SSH_TC_BAT, + .command_id = 0x01, + }); + +This invocation of the macro defines a function + +.. code-block:: c + + int ssam_bat_get_sta(struct ssam_device *sdev, __le32 *ret); + +executing the specified request, using the device IDs and controller given +in the client device. The full list of such macros for client devices is: + +- :c:func:`SSAM_DEFINE_SYNC_REQUEST_CL_N` +- :c:func:`SSAM_DEFINE_SYNC_REQUEST_CL_R` +- :c:func:`SSAM_DEFINE_SYNC_REQUEST_CL_W` + + +Handling Events +=============== + +To receive events from the SAM EC, an event notifier must be registered for +the desired event via |ssam_notifier_register|. The notifier must be +unregistered via |ssam_notifier_unregister| once it is not required any +more. + +Event notifiers are registered by providing (at minimum) a callback to call +in case an event has been received, the registry specifying how the event +should be enabled, an event ID specifying for which target category and, +optionally and depending on the registry used, for which instance ID events +should be enabled, and finally, flags describing how the EC will send these +events. If the specific registry does not enable events by instance ID, the +instance ID must be set to zero. Additionally, a priority for the respective +notifier may be specified, which determines its order in relation to any +other notifier registered for the same target category. + +By default, event notifiers will receive all events for the specific target +category, regardless of the instance ID specified when registering the +notifier. The core may be instructed to only call a notifier if the target +ID or instance ID (or both) of the event match the ones implied by the +notifier IDs (in case of target ID, the target ID of the registry), by +providing an event mask (see |ssam_event_mask|). + +In general, the target ID of the registry is also the target ID of the +enabled event (with the notable exception being keyboard input events on the +Surface Laptop 1 and 2, which are enabled via a registry with target ID 1, +but provide events with target ID 2). + +A full example for registering an event notifier and handling received +events is provided below: + +.. code-block:: c + + u32 notifier_callback(struct ssam_event_notifier *nf, + const struct ssam_event *event) + { + int status = ... + + /* Handle the event here ... */ + + /* Convert return value and indicate that we handled the event. */ + return ssam_notifier_from_errno(status) | SSAM_NOTIF_HANDLED; + } + + int setup_notifier(struct ssam_device *sdev, + struct ssam_event_notifier *nf) + { + /* Set priority wrt. other handlers of same target category. */ + nf->base.priority = 1; + + /* Set event/notifier callback. */ + nf->base.fn = notifier_callback; + + /* Specify event registry, i.e. how events get enabled/disabled. */ + nf->event.reg = SSAM_EVENT_REGISTRY_KIP; + + /* Specify which event to enable/disable */ + nf->event.id.target_category = sdev->uid.category; + nf->event.id.instance = sdev->uid.instance; + + /* + * Specify for which events the notifier callback gets executed. + * This essentially tells the core if it can skip notifiers that + * don't have target or instance IDs matching those of the event. + */ + nf->event.mask = SSAM_EVENT_MASK_STRICT; + + /* Specify event flags. */ + nf->event.flags = SSAM_EVENT_SEQUENCED; + + return ssam_notifier_register(sdev->ctrl, nf); + } + +Multiple event notifiers can be registered for the same event. The event +handler core takes care of enabling and disabling events when notifiers are +registered and unregistered, by keeping track of how many notifiers for a +specific event (combination of registry, event target category, and event +instance ID) are currently registered. This means that a specific event will +be enabled when the first notifier for it is being registered and disabled +when the last notifier for it is being unregistered. Note that the event +flags are therefore only used on the first registered notifier, however, one +should take care that notifiers for a specific event are always registered +with the same flag and it is considered a bug to do otherwise. diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/clients/cdev.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/clients/cdev.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..248c1372d879 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/clients/cdev.rst @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ + +.. |u8| replace:: :c:type:`u8 <u8>` +.. |u16| replace:: :c:type:`u16 <u16>` +.. |ssam_cdev_request| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssam_cdev_request <ssam_cdev_request>` +.. |ssam_cdev_request_flags| replace:: :c:type:`enum ssam_cdev_request_flags <ssam_cdev_request_flags>` + +============================== +User-Space EC Interface (cdev) +============================== + +The ``surface_aggregator_cdev`` module provides a misc-device for the SSAM +controller to allow for a (more or less) direct connection from user-space to +the SAM EC. It is intended to be used for development and debugging, and +therefore should not be used or relied upon in any other way. Note that this +module is not loaded automatically, but instead must be loaded manually. + +The provided interface is accessible through the ``/dev/surface/aggregator`` +device-file. All functionality of this interface is provided via IOCTLs. +These IOCTLs and their respective input/output parameter structs are defined in +``include/uapi/linux/surface_aggregator/cdev.h``. + +A small python library and scripts for accessing this interface can be found +at https://github.com/linux-surface/surface-aggregator-module/tree/master/scripts/ssam. + + +Controller IOCTLs +================= + +The following IOCTLs are provided: + +.. flat-table:: Controller IOCTLs + :widths: 1 1 1 1 4 + :header-rows: 1 + + * - Type + - Number + - Direction + - Name + - Description + + * - ``0xA5`` + - ``1`` + - ``WR`` + - ``REQUEST`` + - Perform synchronous SAM request. + + +``REQUEST`` +----------- + +Defined as ``_IOWR(0xA5, 1, struct ssam_cdev_request)``. + +Executes a synchronous SAM request. The request specification is passed in +as argument of type |ssam_cdev_request|, which is then written to/modified +by the IOCTL to return status and result of the request. + +Request payload data must be allocated separately and is passed in via the +``payload.data`` and ``payload.length`` members. If a response is required, +the response buffer must be allocated by the caller and passed in via the +``response.data`` member. The ``response.length`` member must be set to the +capacity of this buffer, or if no response is required, zero. Upon +completion of the request, the call will write the response to the response +buffer (if its capacity allows it) and overwrite the length field with the +actual size of the response, in bytes. + +Additionally, if the request has a response, this must be indicated via the +request flags, as is done with in-kernel requests. Request flags can be set +via the ``flags`` member and the values correspond to the values found in +|ssam_cdev_request_flags|. + +Finally, the status of the request itself is returned in the ``status`` +member (a negative errno value indicating failure). Note that failure +indication of the IOCTL is separated from failure indication of the request: +The IOCTL returns a negative status code if anything failed during setup of +the request (``-EFAULT``) or if the provided argument or any of its fields +are invalid (``-EINVAL``). In this case, the status value of the request +argument may be set, providing more detail on what went wrong (e.g. +``-ENOMEM`` for out-of-memory), but this value may also be zero. The IOCTL +will return with a zero status code in case the request has been set up, +submitted, and completed (i.e. handed back to user-space) successfully from +inside the IOCTL, but the request ``status`` member may still be negative in +case the actual execution of the request failed after it has been submitted. + +A full definition of the argument struct is provided below: + +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/linux/surface_aggregator/cdev.h diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/clients/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/clients/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3ccabce23271 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/clients/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ + +=========================== +Client Driver Documentation +=========================== + +This is the documentation for client drivers themselves. Refer to +:doc:`../client` for documentation on how to write client drivers. + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + cdev + san + +.. only:: subproject and html + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/clients/san.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/clients/san.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..38c2580e7758 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/clients/san.rst @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ + +.. |san_client_link| replace:: :c:func:`san_client_link` +.. |san_dgpu_notifier_register| replace:: :c:func:`san_dgpu_notifier_register` +.. |san_dgpu_notifier_unregister| replace:: :c:func:`san_dgpu_notifier_unregister` + +=================== +Surface ACPI Notify +=================== + +The Surface ACPI Notify (SAN) device provides the bridge between ACPI and +SAM controller. Specifically, ACPI code can execute requests and handle +battery and thermal events via this interface. In addition to this, events +relating to the discrete GPU (dGPU) of the Surface Book 2 can be sent from +ACPI code (note: the Surface Book 3 uses a different method for this). The +only currently known event sent via this interface is a dGPU power-on +notification. While this driver handles the former part internally, it only +relays the dGPU events to any other driver interested via its public API and +does not handle them. + +The public interface of this driver is split into two parts: Client +registration and notifier-block registration. + +A client to the SAN interface can be linked as consumer to the SAN device +via |san_client_link|. This can be used to ensure that the a client +receiving dGPU events does not miss any events due to the SAN interface not +being set up as this forces the client driver to unbind once the SAN driver +is unbound. + +Notifier-blocks can be registered by any device for as long as the module is +loaded, regardless of being linked as client or not. Registration is done +with |san_dgpu_notifier_register|. If the notifier is not needed any more, it +should be unregistered via |san_dgpu_notifier_unregister|. + +Consult the API documentation below for more details. + + +API Documentation +================= + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/surface_acpi_notify.h + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/platform/surface/surface_acpi_notify.c + :export: diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6f3e1094904d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ + +======================================= +Surface System Aggregator Module (SSAM) +======================================= + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + overview + client + clients/index + ssh + internal + +.. only:: subproject and html + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/internal-api.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/internal-api.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..639a67b5a392 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/internal-api.rst @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ + +========================== +Internal API Documentation +========================== + +.. contents:: + :depth: 2 + + +Packet Transport Layer +====================== + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/platform/surface/aggregator/ssh_parser.h + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/platform/surface/aggregator/ssh_parser.c + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/platform/surface/aggregator/ssh_msgb.h + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/platform/surface/aggregator/ssh_packet_layer.h + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/platform/surface/aggregator/ssh_packet_layer.c + :internal: + + +Request Transport Layer +======================= + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/platform/surface/aggregator/ssh_request_layer.h + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/platform/surface/aggregator/ssh_request_layer.c + :internal: + + +Controller +========== + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/platform/surface/aggregator/controller.h + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/platform/surface/aggregator/controller.c + :internal: + + +Client Device Bus +================= + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/platform/surface/aggregator/bus.c + :internal: + + +Core +==== + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/platform/surface/aggregator/core.c + :internal: + + +Trace Helpers +============= + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/platform/surface/aggregator/trace.h diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/internal.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/internal.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..72704734982a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/internal.rst @@ -0,0 +1,577 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ + +.. |ssh_ptl| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssh_ptl <ssh_ptl>` +.. |ssh_ptl_submit| replace:: :c:func:`ssh_ptl_submit` +.. |ssh_ptl_cancel| replace:: :c:func:`ssh_ptl_cancel` +.. |ssh_ptl_shutdown| replace:: :c:func:`ssh_ptl_shutdown` +.. |ssh_ptl_rx_rcvbuf| replace:: :c:func:`ssh_ptl_rx_rcvbuf` +.. |ssh_rtl| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssh_rtl <ssh_rtl>` +.. |ssh_rtl_submit| replace:: :c:func:`ssh_rtl_submit` +.. |ssh_rtl_cancel| replace:: :c:func:`ssh_rtl_cancel` +.. |ssh_rtl_shutdown| replace:: :c:func:`ssh_rtl_shutdown` +.. |ssh_packet| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssh_packet <ssh_packet>` +.. |ssh_packet_get| replace:: :c:func:`ssh_packet_get` +.. |ssh_packet_put| replace:: :c:func:`ssh_packet_put` +.. |ssh_packet_ops| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssh_packet_ops <ssh_packet_ops>` +.. |ssh_packet_base_priority| replace:: :c:type:`enum ssh_packet_base_priority <ssh_packet_base_priority>` +.. |ssh_packet_flags| replace:: :c:type:`enum ssh_packet_flags <ssh_packet_flags>` +.. |SSH_PACKET_PRIORITY| replace:: :c:func:`SSH_PACKET_PRIORITY` +.. |ssh_frame| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssh_frame <ssh_frame>` +.. |ssh_command| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssh_command <ssh_command>` +.. |ssh_request| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssh_request <ssh_request>` +.. |ssh_request_get| replace:: :c:func:`ssh_request_get` +.. |ssh_request_put| replace:: :c:func:`ssh_request_put` +.. |ssh_request_ops| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssh_request_ops <ssh_request_ops>` +.. |ssh_request_init| replace:: :c:func:`ssh_request_init` +.. |ssh_request_flags| replace:: :c:type:`enum ssh_request_flags <ssh_request_flags>` +.. |ssam_controller| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssam_controller <ssam_controller>` +.. |ssam_device| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssam_device <ssam_device>` +.. |ssam_device_driver| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssam_device_driver <ssam_device_driver>` +.. |ssam_client_bind| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_client_bind` +.. |ssam_client_link| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_client_link` +.. |ssam_request_sync| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssam_request_sync <ssam_request_sync>` +.. |ssam_event_registry| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssam_event_registry <ssam_event_registry>` +.. |ssam_event_id| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssam_event_id <ssam_event_id>` +.. |ssam_nf| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssam_nf <ssam_nf>` +.. |ssam_nf_refcount_inc| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_nf_refcount_inc` +.. |ssam_nf_refcount_dec| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_nf_refcount_dec` +.. |ssam_notifier_register| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_notifier_register` +.. |ssam_notifier_unregister| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_notifier_unregister` +.. |ssam_cplt| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssam_cplt <ssam_cplt>` +.. |ssam_event_queue| replace:: :c:type:`struct ssam_event_queue <ssam_event_queue>` +.. |ssam_request_sync_submit| replace:: :c:func:`ssam_request_sync_submit` + +===================== +Core Driver Internals +===================== + +Architectural overview of the Surface System Aggregator Module (SSAM) core +and Surface Serial Hub (SSH) driver. For the API documentation, refer to: + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + internal-api + + +Overview +======== + +The SSAM core implementation is structured in layers, somewhat following the +SSH protocol structure: + +Lower-level packet transport is implemented in the *packet transport layer +(PTL)*, directly building on top of the serial device (serdev) +infrastructure of the kernel. As the name indicates, this layer deals with +the packet transport logic and handles things like packet validation, packet +acknowledgment (ACKing), packet (retransmission) timeouts, and relaying +packet payloads to higher-level layers. + +Above this sits the *request transport layer (RTL)*. This layer is centered +around command-type packet payloads, i.e. requests (sent from host to EC), +responses of the EC to those requests, and events (sent from EC to host). +It, specifically, distinguishes events from request responses, matches +responses to their corresponding requests, and implements request timeouts. + +The *controller* layer is building on top of this and essentially decides +how request responses and, especially, events are dealt with. It provides an +event notifier system, handles event activation/deactivation, provides a +workqueue for event and asynchronous request completion, and also manages +the message counters required for building command messages (``SEQ``, +``RQID``). This layer basically provides a fundamental interface to the SAM +EC for use in other kernel drivers. + +While the controller layer already provides an interface for other kernel +drivers, the client *bus* extends this interface to provide support for +native SSAM devices, i.e. devices that are not defined in ACPI and not +implemented as platform devices, via |ssam_device| and |ssam_device_driver| +simplify management of client devices and client drivers. + +Refer to :doc:`client` for documentation regarding the client device/driver +API and interface options for other kernel drivers. It is recommended to +familiarize oneself with that chapter and the :doc:`ssh` before continuing +with the architectural overview below. + + +Packet Transport Layer +====================== + +The packet transport layer is represented via |ssh_ptl| and is structured +around the following key concepts: + +Packets +------- + +Packets are the fundamental transmission unit of the SSH protocol. They are +managed by the packet transport layer, which is essentially the lowest layer +of the driver and is built upon by other components of the SSAM core. +Packets to be transmitted by the SSAM core are represented via |ssh_packet| +(in contrast, packets received by the core do not have any specific +structure and are managed entirely via the raw |ssh_frame|). + +This structure contains the required fields to manage the packet inside the +transport layer, as well as a reference to the buffer containing the data to +be transmitted (i.e. the message wrapped in |ssh_frame|). Most notably, it +contains an internal reference count, which is used for managing its +lifetime (accessible via |ssh_packet_get| and |ssh_packet_put|). When this +counter reaches zero, the ``release()`` callback provided to the packet via +its |ssh_packet_ops| reference is executed, which may then deallocate the +packet or its enclosing structure (e.g. |ssh_request|). + +In addition to the ``release`` callback, the |ssh_packet_ops| reference also +provides a ``complete()`` callback, which is run once the packet has been +completed and provides the status of this completion, i.e. zero on success +or a negative errno value in case of an error. Once the packet has been +submitted to the packet transport layer, the ``complete()`` callback is +always guaranteed to be executed before the ``release()`` callback, i.e. the +packet will always be completed, either successfully, with an error, or due +to cancellation, before it will be released. + +The state of a packet is managed via its ``state`` flags +(|ssh_packet_flags|), which also contains the packet type. In particular, +the following bits are noteworthy: + +* ``SSH_PACKET_SF_LOCKED_BIT``: This bit is set when completion, either + through error or success, is imminent. It indicates that no further + references of the packet should be taken and any existing references + should be dropped as soon as possible. The process setting this bit is + responsible for removing any references to this packet from the packet + queue and pending set. + +* ``SSH_PACKET_SF_COMPLETED_BIT``: This bit is set by the process running the + ``complete()`` callback and is used to ensure that this callback only runs + once. + +* ``SSH_PACKET_SF_QUEUED_BIT``: This bit is set when the packet is queued on + the packet queue and cleared when it is dequeued. + +* ``SSH_PACKET_SF_PENDING_BIT``: This bit is set when the packet is added to + the pending set and cleared when it is removed from it. + +Packet Queue +------------ + +The packet queue is the first of the two fundamental collections in the +packet transport layer. It is a priority queue, with priority of the +respective packets based on the packet type (major) and number of tries +(minor). See |SSH_PACKET_PRIORITY| for more details on the priority value. + +All packets to be transmitted by the transport layer must be submitted to +this queue via |ssh_ptl_submit|. Note that this includes control packets +sent by the transport layer itself. Internally, data packets can be +re-submitted to this queue due to timeouts or NAK packets sent by the EC. + +Pending Set +----------- + +The pending set is the second of the two fundamental collections in the +packet transport layer. It stores references to packets that have already +been transmitted, but wait for acknowledgment (e.g. the corresponding ACK +packet) by the EC. + +Note that a packet may both be pending and queued if it has been +re-submitted due to a packet acknowledgment timeout or NAK. On such a +re-submission, packets are not removed from the pending set. + +Transmitter Thread +------------------ + +The transmitter thread is responsible for most of the actual work regarding +packet transmission. In each iteration, it (waits for and) checks if the +next packet on the queue (if any) can be transmitted and, if so, removes it +from the queue and increments its counter for the number of transmission +attempts, i.e. tries. If the packet is sequenced, i.e. requires an ACK by +the EC, the packet is added to the pending set. Next, the packet's data is +submitted to the serdev subsystem. In case of an error or timeout during +this submission, the packet is completed by the transmitter thread with the +status value of the callback set accordingly. In case the packet is +unsequenced, i.e. does not require an ACK by the EC, the packet is completed +with success on the transmitter thread. + +Transmission of sequenced packets is limited by the number of concurrently +pending packets, i.e. a limit on how many packets may be waiting for an ACK +from the EC in parallel. This limit is currently set to one (see :doc:`ssh` +for the reasoning behind this). Control packets (i.e. ACK and NAK) can +always be transmitted. + +Receiver Thread +--------------- + +Any data received from the EC is put into a FIFO buffer for further +processing. This processing happens on the receiver thread. The receiver +thread parses and validates the received message into its |ssh_frame| and +corresponding payload. It prepares and submits the necessary ACK (and on +validation error or invalid data NAK) packets for the received messages. + +This thread also handles further processing, such as matching ACK messages +to the corresponding pending packet (via sequence ID) and completing it, as +well as initiating re-submission of all currently pending packets on +receival of a NAK message (re-submission in case of a NAK is similar to +re-submission due to timeout, see below for more details on that). Note that +the successful completion of a sequenced packet will always run on the +receiver thread (whereas any failure-indicating completion will run on the +process where the failure occurred). + +Any payload data is forwarded via a callback to the next upper layer, i.e. +the request transport layer. + +Timeout Reaper +-------------- + +The packet acknowledgment timeout is a per-packet timeout for sequenced +packets, started when the respective packet begins (re-)transmission (i.e. +this timeout is armed once per transmission attempt on the transmitter +thread). It is used to trigger re-submission or, when the number of tries +has been exceeded, cancellation of the packet in question. + +This timeout is handled via a dedicated reaper task, which is essentially a +work item (re-)scheduled to run when the next packet is set to time out. The +work item then checks the set of pending packets for any packets that have +exceeded the timeout and, if there are any remaining packets, re-schedules +itself to the next appropriate point in time. + +If a timeout has been detected by the reaper, the packet will either be +re-submitted if it still has some remaining tries left, or completed with +``-ETIMEDOUT`` as status if not. Note that re-submission, in this case and +triggered by receival of a NAK, means that the packet is added to the queue +with a now incremented number of tries, yielding a higher priority. The +timeout for the packet will be disabled until the next transmission attempt +and the packet remains on the pending set. + +Note that due to transmission and packet acknowledgment timeouts, the packet +transport layer is always guaranteed to make progress, if only through +timing out packets, and will never fully block. + +Concurrency and Locking +----------------------- + +There are two main locks in the packet transport layer: One guarding access +to the packet queue and one guarding access to the pending set. These +collections may only be accessed and modified under the respective lock. If +access to both collections is needed, the pending lock must be acquired +before the queue lock to avoid deadlocks. + +In addition to guarding the collections, after initial packet submission +certain packet fields may only be accessed under one of the locks. +Specifically, the packet priority must only be accessed while holding the +queue lock and the packet timestamp must only be accessed while holding the +pending lock. + +Other parts of the packet transport layer are guarded independently. State +flags are managed by atomic bit operations and, if necessary, memory +barriers. Modifications to the timeout reaper work item and expiration date +are guarded by their own lock. + +The reference of the packet to the packet transport layer (``ptl``) is +somewhat special. It is either set when the upper layer request is submitted +or, if there is none, when the packet is first submitted. After it is set, +it will not change its value. Functions that may run concurrently with +submission, i.e. cancellation, can not rely on the ``ptl`` reference to be +set. Access to it in these functions is guarded by ``READ_ONCE()``, whereas +setting ``ptl`` is equally guarded with ``WRITE_ONCE()`` for symmetry. + +Some packet fields may be read outside of the respective locks guarding +them, specifically priority and state for tracing. In those cases, proper +access is ensured by employing ``WRITE_ONCE()`` and ``READ_ONCE()``. Such +read-only access is only allowed when stale values are not critical. + +With respect to the interface for higher layers, packet submission +(|ssh_ptl_submit|), packet cancellation (|ssh_ptl_cancel|), data receival +(|ssh_ptl_rx_rcvbuf|), and layer shutdown (|ssh_ptl_shutdown|) may always be +executed concurrently with respect to each other. Note that packet +submission may not run concurrently with itself for the same packet. +Equally, shutdown and data receival may also not run concurrently with +themselves (but may run concurrently with each other). + + +Request Transport Layer +======================= + +The request transport layer is represented via |ssh_rtl| and builds on top +of the packet transport layer. It deals with requests, i.e. SSH packets sent +by the host containing a |ssh_command| as frame payload. This layer +separates responses to requests from events, which are also sent by the EC +via a |ssh_command| payload. While responses are handled in this layer, +events are relayed to the next upper layer, i.e. the controller layer, via +the corresponding callback. The request transport layer is structured around +the following key concepts: + +Request +------- + +Requests are packets with a command-type payload, sent from host to EC to +query data from or trigger an action on it (or both simultaneously). They +are represented by |ssh_request|, wrapping the underlying |ssh_packet| +storing its message data (i.e. SSH frame with command payload). Note that +all top-level representations, e.g. |ssam_request_sync| are built upon this +struct. + +As |ssh_request| extends |ssh_packet|, its lifetime is also managed by the +reference counter inside the packet struct (which can be accessed via +|ssh_request_get| and |ssh_request_put|). Once the counter reaches zero, the +``release()`` callback of the |ssh_request_ops| reference of the request is +called. + +Requests can have an optional response that is equally sent via a SSH +message with command-type payload (from EC to host). The party constructing +the request must know if a response is expected and mark this in the request +flags provided to |ssh_request_init|, so that the request transport layer +can wait for this response. + +Similar to |ssh_packet|, |ssh_request| also has a ``complete()`` callback +provided via its request ops reference and is guaranteed to be completed +before it is released once it has been submitted to the request transport +layer via |ssh_rtl_submit|. For a request without a response, successful +completion will occur once the underlying packet has been successfully +transmitted by the packet transport layer (i.e. from within the packet +completion callback). For a request with response, successful completion +will occur once the response has been received and matched to the request +via its request ID (which happens on the packet layer's data-received +callback running on the receiver thread). If the request is completed with +an error, the status value will be set to the corresponding (negative) errno +value. + +The state of a request is again managed via its ``state`` flags +(|ssh_request_flags|), which also encode the request type. In particular, +the following bits are noteworthy: + +* ``SSH_REQUEST_SF_LOCKED_BIT``: This bit is set when completion, either + through error or success, is imminent. It indicates that no further + references of the request should be taken and any existing references + should be dropped as soon as possible. The process setting this bit is + responsible for removing any references to this request from the request + queue and pending set. + +* ``SSH_REQUEST_SF_COMPLETED_BIT``: This bit is set by the process running the + ``complete()`` callback and is used to ensure that this callback only runs + once. + +* ``SSH_REQUEST_SF_QUEUED_BIT``: This bit is set when the request is queued on + the request queue and cleared when it is dequeued. + +* ``SSH_REQUEST_SF_PENDING_BIT``: This bit is set when the request is added to + the pending set and cleared when it is removed from it. + +Request Queue +------------- + +The request queue is the first of the two fundamental collections in the +request transport layer. In contrast to the packet queue of the packet +transport layer, it is not a priority queue and the simple first come first +serve principle applies. + +All requests to be transmitted by the request transport layer must be +submitted to this queue via |ssh_rtl_submit|. Once submitted, requests may +not be re-submitted, and will not be re-submitted automatically on timeout. +Instead, the request is completed with a timeout error. If desired, the +caller can create and submit a new request for another try, but it must not +submit the same request again. + +Pending Set +----------- + +The pending set is the second of the two fundamental collections in the +request transport layer. This collection stores references to all pending +requests, i.e. requests awaiting a response from the EC (similar to what the +pending set of the packet transport layer does for packets). + +Transmitter Task +---------------- + +The transmitter task is scheduled when a new request is available for +transmission. It checks if the next request on the request queue can be +transmitted and, if so, submits its underlying packet to the packet +transport layer. This check ensures that only a limited number of +requests can be pending, i.e. waiting for a response, at the same time. If +the request requires a response, the request is added to the pending set +before its packet is submitted. + +Packet Completion Callback +-------------------------- + +The packet completion callback is executed once the underlying packet of a +request has been completed. In case of an error completion, the +corresponding request is completed with the error value provided in this +callback. + +On successful packet completion, further processing depends on the request. +If the request expects a response, it is marked as transmitted and the +request timeout is started. If the request does not expect a response, it is +completed with success. + +Data-Received Callback +---------------------- + +The data received callback notifies the request transport layer of data +being received by the underlying packet transport layer via a data-type +frame. In general, this is expected to be a command-type payload. + +If the request ID of the command is one of the request IDs reserved for +events (one to ``SSH_NUM_EVENTS``, inclusively), it is forwarded to the +event callback registered in the request transport layer. If the request ID +indicates a response to a request, the respective request is looked up in +the pending set and, if found and marked as transmitted, completed with +success. + +Timeout Reaper +-------------- + +The request-response-timeout is a per-request timeout for requests expecting +a response. It is used to ensure that a request does not wait indefinitely +on a response from the EC and is started after the underlying packet has +been successfully completed. + +This timeout is, similar to the packet acknowledgment timeout on the packet +transport layer, handled via a dedicated reaper task. This task is +essentially a work-item (re-)scheduled to run when the next request is set +to time out. The work item then scans the set of pending requests for any +requests that have timed out and completes them with ``-ETIMEDOUT`` as +status. Requests will not be re-submitted automatically. Instead, the issuer +of the request must construct and submit a new request, if so desired. + +Note that this timeout, in combination with packet transmission and +acknowledgment timeouts, guarantees that the request layer will always make +progress, even if only through timing out packets, and never fully block. + +Concurrency and Locking +----------------------- + +Similar to the packet transport layer, there are two main locks in the +request transport layer: One guarding access to the request queue and one +guarding access to the pending set. These collections may only be accessed +and modified under the respective lock. + +Other parts of the request transport layer are guarded independently. State +flags are (again) managed by atomic bit operations and, if necessary, memory +barriers. Modifications to the timeout reaper work item and expiration date +are guarded by their own lock. + +Some request fields may be read outside of the respective locks guarding +them, specifically the state for tracing. In those cases, proper access is +ensured by employing ``WRITE_ONCE()`` and ``READ_ONCE()``. Such read-only +access is only allowed when stale values are not critical. + +With respect to the interface for higher layers, request submission +(|ssh_rtl_submit|), request cancellation (|ssh_rtl_cancel|), and layer +shutdown (|ssh_rtl_shutdown|) may always be executed concurrently with +respect to each other. Note that request submission may not run concurrently +with itself for the same request (and also may only be called once per +request). Equally, shutdown may also not run concurrently with itself. + + +Controller Layer +================ + +The controller layer extends on the request transport layer to provide an +easy-to-use interface for client drivers. It is represented by +|ssam_controller| and the SSH driver. While the lower level transport layers +take care of transmitting and handling packets and requests, the controller +layer takes on more of a management role. Specifically, it handles device +initialization, power management, and event handling, including event +delivery and registration via the (event) completion system (|ssam_cplt|). + +Event Registration +------------------ + +In general, an event (or rather a class of events) has to be explicitly +requested by the host before the EC will send it (HID input events seem to +be the exception). This is done via an event-enable request (similarly, +events should be disabled via an event-disable request once no longer +desired). + +The specific request used to enable (or disable) an event is given via an +event registry, i.e. the governing authority of this event (so to speak), +represented by |ssam_event_registry|. As parameters to this request, the +target category and, depending on the event registry, instance ID of the +event to be enabled must be provided. This (optional) instance ID must be +zero if the registry does not use it. Together, target category and instance +ID form the event ID, represented by |ssam_event_id|. In short, both, event +registry and event ID, are required to uniquely identify a respective class +of events. + +Note that a further *request ID* parameter must be provided for the +enable-event request. This parameter does not influence the class of events +being enabled, but instead is set as the request ID (RQID) on each event of +this class sent by the EC. It is used to identify events (as a limited +number of request IDs is reserved for use in events only, specifically one +to ``SSH_NUM_EVENTS`` inclusively) and also map events to their specific +class. Currently, the controller always sets this parameter to the target +category specified in |ssam_event_id|. + +As multiple client drivers may rely on the same (or overlapping) classes of +events and enable/disable calls are strictly binary (i.e. on/off), the +controller has to manage access to these events. It does so via reference +counting, storing the counter inside an RB-tree based mapping with event +registry and ID as key (there is no known list of valid event registry and +event ID combinations). See |ssam_nf|, |ssam_nf_refcount_inc|, and +|ssam_nf_refcount_dec| for details. + +This management is done together with notifier registration (described in +the next section) via the top-level |ssam_notifier_register| and +|ssam_notifier_unregister| functions. + +Event Delivery +-------------- + +To receive events, a client driver has to register an event notifier via +|ssam_notifier_register|. This increments the reference counter for that +specific class of events (as detailed in the previous section), enables the +class on the EC (if it has not been enabled already), and installs the +provided notifier callback. + +Notifier callbacks are stored in lists, with one (RCU) list per target +category (provided via the event ID; NB: there is a fixed known number of +target categories). There is no known association from the combination of +event registry and event ID to the command data (target ID, target category, +command ID, and instance ID) that can be provided by an event class, apart +from target category and instance ID given via the event ID. + +Note that due to the way notifiers are (or rather have to be) stored, client +drivers may receive events that they have not requested and need to account +for them. Specifically, they will, by default, receive all events from the +same target category. To simplify dealing with this, filtering of events by +target ID (provided via the event registry) and instance ID (provided via +the event ID) can be requested when registering a notifier. This filtering +is applied when iterating over the notifiers at the time they are executed. + +All notifier callbacks are executed on a dedicated workqueue, the so-called +completion workqueue. After an event has been received via the callback +installed in the request layer (running on the receiver thread of the packet +transport layer), it will be put on its respective event queue +(|ssam_event_queue|). From this event queue the completion work item of that +queue (running on the completion workqueue) will pick up the event and +execute the notifier callback. This is done to avoid blocking on the +receiver thread. + +There is one event queue per combination of target ID and target category. +This is done to ensure that notifier callbacks are executed in sequence for +events of the same target ID and target category. Callbacks can be executed +in parallel for events with a different combination of target ID and target +category. + +Concurrency and Locking +----------------------- + +Most of the concurrency related safety guarantees of the controller are +provided by the lower-level request transport layer. In addition to this, +event (un-)registration is guarded by its own lock. + +Access to the controller state is guarded by the state lock. This lock is a +read/write semaphore. The reader part can be used to ensure that the state +does not change while functions depending on the state to stay the same +(e.g. |ssam_notifier_register|, |ssam_notifier_unregister|, +|ssam_request_sync_submit|, and derivatives) are executed and this guarantee +is not already provided otherwise (e.g. through |ssam_client_bind| or +|ssam_client_link|). The writer part guards any transitions that will change +the state, i.e. initialization, destruction, suspension, and resumption. + +The controller state may be accessed (read-only) outside the state lock for +smoke-testing against invalid API usage (e.g. in |ssam_request_sync_submit|). +Note that such checks are not supposed to (and will not) protect against all +invalid usages, but rather aim to help catch them. In those cases, proper +variable access is ensured by employing ``WRITE_ONCE()`` and ``READ_ONCE()``. + +Assuming any preconditions on the state not changing have been satisfied, +all non-initialization and non-shutdown functions may run concurrently with +each other. This includes |ssam_notifier_register|, |ssam_notifier_unregister|, +|ssam_request_sync_submit|, as well as all functions building on top of those. diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/overview.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/overview.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1e9d57e50063 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/overview.rst @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ + +======== +Overview +======== + +The Surface/System Aggregator Module (SAM, SSAM) is an (arguably *the*) +embedded controller (EC) on Microsoft Surface devices. It has been originally +introduced on 4th generation devices (Surface Pro 4, Surface Book 1), but +its responsibilities and feature-set have since been expanded significantly +with the following generations. + + +Features and Integration +======================== + +Not much is currently known about SAM on 4th generation devices (Surface Pro +4, Surface Book 1), due to the use of a different communication interface +between host and EC (as detailed below). On 5th (Surface Pro 2017, Surface +Book 2, Surface Laptop 1) and later generation devices, SAM is responsible +for providing battery information (both current status and static values, +such as maximum capacity etc.), as well as an assortment of temperature +sensors (e.g. skin temperature) and cooling/performance-mode setting to the +host. On the Surface Book 2, specifically, it additionally provides an +interface for properly handling clipboard detachment (i.e. separating the +display part from the keyboard part of the device), on the Surface Laptop 1 +and 2 it is required for keyboard HID input. This HID subsystem has been +restructured for 7th generation devices and on those, specifically Surface +Laptop 3 and Surface Book 3, is responsible for all major HID input (i.e. +keyboard and touchpad). + +While features have not changed much on a coarse level since the 5th +generation, internal interfaces have undergone some rather large changes. On +5th and 6th generation devices, both battery and temperature information is +exposed to ACPI via a shim driver (referred to as Surface ACPI Notify, or +SAN), translating ACPI generic serial bus write-/read-accesses to SAM +requests. On 7th generation devices, this additional layer is gone and these +devices require a driver hooking directly into the SAM interface. Equally, +on newer generations, less devices are declared in ACPI, making them a bit +harder to discover and requiring us to hard-code a sort of device registry. +Due to this, a SSAM bus and subsystem with client devices +(:c:type:`struct ssam_device <ssam_device>`) has been implemented. + + +Communication +============= + +The type of communication interface between host and EC depends on the +generation of the Surface device. On 4th generation devices, host and EC +communicate via HID, specifically using a HID-over-I2C device, whereas on +5th and later generations, communication takes place via a USART serial +device. In accordance to the drivers found on other operating systems, we +refer to the serial device and its driver as Surface Serial Hub (SSH). When +needed, we differentiate between both types of SAM by referring to them as +SAM-over-SSH and SAM-over-HID. + +Currently, this subsystem only supports SAM-over-SSH. The SSH communication +interface is described in more detail below. The HID interface has not been +reverse engineered yet and it is, at the moment, unclear how many (and +which) concepts of the SSH interface detailed below can be transferred to +it. + +Surface Serial Hub +------------------ + +As already elaborated above, the Surface Serial Hub (SSH) is the +communication interface for SAM on 5th- and all later-generation Surface +devices. On the highest level, communication can be separated into two main +types: Requests, messages sent from host to EC that may trigger a direct +response from the EC (explicitly associated with the request), and events +(sometimes also referred to as notifications), sent from EC to host without +being a direct response to a previous request. We may also refer to requests +without response as commands. In general, events need to be enabled via one +of multiple dedicated requests before they are sent by the EC. + +See :doc:`ssh` for a more technical protocol documentation and +:doc:`internal` for an overview of the internal driver architecture. diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/ssh.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/ssh.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bf007d6c9873 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/surface_aggregator/ssh.rst @@ -0,0 +1,344 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ + +.. |u8| replace:: :c:type:`u8 <u8>` +.. |u16| replace:: :c:type:`u16 <u16>` +.. |TYPE| replace:: ``TYPE`` +.. |LEN| replace:: ``LEN`` +.. |SEQ| replace:: ``SEQ`` +.. |SYN| replace:: ``SYN`` +.. |NAK| replace:: ``NAK`` +.. |ACK| replace:: ``ACK`` +.. |DATA| replace:: ``DATA`` +.. |DATA_SEQ| replace:: ``DATA_SEQ`` +.. |DATA_NSQ| replace:: ``DATA_NSQ`` +.. |TC| replace:: ``TC`` +.. |TID| replace:: ``TID`` +.. |IID| replace:: ``IID`` +.. |RQID| replace:: ``RQID`` +.. |CID| replace:: ``CID`` + +=========================== +Surface Serial Hub Protocol +=========================== + +The Surface Serial Hub (SSH) is the central communication interface for the +embedded Surface Aggregator Module controller (SAM or EC), found on newer +Surface generations. We will refer to this protocol and interface as +SAM-over-SSH, as opposed to SAM-over-HID for the older generations. + +On Surface devices with SAM-over-SSH, SAM is connected to the host via UART +and defined in ACPI as device with ID ``MSHW0084``. On these devices, +significant functionality is provided via SAM, including access to battery +and power information and events, thermal read-outs and events, and many +more. For Surface Laptops, keyboard input is handled via HID directed +through SAM, on the Surface Laptop 3 and Surface Book 3 this also includes +touchpad input. + +Note that the standard disclaimer for this subsystem also applies to this +document: All of this has been reverse-engineered and may thus be erroneous +and/or incomplete. + +All CRCs used in the following are two-byte ``crc_ccitt_false(0xffff, ...)``. +All multi-byte values are little-endian, there is no implicit padding between +values. + + +SSH Packet Protocol: Definitions +================================ + +The fundamental communication unit of the SSH protocol is a frame +(:c:type:`struct ssh_frame <ssh_frame>`). A frame consists of the following +fields, packed together and in order: + +.. flat-table:: SSH Frame + :widths: 1 1 4 + :header-rows: 1 + + * - Field + - Type + - Description + + * - |TYPE| + - |u8| + - Type identifier of the frame. + + * - |LEN| + - |u16| + - Length of the payload associated with the frame. + + * - |SEQ| + - |u8| + - Sequence ID (see explanation below). + +Each frame structure is followed by a CRC over this structure. The CRC over +the frame structure (|TYPE|, |LEN|, and |SEQ| fields) is placed directly +after the frame structure and before the payload. The payload is followed by +its own CRC (over all payload bytes). If the payload is not present (i.e. +the frame has ``LEN=0``), the CRC of the payload is still present and will +evaluate to ``0xffff``. The |LEN| field does not include any of the CRCs, it +equals the number of bytes inbetween the CRC of the frame and the CRC of the +payload. + +Additionally, the following fixed two-byte sequences are used: + +.. flat-table:: SSH Byte Sequences + :widths: 1 1 4 + :header-rows: 1 + + * - Name + - Value + - Description + + * - |SYN| + - ``[0xAA, 0x55]`` + - Synchronization bytes. + +A message consists of |SYN|, followed by the frame (|TYPE|, |LEN|, |SEQ| and +CRC) and, if specified in the frame (i.e. ``LEN > 0``), payload bytes, +followed finally, regardless if the payload is present, the payload CRC. The +messages corresponding to an exchange are, in part, identified by having the +same sequence ID (|SEQ|), stored inside the frame (more on this in the next +section). The sequence ID is a wrapping counter. + +A frame can have the following types +(:c:type:`enum ssh_frame_type <ssh_frame_type>`): + +.. flat-table:: SSH Frame Types + :widths: 1 1 4 + :header-rows: 1 + + * - Name + - Value + - Short Description + + * - |NAK| + - ``0x04`` + - Sent on error in previously received message. + + * - |ACK| + - ``0x40`` + - Sent to acknowledge receival of |DATA| frame. + + * - |DATA_SEQ| + - ``0x80`` + - Sent to transfer data. Sequenced. + + * - |DATA_NSQ| + - ``0x00`` + - Same as |DATA_SEQ|, but does not need to be ACKed. + +Both |NAK|- and |ACK|-type frames are used to control flow of messages and +thus do not carry a payload. |DATA_SEQ|- and |DATA_NSQ|-type frames on the +other hand must carry a payload. The flow sequence and interaction of +different frame types will be described in more depth in the next section. + + +SSH Packet Protocol: Flow Sequence +================================== + +Each exchange begins with |SYN|, followed by a |DATA_SEQ|- or +|DATA_NSQ|-type frame, followed by its CRC, payload, and payload CRC. In +case of a |DATA_NSQ|-type frame, the exchange is then finished. In case of a +|DATA_SEQ|-type frame, the receiving party has to acknowledge receival of +the frame by responding with a message containing an |ACK|-type frame with +the same sequence ID of the |DATA| frame. In other words, the sequence ID of +the |ACK| frame specifies the |DATA| frame to be acknowledged. In case of an +error, e.g. an invalid CRC, the receiving party responds with a message +containing an |NAK|-type frame. As the sequence ID of the previous data +frame, for which an error is indicated via the |NAK| frame, cannot be relied +upon, the sequence ID of the |NAK| frame should not be used and is set to +zero. After receival of an |NAK| frame, the sending party should re-send all +outstanding (non-ACKed) messages. + +Sequence IDs are not synchronized between the two parties, meaning that they +are managed independently for each party. Identifying the messages +corresponding to a single exchange thus relies on the sequence ID as well as +the type of the message, and the context. Specifically, the sequence ID is +used to associate an ``ACK`` with its ``DATA_SEQ``-type frame, but not +``DATA_SEQ``- or ``DATA_NSQ``-type frames with other ``DATA``- type frames. + +An example exchange might look like this: + +:: + + tx: -- SYN FRAME(D) CRC(F) PAYLOAD CRC(P) ----------------------------- + rx: ------------------------------------- SYN FRAME(A) CRC(F) CRC(P) -- + +where both frames have the same sequence ID (``SEQ``). Here, ``FRAME(D)`` +indicates a |DATA_SEQ|-type frame, ``FRAME(A)`` an ``ACK``-type frame, +``CRC(F)`` the CRC over the previous frame, ``CRC(P)`` the CRC over the +previous payload. In case of an error, the exchange would look like this: + +:: + + tx: -- SYN FRAME(D) CRC(F) PAYLOAD CRC(P) ----------------------------- + rx: ------------------------------------- SYN FRAME(N) CRC(F) CRC(P) -- + +upon which the sender should re-send the message. ``FRAME(N)`` indicates an +|NAK|-type frame. Note that the sequence ID of the |NAK|-type frame is fixed +to zero. For |DATA_NSQ|-type frames, both exchanges are the same: + +:: + + tx: -- SYN FRAME(DATA_NSQ) CRC(F) PAYLOAD CRC(P) ---------------------- + rx: ------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Here, an error can be detected, but not corrected or indicated to the +sending party. These exchanges are symmetric, i.e. switching ``rx`` and +``tx`` results again in a valid exchange. Currently, no longer exchanges are +known. + + +Commands: Requests, Responses, and Events +========================================= + +Commands are sent as payload inside a data frame. Currently, this is the +only known payload type of |DATA| frames, with a payload-type value of +``0x80`` (:c:type:`SSH_PLD_TYPE_CMD <ssh_payload_type>`). + +The command-type payload (:c:type:`struct ssh_command <ssh_command>`) +consists of an eight-byte command structure, followed by optional and +variable length command data. The length of this optional data is derived +from the frame payload length given in the corresponding frame, i.e. it is +``frame.len - sizeof(struct ssh_command)``. The command struct contains the +following fields, packed together and in order: + +.. flat-table:: SSH Command + :widths: 1 1 4 + :header-rows: 1 + + * - Field + - Type + - Description + + * - |TYPE| + - |u8| + - Type of the payload. For commands always ``0x80``. + + * - |TC| + - |u8| + - Target category. + + * - |TID| (out) + - |u8| + - Target ID for outgoing (host to EC) commands. + + * - |TID| (in) + - |u8| + - Target ID for incoming (EC to host) commands. + + * - |IID| + - |u8| + - Instance ID. + + * - |RQID| + - |u16| + - Request ID. + + * - |CID| + - |u8| + - Command ID. + +The command struct and data, in general, does not contain any failure +detection mechanism (e.g. CRCs), this is solely done on the frame level. + +Command-type payloads are used by the host to send commands and requests to +the EC as well as by the EC to send responses and events back to the host. +We differentiate between requests (sent by the host), responses (sent by the +EC in response to a request), and events (sent by the EC without a preceding +request). + +Commands and events are uniquely identified by their target category +(``TC``) and command ID (``CID``). The target category specifies a general +category for the command (e.g. system in general, vs. battery and AC, vs. +temperature, and so on), while the command ID specifies the command inside +that category. Only the combination of |TC| + |CID| is unique. Additionally, +commands have an instance ID (``IID``), which is used to differentiate +between different sub-devices. For example ``TC=3`` ``CID=1`` is a +request to get the temperature on a thermal sensor, where |IID| specifies +the respective sensor. If the instance ID is not used, it should be set to +zero. If instance IDs are used, they, in general, start with a value of one, +whereas zero may be used for instance independent queries, if applicable. A +response to a request should have the same target category, command ID, and +instance ID as the corresponding request. + +Responses are matched to their corresponding request via the request ID +(``RQID``) field. This is a 16 bit wrapping counter similar to the sequence +ID on the frames. Note that the sequence ID of the frames for a +request-response pair does not match. Only the request ID has to match. +Frame-protocol wise these are two separate exchanges, and may even be +separated, e.g. by an event being sent after the request but before the +response. Not all commands produce a response, and this is not detectable by +|TC| + |CID|. It is the responsibility of the issuing party to wait for a +response (or signal this to the communication framework, as is done in +SAN/ACPI via the ``SNC`` flag). + +Events are identified by unique and reserved request IDs. These IDs should +not be used by the host when sending a new request. They are used on the +host to, first, detect events and, second, match them with a registered +event handler. Request IDs for events are chosen by the host and directed to +the EC when setting up and enabling an event source (via the +enable-event-source request). The EC then uses the specified request ID for +events sent from the respective source. Note that an event should still be +identified by its target category, command ID, and, if applicable, instance +ID, as a single event source can send multiple different event types. In +general, however, a single target category should map to a single reserved +event request ID. + +Furthermore, requests, responses, and events have an associated target ID +(``TID``). This target ID is split into output (host to EC) and input (EC to +host) fields, with the respecting other field (e.g. output field on incoming +messages) set to zero. Two ``TID`` values are known: Primary (``0x01``) and +secondary (``0x02``). In general, the response to a request should have the +same ``TID`` value, however, the field (output vs. input) should be used in +accordance to the direction in which the response is sent (i.e. on the input +field, as responses are generally sent from the EC to the host). + +Note that, even though requests and events should be uniquely identifiable +by target category and command ID alone, the EC may require specific +target ID and instance ID values to accept a command. A command that is +accepted for ``TID=1``, for example, may not be accepted for ``TID=2`` +and vice versa. + + +Limitations and Observations +============================ + +The protocol can, in theory, handle up to ``U8_MAX`` frames in parallel, +with up to ``U16_MAX`` pending requests (neglecting request IDs reserved for +events). In practice, however, this is more limited. From our testing +(although via a python and thus a user-space program), it seems that the EC +can handle up to four requests (mostly) reliably in parallel at a certain +time. With five or more requests in parallel, consistent discarding of +commands (ACKed frame but no command response) has been observed. For five +simultaneous commands, this reproducibly resulted in one command being +dropped and four commands being handled. + +However, it has also been noted that, even with three requests in parallel, +occasional frame drops happen. Apart from this, with a limit of three +pending requests, no dropped commands (i.e. command being dropped but frame +carrying command being ACKed) have been observed. In any case, frames (and +possibly also commands) should be re-sent by the host if a certain timeout +is exceeded. This is done by the EC for frames with a timeout of one second, +up to two re-tries (i.e. three transmissions in total). The limit of +re-tries also applies to received NAKs, and, in a worst case scenario, can +lead to entire messages being dropped. + +While this also seems to work fine for pending data frames as long as no +transmission failures occur, implementation and handling of these seems to +depend on the assumption that there is only one non-acknowledged data frame. +In particular, the detection of repeated frames relies on the last sequence +number. This means that, if a frame that has been successfully received by +the EC is sent again, e.g. due to the host not receiving an |ACK|, the EC +will only detect this if it has the sequence ID of the last frame received +by the EC. As an example: Sending two frames with ``SEQ=0`` and ``SEQ=1`` +followed by a repetition of ``SEQ=0`` will not detect the second ``SEQ=0`` +frame as such, and thus execute the command in this frame each time it has +been received, i.e. twice in this example. Sending ``SEQ=0``, ``SEQ=1`` and +then repeating ``SEQ=1`` will detect the second ``SEQ=1`` as repetition of +the first one and ignore it, thus executing the contained command only once. + +In conclusion, this suggests a limit of at most one pending un-ACKed frame +(per party, effectively leading to synchronous communication regarding +frames) and at most three pending commands. The limit to synchronous frame +transfers seems to be consistent with behavior observed on Windows. diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/thermal/sysfs-api.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/thermal/sysfs-api.rst index e7520cb439ac..29fdd817ddb0 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/thermal/sysfs-api.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/thermal/sysfs-api.rst @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ temperature) and throttle appropriate devices. trips: the total number of trip points this thermal zone supports. mask: - Bit string: If 'n'th bit is set, then trip point 'n' is writeable. + Bit string: If 'n'th bit is set, then trip point 'n' is writable. devdata: device private data ops: @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ Thermal cooling device sys I/F, created once it's registered:: |---stats/reset: Writing any value resets the statistics |---stats/time_in_state_ms: Time (msec) spent in various cooling states |---stats/total_trans: Total number of times cooling state is changed - |---stats/trans_table: Cooing state transition table + |---stats/trans_table: Cooling state transition table Then next two dynamic attributes are created/removed in pairs. They represent @@ -520,19 +520,6 @@ available_policies RW, Optional -passive - Attribute is only present for zones in which the passive cooling - policy is not supported by native thermal driver. Default is zero - and can be set to a temperature (in millidegrees) to enable a - passive trip point for the zone. Activation is done by polling with - an interval of 1 second. - - Unit: millidegrees Celsius - - Valid values: 0 (disabled) or greater than 1000 - - RW, Optional - emul_temp Interface to set the emulated temperature method in thermal zone (sensor). After setting this temperature, the thermal zone may pass @@ -779,5 +766,5 @@ emergency poweroff kicks in after the delay has elapsed and shuts down the system. If set to 0 emergency poweroff will not be supported. So a carefully -profiled non-zero positive value is a must for emergerncy poweroff to be +profiled non-zero positive value is a must for emergency poweroff to be triggered. diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/cBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/cBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt index 399935616813..e59b5215402d 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/cBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/cBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/eBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/eBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt index 79409bfe0263..dcbd8679f514 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/eBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/eBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt index 9ea60e416efd..4efcba7b5239 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt index 894d9693b380..0c801d1bd2da 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt index cd3510e2eedb..af34308fce7f 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | ok | | csky: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt index b2288dc14b72..c244ac7eee26 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/debug-vm-pgtable/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/debug-vm-pgtable/arch-support.txt index 1c49723e7534..7aff505af706 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/debug-vm-pgtable/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/debug-vm-pgtable/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt index 7563a494ddb8..b39c1a5de3f3 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt @@ -10,14 +10,13 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | ok | - | mips: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | | nds32: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kcov/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kcov/arch-support.txt index ab0ee1c933c2..7e44013cc320 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kcov/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kcov/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt index bc45bac20442..2cb0576f9180 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | ok | | hexagon: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kmemleak/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kmemleak/arch-support.txt index 2db76807ec6f..e9ac415f8aec 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kmemleak/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kmemleak/arch-support.txt @@ -10,8 +10,7 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | - | csky: | TODO | + | csky: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt index 6225cfe0c5bf..96156e8802a7 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | @@ -23,7 +22,7 @@ | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | ok | | powerpc: | ok | - | riscv: | TODO | + | riscv: | ok | | s390: | ok | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt index 371f0ac488f5..ee95ed61909a 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | @@ -23,7 +22,7 @@ | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | ok | | powerpc: | ok | - | riscv: | TODO | + | riscv: | ok | | s390: | ok | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt index 38e95251deed..612cb97d47b8 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | @@ -23,7 +22,7 @@ | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | ok | | powerpc: | ok | - | riscv: | TODO | + | riscv: | ok | | s390: | ok | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt index 7f4a20e6a12b..d6ff141a6122 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | TODO | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt index 3329559c8207..ad4de22a71ab 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt index 43cac6ee0c68..8bd5548a4485 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | @@ -23,7 +22,7 @@ | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | - | riscv: | TODO | + | riscv: | ok | | s390: | ok | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt index d636ed0e679f..2a3fe812a5fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt index dfc93d074e3d..bece89586efa 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt index 1815c7fed06d..52bdda004f5c 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt index 940b0bd02957..a8cd163c8b7e 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt index 4dd5e554873f..8c85949752b3 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt index b16d4f71e5ce..5f4e1b3841af 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt index 04c17c2106a4..78f3fe080f0e 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | ok | @@ -23,7 +22,7 @@ | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | ok | | powerpc: | ok | - | riscv: | TODO | + | riscv: | ok | | s390: | ok | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt index e7450fbb8253..5bf3b1854a1f 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt @@ -10,14 +10,13 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | - | mips: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | | nds32: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt index 98e79d128d9b..d88659bb4fc1 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt @@ -10,14 +10,13 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | - | mips: | TODO | + | mips: | ok | | nds32: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/sched/membarrier-sync-core/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/sched/membarrier-sync-core/arch-support.txt index 47e6903f47a5..883d33b265d6 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/sched/membarrier-sync-core/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/sched/membarrier-sync-core/arch-support.txt @@ -33,7 +33,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt index 964457ad26c1..9affb7c2c500 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | .. | | arm: | .. | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | .. | | csky: | .. | | h8300: | .. | | hexagon: | .. | @@ -23,7 +22,7 @@ | openrisc: | .. | | parisc: | .. | | powerpc: | ok | - | riscv: | TODO | + | riscv: | ok | | s390: | ok | | sh: | .. | | sparc: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt index eb3d74092c61..26eec58ab819 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt index 4d11cbb3c09b..8639fe8315f5 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt index 6863a3fbddad..9a81cb03b1fd 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | ok | | csky: | ok | | h8300: | ok | | hexagon: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt index 52aea275aab7..4ed116c2ec39 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt index 6fc03deb1c38..bc30c15557c7 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt index e51f3af38e31..050de43bbbb9 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt index eccda0732474..99cb6d7f5005 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt index c74e3f8040e1..6cde38458596 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt index 1c0b95f2b40d..e8238cb2a4da 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | .. | | csky: | .. | | h8300: | .. | | hexagon: | .. | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt index 30f75a79ce01..48a5ca548399 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | c6x: | .. | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | .. | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt index c5ff3a427722..439fd9069b8b 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt index b5fb37c28cc6..9a0c8783b84d 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt index 13d0e1e17001..40b969f3a6bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | c6x: | TODO | | csky: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/afs.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/afs.rst index 0abb155ac666..ca062a7f8ee2 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/afs.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/afs.rst @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Mountpoints AFS has a concept of mountpoints. In AFS terms, these are specially formatted symbolic links (of the same form as the "device name" passed to mount). kAFS presents these to the user as directories that have a follow-link capability -(ie: symbolic link semantics). If anyone attempts to access them, they will +(i.e.: symbolic link semantics). If anyone attempts to access them, they will automatically cause the target volume to be mounted (if possible) on that site. Automatically mounted filesystems will be automatically unmounted approximately @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ looks up a cell of the same name, for example:: Proc Filesystem =============== -The AFS modules creates a "/proc/fs/afs/" directory and populates it: +The AFS module creates a "/proc/fs/afs/" directory and populates it: (*) A "cells" file that lists cells currently known to the afs module and their usage counts:: @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ And then run as:: ./klog Assuming it's successful, this adds a key of type RxRPC, named for the service -and cell, eg: "afs@<cellname>". This can be viewed with the keyctl program or +and cell, e.g.: "afs@<cellname>". This can be viewed with the keyctl program or by cat'ing /proc/keys:: [root@andromeda ~]# keyctl show @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ by cat'ing /proc/keys:: 111416553 --als--v 0 0 \_ rxrpc: afs@CAMBRIDGE.REDHAT.COM Currently the username, realm, password and proposed ticket lifetime are -compiled in to the program. +compiled into the program. It is not required to acquire a key before using AFS facilities, but if one is not acquired then all operations will be governed by the anonymous user parts diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt index 8fdb78f3c6c9..e03c20564f3a 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt @@ -83,20 +83,9 @@ Summary directories. This has runtime constraints and limitations that are described in 6) below. - 6. When changing the S_DAX policy via toggling the persistent FS_XFLAG_DAX flag, - the change in behaviour for existing regular files may not occur - immediately. If the change must take effect immediately, the administrator - needs to: - - a) stop the application so there are no active references to the data set - the policy change will affect - - b) evict the data set from kernel caches so it will be re-instantiated when - the application is restarted. This can be achieved by: - - i. drop-caches - ii. a filesystem unmount and mount cycle - iii. a system reboot + 6. When changing the S_DAX policy via toggling the persistent FS_XFLAG_DAX + flag, the change to existing regular files won't take effect until the + files are closed by all processes. Details diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.rst index dae15c96e659..35ed01a5fbc9 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.rst @@ -179,7 +179,6 @@ fault_type=%d Support configuring fault injection type, should be FAULT_KVMALLOC 0x000000002 FAULT_PAGE_ALLOC 0x000000004 FAULT_PAGE_GET 0x000000008 - FAULT_ALLOC_BIO 0x000000010 FAULT_ALLOC_NID 0x000000020 FAULT_ORPHAN 0x000000040 FAULT_BLOCK 0x000000080 @@ -247,8 +246,24 @@ checkpoint=%s[:%u[%]] Set to "disable" to turn off checkpointing. Set to "enabl hide up to all remaining free space. The actual space that would be unusable can be viewed at /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/unusable This space is reclaimed once checkpoint=enable. +checkpoint_merge When checkpoint is enabled, this can be used to create a kernel + daemon and make it to merge concurrent checkpoint requests as + much as possible to eliminate redundant checkpoint issues. Plus, + we can eliminate the sluggish issue caused by slow checkpoint + operation when the checkpoint is done in a process context in + a cgroup having low i/o budget and cpu shares. To make this + do better, we set the default i/o priority of the kernel daemon + to "3", to give one higher priority than other kernel threads. + This is the same way to give a I/O priority to the jbd2 + journaling thread of ext4 filesystem. +nocheckpoint_merge Disable checkpoint merge feature. compress_algorithm=%s Control compress algorithm, currently f2fs supports "lzo", "lz4", "zstd" and "lzo-rle" algorithm. +compress_algorithm=%s:%d Control compress algorithm and its compress level, now, only + "lz4" and "zstd" support compress level config. + algorithm level range + lz4 3 - 16 + zstd 1 - 22 compress_log_size=%u Support configuring compress cluster size, the size will be 4KB * (1 << %u), 16KB is minimum size, also it's default size. @@ -831,7 +846,7 @@ This is the default option. f2fs does automatic compression in the writeback of compression enabled files. 2) compress_mode=user -This disables the automaic compression and gives the user discretion of choosing the +This disables the automatic compression and gives the user discretion of choosing the target file and the timing. The user can do manual compression/decompression on the compression enabled files using F2FS_IOC_DECOMPRESS_FILE and F2FS_IOC_COMPRESS_FILE ioctls like the below. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/fsverity.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/fsverity.rst index e0204a23e997..1d831e3cbcb3 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/fsverity.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/fsverity.rst @@ -217,6 +217,82 @@ FS_IOC_MEASURE_VERITY can fail with the following errors: - ``EOVERFLOW``: the digest is longer than the specified ``digest_size`` bytes. Try providing a larger buffer. +FS_IOC_READ_VERITY_METADATA +--------------------------- + +The FS_IOC_READ_VERITY_METADATA ioctl reads verity metadata from a +verity file. This ioctl is available since Linux v5.12. + +This ioctl allows writing a server program that takes a verity file +and serves it to a client program, such that the client can do its own +fs-verity compatible verification of the file. This only makes sense +if the client doesn't trust the server and if the server needs to +provide the storage for the client. + +This is a fairly specialized use case, and most fs-verity users won't +need this ioctl. + +This ioctl takes in a pointer to the following structure:: + + #define FS_VERITY_METADATA_TYPE_MERKLE_TREE 1 + #define FS_VERITY_METADATA_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR 2 + #define FS_VERITY_METADATA_TYPE_SIGNATURE 3 + + struct fsverity_read_metadata_arg { + __u64 metadata_type; + __u64 offset; + __u64 length; + __u64 buf_ptr; + __u64 __reserved; + }; + +``metadata_type`` specifies the type of metadata to read: + +- ``FS_VERITY_METADATA_TYPE_MERKLE_TREE`` reads the blocks of the + Merkle tree. The blocks are returned in order from the root level + to the leaf level. Within each level, the blocks are returned in + the same order that their hashes are themselves hashed. + See `Merkle tree`_ for more information. + +- ``FS_VERITY_METADATA_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR`` reads the fs-verity + descriptor. See `fs-verity descriptor`_. + +- ``FS_VERITY_METADATA_TYPE_SIGNATURE`` reads the signature which was + passed to FS_IOC_ENABLE_VERITY, if any. See `Built-in signature + verification`_. + +The semantics are similar to those of ``pread()``. ``offset`` +specifies the offset in bytes into the metadata item to read from, and +``length`` specifies the maximum number of bytes to read from the +metadata item. ``buf_ptr`` is the pointer to the buffer to read into, +cast to a 64-bit integer. ``__reserved`` must be 0. On success, the +number of bytes read is returned. 0 is returned at the end of the +metadata item. The returned length may be less than ``length``, for +example if the ioctl is interrupted. + +The metadata returned by FS_IOC_READ_VERITY_METADATA isn't guaranteed +to be authenticated against the file digest that would be returned by +`FS_IOC_MEASURE_VERITY`_, as the metadata is expected to be used to +implement fs-verity compatible verification anyway (though absent a +malicious disk, the metadata will indeed match). E.g. to implement +this ioctl, the filesystem is allowed to just read the Merkle tree +blocks from disk without actually verifying the path to the root node. + +FS_IOC_READ_VERITY_METADATA can fail with the following errors: + +- ``EFAULT``: the caller provided inaccessible memory +- ``EINTR``: the ioctl was interrupted before any data was read +- ``EINVAL``: reserved fields were set, or ``offset + length`` + overflowed +- ``ENODATA``: the file is not a verity file, or + FS_VERITY_METADATA_TYPE_SIGNATURE was requested but the file doesn't + have a built-in signature +- ``ENOTTY``: this type of filesystem does not implement fs-verity, or + this ioctl is not yet implemented on it +- ``EOPNOTSUPP``: the kernel was not configured with fs-verity + support, or the filesystem superblock has not had the 'verity' + feature enabled on it. (See `Filesystem support`_.) + FS_IOC_GETFLAGS --------------- diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/index.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/index.rst index 7be9b46d85d9..1f76b1cb3348 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/index.rst @@ -83,6 +83,7 @@ Documentation for filesystem implementations. erofs ext2 ext3 + ext4/index f2fs gfs2 gfs2-uevents diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/locking.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/locking.rst index c0f2c7586531..b7dcc86c92a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/locking.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/locking.rst @@ -126,9 +126,10 @@ prototypes:: int (*get)(const struct xattr_handler *handler, struct dentry *dentry, struct inode *inode, const char *name, void *buffer, size_t size); - int (*set)(const struct xattr_handler *handler, struct dentry *dentry, - struct inode *inode, const char *name, const void *buffer, - size_t size, int flags); + int (*set)(const struct xattr_handler *handler, + struct user_namespace *mnt_userns, + struct dentry *dentry, struct inode *inode, const char *name, + const void *buffer, size_t size, int flags); locking rules: all may block diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.rst index 587a93973929..78240e29b0bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.rst @@ -586,6 +586,14 @@ without significant effort. The advantage of mounting with the "volatile" option is that all forms of sync calls to the upper filesystem are omitted. +In order to avoid a giving a false sense of safety, the syncfs (and fsync) +semantics of volatile mounts are slightly different than that of the rest of +VFS. If any writeback error occurs on the upperdir's filesystem after a +volatile mount takes place, all sync functions will return an error. Once this +condition is reached, the filesystem will not recover, and every subsequent sync +call will return an error, even if the upperdir has not experience a new error +since the last sync call. + When overlay is mounted with "volatile" option, the directory "$workdir/work/incompat/volatile" is created. During next mount, overlay checks for this directory and refuses to mount if present. This is a strong diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/porting.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/porting.rst index 6a6d3e673b48..0302035781be 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/porting.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/porting.rst @@ -717,6 +717,8 @@ be removed. Switch while you still can; the old one won't stay. **mandatory** ->setxattr() and xattr_handler.set() get dentry and inode passed separately. +The xattr_handler.set() gets passed the user namespace of the mount the inode +is seen from so filesystems can idmap the i_uid and i_gid accordingly. dentry might be yet to be attached to inode, so do _not_ use its ->d_inode in the instances. Rationale: !@#!@# security_d_instantiate() needs to be called before we attach dentry to inode and !@#!@##!@$!$#!@#$!@$!@$ smack @@ -870,5 +872,21 @@ its result is kern_unmount() or kern_unmount_array(). **mandatory** +zero-length bvec segments are disallowed, they must be filtered out before +passed on to an iterator. + +--- + +**mandatory** + +For bvec based itererators bio_iov_iter_get_pages() now doesn't copy bvecs but +uses the one provided. Anyone issuing kiocb-I/O should ensure that the bvec and +page references stay until I/O has completed, i.e. until ->ki_complete() has +been called or returned with non -EIOCBQUEUED code. + +--- + +**mandatory** + mnt_want_write_file() can now only be paired with mnt_drop_write_file(), whereas previously it could be paired with mnt_drop_write() as well. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst index 2fa69f710e2a..48fbfc336ebf 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst @@ -687,7 +687,14 @@ files are there, and which are missing. kcore Kernel core image (can be ELF or A.OUT(deprecated in 2.4)) kmsg Kernel messages ksyms Kernel symbol table - loadavg Load average of last 1, 5 & 15 minutes + loadavg Load average of last 1, 5 & 15 minutes; + number of processes currently runnable (running or on ready queue); + total number of processes in system; + last pid created. + All fields are separated by one space except "number of + processes currently runnable" and "total number of processes + in system", which are separated by a slash ('/'). Example: + 0.61 0.61 0.55 3/828 22084 locks Kernel locks meminfo Memory info misc Miscellaneous diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.rst index 56856481dc8d..a6726082a7c2 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.rst @@ -217,6 +217,12 @@ between the calls to start() and stop(), so holding a lock during that time is a reasonable thing to do. The seq_file code will also avoid taking any other locks while the iterator is active. +The iterater value returned by start() or next() is guaranteed to be +passed to a subsequent next() or stop() call. This allows resources +such as locks that were taken to be reliably released. There is *no* +guarantee that the iterator will be passed to show(), though in practice +it often will be. + Formatted output ================ diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.rst index ca52c82e5bb5..2049bbf5e388 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.rst +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.rst @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ members are defined: .. code-block:: c - struct file_system_operations { + struct file_system_type { const char *name; int fs_flags; struct dentry *(*mount) (struct file_system_type *, int, @@ -270,7 +270,10 @@ or bottom half). ->alloc_inode. ``dirty_inode`` - this method is called by the VFS to mark an inode dirty. + this method is called by the VFS when an inode is marked dirty. + This is specifically for the inode itself being marked dirty, + not its data. If the update needs to be persisted by fdatasync(), + then I_DIRTY_DATASYNC will be set in the flags argument. ``write_inode`` this method is called when the VFS needs to write an inode to @@ -415,28 +418,29 @@ As of kernel 2.6.22, the following members are defined: .. code-block:: c struct inode_operations { - int (*create) (struct inode *,struct dentry *, umode_t, bool); + int (*create) (struct user_namespace *, struct inode *,struct dentry *, umode_t, bool); struct dentry * (*lookup) (struct inode *,struct dentry *, unsigned int); int (*link) (struct dentry *,struct inode *,struct dentry *); int (*unlink) (struct inode *,struct dentry *); - int (*symlink) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,const char *); - int (*mkdir) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,umode_t); + int (*symlink) (struct user_namespace *, struct inode *,struct dentry *,const char *); + int (*mkdir) (struct user_namespace *, struct inode *,struct dentry *,umode_t); int (*rmdir) (struct inode *,struct dentry *); - int (*mknod) (struct inode *,struct dentry *,umode_t,dev_t); - int (*rename) (struct inode *, struct dentry *, + int (*mknod) (struct user_namespace *, struct inode *,struct dentry *,umode_t,dev_t); + int (*rename) (struct user_namespace *, struct inode *, struct dentry *, struct inode *, struct dentry *, unsigned int); int (*readlink) (struct dentry *, char __user *,int); const char *(*get_link) (struct dentry *, struct inode *, struct delayed_call *); - int (*permission) (struct inode *, int); + int (*permission) (struct user_namespace *, struct inode *, int); int (*get_acl)(struct inode *, int); - int (*setattr) (struct dentry *, struct iattr *); - int (*getattr) (const struct path *, struct kstat *, u32, unsigned int); + int (*setattr) (struct user_namespace *, struct dentry *, struct iattr *); + int (*getattr) (struct user_namespace *, const struct path *, struct kstat *, u32, unsigned int); ssize_t (*listxattr) (struct dentry *, char *, size_t); void (*update_time)(struct inode *, struct timespec *, int); int (*atomic_open)(struct inode *, struct dentry *, struct file *, unsigned open_flag, umode_t create_mode); - int (*tmpfile) (struct inode *, struct dentry *, umode_t); + int (*tmpfile) (struct user_namespace *, struct inode *, struct dentry *, umode_t); + int (*set_acl)(struct user_namespace *, struct inode *, struct posix_acl *, int); }; Again, all methods are called without any locks being held, unless diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/apei/einj.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/apei/einj.rst index e588bccf5158..c042176e1707 100644 --- a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/apei/einj.rst +++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/apei/einj.rst @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ The following files belong to it: 0x00000010 Memory Uncorrectable non-fatal 0x00000020 Memory Uncorrectable fatal 0x00000040 PCI Express Correctable - 0x00000080 PCI Express Uncorrectable fatal - 0x00000100 PCI Express Uncorrectable non-fatal + 0x00000080 PCI Express Uncorrectable non-fatal + 0x00000100 PCI Express Uncorrectable fatal 0x00000200 Platform Correctable 0x00000400 Platform Uncorrectable non-fatal 0x00000800 Platform Uncorrectable fatal diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/debug.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/debug.rst index 1a152dd1d765..03cd4e25fc45 100644 --- a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/debug.rst +++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/debug.rst @@ -52,19 +52,12 @@ shows the supported mask values, currently these:: ACPI_CA_DISASSEMBLER 0x00000800 ACPI_COMPILER 0x00001000 ACPI_TOOLS 0x00002000 - ACPI_BUS_COMPONENT 0x00010000 - ACPI_AC_COMPONENT 0x00020000 - ACPI_BATTERY_COMPONENT 0x00040000 - ACPI_BUTTON_COMPONENT 0x00080000 ACPI_SBS_COMPONENT 0x00100000 ACPI_FAN_COMPONENT 0x00200000 ACPI_PCI_COMPONENT 0x00400000 - ACPI_POWER_COMPONENT 0x00800000 ACPI_CONTAINER_COMPONENT 0x01000000 ACPI_SYSTEM_COMPONENT 0x02000000 - ACPI_THERMAL_COMPONENT 0x04000000 ACPI_MEMORY_DEVICE_COMPONENT 0x08000000 - ACPI_VIDEO_COMPONENT 0x10000000 ACPI_PROCESSOR_COMPONENT 0x20000000 debug_level @@ -118,15 +111,15 @@ currently these:: Examples ======== -For example, drivers/acpi/bus.c contains this:: +For example, drivers/acpi/acpica/evxfevnt.c contains this:: - #define _COMPONENT ACPI_BUS_COMPONENT + #define _COMPONENT ACPI_EVENTS ... - ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT((ACPI_DB_INFO, "Device insertion detected\n")); + ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT((ACPI_DB_INIT, "ACPI mode disabled\n")); -To turn on this message, set the ACPI_BUS_COMPONENT bit in acpi.debug_layer -and the ACPI_LV_INFO bit in acpi.debug_level. (The ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT -statement uses ACPI_DB_INFO, which is macro based on the ACPI_LV_INFO +To turn on this message, set the ACPI_EVENTS bit in acpi.debug_layer +and the ACPI_LV_INIT bit in acpi.debug_level. (The ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT +statement uses ACPI_DB_INIT, which is a macro based on the ACPI_LV_INIT definition.) Enable all AML "Debug" output (stores to the Debug object while interpreting diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/gpio-properties.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/gpio-properties.rst index b36aa3e743d8..4e264c16ddff 100644 --- a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/gpio-properties.rst +++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/gpio-properties.rst @@ -146,6 +146,7 @@ following rules (see also the examples): other words, it is not mandatory to fill all the GPIO lines - empty names are allowed (two quotation marks ``""`` correspond to an empty name) + - names inside one GPIO controller/expander must be unique Example of a GPIO controller of 16 lines, with an incomplete list with two empty names:: diff --git a/Documentation/fpga/dfl.rst b/Documentation/fpga/dfl.rst index 0404fe6ffc74..c41ac76ffaae 100644 --- a/Documentation/fpga/dfl.rst +++ b/Documentation/fpga/dfl.rst @@ -501,6 +501,34 @@ Developer only needs to provide a sub feature driver with matched feature id. FME Partial Reconfiguration Sub Feature driver (see drivers/fpga/dfl-fme-pr.c) could be a reference. +Location of DFLs on a PCI Device +================================ +The original method for finding a DFL on a PCI device assumed the start of the +first DFL to offset 0 of bar 0. If the first node of the DFL is an FME, +then further DFLs in the port(s) are specified in FME header registers. +Alternatively, a PCIe vendor specific capability structure can be used to +specify the location of all the DFLs on the device, providing flexibility +for the type of starting node in the DFL. Intel has reserved the +VSEC ID of 0x43 for this purpose. The vendor specific +data begins with a 4 byte vendor specific register for the number of DFLs followed 4 byte +Offset/BIR vendor specific registers for each DFL. Bits 2:0 of Offset/BIR register +indicates the BAR, and bits 31:3 form the 8 byte aligned offset where bits 2:0 are +zero. +:: + + +----------------------------+ + |31 Number of DFLS 0| + +----------------------------+ + |31 Offset 3|2 BIR 0| + +----------------------------+ + . . . + +----------------------------+ + |31 Offset 3|2 BIR 0| + +----------------------------+ + +Being able to specify more than one DFL per BAR has been considered, but it +was determined the use case did not provide value. Specifying a single DFL +per BAR simplifies the implementation and allows for extra error checking. Open discussion =============== diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst index 3c5ae4f6dfd2..87e5023e3f55 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst @@ -319,6 +319,15 @@ CRTC Functions Reference .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc.c :export: +Color Management Functions Reference +------------------------------------ + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_color_mgmt.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_color_mgmt.h + :internal: + Frame Buffer Abstraction ======================== @@ -370,6 +379,21 @@ Plane Functions Reference .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_plane.c :export: +Plane Composition Functions Reference +------------------------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_blend.c + :export: + +Plane Damage Tracking Functions Reference +----------------------------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_damage_helper.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_damage_helper.h + :internal: + Display Modes Function Reference ================================ @@ -436,6 +460,9 @@ KMS Locking KMS Properties ============== +This section of the documentation is primarily aimed at user-space developers. +For the driver APIs, see the other sections. + Property Types and Blob Property Support ---------------------------------------- @@ -466,39 +493,30 @@ Standard CRTC Properties .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc.c :doc: standard CRTC properties +Standard Plane Properties +------------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_plane.c + :doc: standard plane properties + Plane Composition Properties ---------------------------- .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_blend.c :doc: overview -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_blend.c - :export: - -FB_DAMAGE_CLIPS -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Damage Tracking Properties +-------------------------- .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_damage_helper.c :doc: overview -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_damage_helper.c - :export: - -.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_damage_helper.h - :internal: - Color Management Properties --------------------------- .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_color_mgmt.c :doc: overview -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_color_mgmt.c - :export: - -.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_color_mgmt.h - :internal: - Tile Group Property ------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-uapi.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-uapi.rst index 7dce175f6d75..04bdc7a91d53 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-uapi.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-uapi.rst @@ -457,5 +457,8 @@ Userspace API Structures .. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/drm_mode.h :doc: overview +.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/drm.h + :internal: + .. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/drm_mode.h :internal: diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/i915.rst b/Documentation/gpu/i915.rst index 20868f3d0123..486c720f3890 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/i915.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/i915.rst @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ User Batchbuffer Execution Logical Rings, Logical Ring Contexts and Execlists -------------------------------------------------- -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/i915/gt/intel_lrc.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/i915/gt/intel_execlists_submission.c :doc: Logical Rings, Logical Ring Contexts and Execlists Global GTT views diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst b/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst index 009d8e6c7e3c..40ccac61137e 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst @@ -23,6 +23,9 @@ Advanced: Tricky tasks that need fairly good understanding of the DRM subsystem and graphics topics. Generally need the relevant hardware for development and testing. +Expert: Only attempt these if you've successfully completed some tricky +refactorings already and are an expert in the specific area + Subsystem-wide refactorings =========================== @@ -168,6 +171,22 @@ Contact: Daniel Vetter, respective driver maintainers Level: Advanced +Move Buffer Object Locking to dma_resv_lock() +--------------------------------------------- + +Many drivers have their own per-object locking scheme, usually using +mutex_lock(). This causes all kinds of trouble for buffer sharing, since +depending which driver is the exporter and importer, the locking hierarchy is +reversed. + +To solve this we need one standard per-object locking mechanism, which is +dma_resv_lock(). This lock needs to be called as the outermost lock, with all +other driver specific per-object locks removed. The problem is tha rolling out +the actual change to the locking contract is a flag day, due to struct dma_buf +buffer sharing. + +Level: Expert + Convert logging to drm_* functions with drm_device paramater ------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -669,7 +688,7 @@ for fbdev. https://patchwork.freedesktop.org/patch/306579/ - [RFC PATCH v2 00/13] Kernel based bootsplash - https://lkml.org/lkml/2017/12/13/764 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/20171213194755.3409-1-mstaudt@suse.de Contact: Sam Ravnborg diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/vkms.rst b/Documentation/gpu/vkms.rst index 13bab1d93bb3..2c9b376da5ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/vkms.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/vkms.rst @@ -7,6 +7,88 @@ .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/vkms/vkms_drv.c :doc: vkms (Virtual Kernel Modesetting) +Setup +===== + +The VKMS driver can be setup with the following steps: + +To check if VKMS is loaded, run:: + + lsmod | grep vkms + +This should list the VKMS driver. If no output is obtained, then +you need to enable and/or load the VKMS driver. +Ensure that the VKMS driver has been set as a loadable module in your +kernel config file. Do:: + + make nconfig + + Go to `Device Drivers> Graphics support` + + Enable `Virtual KMS (EXPERIMENTAL)` + +Compile and build the kernel for the changes to get reflected. +Now, to load the driver, use:: + + sudo modprobe vkms + +On running the lsmod command now, the VKMS driver will appear listed. +You can also observe the driver being loaded in the dmesg logs. + +The VKMS driver has optional features to simulate different kinds of hardware, +which are exposed as module options. You can use the `modinfo` command +to see the module options for vkms:: + + modinfo vkms + +Module options are helpful when testing, and enabling modules +can be done while loading vkms. For example, to load vkms with cursor enabled, +use:: + + sudo modprobe vkms enable_cursor=1 + +To disable the driver, use :: + + sudo modprobe -r vkms + +Testing With IGT +================ + +The IGT GPU Tools is a test suite used specifically for debugging and +development of the DRM drivers. +The IGT Tools can be installed from +`here <https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/drm/igt-gpu-tools>`_ . + +The tests need to be run without a compositor, so you need to switch to text +only mode. You can do this by:: + + sudo systemctl isolate multi-user.target + +To return to graphical mode, do:: + + sudo systemctl isolate graphical.target + +Once you are in text only mode, you can run tests using the --device switch +or IGT_DEVICE variable to specify the device filter for the driver we want +to test. IGT_DEVICE can also be used with the run-test.sh script to run the +tests for a specific driver:: + + sudo ./build/tests/<name of test> --device "sys:/sys/devices/platform/vkms" + sudo IGT_DEVICE="sys:/sys/devices/platform/vkms" ./build/tests/<name of test> + sudo IGT_DEVICE="sys:/sys/devices/platform/vkms" ./scripts/run-tests.sh -t <name of test> + +For example, to test the functionality of the writeback library, +we can run the kms_writeback test:: + + sudo ./build/tests/kms_writeback --device "sys:/sys/devices/platform/vkms" + sudo IGT_DEVICE="sys:/sys/devices/platform/vkms" ./build/tests/kms_writeback + sudo IGT_DEVICE="sys:/sys/devices/platform/vkms" ./scripts/run-tests.sh -t kms_writeback + +You can also run subtests if you do not want to run the entire test:: + + sudo ./build/tests/kms_flip --run-subtest basic-plain-flip --device "sys:/sys/devices/platform/vkms" + sudo IGT_DEVICE="sys:/sys/devices/platform/vkms" ./build/tests/kms_flip --run-subtest basic-plain-flip + TODO ==== diff --git a/Documentation/hid/amd-sfh-hid.rst b/Documentation/hid/amd-sfh-hid.rst index 1f2fe29ccd4f..19ae94cde3b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/hid/amd-sfh-hid.rst +++ b/Documentation/hid/amd-sfh-hid.rst @@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ AMD Sensor Fusion Hub ===================== -AMD Sensor Fusion Hub (SFH) is part of an SOC starting from Ryzen based platforms. +AMD Sensor Fusion Hub (SFH) is part of an SOC starting from Ryzen-based platforms. The solution is working well on several OEM products. AMD SFH uses HID over PCIe bus. In terms of architecture it resembles ISH, however the major difference is all the HID reports are generated as part of the kernel driver. -1. Block Diagram -================ +Block Diagram +------------- :: @@ -45,20 +45,20 @@ the HID reports are generated as part of the kernel driver. AMD HID Transport Layer ----------------------- AMD SFH transport is also implemented as a bus. Each client application executing in the AMD MP2 is -registered as a device on this bus. Here: MP2 which is an ARM core connected to x86 for processing +registered as a device on this bus. Here, MP2 is an ARM core connected to x86 for processing sensor data. The layer, which binds each device (AMD SFH HID driver) identifies the device type and -registers with the hid core. Transport layer attach a constant "struct hid_ll_driver" object with +registers with the HID core. Transport layer attaches a constant "struct hid_ll_driver" object with each device. Once a device is registered with HID core, the callbacks provided via this struct are used by HID core to communicate with the device. AMD HID Transport layer implements the synchronous calls. AMD HID Client Layer -------------------- -This layer is responsible to implement HID request and descriptors. As firmware is OS agnostic, HID +This layer is responsible to implement HID requests and descriptors. As firmware is OS agnostic, HID client layer fills the HID request structure and descriptors. HID client layer is complex as it is -interface between MP2 PCIe layer and HID. HID client layer initialized the MP2 PCIe layer and holds -the instance of MP2 layer. It identifies the number of sensors connected using MP2-PCIe layer. Base -on that allocates the DRAM address for each and every sensor and pass it to MP2-PCIe driver.On -enumeration of each the sensor, client layer fills the HID Descriptor structure and HID input repor +interface between MP2 PCIe layer and HID. HID client layer initializes the MP2 PCIe layer and holds +the instance of MP2 layer. It identifies the number of sensors connected using MP2-PCIe layer. Based +on that allocates the DRAM address for each and every sensor and passes it to MP2-PCIe driver. On +enumeration of each sensor, client layer fills the HID Descriptor structure and HID input report structure. HID Feature report structure is optional. The report descriptor structure varies from sensor to sensor. @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ The communication between X86 and MP2 is split into three parts. 2. Data transfer via DRAM. 3. Supported sensor info via P2C registers. -Commands are sent to MP2 using C2P Mailbox registers. Writing into C2P Message registers generate +Commands are sent to MP2 using C2P Mailbox registers. Writing into C2P Message registers generates interrupt to MP2. The client layer allocates the physical memory and the same is sent to MP2 via the PCI layer. MP2 firmware writes the command output to the access DRAM memory which the client layer has allocated. Firmware always writes minimum of 32 bytes into DRAM. So as a protocol driver diff --git a/Documentation/hid/hid-alps.rst b/Documentation/hid/hid-alps.rst index e2f4c4c11e3f..767c96bcbb7c 100644 --- a/Documentation/hid/hid-alps.rst +++ b/Documentation/hid/hid-alps.rst @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Case2 ReportID_3 TP Absolute Command Read/Write ------------------ -To read/write to RAM, need to send a commands to the device. +To read/write to RAM, need to send a command to the device. The command format is as below. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Byte6 Value Byte Byte7 Checksum ===== ====================== -Command Byte is read=0xD1/write=0xD2 . +Command Byte is read=0xD1/write=0xD2. Address is read/write RAM address. diff --git a/Documentation/hid/hid-sensor.rst b/Documentation/hid/hid-sensor.rst index 758972e34971..c1c9b8d8dca6 100644 --- a/Documentation/hid/hid-sensor.rst +++ b/Documentation/hid/hid-sensor.rst @@ -48,12 +48,12 @@ for different sensors. For example an accelerometer can send X,Y and Z data, whe an ambient light sensor can send illumination data. So the implementation has two parts: -- Core hid driver +- Core HID driver - Individual sensor processing part (sensor drivers) Core driver ----------- -The core driver registers (hid-sensor-hub) registers as a HID driver. It parses +The core driver (hid-sensor-hub) registers as a HID driver. It parses report descriptors and identifies all the sensors present. It adds an MFD device with name HID-SENSOR-xxxx (where xxxx is usage id from the specification). @@ -95,14 +95,14 @@ Registration functions:: u32 usage_id, struct hid_sensor_hub_callbacks *usage_callback): -Registers callbacks for an usage id. The callback functions are not allowed +Registers callbacks for a usage id. The callback functions are not allowed to sleep:: int sensor_hub_remove_callback(struct hid_sensor_hub_device *hsdev, u32 usage_id): -Removes callbacks for an usage id. +Removes callbacks for a usage id. Parsing function:: @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ This allows some differentiating use cases, where vendor can provide application Some common use cases are debug other sensors or to provide some events like keyboard attached/detached or lid open/close. -To allow application to utilize these sensors, here they are exported uses sysfs +To allow application to utilize these sensors, here they are exported using sysfs attribute groups, attributes and misc device interface. An example of this representation on sysfs:: @@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ An example of this representation on sysfs:: │  │  │  ├── input-1-200202-units │  │  │  ├── input-1-200202-value -Here there is a custom sensors with four fields, two feature and two inputs. +Here there is a custom sensor with four fields: two feature and two inputs. Each field is represented by a set of attributes. All fields except the "value" -are read only. The value field is a RW field. +are read only. The value field is a read-write field. Example:: @@ -237,6 +237,6 @@ These reports are pushed using misc device interface in a FIFO order:: │  │  │  ├── 10:53 -> ../HID-SENSOR-2000e1.6.auto │  ├── HID-SENSOR-2000e1.6.auto -Each reports can be of variable length preceded by a header. This header -consist of a 32 bit usage id, 64 bit time stamp and 32 bit length field of raw +Each report can be of variable length preceded by a header. This header +consists of a 32-bit usage id, 64-bit time stamp and 32-bit length field of raw data. diff --git a/Documentation/hid/hid-transport.rst b/Documentation/hid/hid-transport.rst index 0fe526f36db6..6f1692da296c 100644 --- a/Documentation/hid/hid-transport.rst +++ b/Documentation/hid/hid-transport.rst @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ Bluetooth, I2C and user-space I/O drivers. The HID subsystem is designed as a bus. Any I/O subsystem may provide HID devices and register them with the HID bus. HID core then loads generic device -drivers on top of it. The transport drivers are responsible of raw data -transport and device setup/management. HID core is responsible of +drivers on top of it. The transport drivers are responsible for raw data +transport and device setup/management. HID core is responsible for report-parsing, report interpretation and the user-space API. Device specifics and quirks are handled by all layers depending on the quirk. @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Transport drivers attach a constant "struct hid_ll_driver" object with each device. Once a device is registered with HID core, the callbacks provided via this struct are used by HID core to communicate with the device. -Transport drivers are responsible of detecting device failures and unplugging. +Transport drivers are responsible for detecting device failures and unplugging. HID core will operate a device as long as it is registered regardless of any device failures. Once transport drivers detect unplug or failure events, they must unregister the device from HID core and HID core will stop using the @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ properties in common. channel. Any unrequested incoming or outgoing data report must be sent on this channel and is never acknowledged by the remote side. Devices usually send their input events on this channel. Outgoing events are normally - not send via intr, except if high throughput is required. + not sent via intr, except if high throughput is required. - Control Channel (ctrl): The ctrl channel is used for synchronous requests and device management. Unrequested data input events must not be sent on this channel and are normally ignored. Instead, devices only send management @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ allowed on the intr channel and are the only means of data there. payload may be blocked by the underlying transport driver if the specification does not allow them. - SET_REPORT: A SET_REPORT request has a report ID plus data as payload. It is - sent from host to device and a device must update it's current report state + sent from host to device and a device must update its current report state according to the given data. Any of the 3 report types can be used. However, INPUT reports as payload might be blocked by the underlying transport driver if the specification does not allow them. @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ The available HID callbacks are: void (*request) (struct hid_device *hdev, struct hid_report *report, int reqtype) - Send an HID request on the ctrl channel. "report" contains the report that + Send a HID request on the ctrl channel. "report" contains the report that should be sent and "reqtype" the request type. Request-type can be HID_REQ_SET_REPORT or HID_REQ_GET_REPORT. diff --git a/Documentation/hid/hiddev.rst b/Documentation/hid/hiddev.rst index 9b28a97c03e6..caebc6266603 100644 --- a/Documentation/hid/hiddev.rst +++ b/Documentation/hid/hiddev.rst @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ the following:: --> hiddev.c ----> POWER / MONITOR CONTROL In addition, other subsystems (apart from USB) can potentially feed -events into the input subsystem, but these have no effect on the hid +events into the input subsystem, but these have no effect on the HID device interface. Using the HID Device Interface @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ The hiddev API uses a read() interface, and a set of ioctl() calls. HID devices exchange data with the host computer using data bundles called "reports". Each report is divided into "fields", each of which can have one or more "usages". In the hid-core, -each one of these usages has a single signed 32 bit value. +each one of these usages has a single signed 32-bit value. read(): ------- @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ HIDIOCAPPLICATION - (none) This ioctl call returns the HID application usage associated with the -hid device. The third argument to ioctl() specifies which application +HID device. The third argument to ioctl() specifies which application index to get. This is useful when the device has more than one application collection. If the index is invalid (greater or equal to the number of application collections this device has) the ioctl @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ looked up by type (input, output or feature) and id, so these fields must be filled in by the user. The ID can be absolute -- the actual report id as reported by the device -- or relative -- HID_REPORT_ID_FIRST for the first report, and (HID_REPORT_ID_NEXT | -report_id) for the next report after report_id. Without a-priori +report_id) for the next report after report_id. Without a priori information about report ids, the right way to use this ioctl is to use the relative IDs above to enumerate the valid IDs. The ioctl returns non-zero when there is no more next ID. The real report ID is @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ HIDIOCGUCODE - struct hiddev_usage_ref (read/write) Returns the usage_code in a hiddev_usage_ref structure, given that -given its report type, report id, field index, and index within the +its report type, report id, field index, and index within the field have already been filled into the structure. HIDIOCGUSAGE diff --git a/Documentation/hid/hidraw.rst b/Documentation/hid/hidraw.rst index f41c1f0f6252..b717ee5cdaef 100644 --- a/Documentation/hid/hidraw.rst +++ b/Documentation/hid/hidraw.rst @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Hidraw is the only alternative, short of writing a custom kernel driver, for these non-conformant devices. A benefit of hidraw is that its use by userspace applications is independent -of the underlying hardware type. Currently, Hidraw is implemented for USB +of the underlying hardware type. Currently, hidraw is implemented for USB and Bluetooth. In the future, as new hardware bus types are developed which use the HID specification, hidraw will be expanded to add support for these new bus types. @@ -31,9 +31,10 @@ create hidraw device nodes. Udev will typically create the device nodes directly under /dev (eg: /dev/hidraw0). As this location is distribution- and udev rule-dependent, applications should use libudev to locate hidraw devices attached to the system. There is a tutorial on libudev with a -working example at: +working example at:: http://www.signal11.us/oss/udev/ + https://web.archive.org/web/2019*/www.signal11.us The HIDRAW API --------------- diff --git a/Documentation/hid/intel-ish-hid.rst b/Documentation/hid/intel-ish-hid.rst index d4785cf6eefd..f6ce44ff611d 100644 --- a/Documentation/hid/intel-ish-hid.rst +++ b/Documentation/hid/intel-ish-hid.rst @@ -4,19 +4,19 @@ Intel Integrated Sensor Hub (ISH) A sensor hub enables the ability to offload sensor polling and algorithm processing to a dedicated low power co-processor. This allows the core -processor to go into low power modes more often, resulting in the increased +processor to go into low power modes more often, resulting in increased battery life. -There are many vendors providing external sensor hubs confirming to HID -Sensor usage tables, and used in several tablets, 2 in 1 convertible laptops -and embedded products. Linux had this support since Linux 3.9. +There are many vendors providing external sensor hubs conforming to HID +Sensor usage tables. These may be found in tablets, 2-in-1 convertible laptops +and embedded products. Linux has had this support since Linux 3.9. Intel® introduced integrated sensor hubs as a part of the SoC starting from Cherry Trail and now supported on multiple generations of CPU packages. There are many commercial devices already shipped with Integrated Sensor Hubs (ISH). -These ISH also comply to HID sensor specification, but the difference is the +These ISH also comply to HID sensor specification, but the difference is the transport protocol used for communication. The current external sensor hubs -mainly use HID over i2C or USB. But ISH doesn't use either i2c or USB. +mainly use HID over I2C or USB. But ISH doesn't use either I2C or USB. 1. Overview =========== @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ for a very high speed communication:: ----------------- ---------------------- PCI PCI ----------------- ---------------------- - |Host controller| --> | ISH processor | + |Host controller| --> | ISH processor | ----------------- ---------------------- USB Link ----------------- ---------------------- @@ -50,13 +50,13 @@ applications implemented in the firmware. The ISH allows multiple sensor management applications executing in the firmware. Like USB endpoints the messaging can be to/from a client. As part of enumeration process, these clients are identified. These clients can be simple -HID sensor applications, sensor calibration application or senor firmware -update application. +HID sensor applications, sensor calibration applications or sensor firmware +update applications. The implementation model is similar, like USB bus, ISH transport is also implemented as a bus. Each client application executing in the ISH processor is registered as a device on this bus. The driver, which binds each device -(ISH HID driver) identifies the device type and registers with the hid core. +(ISH HID driver) identifies the device type and registers with the HID core. 2. ISH Implementation: Block Diagram ==================================== @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ is registered as a device on this bus. The driver, which binds each device The ISH is exposed as "Non-VGA unclassified PCI device" to the host. The PCI product and vendor IDs are changed from different generations of processors. So -the source code which enumerate drivers needs to update from generation to +the source code which enumerates drivers needs to update from generation to generation. 3.2 Inter Processor Communication (IPC) driver @@ -112,41 +112,42 @@ generation. Location: drivers/hid/intel-ish-hid/ipc -The IPC message used memory mapped I/O. The registers are defined in +The IPC message uses memory mapped I/O. The registers are defined in hw-ish-regs.h. 3.2.1 IPC/FW message types ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -There are two types of messages, one for management of link and other messages -are to and from transport layers. +There are two types of messages, one for management of link and another for +messages to and from transport layers. TX and RX of Transport messages ............................... -A set of memory mapped register offers support of multi byte messages TX and -RX (E.g.IPC_REG_ISH2HOST_MSG, IPC_REG_HOST2ISH_MSG). The IPC layer maintains -internal queues to sequence messages and send them in order to the FW. +A set of memory mapped register offers support of multi-byte messages TX and +RX (e.g. IPC_REG_ISH2HOST_MSG, IPC_REG_HOST2ISH_MSG). The IPC layer maintains +internal queues to sequence messages and send them in order to the firmware. Optionally the caller can register handler to get notification of completion. -A door bell mechanism is used in messaging to trigger processing in host and +A doorbell mechanism is used in messaging to trigger processing in host and client firmware side. When ISH interrupt handler is called, the ISH2HOST doorbell register is used by host drivers to determine that the interrupt is for ISH. Each side has 32 32-bit message registers and a 32-bit doorbell. Doorbell -register has the following format: -Bits 0..6: fragment length (7 bits are used) -Bits 10..13: encapsulated protocol -Bits 16..19: management command (for IPC management protocol) -Bit 31: doorbell trigger (signal H/W interrupt to the other side) -Other bits are reserved, should be 0. +register has the following format:: + + Bits 0..6: fragment length (7 bits are used) + Bits 10..13: encapsulated protocol + Bits 16..19: management command (for IPC management protocol) + Bit 31: doorbell trigger (signal H/W interrupt to the other side) + Other bits are reserved, should be 0. 3.2.2 Transport layer interface ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -To abstract HW level IPC communication, a set of callbacks are registered. +To abstract HW level IPC communication, a set of callbacks is registered. The transport layer uses them to send and receive messages. -Refer to struct ishtp_hw_ops for callbacks. +Refer to struct ishtp_hw_ops for callbacks. 3.3 ISH Transport layer ----------------------- @@ -158,7 +159,7 @@ Location: drivers/hid/intel-ish-hid/ishtp/ The transport layer is a bi-directional protocol, which defines: - Set of commands to start, stop, connect, disconnect and flow control -(ishtp/hbm.h) for details +(see ishtp/hbm.h for details) - A flow control mechanism to avoid buffer overflows This protocol resembles bus messages described in the following document: @@ -168,14 +169,14 @@ specifications/dcmi-hi-1-0-spec.pdf "Chapter 7: Bus Message Layer" 3.3.2 Connection and Flow Control Mechanism ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -Each FW client and a protocol is identified by an UUID. In order to communicate +Each FW client and a protocol is identified by a UUID. In order to communicate to a FW client, a connection must be established using connect request and response bus messages. If successful, a pair (host_client_id and fw_client_id) will identify the connection. Once connection is established, peers send each other flow control bus messages independently. Every peer may send a message only if it has received a -flow-control credit before. Once it sent a message, it may not send another one +flow-control credit before. Once it has sent a message, it may not send another one before receiving the next flow control credit. Either side can send disconnect request bus message to end communication. Also the link will be dropped if major FW reset occurs. @@ -209,7 +210,7 @@ and DMA_XFER_ACK act as ownership indicators. At initial state all outgoing memory belongs to the sender (TX to host, RX to FW), DMA_XFER transfers ownership on the region that contains ISHTP message to the receiving side, DMA_XFER_ACK returns ownership to the sender. A sender -needs not wait for previous DMA_XFER to be ack'ed, and may send another message +need not wait for previous DMA_XFER to be ack'ed, and may send another message as long as remaining continuous memory in its ownership is enough. In principle, multiple DMA_XFER and DMA_XFER_ACK messages may be sent at once (up to IPC MTU), thus allowing for interrupt throttling. @@ -219,8 +220,8 @@ fragments and via IPC otherwise. 3.3.4 Ring Buffers ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -When a client initiate a connection, a ring or RX and TX buffers are allocated. -The size of ring can be specified by the client. HID client set 16 and 32 for +When a client initiates a connection, a ring of RX and TX buffers is allocated. +The size of ring can be specified by the client. HID client sets 16 and 32 for TX and RX buffers respectively. On send request from client, the data to be sent is copied to one of the send ring buffer and scheduled to be sent using bus message protocol. These buffers are required because the FW may have not @@ -230,10 +231,10 @@ to send. Same thing holds true on receive side and flow control is required. 3.3.5 Host Enumeration ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -The host enumeration bus command allow discovery of clients present in the FW. +The host enumeration bus command allows discovery of clients present in the FW. There can be multiple sensor clients and clients for calibration function. -To ease in implantation and allow independent driver handle each client +To ease implementation and allow independent drivers to handle each client, this transport layer takes advantage of Linux Bus driver model. Each client is registered as device on the transport bus (ishtp bus). @@ -270,7 +271,7 @@ The ISHTP client driver is responsible for: The functionality in these drivers is the same as an external sensor hub. Refer to Documentation/hid/hid-sensor.rst for HID sensor -Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio for IIO ABIs to user space +Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio for IIO ABIs to user space. 3.6 End to End HID transport Sequence Diagram --------------------------------------------- @@ -341,9 +342,10 @@ Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio for IIO ABIs to user space 3.7 ISH Debugging ----------------- -To debug ISH, event tracing mechanism is used. To enable debug logs -echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/intel_ish/enable -cat sys/kernel/debug/tracing/trace +To debug ISH, event tracing mechanism is used. To enable debug logs:: + + echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/intel_ish/enable + cat sys/kernel/debug/tracing/trace 3.8 ISH IIO sysfs Example on Lenovo thinkpad Yoga 260 ----------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/hid/uhid.rst b/Documentation/hid/uhid.rst index b18cb96c885f..2243a6b75914 100644 --- a/Documentation/hid/uhid.rst +++ b/Documentation/hid/uhid.rst @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ UHID - User-space I/O driver support for HID subsystem ====================================================== UHID allows user-space to implement HID transport drivers. Please see -hid-transport.txt for an introduction into HID transport drivers. This document +hid-transport.rst for an introduction into HID transport drivers. This document relies heavily on the definitions declared there. With UHID, a user-space transport driver can create kernel hid-devices for each @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ There is an example user-space application in ./samples/uhid/uhid-example.c The UHID API ------------ -UHID is accessed through a character misc-device. The minor-number is allocated +UHID is accessed through a character misc-device. The minor number is allocated dynamically so you need to rely on udev (or similar) to create the device node. This is /dev/uhid by default. @@ -45,23 +45,23 @@ The "type" field defines the payload. For each type, there is a payload-structure available in the union "u" (except for empty payloads). This payload contains management and/or device data. -The first thing you should do is sending an UHID_CREATE2 event. This will -register the device. UHID will respond with an UHID_START event. You can now +The first thing you should do is send a UHID_CREATE2 event. This will +register the device. UHID will respond with a UHID_START event. You can now start sending data to and reading data from UHID. However, unless UHID sends the UHID_OPEN event, the internally attached HID Device Driver has no user attached. That is, you might put your device asleep unless you receive the UHID_OPEN event. If you receive the UHID_OPEN event, you should start I/O. If the last -user closes the HID device, you will receive an UHID_CLOSE event. This may be -followed by an UHID_OPEN event again and so on. There is no need to perform +user closes the HID device, you will receive a UHID_CLOSE event. This may be +followed by a UHID_OPEN event again and so on. There is no need to perform reference-counting in user-space. That is, you will never receive multiple -UHID_OPEN events without an UHID_CLOSE event. The HID subsystem performs +UHID_OPEN events without a UHID_CLOSE event. The HID subsystem performs ref-counting for you. You may decide to ignore UHID_OPEN/UHID_CLOSE, though. I/O is allowed even though the device may have no users. If you want to send data on the interrupt channel to the HID subsystem, you send -an HID_INPUT2 event with your raw data payload. If the kernel wants to send data -on the interrupt channel to the device, you will read an UHID_OUTPUT event. +a HID_INPUT2 event with your raw data payload. If the kernel wants to send data +on the interrupt channel to the device, you will read a UHID_OUTPUT event. Data requests on the control channel are currently limited to GET_REPORT and SET_REPORT (no other data reports on the control channel are defined so far). Those requests are always synchronous. That means, the kernel sends @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ the response via UHID_GET_REPORT_REPLY and UHID_SET_REPORT_REPLY to the kernel. The kernel blocks internal driver-execution during such round-trips (times out after a hard-coded period). -If your device disconnects, you should send an UHID_DESTROY event. This will +If your device disconnects, you should send a UHID_DESTROY event. This will unregister the device. You can now send UHID_CREATE2 again to register a new device. If you close() the fd, the device is automatically unregistered and destroyed @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ UHID_START: This is sent when the HID device is started. Consider this as an answer to UHID_CREATE2. This is always the first event that is sent. Note that this event might not be available immediately after write(UHID_CREATE2) returns. - Device drivers might required delayed setups. + Device drivers might require delayed setups. This event contains a payload of type uhid_start_req. The "dev_flags" field describes special behaviors of a device. The following flags are defined: @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ UHID_STOP: reloaded/changed the device driver loaded on your HID device (or some other maintenance actions happened). - You can usually ignored any UHID_STOP events safely. + You can usually ignore any UHID_STOP events safely. UHID_OPEN: This is sent when the HID device is opened. That is, the data that the HID @@ -166,17 +166,17 @@ UHID_OUTPUT: This is sent if the HID device driver wants to send raw data to the I/O device on the interrupt channel. You should read the payload and forward it to the device. The payload is of type "struct uhid_output_req". - This may be received even though you haven't received UHID_OPEN, yet. + This may be received even though you haven't received UHID_OPEN yet. UHID_GET_REPORT: This event is sent if the kernel driver wants to perform a GET_REPORT request - on the control channeld as described in the HID specs. The report-type and + on the control channel as described in the HID specs. The report-type and report-number are available in the payload. The kernel serializes GET_REPORT requests so there will never be two in parallel. However, if you fail to respond with a UHID_GET_REPORT_REPLY, the request might silently time out. - Once you read a GET_REPORT request, you shall forward it to the hid device and - remember the "id" field in the payload. Once your hid device responds to the + Once you read a GET_REPORT request, you shall forward it to the HID device and + remember the "id" field in the payload. Once your HID device responds to the GET_REPORT (or if it fails), you must send a UHID_GET_REPORT_REPLY to the kernel with the exact same "id" as in the request. If the request already timed out, the kernel will ignore the response silently. The "id" field is @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ UHID_GET_REPORT: UHID_SET_REPORT: This is the SET_REPORT equivalent of UHID_GET_REPORT. On receipt, you shall - send a SET_REPORT request to your hid device. Once it replies, you must tell + send a SET_REPORT request to your HID device. Once it replies, you must tell the kernel about it via UHID_SET_REPORT_REPLY. The same restrictions as for UHID_GET_REPORT apply. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ab8500.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/ab8500.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 33f93a9cec04..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/ab8500.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -Kernel driver ab8500 -==================== - -Supported chips: - - * ST-Ericsson AB8500 - - Prefix: 'ab8500' - - Addresses scanned: - - - Datasheet: http://www.stericsson.com/developers/documentation.jsp - -Authors: - - Martin Persson <martin.persson@stericsson.com> - - Hongbo Zhang <hongbo.zhang@linaro.org> - -Description ------------ - -See also Documentation/hwmon/abx500.rst. This is the ST-Ericsson AB8500 specific -driver. - -Currently only the AB8500 internal sensor and one external sensor for battery -temperature are monitored. Other GPADC channels can also be monitored if needed -in future. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/abx500.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/abx500.rst deleted file mode 100644 index 3d88b2ce0f00..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/abx500.rst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -Kernel driver abx500 -==================== - -Supported chips: - - * ST-Ericsson ABx500 series - - Prefix: 'abx500' - - Addresses scanned: - - - Datasheet: http://www.stericsson.com/developers/documentation.jsp - -Authors: - Martin Persson <martin.persson@stericsson.com> - Hongbo Zhang <hongbo.zhang@linaro.org> - -Description ------------ - -Every ST-Ericsson Ux500 SOC consists of both ABx500 and DBx500 physically, -this is kernel hwmon driver for ABx500. - -There are some GPADCs inside ABx500 which are designed for connecting to -thermal sensors, and there is also a thermal sensor inside ABx500 too, which -raises interrupt when critical temperature reached. - -This abx500 is a common layer which can monitor all of the sensors, every -specific abx500 chip has its special configurations in its own file, e.g. some -sensors can be configured invisible if they are not available on that chip, and -the corresponding gpadc_addr should be set to 0, thus this sensor won't be -polled. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/aht10.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/aht10.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..482262ca117c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/aht10.rst @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +Kernel driver aht10 +===================== + +Supported chips: + + * Aosong AHT10 + + Prefix: 'aht10' + + Addresses scanned: None + + Datasheet: + + Chinese: http://www.aosong.com/userfiles/files/media/AHT10%E4%BA%A7%E5%93%81%E6%89%8B%E5%86%8C%20A3%2020201210.pdf + English: https://server4.eca.ir/eshop/AHT10/Aosong_AHT10_en_draft_0c.pdf + +Author: Johannes Cornelis Draaijer <jcdra1@gmail.com> + + +Description +----------- + +The AHT10 is a Temperature and Humidity sensor + +The address of this i2c device may only be 0x38 + +Usage Notes +----------- + +This driver does not probe for AHT10 devices, as there is no reliable +way to determine if an i2c chip is or isn't an AHT10. The device has +to be instantiated explicitly with the address 0x38. See +Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices.rst for details. + +Sysfs entries +------------- + +=============== ============================================ +temp1_input Measured temperature in millidegrees Celcius +humidity1_input Measured humidity in %H +update_interval The minimum interval for polling the sensor, + in milliseconds. Writable. Must be at + least 2000. +=============== ============================================ diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ina2xx.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/ina2xx.rst index f78a5cd44c4c..27d2e39bc8ac 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/ina2xx.rst +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ina2xx.rst @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ bus supply voltage. The shunt value in micro-ohms can be set via platform data or device tree at compile-time or via the shunt_resistor attribute in sysfs at run-time. Please -refer to the Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ina2xx.txt for bindings +refer to the Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ti,ina2xx.yaml for bindings if the device tree is used. Additionally ina226 supports update_interval attribute as described in diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst index fcb870ce6286..8d5a2df1ecb6 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/index.rst @@ -18,10 +18,8 @@ Hardware Monitoring Kernel Drivers .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 1 - ab8500 abituguru abituguru3 - abx500 acpi_power_meter ad7314 adc128d818 @@ -39,6 +37,7 @@ Hardware Monitoring Kernel Drivers adt7462 adt7470 adt7475 + aht10 amc6821 amd_energy asb100 @@ -178,6 +177,7 @@ Hardware Monitoring Kernel Drivers tmp401 tmp421 tmp513 + tps23861 tps40422 tps53679 twl4030-madc-hwmon diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max16601.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/max16601.rst index 346e74674c51..92c0a7d7808c 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/max16601.rst +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max16601.rst @@ -5,6 +5,14 @@ Kernel driver max16601 Supported chips: + * Maxim MAX16508 + + Prefix: 'max16508' + + Addresses scanned: - + + Datasheet: Not published + * Maxim MAX16601 Prefix: 'max16601' @@ -19,8 +27,8 @@ Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Description ----------- -This driver supports the MAX16601 VR13.HC Dual-Output Voltage Regulator -Chipset. +This driver supports the MAX16508 VR13 Dual-Output Voltage Regulator +as well as the MAX16601 VR13.HC Dual-Output Voltage Regulator chipsets. The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see Documentation/hwmon/pmbus.rst for details on PMBus client drivers. @@ -45,115 +53,76 @@ Sysfs entries The following attributes are supported. -======================= ======================================================= -in1_label "vin1" -in1_input VCORE input voltage. -in1_alarm Input voltage alarm. - -in2_label "vout1" -in2_input VCORE output voltage. -in2_alarm Output voltage alarm. - -curr1_label "iin1" -curr1_input VCORE input current, derived from duty cycle and output - current. -curr1_max Maximum input current. -curr1_max_alarm Current high alarm. - -curr2_label "iin1.0" -curr2_input VCORE phase 0 input current. - -curr3_label "iin1.1" -curr3_input VCORE phase 1 input current. - -curr4_label "iin1.2" -curr4_input VCORE phase 2 input current. - -curr5_label "iin1.3" -curr5_input VCORE phase 3 input current. - -curr6_label "iin1.4" -curr6_input VCORE phase 4 input current. - -curr7_label "iin1.5" -curr7_input VCORE phase 5 input current. - -curr8_label "iin1.6" -curr8_input VCORE phase 6 input current. - -curr9_label "iin1.7" -curr9_input VCORE phase 7 input current. - -curr10_label "iin2" -curr10_input VCORE input current, derived from sensor element. - -curr11_label "iin3" -curr11_input VSA input current. - -curr12_label "iout1" -curr12_input VCORE output current. -curr12_crit Critical output current. -curr12_crit_alarm Output current critical alarm. -curr12_max Maximum output current. -curr12_max_alarm Output current high alarm. - -curr13_label "iout1.0" -curr13_input VCORE phase 0 output current. - -curr14_label "iout1.1" -curr14_input VCORE phase 1 output current. - -curr15_label "iout1.2" -curr15_input VCORE phase 2 output current. - -curr16_label "iout1.3" -curr16_input VCORE phase 3 output current. - -curr17_label "iout1.4" -curr17_input VCORE phase 4 output current. - -curr18_label "iout1.5" -curr18_input VCORE phase 5 output current. - -curr19_label "iout1.6" -curr19_input VCORE phase 6 output current. - -curr20_label "iout1.7" -curr20_input VCORE phase 7 output current. - -curr21_label "iout3" -curr21_input VSA output current. -curr21_highest Historical maximum VSA output current. -curr21_reset_history Write any value to reset curr21_highest. -curr21_crit Critical output current. -curr21_crit_alarm Output current critical alarm. -curr21_max Maximum output current. -curr21_max_alarm Output current high alarm. - -power1_label "pin1" -power1_input Input power, derived from duty cycle and output current. -power1_alarm Input power alarm. - -power2_label "pin2" -power2_input Input power, derived from input current sensor. - -power3_label "pout" -power3_input Output power. - -temp1_input VCORE temperature. -temp1_crit Critical high temperature. -temp1_crit_alarm Chip temperature critical high alarm. -temp1_max Maximum temperature. -temp1_max_alarm Chip temperature high alarm. - -temp2_input TSENSE_0 temperature -temp3_input TSENSE_1 temperature -temp4_input TSENSE_2 temperature -temp5_input TSENSE_3 temperature - -temp6_input VSA temperature. -temp6_crit Critical high temperature. -temp6_crit_alarm Chip temperature critical high alarm. -temp6_max Maximum temperature. -temp6_max_alarm Chip temperature high alarm. -======================= ======================================================= +=============================== =============================================== +in1_label "vin1" +in1_input VCORE input voltage. +in1_alarm Input voltage alarm. + +in2_label "vout1" +in2_input VCORE output voltage. +in2_alarm Output voltage alarm. + +curr1_label "iin1" +curr1_input VCORE input current, derived from duty cycle + and output current. +curr1_max Maximum input current. +curr1_max_alarm Current high alarm. + +curr[P+2]_label "iin1.P" +curr[P+2]_input VCORE phase P input current. + +curr[N+2]_label "iin2" +curr[N+2]_input VCORE input current, derived from sensor + element. + 'N' is the number of enabled/populated phases. + +curr[N+3]_label "iin3" +curr[N+3]_input VSA input current. + +curr[N+4]_label "iout1" +curr[N+4]_input VCORE output current. +curr[N+4]_crit Critical output current. +curr[N+4]_crit_alarm Output current critical alarm. +curr[N+4]_max Maximum output current. +curr[N+4]_max_alarm Output current high alarm. + +curr[N+P+5]_label "iout1.P" +curr[N+P+5]_input VCORE phase P output current. + +curr[2*N+5]_label "iout3" +curr[2*N+5]_input VSA output current. +curr[2*N+5]_highest Historical maximum VSA output current. +curr[2*N+5]_reset_history Write any value to reset curr21_highest. +curr[2*N+5]_crit Critical output current. +curr[2*N+5]_crit_alarm Output current critical alarm. +curr[2*N+5]_max Maximum output current. +curr[2*N+5]_max_alarm Output current high alarm. + +power1_label "pin1" +power1_input Input power, derived from duty cycle and output + current. +power1_alarm Input power alarm. + +power2_label "pin2" +power2_input Input power, derived from input current sensor. + +power3_label "pout" +power3_input Output power. + +temp1_input VCORE temperature. +temp1_crit Critical high temperature. +temp1_crit_alarm Chip temperature critical high alarm. +temp1_max Maximum temperature. +temp1_max_alarm Chip temperature high alarm. + +temp2_input TSENSE_0 temperature +temp3_input TSENSE_1 temperature +temp4_input TSENSE_2 temperature +temp5_input TSENSE_3 temperature + +temp6_input VSA temperature. +temp6_crit Critical high temperature. +temp6_crit_alarm Chip temperature critical high alarm. +temp6_max Maximum temperature. +temp6_max_alarm Chip temperature high alarm. +=============================== =============================================== diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/nct6683.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/nct6683.rst index 8646ad519fcd..2e1408d174bd 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/nct6683.rst +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/nct6683.rst @@ -61,5 +61,6 @@ Board Firmware version Intel DH87RL NCT6683D EC firmware version 1.0 build 04/03/13 Intel DH87MC NCT6683D EC firmware version 1.0 build 04/03/13 Intel DB85FL NCT6683D EC firmware version 1.0 build 04/03/13 +ASRock X570 NCT6683D EC firmware version 1.0 build 06/28/19 MSI B550 NCT6687D EC firmware version 1.0 build 05/07/20 =============== =============================================== diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/sbtsi_temp.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/sbtsi_temp.rst index 922b3c8db666..749f518389c3 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/sbtsi_temp.rst +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/sbtsi_temp.rst @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later Kernel driver sbtsi_temp -================== +======================== Supported hardware: diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/tps23861.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/tps23861.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..46d121ff3f31 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/tps23861.rst @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only + +Kernel driver tps23861 +====================== + +Supported chips: + * Texas Instruments TPS23861 + + Prefix: 'tps23861' + + Datasheet: https://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tps23861 + +Author: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr> + +Description +----------- + +This driver supports hardware monitoring for Texas Instruments TPS23861 PoE PSE. + +TPS23861 is a quad port IEEE802.3at PSE controller with optional I2C control +and monitoring capabilities. + +TPS23861 offers three modes of operation: Auto, Semi-Auto and Manual. + +This driver only supports the Auto mode of operation providing monitoring +as well as enabling/disabling the four ports. + +Sysfs entries +------------- + +======================= ===================================================================== +in[0-3]_input Voltage on ports [1-4] +in[0-3]_label "Port[1-4]" +in4_input IC input voltage +in4_label "Input" +temp1_input IC die temperature +temp1_label "Die" +curr[1-4]_input Current on ports [1-4] +in[1-4]_label "Port[1-4]" +in[0-3]_enable Enable/disable ports [1-4] +======================= ===================================================================== diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/slave-testunit-backend.rst b/Documentation/i2c/slave-testunit-backend.rst index 2c38e64f0bac..ecfc2abec32d 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/slave-testunit-backend.rst +++ b/Documentation/i2c/slave-testunit-backend.rst @@ -22,8 +22,9 @@ Instantiating the device is regular. Example for bus 0, address 0x30: After that, you will have a write-only device listening. Reads will just return an 8-bit version number of the testunit. When writing, the device consists of 4 -8-bit registers and all must be written to start a testcase, i.e. you must -always write 4 bytes to the device. The registers are: +8-bit registers and, except for some "partial" commands, all registers must be +written to start a testcase, i.e. you usually write 4 bytes to the device. The +registers are: 0x00 CMD - which test to trigger 0x01 DATAL - configuration byte 1 for the test @@ -67,3 +68,21 @@ status word is currently ignored in the Linux Kernel. Example to send a notification after 10ms: # i2cset -y 0 0x30 0x02 0x42 0x64 0x01 i + +0x03 SMBUS_BLOCK_PROC_CALL (partial command) + DATAL - must be '1', i.e. one further byte will be written + DATAH - number of bytes to be sent back + DELAY - not applicable, partial command! + +This test will respond to a block process call as defined by the SMBus +specification. The one data byte written specifies how many bytes will be sent +back in the following read transfer. Note that in this read transfer, the +testunit will prefix the length of the bytes to follow. So, if your host bus +driver emulates SMBus calls like the majority does, it needs to support the +I2C_M_RECV_LEN flag of an i2c_msg. This is a good testcase for it. The returned +data consists of the length first, and then of an array of bytes from length-1 +to 0. Here is an example which emulates i2c_smbus_block_process_call() using +i2ctransfer (you need i2c-tools v4.2 or later): + +# i2ctransfer -y 0 w3@0x30 0x03 0x01 0x10 r? +0x10 0x0f 0x0e 0x0d 0x0c 0x0b 0x0a 0x09 0x08 0x07 0x06 0x05 0x04 0x03 0x02 0x01 0x00 diff --git a/Documentation/iio/ep93xx_adc.rst b/Documentation/iio/ep93xx_adc.rst index 4fd8dea3f6b8..0af0e9040457 100644 --- a/Documentation/iio/ep93xx_adc.rst +++ b/Documentation/iio/ep93xx_adc.rst @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ touchscreen/ADC module. ==================== Numbering scheme for channels 0..4 is defined in EP9301 and EP9302 datasheets. -EP9307, EP9312 and EP9312 have 3 channels more (total 8), but the numbering is +EP9307, EP9312 and EP9315 have 3 channels more (total 8), but the numbering is not defined. So the last three are numbered randomly, let's say. Assuming ep93xx_adc is IIO device0, you'd find the following entries under diff --git a/Documentation/index.rst b/Documentation/index.rst index 5888e8a7272f..31f2adc8542d 100644 --- a/Documentation/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/index.rst @@ -171,17 +171,6 @@ implementation. x86/index xtensa/index -Filesystem Documentation ------------------------- - -The documentation in this section are provided by specific filesystem -subprojects. - -.. toctree:: - :maxdepth: 2 - - filesystems/ext4/index - Other documentation ------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/input/event-codes.rst b/Documentation/input/event-codes.rst index b24b5343f5eb..3118fc1c1e26 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/event-codes.rst +++ b/Documentation/input/event-codes.rst @@ -236,6 +236,21 @@ A few EV_ABS codes have special meanings: - Used to describe multitouch input events. Please see multi-touch-protocol.txt for details. +* ABS_PRESSURE/ABS_MT_PRESSURE: + + - For touch devices, many devices converted contact size into pressure. + A finger flattens with pressure, causing a larger contact area and thus + pressure and contact size are directly related. This is not the case + for other devices, for example digitizers and touchpads with a true + pressure sensor ("pressure pads"). + + A device should set the resolution of the axis to indicate whether the + pressure is in measurable units. If the resolution is zero, the + pressure data is in arbitrary units. If the resolution is nonzero, the + pressure data is in units/gram. For example, a value of 10 with a + resolution of 1 represents 10 gram, a value of 10 with a resolution on + 1000 represents 10 microgram. + EV_SW ----- diff --git a/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.rst b/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.rst index 307fe22d9668..21c1e6a22888 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.rst +++ b/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.rst @@ -260,6 +260,10 @@ ABS_MT_PRESSURE of TOUCH and WIDTH for pressure-based devices or any device with a spatial signal intensity distribution. + If the resolution is zero, the pressure data is in arbitrary units. + If the resolution is nonzero, the pressure data is in units/gram. See + :ref:`input-event-codes` for details. + ABS_MT_DISTANCE The distance, in surface units, between the contact and the surface. Zero distance means the contact is touching the surface. A positive number means diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/gcc-plugins.rst b/Documentation/kbuild/gcc-plugins.rst index 4b1c10f88e30..3349966f213d 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/gcc-plugins.rst +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/gcc-plugins.rst @@ -11,16 +11,13 @@ compiler [1]_. They are useful for runtime instrumentation and static analysis. We can analyse, change and add further code during compilation via callbacks [2]_, GIMPLE [3]_, IPA [4]_ and RTL passes [5]_. -The GCC plugin infrastructure of the kernel supports all gcc versions from -4.5 to 6.0, building out-of-tree modules, cross-compilation and building in a -separate directory. -Plugin source files have to be compilable by both a C and a C++ compiler as well -because gcc versions 4.5 and 4.6 are compiled by a C compiler, -gcc-4.7 can be compiled by a C or a C++ compiler, -and versions 4.8+ can only be compiled by a C++ compiler. +The GCC plugin infrastructure of the kernel supports building out-of-tree +modules, cross-compilation and building in a separate directory. +Plugin source files have to be compilable by a C++ compiler. -Currently the GCC plugin infrastructure supports only the x86, arm, arm64 and -powerpc architectures. +Currently the GCC plugin infrastructure supports only some architectures. +Grep "select HAVE_GCC_PLUGINS" to find out which architectures support +GCC plugins. This infrastructure was ported from grsecurity [6]_ and PaX [7]_. @@ -47,20 +44,13 @@ Files This is a compatibility header for GCC plugins. It should be always included instead of individual gcc headers. -**$(src)/scripts/gcc-plugin.sh** - - This script checks the availability of the included headers in - gcc-common.h and chooses the proper host compiler to build the plugins - (gcc-4.7 can be built by either gcc or g++). - **$(src)/scripts/gcc-plugins/gcc-generate-gimple-pass.h, $(src)/scripts/gcc-plugins/gcc-generate-ipa-pass.h, $(src)/scripts/gcc-plugins/gcc-generate-simple_ipa-pass.h, $(src)/scripts/gcc-plugins/gcc-generate-rtl-pass.h** These headers automatically generate the registration structures for - GIMPLE, SIMPLE_IPA, IPA and RTL passes. They support all gcc versions - from 4.5 to 6.0. + GIMPLE, SIMPLE_IPA, IPA and RTL passes. They should be preferred to creating the structures by hand. @@ -68,21 +58,25 @@ Usage ===== You must install the gcc plugin headers for your gcc version, -e.g., on Ubuntu for gcc-4.9:: +e.g., on Ubuntu for gcc-10:: - apt-get install gcc-4.9-plugin-dev + apt-get install gcc-10-plugin-dev Or on Fedora:: dnf install gcc-plugin-devel -Enable a GCC plugin based feature in the kernel config:: +Enable the GCC plugin infrastructure and some plugin(s) you want to use +in the kernel config:: - CONFIG_GCC_PLUGIN_CYC_COMPLEXITY = y + CONFIG_GCC_PLUGINS=y + CONFIG_GCC_PLUGIN_CYC_COMPLEXITY=y + CONFIG_GCC_PLUGIN_LATENT_ENTROPY=y + ... -To compile only the plugin(s):: +To compile the minimum tool set including the plugin(s):: - make gcc-plugins + make scripts or just run the kernel make and compile the whole kernel with the cyclomatic complexity GCC plugin. @@ -91,7 +85,8 @@ the cyclomatic complexity GCC plugin. 4. How to add a new GCC plugin ============================== -The GCC plugins are in $(src)/scripts/gcc-plugins/. You can use a file or a directory -here. It must be added to $(src)/scripts/gcc-plugins/Makefile, -$(src)/scripts/Makefile.gcc-plugins and $(src)/arch/Kconfig. +The GCC plugins are in scripts/gcc-plugins/. You need to put plugin source files +right under scripts/gcc-plugins/. Creating subdirectories is not supported. +It must be added to scripts/gcc-plugins/Makefile, scripts/Makefile.gcc-plugins +and a relevant Kconfig file. See the cyc_complexity_plugin.c (CONFIG_GCC_PLUGIN_CYC_COMPLEXITY) GCC plugin. diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/llvm.rst b/Documentation/kbuild/llvm.rst index 21c847890d03..b18401d2ba82 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/llvm.rst +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/llvm.rst @@ -63,6 +63,50 @@ They can be enabled individually. The full list of the parameters: :: Currently, the integrated assembler is disabled by default. You can pass ``LLVM_IAS=1`` to enable it. +Supported Architectures +----------------------- + +LLVM does not target all of the architectures that Linux supports and +just because a target is supported in LLVM does not mean that the kernel +will build or work without any issues. Below is a general summary of +architectures that currently work with ``CC=clang`` or ``LLVM=1``. Level +of support corresponds to "S" values in the MAINTAINERS files. If an +architecture is not present, it either means that LLVM does not target +it or there are known issues. Using the latest stable version of LLVM or +even the development tree will generally yield the best results. +An architecture's ``defconfig`` is generally expected to work well, +certain configurations may have problems that have not been uncovered +yet. Bug reports are always welcome at the issue tracker below! + +.. list-table:: + :widths: 10 10 10 + :header-rows: 1 + + * - Architecture + - Level of support + - ``make`` command + * - arm + - Supported + - ``LLVM=1`` + * - arm64 + - Supported + - ``LLVM=1`` + * - mips + - Maintained + - ``CC=clang`` + * - powerpc + - Maintained + - ``CC=clang`` + * - riscv + - Maintained + - ``CC=clang`` + * - s390 + - Maintained + - ``CC=clang`` + * - x86 + - Supported + - ``LLVM=1`` + Getting Help ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.rst b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.rst index d36768cf1250..db3af0b45baf 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.rst +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.rst @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ This document describes the Linux kernel Makefiles. --- 3.1 Goal definitions --- 3.2 Built-in object goals - obj-y --- 3.3 Loadable module goals - obj-m - --- 3.4 Objects which export symbols + --- 3.4 <deleted> --- 3.5 Library file goals - lib-y --- 3.6 Descending down in directories --- 3.7 Non-builtin vmlinux targets - extra-y @@ -247,12 +247,6 @@ more details, with real examples. kbuild will build an ext2.o file for you out of the individual parts and then link this into built-in.a, as you would expect. -3.4 Objects which export symbols --------------------------------- - - No special notation is required in the makefiles for - modules exporting symbols. - 3.5 Library file goals - lib-y ------------------------------ @@ -461,10 +455,8 @@ more details, with real examples. # drivers/scsi/Makefile CFLAGS_aha152x.o = -DAHA152X_STAT -DAUTOCONF - CFLAGS_gdth.o = # -DDEBUG_GDTH=2 -D__SERIAL__ -D__COM2__ \ - -DGDTH_STATISTICS - These two lines specify compilation flags for aha152x.o and gdth.o. + This line specify compilation flags for aha152x.o. $(AFLAGS_$@) is a similar feature for source files in assembly languages. @@ -598,7 +590,7 @@ more details, with real examples. explicitly added to $(targets). Assignments to $(targets) are without $(obj)/ prefix. if_changed may be - used in conjunction with custom rules as defined in "3.9 Custom Rules". + used in conjunction with custom rules as defined in "3.11 Custom Rules". Note: It is a typical mistake to forget the FORCE prerequisite. Another common pitfall is that whitespace is sometimes significant; for @@ -755,7 +747,7 @@ more details, with real examples. bits on the scripts nonetheless. Kbuild provides variables $(CONFIG_SHELL), $(AWK), $(PERL), - $(PYTHON) and $(PYTHON3) to refer to interpreters for the respective + and $(PYTHON3) to refer to interpreters for the respective scripts. Example:: @@ -1317,7 +1309,6 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly): libs-y += arch/sparc/lib/ drivers-$(CONFIG_PM) += arch/sparc/power/ - drivers-$(CONFIG_OPROFILE) += arch/sparc/oprofile/ 7.5 Architecture-specific boot images ------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-hacking/hacking.rst b/Documentation/kernel-hacking/hacking.rst index eed2136d847f..451523424942 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-hacking/hacking.rst +++ b/Documentation/kernel-hacking/hacking.rst @@ -346,8 +346,8 @@ routine. Before inventing your own cache of often-used objects consider using a slab cache in ``include/linux/slab.h`` -:c:func:`current()` -------------------- +:c:macro:`current` +------------------ Defined in ``include/asm/current.h`` diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-hacking/locking.rst b/Documentation/kernel-hacking/locking.rst index 6ed806e6061b..ed1284c6f078 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-hacking/locking.rst +++ b/Documentation/kernel-hacking/locking.rst @@ -118,11 +118,11 @@ spinlock, but you may block holding a mutex. If you can't lock a mutex, your task will suspend itself, and be woken up when the mutex is released. This means the CPU can do something else while you are waiting. There are many cases when you simply can't sleep (see -`What Functions Are Safe To Call From Interrupts? <#sleeping-things>`__), +`What Functions Are Safe To Call From Interrupts?`_), and so have to use a spinlock instead. Neither type of lock is recursive: see -`Deadlock: Simple and Advanced <#deadlock>`__. +`Deadlock: Simple and Advanced`_. Locks and Uniprocessor Kernels ------------------------------ @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ perfect world). Note that you can also use spin_lock_irq() or spin_lock_irqsave() here, which stop hardware interrupts -as well: see `Hard IRQ Context <#hard-irq-context>`__. +as well: see `Hard IRQ Context`_. This works perfectly for UP as well: the spin lock vanishes, and this macro simply becomes local_bh_disable() @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ The Same Softirq ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ The same softirq can run on the other CPUs: you can use a per-CPU array -(see `Per-CPU Data <#per-cpu-data>`__) for better performance. If you're +(see `Per-CPU Data`_) for better performance. If you're going so far as to use a softirq, you probably care about scalable performance enough to justify the extra complexity. @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ grabs a read lock, searches a list, fails to find what it wants, drops the read lock, grabs a write lock and inserts the object has a race condition. -If you don't see why, please stay the fuck away from my code. +If you don't see why, please stay away from my code. Racing Timers: A Kernel Pastime ------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/livepatch/index.rst b/Documentation/livepatch/index.rst index 525944063be7..43cce5fad705 100644 --- a/Documentation/livepatch/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/livepatch/index.rst @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ Kernel Livepatching module-elf-format shadow-vars system-state + reliable-stacktrace .. only:: subproject and html diff --git a/Documentation/livepatch/livepatch.rst b/Documentation/livepatch/livepatch.rst index c2c598c4ead8..68e3651e8af9 100644 --- a/Documentation/livepatch/livepatch.rst +++ b/Documentation/livepatch/livepatch.rst @@ -6,20 +6,7 @@ This document outlines basic information about kernel livepatching. .. Table of Contents: - 1. Motivation - 2. Kprobes, Ftrace, Livepatching - 3. Consistency model - 4. Livepatch module - 4.1. New functions - 4.2. Metadata - 5. Livepatch life-cycle - 5.1. Loading - 5.2. Enabling - 5.3. Replacing - 5.4. Disabling - 5.5. Removing - 6. Sysfs - 7. Limitations +.. contents:: :local: 1. Motivation diff --git a/Documentation/livepatch/module-elf-format.rst b/Documentation/livepatch/module-elf-format.rst index 8c6b894c4661..dbe9b400e39f 100644 --- a/Documentation/livepatch/module-elf-format.rst +++ b/Documentation/livepatch/module-elf-format.rst @@ -7,14 +7,8 @@ This document outlines the Elf format requirements that livepatch modules must f .. Table of Contents - 1. Background and motivation - 2. Livepatch modinfo field - 3. Livepatch relocation sections - 3.1 Livepatch relocation section format - 4. Livepatch symbols - 4.1 A livepatch module's symbol table - 4.2 Livepatch symbol format - 5. Symbol table and Elf section access +.. contents:: :local: + 1. Background and motivation ============================ diff --git a/Documentation/livepatch/reliable-stacktrace.rst b/Documentation/livepatch/reliable-stacktrace.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..67459d2ca2af --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/livepatch/reliable-stacktrace.rst @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +=================== +Reliable Stacktrace +=================== + +This document outlines basic information about reliable stacktracing. + +.. Table of Contents: + +.. contents:: :local: + +1. Introduction +=============== + +The kernel livepatch consistency model relies on accurately identifying which +functions may have live state and therefore may not be safe to patch. One way +to identify which functions are live is to use a stacktrace. + +Existing stacktrace code may not always give an accurate picture of all +functions with live state, and best-effort approaches which can be helpful for +debugging are unsound for livepatching. Livepatching depends on architectures +to provide a *reliable* stacktrace which ensures it never omits any live +functions from a trace. + + +2. Requirements +=============== + +Architectures must implement one of the reliable stacktrace functions. +Architectures using CONFIG_ARCH_STACKWALK must implement +'arch_stack_walk_reliable', and other architectures must implement +'save_stack_trace_tsk_reliable'. + +Principally, the reliable stacktrace function must ensure that either: + +* The trace includes all functions that the task may be returned to, and the + return code is zero to indicate that the trace is reliable. + +* The return code is non-zero to indicate that the trace is not reliable. + +.. note:: + In some cases it is legitimate to omit specific functions from the trace, + but all other functions must be reported. These cases are described in + futher detail below. + +Secondly, the reliable stacktrace function must be robust to cases where +the stack or other unwind state is corrupt or otherwise unreliable. The +function should attempt to detect such cases and return a non-zero error +code, and should not get stuck in an infinite loop or access memory in +an unsafe way. Specific cases are described in further detail below. + + +3. Compile-time analysis +======================== + +To ensure that kernel code can be correctly unwound in all cases, +architectures may need to verify that code has been compiled in a manner +expected by the unwinder. For example, an unwinder may expect that +functions manipulate the stack pointer in a limited way, or that all +functions use specific prologue and epilogue sequences. Architectures +with such requirements should verify the kernel compilation using +objtool. + +In some cases, an unwinder may require metadata to correctly unwind. +Where necessary, this metadata should be generated at build time using +objtool. + + +4. Considerations +================= + +The unwinding process varies across architectures, their respective procedure +call standards, and kernel configurations. This section describes common +details that architectures should consider. + +4.1 Identifying successful termination +-------------------------------------- + +Unwinding may terminate early for a number of reasons, including: + +* Stack or frame pointer corruption. + +* Missing unwind support for an uncommon scenario, or a bug in the unwinder. + +* Dynamically generated code (e.g. eBPF) or foreign code (e.g. EFI runtime + services) not following the conventions expected by the unwinder. + +To ensure that this does not result in functions being omitted from the trace, +even if not caught by other checks, it is strongly recommended that +architectures verify that a stacktrace ends at an expected location, e.g. + +* Within a specific function that is an entry point to the kernel. + +* At a specific location on a stack expected for a kernel entry point. + +* On a specific stack expected for a kernel entry point (e.g. if the + architecture has separate task and IRQ stacks). + +4.2 Identifying unwindable code +------------------------------- + +Unwinding typically relies on code following specific conventions (e.g. +manipulating a frame pointer), but there can be code which may not follow these +conventions and may require special handling in the unwinder, e.g. + +* Exception vectors and entry assembly. + +* Procedure Linkage Table (PLT) entries and veneer functions. + +* Trampoline assembly (e.g. ftrace, kprobes). + +* Dynamically generated code (e.g. eBPF, optprobe trampolines). + +* Foreign code (e.g. EFI runtime services). + +To ensure that such cases do not result in functions being omitted from a +trace, it is strongly recommended that architectures positively identify code +which is known to be reliable to unwind from, and reject unwinding from all +other code. + +Kernel code including modules and eBPF can be distinguished from foreign code +using '__kernel_text_address()'. Checking for this also helps to detect stack +corruption. + +There are several ways an architecture may identify kernel code which is deemed +unreliable to unwind from, e.g. + +* Placing such code into special linker sections, and rejecting unwinding from + any code in these sections. + +* Identifying specific portions of code using bounds information. + +4.3 Unwinding across interrupts and exceptions +---------------------------------------------- + +At function call boundaries the stack and other unwind state is expected to be +in a consistent state suitable for reliable unwinding, but this may not be the +case part-way through a function. For example, during a function prologue or +epilogue a frame pointer may be transiently invalid, or during the function +body the return address may be held in an arbitrary general purpose register. +For some architectures this may change at runtime as a result of dynamic +instrumentation. + +If an interrupt or other exception is taken while the stack or other unwind +state is in an inconsistent state, it may not be possible to reliably unwind, +and it may not be possible to identify whether such unwinding will be reliable. +See below for examples. + +Architectures which cannot identify when it is reliable to unwind such cases +(or where it is never reliable) must reject unwinding across exception +boundaries. Note that it may be reliable to unwind across certain +exceptions (e.g. IRQ) but unreliable to unwind across other exceptions +(e.g. NMI). + +Architectures which can identify when it is reliable to unwind such cases (or +have no such cases) should attempt to unwind across exception boundaries, as +doing so can prevent unnecessarily stalling livepatch consistency checks and +permits livepatch transitions to complete more quickly. + +4.4 Rewriting of return addresses +--------------------------------- + +Some trampolines temporarily modify the return address of a function in order +to intercept when that function returns with a return trampoline, e.g. + +* An ftrace trampoline may modify the return address so that function graph + tracing can intercept returns. + +* A kprobes (or optprobes) trampoline may modify the return address so that + kretprobes can intercept returns. + +When this happens, the original return address will not be in its usual +location. For trampolines which are not subject to live patching, where an +unwinder can reliably determine the original return address and no unwind state +is altered by the trampoline, the unwinder may report the original return +address in place of the trampoline and report this as reliable. Otherwise, an +unwinder must report these cases as unreliable. + +Special care is required when identifying the original return address, as this +information is not in a consistent location for the duration of the entry +trampoline or return trampoline. For example, considering the x86_64 +'return_to_handler' return trampoline: + +.. code-block:: none + + SYM_CODE_START(return_to_handler) + UNWIND_HINT_EMPTY + subq $24, %rsp + + /* Save the return values */ + movq %rax, (%rsp) + movq %rdx, 8(%rsp) + movq %rbp, %rdi + + call ftrace_return_to_handler + + movq %rax, %rdi + movq 8(%rsp), %rdx + movq (%rsp), %rax + addq $24, %rsp + JMP_NOSPEC rdi + SYM_CODE_END(return_to_handler) + +While the traced function runs its return address on the stack points to +the start of return_to_handler, and the original return address is stored in +the task's cur_ret_stack. During this time the unwinder can find the return +address using ftrace_graph_ret_addr(). + +When the traced function returns to return_to_handler, there is no longer a +return address on the stack, though the original return address is still stored +in the task's cur_ret_stack. Within ftrace_return_to_handler(), the original +return address is removed from cur_ret_stack and is transiently moved +arbitrarily by the compiler before being returned in rax. The return_to_handler +trampoline moves this into rdi before jumping to it. + +Architectures might not always be able to unwind such sequences, such as when +ftrace_return_to_handler() has removed the address from cur_ret_stack, and the +location of the return address cannot be reliably determined. + +It is recommended that architectures unwind cases where return_to_handler has +not yet been returned to, but architectures are not required to unwind from the +middle of return_to_handler and can report this as unreliable. Architectures +are not required to unwind from other trampolines which modify the return +address. + +4.5 Obscuring of return addresses +--------------------------------- + +Some trampolines do not rewrite the return address in order to intercept +returns, but do transiently clobber the return address or other unwind state. + +For example, the x86_64 implementation of optprobes patches the probed function +with a JMP instruction which targets the associated optprobe trampoline. When +the probe is hit, the CPU will branch to the optprobe trampoline, and the +address of the probed function is not held in any register or on the stack. + +Similarly, the arm64 implementation of DYNAMIC_FTRACE_WITH_REGS patches traced +functions with the following: + +.. code-block:: none + + MOV X9, X30 + BL <trampoline> + +The MOV saves the link register (X30) into X9 to preserve the return address +before the BL clobbers the link register and branches to the trampoline. At the +start of the trampoline, the address of the traced function is in X9 rather +than the link register as would usually be the case. + +Architectures must either ensure that unwinders either reliably unwind +such cases, or report the unwinding as unreliable. + +4.6 Link register unreliability +------------------------------- + +On some other architectures, 'call' instructions place the return address into a +link register, and 'return' instructions consume the return address from the +link register without modifying the register. On these architectures software +must save the return address to the stack prior to making a function call. Over +the duration of a function call, the return address may be held in the link +register alone, on the stack alone, or in both locations. + +Unwinders typically assume the link register is always live, but this +assumption can lead to unreliable stack traces. For example, consider the +following arm64 assembly for a simple function: + +.. code-block:: none + + function: + STP X29, X30, [SP, -16]! + MOV X29, SP + BL <other_function> + LDP X29, X30, [SP], #16 + RET + +At entry to the function, the link register (x30) points to the caller, and the +frame pointer (X29) points to the caller's frame including the caller's return +address. The first two instructions create a new stackframe and update the +frame pointer, and at this point the link register and the frame pointer both +describe this function's return address. A trace at this point may describe +this function twice, and if the function return is being traced, the unwinder +may consume two entries from the fgraph return stack rather than one entry. + +The BL invokes 'other_function' with the link register pointing to this +function's LDR and the frame pointer pointing to this function's stackframe. +When 'other_function' returns, the link register is left pointing at the BL, +and so a trace at this point could result in 'function' appearing twice in the +backtrace. + +Similarly, a function may deliberately clobber the LR, e.g. + +.. code-block:: none + + caller: + STP X29, X30, [SP, -16]! + MOV X29, SP + ADR LR, <callee> + BLR LR + LDP X29, X30, [SP], #16 + RET + +The ADR places the address of 'callee' into the LR, before the BLR branches to +this address. If a trace is made immediately after the ADR, 'callee' will +appear to be the parent of 'caller', rather than the child. + +Due to cases such as the above, it may only be possible to reliably consume a +link register value at a function call boundary. Architectures where this is +the case must reject unwinding across exception boundaries unless they can +reliably identify when the LR or stack value should be used (e.g. using +metadata generated by objtool). diff --git a/Documentation/networking/bonding.rst b/Documentation/networking/bonding.rst index adc314639085..5f690f0ad0e4 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/bonding.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/bonding.rst @@ -951,6 +951,19 @@ xmit_hash_policy packets will be distributed according to the encapsulated flows. + vlan+srcmac + + This policy uses a very rudimentary vlan ID and source mac + hash to load-balance traffic per-vlan, with failover + should one leg fail. The intended use case is for a bond + shared by multiple virtual machines, all configured to + use their own vlan, to give lacp-like functionality + without requiring lacp-capable switching hardware. + + The formula for the hash is simply + + hash = (vlan ID) XOR (source MAC vendor) XOR (source MAC dev) + The default value is layer2. This option was added in bonding version 2.6.3. In earlier versions of bonding, this parameter does not exist, and the layer2 policy is the only policy. The diff --git a/Documentation/networking/caif/caif.rst b/Documentation/networking/caif/caif.rst index a07213030ccf..81a14373d780 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/caif/caif.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/caif/caif.rst @@ -68,7 +68,6 @@ There are debugfs parameters provided for serial communication. * tty_status: Prints the bit-mask tty status information - 0x01 - tty->warned is on. - - 0x02 - tty->low_latency is on. - 0x04 - tty->packed is on. - 0x08 - tty->flow_stopped is on. - 0x10 - tty->hw_stopped is on. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/index.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/index.rst index cbb75a1818c0..6b5dc203da2b 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/index.rst @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ Contents: stmicro/stmmac ti/cpsw ti/cpsw_switchdev + ti/am65_nuss_cpsw_switchdev ti/tlan toshiba/spider_net diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/intel/ice.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/intel/ice.rst index ee43ea57d443..e7d9cbff771b 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/intel/ice.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/intel/ice.rst @@ -1,46 +1,1031 @@ .. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ -================================================================== -Linux Base Driver for the Intel(R) Ethernet Connection E800 Series -================================================================== +================================================================= +Linux Base Driver for the Intel(R) Ethernet Controller 800 Series +================================================================= Intel ice Linux driver. -Copyright(c) 2018 Intel Corporation. +Copyright(c) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation. Contents ======== -- Enabling the driver -- Support +- Overview +- Identifying Your Adapter +- Important Notes +- Additional Features & Configurations +- Performance Optimization -The driver in this release supports Intel's E800 Series of products. For -more information, visit Intel's support page at https://support.intel.com. -Enabling the driver -=================== -The driver is enabled via the standard kernel configuration system, -using the make command:: +The associated Virtual Function (VF) driver for this driver is iavf. - make oldconfig/menuconfig/etc. +Driver information can be obtained using ethtool and lspci. -The driver is located in the menu structure at: +For questions related to hardware requirements, refer to the documentation +supplied with your Intel adapter. All hardware requirements listed apply to use +with Linux. + +This driver supports XDP (Express Data Path) and AF_XDP zero-copy. Note that +XDP is blocked for frame sizes larger than 3KB. + + +Identifying Your Adapter +======================== +For information on how to identify your adapter, and for the latest Intel +network drivers, refer to the Intel Support website: +https://www.intel.com/support + + +Important Notes +=============== + +Packet drops may occur under receive stress +------------------------------------------- +Devices based on the Intel(R) Ethernet Controller 800 Series are designed to +tolerate a limited amount of system latency during PCIe and DMA transactions. +If these transactions take longer than the tolerated latency, it can impact the +length of time the packets are buffered in the device and associated memory, +which may result in dropped packets. These packets drops typically do not have +a noticeable impact on throughput and performance under standard workloads. + +If these packet drops appear to affect your workload, the following may improve +the situation: + +1) Make sure that your system's physical memory is in a high-performance + configuration, as recommended by the platform vendor. A common + recommendation is for all channels to be populated with a single DIMM + module. +2) In your system's BIOS/UEFI settings, select the "Performance" profile. +3) Your distribution may provide tools like "tuned," which can help tweak + kernel settings to achieve better standard settings for different workloads. + + +Configuring SR-IOV for improved network security +------------------------------------------------ +In a virtualized environment, on Intel(R) Ethernet Network Adapters that +support SR-IOV, the virtual function (VF) may be subject to malicious behavior. +Software-generated layer two frames, like IEEE 802.3x (link flow control), IEEE +802.1Qbb (priority based flow-control), and others of this type, are not +expected and can throttle traffic between the host and the virtual switch, +reducing performance. To resolve this issue, and to ensure isolation from +unintended traffic streams, configure all SR-IOV enabled ports for VLAN tagging +from the administrative interface on the PF. This configuration allows +unexpected, and potentially malicious, frames to be dropped. + +See "Configuring VLAN Tagging on SR-IOV Enabled Adapter Ports" later in this +README for configuration instructions. + + +Do not unload port driver if VF with active VM is bound to it +------------------------------------------------------------- +Do not unload a port's driver if a Virtual Function (VF) with an active Virtual +Machine (VM) is bound to it. Doing so will cause the port to appear to hang. +Once the VM shuts down, or otherwise releases the VF, the command will +complete. + + +Important notes for SR-IOV and Link Aggregation +----------------------------------------------- +Link Aggregation is mutually exclusive with SR-IOV. + +- If Link Aggregation is active, SR-IOV VFs cannot be created on the PF. +- If SR-IOV is active, you cannot set up Link Aggregation on the interface. + +Bridging and MACVLAN are also affected by this. If you wish to use bridging or +MACVLAN with SR-IOV, you must set up bridging or MACVLAN before enabling +SR-IOV. If you are using bridging or MACVLAN in conjunction with SR-IOV, and +you want to remove the interface from the bridge or MACVLAN, you must follow +these steps: + +1. Destroy SR-IOV VFs if they exist +2. Remove the interface from the bridge or MACVLAN +3. Recreate SRIOV VFs as needed + + +Additional Features and Configurations +====================================== + +ethtool +------- +The driver utilizes the ethtool interface for driver configuration and +diagnostics, as well as displaying statistical information. The latest ethtool +version is required for this functionality. Download it at: +https://kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/ + +NOTE: The rx_bytes value of ethtool does not match the rx_bytes value of +Netdev, due to the 4-byte CRC being stripped by the device. The difference +between the two rx_bytes values will be 4 x the number of Rx packets. For +example, if Rx packets are 10 and Netdev (software statistics) displays +rx_bytes as "X", then ethtool (hardware statistics) will display rx_bytes as +"X+40" (4 bytes CRC x 10 packets). + + +Viewing Link Messages +--------------------- +Link messages will not be displayed to the console if the distribution is +restricting system messages. In order to see network driver link messages on +your console, set dmesg to eight by entering the following:: + + # dmesg -n 8 + +NOTE: This setting is not saved across reboots. + + +Dynamic Device Personalization +------------------------------ +Dynamic Device Personalization (DDP) allows you to change the packet processing +pipeline of a device by applying a profile package to the device at runtime. +Profiles can be used to, for example, add support for new protocols, change +existing protocols, or change default settings. DDP profiles can also be rolled +back without rebooting the system. + +The DDP package loads during device initialization. The driver looks for +``intel/ice/ddp/ice.pkg`` in your firmware root (typically ``/lib/firmware/`` +or ``/lib/firmware/updates/``) and checks that it contains a valid DDP package +file. + +NOTE: Your distribution should likely have provided the latest DDP file, but if +ice.pkg is missing, you can find it in the linux-firmware repository or from +intel.com. + +If the driver is unable to load the DDP package, the device will enter Safe +Mode. Safe Mode disables advanced and performance features and supports only +basic traffic and minimal functionality, such as updating the NVM or +downloading a new driver or DDP package. Safe Mode only applies to the affected +physical function and does not impact any other PFs. See the "Intel(R) Ethernet +Adapters and Devices User Guide" for more details on DDP and Safe Mode. + +NOTES: + +- If you encounter issues with the DDP package file, you may need to download + an updated driver or DDP package file. See the log messages for more + information. + +- The ice.pkg file is a symbolic link to the default DDP package file. + +- You cannot update the DDP package if any PF drivers are already loaded. To + overwrite a package, unload all PFs and then reload the driver with the new + package. + +- Only the first loaded PF per device can download a package for that device. + +You can install specific DDP package files for different physical devices in +the same system. To install a specific DDP package file: + +1. Download the DDP package file you want for your device. + +2. Rename the file ice-xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx.pkg, where 'xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx' is the + unique 64-bit PCI Express device serial number (in hex) of the device you + want the package downloaded on. The filename must include the complete + serial number (including leading zeros) and be all lowercase. For example, + if the 64-bit serial number is b887a3ffffca0568, then the file name would be + ice-b887a3ffffca0568.pkg. + + To find the serial number from the PCI bus address, you can use the + following command:: + + # lspci -vv -s af:00.0 | grep -i Serial + Capabilities: [150 v1] Device Serial Number b8-87-a3-ff-ff-ca-05-68 + + You can use the following command to format the serial number without the + dashes:: + + # lspci -vv -s af:00.0 | grep -i Serial | awk '{print $7}' | sed s/-//g + b887a3ffffca0568 + +3. Copy the renamed DDP package file to + ``/lib/firmware/updates/intel/ice/ddp/``. If the directory does not yet + exist, create it before copying the file. + +4. Unload all of the PFs on the device. + +5. Reload the driver with the new package. + +NOTE: The presence of a device-specific DDP package file overrides the loading +of the default DDP package file (ice.pkg). + + +Intel(R) Ethernet Flow Director +------------------------------- +The Intel Ethernet Flow Director performs the following tasks: + +- Directs receive packets according to their flows to different queues +- Enables tight control on routing a flow in the platform +- Matches flows and CPU cores for flow affinity + +NOTE: This driver supports the following flow types: + +- IPv4 +- TCPv4 +- UDPv4 +- SCTPv4 +- IPv6 +- TCPv6 +- UDPv6 +- SCTPv6 + +Each flow type supports valid combinations of IP addresses (source or +destination) and UDP/TCP/SCTP ports (source and destination). You can supply +only a source IP address, a source IP address and a destination port, or any +combination of one or more of these four parameters. + +NOTE: This driver allows you to filter traffic based on a user-defined flexible +two-byte pattern and offset by using the ethtool user-def and mask fields. Only +L3 and L4 flow types are supported for user-defined flexible filters. For a +given flow type, you must clear all Intel Ethernet Flow Director filters before +changing the input set (for that flow type). + + +Flow Director Filters +--------------------- +Flow Director filters are used to direct traffic that matches specified +characteristics. They are enabled through ethtool's ntuple interface. To enable +or disable the Intel Ethernet Flow Director and these filters:: + + # ethtool -K <ethX> ntuple <off|on> + +NOTE: When you disable ntuple filters, all the user programmed filters are +flushed from the driver cache and hardware. All needed filters must be re-added +when ntuple is re-enabled. + +To display all of the active filters:: + + # ethtool -u <ethX> + +To add a new filter:: + + # ethtool -U <ethX> flow-type <type> src-ip <ip> [m <ip_mask>] dst-ip <ip> + [m <ip_mask>] src-port <port> [m <port_mask>] dst-port <port> [m <port_mask>] + action <queue> + + Where: + <ethX> - the Ethernet device to program + <type> - can be ip4, tcp4, udp4, sctp4, ip6, tcp6, udp6, sctp6 + <ip> - the IP address to match on + <ip_mask> - the IPv4 address to mask on + NOTE: These filters use inverted masks. + <port> - the port number to match on + <port_mask> - the 16-bit integer for masking + NOTE: These filters use inverted masks. + <queue> - the queue to direct traffic toward (-1 discards the + matched traffic) + +To delete a filter:: + + # ethtool -U <ethX> delete <N> + + Where <N> is the filter ID displayed when printing all the active filters, + and may also have been specified using "loc <N>" when adding the filter. + +EXAMPLES: + +To add a filter that directs packet to queue 2:: + + # ethtool -U <ethX> flow-type tcp4 src-ip 192.168.10.1 dst-ip \ + 192.168.10.2 src-port 2000 dst-port 2001 action 2 [loc 1] + +To set a filter using only the source and destination IP address:: + + # ethtool -U <ethX> flow-type tcp4 src-ip 192.168.10.1 dst-ip \ + 192.168.10.2 action 2 [loc 1] + +To set a filter based on a user-defined pattern and offset:: + + # ethtool -U <ethX> flow-type tcp4 src-ip 192.168.10.1 dst-ip \ + 192.168.10.2 user-def 0x4FFFF action 2 [loc 1] + + where the value of the user-def field contains the offset (4 bytes) and + the pattern (0xffff). + +To match TCP traffic sent from 192.168.0.1, port 5300, directed to 192.168.0.5, +port 80, and then send it to queue 7:: + + # ethtool -U enp130s0 flow-type tcp4 src-ip 192.168.0.1 dst-ip 192.168.0.5 + src-port 5300 dst-port 80 action 7 + +To add a TCPv4 filter with a partial mask for a source IP subnet:: + + # ethtool -U <ethX> flow-type tcp4 src-ip 192.168.0.0 m 0.255.255.255 dst-ip + 192.168.5.12 src-port 12600 dst-port 31 action 12 + +NOTES: + +For each flow-type, the programmed filters must all have the same matching +input set. For example, issuing the following two commands is acceptable:: + + # ethtool -U enp130s0 flow-type ip4 src-ip 192.168.0.1 src-port 5300 action 7 + # ethtool -U enp130s0 flow-type ip4 src-ip 192.168.0.5 src-port 55 action 10 + +Issuing the next two commands, however, is not acceptable, since the first +specifies src-ip and the second specifies dst-ip:: + + # ethtool -U enp130s0 flow-type ip4 src-ip 192.168.0.1 src-port 5300 action 7 + # ethtool -U enp130s0 flow-type ip4 dst-ip 192.168.0.5 src-port 55 action 10 + +The second command will fail with an error. You may program multiple filters +with the same fields, using different values, but, on one device, you may not +program two tcp4 filters with different matching fields. + +The ice driver does not support matching on a subportion of a field, thus +partial mask fields are not supported. + + +Flex Byte Flow Director Filters +------------------------------- +The driver also supports matching user-defined data within the packet payload. +This flexible data is specified using the "user-def" field of the ethtool +command in the following way: + +.. table:: + + ============================== ============================ + ``31 28 24 20 16`` ``15 12 8 4 0`` + ``offset into packet payload`` ``2 bytes of flexible data`` + ============================== ============================ + +For example, + +:: + + ... user-def 0x4FFFF ... + +tells the filter to look 4 bytes into the payload and match that value against +0xFFFF. The offset is based on the beginning of the payload, and not the +beginning of the packet. Thus + +:: + + flow-type tcp4 ... user-def 0x8BEAF ... + +would match TCP/IPv4 packets which have the value 0xBEAF 8 bytes into the +TCP/IPv4 payload. + +Note that ICMP headers are parsed as 4 bytes of header and 4 bytes of payload. +Thus to match the first byte of the payload, you must actually add 4 bytes to +the offset. Also note that ip4 filters match both ICMP frames as well as raw +(unknown) ip4 frames, where the payload will be the L3 payload of the IP4 +frame. + +The maximum offset is 64. The hardware will only read up to 64 bytes of data +from the payload. The offset must be even because the flexible data is 2 bytes +long and must be aligned to byte 0 of the packet payload. + +The user-defined flexible offset is also considered part of the input set and +cannot be programmed separately for multiple filters of the same type. However, +the flexible data is not part of the input set and multiple filters may use the +same offset but match against different data. + + +RSS Hash Flow +------------- +Allows you to set the hash bytes per flow type and any combination of one or +more options for Receive Side Scaling (RSS) hash byte configuration. + +:: + + # ethtool -N <ethX> rx-flow-hash <type> <option> + + Where <type> is: + tcp4 signifying TCP over IPv4 + udp4 signifying UDP over IPv4 + tcp6 signifying TCP over IPv6 + udp6 signifying UDP over IPv6 + And <option> is one or more of: + s Hash on the IP source address of the Rx packet. + d Hash on the IP destination address of the Rx packet. + f Hash on bytes 0 and 1 of the Layer 4 header of the Rx packet. + n Hash on bytes 2 and 3 of the Layer 4 header of the Rx packet. + + +Accelerated Receive Flow Steering (aRFS) +---------------------------------------- +Devices based on the Intel(R) Ethernet Controller 800 Series support +Accelerated Receive Flow Steering (aRFS) on the PF. aRFS is a load-balancing +mechanism that allows you to direct packets to the same CPU where an +application is running or consuming the packets in that flow. + +NOTES: + +- aRFS requires that ntuple filtering is enabled via ethtool. +- aRFS support is limited to the following packet types: + + - TCP over IPv4 and IPv6 + - UDP over IPv4 and IPv6 + - Nonfragmented packets + +- aRFS only supports Flow Director filters, which consist of the + source/destination IP addresses and source/destination ports. +- aRFS and ethtool's ntuple interface both use the device's Flow Director. aRFS + and ntuple features can coexist, but you may encounter unexpected results if + there's a conflict between aRFS and ntuple requests. See "Intel(R) Ethernet + Flow Director" for additional information. + +To set up aRFS: + +1. Enable the Intel Ethernet Flow Director and ntuple filters using ethtool. + +:: + + # ethtool -K <ethX> ntuple on + +2. Set up the number of entries in the global flow table. For example: + +:: + + # NUM_RPS_ENTRIES=16384 + # echo $NUM_RPS_ENTRIES > /proc/sys/net/core/rps_sock_flow_entries + +3. Set up the number of entries in the per-queue flow table. For example: + +:: + + # NUM_RX_QUEUES=64 + # for file in /sys/class/net/$IFACE/queues/rx-*/rps_flow_cnt; do + # echo $(($NUM_RPS_ENTRIES/$NUM_RX_QUEUES)) > $file; + # done + +4. Disable the IRQ balance daemon (this is only a temporary stop of the service + until the next reboot). + +:: + + # systemctl stop irqbalance + +5. Configure the interrupt affinity. + + See ``/Documentation/core-api/irq/irq-affinity.rst`` + + +To disable aRFS using ethtool:: + + # ethtool -K <ethX> ntuple off + +NOTE: This command will disable ntuple filters and clear any aRFS filters in +software and hardware. + +Example Use Case: + +1. Set the server application on the desired CPU (e.g., CPU 4). + +:: + + # taskset -c 4 netserver + +2. Use netperf to route traffic from the client to CPU 4 on the server with + aRFS configured. This example uses TCP over IPv4. + +:: + + # netperf -H <Host IPv4 Address> -t TCP_STREAM + + +Enabling Virtual Functions (VFs) +-------------------------------- +Use sysfs to enable virtual functions (VF). + +For example, you can create 4 VFs as follows:: + + # echo 4 > /sys/class/net/<ethX>/device/sriov_numvfs + +To disable VFs, write 0 to the same file:: + + # echo 0 > /sys/class/net/<ethX>/device/sriov_numvfs + +The maximum number of VFs for the ice driver is 256 total (all ports). To check +how many VFs each PF supports, use the following command:: + + # cat /sys/class/net/<ethX>/device/sriov_totalvfs + +Note: You cannot use SR-IOV when link aggregation (LAG)/bonding is active, and +vice versa. To enforce this, the driver checks for this mutual exclusion. + + +Displaying VF Statistics on the PF +---------------------------------- +Use the following command to display the statistics for the PF and its VFs:: + + # ip -s link show dev <ethX> + +NOTE: The output of this command can be very large due to the maximum number of +possible VFs. + +The PF driver will display a subset of the statistics for the PF and for all +VFs that are configured. The PF will always print a statistics block for each +of the possible VFs, and it will show zero for all unconfigured VFs. + + +Configuring VLAN Tagging on SR-IOV Enabled Adapter Ports +-------------------------------------------------------- +To configure VLAN tagging for the ports on an SR-IOV enabled adapter, use the +following command. The VLAN configuration should be done before the VF driver +is loaded or the VM is booted. The VF is not aware of the VLAN tag being +inserted on transmit and removed on received frames (sometimes called "port +VLAN" mode). + +:: + + # ip link set dev <ethX> vf <id> vlan <vlan id> + +For example, the following will configure PF eth0 and the first VF on VLAN 10:: + + # ip link set dev eth0 vf 0 vlan 10 + + +Enabling a VF link if the port is disconnected +---------------------------------------------- +If the physical function (PF) link is down, you can force link up (from the +host PF) on any virtual functions (VF) bound to the PF. + +For example, to force link up on VF 0 bound to PF eth0:: + + # ip link set eth0 vf 0 state enable + +Note: If the command does not work, it may not be supported by your system. + + +Setting the MAC Address for a VF +-------------------------------- +To change the MAC address for the specified VF:: + + # ip link set <ethX> vf 0 mac <address> + +For example:: + + # ip link set <ethX> vf 0 mac 00:01:02:03:04:05 + +This setting lasts until the PF is reloaded. + +NOTE: Assigning a MAC address for a VF from the host will disable any +subsequent requests to change the MAC address from within the VM. This is a +security feature. The VM is not aware of this restriction, so if this is +attempted in the VM, it will trigger MDD events. + + +Trusted VFs and VF Promiscuous Mode +----------------------------------- +This feature allows you to designate a particular VF as trusted and allows that +trusted VF to request selective promiscuous mode on the Physical Function (PF). + +To set a VF as trusted or untrusted, enter the following command in the +Hypervisor:: + + # ip link set dev <ethX> vf 1 trust [on|off] + +NOTE: It's important to set the VF to trusted before setting promiscuous mode. +If the VM is not trusted, the PF will ignore promiscuous mode requests from the +VF. If the VM becomes trusted after the VF driver is loaded, you must make a +new request to set the VF to promiscuous. + +Once the VF is designated as trusted, use the following commands in the VM to +set the VF to promiscuous mode. + +For promiscuous all:: + + # ip link set <ethX> promisc on + Where <ethX> is a VF interface in the VM + +For promiscuous Multicast:: + + # ip link set <ethX> allmulticast on + Where <ethX> is a VF interface in the VM + +NOTE: By default, the ethtool private flag vf-true-promisc-support is set to +"off," meaning that promiscuous mode for the VF will be limited. To set the +promiscuous mode for the VF to true promiscuous and allow the VF to see all +ingress traffic, use the following command:: + + # ethtool --set-priv-flags <ethX> vf-true-promisc-support on + +The vf-true-promisc-support private flag does not enable promiscuous mode; +rather, it designates which type of promiscuous mode (limited or true) you will +get when you enable promiscuous mode using the ip link commands above. Note +that this is a global setting that affects the entire device. However, the +vf-true-promisc-support private flag is only exposed to the first PF of the +device. The PF remains in limited promiscuous mode regardless of the +vf-true-promisc-support setting. + +Next, add a VLAN interface on the VF interface. For example:: + + # ip link add link eth2 name eth2.100 type vlan id 100 + +Note that the order in which you set the VF to promiscuous mode and add the +VLAN interface does not matter (you can do either first). The result in this +example is that the VF will get all traffic that is tagged with VLAN 100. + + +Malicious Driver Detection (MDD) for VFs +---------------------------------------- +Some Intel Ethernet devices use Malicious Driver Detection (MDD) to detect +malicious traffic from the VF and disable Tx/Rx queues or drop the offending +packet until a VF driver reset occurs. You can view MDD messages in the PF's +system log using the dmesg command. + +- If the PF driver logs MDD events from the VF, confirm that the correct VF + driver is installed. +- To restore functionality, you can manually reload the VF or VM or enable + automatic VF resets. +- When automatic VF resets are enabled, the PF driver will immediately reset + the VF and reenable queues when it detects MDD events on the receive path. +- If automatic VF resets are disabled, the PF will not automatically reset the + VF when it detects MDD events. + +To enable or disable automatic VF resets, use the following command:: + + # ethtool --set-priv-flags <ethX> mdd-auto-reset-vf on|off + + +MAC and VLAN Anti-Spoofing Feature for VFs +------------------------------------------ +When a malicious driver on a Virtual Function (VF) interface attempts to send a +spoofed packet, it is dropped by the hardware and not transmitted. + +NOTE: This feature can be disabled for a specific VF:: + + # ip link set <ethX> vf <vf id> spoofchk {off|on} + + +Jumbo Frames +------------ +Jumbo Frames support is enabled by changing the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) +to a value larger than the default value of 1500. + +Use the ifconfig command to increase the MTU size. For example, enter the +following where <ethX> is the interface number:: + + # ifconfig <ethX> mtu 9000 up + +Alternatively, you can use the ip command as follows:: + + # ip link set mtu 9000 dev <ethX> + # ip link set up dev <ethX> + +This setting is not saved across reboots. + + +NOTE: The maximum MTU setting for jumbo frames is 9702. This corresponds to the +maximum jumbo frame size of 9728 bytes. + +NOTE: This driver will attempt to use multiple page sized buffers to receive +each jumbo packet. This should help to avoid buffer starvation issues when +allocating receive packets. + +NOTE: Packet loss may have a greater impact on throughput when you use jumbo +frames. If you observe a drop in performance after enabling jumbo frames, +enabling flow control may mitigate the issue. + + +Speed and Duplex Configuration +------------------------------ +In addressing speed and duplex configuration issues, you need to distinguish +between copper-based adapters and fiber-based adapters. + +In the default mode, an Intel(R) Ethernet Network Adapter using copper +connections will attempt to auto-negotiate with its link partner to determine +the best setting. If the adapter cannot establish link with the link partner +using auto-negotiation, you may need to manually configure the adapter and link +partner to identical settings to establish link and pass packets. This should +only be needed when attempting to link with an older switch that does not +support auto-negotiation or one that has been forced to a specific speed or +duplex mode. Your link partner must match the setting you choose. 1 Gbps speeds +and higher cannot be forced. Use the autonegotiation advertising setting to +manually set devices for 1 Gbps and higher. + +Speed, duplex, and autonegotiation advertising are configured through the +ethtool utility. For the latest version, download and install ethtool from the +following website: + + https://kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/ + +To see the speed configurations your device supports, run the following:: + + # ethtool <ethX> + +Caution: Only experienced network administrators should force speed and duplex +or change autonegotiation advertising manually. The settings at the switch must +always match the adapter settings. Adapter performance may suffer or your +adapter may not operate if you configure the adapter differently from your +switch. + + +Data Center Bridging (DCB) +-------------------------- +NOTE: The kernel assumes that TC0 is available, and will disable Priority Flow +Control (PFC) on the device if TC0 is not available. To fix this, ensure TC0 is +enabled when setting up DCB on your switch. + +DCB is a configuration Quality of Service implementation in hardware. It uses +the VLAN priority tag (802.1p) to filter traffic. That means that there are 8 +different priorities that traffic can be filtered into. It also enables +priority flow control (802.1Qbb) which can limit or eliminate the number of +dropped packets during network stress. Bandwidth can be allocated to each of +these priorities, which is enforced at the hardware level (802.1Qaz). + +DCB is normally configured on the network using the DCBX protocol (802.1Qaz), a +specialization of LLDP (802.1AB). The ice driver supports the following +mutually exclusive variants of DCBX support: + +1) Firmware-based LLDP Agent +2) Software-based LLDP Agent + +In firmware-based mode, firmware intercepts all LLDP traffic and handles DCBX +negotiation transparently for the user. In this mode, the adapter operates in +"willing" DCBX mode, receiving DCB settings from the link partner (typically a +switch). The local user can only query the negotiated DCB configuration. For +information on configuring DCBX parameters on a switch, please consult the +switch manufacturer's documentation. + +In software-based mode, LLDP traffic is forwarded to the network stack and user +space, where a software agent can handle it. In this mode, the adapter can +operate in either "willing" or "nonwilling" DCBX mode and DCB configuration can +be both queried and set locally. This mode requires the FW-based LLDP Agent to +be disabled. + +NOTE: + +- You can enable and disable the firmware-based LLDP Agent using an ethtool + private flag. Refer to the "FW-LLDP (Firmware Link Layer Discovery Protocol)" + section in this README for more information. +- In software-based DCBX mode, you can configure DCB parameters using software + LLDP/DCBX agents that interface with the Linux kernel's DCB Netlink API. We + recommend using OpenLLDP as the DCBX agent when running in software mode. For + more information, see the OpenLLDP man pages and + https://github.com/intel/openlldp. +- The driver implements the DCB netlink interface layer to allow the user space + to communicate with the driver and query DCB configuration for the port. +- iSCSI with DCB is not supported. + + +FW-LLDP (Firmware Link Layer Discovery Protocol) +------------------------------------------------ +Use ethtool to change FW-LLDP settings. The FW-LLDP setting is per port and +persists across boots. + +To enable LLDP:: + + # ethtool --set-priv-flags <ethX> fw-lldp-agent on + +To disable LLDP:: + + # ethtool --set-priv-flags <ethX> fw-lldp-agent off + +To check the current LLDP setting:: + + # ethtool --show-priv-flags <ethX> + +NOTE: You must enable the UEFI HII "LLDP Agent" attribute for this setting to +take effect. If "LLDP AGENT" is set to disabled, you cannot enable it from the +OS. + + +Flow Control +------------ +Ethernet Flow Control (IEEE 802.3x) can be configured with ethtool to enable +receiving and transmitting pause frames for ice. When transmit is enabled, +pause frames are generated when the receive packet buffer crosses a predefined +threshold. When receive is enabled, the transmit unit will halt for the time +delay specified when a pause frame is received. + +NOTE: You must have a flow control capable link partner. + +Flow Control is disabled by default. + +Use ethtool to change the flow control settings. + +To enable or disable Rx or Tx Flow Control:: + + # ethtool -A <ethX> rx <on|off> tx <on|off> + +Note: This command only enables or disables Flow Control if auto-negotiation is +disabled. If auto-negotiation is enabled, this command changes the parameters +used for auto-negotiation with the link partner. + +Note: Flow Control auto-negotiation is part of link auto-negotiation. Depending +on your device, you may not be able to change the auto-negotiation setting. + +NOTE: + +- The ice driver requires flow control on both the port and link partner. If + flow control is disabled on one of the sides, the port may appear to hang on + heavy traffic. +- You may encounter issues with link-level flow control (LFC) after disabling + DCB. The LFC status may show as enabled but traffic is not paused. To resolve + this issue, disable and reenable LFC using ethtool:: + + # ethtool -A <ethX> rx off tx off + # ethtool -A <ethX> rx on tx on + + +NAPI +---- +This driver supports NAPI (Rx polling mode). +For more information on NAPI, see +https://www.linuxfoundation.org/collaborate/workgroups/networking/napi + + +MACVLAN +------- +This driver supports MACVLAN. Kernel support for MACVLAN can be tested by +checking if the MACVLAN driver is loaded. You can run 'lsmod | grep macvlan' to +see if the MACVLAN driver is loaded or run 'modprobe macvlan' to try to load +the MACVLAN driver. + +NOTE: + +- In passthru mode, you can only set up one MACVLAN device. It will inherit the + MAC address of the underlying PF (Physical Function) device. + + +IEEE 802.1ad (QinQ) Support +--------------------------- +The IEEE 802.1ad standard, informally known as QinQ, allows for multiple VLAN +IDs within a single Ethernet frame. VLAN IDs are sometimes referred to as +"tags," and multiple VLAN IDs are thus referred to as a "tag stack." Tag stacks +allow L2 tunneling and the ability to segregate traffic within a particular +VLAN ID, among other uses. + +NOTES: + +- Receive checksum offloads and VLAN acceleration are not supported for 802.1ad + (QinQ) packets. + +- 0x88A8 traffic will not be received unless VLAN stripping is disabled with + the following command:: + + # ethool -K <ethX> rxvlan off + +- 0x88A8/0x8100 double VLANs cannot be used with 0x8100 or 0x8100/0x8100 VLANS + configured on the same port. 0x88a8/0x8100 traffic will not be received if + 0x8100 VLANs are configured. + +- The VF can only transmit 0x88A8/0x8100 (i.e., 802.1ad/802.1Q) traffic if: + + 1) The VF is not assigned a port VLAN. + 2) spoofchk is disabled from the PF. If you enable spoofchk, the VF will + not transmit 0x88A8/0x8100 traffic. + +- The VF may not receive all network traffic based on the Inner VLAN header + when VF true promiscuous mode (vf-true-promisc-support) and double VLANs are + enabled in SR-IOV mode. + +The following are examples of how to configure 802.1ad (QinQ):: + + # ip link add link eth0 eth0.24 type vlan proto 802.1ad id 24 + # ip link add link eth0.24 eth0.24.371 type vlan proto 802.1Q id 371 + + Where "24" and "371" are example VLAN IDs. + + +Tunnel/Overlay Stateless Offloads +--------------------------------- +Supported tunnels and overlays include VXLAN, GENEVE, and others depending on +hardware and software configuration. Stateless offloads are enabled by default. + +To view the current state of all offloads:: + + # ethtool -k <ethX> + + +UDP Segmentation Offload +------------------------ +Allows the adapter to offload transmit segmentation of UDP packets with +payloads up to 64K into valid Ethernet frames. Because the adapter hardware is +able to complete data segmentation much faster than operating system software, +this feature may improve transmission performance. +In addition, the adapter may use fewer CPU resources. + +NOTE: + +- The application sending UDP packets must support UDP segmentation offload. + +To enable/disable UDP Segmentation Offload, issue the following command:: + + # ethtool -K <ethX> tx-udp-segmentation [off|on] + + +Performance Optimization +======================== +Driver defaults are meant to fit a wide variety of workloads, but if further +optimization is required, we recommend experimenting with the following +settings. + + +Rx Descriptor Ring Size +----------------------- +To reduce the number of Rx packet discards, increase the number of Rx +descriptors for each Rx ring using ethtool. + + Check if the interface is dropping Rx packets due to buffers being full + (rx_dropped.nic can mean that there is no PCIe bandwidth):: + + # ethtool -S <ethX> | grep "rx_dropped" + + If the previous command shows drops on queues, it may help to increase + the number of descriptors using 'ethtool -G':: + + # ethtool -G <ethX> rx <N> + Where <N> is the desired number of ring entries/descriptors + + This can provide temporary buffering for issues that create latency while + the CPUs process descriptors. + + +Interrupt Rate Limiting +----------------------- +This driver supports an adaptive interrupt throttle rate (ITR) mechanism that +is tuned for general workloads. The user can customize the interrupt rate +control for specific workloads, via ethtool, adjusting the number of +microseconds between interrupts. + +To set the interrupt rate manually, you must disable adaptive mode:: + + # ethtool -C <ethX> adaptive-rx off adaptive-tx off + +For lower CPU utilization: + + Disable adaptive ITR and lower Rx and Tx interrupts. The examples below + affect every queue of the specified interface. + + Setting rx-usecs and tx-usecs to 80 will limit interrupts to about + 12,500 interrupts per second per queue:: + + # ethtool -C <ethX> adaptive-rx off adaptive-tx off rx-usecs 80 tx-usecs 80 + +For reduced latency: + + Disable adaptive ITR and ITR by setting rx-usecs and tx-usecs to 0 + using ethtool:: + + # ethtool -C <ethX> adaptive-rx off adaptive-tx off rx-usecs 0 tx-usecs 0 + +Per-queue interrupt rate settings: + + The following examples are for queues 1 and 3, but you can adjust other + queues. + + To disable Rx adaptive ITR and set static Rx ITR to 10 microseconds or + about 100,000 interrupts/second, for queues 1 and 3:: + + # ethtool --per-queue <ethX> queue_mask 0xa --coalesce adaptive-rx off + rx-usecs 10 + + To show the current coalesce settings for queues 1 and 3:: + + # ethtool --per-queue <ethX> queue_mask 0xa --show-coalesce + +Bounding interrupt rates using rx-usecs-high: + + :Valid Range: 0-236 (0=no limit) + + The range of 0-236 microseconds provides an effective range of 4,237 to + 250,000 interrupts per second. The value of rx-usecs-high can be set + independently of rx-usecs and tx-usecs in the same ethtool command, and is + also independent of the adaptive interrupt moderation algorithm. The + underlying hardware supports granularity in 4-microsecond intervals, so + adjacent values may result in the same interrupt rate. + + The following command would disable adaptive interrupt moderation, and allow + a maximum of 5 microseconds before indicating a receive or transmit was + complete. However, instead of resulting in as many as 200,000 interrupts per + second, it limits total interrupts per second to 50,000 via the rx-usecs-high + parameter. + + :: + + # ethtool -C <ethX> adaptive-rx off adaptive-tx off rx-usecs-high 20 + rx-usecs 5 tx-usecs 5 + + +Virtualized Environments +------------------------ +In addition to the other suggestions in this section, the following may be +helpful to optimize performance in VMs. + + Using the appropriate mechanism (vcpupin) in the VM, pin the CPUs to + individual LCPUs, making sure to use a set of CPUs included in the + device's local_cpulist: ``/sys/class/net/<ethX>/device/local_cpulist``. + + Configure as many Rx/Tx queues in the VM as available. (See the iavf driver + documentation for the number of queues supported.) For example:: + + # ethtool -L <virt_interface> rx <max> tx <max> - -> Device Drivers - -> Network device support (NETDEVICES [=y]) - -> Ethernet driver support - -> Intel devices - -> Intel(R) Ethernet Connection E800 Series Support Support ======= For general information, go to the Intel support website at: - https://www.intel.com/support/ or the Intel Wired Networking project hosted by Sourceforge at: - https://sourceforge.net/projects/e1000 If an issue is identified with the released source code on a supported kernel with a supported adapter, email the specific information related to the issue to e1000-devel@lists.sf.net. + + +Trademarks +========== +Intel is a trademark or registered trademark of Intel Corporation or its +subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries. + +* Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2.rst index d3fcf536d14e..dd5cd69467be 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/marvell/octeontx2.rst @@ -164,46 +164,126 @@ Devlink health reporters NPA Reporters ------------- -The NPA reporters are responsible for reporting and recovering the following group of errors +The NPA reporters are responsible for reporting and recovering the following group of errors: + 1. GENERAL events + - Error due to operation of unmapped PF. - Error due to disabled alloc/free for other HW blocks (NIX, SSO, TIM, DPI and AURA). + 2. ERROR events + - Fault due to NPA_AQ_INST_S read or NPA_AQ_RES_S write. - AQ Doorbell Error. + 3. RAS events + - RAS Error Reporting for NPA_AQ_INST_S/NPA_AQ_RES_S. + 4. RVU events + - Error due to unmapped slot. -Sample Output +Sample Output:: + + ~# devlink health + pci/0002:01:00.0: + reporter hw_npa_intr + state healthy error 2872 recover 2872 last_dump_date 2020-12-10 last_dump_time 09:39:09 grace_period 0 auto_recover true auto_dump true + reporter hw_npa_gen + state healthy error 2872 recover 2872 last_dump_date 2020-12-11 last_dump_time 04:43:04 grace_period 0 auto_recover true auto_dump true + reporter hw_npa_err + state healthy error 2871 recover 2871 last_dump_date 2020-12-10 last_dump_time 09:39:17 grace_period 0 auto_recover true auto_dump true + reporter hw_npa_ras + state healthy error 0 recover 0 last_dump_date 2020-12-10 last_dump_time 09:32:40 grace_period 0 auto_recover true auto_dump true + +Each reporter dumps the + + - Error Type + - Error Register value + - Reason in words + +For example:: + + ~# devlink health dump show pci/0002:01:00.0 reporter hw_npa_gen + NPA_AF_GENERAL: + NPA General Interrupt Reg : 1 + NIX0: free disabled RX + ~# devlink health dump show pci/0002:01:00.0 reporter hw_npa_intr + NPA_AF_RVU: + NPA RVU Interrupt Reg : 1 + Unmap Slot Error + ~# devlink health dump show pci/0002:01:00.0 reporter hw_npa_err + NPA_AF_ERR: + NPA Error Interrupt Reg : 4096 + AQ Doorbell Error + + +NIX Reporters ------------- -~# devlink health -pci/0002:01:00.0: - reporter hw_npa_intr - state healthy error 2872 recover 2872 last_dump_date 2020-12-10 last_dump_time 09:39:09 grace_period 0 auto_recover true auto_dump true - reporter hw_npa_gen - state healthy error 2872 recover 2872 last_dump_date 2020-12-11 last_dump_time 04:43:04 grace_period 0 auto_recover true auto_dump true - reporter hw_npa_err - state healthy error 2871 recover 2871 last_dump_date 2020-12-10 last_dump_time 09:39:17 grace_period 0 auto_recover true auto_dump true - reporter hw_npa_ras - state healthy error 0 recover 0 last_dump_date 2020-12-10 last_dump_time 09:32:40 grace_period 0 auto_recover true auto_dump true +The NIX reporters are responsible for reporting and recovering the following group of errors: + +1. GENERAL events + + - Receive mirror/multicast packet drop due to insufficient buffer. + - SMQ Flush operation. + +2. ERROR events + + - Memory Fault due to WQE read/write from multicast/mirror buffer. + - Receive multicast/mirror replication list error. + - Receive packet on an unmapped PF. + - Fault due to NIX_AQ_INST_S read or NIX_AQ_RES_S write. + - AQ Doorbell Error. + +3. RAS events + + - RAS Error Reporting for NIX Receive Multicast/Mirror Entry Structure. + - RAS Error Reporting for WQE/Packet Data read from Multicast/Mirror Buffer.. + - RAS Error Reporting for NIX_AQ_INST_S/NIX_AQ_RES_S. + +4. RVU events + + - Error due to unmapped slot. + +Sample Output:: + + ~# ./devlink health + pci/0002:01:00.0: + reporter hw_npa_intr + state healthy error 0 recover 0 grace_period 0 auto_recover true auto_dump true + reporter hw_npa_gen + state healthy error 0 recover 0 grace_period 0 auto_recover true auto_dump true + reporter hw_npa_err + state healthy error 0 recover 0 grace_period 0 auto_recover true auto_dump true + reporter hw_npa_ras + state healthy error 0 recover 0 grace_period 0 auto_recover true auto_dump true + reporter hw_nix_intr + state healthy error 1121 recover 1121 last_dump_date 2021-01-19 last_dump_time 05:42:26 grace_period 0 auto_recover true auto_dump true + reporter hw_nix_gen + state healthy error 949 recover 949 last_dump_date 2021-01-19 last_dump_time 05:42:43 grace_period 0 auto_recover true auto_dump true + reporter hw_nix_err + state healthy error 1147 recover 1147 last_dump_date 2021-01-19 last_dump_time 05:42:59 grace_period 0 auto_recover true auto_dump true + reporter hw_nix_ras + state healthy error 409 recover 409 last_dump_date 2021-01-19 last_dump_time 05:43:16 grace_period 0 auto_recover true auto_dump true Each reporter dumps the + - Error Type - Error Register value - Reason in words -For eg: -~# devlink health dump show pci/0002:01:00.0 reporter hw_npa_gen - NPA_AF_GENERAL: - NPA General Interrupt Reg : 1 - NIX0: free disabled RX -~# devlink health dump show pci/0002:01:00.0 reporter hw_npa_intr - NPA_AF_RVU: - NPA RVU Interrupt Reg : 1 - Unmap Slot Error -~# devlink health dump show pci/0002:01:00.0 reporter hw_npa_err - NPA_AF_ERR: - NPA Error Interrupt Reg : 4096 - AQ Doorbell Error +For example:: + + ~# devlink health dump show pci/0002:01:00.0 reporter hw_nix_intr + NIX_AF_RVU: + NIX RVU Interrupt Reg : 1 + Unmap Slot Error + ~# devlink health dump show pci/0002:01:00.0 reporter hw_nix_gen + NIX_AF_GENERAL: + NIX General Interrupt Reg : 1 + Rx multicast pkt drop + ~# devlink health dump show pci/0002:01:00.0 reporter hw_nix_err + NIX_AF_ERR: + NIX Error Interrupt Reg : 64 + Rx on unmapped PF_FUNC diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5.rst index e9b65035cd47..1b7e32d8a61b 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5.rst @@ -12,11 +12,13 @@ Contents - `Enabling the driver and kconfig options`_ - `Devlink info`_ - `Devlink parameters`_ +- `mlx5 subfunction`_ +- `mlx5 function attributes`_ - `Devlink health reporters`_ - `mlx5 tracepoints`_ Enabling the driver and kconfig options -================================================ +======================================= | mlx5 core is modular and most of the major mlx5 core driver features can be selected (compiled in/out) | at build time via kernel Kconfig flags. @@ -97,6 +99,11 @@ Enabling the driver and kconfig options | Provides low-level InfiniBand/RDMA and `RoCE <https://community.mellanox.com/s/article/recommended-network-configuration-examples-for-roce-deployment>`_ support. +**CONFIG_MLX5_SF=(y/n)** + +| Build support for subfunction. +| Subfunctons are more light weight than PCI SRIOV VFs. Choosing this option +| will enable support for creating subfunction devices. **External options** ( Choose if the corresponding mlx5 feature is required ) @@ -176,6 +183,214 @@ User command examples: values: cmode driverinit value true +mlx5 subfunction +================ +mlx5 supports subfunction management using devlink port (see :ref:`Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-port.rst <devlink_port>`) interface. + +A Subfunction has its own function capabilities and its own resources. This +means a subfunction has its own dedicated queues (txq, rxq, cq, eq). These +queues are neither shared nor stolen from the parent PCI function. + +When a subfunction is RDMA capable, it has its own QP1, GID table and rdma +resources neither shared nor stolen from the parent PCI function. + +A subfunction has a dedicated window in PCI BAR space that is not shared +with ther other subfunctions or the parent PCI function. This ensures that all +devices (netdev, rdma, vdpa etc.) of the subfunction accesses only assigned +PCI BAR space. + +A Subfunction supports eswitch representation through which it supports tc +offloads. The user configures eswitch to send/receive packets from/to +the subfunction port. + +Subfunctions share PCI level resources such as PCI MSI-X IRQs with +other subfunctions and/or with its parent PCI function. + +Example mlx5 software, system and device view:: + + _______ + | admin | + | user |---------- + |_______| | + | | + ____|____ __|______ _________________ + | | | | | | + | devlink | | tc tool | | user | + | tool | |_________| | applications | + |_________| | |_________________| + | | | | + | | | | Userspace + +---------|-------------|-------------------|----------|--------------------+ + | | +----------+ +----------+ Kernel + | | | netdev | | rdma dev | + | | +----------+ +----------+ + (devlink port add/del | ^ ^ + port function set) | | | + | | +---------------| + _____|___ | | _______|_______ + | | | | | mlx5 class | + | devlink | +------------+ | | drivers | + | kernel | | rep netdev | | |(mlx5_core,ib) | + |_________| +------------+ | |_______________| + | | | ^ + (devlink ops) | | (probe/remove) + _________|________ | | ____|________ + | subfunction | | +---------------+ | subfunction | + | management driver|----- | subfunction |---| driver | + | (mlx5_core) | | auxiliary dev | | (mlx5_core) | + |__________________| +---------------+ |_____________| + | ^ + (sf add/del, vhca events) | + | (device add/del) + _____|____ ____|________ + | | | subfunction | + | PCI NIC |---- activate/deactive events---->| host driver | + |__________| | (mlx5_core) | + |_____________| + +Subfunction is created using devlink port interface. + +- Change device to switchdev mode:: + + $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev + +- Add a devlink port of subfunction flaovur:: + + $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 + pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false + function: + hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached + +- Show a devlink port of the subfunction:: + + $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 + pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0sf88 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 + function: + hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached + +- Delete a devlink port of subfunction after use:: + + $ devlink port del pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 + +mlx5 function attributes +======================== +The mlx5 driver provides a mechanism to setup PCI VF/SF function attributes in +a unified way for SmartNIC and non-SmartNIC. + +This is supported only when the eswitch mode is set to switchdev. Port function +configuration of the PCI VF/SF is supported through devlink eswitch port. + +Port function attributes should be set before PCI VF/SF is enumerated by the +driver. + +MAC address setup +----------------- +mlx5 driver provides mechanism to setup the MAC address of the PCI VF/SF. + +The configured MAC address of the PCI VF/SF will be used by netdevice and rdma +device created for the PCI VF/SF. + +- Get the MAC address of the VF identified by its unique devlink port index:: + + $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 + pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 + function: + hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 + +- Set the MAC address of the VF identified by its unique devlink port index:: + + $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 + + $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 + pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 + function: + hw_addr 00:11:22:33:44:55 + +- Get the MAC address of the SF identified by its unique devlink port index:: + + $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 + pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0sf88 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 + function: + hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 + +- Set the MAC address of the VF identified by its unique devlink port index:: + + $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 + + $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 + pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0sf88 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 + function: + hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 + +SF state setup +-------------- +To use the SF, the user must active the SF using the SF function state +attribute. + +- Get the state of the SF identified by its unique devlink port index:: + + $ devlink port show ens2f0npf0sf88 + pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false + function: + hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state inactive opstate detached + +- Activate the function and verify its state is active:: + + $ devlink port function set ens2f0npf0sf88 state active + + $ devlink port show ens2f0npf0sf88 + pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false + function: + hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active opstate detached + +Upon function activation, the PF driver instance gets the event from the device +that a particular SF was activated. It's the cue to put the device on bus, probe +it and instantiate the devlink instance and class specific auxiliary devices +for it. + +- Show the auxiliary device and port of the subfunction:: + + $ devlink dev show + devlink dev show auxiliary/mlx5_core.sf.4 + + $ devlink port show auxiliary/mlx5_core.sf.4/1 + auxiliary/mlx5_core.sf.4/1: type eth netdev p0sf88 flavour virtual port 0 splittable false + + $ rdma link show mlx5_0/1 + link mlx5_0/1 state ACTIVE physical_state LINK_UP netdev p0sf88 + + $ rdma dev show + 8: rocep6s0f1: node_type ca fw 16.29.0550 node_guid 248a:0703:00b3:d113 sys_image_guid 248a:0703:00b3:d112 + 13: mlx5_0: node_type ca fw 16.29.0550 node_guid 0000:00ff:fe00:8888 sys_image_guid 248a:0703:00b3:d112 + +- Subfunction auxiliary device and class device hierarchy:: + + mlx5_core.sf.4 + (subfunction auxiliary device) + /\ + / \ + / \ + / \ + / \ + mlx5_core.eth.4 mlx5_core.rdma.4 + (sf eth aux dev) (sf rdma aux dev) + | | + | | + p0sf88 mlx5_0 + (sf netdev) (sf rdma device) + +Additionally, the SF port also gets the event when the driver attaches to the +auxiliary device of the subfunction. This results in changing the operational +state of the function. This provides visiblity to the user to decide when is it +safe to delete the SF port for graceful termination of the subfunction. + +- Show the SF port operational state:: + + $ devlink port show ens2f0npf0sf88 + pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false + function: + hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active opstate attached + Devlink health reporters ======================== diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/ti/am65_nuss_cpsw_switchdev.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/ti/am65_nuss_cpsw_switchdev.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f24adfab6a1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/ethernet/ti/am65_nuss_cpsw_switchdev.rst @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +=================================================================== +Texas Instruments K3 AM65 CPSW NUSS switchdev based ethernet driver +=================================================================== + +:Version: 1.0 + +Port renaming +============= + +In order to rename via udev:: + + ip -d link show dev sw0p1 | grep switchid + + SUBSYSTEM=="net", ACTION=="add", ATTR{phys_switch_id}==<switchid>, \ + ATTR{phys_port_name}!="", NAME="sw0$attr{phys_port_name}" + + +Multi mac mode +============== + +- The driver is operating in multi-mac mode by default, thus + working as N individual network interfaces. + +Devlink configuration parameters +================================ + +See Documentation/networking/devlink/am65-nuss-cpsw-switch.rst + +Enabling "switch" +================= + +The Switch mode can be enabled by configuring devlink driver parameter +"switch_mode" to 1/true:: + + devlink dev param set platform/c000000.ethernet \ + name switch_mode value true cmode runtime + +This can be done regardless of the state of Port's netdev devices - UP/DOWN, but +Port's netdev devices have to be in UP before joining to the bridge to avoid +overwriting of bridge configuration as CPSW switch driver completely reloads its +configuration when first port changes its state to UP. + +When the both interfaces joined the bridge - CPSW switch driver will enable +marking packets with offload_fwd_mark flag. + +All configuration is implemented via switchdev API. + +Bridge setup +============ + +:: + + devlink dev param set platform/c000000.ethernet \ + name switch_mode value true cmode runtime + + ip link add name br0 type bridge + ip link set dev br0 type bridge ageing_time 1000 + ip link set dev sw0p1 up + ip link set dev sw0p2 up + ip link set dev sw0p1 master br0 + ip link set dev sw0p2 master br0 + + [*] bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 1 pvid untagged self + + [*] if vlan_filtering=1. where default_pvid=1 + + Note. Steps [*] are mandatory. + + +On/off STP +========== + +:: + + ip link set dev BRDEV type bridge stp_state 1/0 + +VLAN configuration +================== + +:: + + bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 1 pvid untagged self <---- add cpu port to VLAN 1 + +Note. This step is mandatory for bridge/default_pvid. + +Add extra VLANs +=============== + + 1. untagged:: + + bridge vlan add dev sw0p1 vid 100 pvid untagged master + bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100 pvid untagged master + bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 pvid untagged self <---- Add cpu port to VLAN100 + + 2. tagged:: + + bridge vlan add dev sw0p1 vid 100 master + bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100 master + bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 pvid tagged self <---- Add cpu port to VLAN100 + +FDBs +---- + +FDBs are automatically added on the appropriate switch port upon detection + +Manually adding FDBs:: + + bridge fdb add aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff dev sw0p1 master vlan 100 + bridge fdb add aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:fe dev sw0p2 master <---- Add on all VLANs + +MDBs +---- + +MDBs are automatically added on the appropriate switch port upon detection + +Manually adding MDBs:: + + bridge mdb add dev br0 port sw0p1 grp 239.1.1.1 permanent vid 100 + bridge mdb add dev br0 port sw0p1 grp 239.1.1.1 permanent <---- Add on all VLANs + +Multicast flooding +================== +CPU port mcast_flooding is always on + +Turning flooding on/off on swithch ports: +bridge link set dev sw0p1 mcast_flood on/off + +Access and Trunk port +===================== + +:: + + bridge vlan add dev sw0p1 vid 100 pvid untagged master + bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100 master + + + bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self + ip link add link br0 name br0.100 type vlan id 100 + +Note. Setting PVID on Bridge device itself works only for +default VLAN (default_pvid). diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/index.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/index.rst index a3113ffd7a16..d8279de7bf25 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/index.rst @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ Contents: ethernet/index fddi/index hamradio/index + qlogic/index wan/index wifi/index diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/qlogic/index.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/qlogic/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ad05b04286e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/qlogic/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0-only OR BSD-2-Clause) + +QLogic QLGE Device Drivers +=============================================== + +Contents: + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + qlge + +.. only:: subproject and html + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` diff --git a/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/qlogic/qlge.rst b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/qlogic/qlge.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0b888253d152 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/device_drivers/qlogic/qlge.rst @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +======================================= +QLogic QLGE 10Gb Ethernet device driver +======================================= + +This driver use drgn and devlink for debugging. + +Dump kernel data structures in drgn +----------------------------------- + +To dump kernel data structures, the following Python script can be used +in drgn: + +.. code-block:: python + + def align(x, a): + """the alignment a should be a power of 2 + """ + mask = a - 1 + return (x+ mask) & ~mask + + def struct_size(struct_type): + struct_str = "struct {}".format(struct_type) + return sizeof(Object(prog, struct_str, address=0x0)) + + def netdev_priv(netdevice): + NETDEV_ALIGN = 32 + return netdevice.value_() + align(struct_size("net_device"), NETDEV_ALIGN) + + name = 'xxx' + qlge_device = None + netdevices = prog['init_net'].dev_base_head.address_of_() + for netdevice in list_for_each_entry("struct net_device", netdevices, "dev_list"): + if netdevice.name.string_().decode('ascii') == name: + print(netdevice.name) + + ql_adapter = Object(prog, "struct ql_adapter", address=netdev_priv(qlge_device)) + +The struct ql_adapter will be printed in drgn as follows, + + >>> ql_adapter + (struct ql_adapter){ + .ricb = (struct ricb){ + .base_cq = (u8)0, + .flags = (u8)120, + .mask = (__le16)26637, + .hash_cq_id = (u8 [1024]){ 172, 142, 255, 255 }, + .ipv6_hash_key = (__le32 [10]){}, + .ipv4_hash_key = (__le32 [4]){}, + }, + .flags = (unsigned long)0, + .wol = (u32)0, + .nic_stats = (struct nic_stats){ + .tx_pkts = (u64)0, + .tx_bytes = (u64)0, + .tx_mcast_pkts = (u64)0, + .tx_bcast_pkts = (u64)0, + .tx_ucast_pkts = (u64)0, + .tx_ctl_pkts = (u64)0, + .tx_pause_pkts = (u64)0, + ... + }, + .active_vlans = (unsigned long [64]){ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 52780853100545, 18446744073709551615, + 18446619461681283072, 0, 42949673024, 2147483647, + }, + .rx_ring = (struct rx_ring [17]){ + { + .cqicb = (struct cqicb){ + .msix_vect = (u8)0, + .reserved1 = (u8)0, + .reserved2 = (u8)0, + .flags = (u8)0, + .len = (__le16)0, + .rid = (__le16)0, + ... + }, + .cq_base = (void *)0x0, + .cq_base_dma = (dma_addr_t)0, + } + ... + } + } + +coredump via devlink +-------------------- + + +And the coredump obtained via devlink in json format looks like, + +.. code:: shell + + $ devlink health dump show DEVICE reporter coredump -p -j + { + "Core Registers": { + "segment": 1, + "values": [ 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ] + }, + "Test Logic Regs": { + "segment": 2, + "values": [ 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ] + }, + "RMII Registers": { + "segment": 3, + "values": [ 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ] + }, + ... + "Sem Registers": { + "segment": 50, + "values": [ 0,0,0,0 ] + } + } + +When the module parameter qlge_force_coredump is set to be true, the MPI +RISC reset before coredumping. So coredumping will much longer since +devlink tool has to wait for 5 secs for the resetting to be +finished. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/devlink/am65-nuss-cpsw-switch.rst b/Documentation/networking/devlink/am65-nuss-cpsw-switch.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1e589c26abff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/devlink/am65-nuss-cpsw-switch.rst @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +============================== +am65-cpsw-nuss devlink support +============================== + +This document describes the devlink features implemented by the ``am65-cpsw-nuss`` +device driver. + +Parameters +========== + +The ``am65-cpsw-nuss`` driver implements the following driver-specific +parameters. + +.. list-table:: Driver-specific parameters implemented + :widths: 5 5 5 85 + + * - Name + - Type + - Mode + - Description + * - ``switch_mode`` + - Boolean + - runtime + - Enable switch mode diff --git a/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-port.rst b/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-port.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e99b41599465 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-port.rst @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. _devlink_port: + +============ +Devlink Port +============ + +``devlink-port`` is a port that exists on the device. It has a logically +separate ingress/egress point of the device. A devlink port can be any one +of many flavours. A devlink port flavour along with port attributes +describe what a port represents. + +A device driver that intends to publish a devlink port sets the +devlink port attributes and registers the devlink port. + +Devlink port flavours are described below. + +.. list-table:: List of devlink port flavours + :widths: 33 90 + + * - Flavour + - Description + * - ``DEVLINK_PORT_FLAVOUR_PHYSICAL`` + - Any kind of physical port. This can be an eswitch physical port or any + other physical port on the device. + * - ``DEVLINK_PORT_FLAVOUR_DSA`` + - This indicates a DSA interconnect port. + * - ``DEVLINK_PORT_FLAVOUR_CPU`` + - This indicates a CPU port applicable only to DSA. + * - ``DEVLINK_PORT_FLAVOUR_PCI_PF`` + - This indicates an eswitch port representing a port of PCI + physical function (PF). + * - ``DEVLINK_PORT_FLAVOUR_PCI_VF`` + - This indicates an eswitch port representing a port of PCI + virtual function (VF). + * - ``DEVLINK_PORT_FLAVOUR_PCI_SF`` + - This indicates an eswitch port representing a port of PCI + subfunction (SF). + * - ``DEVLINK_PORT_FLAVOUR_VIRTUAL`` + - This indicates a virtual port for the PCI virtual function. + +Devlink port can have a different type based on the link layer described below. + +.. list-table:: List of devlink port types + :widths: 23 90 + + * - Type + - Description + * - ``DEVLINK_PORT_TYPE_ETH`` + - Driver should set this port type when a link layer of the port is + Ethernet. + * - ``DEVLINK_PORT_TYPE_IB`` + - Driver should set this port type when a link layer of the port is + InfiniBand. + * - ``DEVLINK_PORT_TYPE_AUTO`` + - This type is indicated by the user when driver should detect the port + type automatically. + +PCI controllers +--------------- +In most cases a PCI device has only one controller. A controller consists of +potentially multiple physical, virtual functions and subfunctions. A function +consists of one or more ports. This port is represented by the devlink eswitch +port. + +A PCI device connected to multiple CPUs or multiple PCI root complexes or a +SmartNIC, however, may have multiple controllers. For a device with multiple +controllers, each controller is distinguished by a unique controller number. +An eswitch is on the PCI device which supports ports of multiple controllers. + +An example view of a system with two controllers:: + + --------------------------------------------------------- + | | + | --------- --------- ------- ------- | + ----------- | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| | + | server | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- | + | pci rc |=== | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ | + | connect | | ------- ------- | + ----------- | | controller_num=1 (no eswitch) | + ------|-------------------------------------------------- + (internal wire) + | + --------------------------------------------------------- + | devlink eswitch ports and reps | + | ----------------------------------------------------- | + | |ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 |ctrl-0 | | + | |pf0 | pf0vfN | pf0sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf1sfN | | + | ----------------------------------------------------- | + | |ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 |ctrl-1 | | + | |pf0 | pf0vfN | pf0sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf1sfN | | + | ----------------------------------------------------- | + | | + | | + ----------- | --------- --------- ------- ------- | + | smartNIC| | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| | + | pci rc |==| ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- | + | connect | | | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ | + ----------- | ------- ------- | + | | + | local controller_num=0 (eswitch) | + --------------------------------------------------------- + +In the above example, the external controller (identified by controller number = 1) +doesn't have the eswitch. Local controller (identified by controller number = 0) +has the eswitch. The Devlink instance on the local controller has eswitch +devlink ports for both the controllers. + +Function configuration +====================== + +A user can configure the function attribute before enumerating the PCI +function. Usually it means, user should configure function attribute +before a bus specific device for the function is created. However, when +SRIOV is enabled, virtual function devices are created on the PCI bus. +Hence, function attribute should be configured before binding virtual +function device to the driver. For subfunctions, this means user should +configure port function attribute before activating the port function. + +A user may set the hardware address of the function using +'devlink port function set hw_addr' command. For Ethernet port function +this means a MAC address. + +Subfunction +============ + +Subfunction is a lightweight function that has a parent PCI function on which +it is deployed. Subfunction is created and deployed in unit of 1. Unlike +SRIOV VFs, a subfunction doesn't require its own PCI virtual function. +A subfunction communicates with the hardware through the parent PCI function. + +To use a subfunction, 3 steps setup sequence is followed. +(1) create - create a subfunction; +(2) configure - configure subfunction attributes; +(3) deploy - deploy the subfunction; + +Subfunction management is done using devlink port user interface. +User performs setup on the subfunction management device. + +(1) Create +---------- +A subfunction is created using a devlink port interface. A user adds the +subfunction by adding a devlink port of subfunction flavour. The devlink +kernel code calls down to subfunction management driver (devlink ops) and asks +it to create a subfunction devlink port. Driver then instantiates the +subfunction port and any associated objects such as health reporters and +representor netdevice. + +(2) Configure +------------- +A subfunction devlink port is created but it is not active yet. That means the +entities are created on devlink side, the e-switch port representor is created, +but the subfunction device itself it not created. A user might use e-switch port +representor to do settings, putting it into bridge, adding TC rules, etc. A user +might as well configure the hardware address (such as MAC address) of the +subfunction while subfunction is inactive. + +(3) Deploy +---------- +Once a subfunction is configured, user must activate it to use it. Upon +activation, subfunction management driver asks the subfunction management +device to instantiate the subfunction device on particular PCI function. +A subfunction device is created on the :ref:`Documentation/driver-api/auxiliary_bus.rst <auxiliary_bus>`. +At this point a matching subfunction driver binds to the subfunction's auxiliary device. + +Terms and Definitions +===================== + +.. list-table:: Terms and Definitions + :widths: 22 90 + + * - Term + - Definitions + * - ``PCI device`` + - A physical PCI device having one or more PCI bus consists of one or + more PCI controllers. + * - ``PCI controller`` + - A controller consists of potentially multiple physical functions, + virtual functions and subfunctions. + * - ``Port function`` + - An object to manage the function of a port. + * - ``Subfunction`` + - A lightweight function that has parent PCI function on which it is + deployed. + * - ``Subfunction device`` + - A bus device of the subfunction, usually on a auxiliary bus. + * - ``Subfunction driver`` + - A device driver for the subfunction auxiliary device. + * - ``Subfunction management device`` + - A PCI physical function that supports subfunction management. + * - ``Subfunction management driver`` + - A device driver for PCI physical function that supports + subfunction management using devlink port interface. + * - ``Subfunction host driver`` + - A device driver for PCI physical function that hosts subfunction + devices. In most cases it is same as subfunction management driver. When + subfunction is used on external controller, subfunction management and + host drivers are different. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-resource.rst b/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-resource.rst index 93e92d2f0752..3d5ae51e65a2 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-resource.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-resource.rst @@ -23,6 +23,20 @@ current size and related sub resources. To access a sub resource, you specify the path of the resource. For example ``/IPv4/fib`` is the id for the ``fib`` sub-resource under the ``IPv4`` resource. +Generic Resources +================= + +Generic resources are used to describe resources that can be shared by multiple +device drivers and their description must be added to the following table: + +.. list-table:: List of Generic Resources + :widths: 10 90 + + * - Name + - Description + * - ``physical_ports`` + - A limited capacity of physical ports that the switch ASIC can support + example usage ------------- diff --git a/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-trap.rst b/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-trap.rst index d875f3e1e9cf..935b6397e8cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-trap.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/devlink/devlink-trap.rst @@ -480,6 +480,11 @@ be added to the following table: - ``drop`` - Traps packets that the device decided to drop in case they hit a blackhole nexthop + * - ``dmac_filter`` + - ``drop`` + - Traps incoming packets that the device decided to drop because + the destination MAC is not configured in the MAC table and + the interface is not in promiscuous mode Driver-specific Packet Traps ============================ diff --git a/Documentation/networking/devlink/index.rst b/Documentation/networking/devlink/index.rst index d82874760ae2..8428a1220723 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/devlink/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/devlink/index.rst @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ general. devlink-info devlink-flash devlink-params + devlink-port devlink-region devlink-resource devlink-reload @@ -44,3 +45,4 @@ parameters, info versions, and other features it supports. sja1105 qed ti-cpsw-switch + am65-nuss-cpsw-switch diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dsa/dsa.rst b/Documentation/networking/dsa/dsa.rst index a8d15dd2b42b..e9517af5fe02 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/dsa/dsa.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/dsa/dsa.rst @@ -273,10 +273,6 @@ will not make us go through the switch tagging protocol transmit function, so the Ethernet switch on the other end, expecting a tag will typically drop this frame. -Slave network devices check that the master network device is UP before allowing -you to administratively bring UP these slave network devices. A common -configuration mistake is forgetting to bring UP the master network device first. - Interactions with other subsystems ================================== diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ethtool-netlink.rst b/Documentation/networking/ethtool-netlink.rst index 30b98245979f..05073482db05 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ethtool-netlink.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/ethtool-netlink.rst @@ -431,16 +431,17 @@ Request contents: ``ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_SPEED`` u32 link speed (Mb/s) ``ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_DUPLEX`` u8 duplex mode ``ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_MASTER_SLAVE_CFG`` u8 Master/slave port mode + ``ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_LANES`` u32 lanes ========================================== ====== ========================== ``ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_OURS`` bit set allows setting advertised link modes. If autonegotiation is on (either set now or kept from before), advertised modes are not changed (no ``ETHTOOL_A_LINKMODES_OURS`` attribute) and at least one -of speed and duplex is specified, kernel adjusts advertised modes to all -supported modes matching speed, duplex or both (whatever is specified). This -autoselection is done on ethtool side with ioctl interface, netlink interface -is supposed to allow requesting changes without knowing what exactly kernel -supports. +of speed, duplex and lanes is specified, kernel adjusts advertised modes to all +supported modes matching speed, duplex, lanes or all (whatever is specified). +This autoselection is done on ethtool side with ioctl interface, netlink +interface is supposed to allow requesting changes without knowing what exactly +kernel supports. LINKSTATE_GET diff --git a/Documentation/networking/filter.rst b/Documentation/networking/filter.rst index debb59e374de..251c6bd73d15 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/filter.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/filter.rst @@ -1006,13 +1006,13 @@ Size modifier is one of ... Mode modifier is one of:: - BPF_IMM 0x00 /* used for 32-bit mov in classic BPF and 64-bit in eBPF */ - BPF_ABS 0x20 - BPF_IND 0x40 - BPF_MEM 0x60 - BPF_LEN 0x80 /* classic BPF only, reserved in eBPF */ - BPF_MSH 0xa0 /* classic BPF only, reserved in eBPF */ - BPF_XADD 0xc0 /* eBPF only, exclusive add */ + BPF_IMM 0x00 /* used for 32-bit mov in classic BPF and 64-bit in eBPF */ + BPF_ABS 0x20 + BPF_IND 0x40 + BPF_MEM 0x60 + BPF_LEN 0x80 /* classic BPF only, reserved in eBPF */ + BPF_MSH 0xa0 /* classic BPF only, reserved in eBPF */ + BPF_ATOMIC 0xc0 /* eBPF only, atomic operations */ eBPF has two non-generic instructions: (BPF_ABS | <size> | BPF_LD) and (BPF_IND | <size> | BPF_LD) which are used to access packet data. @@ -1044,16 +1044,57 @@ Unlike classic BPF instruction set, eBPF has generic load/store operations:: BPF_MEM | <size> | BPF_STX: *(size *) (dst_reg + off) = src_reg BPF_MEM | <size> | BPF_ST: *(size *) (dst_reg + off) = imm32 BPF_MEM | <size> | BPF_LDX: dst_reg = *(size *) (src_reg + off) - BPF_XADD | BPF_W | BPF_STX: lock xadd *(u32 *)(dst_reg + off16) += src_reg - BPF_XADD | BPF_DW | BPF_STX: lock xadd *(u64 *)(dst_reg + off16) += src_reg -Where size is one of: BPF_B or BPF_H or BPF_W or BPF_DW. Note that 1 and -2 byte atomic increments are not supported. +Where size is one of: BPF_B or BPF_H or BPF_W or BPF_DW. -eBPF has one 16-byte instruction: BPF_LD | BPF_DW | BPF_IMM which consists +It also includes atomic operations, which use the immediate field for extra +encoding:: + + .imm = BPF_ADD, .code = BPF_ATOMIC | BPF_W | BPF_STX: lock xadd *(u32 *)(dst_reg + off16) += src_reg + .imm = BPF_ADD, .code = BPF_ATOMIC | BPF_DW | BPF_STX: lock xadd *(u64 *)(dst_reg + off16) += src_reg + +The basic atomic operations supported are:: + + BPF_ADD + BPF_AND + BPF_OR + BPF_XOR + +Each having equivalent semantics with the ``BPF_ADD`` example, that is: the +memory location addresed by ``dst_reg + off`` is atomically modified, with +``src_reg`` as the other operand. If the ``BPF_FETCH`` flag is set in the +immediate, then these operations also overwrite ``src_reg`` with the +value that was in memory before it was modified. + +The more special operations are:: + + BPF_XCHG + +This atomically exchanges ``src_reg`` with the value addressed by ``dst_reg + +off``. :: + + BPF_CMPXCHG + +This atomically compares the value addressed by ``dst_reg + off`` with +``R0``. If they match it is replaced with ``src_reg``. In either case, the +value that was there before is zero-extended and loaded back to ``R0``. + +Note that 1 and 2 byte atomic operations are not supported. + +Clang can generate atomic instructions by default when ``-mcpu=v3`` is +enabled. If a lower version for ``-mcpu`` is set, the only atomic instruction +Clang can generate is ``BPF_ADD`` *without* ``BPF_FETCH``. If you need to enable +the atomics features, while keeping a lower ``-mcpu`` version, you can use +``-Xclang -target-feature -Xclang +alu32``. + +You may encounter ``BPF_XADD`` - this is a legacy name for ``BPF_ATOMIC``, +referring to the exclusive-add operation encoded when the immediate field is +zero. + +eBPF has one 16-byte instruction: ``BPF_LD | BPF_DW | BPF_IMM`` which consists of two consecutive ``struct bpf_insn`` 8-byte blocks and interpreted as single instruction that loads 64-bit immediate value into a dst_reg. -Classic BPF has similar instruction: BPF_LD | BPF_W | BPF_IMM which loads +Classic BPF has similar instruction: ``BPF_LD | BPF_W | BPF_IMM`` which loads 32-bit immediate value into a register. eBPF verifier diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.rst b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.rst index dd2b12a32b73..c7952ac5bd2f 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.rst @@ -178,6 +178,27 @@ min_adv_mss - INTEGER The advertised MSS depends on the first hop route MTU, but will never be lower than this setting. +fib_notify_on_flag_change - INTEGER + Whether to emit RTM_NEWROUTE notifications whenever RTM_F_OFFLOAD/ + RTM_F_TRAP/RTM_F_OFFLOAD_FAILED flags are changed. + + After installing a route to the kernel, user space receives an + acknowledgment, which means the route was installed in the kernel, + but not necessarily in hardware. + It is also possible for a route already installed in hardware to change + its action and therefore its flags. For example, a host route that is + trapping packets can be "promoted" to perform decapsulation following + the installation of an IPinIP/VXLAN tunnel. + The notifications will indicate to user-space the state of the route. + + Default: 0 (Do not emit notifications.) + + Possible values: + + - 0 - Do not emit notifications. + - 1 - Emit notifications. + - 2 - Emit notifications only for RTM_F_OFFLOAD_FAILED flag change. + IP Fragmentation: ipfrag_high_thresh - LONG INTEGER @@ -630,16 +651,15 @@ tcp_rmem - vector of 3 INTEGERs: min, default, max default: initial size of receive buffer used by TCP sockets. This value overrides net.core.rmem_default used by other protocols. - Default: 87380 bytes. This value results in window of 65535 with - default setting of tcp_adv_win_scale and tcp_app_win:0 and a bit - less for default tcp_app_win. See below about these variables. + Default: 131072 bytes. + This value results in initial window of 65535. max: maximal size of receive buffer allowed for automatically selected receiver buffers for TCP socket. This value does not override net.core.rmem_max. Calling setsockopt() with SO_RCVBUF disables automatic tuning of that socket's receive buffer size, in which case this value is ignored. - Default: between 87380B and 6MB, depending on RAM size. + Default: between 131072 and 6MB, depending on RAM size. tcp_sack - BOOLEAN Enable select acknowledgments (SACKS). @@ -1196,7 +1216,7 @@ icmp_errors_use_inbound_ifaddr - BOOLEAN If non-zero, the message will be sent with the primary address of the interface that received the packet that caused the icmp error. - This is the behaviour network many administrators will expect from + This is the behaviour many network administrators will expect from a router. And it can make debugging complicated network layouts much easier. @@ -1425,6 +1445,25 @@ rp_filter - INTEGER Default value is 0. Note that some distributions enable it in startup scripts. +src_valid_mark - BOOLEAN + - 0 - The fwmark of the packet is not included in reverse path + route lookup. This allows for asymmetric routing configurations + utilizing the fwmark in only one direction, e.g., transparent + proxying. + + - 1 - The fwmark of the packet is included in reverse path route + lookup. This permits rp_filter to function when the fwmark is + used for routing traffic in both directions. + + This setting also affects the utilization of fmwark when + performing source address selection for ICMP replies, or + determining addresses stored for the IPOPT_TS_TSANDADDR and + IPOPT_RR IP options. + + The max value from conf/{all,interface}/src_valid_mark is used. + + Default value is 0. + arp_filter - BOOLEAN - 1 - Allows you to have multiple network interfaces on the same subnet, and have the ARPs for each interface be answered @@ -1775,6 +1814,27 @@ nexthop_compat_mode - BOOLEAN and extraneous notifications. Default: true (backward compat mode) +fib_notify_on_flag_change - INTEGER + Whether to emit RTM_NEWROUTE notifications whenever RTM_F_OFFLOAD/ + RTM_F_TRAP/RTM_F_OFFLOAD_FAILED flags are changed. + + After installing a route to the kernel, user space receives an + acknowledgment, which means the route was installed in the kernel, + but not necessarily in hardware. + It is also possible for a route already installed in hardware to change + its action and therefore its flags. For example, a host route that is + trapping packets can be "promoted" to perform decapsulation following + the installation of an IPinIP/VXLAN tunnel. + The notifications will indicate to user-space the state of the route. + + Default: 0 (Do not emit notifications.) + + Possible values: + + - 0 - Do not emit notifications. + - 1 - Emit notifications. + - 2 - Emit notifications only for RTM_F_OFFLOAD_FAILED flag change. + IPv6 Fragmentation: ip6frag_high_thresh - INTEGER @@ -1807,12 +1867,24 @@ seg6_flowlabel - INTEGER ``conf/default/*``: Change the interface-specific default settings. + These settings would be used during creating new interfaces. + ``conf/all/*``: Change all the interface-specific settings. [XXX: Other special features than forwarding?] +conf/all/disable_ipv6 - BOOLEAN + Changing this value is same as changing ``conf/default/disable_ipv6`` + setting and also all per-interface ``disable_ipv6`` settings to the same + value. + + Reading this value does not have any particular meaning. It does not say + whether IPv6 support is enabled or disabled. Returned value can be 1 + also in the case when some interface has ``disable_ipv6`` set to 0 and + has configured IPv6 addresses. + conf/all/forwarding - BOOLEAN Enable global IPv6 forwarding between all interfaces. @@ -1871,6 +1943,16 @@ accept_ra_defrtr - BOOLEAN - enabled if accept_ra is enabled. - disabled if accept_ra is disabled. +ra_defrtr_metric - UNSIGNED INTEGER + Route metric for default route learned in Router Advertisement. This value + will be assigned as metric for the default route learned via IPv6 Router + Advertisement. Takes affect only if accept_ra_defrtr is enabled. + + Possible values: + 1 to 0xFFFFFFFF + + Default: IP6_RT_PRIO_USER i.e. 1024. + accept_ra_from_local - BOOLEAN Accept RA with source-address that is found on local machine if the RA is otherwise proper and able to be accepted. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netdev-FAQ.rst b/Documentation/networking/netdev-FAQ.rst index 4b9ed5874d5a..a64c01b52b4c 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/netdev-FAQ.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/netdev-FAQ.rst @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ netdev FAQ ========== -Q: What is netdev? ------------------- -A: It is a mailing list for all network-related Linux stuff. This +What is netdev? +--------------- +It is a mailing list for all network-related Linux stuff. This includes anything found under net/ (i.e. core code like IPv6) and drivers/net (i.e. hardware specific drivers) in the Linux source tree. @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ Aside from subsystems like that mentioned above, all network-related Linux development (i.e. RFC, review, comments, etc.) takes place on netdev. -Q: How do the changes posted to netdev make their way into Linux? ------------------------------------------------------------------ -A: There are always two trees (git repositories) in play. Both are +How do the changes posted to netdev make their way into Linux? +-------------------------------------------------------------- +There are always two trees (git repositories) in play. Both are driven by David Miller, the main network maintainer. There is the ``net`` tree, and the ``net-next`` tree. As you can probably guess from the names, the ``net`` tree is for fixes to existing code already in the @@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ for the future release. You can find the trees here: - https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net.git - https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net-next.git -Q: How often do changes from these trees make it to the mainline Linus tree? ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -A: To understand this, you need to know a bit of background information on +How often do changes from these trees make it to the mainline Linus tree? +------------------------------------------------------------------------- +To understand this, you need to know a bit of background information on the cadence of Linux development. Each new release starts off with a two week "merge window" where the main maintainers feed their new stuff to Linus for merging into the mainline tree. After the two weeks, the @@ -81,7 +81,8 @@ focus for ``net`` is on stabilization and bug fixes. Finally, the vX.Y gets released, and the whole cycle starts over. -Q: So where are we now in this cycle? +So where are we now in this cycle? +---------------------------------- Load the mainline (Linus) page here: @@ -91,9 +92,9 @@ and note the top of the "tags" section. If it is rc1, it is early in the dev cycle. If it was tagged rc7 a week ago, then a release is probably imminent. -Q: How do I indicate which tree (net vs. net-next) my patch should be in? -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -A: Firstly, think whether you have a bug fix or new "next-like" content. +How do I indicate which tree (net vs. net-next) my patch should be in? +---------------------------------------------------------------------- +Firstly, think whether you have a bug fix or new "next-like" content. Then once decided, assuming that you use git, use the prefix flag, i.e. :: @@ -105,48 +106,45 @@ in the above is just the subject text of the outgoing e-mail, and you can manually change it yourself with whatever MUA you are comfortable with. -Q: I sent a patch and I'm wondering what happened to it? --------------------------------------------------------- -Q: How can I tell whether it got merged? -A: Start by looking at the main patchworks queue for netdev: +I sent a patch and I'm wondering what happened to it - how can I tell whether it got merged? +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Start by looking at the main patchworks queue for netdev: https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/list/ The "State" field will tell you exactly where things are at with your patch. -Q: The above only says "Under Review". How can I find out more? ----------------------------------------------------------------- -A: Generally speaking, the patches get triaged quickly (in less than +The above only says "Under Review". How can I find out more? +------------------------------------------------------------- +Generally speaking, the patches get triaged quickly (in less than 48h). So be patient. Asking the maintainer for status updates on your patch is a good way to ensure your patch is ignored or pushed to the bottom of the priority list. -Q: I submitted multiple versions of the patch series ----------------------------------------------------- -Q: should I directly update patchwork for the previous versions of these -patch series? -A: No, please don't interfere with the patch status on patchwork, leave +I submitted multiple versions of the patch series. Should I directly update patchwork for the previous versions of these patch series? +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +No, please don't interfere with the patch status on patchwork, leave it to the maintainer to figure out what is the most recent and current version that should be applied. If there is any doubt, the maintainer will reply and ask what should be done. -Q: I made changes to only a few patches in a patch series should I resend only those changed? ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -A: No, please resend the entire patch series and make sure you do number your +I made changes to only a few patches in a patch series should I resend only those changed? +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +No, please resend the entire patch series and make sure you do number your patches such that it is clear this is the latest and greatest set of patches that can be applied. -Q: I submitted multiple versions of a patch series and it looks like a version other than the last one has been accepted, what should I do? -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -A: There is no revert possible, once it is pushed out, it stays like that. +I submitted multiple versions of a patch series and it looks like a version other than the last one has been accepted, what should I do? +---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +There is no revert possible, once it is pushed out, it stays like that. Please send incremental versions on top of what has been merged in order to fix the patches the way they would look like if your latest patch series was to be merged. -Q: How can I tell what patches are queued up for backporting to the various stable releases? --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -A: Normally Greg Kroah-Hartman collects stable commits himself, but for +How can I tell what patches are queued up for backporting to the various stable releases? +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Normally Greg Kroah-Hartman collects stable commits himself, but for networking, Dave collects up patches he deems critical for the networking subsystem, and then hands them off to Greg. @@ -169,11 +167,9 @@ simply clone the repo, and then git grep the mainline commit ID, e.g. releases/3.9.8/ipv6-fix-possible-crashes-in-ip6_cork_release.patch stable/stable-queue$ -Q: I see a network patch and I think it should be backported to stable. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ -Q: Should I request it via stable@vger.kernel.org like the references in -the kernel's Documentation/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst file say? -A: No, not for networking. Check the stable queues as per above first +I see a network patch and I think it should be backported to stable. Should I request it via stable@vger.kernel.org like the references in the kernel's Documentation/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst file say? +--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +No, not for networking. Check the stable queues as per above first to see if it is already queued. If not, then send a mail to netdev, listing the upstream commit ID and why you think it should be a stable candidate. @@ -190,11 +186,9 @@ mainline, the better the odds that it is an OK candidate for stable. So scrambling to request a commit be added the day after it appears should be avoided. -Q: I have created a network patch and I think it should be backported to stable. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Q: Should I add a Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org like the references in the -kernel's Documentation/ directory say? -A: No. See above answer. In short, if you think it really belongs in +I have created a network patch and I think it should be backported to stable. Should I add a Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org like the references in the kernel's Documentation/ directory say? +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +No. See above answer. In short, if you think it really belongs in stable, then ensure you write a decent commit log that describes who gets impacted by the bug fix and how it manifests itself, and when the bug was introduced. If you do that properly, then the commit will get @@ -207,18 +201,18 @@ marker line as described in :ref:`Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst <the_canonical_patch_format>` to temporarily embed that information into the patch that you send. -Q: Are all networking bug fixes backported to all stable releases? ------------------------------------------------------------------- -A: Due to capacity, Dave could only take care of the backports for the +Are all networking bug fixes backported to all stable releases? +--------------------------------------------------------------- +Due to capacity, Dave could only take care of the backports for the last two stable releases. For earlier stable releases, each stable branch maintainer is supposed to take care of them. If you find any patch is missing from an earlier stable branch, please notify stable@vger.kernel.org with either a commit ID or a formal patch backported, and CC Dave and other relevant networking developers. -Q: Is the comment style convention different for the networking content? ------------------------------------------------------------------------- -A: Yes, in a largely trivial way. Instead of this:: +Is the comment style convention different for the networking content? +--------------------------------------------------------------------- +Yes, in a largely trivial way. Instead of this:: /* * foobar blah blah blah @@ -231,32 +225,30 @@ it is requested that you make it look like this:: * another line of text */ -Q: I am working in existing code that has the former comment style and not the latter. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Q: Should I submit new code in the former style or the latter? -A: Make it the latter style, so that eventually all code in the domain +I am working in existing code that has the former comment style and not the latter. Should I submit new code in the former style or the latter? +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Make it the latter style, so that eventually all code in the domain of netdev is of this format. -Q: I found a bug that might have possible security implications or similar. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Q: Should I mail the main netdev maintainer off-list?** -A: No. The current netdev maintainer has consistently requested that +I found a bug that might have possible security implications or similar. Should I mail the main netdev maintainer off-list? +--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +No. The current netdev maintainer has consistently requested that people use the mailing lists and not reach out directly. If you aren't OK with that, then perhaps consider mailing security@kernel.org or reading about http://oss-security.openwall.org/wiki/mailing-lists/distros as possible alternative mechanisms. -Q: What level of testing is expected before I submit my change? ---------------------------------------------------------------- -A: If your changes are against ``net-next``, the expectation is that you +What level of testing is expected before I submit my change? +------------------------------------------------------------ +If your changes are against ``net-next``, the expectation is that you have tested by layering your changes on top of ``net-next``. Ideally you will have done run-time testing specific to your change, but at a minimum, your changes should survive an ``allyesconfig`` and an ``allmodconfig`` build without new warnings or failures. -Q: How do I post corresponding changes to user space components? ----------------------------------------------------------------- -A: User space code exercising kernel features should be posted +How do I post corresponding changes to user space components? +------------------------------------------------------------- +User space code exercising kernel features should be posted alongside kernel patches. This gives reviewers a chance to see how any new interface is used and how well it works. @@ -280,9 +272,25 @@ to the mailing list, e.g.:: Posting as one thread is discouraged because it confuses patchwork (as of patchwork 2.2.2). -Q: Any other tips to help ensure my net/net-next patch gets OK'd? ------------------------------------------------------------------ -A: Attention to detail. Re-read your own work as if you were the +Can I reproduce the checks from patchwork on my local machine? +-------------------------------------------------------------- + +Checks in patchwork are mostly simple wrappers around existing kernel +scripts, the sources are available at: + +https://github.com/kuba-moo/nipa/tree/master/tests + +Running all the builds and checks locally is a pain, can I post my patches and have the patchwork bot validate them? +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +No, you must ensure that your patches are ready by testing them locally +before posting to the mailing list. The patchwork build bot instance +gets overloaded very easily and netdev@vger really doesn't need more +traffic if we can help it. + +Any other tips to help ensure my net/net-next patch gets OK'd? +-------------------------------------------------------------- +Attention to detail. Re-read your own work as if you were the reviewer. You can start with using ``checkpatch.pl``, perhaps even with the ``--strict`` flag. But do not be mindlessly robotic in doing so. If your change is a bug fix, make sure your commit log indicates the diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netdev-features.rst b/Documentation/networking/netdev-features.rst index a2d7d7160e39..d7b15bb64deb 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/netdev-features.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/netdev-features.rst @@ -182,3 +182,24 @@ stricter than Hardware LRO. A packet stream merged by Hardware GRO must be re-segmentable by GSO or TSO back to the exact original packet stream. Hardware GRO is dependent on RXCSUM since every packet successfully merged by hardware must also have the checksum verified by hardware. + +* hsr-tag-ins-offload + +This should be set for devices which insert an HSR (High-availability Seamless +Redundancy) or PRP (Parallel Redundancy Protocol) tag automatically. + +* hsr-tag-rm-offload + +This should be set for devices which remove HSR (High-availability Seamless +Redundancy) or PRP (Parallel Redundancy Protocol) tags automatically. + +* hsr-fwd-offload + +This should be set for devices which forward HSR (High-availability Seamless +Redundancy) frames from one port to another in hardware. + +* hsr-dup-offload + +This should be set for devices which duplicate outgoing HSR (High-availability +Seamless Redundancy) or PRP (Parallel Redundancy Protocol) tags automatically +frames in hardware. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netdevices.rst b/Documentation/networking/netdevices.rst index 5a85fcc80c76..17bdcb746dcf 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/netdevices.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/netdevices.rst @@ -10,18 +10,177 @@ Introduction The following is a random collection of documentation regarding network devices. -struct net_device allocation rules -================================== +struct net_device lifetime rules +================================ Network device structures need to persist even after module is unloaded and must be allocated with alloc_netdev_mqs() and friends. If device has registered successfully, it will be freed on last use -by free_netdev(). This is required to handle the pathologic case cleanly -(example: rmmod mydriver </sys/class/net/myeth/mtu ) +by free_netdev(). This is required to handle the pathological case cleanly +(example: ``rmmod mydriver </sys/class/net/myeth/mtu``) -alloc_netdev_mqs()/alloc_netdev() reserve extra space for driver +alloc_netdev_mqs() / alloc_netdev() reserve extra space for driver private data which gets freed when the network device is freed. If separately allocated data is attached to the network device -(netdev_priv(dev)) then it is up to the module exit handler to free that. +(netdev_priv()) then it is up to the module exit handler to free that. + +There are two groups of APIs for registering struct net_device. +First group can be used in normal contexts where ``rtnl_lock`` is not already +held: register_netdev(), unregister_netdev(). +Second group can be used when ``rtnl_lock`` is already held: +register_netdevice(), unregister_netdevice(), free_netdevice(). + +Simple drivers +-------------- + +Most drivers (especially device drivers) handle lifetime of struct net_device +in context where ``rtnl_lock`` is not held (e.g. driver probe and remove paths). + +In that case the struct net_device registration is done using +the register_netdev(), and unregister_netdev() functions: + +.. code-block:: c + + int probe() + { + struct my_device_priv *priv; + int err; + + dev = alloc_netdev_mqs(...); + if (!dev) + return -ENOMEM; + priv = netdev_priv(dev); + + /* ... do all device setup before calling register_netdev() ... + */ + + err = register_netdev(dev); + if (err) + goto err_undo; + + /* net_device is visible to the user! */ + + err_undo: + /* ... undo the device setup ... */ + free_netdev(dev); + return err; + } + + void remove() + { + unregister_netdev(dev); + free_netdev(dev); + } + +Note that after calling register_netdev() the device is visible in the system. +Users can open it and start sending / receiving traffic immediately, +or run any other callback, so all initialization must be done prior to +registration. + +unregister_netdev() closes the device and waits for all users to be done +with it. The memory of struct net_device itself may still be referenced +by sysfs but all operations on that device will fail. + +free_netdev() can be called after unregister_netdev() returns on when +register_netdev() failed. + +Device management under RTNL +---------------------------- + +Registering struct net_device while in context which already holds +the ``rtnl_lock`` requires extra care. In those scenarios most drivers +will want to make use of struct net_device's ``needs_free_netdev`` +and ``priv_destructor`` members for freeing of state. + +Example flow of netdev handling under ``rtnl_lock``: + +.. code-block:: c + + static void my_setup(struct net_device *dev) + { + dev->needs_free_netdev = true; + } + + static void my_destructor(struct net_device *dev) + { + some_obj_destroy(priv->obj); + some_uninit(priv); + } + + int create_link() + { + struct my_device_priv *priv; + int err; + + ASSERT_RTNL(); + + dev = alloc_netdev(sizeof(*priv), "net%d", NET_NAME_UNKNOWN, my_setup); + if (!dev) + return -ENOMEM; + priv = netdev_priv(dev); + + /* Implicit constructor */ + err = some_init(priv); + if (err) + goto err_free_dev; + + priv->obj = some_obj_create(); + if (!priv->obj) { + err = -ENOMEM; + goto err_some_uninit; + } + /* End of constructor, set the destructor: */ + dev->priv_destructor = my_destructor; + + err = register_netdevice(dev); + if (err) + /* register_netdevice() calls destructor on failure */ + goto err_free_dev; + + /* If anything fails now unregister_netdevice() (or unregister_netdev()) + * will take care of calling my_destructor and free_netdev(). + */ + + return 0; + + err_some_uninit: + some_uninit(priv); + err_free_dev: + free_netdev(dev); + return err; + } + +If struct net_device.priv_destructor is set it will be called by the core +some time after unregister_netdevice(), it will also be called if +register_netdevice() fails. The callback may be invoked with or without +``rtnl_lock`` held. + +There is no explicit constructor callback, driver "constructs" the private +netdev state after allocating it and before registration. + +Setting struct net_device.needs_free_netdev makes core call free_netdevice() +automatically after unregister_netdevice() when all references to the device +are gone. It only takes effect after a successful call to register_netdevice() +so if register_netdevice() fails driver is responsible for calling +free_netdev(). + +free_netdev() is safe to call on error paths right after unregister_netdevice() +or when register_netdevice() fails. Parts of netdev (de)registration process +happen after ``rtnl_lock`` is released, therefore in those cases free_netdev() +will defer some of the processing until ``rtnl_lock`` is released. + +Devices spawned from struct rtnl_link_ops should never free the +struct net_device directly. + +.ndo_init and .ndo_uninit +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +``.ndo_init`` and ``.ndo_uninit`` callbacks are called during net_device +registration and de-registration, under ``rtnl_lock``. Drivers can use +those e.g. when parts of their init process need to run under ``rtnl_lock``. + +``.ndo_init`` runs before device is visible in the system, ``.ndo_uninit`` +runs during de-registering after device is closed but other subsystems +may still have outstanding references to the netdevice. MTU === @@ -64,8 +223,8 @@ ndo_do_ioctl: Context: process ndo_get_stats: - Synchronization: dev_base_lock rwlock. - Context: nominally process, but don't sleep inside an rwlock + Synchronization: rtnl_lock() semaphore, dev_base_lock rwlock, or RCU. + Context: atomic (can't sleep under rwlock or RCU) ndo_start_xmit: Synchronization: __netif_tx_lock spinlock. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.rst b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.rst index 6c009ceb1183..500ef60b1b82 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.rst @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Abstract ======== This file documents the mmap() facility available with the PACKET -socket interface on 2.4/2.6/3.x kernels. This type of sockets is used for +socket interface. This type of sockets is used for i) capture network traffic with utilities like tcpdump, ii) transmit network traffic, or any other that needs raw @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ Please send your comments to Why use PACKET_MMAP =================== -In Linux 2.4/2.6/3.x if PACKET_MMAP is not enabled, the capture process is very +Non PACKET_MMAP capture process (plain AF_PACKET) is very inefficient. It uses very limited buffers and requires one system call to capture each packet, it requires two if you want to get packet's timestamp (like libpcap always does). -In the other hand PACKET_MMAP is very efficient. PACKET_MMAP provides a size +On the other hand PACKET_MMAP is very efficient. PACKET_MMAP provides a size configurable circular buffer mapped in user space that can be used to either send or receive packets. This way reading packets just needs to wait for them, most of the time there is no need to issue a single system call. Concerning @@ -252,8 +252,7 @@ PACKET_MMAP setting constraints In kernel versions prior to 2.4.26 (for the 2.4 branch) and 2.6.5 (2.6 branch), the PACKET_MMAP buffer could hold only 32768 frames in a 32 bit architecture or -16384 in a 64 bit architecture. For information on these kernel versions -see http://pusa.uv.es/~ulisses/packet_mmap/packet_mmap.pre-2.4.26_2.6.5.txt +16384 in a 64 bit architecture. Block size limit ---------------- @@ -437,7 +436,7 @@ and the following flags apply: Capture process ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - from include/linux/if_packet.h +From include/linux/if_packet.h:: #define TP_STATUS_COPY (1 << 1) #define TP_STATUS_LOSING (1 << 2) diff --git a/Documentation/networking/phy.rst b/Documentation/networking/phy.rst index b2f7ec794bc8..06adfc2afcf0 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/phy.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/phy.rst @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ put into an unsupported state. Lastly, once the controller is ready to handle network traffic, you call phy_start(phydev). This tells the PAL that you are ready, and configures the PHY to connect to the network. If the MAC interrupt of your network driver -also handles PHY status changes, just set phydev->irq to PHY_IGNORE_INTERRUPT +also handles PHY status changes, just set phydev->irq to PHY_MAC_INTERRUPT before you call phy_start and use phy_mac_interrupt() from the network driver. If you don't want to use interrupts, set phydev->irq to PHY_POLL. phy_start() enables the PHY interrupts (if applicable) and starts the @@ -267,6 +267,12 @@ Some of the interface modes are described below: duplex, pause or other settings. This is dependent on the MAC and/or PHY behaviour. +``PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_5GBASER`` + This is the IEEE 802.3 Clause 129 defined 5GBASE-R protocol. It is + identical to the 10GBASE-R protocol defined in Clause 49, with the + exception that it operates at half the frequency. Please refer to the + IEEE standard for the definition. + ``PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_10GBASER`` This is the IEEE 802.3 Clause 49 defined 10GBASE-R protocol used with various different mediums. Please refer to the IEEE standard for a @@ -286,6 +292,11 @@ Some of the interface modes are described below: Note: due to legacy usage, some 10GBASE-R usage incorrectly makes use of this definition. +``PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_100BASEX`` + This defines IEEE 802.3 Clause 24. The link operates at a fixed data + rate of 125Mpbs using a 4B/5B encoding scheme, resulting in an underlying + data rate of 100Mpbs. + Pause frames / flow control =========================== diff --git a/Documentation/networking/sfp-phylink.rst b/Documentation/networking/sfp-phylink.rst index 5aec7c8857d0..328f8d39eeb3 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/sfp-phylink.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/sfp-phylink.rst @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ this documentation. err = phylink_of_phy_connect(priv->phylink, node, flags); For the most part, ``flags`` can be zero; these flags are passed to - the of_phy_attach() inside this function call if a PHY is specified + the phy_attach_direct() inside this function call if a PHY is specified in the DT node ``node``. ``node`` should be the DT node which contains the network phy property, diff --git a/Documentation/networking/snmp_counter.rst b/Documentation/networking/snmp_counter.rst index 4edd0d38779e..423d138b5ff3 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/snmp_counter.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/snmp_counter.rst @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ https://lwn.net/Articles/576263/ * TcpExtTCPOrigDataSent This counter is explained by `kernel commit f19c29e3e391`_, I pasted the -explaination below:: +explanation below:: TCPOrigDataSent: number of outgoing packets with original data (excluding retransmission but including data-in-SYN). This counter is different from @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ explaination below:: * TCPSynRetrans This counter is explained by `kernel commit f19c29e3e391`_, I pasted the -explaination below:: +explanation below:: TCPSynRetrans: number of SYN and SYN/ACK retransmits to break down retransmissions into SYN, fast-retransmits, timeout retransmits, etc. @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ explaination below:: * TCPFastOpenActiveFail This counter is explained by `kernel commit f19c29e3e391`_, I pasted the -explaination below:: +explanation below:: TCPFastOpenActiveFail: Fast Open attempts (SYN/data) failed because the remote does not accept it or the attempts timed out. @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ Defined in `RFC1213 tcpAttemptFails`_. Defined in `RFC1213 tcpOutRsts`_. The RFC says this counter indicates the 'segments sent containing the RST flag', but in linux kernel, this -couner indicates the segments kerenl tried to send. The sending +counter indicates the segments kernel tried to send. The sending process might be failed due to some errors (e.g. memory alloc failed). .. _RFC1213 tcpOutRsts: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1213#page-52 @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ SACK option could have up to 4 blocks, they are checked individually. E.g., if 3 blocks of a SACk is invalid, the corresponding counter would be updated 3 times. The comment of the `Add counters for discarded SACK blocks`_ patch has additional -explaination: +explanation: .. _Add counters for discarded SACK blocks: https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=18f02545a9a16c9a89778b91a162ad16d510bb32 @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ PAWS check fails or the received sequence number is out of window. * TcpExtTCPACKSkippedTimeWait -Tha ACK is skipped in Time-Wait status, the reason would be either +The ACK is skipped in Time-Wait status, the reason would be either PAWS check failed or the received sequence number is out of window. * TcpExtTCPACKSkippedChallenge @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ TcpExtSyncookiesRecv counter wont be updated. Challenge ACK ============= -For details of challenge ACK, please refer the explaination of +For details of challenge ACK, please refer the explanation of TcpExtTCPACKSkippedChallenge. * TcpExtTCPChallengeACK @@ -1002,7 +1002,7 @@ prune ===== When a socket is under memory pressure, the TCP stack will try to reclaim memory from the receiving queue and out of order queue. One of -the reclaiming method is 'collapse', which means allocate a big sbk, +the reclaiming method is 'collapse', which means allocate a big skb, copy the contiguous skbs to the single big skb, and free these contiguous skbs. @@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ The server side nstat output:: IpExtOutOctets 52 0.0 IpExtInNoECTPkts 1 0.0 -Input a string in nc client side again ('world' in our exmaple):: +Input a string in nc client side again ('world' in our example):: nstatuser@nstat-a:~$ nc -v nstat-b 9000 Connection to nstat-b 9000 port [tcp/*] succeeded! @@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ replied an ACK. But kernel handled them in different ways. When the TCP window scale option is not used, kernel will try to enable fast path immediately when the connection comes into the established state, but if the TCP window scale option is used, kernel will disable the -fast path at first, and try to enable it after kerenl receives +fast path at first, and try to enable it after kernel receives packets. We could use the 'ss' command to verify whether the window scale option is used. e.g. run below command on either server or client:: @@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@ Check TcpExtTCPAbortOnMemory on client:: nstatuser@nstat-a:~$ nstat | grep -i abort TcpExtTCPAbortOnMemory 54 0.0 -Check orphane socket count on client:: +Check orphaned socket count on client:: nstatuser@nstat-a:~$ ss -s Total: 131 (kernel 0) @@ -1685,7 +1685,7 @@ Send 3 SYN repeatly to nstat-b:: nstatuser@nstat-a:~$ for i in {1..3}; do sudo tcpreplay -i ens3 /tmp/syn_fixcsum.pcap; done -Check snmp cunter on nstat-b:: +Check snmp counter on nstat-b:: nstatuser@nstat-b:~$ nstat | grep -i skip TcpExtTCPACKSkippedSynRecv 1 0.0 @@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ string 'foo' in our example:: Connection from nstat-a 42132 received! foo -On nstat-a, the tcpdump should have caputred the ACK. We should check +On nstat-a, the tcpdump should have captured the ACK. We should check the source port numbers of the two nc clients:: nstatuser@nstat-a:~$ ss -ta '( dport = :9000 || dport = :9001 )' | tee @@ -1778,7 +1778,7 @@ the source port numbers of the two nc clients:: ESTAB 0 0 192.168.122.250:50208 192.168.122.251:9000 ESTAB 0 0 192.168.122.250:42132 192.168.122.251:9001 -Run tcprewrite, change port 9001 to port 9000, chagne port 42132 to +Run tcprewrite, change port 9001 to port 9000, change port 42132 to port 50208:: nstatuser@nstat-a:~$ tcprewrite --infile /tmp/seq_pre.pcap --outfile /tmp/seq.pcap -r 9001:9000 -r 42132:50208 --fixcsum diff --git a/Documentation/networking/timestamping.rst b/Documentation/networking/timestamping.rst index 03f7beade470..f682e88fa87e 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/timestamping.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/timestamping.rst @@ -55,7 +55,8 @@ struct __kernel_sock_timeval format. SO_TIMESTAMP_OLD returns incorrect timestamps after the year 2038 on 32 bit machines. -1.2 SO_TIMESTAMPNS (also SO_TIMESTAMPNS_OLD and SO_TIMESTAMPNS_NEW): +1.2 SO_TIMESTAMPNS (also SO_TIMESTAMPNS_OLD and SO_TIMESTAMPNS_NEW) +------------------------------------------------------------------- This option is identical to SO_TIMESTAMP except for the returned data type. Its struct timespec allows for higher resolution (ns) timestamps than the diff --git a/Documentation/networking/tls-offload.rst b/Documentation/networking/tls-offload.rst index 0f55c6d540f9..5f0dea3d571e 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/tls-offload.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/tls-offload.rst @@ -530,7 +530,10 @@ TLS device feature flags only control adding of new TLS connection offloads, old connections will remain active after flags are cleared. TLS encryption cannot be offloaded to devices without checksum calculation -offload. Hence, TLS TX device feature flag requires NETIF_F_HW_CSUM being set. +offload. Hence, TLS TX device feature flag requires TX csum offload being set. Disabling the latter implies clearing the former. Disabling TX checksum offload should not affect old connections, and drivers should make sure checksum calculation does not break for them. +Similarly, device-offloaded TLS decryption implies doing RXCSUM. If the user +does not want to enable RX csum offload, TLS RX device feature is disabled +as well. diff --git a/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.rst b/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.rst index 8bd693399834..53b6a56c4635 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.rst +++ b/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.rst @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Generally speaking, there is a couple of reasons to use the freezing of tasks: safeguards against race conditions that might occur in such a case. Although Linus Torvalds doesn't like the freezing of tasks, he said this in one -of the discussions on LKML (http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/4/27/608): +of the discussions on LKML (https://lore.kernel.org/r/alpine.LFD.0.98.0704271801020.9964@woody.linux-foundation.org): "RJW:> Why we freeze tasks at all or why we freeze kernel threads? diff --git a/Documentation/power/index.rst b/Documentation/power/index.rst index ced8a8007434..a0f5244fb427 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/power/index.rst @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ Power Management userland-swsusp powercap/powercap + powercap/dtpm regulator/consumer regulator/design diff --git a/Documentation/power/powercap/dtpm.rst b/Documentation/power/powercap/dtpm.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a38dee3d815b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/power/powercap/dtpm.rst @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +========================================== +Dynamic Thermal Power Management framework +========================================== + +On the embedded world, the complexity of the SoC leads to an +increasing number of hotspots which need to be monitored and mitigated +as a whole in order to prevent the temperature to go above the +normative and legally stated 'skin temperature'. + +Another aspect is to sustain the performance for a given power budget, +for example virtual reality where the user can feel dizziness if the +performance is capped while a big CPU is processing something else. Or +reduce the battery charging because the dissipated power is too high +compared with the power consumed by other devices. + +The user space is the most adequate place to dynamically act on the +different devices by limiting their power given an application +profile: it has the knowledge of the platform. + +The Dynamic Thermal Power Management (DTPM) is a technique acting on +the device power by limiting and/or balancing a power budget among +different devices. + +The DTPM framework provides an unified interface to act on the +device power. + +Overview +======== + +The DTPM framework relies on the powercap framework to create the +powercap entries in the sysfs directory and implement the backend +driver to do the connection with the power manageable device. + +The DTPM is a tree representation describing the power constraints +shared between devices, not their physical positions. + +The nodes of the tree are a virtual description aggregating the power +characteristics of the children nodes and their power limitations. + +The leaves of the tree are the real power manageable devices. + +For instance:: + + SoC + | + `-- pkg + | + |-- pd0 (cpu0-3) + | + `-- pd1 (cpu4-5) + +The pkg power will be the sum of pd0 and pd1 power numbers:: + + SoC (400mW - 3100mW) + | + `-- pkg (400mW - 3100mW) + | + |-- pd0 (100mW - 700mW) + | + `-- pd1 (300mW - 2400mW) + +When the nodes are inserted in the tree, their power characteristics are propagated to the parents:: + + SoC (600mW - 5900mW) + | + |-- pkg (400mW - 3100mW) + | | + | |-- pd0 (100mW - 700mW) + | | + | `-- pd1 (300mW - 2400mW) + | + `-- pd2 (200mW - 2800mW) + +Each node have a weight on a 2^10 basis reflecting the percentage of power consumption along the siblings:: + + SoC (w=1024) + | + |-- pkg (w=538) + | | + | |-- pd0 (w=231) + | | + | `-- pd1 (w=794) + | + `-- pd2 (w=486) + + Note the sum of weights at the same level are equal to 1024. + +When a power limitation is applied to a node, then it is distributed along the children given their weights. For example, if we set a power limitation of 3200mW at the 'SoC' root node, the resulting tree will be:: + + SoC (w=1024) <--- power_limit = 3200mW + | + |-- pkg (w=538) --> power_limit = 1681mW + | | + | |-- pd0 (w=231) --> power_limit = 378mW + | | + | `-- pd1 (w=794) --> power_limit = 1303mW + | + `-- pd2 (w=486) --> power_limit = 1519mW + + +Flat description +---------------- + +A root node is created and it is the parent of all the nodes. This +description is the simplest one and it is supposed to give to user +space a flat representation of all the devices supporting the power +limitation without any power limitation distribution. + +Hierarchical description +------------------------ + +The different devices supporting the power limitation are represented +hierarchically. There is one root node, all intermediate nodes are +grouping the child nodes which can be intermediate nodes also or real +devices. + +The intermediate nodes aggregate the power information and allows to +set the power limit given the weight of the nodes. + +User space API +============== + +As stated in the overview, the DTPM framework is built on top of the +powercap framework. Thus the sysfs interface is the same, please refer +to the powercap documentation for further details. + + * power_uw: Instantaneous power consumption. If the node is an + intermediate node, then the power consumption will be the sum of all + children power consumption. + + * max_power_range_uw: The power range resulting of the maximum power + minus the minimum power. + + * name: The name of the node. This is implementation dependent. Even + if it is not recommended for the user space, several nodes can have + the same name. + + * constraint_X_name: The name of the constraint. + + * constraint_X_max_power_uw: The maximum power limit to be applicable + to the node. + + * constraint_X_power_limit_uw: The power limit to be applied to the + node. If the value contained in constraint_X_max_power_uw is set, + the constraint will be removed. + + * constraint_X_time_window_us: The meaning of this file will depend + on the constraint number. + +Constraints +----------- + + * Constraint 0: The power limitation is immediately applied, without + limitation in time. + +Kernel API +========== + +Overview +-------- + +The DTPM framework has no power limiting backend support. It is +generic and provides a set of API to let the different drivers to +implement the backend part for the power limitation and create the +power constraints tree. + +It is up to the platform to provide the initialization function to +allocate and link the different nodes of the tree. + +A special macro has the role of declaring a node and the corresponding +initialization function via a description structure. This one contains +an optional parent field allowing to hook different devices to an +already existing tree at boot time. + +For instance:: + + struct dtpm_descr my_descr = { + .name = "my_name", + .init = my_init_func, + }; + + DTPM_DECLARE(my_descr); + +The nodes of the DTPM tree are described with dtpm structure. The +steps to add a new power limitable device is done in three steps: + + * Allocate the dtpm node + * Set the power number of the dtpm node + * Register the dtpm node + +The registration of the dtpm node is done with the powercap +ops. Basically, it must implements the callbacks to get and set the +power and the limit. + +Alternatively, if the node to be inserted is an intermediate one, then +a simple function to insert it as a future parent is available. + +If a device has its power characteristics changing, then the tree must +be updated with the new power numbers and weights. + +Nomenclature +------------ + + * dtpm_alloc() : Allocate and initialize a dtpm structure + + * dtpm_register() : Add the dtpm node to the tree + + * dtpm_unregister() : Remove the dtpm node from the tree + + * dtpm_update_power() : Update the power characteristics of the dtpm node diff --git a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.rst b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.rst index 0553008b6279..d9c777b18f7a 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.rst +++ b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.rst @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ should be used. Of course, for this purpose the device's runtime PM has to be enabled earlier by calling pm_runtime_enable(). Note, if the device may execute pm_runtime calls during the probe (such as -if it is registers with a subsystem that may call back in) then the +if it is registered with a subsystem that may call back in) then the pm_runtime_get_sync() call paired with a pm_runtime_put() call will be appropriate to ensure that the device is not put back to sleep during the probe. This can happen with systems such as the network device layer. @@ -587,11 +587,11 @@ probe. This can happen with systems such as the network device layer. It may be desirable to suspend the device once ->probe() has finished. Therefore the driver core uses the asynchronous pm_request_idle() to submit a request to execute the subsystem-level idle callback for the device at that -time. A driver that makes use of the runtime autosuspend feature, may want to +time. A driver that makes use of the runtime autosuspend feature may want to update the last busy mark before returning from ->probe(). Moreover, the driver core prevents runtime PM callbacks from racing with the bus -notifier callback in __device_release_driver(), which is necessary, because the +notifier callback in __device_release_driver(), which is necessary because the notifier is used by some subsystems to carry out operations affecting the runtime PM functionality. It does so by calling pm_runtime_get_sync() before driver_sysfs_remove() and the BUS_NOTIFY_UNBIND_DRIVER notifications. This @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ calling pm_runtime_suspend() from their ->remove() routines, the driver core executes pm_runtime_put_sync() after running the BUS_NOTIFY_UNBIND_DRIVER notifications in __device_release_driver(). This requires bus types and drivers to make their ->remove() callbacks avoid races with runtime PM directly, -but also it allows of more flexibility in the handling of devices during the +but it also allows more flexibility in the handling of devices during the removal of their drivers. Drivers in ->remove() callback should undo the runtime PM changes done @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ that the device appears to be runtime-suspended and its state is fine, so it may be left in runtime suspend provided that all of its descendants are also left in runtime suspend. If that happens, the PM core will not execute any system suspend and resume callbacks for all of those devices, except for the -complete callback, which is then entirely responsible for handling the device +.complete() callback, which is then entirely responsible for handling the device as appropriate. This only applies to system suspend transitions that are not related to hibernation (see Documentation/driver-api/pm/devices.rst for more information). @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ out the following operations: right before executing the subsystem-level .prepare() callback for it and pm_runtime_barrier() is called for every device right before executing the subsystem-level .suspend() callback for it. In addition to that the PM core - calls __pm_runtime_disable() with 'false' as the second argument for every + calls __pm_runtime_disable() with 'false' as the second argument for every device right before executing the subsystem-level .suspend_late() callback for it. @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ driver/base/power/generic_ops.c: `int pm_generic_restore_noirq(struct device *dev);` - invoke the ->restore_noirq() callback provided by the device's driver -These functions are the defaults used by the PM core, if a subsystem doesn't +These functions are the defaults used by the PM core if a subsystem doesn't provide its own callbacks for ->runtime_idle(), ->runtime_suspend(), ->runtime_resume(), ->suspend(), ->suspend_noirq(), ->resume(), ->resume_noirq(), ->freeze(), ->freeze_noirq(), ->thaw(), ->thaw_noirq(), diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.rst b/Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.rst index cf9b2857c72a..dabee3729e5a 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.rst +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/syscall64-abi.rst @@ -46,25 +46,38 @@ stack frame LR and CR save fields are not used. Register preservation rules --------------------------- -Register preservation rules match the ELF ABI calling sequence with the -following differences: - -+------------------------------------------------------------------------+ -| For the sc instruction, differences with the ELF ABI | -+--------------+--------------+------------------------------------------+ -| r0 | Volatile | (System call number.) | -| rr3 | Volatile | (Parameter 1, and return value.) | -| rr4-r8 | Volatile | (Parameters 2-6.) | -| rcr0 | Volatile | (cr0.SO is the return error condition.) | -| rcr1, cr5-7 | Nonvolatile | | -| rlr | Nonvolatile | | -+--------------+--------------+------------------------------------------+ -| For the scv 0 instruction, differences with the ELF ABI | -+--------------+--------------+------------------------------------------+ -| r0 | Volatile | (System call number.) | -| r3 | Volatile | (Parameter 1, and return value.) | -| r4-r8 | Volatile | (Parameters 2-6.) | -+--------------+--------------+------------------------------------------+ +Register preservation rules match the ELF ABI calling sequence with some +differences. + +For the sc instruction, the differences from the ELF ABI are as follows: + ++--------------+--------------------+-----------------------------------------+ +| Register | Preservation Rules | Purpose | ++==============+====================+=========================================+ +| r0 | Volatile | (System call number.) | ++--------------+--------------------+-----------------------------------------+ +| r3 | Volatile | (Parameter 1, and return value.) | ++--------------+--------------------+-----------------------------------------+ +| r4-r8 | Volatile | (Parameters 2-6.) | ++--------------+--------------------+-----------------------------------------+ +| cr0 | Volatile | (cr0.SO is the return error condition.) | ++--------------+--------------------+-----------------------------------------+ +| cr1, cr5-7 | Nonvolatile | | ++--------------+--------------------+-----------------------------------------+ +| lr | Nonvolatile | | ++--------------+--------------------+-----------------------------------------+ + +For the scv 0 instruction, the differences from the ELF ABI are as follows: + ++--------------+--------------------+-----------------------------------------+ +| Register | Preservation Rules | Purpose | ++==============+====================+=========================================+ +| r0 | Volatile | (System call number.) | ++--------------+--------------------+-----------------------------------------+ +| r3 | Volatile | (Parameter 1, and return value.) | ++--------------+--------------------+-----------------------------------------+ +| r4-r8 | Volatile | (Parameters 2-6.) | ++--------------+--------------------+-----------------------------------------+ All floating point and vector data registers as well as control and status registers are nonvolatile. diff --git a/Documentation/process/4.Coding.rst b/Documentation/process/4.Coding.rst index c27e59d2f702..1f0d81f44e14 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/4.Coding.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/4.Coding.rst @@ -242,17 +242,15 @@ and try to avoid "fixes" which make the warning go away without addressing its cause. Note that not all compiler warnings are enabled by default. Build the -kernel with "make EXTRA_CFLAGS=-W" to get the full set. +kernel with "make KCFLAGS=-W" to get the full set. The kernel provides several configuration options which turn on debugging features; most of these are found in the "kernel hacking" submenu. Several of these options should be turned on for any kernel used for development or testing purposes. In particular, you should turn on: - - ENABLE_MUST_CHECK and FRAME_WARN to get an - extra set of warnings for problems like the use of deprecated interfaces - or ignoring an important return value from a function. The output - generated by these warnings can be verbose, but one need not worry about + - FRAME_WARN to get warnings for stack frames larger than a given amount. + The output generated can be verbose, but one need not worry about warnings from other parts of the kernel. - DEBUG_OBJECTS will add code to track the lifetime of various objects diff --git a/Documentation/process/adding-syscalls.rst b/Documentation/process/adding-syscalls.rst index a3ecb236576c..906c47f1a9e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/adding-syscalls.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/adding-syscalls.rst @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ table, but not from elsewhere in the kernel. If the syscall functionality is useful to be used within the kernel, needs to be shared between an old and a new syscall, or needs to be shared between a syscall and its compatibility variant, it should be implemented by means of a "helper" function (such as -``kern_xyzzy()``). This kernel function may then be called within the +``ksys_xyzzy()``). This kernel function may then be called within the syscall stub (``sys_xyzzy()``), the compatibility syscall stub (``compat_sys_xyzzy()``), and/or other kernel code. @@ -548,18 +548,18 @@ References and Sources https://lwn.net/Articles/486306/ - Recommendation from Andrew Morton that all related information for a new system call should come in the same email thread: - https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/7/24/641 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/20140724144747.3041b208832bbdf9fbce5d96@linux-foundation.org - Recommendation from Michael Kerrisk that a new system call should come with - a man page: https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/6/13/309 + a man page: https://lore.kernel.org/r/CAKgNAkgMA39AfoSoA5Pe1r9N+ZzfYQNvNPvcRN7tOvRb8+v06Q@mail.gmail.com - Suggestion from Thomas Gleixner that x86 wire-up should be in a separate - commit: https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/11/19/254 + commit: https://lore.kernel.org/r/alpine.DEB.2.11.1411191249560.3909@nanos - Suggestion from Greg Kroah-Hartman that it's good for new system calls to - come with a man-page & selftest: https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/3/19/710 + come with a man-page & selftest: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20140320025530.GA25469@kroah.com - Discussion from Michael Kerrisk of new system call vs. :manpage:`prctl(2)` extension: - https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/6/3/411 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/CAHO5Pa3F2MjfTtfNxa8LbnkeeU8=YJ+9tDqxZpw7Gz59E-4AUg@mail.gmail.com - Suggestion from Ingo Molnar that system calls that involve multiple arguments should encapsulate those arguments in a struct, which includes a - size field for future extensibility: https://lkml.org/lkml/2015/7/30/117 + size field for future extensibility: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20150730083831.GA22182@gmail.com - Numbering oddities arising from (re-)use of O_* numbering space flags: - commit 75069f2b5bfb ("vfs: renumber FMODE_NONOTIFY and add to uniqueness @@ -569,9 +569,9 @@ References and Sources - commit bb458c644a59 ("Safer ABI for O_TMPFILE") - Discussion from Matthew Wilcox about restrictions on 64-bit arguments: - https://lkml.org/lkml/2008/12/12/187 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/20081212152929.GM26095@parisc-linux.org - Recommendation from Greg Kroah-Hartman that unknown flags should be - policed: https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/7/17/577 + policed: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20140717193330.GB4703@kroah.com - Recommendation from Linus Torvalds that x32 system calls should prefer compatibility with 64-bit versions rather than 32-bit versions: - https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/8/31/244 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/CA+55aFxfmwfB7jbbrXxa=K7VBYPfAvmu3XOkGrLbB1UFjX1+Ew@mail.gmail.com diff --git a/Documentation/process/coding-style.rst b/Documentation/process/coding-style.rst index 98227226c4e5..42969ab37b34 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/coding-style.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/coding-style.rst @@ -69,9 +69,26 @@ something to hide: if (condition) do_this; do_something_everytime; +Don't use commas to avoid using braces: + +.. code-block:: c + + if (condition) + do_this(), do_that(); + +Always uses braces for multiple statements: + +.. code-block:: c + + if (condition) { + do_this(); + do_that(); + } + Don't put multiple assignments on a single line either. Kernel coding style is super simple. Avoid tricky expressions. + Outside of comments, documentation and except in Kconfig, spaces are never used for indentation, and the above example is deliberately broken. @@ -306,8 +323,7 @@ that counts the number of active users, you should call that Encoding the type of a function into the name (so-called Hungarian notation) is asinine - the compiler knows the types anyway and can check -those, and it only confuses the programmer. No wonder Microsoft makes buggy -programs. +those, and it only confuses the programmer. LOCAL variable names should be short, and to the point. If you have some random integer loop counter, it should probably be called ``i``. diff --git a/Documentation/process/howto.rst b/Documentation/process/howto.rst index 7a5c105e34d4..e4beeca57e5f 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/howto.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/howto.rst @@ -342,16 +342,10 @@ Adventurous testers are very welcome to runtime-test the linux-next. Bug Reporting ------------- -https://bugzilla.kernel.org is where the Linux kernel developers track kernel -bugs. Users are encouraged to report all bugs that they find in this -tool. For details on how to use the kernel bugzilla, please see: - - https://bugzilla.kernel.org/page.cgi?id=faq.html - The file 'Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst' in the main kernel -source directory has a good template for how to report a possible kernel bug, -and details what kind of information is needed by the kernel developers to help -track down the problem. +source directory describes how to report a possible kernel bug, and details +what kind of information is needed by the kernel developers to help track +down the problem. Managing bug reports @@ -364,7 +358,13 @@ improve your skills, and other developers will be aware of your presence. Fixing bugs is one of the best ways to get merits among other developers, because not many people like wasting time fixing other people's bugs. -To work in the already reported bug reports, go to https://bugzilla.kernel.org. +To work on already reported bug reports, find a subsystem you are interested in. +Check the MAINTAINERS file where bugs for that subsystem get reported to; often +it will be a mailing list, rarely a bugtracker. Search the archives of said +place for recent reports and help where you see fit. You may also want to check +https://bugzilla.kernel.org for bug reports; only a handful of kernel subsystems +use it actively for reporting or tracking, nevertheless bugs for the whole +kernel get filed there. Mailing lists diff --git a/Documentation/process/magic-number.rst b/Documentation/process/magic-number.rst index e02ff5ffb653..fa5a62f4150c 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/magic-number.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/magic-number.rst @@ -99,7 +99,6 @@ USB_SERIAL_PORT_MAGIC 0x7301 usb_serial_port ``drivers/usb/se CG_MAGIC 0x00090255 ufs_cylinder_group ``include/linux/ufs_fs.h`` RPORT_MAGIC 0x00525001 r_port ``drivers/char/rocket_int.h`` LSEMAGIC 0x05091998 lse ``drivers/fc4/fc.c`` -GDTIOCTL_MAGIC 0x06030f07 gdth_iowr_str ``drivers/scsi/gdth_ioctl.h`` RIEBL_MAGIC 0x09051990 ``drivers/net/atarilance.c`` NBD_REQUEST_MAGIC 0x12560953 nbd_request ``include/linux/nbd.h`` RED_MAGIC2 0x170fc2a5 (any) ``mm/slab.c`` @@ -135,7 +134,6 @@ FW_HEADER_MAGIC 0x65726F66 fw_header ``drivers/atm/fo SLOT_MAGIC 0x67267321 slot ``drivers/hotplug/cpqphp.h`` SLOT_MAGIC 0x67267322 slot ``drivers/hotplug/acpiphp.h`` LO_MAGIC 0x68797548 nbd_device ``include/linux/nbd.h`` -OPROFILE_MAGIC 0x6f70726f super_block ``drivers/oprofile/oprofilefs.h`` M3_STATE_MAGIC 0x734d724d m3_state ``sound/oss/maestro3.c`` VMALLOC_MAGIC 0x87654320 snd_alloc_track ``sound/core/memory.c`` KMALLOC_MAGIC 0x87654321 snd_alloc_track ``sound/core/memory.c`` @@ -143,7 +141,6 @@ PWC_MAGIC 0x89DC10AB pwc_device ``drivers/usb/me NBD_REPLY_MAGIC 0x96744668 nbd_reply ``include/linux/nbd.h`` ENI155_MAGIC 0xa54b872d midway_eprom ``drivers/atm/eni.h`` CODA_MAGIC 0xC0DAC0DA coda_file_info ``fs/coda/coda_fs_i.h`` -DPMEM_MAGIC 0xc0ffee11 gdt_pci_sram ``drivers/scsi/gdth.h`` YAM_MAGIC 0xF10A7654 yam_port ``drivers/net/hamradio/yam.c`` CCB_MAGIC 0xf2691ad2 ccb ``drivers/scsi/ncr53c8xx.c`` QUEUE_MAGIC_FREE 0xf7e1c9a3 queue_entry ``drivers/scsi/arm/queue.c`` diff --git a/Documentation/process/submit-checklist.rst b/Documentation/process/submit-checklist.rst index 230ee42f872f..b1bc2d37bd0a 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/submit-checklist.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/submit-checklist.rst @@ -89,30 +89,28 @@ and elsewhere regarding submitting Linux kernel patches. Patches that change userspace interfaces should be CCed to linux-api@vger.kernel.org. -19) Check that it all passes ``make headers_check``. - -20) Has been checked with injection of at least slab and page-allocation +19) Has been checked with injection of at least slab and page-allocation failures. See ``Documentation/fault-injection/``. If the new code is substantial, addition of subsystem-specific fault injection might be appropriate. -21) Newly-added code has been compiled with ``gcc -W`` (use - ``make EXTRA_CFLAGS=-W``). This will generate lots of noise, but is good +20) Newly-added code has been compiled with ``gcc -W`` (use + ``make KCFLAGS=-W``). This will generate lots of noise, but is good for finding bugs like "warning: comparison between signed and unsigned". -22) Tested after it has been merged into the -mm patchset to make sure +21) Tested after it has been merged into the -mm patchset to make sure that it still works with all of the other queued patches and various changes in the VM, VFS, and other subsystems. -23) All memory barriers {e.g., ``barrier()``, ``rmb()``, ``wmb()``} need a +22) All memory barriers {e.g., ``barrier()``, ``rmb()``, ``wmb()``} need a comment in the source code that explains the logic of what they are doing and why. -24) If any ioctl's are added by the patch, then also update +23) If any ioctl's are added by the patch, then also update ``Documentation/userspace-api/ioctl/ioctl-number.rst``. -25) If your modified source code depends on or uses any of the kernel +24) If your modified source code depends on or uses any of the kernel APIs or features that are related to the following ``Kconfig`` symbols, then test multiple builds with the related ``Kconfig`` symbols disabled and/or ``=m`` (if that option is available) [not all of these at the diff --git a/Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst b/Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst index 5ba54120bef7..8c991c863628 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst @@ -556,6 +556,11 @@ which stable kernel versions should receive your fix. This is the preferred method for indicating a bug fixed by the patch. See :ref:`describe_changes` for more details. +Note: Attaching a Fixes: tag does not subvert the stable kernel rules +process nor the requirement to Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org on all stable +patch candidates. For more information, please read +:ref:`Documentation/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst <stable_kernel_rules>` + .. _the_canonical_patch_format: The canonical patch format @@ -679,6 +684,26 @@ generates appropriate diffstats by default.) See more details on the proper patch format in the following references. +Backtraces in commit mesages +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Backtraces help document the call chain leading to a problem. However, +not all backtraces are helpful. For example, early boot call chains are +unique and obvious. Copying the full dmesg output verbatim, however, +adds distracting information like timestamps, module lists, register and +stack dumps. + +Therefore, the most useful backtraces should distill the relevant +information from the dump, which makes it easier to focus on the real +issue. Here is an example of a well-trimmed backtrace:: + + unchecked MSR access error: WRMSR to 0xd51 (tried to write 0x0000000000000064) + at rIP: 0xffffffffae059994 (native_write_msr+0x4/0x20) + Call Trace: + mba_wrmsr + update_domains + rdtgroup_mkdir + .. _explicit_in_reply_to: Explicit In-Reply-To headers @@ -769,13 +794,13 @@ Greg Kroah-Hartman, "How to piss off a kernel subsystem maintainer". <http://www.kroah.com/log/linux/maintainer-06.html> NO!!!! No more huge patch bombs to linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org people! - <https://lkml.org/lkml/2005/7/11/336> + <https://lore.kernel.org/r/20050711.125305.08322243.davem@davemloft.net> Kernel Documentation/process/coding-style.rst: :ref:`Documentation/process/coding-style.rst <codingstyle>` Linus Torvalds's mail on the canonical patch format: - <http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/4/7/183> + <https://lore.kernel.org/r/Pine.LNX.4.58.0504071023190.28951@ppc970.osdl.org> Andi Kleen, "On submitting kernel patches" Some strategies to get difficult or controversial changes in. diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.rst b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.rst index 9801d6b284b1..845eee659199 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.rst +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.rst @@ -2,8 +2,9 @@ CFS Bandwidth Control ===================== -[ This document only discusses CPU bandwidth control for SCHED_NORMAL. - The SCHED_RT case is covered in Documentation/scheduler/sched-rt-group.rst ] +.. note:: + This document only discusses CPU bandwidth control for SCHED_NORMAL. + The SCHED_RT case is covered in Documentation/scheduler/sched-rt-group.rst CFS bandwidth control is a CONFIG_FAIR_GROUP_SCHED extension which allows the specification of the maximum CPU bandwidth available to a group or hierarchy. @@ -25,9 +26,15 @@ Management ---------- Quota and period are managed within the cpu subsystem via cgroupfs. -cpu.cfs_quota_us: the total available run-time within a period (in microseconds) -cpu.cfs_period_us: the length of a period (in microseconds) -cpu.stat: exports throttling statistics [explained further below] +.. note:: + The cgroupfs files described in this section are only applicable + to cgroup v1. For cgroup v2, see + :ref:`Documentation/admin-guide/cgroupv2.rst <cgroup-v2-cpu>`. + +- cpu.cfs_quota_us: the total available run-time within a period (in + microseconds) +- cpu.cfs_period_us: the length of a period (in microseconds) +- cpu.stat: exports throttling statistics [explained further below] The default values are:: diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.rst b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.rst index 14a2f7bf63fe..9d9be52f221a 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.rst +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.rst @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ Deadline Task Scheduling and how to prevent non-root users "cheat" the system? As already discussed, we are planning also to merge this work with the EDF - throttling patches [https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/2/23/239] but we still are in + throttling patches [https://lore.kernel.org/r/cover.1266931410.git.fabio@helm.retis] but we still are in the preliminary phases of the merge and we really seek feedback that would help us decide on the direction it should take. diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst index a96c72651877..59b2d1fb4dc4 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.rst @@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ In CFS the virtual runtime is expressed and tracked via the per-task p->se.vruntime (nanosec-unit) value. This way, it's possible to accurately timestamp and measure the "expected CPU time" a task should have gotten. -[ small detail: on "ideal" hardware, at any time all tasks would have the same - p->se.vruntime value --- i.e., tasks would execute simultaneously and no task - would ever get "out of balance" from the "ideal" share of CPU time. ] + Small detail: on "ideal" hardware, at any time all tasks would have the same + p->se.vruntime value --- i.e., tasks would execute simultaneously and no task + would ever get "out of balance" from the "ideal" share of CPU time. CFS's task picking logic is based on this p->se.vruntime value and it is thus very simple: it always tries to run the task with the smallest p->se.vruntime diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/schedutil.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/schedutil.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..78f6b91e2291 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/schedutil.txt @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ + + +NOTE; all this assumes a linear relation between frequency and work capacity, +we know this is flawed, but it is the best workable approximation. + + +PELT (Per Entity Load Tracking) +------------------------------- + +With PELT we track some metrics across the various scheduler entities, from +individual tasks to task-group slices to CPU runqueues. As the basis for this +we use an Exponentially Weighted Moving Average (EWMA), each period (1024us) +is decayed such that y^32 = 0.5. That is, the most recent 32ms contribute +half, while the rest of history contribute the other half. + +Specifically: + + ewma_sum(u) := u_0 + u_1*y + u_2*y^2 + ... + + ewma(u) = ewma_sum(u) / ewma_sum(1) + +Since this is essentially a progression of an infinite geometric series, the +results are composable, that is ewma(A) + ewma(B) = ewma(A+B). This property +is key, since it gives the ability to recompose the averages when tasks move +around. + +Note that blocked tasks still contribute to the aggregates (task-group slices +and CPU runqueues), which reflects their expected contribution when they +resume running. + +Using this we track 2 key metrics: 'running' and 'runnable'. 'Running' +reflects the time an entity spends on the CPU, while 'runnable' reflects the +time an entity spends on the runqueue. When there is only a single task these +two metrics are the same, but once there is contention for the CPU 'running' +will decrease to reflect the fraction of time each task spends on the CPU +while 'runnable' will increase to reflect the amount of contention. + +For more detail see: kernel/sched/pelt.c + + +Frequency- / CPU Invariance +--------------------------- + +Because consuming the CPU for 50% at 1GHz is not the same as consuming the CPU +for 50% at 2GHz, nor is running 50% on a LITTLE CPU the same as running 50% on +a big CPU, we allow architectures to scale the time delta with two ratios, one +Dynamic Voltage and Frequency Scaling (DVFS) ratio and one microarch ratio. + +For simple DVFS architectures (where software is in full control) we trivially +compute the ratio as: + + f_cur + r_dvfs := ----- + f_max + +For more dynamic systems where the hardware is in control of DVFS we use +hardware counters (Intel APERF/MPERF, ARMv8.4-AMU) to provide us this ratio. +For Intel specifically, we use: + + APERF + f_cur := ----- * P0 + MPERF + + 4C-turbo; if available and turbo enabled + f_max := { 1C-turbo; if turbo enabled + P0; otherwise + + f_cur + r_dvfs := min( 1, ----- ) + f_max + +We pick 4C turbo over 1C turbo to make it slightly more sustainable. + +r_cpu is determined as the ratio of highest performance level of the current +CPU vs the highest performance level of any other CPU in the system. + + r_tot = r_dvfs * r_cpu + +The result is that the above 'running' and 'runnable' metrics become invariant +of DVFS and CPU type. IOW. we can transfer and compare them between CPUs. + +For more detail see: + + - kernel/sched/pelt.h:update_rq_clock_pelt() + - arch/x86/kernel/smpboot.c:"APERF/MPERF frequency ratio computation." + - Documentation/scheduler/sched-capacity.rst:"1. CPU Capacity + 2. Task utilization" + + +UTIL_EST / UTIL_EST_FASTUP +-------------------------- + +Because periodic tasks have their averages decayed while they sleep, even +though when running their expected utilization will be the same, they suffer a +(DVFS) ramp-up after they are running again. + +To alleviate this (a default enabled option) UTIL_EST drives an Infinite +Impulse Response (IIR) EWMA with the 'running' value on dequeue -- when it is +highest. A further default enabled option UTIL_EST_FASTUP modifies the IIR +filter to instantly increase and only decay on decrease. + +A further runqueue wide sum (of runnable tasks) is maintained of: + + util_est := \Sum_t max( t_running, t_util_est_ewma ) + +For more detail see: kernel/sched/fair.c:util_est_dequeue() + + +UCLAMP +------ + +It is possible to set effective u_min and u_max clamps on each CFS or RT task; +the runqueue keeps an max aggregate of these clamps for all running tasks. + +For more detail see: include/uapi/linux/sched/types.h + + +Schedutil / DVFS +---------------- + +Every time the scheduler load tracking is updated (task wakeup, task +migration, time progression) we call out to schedutil to update the hardware +DVFS state. + +The basis is the CPU runqueue's 'running' metric, which per the above it is +the frequency invariant utilization estimate of the CPU. From this we compute +a desired frequency like: + + max( running, util_est ); if UTIL_EST + u_cfs := { running; otherwise + + clamp( u_cfs + u_rt , u_min, u_max ); if UCLAMP_TASK + u_clamp := { u_cfs + u_rt; otherwise + + u := u_clamp + u_irq + u_dl; [approx. see source for more detail] + + f_des := min( f_max, 1.25 u * f_max ) + +XXX IO-wait; when the update is due to a task wakeup from IO-completion we +boost 'u' above. + +This frequency is then used to select a P-state/OPP or directly munged into a +CPPC style request to the hardware. + +XXX: deadline tasks (Sporadic Task Model) allows us to calculate a hard f_min +required to satisfy the workload. + +Because these callbacks are directly from the scheduler, the DVFS hardware +interaction should be 'fast' and non-blocking. Schedutil supports +rate-limiting DVFS requests for when hardware interaction is slow and +expensive, this reduces effectiveness. + +For more information see: kernel/sched/cpufreq_schedutil.c + + +NOTES +----- + + - On low-load scenarios, where DVFS is most relevant, the 'running' numbers + will closely reflect utilization. + + - In saturated scenarios task movement will cause some transient dips, + suppose we have a CPU saturated with 4 tasks, then when we migrate a task + to an idle CPU, the old CPU will have a 'running' value of 0.75 while the + new CPU will gain 0.25. This is inevitable and time progression will + correct this. XXX do we still guarantee f_max due to no idle-time? + + - Much of the above is about avoiding DVFS dips, and independent DVFS domains + having to re-learn / ramp-up when load shifts. + diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/libsas.rst b/Documentation/scsi/libsas.rst index 7216b5d25800..6589dfefbc02 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/libsas.rst +++ b/Documentation/scsi/libsas.rst @@ -189,13 +189,8 @@ num_phys The event interface:: /* LLDD calls these to notify the class of an event. */ - void (*notify_ha_event)(struct sas_ha_struct *, enum ha_event); - void (*notify_port_event)(struct sas_phy *, enum port_event); - void (*notify_phy_event)(struct sas_phy *, enum phy_event); - -When sas_register_ha() returns, those are set and can be -called by the LLDD to notify the SAS layer of such events -the SAS layer. + void sas_notify_port_event(struct sas_phy *, enum port_event, gfp_t); + void sas_notify_phy_event(struct sas_phy *, enum phy_event, gfp_t); The port notification:: diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-parameters.rst b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-parameters.rst index e5f68b431f5c..c42c55e1e25e 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-parameters.rst +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-parameters.rst @@ -38,9 +38,6 @@ parameters may be changed at runtime by the command See drivers/scsi/BusLogic.c, comment before function BusLogic_ParseDriverOptions(). - gdth= [HW,SCSI] - See header of drivers/scsi/gdth.c. - gvp11= [HW,SCSI] ips= [HW,SCSI] Adaptec / IBM ServeRAID controller @@ -94,7 +91,7 @@ parameters may be changed at runtime by the command (/proc/sys/dev/scsi/logging_level). There is also a nice 'scsi_logging_level' script in the S390-tools package, available for download at - https://github.com/ibm-s390-tools/s390-tools/blob/master/scripts/scsi_logging_level + https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/blob/master/scripts/scsi_logging_level scsi_mod.scan= [SCSI] sync (default) scans SCSI busses as they are discovered. async scans them in kernel threads, diff --git a/Documentation/security/keys/core.rst b/Documentation/security/keys/core.rst index aa0081685ee1..b3ed5c581034 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/keys/core.rst +++ b/Documentation/security/keys/core.rst @@ -1040,8 +1040,8 @@ The keyctl syscall functions are: "key" is the ID of the key to be watched. - "queue_fd" is a file descriptor referring to an open "/dev/watch_queue" - which manages the buffer into which notifications will be delivered. + "queue_fd" is a file descriptor referring to an open pipe which + manages the buffer into which notifications will be delivered. "filter" is either NULL to remove a watch or a filter specification to indicate what events are required from the key. diff --git a/Documentation/security/lsm-development.rst b/Documentation/security/lsm-development.rst index 31d92bc5fdd2..ac53e5065f79 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/lsm-development.rst +++ b/Documentation/security/lsm-development.rst @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Linux Security Module Development ================================= -Based on https://lkml.org/lkml/2007/10/26/215, +Based on https://lore.kernel.org/r/20071026073721.618b4778@laptopd505.fenrus.org, a new LSM is accepted into the kernel when its intent (a description of what it tries to protect against and in what cases one would expect to use it) has been appropriately documented in ``Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/``. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa-configuration.rst b/Documentation/sound/alsa-configuration.rst index fe52c314b763..b36af65a08ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa-configuration.rst +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa-configuration.rst @@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ Module for Digigram miXart8 sound cards. This module supports multiple cards. Note: One miXart8 board will be represented as 4 alsa cards. -See MIXART.txt for details. +See Documentation/sound/cards/mixart.rst for details. When the driver is compiled as a module and the hotplug firmware is supported, the firmware data is loaded via hotplug automatically. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/designs/index.rst b/Documentation/sound/designs/index.rst index f0749943ccb2..1eb08e7bae52 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/designs/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/sound/designs/index.rst @@ -14,3 +14,4 @@ Designs and Implementations powersave oss-emulation seq-oss + jack-injection diff --git a/Documentation/sound/designs/jack-injection.rst b/Documentation/sound/designs/jack-injection.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f9790521523e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/sound/designs/jack-injection.rst @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +============================ +ALSA Jack Software Injection +============================ + +Simple Introduction On Jack Injection +===================================== + +Here jack injection means users could inject plugin or plugout events +to the audio jacks through debugfs interface, it is helpful to +validate ALSA userspace changes. For example, we change the audio +profile switching code in the pulseaudio, and we want to verify if the +change works as expected and if the change introduce the regression, +in this case, we could inject plugin or plugout events to an audio +jack or to some audio jacks, we don't need to physically access the +machine and plug/unplug physical devices to the audio jack. + +In this design, an audio jack doesn't equal to a physical audio jack. +Sometimes a physical audio jack contains multi functions, and the +ALSA driver creates multi ``jack_kctl`` for a ``snd_jack``, here the +``snd_jack`` represents a physical audio jack and the ``jack_kctl`` +represents a function, for example a physical jack has two functions: +headphone and mic_in, the ALSA ASoC driver will build 2 ``jack_kctl`` +for this jack. The jack injection is implemented based on the +``jack_kctl`` instead of ``snd_jack``. + +To inject events to audio jacks, we need to enable the jack injection +via ``sw_inject_enable`` first, once it is enabled, this jack will not +change the state by hardware events anymore, we could inject plugin or +plugout events via ``jackin_inject`` and check the jack state via +``status``, after we finish our test, we need to disable the jack +injection via ``sw_inject_enable`` too, once it is disabled, the jack +state will be restored according to the last reported hardware events +and will change by future hardware events. + +The Layout of Jack Injection Interface +====================================== + +If users enable the SND_JACK_INJECTION_DEBUG in the kernel, the audio +jack injection interface will be created as below: +:: + + $debugfs_mount_dir/sound + |-- card0 + |-- |-- HDMI_DP_pcm_10_Jack + |-- |-- |-- jackin_inject + |-- |-- |-- kctl_id + |-- |-- |-- mask_bits + |-- |-- |-- status + |-- |-- |-- sw_inject_enable + |-- |-- |-- type + ... + |-- |-- HDMI_DP_pcm_9_Jack + |-- |-- jackin_inject + |-- |-- kctl_id + |-- |-- mask_bits + |-- |-- status + |-- |-- sw_inject_enable + |-- |-- type + |-- card1 + |-- HDMI_DP_pcm_5_Jack + |-- |-- jackin_inject + |-- |-- kctl_id + |-- |-- mask_bits + |-- |-- status + |-- |-- sw_inject_enable + |-- |-- type + ... + |-- Headphone_Jack + |-- |-- jackin_inject + |-- |-- kctl_id + |-- |-- mask_bits + |-- |-- status + |-- |-- sw_inject_enable + |-- |-- type + |-- Headset_Mic_Jack + |-- jackin_inject + |-- kctl_id + |-- mask_bits + |-- status + |-- sw_inject_enable + |-- type + +The Explanation Of The Nodes +====================================== + +kctl_id + read-only, get jack_kctl->kctl's id + :: + + sound/card1/Headphone_Jack# cat kctl_id + Headphone Jack + +mask_bits + read-only, get jack_kctl's supported events mask_bits + :: + + sound/card1/Headphone_Jack# cat mask_bits + 0x0001 HEADPHONE(0x0001) + +status + read-only, get jack_kctl's current status + +- headphone unplugged: + + :: + + sound/card1/Headphone_Jack# cat status + Unplugged + +- headphone plugged: + + :: + + sound/card1/Headphone_Jack# cat status + Plugged + +type + read-only, get snd_jack's supported events from type (all supported events on the physical audio jack) + :: + + sound/card1/Headphone_Jack# cat type + 0x7803 HEADPHONE(0x0001) MICROPHONE(0x0002) BTN_3(0x0800) BTN_2(0x1000) BTN_1(0x2000) BTN_0(0x4000) + +sw_inject_enable + read-write, enable or disable injection + +- injection disabled: + + :: + + sound/card1/Headphone_Jack# cat sw_inject_enable + Jack: Headphone Jack Inject Enabled: 0 + +- injection enabled: + + :: + + sound/card1/Headphone_Jack# cat sw_inject_enable + Jack: Headphone Jack Inject Enabled: 1 + +- to enable jack injection: + + :: + + sound/card1/Headphone_Jack# echo 1 > sw_inject_enable + +- to disable jack injection: + + :: + + sound/card1/Headphone_Jack# echo 0 > sw_inject_enable + +jackin_inject + write-only, inject plugin or plugout + +- to inject plugin: + + :: + + sound/card1/Headphone_Jack# echo 1 > jackin_inject + +- to inject plugout: + + :: + + sound/card1/Headphone_Jack# echo 0 > jackin_inject diff --git a/Documentation/sound/kernel-api/writing-an-alsa-driver.rst b/Documentation/sound/kernel-api/writing-an-alsa-driver.rst index 73bbd59afc33..e6365836fa8b 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/kernel-api/writing-an-alsa-driver.rst +++ b/Documentation/sound/kernel-api/writing-an-alsa-driver.rst @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ core/oss The codes for PCM and mixer OSS emulation modules are stored in this directory. The rawmidi OSS emulation is included in the ALSA rawmidi code since it's quite small. The sequencer code is stored in -``core/seq/oss`` directory (see `below <#core-seq-oss>`__). +``core/seq/oss`` directory (see `below <core/seq/oss_>`__). core/seq ~~~~~~~~ @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ where ``enable[dev]`` is the module option. Each time the ``probe`` callback is called, check the availability of the device. If not available, simply increment the device index and returns. dev will be incremented also later (`step 7 -<#set-the-pci-driver-data-and-return-zero>`__). +<7) Set the PCI driver data and return zero._>`__). 2) Create a card instance ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -450,10 +450,10 @@ field contains the information shown in ``/proc/asound/cards``. 5) Create other components, such as mixer, MIDI, etc. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -Here you define the basic components such as `PCM <#PCM-Interface>`__, -mixer (e.g. `AC97 <#API-for-AC97-Codec>`__), MIDI (e.g. -`MPU-401 <#MIDI-MPU401-UART-Interface>`__), and other interfaces. -Also, if you want a `proc file <#Proc-Interface>`__, define it here, +Here you define the basic components such as `PCM <PCM Interface_>`__, +mixer (e.g. `AC97 <API for AC97 Codec_>`__), MIDI (e.g. +`MPU-401 <MIDI (MPU401-UART) Interface_>`__), and other interfaces. +Also, if you want a `proc file <Proc Interface_>`__, define it here, too. 6) Register the card instance. @@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ The allocation of an interrupt source is done like this: chip->irq = pci->irq; where :c:func:`snd_mychip_interrupt()` is the interrupt handler -defined `later <#pcm-interface-interrupt-handler>`__. Note that +defined `later <PCM Interrupt Handler_>`__. Note that ``chip->irq`` should be defined only when :c:func:`request_irq()` succeeded. @@ -3104,7 +3104,7 @@ processing the output stream in the irq handler. If the MPU-401 interface shares its interrupt with the other logical devices on the card, set ``MPU401_INFO_IRQ_HOOK`` (see -`below <#MIDI-Interrupt-Handler>`__). +`below <MIDI Interrupt Handler_>`__). Usually, the port address corresponds to the command port and port + 1 corresponds to the data port. If not, you may change the ``cport`` diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/automarkup.py b/Documentation/sphinx/automarkup.py index 953b24b6e2b4..acf5473002f3 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/automarkup.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/automarkup.py @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ RE_typedef = re.compile(r'\b(typedef)\s+([a-zA-Z_]\w+)', flags=ascii_p3) # Detects a reference to a documentation page of the form Documentation/... with # an optional extension # -RE_doc = re.compile(r'\bDocumentation(/[\w\-_/]+)(\.\w+)*') +RE_doc = re.compile(r'(\bDocumentation/)?((\.\./)*[\w\-/]+)\.(rst|txt)') RE_namespace = re.compile(r'^\s*..\s*c:namespace::\s*(\S+)\s*$') @@ -234,7 +234,10 @@ def markup_doc_ref(docname, app, match): # # Go through the dance of getting an xref out of the std domain # - target = match.group(1) + absolute = match.group(1) + target = match.group(2) + if absolute: + target = "/" + target xref = None pxref = addnodes.pending_xref('', refdomain = 'std', reftype = 'doc', reftarget = target, modname = None, diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py b/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py index 014a5229e57a..ca8ac9e59ded 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py @@ -236,13 +236,7 @@ class CObject(Base_CObject): indextext = self.get_index_text(name) if indextext: - if major == 1 and minor < 4: - # indexnode's tuple changed in 1.4 - # https://github.com/sphinx-doc/sphinx/commit/e6a5a3a92e938fcd75866b4227db9e0524d58f7c - self.indexnode['entries'].append( - ('single', indextext, targetname, '')) - else: - self.indexnode['entries'].append( + self.indexnode['entries'].append( ('single', indextext, targetname, '', None)) class CDomain(Base_CDomain): diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/kernel_abi.py b/Documentation/sphinx/kernel_abi.py index f3da859c9878..efe760e410c4 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/kernel_abi.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/kernel_abi.py @@ -45,17 +45,7 @@ from docutils import nodes, statemachine from docutils.statemachine import ViewList from docutils.parsers.rst import directives, Directive from docutils.utils.error_reporting import ErrorString - -# -# AutodocReporter is only good up to Sphinx 1.7 -# -import sphinx - -Use_SSI = sphinx.__version__[:3] >= '1.7' -if Use_SSI: - from sphinx.util.docutils import switch_source_input -else: - from sphinx.ext.autodoc import AutodocReporter +from sphinx.util.docutils import switch_source_input __version__ = '1.0' @@ -179,16 +169,5 @@ class KernelCmd(Directive): return node.children def do_parse(self, content, node): - if Use_SSI: - with switch_source_input(self.state, content): - self.state.nested_parse(content, 0, node, match_titles=1) - else: - buf = self.state.memo.title_styles, self.state.memo.section_level, self.state.memo.reporter - - self.state.memo.title_styles = [] - self.state.memo.section_level = 0 - self.state.memo.reporter = AutodocReporter(content, self.state.memo.reporter) - try: - self.state.nested_parse(content, 0, node, match_titles=1) - finally: - self.state.memo.title_styles, self.state.memo.section_level, self.state.memo.reporter = buf + with switch_source_input(self.state, content): + self.state.nested_parse(content, 0, node, match_titles=1) diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/kernel_feat.py b/Documentation/sphinx/kernel_feat.py index 2fee04f1dedd..c91ea2b27697 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/kernel_feat.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/kernel_feat.py @@ -42,17 +42,7 @@ from docutils import nodes, statemachine from docutils.statemachine import ViewList from docutils.parsers.rst import directives, Directive from docutils.utils.error_reporting import ErrorString - -# -# AutodocReporter is only good up to Sphinx 1.7 -# -import sphinx - -Use_SSI = sphinx.__version__[:3] >= '1.7' -if Use_SSI: - from sphinx.util.docutils import switch_source_input -else: - from sphinx.ext.autodoc import AutodocReporter +from sphinx.util.docutils import switch_source_input __version__ = '1.0' @@ -154,16 +144,7 @@ class KernelFeat(Directive): buf = self.state.memo.title_styles, self.state.memo.section_level, self.state.memo.reporter - if Use_SSI: - with switch_source_input(self.state, content): - self.state.nested_parse(content, 0, node, match_titles=1) - else: - self.state.memo.title_styles = [] - self.state.memo.section_level = 0 - self.state.memo.reporter = AutodocReporter(content, self.state.memo.reporter) - try: - self.state.nested_parse(content, 0, node, match_titles=1) - finally: - self.state.memo.title_styles, self.state.memo.section_level, self.state.memo.reporter = buf + with switch_source_input(self.state, content): + self.state.nested_parse(content, 0, node, match_titles=1) return node.children diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/kerneldoc.py b/Documentation/sphinx/kerneldoc.py index e9857ab904f1..8189c33b9dda 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/kerneldoc.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/kerneldoc.py @@ -37,18 +37,8 @@ import glob from docutils import nodes, statemachine from docutils.statemachine import ViewList from docutils.parsers.rst import directives, Directive - -# -# AutodocReporter is only good up to Sphinx 1.7 -# import sphinx - -Use_SSI = sphinx.__version__[:3] >= '1.7' -if Use_SSI: - from sphinx.util.docutils import switch_source_input -else: - from sphinx.ext.autodoc import AutodocReporter - +from sphinx.util.docutils import switch_source_input import kernellog __version__ = '1.0' @@ -163,18 +153,8 @@ class KernelDocDirective(Directive): return [nodes.error(None, nodes.paragraph(text = "kernel-doc missing"))] def do_parse(self, result, node): - if Use_SSI: - with switch_source_input(self.state, result): - self.state.nested_parse(result, 0, node, match_titles=1) - else: - save = self.state.memo.title_styles, self.state.memo.section_level, self.state.memo.reporter - self.state.memo.reporter = AutodocReporter(result, self.state.memo.reporter) - self.state.memo.title_styles, self.state.memo.section_level = [], 0 - try: - self.state.nested_parse(result, 0, node, match_titles=1) - finally: - self.state.memo.title_styles, self.state.memo.section_level, self.state.memo.reporter = save - + with switch_source_input(self.state, result): + self.state.nested_parse(result, 0, node, match_titles=1) def setup(app): app.add_config_value('kerneldoc_bin', None, 'env') diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/kernellog.py b/Documentation/sphinx/kernellog.py index 8ac7d274f542..0bc00c138cad 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/kernellog.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/kernellog.py @@ -4,29 +4,19 @@ # only goes back to 1.6. So here's a wrapper layer to keep around for # as long as we support 1.4. # +# We don't support 1.4 anymore, but we'll keep the wrappers around until +# we change all the code to not use them anymore :) +# import sphinx +from sphinx.util import logging -if sphinx.__version__[:3] >= '1.6': - UseLogging = True - from sphinx.util import logging - logger = logging.getLogger('kerneldoc') -else: - UseLogging = False +logger = logging.getLogger('kerneldoc') def warn(app, message): - if UseLogging: - logger.warning(message) - else: - app.warn(message) + logger.warning(message) def verbose(app, message): - if UseLogging: - logger.verbose(message) - else: - app.verbose(message) + logger.verbose(message) def info(app, message): - if UseLogging: - logger.info(message) - else: - app.info(message) + logger.info(message) diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/kfigure.py b/Documentation/sphinx/kfigure.py index 788704886eec..3c78828330be 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/kfigure.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/kfigure.py @@ -49,26 +49,14 @@ import os from os import path import subprocess from hashlib import sha1 -import sys - from docutils import nodes from docutils.statemachine import ViewList from docutils.parsers.rst import directives from docutils.parsers.rst.directives import images import sphinx - from sphinx.util.nodes import clean_astext -from six import iteritems - import kernellog -PY3 = sys.version_info[0] == 3 - -if PY3: - _unicode = str -else: - _unicode = unicode - # Get Sphinx version major, minor, patch = sphinx.version_info[:3] if major == 1 and minor > 3: @@ -540,7 +528,7 @@ def add_kernel_figure_to_std_domain(app, doctree): docname = app.env.docname labels = std.data["labels"] - for name, explicit in iteritems(doctree.nametypes): + for name, explicit in doctree.nametypes.items(): if not explicit: continue labelid = doctree.nameids[name] diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/maintainers_include.py b/Documentation/sphinx/maintainers_include.py index dc8fed48d3c2..328b3631a585 100755 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/maintainers_include.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/maintainers_include.py @@ -61,8 +61,6 @@ class MaintainersInclude(Include): field_content = "" for line in open(path): - if sys.version_info.major == 2: - line = unicode(line, 'utf-8') # Have we reached the end of the preformatted Descriptions text? if descriptions and line.startswith('Maintainers'): descriptions = False diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/requirements.txt b/Documentation/sphinx/requirements.txt index 5030d346d23b..489f6626de67 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/requirements.txt +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/requirements.txt @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ docutils Sphinx==2.4.4 sphinx_rtd_theme -six diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/rstFlatTable.py b/Documentation/sphinx/rstFlatTable.py index 2019a55f6b18..a3eea0bbe6ba 100755 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/rstFlatTable.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/rstFlatTable.py @@ -42,8 +42,6 @@ u""" # imports # ============================================================================== -import sys - from docutils import nodes from docutils.parsers.rst import directives, roles from docutils.parsers.rst.directives.tables import Table @@ -55,14 +53,6 @@ from docutils.utils import SystemMessagePropagation __version__ = '1.0' -PY3 = sys.version_info[0] == 3 -PY2 = sys.version_info[0] == 2 - -if PY3: - # pylint: disable=C0103, W0622 - unicode = str - basestring = str - # ============================================================================== def setup(app): # ============================================================================== diff --git a/Documentation/timers/timers-howto.rst b/Documentation/timers/timers-howto.rst index afb0a43b8cdf..5c169e3d29a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/timers/timers-howto.rst +++ b/Documentation/timers/timers-howto.rst @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ NON-ATOMIC CONTEXT: - Why not msleep for (1ms - 20ms)? Explained originally here: - http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/8/3/250 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/15327.1186166232@lwn.net msleep(1~20) may not do what the caller intends, and will often sleep longer (~20 ms actual sleep for any diff --git a/Documentation/trace/coresight/coresight.rst b/Documentation/trace/coresight/coresight.rst index 0b73acb44efa..169749efd8d1 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/coresight/coresight.rst +++ b/Documentation/trace/coresight/coresight.rst @@ -512,6 +512,38 @@ The --itrace option controls the type and frequency of synthesized events Note that only 64-bit programs are currently supported - further work is required to support instruction decode of 32-bit Arm programs. +2.2) Tracing PID + +The kernel can be built to write the PID value into the PE ContextID registers. +For a kernel running at EL1, the PID is stored in CONTEXTIDR_EL1. A PE may +implement Arm Virtualization Host Extensions (VHE), which the kernel can +run at EL2 as a virtualisation host; in this case, the PID value is stored in +CONTEXTIDR_EL2. + +perf provides PMU formats that program the ETM to insert these values into the +trace data; the PMU formats are defined as below: + + "contextid1": Available on both EL1 kernel and EL2 kernel. When the + kernel is running at EL1, "contextid1" enables the PID + tracing; when the kernel is running at EL2, this enables + tracing the PID of guest applications. + + "contextid2": Only usable when the kernel is running at EL2. When + selected, enables PID tracing on EL2 kernel. + + "contextid": Will be an alias for the option that enables PID + tracing. I.e, + contextid == contextid1, on EL1 kernel. + contextid == contextid2, on EL2 kernel. + +perf will always enable PID tracing at the relevant EL, this is accomplished by +automatically enable the "contextid" config - but for EL2 it is possible to make +specific adjustments using configs "contextid1" and "contextid2", E.g. if a user +wants to trace PIDs for both host and guest, the two configs "contextid1" and +"contextid2" can be set at the same time: + + perf record -e cs_etm/contextid1,contextid2/u -- vm + Generating coverage files for Feedback Directed Optimization: AutoFDO --------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst index 87cf5c010d5d..62c98e9bbdd9 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst +++ b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst @@ -1159,6 +1159,12 @@ Here are the available options: This simulates the original behavior of the trace file. When the file is closed, tracing will be enabled again. + hash-ptr + When set, "%p" in the event printk format displays the + hashed pointer value instead of real address. + This will be useful if you want to find out which hashed + value is corresponding to the real value in trace log. + record-cmd When any event or tracer is enabled, a hook is enabled in the sched_switch trace point to fill comm cache diff --git a/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/4.Coding.rst b/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/4.Coding.rst index a5e36aa60448..8012fe9497ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/4.Coding.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/4.Coding.rst @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ e cercate di evitare le "riparazioni" che fan sparire l'avvertimento senza però averne trovato la causa. Tenete a mente che non tutti gli avvertimenti sono disabilitati di default. -Costruite il kernel con "make EXTRA_CFLAGS=-W" per ottenerli tutti. +Costruite il kernel con "make KCFLAGS=-W" per ottenerli tutti. Il kernel fornisce differenti opzioni che abilitano funzionalità di debugging; molti di queste sono trovano all'interno del sotto menu "kernel hacking". diff --git a/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/adding-syscalls.rst b/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/adding-syscalls.rst index bff0a82bf127..c478b6e8c292 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/adding-syscalls.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/adding-syscalls.rst @@ -611,21 +611,21 @@ Riferimenti e fonti https://lwn.net/Articles/486306/ - Raccomandazioni da Andrew Morton circa il fatto che tutte le informazioni su una nuova chiamata di sistema dovrebbero essere contenute nello stesso - filone di discussione di email: https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/7/24/641 + filone di discussione di email: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20140724144747.3041b208832bbdf9fbce5d96@linux-foundation.org - Raccomandazioni da Michael Kerrisk circa il fatto che le nuove chiamate di - sistema dovrebbero avere una pagina man: https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/6/13/309 + sistema dovrebbero avere una pagina man: https://lore.kernel.org/r/CAKgNAkgMA39AfoSoA5Pe1r9N+ZzfYQNvNPvcRN7tOvRb8+v06Q@mail.gmail.com - Consigli da Thomas Gleixner sul fatto che il collegamento all'architettura x86 dovrebbe avvenire in un *commit* differente: - https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/11/19/254 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/alpine.DEB.2.11.1411191249560.3909@nanos - Consigli da Greg Kroah-Hartman circa la bontà d'avere una pagina man e un programma di auto-verifica per le nuove chiamate di sistema: - https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/3/19/710 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/20140320025530.GA25469@kroah.com - Discussione di Michael Kerrisk sulle nuove chiamate di sistema contro - le estensioni :manpage:`prctl(2)`: https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/6/3/411 + le estensioni :manpage:`prctl(2)`: https://lore.kernel.org/r/CAHO5Pa3F2MjfTtfNxa8LbnkeeU8=YJ+9tDqxZpw7Gz59E-4AUg@mail.gmail.com - Consigli da Ingo Molnar che le chiamate di sistema con più argomenti dovrebbero incapsularli in una struttura che includa un argomento *size* per garantire l'estensibilità futura: - https://lkml.org/lkml/2015/7/30/117 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/20150730083831.GA22182@gmail.com - Un certo numero di casi strani emersi dall'uso (riuso) dei flag O_*: - commit 75069f2b5bfb ("vfs: renumber FMODE_NONOTIFY and add to uniqueness @@ -635,9 +635,9 @@ Riferimenti e fonti - commit bb458c644a59 ("Safer ABI for O_TMPFILE") - Discussion from Matthew Wilcox about restrictions on 64-bit arguments: - https://lkml.org/lkml/2008/12/12/187 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/20081212152929.GM26095@parisc-linux.org - Raccomandazioni da Greg Kroah-Hartman sul fatto che i flag sconosciuti dovrebbero - essere controllati: https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/7/17/577 + essere controllati: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20140717193330.GB4703@kroah.com - Raccomandazioni da Linus Torvalds che le chiamate di sistema x32 dovrebbero favorire la compatibilità con le versioni a 64-bit piuttosto che quelle a 32-bit: - https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/8/31/244 + https://lore.kernel.org/r/CA+55aFxfmwfB7jbbrXxa=K7VBYPfAvmu3XOkGrLbB1UFjX1+Ew@mail.gmail.com diff --git a/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/magic-number.rst b/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/magic-number.rst index 0243d32a0b59..1af30f4228f2 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/magic-number.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/magic-number.rst @@ -141,7 +141,6 @@ FW_HEADER_MAGIC 0x65726F66 fw_header ``drivers/atm/fo SLOT_MAGIC 0x67267321 slot ``drivers/hotplug/cpqphp.h`` SLOT_MAGIC 0x67267322 slot ``drivers/hotplug/acpiphp.h`` LO_MAGIC 0x68797548 nbd_device ``include/linux/nbd.h`` -OPROFILE_MAGIC 0x6f70726f super_block ``drivers/oprofile/oprofilefs.h`` M3_STATE_MAGIC 0x734d724d m3_state ``sound/oss/maestro3.c`` VMALLOC_MAGIC 0x87654320 snd_alloc_track ``sound/core/memory.c`` KMALLOC_MAGIC 0x87654321 snd_alloc_track ``sound/core/memory.c`` diff --git a/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/submit-checklist.rst b/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/submit-checklist.rst index 3e575502690f..614fc17d9086 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/submit-checklist.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/submit-checklist.rst @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ sottomissione delle patch, in particolare l'iniezione di fallimenti specifici per il sottosistema. 22) Il nuovo codice è stato compilato con ``gcc -W`` (usate - ``make EXTRA_CFLAGS=-W``). Questo genererà molti avvisi, ma è ottimo + ``make KCFLAGS=-W``). Questo genererà molti avvisi, ma è ottimo per scovare bachi come "warning: comparison between signed and unsigned". 23) La patch è stata verificata dopo essere stata inclusa nella serie di patch diff --git a/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/submitting-patches.rst b/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/submitting-patches.rst index 966cd3242a60..ae00352346ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/submitting-patches.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/submitting-patches.rst @@ -731,13 +731,13 @@ Greg Kroah-Hartman, "Come scocciare un manutentore di un sottosistema" <http://www.kroah.com/log/linux/maintainer-06.html> No!!!! Basta gigantesche bombe patch alle persone sulla lista linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org! - <https://lkml.org/lkml/2005/7/11/336> + <https://lore.kernel.org/r/20050711.125305.08322243.davem@davemloft.net> Kernel Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/coding-style.rst: :ref:`Documentation/translations/it_IT/process/coding-style.rst <it_codingstyle>` E-mail di Linus Torvalds sul formato canonico di una patch: - <http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/4/7/183> + <https://lore.kernel.org/r/Pine.LNX.4.58.0504071023190.28951@ppc970.osdl.org> Andi Kleen, "Su come sottomettere patch del kernel" Alcune strategie su come sottomettere modifiche toste o controverse. diff --git a/Documentation/translations/ja_JP/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/translations/ja_JP/SubmittingPatches index dd0c3280ba5a..6854f5add72e 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/ja_JP/SubmittingPatches +++ b/Documentation/translations/ja_JP/SubmittingPatches @@ -702,13 +702,13 @@ Greg Kroah-Hartman, "How to piss off a kernel subsystem maintainer". <http://www.kroah.com/log/2006/01/11/> NO!!!! No more huge patch bombs to linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org people! - <https://lkml.org/lkml/2005/7/11/336> + <https://lore.kernel.org/r/20050711.125305.08322243.davem@davemloft.net> Kernel Documentation/process/coding-style.rst: <http://users.sosdg.org/~qiyong/lxr/source/Documentation/process/coding-style.rst> Linus Torvalds's mail on the canonical patch format: - <http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/4/7/183> + <https://lore.kernel.org/r/Pine.LNX.4.58.0504071023190.28951@ppc970.osdl.org> Andi Kleen, "On submitting kernel patches" Some strategies to get difficult or controversial changes in. diff --git a/Documentation/translations/ko_KR/howto.rst b/Documentation/translations/ko_KR/howto.rst index 240d29be38f2..787f1e85f8a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/ko_KR/howto.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/ko_KR/howto.rst @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ https://bugzilla.kernel.org 는 리눅스 ì»¤ë„ ê°œë°œìžë“¤ì´ 커ë„ì˜ ë²„ê· https://bugzilla.kernel.org/page.cgi?id=faq.html -ë©”ì¸ ì»¤ë„ ì†ŒìŠ¤ ë””ë ‰í† ë¦¬ì— ìžˆëŠ” :ref:`admin-guide/reporting-bugs.rst <reportingbugs>` +ë©”ì¸ ì»¤ë„ ì†ŒìŠ¤ ë””ë ‰í† ë¦¬ì— ìžˆëŠ” 'Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-issues.rst' 파ì¼ì€ ì»¤ë„ ë²„ê·¸ë¼ê³ ìƒê°ë˜ëŠ” ê²ƒì„ ë³´ê³ í•˜ëŠ” ë°©ë²•ì— ê´€í•œ ì¢‹ì€ í…œí”Œë¦¿ì´ë©° ë¬¸ì œë¥¼ 추ì 하기 위해서 ì»¤ë„ ê°œë°œìžë“¤ì´ 필요로 하는 ì •ë³´ê°€ 무엇들ì¸ì§€ë¥¼ ìƒì„¸ížˆ ì„¤ëª…í•˜ê³ ìžˆë‹¤. @@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ Patì´ë¼ëŠ” ì´ë¦„ì„ ê°€ì§„ ì—¬ìžê°€ ìžˆì„ ìˆ˜ë„ ìžˆëŠ” 것ì´ë‹¤. ë¦¬ëˆ…ìŠ "The Perfect Patch" - http://www.ozlabs.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt + https://www.ozlabs.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt ì´ ëª¨ë“ ê²ƒì„ í•˜ëŠ” ê²ƒì€ ë§¤ìš° ì–´ë ¤ìš´ ì¼ì´ë‹¤. 완벽히 소화하는 ë°ëŠ” ì ì–´ë„ ëª‡ë…„ì´ diff --git a/Documentation/translations/ko_KR/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/ko_KR/index.rst index 27995c4233de..b9e27d20b039 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/ko_KR/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/ko_KR/index.rst @@ -10,3 +10,18 @@ :maxdepth: 1 howto + + +리눅스 ì»¤ë„ ë©”ëª¨ë¦¬ 배리어 +------------------------- + +.. raw:: latex + + \footnotesize + +.. include:: ./memory-barriers.txt + :literal: + +.. raw:: latex + + \normalsize diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst index c972731c0e57..a73400a054ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/admin-guide/cpu-load.rst @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Linux通过``/proc/stat``å’Œ``/proc/uptime``导出å„ç§ä¿¡æ¯ï¼Œç”¨æˆ·ç©ºé—´å·¥ å‚考 --- -- http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/2/12/6 +- https://lore.kernel.org/r/loom.20070212T063225-663@post.gmane.org - Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst (1.8) diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arm/Booting b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arm/Booting index c3d26ce5f6de..5ecea0767893 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arm/Booting +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arm/Booting @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ bootloader å¿…é¡»ä¼ é€’ä¸€ä¸ªç³»ç»Ÿå†…å˜çš„ä½ç½®å’Œæœ€å°å€¼ï¼Œä»¥åŠæ ¹æ–‡ä»¶ bootloader 必须以 64bit 地å€å¯¹é½çš„å½¢å¼åŠ è½½ä¸€ä¸ªè®¾å¤‡æ ‘æ˜ åƒ(dtb)到系统 RAM ä¸ï¼Œå¹¶ç”¨å¯åŠ¨æ•°æ®åˆå§‹åŒ–它。dtb æ ¼å¼åœ¨æ–‡æ¡£ -Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.rst ä¸ã€‚å†…æ ¸å°†ä¼šåœ¨ +https://www.devicetree.org/specifications/ ä¸ã€‚å†…æ ¸å°†ä¼šåœ¨ dtb 物ç†åœ°å€å¤„查找 dtb é”数值（0xd00dfeed），以确定 dtb 是å¦å·²ç»ä»£æ›¿ æ ‡ç¾åˆ—è¡¨è¢«ä¼ é€’è¿›æ¥ã€‚ diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/iio/ep93xx_adc.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/iio/ep93xx_adc.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7e91d2197867 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/iio/ep93xx_adc.rst @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst + +:Original: :doc:`../../../iio/ep93xx_adc` +:Translator: Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +.. _cn_iio_ep93xx_adc: + + +================================== +æ€ç¿é€»è¾‘ EP93xx 模拟数å—转æ¢å™¨é©±åŠ¨ +================================== + +1. 概述 +======= + +该驱动åŒæ—¶é€‚用于具有5通é“模拟数å—转æ¢å™¨çš„低端 (EP9301, Ep9302) 设备和10é€šé“ +触摸å±/模拟数å—转æ¢å™¨çš„高端设备(EP9307, EP9312, EP9315)。 + +2. 通é“ç¼–å· +=========== + +EP9301å’ŒEP9302æ•°æ®è¡¨å®šä¹‰äº†é€šé“0..4çš„ç¼–å·æ–¹æ¡ˆã€‚虽然EP9307, EP9312å’ŒEP9315多 +了3个通é“（一共8个），但是编å·å¹¶æ²¡æœ‰å®šä¹‰ã€‚所以说最åŽä¸‰ä¸ªé€šé“是éšæœºç¼–å·çš„。 + +如果ep93xx_adc是IIO设备0，您将在以下ä½ç½®æ‰¾åˆ°æ¡ç›® +/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:device0/: + + +-----------------+---------------+ + | sysfs å…¥å£ | ball/pin å称 | + +=================+===============+ + | in_voltage0_raw | YM | + +-----------------+---------------+ + | in_voltage1_raw | SXP | + +-----------------+---------------+ + | in_voltage2_raw | SXM | + +-----------------+---------------+ + | in_voltage3_raw | SYP | + +-----------------+---------------+ + | in_voltage4_raw | SYM | + +-----------------+---------------+ + | in_voltage5_raw | XP | + +-----------------+---------------+ + | in_voltage6_raw | XM | + +-----------------+---------------+ + | in_voltage7_raw | YP | + +-----------------+---------------+ diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/iio/iio_configfs.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/iio/iio_configfs.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..274488e8dce4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/iio/iio_configfs.rst @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst + +:Original: :doc:`../../../iio/iio_configfs` +:Translator: Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +.. _cn_iio_configfs: + + +===================== +工业 IIO configfsæ”¯æŒ +===================== + +1. 概述 +======= + +Configfs是一ç§å†…æ ¸å¯¹è±¡çš„åŸºäºŽæ–‡ä»¶ç³»ç»Ÿçš„ç®¡ç†ç³»ç»Ÿï¼ŒIIO使用一些å¯ä»¥é€šè¿‡ +configfsè½»æ¾é…置的对象（例如：设备，触å‘器）。 + +关于configfs是如何è¿è¡Œçš„，请查阅Documentation/filesystems/configfs.rst +了解更多信æ¯ã€‚ + +2. 用法 +======= +为了使configfs支æŒIIO，我们需è¦åœ¨ç¼–译时选ä¸configçš„CONFIG_IIO_CONFIGFS +选项。 + +然åŽï¼ŒæŒ‚è½½configfs文件系统(通常在 /config directory目录下）：： + + $ mkdir/config + $ mount -t configfs none/config + +æ¤æ—¶ï¼Œå°†åˆ›å»ºæ‰€æœ‰é»˜è®¤IIO组，并å¯ä»¥åœ¨/ config / iio下对其进行访问。 ä¸‹ä¸€ç« +将介ç»å¯ç”¨çš„IIOé…置对象。 + +3. 软件触å‘器 +============= + +IIO默认configfs组之一是“触å‘器â€ç»„。 挂载configfsåŽå¯ä»¥è‡ªåŠ¨è®¿é—®å®ƒï¼Œå¹¶ä¸”å¯ +以在/config/iio/triggers下找到。 + +IIO软件触å‘器为创建多ç§è§¦å‘器类型æ供了支æŒã€‚ 通常在include/linux/iio +/sw_trigger.h：ä¸çš„接å£ä¸‹å°†æ–°çš„触å‘器类型实现为å•ç‹¬çš„å†…æ ¸æ¨¡å—： +:: + + /* + * drivers/iio/trigger/iio-trig-sample.c + * 一ç§æ–°è§¦å‘å™¨ç±»åž‹çš„å†…æ ¸æ¨¡å—实例 + */ + #include <linux/iio/sw_trigger.h> + + + static struct iio_sw_trigger *iio_trig_sample_probe(const char *name) + { + /* + * 这将分é…并注册一个IIO触å‘器以åŠå…¶ä»–触å‘器类型特性的åˆå§‹åŒ–。 + */ + } + + static int iio_trig_sample_remove(struct iio_sw_trigger *swt) + { + /* + * 这会废弃iio_trig_sample_probeä¸çš„æ“作 + */ + } + + static const struct iio_sw_trigger_ops iio_trig_sample_ops = { + .probe = iio_trig_sample_probe, + .remove = iio_trig_sample_remove, + }; + + static struct iio_sw_trigger_type iio_trig_sample = { + .name = "trig-sample", + .owner = THIS_MODULE, + .ops = &iio_trig_sample_ops, + }; + +module_iio_sw_trigger_driver(iio_trig_sample); + +æ¯ç§è§¦å‘器类型在/config/iio/triggers下都有其自己的目录。 åŠ è½½iio-trig-sample +模å—将创建“ trig-sampleâ€è§¦å‘器类型目录/config/iio/triggers/trig-sample. + +我们支æŒä»¥ä¸‹ä¸æ–æºï¼ˆè§¦å‘器类型） + + * hrtimer,使用高分辨率定时器作为ä¸æ–æº + +3.1 Hrtimer触å‘å™¨åˆ›å»ºä¸Žé”€æ¯ +--------------------------- + +åŠ è½½iio-trig-hrtimer模å—将注册hrtimer触å‘器类型，从而å…许用户在 +/config/iio/triggers/hrtimer下创建hrtimer触å‘器。 + +例如:: + + $ mkdir /config/iio/triggers/hrtimer/instance1 + $ rmdir /config/iio/triggers/hrtimer/instance1 + +æ¯ä¸ªè§¦å‘器å¯ä»¥å…·æœ‰ä¸€ä¸ªæˆ–多个独特的触å‘器类型的属性。 + +3.2 "hrtimer" 触å‘器类型属性 +---------------------------- + +"hrtimerâ€è§¦å‘器类型没有æ¥è‡ª/config dir的任何å¯é…置属性。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/iio/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/iio/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7087076a10f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/iio/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst + +:Original: :doc:`../../../iio/index` +:Translator: Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +.. _cn_iio_index: + + +======== +工业 I/O +======== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + iio_configfs + + ep93xx_adc diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/booting.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/booting.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..96453e1b962e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/booting.rst @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst + +:Original: :doc:`../../../mips/booting` +:Translator: Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +.. _cn_booting: + +BMIPSè®¾å¤‡æ ‘å¼•å¯¼ +------------------------ + + 一些bootloadersåªæ”¯æŒåœ¨å†…æ ¸é•œåƒå¼€å§‹åœ°å€å¤„çš„å•ä¸€å…¥å£ç‚¹ã€‚而其它 + bootloaders将跳转到ELF的开始地å€å¤„。两ç§æ–¹æ¡ˆéƒ½æ”¯æŒçš„ï¼›å› ä¸º + CONFIG_BOOT_RAW=y and CONFIG_NO_EXCEPT_FILL=y, 所以第一æ¡æŒ‡ä»¤ + 会立å³è·³è½¬åˆ°kernel_entry()å…¥å£å¤„执行。 + + 与arch/arm情况(b)类似，dtæ„ŸçŸ¥çš„å¼•å¯¼åŠ è½½ç¨‹åºéœ€è¦è®¾ç½®ä»¥ä¸‹å¯„å˜å™¨: + + a0 : 0 + + a1 : 0xffffffff + + a2 : RAMä¸æŒ‡å‘è®¾å¤‡æ ‘å—的物ç†æŒ‡é’ˆ(在chapterIIä¸å®šä¹‰)。 + è®¾å¤‡æ ‘å¯ä»¥ä½äºŽå‰512MB物ç†åœ°å€ç©ºé—´(0x00000000 - + 0x1fffffff)的任何ä½ç½®ï¼Œä»¥64ä½è¾¹ç•Œå¯¹é½ã€‚ + + ä¼ ç»Ÿbootloadersä¸ä¼šä½¿ç”¨è¿™æ ·çš„约定，并且它们ä¸ä¼ å…¥DTå—。 + 在这ç§æƒ…况下，Linux将通过选ä¸CONFIG_DT_*查找DTB。 + + 以上约定åªåœ¨32ä½ç³»ç»Ÿä¸å®šä¹‰ï¼Œå› 为目å‰æ²¡æœ‰ä»»ä½•64ä½çš„BMIPS实现。 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/features.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/features.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..93d93d06b1b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/features.rst @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst + +:Original: :doc:`../../../mips/features` +:Translator: Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +.. _cn_features: + +.. kernel-feat:: $srctree/Documentation/features mips diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b85033f9d67c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst + +:Original: :doc:`../../../mips/index` +:Translator: Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +=========================== +MIPS特性文档 +=========================== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + :numbered: + + booting + ingenic-tcu + + features + +.. only:: subproject and html + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f04ba407384a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/mips/ingenic-tcu.rst @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +.. include:: ../disclaimer-zh_CN.rst + +:Original: :doc:`../../../mips/ingenic-tcu` +:Translator: Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn> + +.. _cn_ingenic-tcu: + +=============================================== +å›æ£ JZ47xx SoC定时器/计数器硬件å•å…ƒ +=============================================== + +å›æ£ JZ47xx SoCä¸çš„定时器/计数器å•å…ƒ(TCU)是一个多功能硬件å—。它有多达 +8个通é“，å¯ä»¥ç”¨ä½œè®¡æ•°å™¨ï¼Œè®¡æ—¶å™¨ï¼Œæˆ–脉冲宽度调制器。 + +- JZ4725B, JZ4750, JZ4755 åªæœ‰ï¼–个TCU通é“。其它SoC都有８个通é“。 + +- JZ4725B引入了一个独立的通é“，称为æ“作系统计时器(OST)。这是一个32ä½å¯ + 编程定时器。在JZ4760BåŠä»¥ä¸Šåž‹å·ä¸Šï¼Œå®ƒæ˜¯64ä½çš„。 + +- æ¯ä¸ªTCU通é“都有自己的时钟æºï¼Œå¯ä»¥é€šè¿‡ TCSR 寄å˜å™¨è®¾ç½®é€šé“的父级时钟 + æºï¼ˆpclkã€extã€rtc）ã€å¼€å…³ä»¥åŠåˆ†é¢‘。 + + - 看门狗和OST硬件模å—在它们的寄å˜å™¨ç©ºé—´ä¸ä¹Ÿæœ‰ç›¸åŒå½¢å¼çš„TCSR寄å˜å™¨ã€‚ + - 用于关é—/å¼€å¯çš„ TCU 寄å˜å™¨ä¹Ÿå¯ä»¥å…³é—/å¼€å¯çœ‹é—¨ç‹—å’Œ OST 时钟。 + +- æ¯ä¸ªTCU通é“在两ç§æ¨¡å¼çš„å…¶ä¸ä¸€ç§æ¨¡å¼ä¸‹è¿è¡Œï¼š + + - æ¨¡å¼ TCU1：通é“æ— æ³•åœ¨ç¡çœ 模å¼ä¸‹è¿è¡Œï¼Œä½†æ›´æ˜“于æ“作。 + - æ¨¡å¼ TCU2：通é“å¯ä»¥åœ¨ç¡çœ 模å¼ä¸‹è¿è¡Œï¼Œä½†æ“作比 TCU1 通é“å¤æ‚一些。 + +- æ¯ä¸ª TCU 通é“的模å¼å–决于使用的SoC： + + - 在最è€çš„SoC（高于JZ4740），八个通é“都è¿è¡Œåœ¨TCU1模å¼ã€‚ + - 在 JZ4725B，通é“5è¿è¡Œåœ¨TCU2,其它通é“则è¿è¡Œåœ¨TCU1。 + - 在最新的SoC（JZ4750åŠä¹‹åŽï¼‰ï¼Œé€šé“1-2è¿è¡Œåœ¨TCU2，其它通é“则è¿è¡Œ + 在TCU1。 + +- æ¯ä¸ªé€šé“都å¯ä»¥ç”Ÿæˆä¸æ–。有些通é“共享一æ¡ä¸æ–线，而有些没有，其在SoCåž‹ + å·ä¹‹é—´çš„å˜æ›´ï¼š + + - 在很è€çš„SoC（JZ4740åŠæ›´ä½Žï¼‰ï¼Œé€šé“0和通é“1有它们自己的ä¸æ–线；通 + é“2-7共享最åŽä¸€æ¡ä¸æ–线。 + - 在 JZ4725B，通é“0有它自己的ä¸æ–线；通é“1-5共享一æ¡ä¸æ–线；OST + 使用最åŽä¸€æ¡ä¸æ–线。 + - 在比较新的SoC（JZ4750åŠä»¥åŽï¼‰ï¼Œé€šé“5有它自己的ä¸æ–线；通 + é“0-4和（如果是8通é“）6-7全部共享一æ¡ä¸æ–线；OST使用最åŽä¸€æ¡ä¸ + æ–线。 + +实现 +==== + +TCU硬件的功能分布在多个驱动程åºï¼š + +============== =================================== +时钟 drivers/clk/ingenic/tcu.c +ä¸æ– drivers/irqchip/irq-ingenic-tcu.c +定时器 drivers/clocksource/ingenic-timer.c +OST drivers/clocksource/ingenic-ost.c +脉冲宽度调制器 drivers/pwm/pwm-jz4740.c +看门狗 drivers/watchdog/jz4740_wdt.c +============== =================================== + +å› ä¸ºå¯ä»¥ä»Žç›¸åŒçš„寄å˜å™¨æŽ§åˆ¶å±žäºŽä¸åŒé©±åŠ¨ç¨‹åºå’Œæ¡†æž¶çš„TCUçš„å„ç§åŠŸèƒ½ï¼Œæ‰€ä»¥ +所有这些驱动程åºéƒ½é€šè¿‡ç›¸åŒçš„控制总线通用接å£è®¿é—®å®ƒä»¬çš„寄å˜å™¨ã€‚ + +有关TCU驱动程åºçš„è®¾å¤‡æ ‘ç»‘å®šçš„æ›´å¤šä¿¡æ¯ï¼Œè¯·å‚阅: +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/ingenic,tcu.yaml. diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/4.Coding.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/4.Coding.rst index 959a06ba025c..66cd8ee07606 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/4.Coding.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/4.Coding.rst @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ Linus对这个问题给出了最佳ç”案: 通常，这些è¦å‘Šéƒ½æŒ‡å‘真æ£çš„问题。æ交以供审阅的代ç 通常ä¸ä¼šäº§ç”Ÿä»»ä½•ç¼–译器è¦å‘Šã€‚ 在消除è¦å‘Šæ—¶ï¼Œæ³¨æ„了解真æ£çš„åŽŸå› ï¼Œå¹¶å°½é‡é¿å…“修å¤â€ï¼Œä½¿è¦å‘Šæ¶ˆå¤±è€Œä¸è§£å†³å…¶åŽŸå› 。 -请注æ„，并éžæ‰€æœ‰ç¼–译器è¦å‘Šéƒ½é»˜è®¤å¯ç”¨ã€‚使用“make EXTRA_CFLAGS=-Wâ€æž„å»ºå†…æ ¸ä»¥ +请注æ„，并éžæ‰€æœ‰ç¼–译器è¦å‘Šéƒ½é»˜è®¤å¯ç”¨ã€‚使用“make KCFLAGS=-Wâ€æž„å»ºå†…æ ¸ä»¥ 获得完整集åˆã€‚ å†…æ ¸æä¾›äº†å‡ ä¸ªé…置选项，å¯ä»¥æ‰“开调试功能；大多数é…置选项ä½äºŽâ€œkernel hacking†diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/magic-number.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/magic-number.rst index de182bf4191c..7bb9d4165ed3 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/magic-number.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/magic-number.rst @@ -124,7 +124,6 @@ FW_HEADER_MAGIC 0x65726F66 fw_header ``drivers/atm/fo SLOT_MAGIC 0x67267321 slot ``drivers/hotplug/cpqphp.h`` SLOT_MAGIC 0x67267322 slot ``drivers/hotplug/acpiphp.h`` LO_MAGIC 0x68797548 nbd_device ``include/linux/nbd.h`` -OPROFILE_MAGIC 0x6f70726f super_block ``drivers/oprofile/oprofilefs.h`` M3_STATE_MAGIC 0x734d724d m3_state ``sound/oss/maestro3.c`` VMALLOC_MAGIC 0x87654320 snd_alloc_track ``sound/core/memory.c`` KMALLOC_MAGIC 0x87654321 snd_alloc_track ``sound/core/memory.c`` diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/submitting-patches.rst b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/submitting-patches.rst index 2e7dbaad4028..4fc6d16f5196 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/submitting-patches.rst +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/submitting-patches.rst @@ -668,13 +668,13 @@ Greg Kroah-Hartman, "How to piss off a kernel subsystem maintainer". <http://www.kroah.com/log/linux/maintainer-06.html> NO!!!! No more huge patch bombs to linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org people! - <https://lkml.org/lkml/2005/7/11/336> + <https://lore.kernel.org/r/20050711.125305.08322243.davem@davemloft.net> Kernel Documentation/process/coding-style.rst: :ref:`Documentation/translations/zh_CN/process/coding-style.rst <cn_codingstyle>` Linus Torvalds's mail on the canonical patch format: - <http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/4/7/183> + <https://lore.kernel.org/r/Pine.LNX.4.58.0504071023190.28951@ppc970.osdl.org> Andi Kleen, "On submitting kernel patches" Some strategies to get difficult or controversial changes in. diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.rst b/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.rst index 2eeb3e9299e4..2085e7b24eeb 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.rst +++ b/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.rst @@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ The ECM function provides these attributes in its function directory: and after creating the functions/ecm.<instance name> they contain default values: qmult is 5, dev_addr and host_addr are randomly selected. -Except for ifname they can be written to until the function is linked to a -configuration. The ifname is read-only and contains the name of the interface -which was assigned by the net core, e. g. usb0. +The ifname can be written to if the function is not bound. A write must be an +interface pattern such as "usb%d", which will cause the net core to choose the +next free usbX interface. By default, it is set to "usb%d". Testing the ECM function ------------------------ @@ -131,9 +131,9 @@ The ECM subset function provides these attributes in its function directory: and after creating the functions/ecm.<instance name> they contain default values: qmult is 5, dev_addr and host_addr are randomly selected. -Except for ifname they can be written to until the function is linked to a -configuration. The ifname is read-only and contains the name of the interface -which was assigned by the net core, e. g. usb0. +The ifname can be written to if the function is not bound. A write must be an +interface pattern such as "usb%d", which will cause the net core to choose the +next free usbX interface. By default, it is set to "usb%d". Testing the ECM subset function ------------------------------- @@ -171,9 +171,9 @@ The EEM function provides these attributes in its function directory: and after creating the functions/eem.<instance name> they contain default values: qmult is 5, dev_addr and host_addr are randomly selected. -Except for ifname they can be written to until the function is linked to a -configuration. The ifname is read-only and contains the name of the interface -which was assigned by the net core, e. g. usb0. +The ifname can be written to if the function is not bound. A write must be an +interface pattern such as "usb%d", which will cause the net core to choose the +next free usbX interface. By default, it is set to "usb%d". Testing the EEM function ------------------------ @@ -453,9 +453,9 @@ The NCM function provides these attributes in its function directory: and after creating the functions/ncm.<instance name> they contain default values: qmult is 5, dev_addr and host_addr are randomly selected. -Except for ifname they can be written to until the function is linked to a -configuration. The ifname is read-only and contains the name of the interface -which was assigned by the net core, e. g. usb0. +The ifname can be written to if the function is not bound. A write must be an +interface pattern such as "usb%d", which will cause the net core to choose the +next free usbX interface. By default, it is set to "usb%d". Testing the NCM function ------------------------ @@ -591,9 +591,9 @@ The RNDIS function provides these attributes in its function directory: and after creating the functions/rndis.<instance name> they contain default values: qmult is 5, dev_addr and host_addr are randomly selected. -Except for ifname they can be written to until the function is linked to a -configuration. The ifname is read-only and contains the name of the interface -which was assigned by the net core, e. g. usb0. +The ifname can be written to if the function is not bound. A write must be an +interface pattern such as "usb%d", which will cause the net core to choose the +next free usbX interface. By default, it is set to "usb%d". Testing the RNDIS function -------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/usb/raw-gadget.rst b/Documentation/usb/raw-gadget.rst index 68d879a8009e..818a1648b387 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/raw-gadget.rst +++ b/Documentation/usb/raw-gadget.rst @@ -2,83 +2,93 @@ USB Raw Gadget ============== -USB Raw Gadget is a kernel module that provides a userspace interface for -the USB Gadget subsystem. Essentially it allows to emulate USB devices -from userspace. Enabled with CONFIG_USB_RAW_GADGET. Raw Gadget is -currently a strictly debugging feature and shouldn't be used in -production, use GadgetFS instead. +USB Raw Gadget is a gadget driver that gives userspace low-level control over +the gadget's communication process. + +Like any other gadget driver, Raw Gadget implements USB devices via the +USB gadget API. Unlike most gadget drivers, Raw Gadget does not implement +any concrete USB functions itself but requires userspace to do that. + +Raw Gadget is currently a strictly debugging feature and should not be used +in production. Use GadgetFS instead. + +Enabled with CONFIG_USB_RAW_GADGET. Comparison to GadgetFS ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -Raw Gadget is similar to GadgetFS, but provides a more low-level and -direct access to the USB Gadget layer for the userspace. The key -differences are: +Raw Gadget is similar to GadgetFS but provides more direct access to the +USB gadget layer for userspace. The key differences are: -1. Every USB request is passed to the userspace to get a response, while +1. Raw Gadget passes every USB request to userspace to get a response, while GadgetFS responds to some USB requests internally based on the provided - descriptors. However note, that the UDC driver might respond to some - requests on its own and never forward them to the Gadget layer. + descriptors. Note that the UDC driver might respond to some requests on + its own and never forward them to the gadget layer. -2. GadgetFS performs some sanity checks on the provided USB descriptors, - while Raw Gadget allows you to provide arbitrary data as responses to - USB requests. +2. Raw Gadget allows providing arbitrary data as responses to USB requests, + while GadgetFS performs sanity checks on the provided USB descriptors. + This makes Raw Gadget suitable for fuzzing by providing malformed data as + responses to USB requests. 3. Raw Gadget provides a way to select a UDC device/driver to bind to, - while GadgetFS currently binds to the first available UDC. + while GadgetFS currently binds to the first available UDC. This allows + having multiple Raw Gadget instances bound to different UDCs. 4. Raw Gadget explicitly exposes information about endpoints addresses and - capabilities allowing a user to write UDC-agnostic gadgets. + capabilities. This allows the user to write UDC-agnostic gadgets. -5. Raw Gadget has ioctl-based interface instead of a filesystem-based one. +5. Raw Gadget has an ioctl-based interface instead of a filesystem-based + one. Userspace interface ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -To create a Raw Gadget instance open /dev/raw-gadget. Multiple raw-gadget -instances (bound to different UDCs) can be used at the same time. The -interaction with the opened file happens through the ioctl() calls, see -comments in include/uapi/linux/usb/raw_gadget.h for details. +The user can interact with Raw Gadget by opening ``/dev/raw-gadget`` and +issuing ioctl calls; see the comments in include/uapi/linux/usb/raw_gadget.h +for details. Multiple Raw Gadget instances (bound to different UDCs) can be +used at the same time. -The typical usage of Raw Gadget looks like: +A typical usage scenario of Raw Gadget: -1. Open Raw Gadget instance via /dev/raw-gadget. -2. Initialize the instance via USB_RAW_IOCTL_INIT. -3. Launch the instance with USB_RAW_IOCTL_RUN. -4. In a loop issue USB_RAW_IOCTL_EVENT_FETCH calls to receive events from - Raw Gadget and react to those depending on what kind of USB device - needs to be emulated. +1. Create a Raw Gadget instance by opening ``/dev/raw-gadget``. +2. Initialize the instance via ``USB_RAW_IOCTL_INIT``. +3. Launch the instance with ``USB_RAW_IOCTL_RUN``. +4. In a loop issue ``USB_RAW_IOCTL_EVENT_FETCH`` to receive events from + Raw Gadget and react to those depending on what kind of USB gadget must + be implemented. -Note, that some UDC drivers have fixed addresses assigned to endpoints, and -therefore arbitrary endpoint addresses can't be used in the descriptors. -Nevertheles, Raw Gadget provides a UDC-agnostic way to write USB gadgets. -Once a USB_RAW_EVENT_CONNECT event is received via USB_RAW_IOCTL_EVENT_FETCH, -the USB_RAW_IOCTL_EPS_INFO ioctl can be used to find out information about -endpoints that the UDC driver has. Based on that information, the user must -chose UDC endpoints that will be used for the gadget being emulated, and -properly assign addresses in endpoint descriptors. +Note that some UDC drivers have fixed addresses assigned to endpoints, and +therefore arbitrary endpoint addresses cannot be used in the descriptors. +Nevertheless, Raw Gadget provides a UDC-agnostic way to write USB gadgets. +Once ``USB_RAW_EVENT_CONNECT`` is received via ``USB_RAW_IOCTL_EVENT_FETCH``, +``USB_RAW_IOCTL_EPS_INFO`` can be used to find out information about the +endpoints that the UDC driver has. Based on that, userspace must choose UDC +endpoints for the gadget and assign addresses in the endpoint descriptors +correspondingly. -You can find usage examples (along with a test suite) here: +Raw Gadget usage examples and a test suite: https://github.com/xairy/raw-gadget Internal details ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -Currently every endpoint read/write ioctl submits a USB request and waits until -its completion. This is the desired mode for coverage-guided fuzzing (as we'd -like all USB request processing happen during the lifetime of a syscall), -and must be kept in the implementation. (This might be slow for real world -applications, thus the O_NONBLOCK improvement suggestion below.) +Every Raw Gadget endpoint read/write ioctl submits a USB request and waits +until its completion. This is done deliberately to assist with coverage-guided +fuzzing by having a single syscall fully process a single USB request. This +feature must be kept in the implementation. Potential future improvements ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -- Report more events (suspend, resume, etc.) through USB_RAW_IOCTL_EVENT_FETCH. +- Report more events (suspend, resume, etc.) through + ``USB_RAW_IOCTL_EVENT_FETCH``. -- Support O_NONBLOCK I/O. +- Support ``O_NONBLOCK`` I/O. This would be another mode of operation, where + Raw Gadget would not wait until the completion of each USB request. - Support USB 3 features (accept SS endpoint companion descriptor when - enabling endpoints; allow providing stream_id for bulk transfers). + enabling endpoints; allow providing ``stream_id`` for bulk transfers). -- Support ISO transfer features (expose frame_number for completed requests). +- Support ISO transfer features (expose ``frame_number`` for completed + requests). diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/index.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/index.rst index acd2cc2a538d..d29b020e5622 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/index.rst @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ place where this information is gathered. ioctl/index iommu media/index + sysfs-platform_profile .. only:: subproject and html diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/ioctl/ioctl-number.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/ioctl/ioctl-number.rst index a4c75a28c839..599bd4493944 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/ioctl/ioctl-number.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/ioctl/ioctl-number.rst @@ -157,7 +157,6 @@ Code Seq# Include File Comments 'I' all linux/isdn.h conflict! 'I' 00-0F drivers/isdn/divert/isdn_divert.h conflict! 'I' 40-4F linux/mISDNif.h conflict! -'J' 00-1F drivers/scsi/gdth_ioctl.h 'K' all linux/kd.h 'L' 00-1F linux/loop.h conflict! 'L' 10-1F drivers/scsi/mpt3sas/mpt3sas_ctl.h conflict! @@ -180,6 +179,7 @@ Code Seq# Include File Comments 'R' 00-1F linux/random.h conflict! 'R' 01 linux/rfkill.h conflict! 'R' C0-DF net/bluetooth/rfcomm.h +'R' E0 uapi/linux/fsl_mc.h 'S' all linux/cdrom.h conflict! 'S' 80-81 scsi/scsi_ioctl.h conflict! 'S' 82-FF scsi/scsi.h conflict! @@ -319,11 +319,14 @@ Code Seq# Include File Comments 0xA0 all linux/sdp/sdp.h Industrial Device Project <mailto:kenji@bitgate.com> 0xA1 0 linux/vtpm_proxy.h TPM Emulator Proxy Driver +0xA2 all uapi/linux/acrn.h ACRN hypervisor 0xA3 80-8F Port ACL in development: <mailto:tlewis@mindspring.com> 0xA3 90-9F linux/dtlk.h 0xA4 00-1F uapi/linux/tee.h Generic TEE subsystem 0xA4 00-1F uapi/asm/sgx.h <mailto:linux-sgx@vger.kernel.org> +0xA5 01 linux/surface_aggregator/cdev.h Microsoft Surface Platform System Aggregator + <mailto:luzmaximilian@gmail.com> 0xAA 00-3F linux/uapi/linux/userfaultfd.h 0xAB 00-1F linux/nbd.h 0xAC 00-1F linux/raw.h @@ -352,6 +355,7 @@ Code Seq# Include File Comments <mailto:michael.klein@puffin.lb.shuttle.de> 0xCC 00-0F drivers/misc/ibmvmc.h pseries VMC driver 0xCD 01 linux/reiserfs_fs.h +0xCE 01-02 uapi/linux/cxl_mem.h Compute Express Link Memory Devices 0xCF 02 fs/cifs/ioctl.c 0xDB 00-0F drivers/char/mwave/mwavepub.h 0xDD 00-3F ZFCP device driver see drivers/s390/scsi/ diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/drivers/ccs.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/drivers/ccs.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..161cb65f4d98 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/drivers/ccs.rst @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only + +.. include:: <isonum.txt> + +MIPI CCS camera sensor driver +============================= + +The MIPI CCS camera sensor driver is a generic driver for `MIPI CCS +<https://www.mipi.org/specifications/camera-command-set>`_ compliant +camera sensors. It exposes three sub-devices representing the pixel array, +the binner and the scaler. + +As the capabilities of individual devices vary, the driver exposes +interfaces based on the capabilities that exist in hardware. + +Pixel Array sub-device +---------------------- + +The pixel array sub-device represents the camera sensor's pixel matrix, as well +as analogue crop functionality present in many compliant devices. The analogue +crop is configured using the ``V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP`` on the source pad (0) of the +entity. The size of the pixel matrix can be obtained by getting the +``V4L2_SEL_TGT_NATIVE_SIZE`` target. + +Binner +------ + +The binner sub-device represents the binning functionality on the sensor. For +that purpose, selection target ``V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE`` is supported on the +sink pad (0). + +Additionally, if a device has no scaler or digital crop functionality, the +source pad (1) expses another digital crop selection rectangle that can only +crop at the end of the lines and frames. + +Scaler +------ + +The scaler sub-device represents the digital crop and scaling functionality of +the sensor. The V4L2 selection target ``V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP`` is used to +configure the digital crop on the sink pad (0) when digital crop is supported. +Scaling is configured using selection target ``V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE`` on the +sink pad (0) as well. + +Additionally, if the scaler sub-device exists, its source pad (1) exposes +another digital crop selection rectangle that can only crop at the end of the +lines and frames. + +Digital and analogue crop +------------------------- + +Digital crop functionality is referred to as cropping that effectively works by +dropping some data on the floor. Analogue crop, on the other hand, means that +the cropped information is never retrieved. In case of camera sensors, the +analogue data is never read from the pixel matrix that are outside the +configured selection rectangle that designates crop. The difference has an +effect in device timing and likely also in power consumption. + +Private controls +---------------- + +The MIPI CCS driver implements a number of private controls under +``V4L2_CID_USER_BASE_CCS`` to control the MIPI CCS compliant camera sensors. + +Analogue gain model +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The CCS defines an analogue gain model where the gain can be calculated using +the following formula: + + gain = m0 * x + c0 / (m1 * x + c1) + +Either m0 or c0 will be zero. The constants that are device specific, can be +obtained from the following controls: + + V4L2_CID_CCS_ANALOGUE_GAIN_M0 + V4L2_CID_CCS_ANALOGUE_GAIN_M1 + V4L2_CID_CCS_ANALOGUE_GAIN_C0 + V4L2_CID_CCS_ANALOGUE_GAIN_C1 + +The analogue gain (``x`` in the formula) is controlled through +``V4L2_CID_ANALOGUE_GAIN`` in this case. + +Alternate analogue gain model +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The CCS defines another analogue gain model called alternate analogue gain. In +this case, the formula to calculate actual gain consists of linear and +exponential parts: + + gain = linear * 2 ^ exponent + +The ``linear`` and ``exponent`` factors can be set using the +``V4L2_CID_CCS_ANALOGUE_LINEAR_GAIN`` and +``V4L2_CID_CCS_ANALOGUE_EXPONENTIAL_GAIN`` controls, respectively + +Shading correction +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The CCS standard supports lens shading correction. The feature can be controlled +using ``V4L2_CID_CCS_SHADING_CORRECTION``. Additionally, the luminance +correction level may be changed using +``V4L2_CID_CCS_LUMINANCE_CORRECTION_LEVEL``, where value 0 indicates no +correction and 128 indicates correcting the luminance in corners to 10 % less +than in the centre. + +Shading correction needs to be enabled for luminance correction level to have an +effect. + +**Copyright** |copy| 2020 Intel Corporation diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/drivers/index.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/drivers/index.rst index 05a82f8c0c99..1a9038f5f9fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/drivers/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/drivers/index.rst @@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ For more details see the file COPYING in the source distribution of Linux. :maxdepth: 5 :numbered: + ccs cx2341x-uapi imx-uapi max2175 diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/dvb/dvbstb.svg b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/dvb/dvbstb.svg index 87e68baa056b..6f0ba98f9bf9 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/dvb/dvbstb.svg +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/dvb/dvbstb.svg @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ <!-- SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 OR GFDL-1.1-no-invariants-or-later --> <svg id="svg2" width="15.847cm" height="8.4187cm" fill-rule="evenodd" stroke-linejoin="round" stroke-width="28.222" preserveAspectRatio="xMidYMid" version="1.2" viewBox="0 0 23770.123 12628.122" xml:space="preserve" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:cc="http://creativecommons.org/ns#" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"><defs id="defs142"><marker id="Arrow1Lend" overflow="visible" orient="auto"><path id="path954" transform="matrix(-.8 0 0 -.8 -10 0)" d="m0 0 5-5-17.5 5 17.5 5z" fill-rule="evenodd" stroke="#000" stroke-width="1pt"/></marker><marker id="marker1243" overflow="visible" orient="auto"><path id="path1241" transform="matrix(-.8 0 0 -.8 -10 0)" d="m0 0 5-5-17.5 5 17.5 5z" fill-rule="evenodd" stroke="#000" stroke-width="1pt"/></marker></defs><metadata id="metadata519"><rdf:RDF><cc:Work rdf:about=""><dc:format>image/svg+xml</dc:format><dc:type rdf:resource="http://purl.org/dc/dcmitype/StillImage"/><dc:title/></cc:Work></rdf:RDF></metadata><rect id="rect197" class="BoundingBox" x="5355.1" y="13.122" width="18403" height="9603" fill="none"/><path id="path199" d="m14556 9614.1h-9200v-9600h18400v9600z" fill="#fff"/><path id="path201" d="m14556 9614.1h-9200v-9600h18400v9600z" fill="none" stroke="#000"/><rect id="rect206" class="BoundingBox" x="13.122" y="4013.1" width="4544" height="2403" fill="none"/><path id="path208" d="m2285.1 6414.1h-2271v-2400h4541v2400z" fill="#fff"/><path id="path210" d="m2285.1 6414.1h-2271v-2400h4541v2400z" fill="none" stroke="#000"/><text id="text212" class="TextShape" x="-2443.8779" y="-4585.8779"><tspan id="tspan214" class="TextParagraph" font-family="sans-serif" font-size="635px" font-weight="400"><tspan id="tspan216" class="TextPosition" -x="1281.1219" y="5435.1221"><tspan id="tspan218" fill="#000000">Antena</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> +x="1013.1317" y="5435.1221"><tspan id="tspan218" fill="#000000">Antenna</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> <rect id="rect223" class="BoundingBox" x="6213.1" y="1813.1" width="4544" height="2403" fill="none"/><path id="path225" d="m8485.1 4214.1h-2271v-2400h4541v2400z" fill="#fff"/><path id="path227" d="m8485.1 4214.1h-2271v-2400h4541v2400z" fill="none" stroke="#000"/><text id="text229" class="TextShape" x="-2443.8779" y="-4585.8779"><tspan id="tspan231" class="TextParagraph" font-family="sans-serif" font-size="635px" font-weight="400"><tspan id="tspan233" class="TextPosition" x="7217.1221" y="3235.1221"><tspan id="tspan235" fill="#000000">Frontend</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> <rect id="rect240" class="BoundingBox" x="12113" y="1813.1" width="4544" height="2403" fill="none"/><path id="path242" d="m14385 4214.1h-2271v-2400h4541v2400z" fill="#fff"/><path id="path244" d="m14385 4214.1h-2271v-2400h4541v2400z" fill="none" stroke="#000"/><text id="text246" class="TextShape" x="-2443.8779" y="-4585.8779"><tspan id="tspan248" class="TextParagraph" font-family="sans-serif" font-size="635px" font-weight="400"><tspan id="tspan250" class="TextPosition" x="13944.122" y="3235.1221"><tspan id="tspan252" fill="#000000">CA</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> <rect id="rect257" class="BoundingBox" x="18113" y="1813.1" width="4544" height="2403" fill="none"/><path id="path259" d="m20385 4214.1h-2271v-2400h4541v2400z" fill="#fff"/><path id="path261" d="m20385 4214.1h-2271v-2400h4541v2400z" fill="none" stroke="#000"/><text id="text263" class="TextShape" x="-2443.8779" y="-4585.8779"><tspan id="tspan265" class="TextParagraph" font-family="sans-serif" font-size="635px" font-weight="400"><tspan id="tspan267" class="TextPosition" x="19384.123" y="3235.1221"><tspan id="tspan269" fill="#000000">Demux</tspan></tspan></tspan></text> diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/mediactl/media-types.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/mediactl/media-types.rst index 7b24a213cae7..e1e4043b3b1c 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/mediactl/media-types.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/mediactl/media-types.rst @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ Types and flags used to represent the media graph elements .. _MEDIA-ENT-F-PROC-VIDEO-STATISTICS: .. _MEDIA-ENT-F-PROC-VIDEO-ENCODER: .. _MEDIA-ENT-F-PROC-VIDEO-DECODER: +.. _MEDIA-ENT-F-PROC-VIDEO-ISP: .. _MEDIA-ENT-F-VID-MUX: .. _MEDIA-ENT-F-VID-IF-BRIDGE: .. _MEDIA-ENT-F-DV-DECODER: @@ -201,6 +202,12 @@ Types and flags used to represent the media graph elements decompressing a compressed video stream into uncompressed video frames. Must have one sink pad and at least one source pad. + * - ``MEDIA_ENT_F_PROC_VIDEO_ISP`` + - An Image Signal Processor (ISP) device. ISPs generally are one of a + kind devices that have their specific control interfaces using a + combination of custom V4L2 controls and IOCTLs, and parameters + supplied in a metadata buffer. + * - ``MEDIA_ENT_F_VID_MUX`` - Video multiplexer. An entity capable of multiplexing must have at least two sink pads and one source pad, and must pass the video diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/ext-ctrls-codec.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/ext-ctrls-codec.rst index 454ecd9a0f83..00944e97d638 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/ext-ctrls-codec.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/ext-ctrls-codec.rst @@ -1182,6 +1182,18 @@ enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_entropy_mode - V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_MAX_QP is also set, the quantization parameter should be chosen to meet both requirements. +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_B_FRAME_MIN_QP (integer)`` + Minimum quantization parameter for the H264 B frame to limit B frame + quality to a range. Valid range: from 0 to 51. If + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_MIN_QP is also set, the quantization parameter + should be chosen to meet both requirements. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_B_FRAME_MAX_QP (integer)`` + Maximum quantization parameter for the H264 B frame to limit B frame + quality to a range. Valid range: from 0 to 51. If + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_MAX_QP is also set, the quantization parameter + should be chosen to meet both requirements. + ``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_I_FRAME_QP (integer)`` Quantization parameter for an I frame for MPEG4. Valid range: from 1 to 31. @@ -1501,6 +1513,26 @@ enum v4l2_mpeg_video_h264_hierarchical_coding_type - * - Bit 16:32 - Layer number +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIER_CODING_L0_BR (integer)`` + Indicates bit rate (bps) for hierarchical coding layer 0 for H264 encoder. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIER_CODING_L1_BR (integer)`` + Indicates bit rate (bps) for hierarchical coding layer 1 for H264 encoder. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIER_CODING_L2_BR (integer)`` + Indicates bit rate (bps) for hierarchical coding layer 2 for H264 encoder. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIER_CODING_L3_BR (integer)`` + Indicates bit rate (bps) for hierarchical coding layer 3 for H264 encoder. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIER_CODING_L4_BR (integer)`` + Indicates bit rate (bps) for hierarchical coding layer 4 for H264 encoder. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIER_CODING_L5_BR (integer)`` + Indicates bit rate (bps) for hierarchical coding layer 5 for H264 encoder. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIER_CODING_L6_BR (integer)`` + Indicates bit rate (bps) for hierarchical coding layer 6 for H264 encoder. .. _v4l2-mpeg-mpeg2: @@ -2628,11 +2660,11 @@ HEVC/H.265 Control IDs ``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MIN_QP (integer)`` Minimum quantization parameter for HEVC. - Valid range: from 0 to 51. + Valid range: from 0 to 51 for 8 bit and from 0 to 63 for 10 bit. ``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_QP (integer)`` Maximum quantization parameter for HEVC. - Valid range: from 0 to 51. + Valid range: from 0 to 51 for 8 bit and from 0 to 63 for 10 bit. ``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_I_FRAME_QP (integer)`` Quantization parameter for an I frame for HEVC. @@ -2649,6 +2681,42 @@ HEVC/H.265 Control IDs Valid range: [V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MIN_QP, V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_QP]. +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_I_FRAME_MIN_QP (integer)`` + Minimum quantization parameter for the HEVC I frame to limit I frame + quality to a range. Valid range: from 0 to 51 for 8 bit and from 0 to 63 for 10 bit. + If V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MIN_QP is also set, the quantization parameter + should be chosen to meet both requirements. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_I_FRAME_MAX_QP (integer)`` + Maximum quantization parameter for the HEVC I frame to limit I frame + quality to a range. Valid range: from 0 to 51 for 8 bit and from 0 to 63 for 10 bit. + If V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_QP is also set, the quantization parameter + should be chosen to meet both requirements. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_P_FRAME_MIN_QP (integer)`` + Minimum quantization parameter for the HEVC P frame to limit P frame + quality to a range. Valid range: from 0 to 51 for 8 bit and from 0 to 63 for 10 bit. + If V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MIN_QP is also set, the quantization parameter + should be chosen to meet both requirements. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_P_FRAME_MAX_QP (integer)`` + Maximum quantization parameter for the HEVC P frame to limit P frame + quality to a range. Valid range: from 0 to 51 for 8 bit and from 0 to 63 for 10 bit. + If V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_QP is also set, the quantization parameter + should be chosen to meet both requirements. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_B_FRAME_MIN_QP (integer)`` + Minimum quantization parameter for the HEVC B frame to limit B frame + quality to a range. Valid range: from 0 to 51 for 8 bit and from 0 to 63 for 10 bit. + If V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MIN_QP is also set, the quantization parameter + should be chosen to meet both requirements. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_B_FRAME_MAX_QP (integer)`` + Maximum quantization parameter for the HEVC B frame to limit B frame + quality to a range. Valid range: from 0 to 51 for 8 bit and from 0 to 63 for 10 bit. + If V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_QP is also set, the quantization parameter + should be chosen to meet both requirements. + ``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_QP (boolean)`` HIERARCHICAL_QP allows the host to specify the quantization parameter values for each temporal layer through HIERARCHICAL_QP_LAYER. This is @@ -3569,3 +3637,12 @@ enum v4l2_mpeg_video_hevc_size_of_length_field - - Selecting this value specifies that HEVC slices are expected to be prefixed by Annex B start codes. According to :ref:`hevc` valid start codes can be 3-bytes 0x000001 or 4-bytes 0x00000001. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BASELAYER_PRIORITY_ID (integer)`` + Specifies a priority identifier for the NAL unit, which will be applied to + the base layer. By default this value is set to 0 for the base layer, + and the next layer will have the priority ID assigned as 1, 2, 3 and so on. + The video encoder can't decide the priority id to be applied to a layer, + so this has to come from client. + This is applicable to H264 and valid Range is from 0 to 63. + Source Rec. ITU-T H.264 (06/2019); G.7.4.1.1, G.8.8.1. diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv-planar.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv-planar.rst index 7d4d39201a3f..1e0db602cc1b 100644 --- a/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv-planar.rst +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv-planar.rst @@ -396,9 +396,9 @@ number of lines as the luma plane. NV24 and NV42 ------------- -Semi-planar YUV 4:4:4 formats. The chroma plane is subsampled by 2 in the -horizontal direction. Chroma lines contain half the number of pixels and the -same number of bytes as luma lines, and the chroma plane contains the same +Semi-planar YUV 4:4:4 formats. The chroma plane is not subsampled. +Chroma lines contain the same number of pixels and twice the +number of bytes as luma lines, and the chroma plane contains the same number of lines as the luma plane. .. flat-table:: Sample 4x4 NV24 Image diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/sysfs-platform_profile.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/sysfs-platform_profile.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c33a71263d9e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/sysfs-platform_profile.rst @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +===================================================================== +Platform Profile Selection (e.g. /sys/firmware/acpi/platform_profile) +===================================================================== + +On modern systems the platform performance, temperature, fan and other +hardware related characteristics are often dynamically configurable. The +platform configuration is often automatically adjusted to the current +conditions by some automatic mechanism (which may very well live outside +the kernel). + +These auto platform adjustment mechanisms often can be configured with +one of several platform profiles, with either a bias towards low power +operation or towards performance. + +The purpose of the platform_profile attribute is to offer a generic sysfs +API for selecting the platform profile of these automatic mechanisms. + +Note that this API is only for selecting the platform profile, it is +NOT a goal of this API to allow monitoring the resulting performance +characteristics. Monitoring performance is best done with device/vendor +specific tools such as e.g. turbostat. + +Specifically when selecting a high performance profile the actual achieved +performance may be limited by various factors such as: the heat generated +by other components, room temperature, free air flow at the bottom of a +laptop, etc. It is explicitly NOT a goal of this API to let userspace know +about any sub-optimal conditions which are impeding reaching the requested +performance level. + +Since numbers on their own cannot represent the multiple variables that a +profile will adjust (power consumption, heat generation, etc) this API +uses strings to describe the various profiles. To make sure that userspace +gets a consistent experience the sysfs-platform_profile ABI document defines +a fixed set of profile names. Drivers *must* map their internal profile +representation onto this fixed set. + +If there is no good match when mapping then a new profile name may be +added. Drivers which wish to introduce new profile names must: + + 1. Explain why the existing profile names canot be used. + 2. Add the new profile name, along with a clear description of the + expected behaviour, to the sysfs-platform_profile ABI documentation. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/acrn/cpuid.rst b/Documentation/virt/acrn/cpuid.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..65fa4b9c1798 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/acrn/cpuid.rst @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +=============== +ACRN CPUID bits +=============== + +A guest VM running on an ACRN hypervisor can check some of its features using +CPUID. + +ACRN cpuid functions are: + +function: 0x40000000 + +returns:: + + eax = 0x40000010 + ebx = 0x4e524341 + ecx = 0x4e524341 + edx = 0x4e524341 + +Note that this value in ebx, ecx and edx corresponds to the string +"ACRNACRNACRN". The value in eax corresponds to the maximum cpuid function +present in this leaf, and will be updated if more functions are added in the +future. + +function: define ACRN_CPUID_FEATURES (0x40000001) + +returns:: + + ebx, ecx, edx + eax = an OR'ed group of (1 << flag) + +where ``flag`` is defined as below: + +================================= =========== ================================ +flag value meaning +================================= =========== ================================ +ACRN_FEATURE_PRIVILEGED_VM 0 guest VM is a privileged VM +================================= =========== ================================ + +function: 0x40000010 + +returns:: + + ebx, ecx, edx + eax = (Virtual) TSC frequency in kHz. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/acrn/index.rst b/Documentation/virt/acrn/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b5f793e73df5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/acrn/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +=============== +ACRN Hypervisor +=============== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + introduction + io-request + cpuid diff --git a/Documentation/virt/acrn/introduction.rst b/Documentation/virt/acrn/introduction.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f8d081bc084d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/acrn/introduction.rst @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +ACRN Hypervisor Introduction +============================ + +The ACRN Hypervisor is a Type 1 hypervisor, running directly on bare-metal +hardware. It has a privileged management VM, called Service VM, to manage User +VMs and do I/O emulation. + +ACRN userspace is an application running in the Service VM that emulates +devices for a User VM based on command line configurations. ACRN Hypervisor +Service Module (HSM) is a kernel module in the Service VM which provides +hypervisor services to the ACRN userspace. + +Below figure shows the architecture. + +:: + + Service VM User VM + +----------------------------+ | +------------------+ + | +--------------+ | | | | + | |ACRN userspace| | | | | + | +--------------+ | | | | + |-----------------ioctl------| | | | ... + |kernel space +----------+ | | | | + | | HSM | | | | Drivers | + | +----------+ | | | | + +--------------------|-------+ | +------------------+ + +---------------------hypercall----------------------------------------+ + | ACRN Hypervisor | + +----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Hardware | + +----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + +ACRN userspace allocates memory for the User VM, configures and initializes the +devices used by the User VM, loads the virtual bootloader, initializes the +virtual CPU state and handles I/O request accesses from the User VM. It uses +ioctls to communicate with the HSM. HSM implements hypervisor services by +interacting with the ACRN Hypervisor via hypercalls. HSM exports a char device +interface (/dev/acrn_hsm) to userspace. + +The ACRN hypervisor is open for contribution from anyone. The source repo is +available at https://github.com/projectacrn/acrn-hypervisor. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/acrn/io-request.rst b/Documentation/virt/acrn/io-request.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6cc3ea0fa1f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virt/acrn/io-request.rst @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 + +I/O request handling +==================== + +An I/O request of a User VM, which is constructed by the hypervisor, is +distributed by the ACRN Hypervisor Service Module to an I/O client +corresponding to the address range of the I/O request. Details of I/O request +handling are described in the following sections. + +1. I/O request +-------------- + +For each User VM, there is a shared 4-KByte memory region used for I/O requests +communication between the hypervisor and Service VM. An I/O request is a +256-byte structure buffer, which is 'struct acrn_io_request', that is filled by +an I/O handler of the hypervisor when a trapped I/O access happens in a User +VM. ACRN userspace in the Service VM first allocates a 4-KByte page and passes +the GPA (Guest Physical Address) of the buffer to the hypervisor. The buffer is +used as an array of 16 I/O request slots with each I/O request slot being 256 +bytes. This array is indexed by vCPU ID. + +2. I/O clients +-------------- + +An I/O client is responsible for handling User VM I/O requests whose accessed +GPA falls in a certain range. Multiple I/O clients can be associated with each +User VM. There is a special client associated with each User VM, called the +default client, that handles all I/O requests that do not fit into the range of +any other clients. The ACRN userspace acts as the default client for each User +VM. + +Below illustration shows the relationship between I/O requests shared buffer, +I/O requests and I/O clients. + +:: + + +------------------------------------------------------+ + | Service VM | + |+--------------------------------------------------+ | + || +----------------------------------------+ | | + || | shared page ACRN userspace | | | + || | +-----------------+ +------------+ | | | + || +----+->| acrn_io_request |<-+ default | | | | + || | | | +-----------------+ | I/O client | | | | + || | | | | ... | +------------+ | | | + || | | | +-----------------+ | | | + || | +-|--------------------------------------+ | | + ||---|----|-----------------------------------------| | + || | | kernel | | + || | | +----------------------+ | | + || | | | +-------------+ HSM | | | + || | +--------------+ | | | | + || | | | I/O clients | | | | + || | | | | | | | + || | | +-------------+ | | | + || | +----------------------+ | | + |+---|----------------------------------------------+ | + +----|-------------------------------------------------+ + | + +----|-------------------------------------------------+ + | +-+-----------+ | + | | I/O handler | ACRN Hypervisor | + | +-------------+ | + +------------------------------------------------------+ + +3. I/O request state transition +------------------------------- + +The state transitions of an ACRN I/O request are as follows. + +:: + + FREE -> PENDING -> PROCESSING -> COMPLETE -> FREE -> ... + +- FREE: this I/O request slot is empty +- PENDING: a valid I/O request is pending in this slot +- PROCESSING: the I/O request is being processed +- COMPLETE: the I/O request has been processed + +An I/O request in COMPLETE or FREE state is owned by the hypervisor. HSM and +ACRN userspace are in charge of processing the others. + +4. Processing flow of I/O requests +---------------------------------- + +a. The I/O handler of the hypervisor will fill an I/O request with PENDING + state when a trapped I/O access happens in a User VM. +b. The hypervisor makes an upcall, which is a notification interrupt, to + the Service VM. +c. The upcall handler schedules a worker to dispatch I/O requests. +d. The worker looks for the PENDING I/O requests, assigns them to different + registered clients based on the address of the I/O accesses, updates + their state to PROCESSING, and notifies the corresponding client to handle. +e. The notified client handles the assigned I/O requests. +f. The HSM updates I/O requests states to COMPLETE and notifies the hypervisor + of the completion via hypercalls. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/index.rst b/Documentation/virt/index.rst index 350f5c869b56..edea7fea95a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/virt/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/virt/index.rst @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ Linux Virtualization Support paravirt_ops guest-halt-polling ne_overview + acrn/index .. only:: html and subproject diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst index 09a8f2a34e39..469a6308765b 100644 --- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst @@ -263,6 +263,27 @@ Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error __u32 trans_len; }; +10. KVM_SEV_GET_ATTESTATION_REPORT +---------------------------------- + +The KVM_SEV_GET_ATTESTATION_REPORT command can be used by the hypervisor to query the attestation +report containing the SHA-256 digest of the guest memory and VMSA passed through the KVM_SEV_LAUNCH +commands and signed with the PEK. The digest returned by the command should match the digest +used by the guest owner with the KVM_SEV_LAUNCH_MEASURE. + +Parameters (in): struct kvm_sev_attestation + +Returns: 0 on success, -negative on error + +:: + + struct kvm_sev_attestation_report { + __u8 mnonce[16]; /* A random mnonce that will be placed in the report */ + + __u64 uaddr; /* userspace address where the report should be copied */ + __u32 len; + }; + References ========== diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst index 70254eaa5229..aed52b0fc16e 100644 --- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/api.rst @@ -360,10 +360,9 @@ since the last call to this ioctl. Bit 0 is the first page in the memory slot. Ensure the entire structure is cleared to avoid padding issues. -If KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE is available, bits 16-31 specifies -the address space for which you want to return the dirty bitmap. -They must be less than the value that KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION returns for -the KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE capability. +If KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE is available, bits 16-31 of slot field specifies +the address space for which you want to return the dirty bitmap. See +KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION for details on the usage of slot field. The bits in the dirty bitmap are cleared before the ioctl returns, unless KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT2 is enabled. For more information, @@ -392,9 +391,14 @@ This ioctl is obsolete and has been removed. Errors: - ===== ============================= + ======= ============================================================== EINTR an unmasked signal is pending - ===== ============================= + ENOEXEC the vcpu hasn't been initialized or the guest tried to execute + instructions from device memory (arm64) + ENOSYS data abort outside memslots with no syndrome info and + KVM_CAP_ARM_NISV_TO_USER not enabled (arm64) + EPERM SVE feature set but not finalized (arm64) + ======= ============================================================== This ioctl is used to run a guest virtual cpu. While there are no explicit parameters, there is an implicit parameter block that can be @@ -956,6 +960,14 @@ memory. __u8 pad2[30]; }; +If the KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_INTERCEPT_HCALL flag is returned from the +KVM_CAP_XEN_HVM check, it may be set in the flags field of this ioctl. +This requests KVM to generate the contents of the hypercall page +automatically; hypercalls will be intercepted and passed to userspace +through KVM_EXIT_XEN. In this case, all of the blob size and address +fields must be zero. + +No other flags are currently valid in the struct kvm_xen_hvm_config. 4.29 KVM_GET_CLOCK ------------------ @@ -1276,6 +1288,9 @@ field userspace_addr, which must point at user addressable memory for the entire memory slot size. Any object may back this memory, including anonymous memory, ordinary files, and hugetlbfs. +On architectures that support a form of address tagging, userspace_addr must +be an untagged address. + It is recommended that the lower 21 bits of guest_phys_addr and userspace_addr be identical. This allows large pages in the guest to be backed by large pages in the host. @@ -1328,7 +1343,7 @@ documentation when it pops into existence). :Capability: KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP_VM :Architectures: all -:Type: vcpu ioctl +:Type: vm ioctl :Parameters: struct kvm_enable_cap (in) :Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error @@ -2261,6 +2276,8 @@ registers, find a list below: PPC KVM_REG_PPC_PSSCR 64 PPC KVM_REG_PPC_DEC_EXPIRY 64 PPC KVM_REG_PPC_PTCR 64 + PPC KVM_REG_PPC_DAWR1 64 + PPC KVM_REG_PPC_DAWRX1 64 PPC KVM_REG_PPC_TM_GPR0 64 ... PPC KVM_REG_PPC_TM_GPR31 64 @@ -4427,7 +4444,7 @@ to I/O ports. :Capability: KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT2 :Architectures: x86, arm, arm64, mips :Type: vm ioctl -:Parameters: struct kvm_dirty_log (in) +:Parameters: struct kvm_clear_dirty_log (in) :Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error :: @@ -4454,10 +4471,9 @@ in KVM's dirty bitmap, and dirty tracking is re-enabled for that page (for example via write-protection, or by clearing the dirty bit in a page table entry). -If KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE is available, bits 16-31 specifies -the address space for which you want to return the dirty bitmap. -They must be less than the value that KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION returns for -the KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE capability. +If KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE is available, bits 16-31 of slot field specifies +the address space for which you want to clear the dirty status. See +KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION for details on the usage of slot field. This ioctl is mostly useful when KVM_CAP_MANUAL_DIRTY_LOG_PROTECT2 is enabled; for more information, see the description of the capability. @@ -4503,6 +4519,7 @@ KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID ioctl because some of them intersect with KVM feature leaves (0x40000000, 0x40000001). Currently, the following list of CPUID leaves are returned: + - HYPERV_CPUID_VENDOR_AND_MAX_FUNCTIONS - HYPERV_CPUID_INTERFACE - HYPERV_CPUID_VERSION @@ -4527,6 +4544,7 @@ userspace should not expect to get any particular value there. Note, vcpu version of KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_HV_CPUID is currently deprecated. Unlike system ioctl which exposes all supported feature bits unconditionally, vcpu version has the following quirks: + - HYPERV_CPUID_NESTED_FEATURES leaf and HV_X64_ENLIGHTENED_VMCS_RECOMMENDED feature bit are only exposed when Enlightened VMCS was previously enabled on the corresponding vCPU (KVM_CAP_HYPERV_ENLIGHTENED_VMCS). @@ -4825,6 +4843,101 @@ into user space. If a vCPU is in running state while this ioctl is invoked, the vCPU may experience inconsistent filtering behavior on MSR accesses. +4.127 KVM_XEN_HVM_SET_ATTR +-------------------------- + +:Capability: KVM_CAP_XEN_HVM / KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_SHARED_INFO +:Architectures: x86 +:Type: vm ioctl +:Parameters: struct kvm_xen_hvm_attr +:Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error + +:: + + struct kvm_xen_hvm_attr { + __u16 type; + __u16 pad[3]; + union { + __u8 long_mode; + __u8 vector; + struct { + __u64 gfn; + } shared_info; + __u64 pad[4]; + } u; + }; + +type values: + +KVM_XEN_ATTR_TYPE_LONG_MODE + Sets the ABI mode of the VM to 32-bit or 64-bit (long mode). This + determines the layout of the shared info pages exposed to the VM. + +KVM_XEN_ATTR_TYPE_SHARED_INFO + Sets the guest physical frame number at which the Xen "shared info" + page resides. Note that although Xen places vcpu_info for the first + 32 vCPUs in the shared_info page, KVM does not automatically do so + and instead requires that KVM_XEN_VCPU_ATTR_TYPE_VCPU_INFO be used + explicitly even when the vcpu_info for a given vCPU resides at the + "default" location in the shared_info page. This is because KVM is + not aware of the Xen CPU id which is used as the index into the + vcpu_info[] array, so cannot know the correct default location. + +KVM_XEN_ATTR_TYPE_UPCALL_VECTOR + Sets the exception vector used to deliver Xen event channel upcalls. + +4.128 KVM_XEN_HVM_GET_ATTR +-------------------------- + +:Capability: KVM_CAP_XEN_HVM / KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_SHARED_INFO +:Architectures: x86 +:Type: vm ioctl +:Parameters: struct kvm_xen_hvm_attr +:Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error + +Allows Xen VM attributes to be read. For the structure and types, +see KVM_XEN_HVM_SET_ATTR above. + +4.129 KVM_XEN_VCPU_SET_ATTR +--------------------------- + +:Capability: KVM_CAP_XEN_HVM / KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_SHARED_INFO +:Architectures: x86 +:Type: vcpu ioctl +:Parameters: struct kvm_xen_vcpu_attr +:Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error + +:: + + struct kvm_xen_vcpu_attr { + __u16 type; + __u16 pad[3]; + union { + __u64 gpa; + __u64 pad[4]; + } u; + }; + +type values: + +KVM_XEN_VCPU_ATTR_TYPE_VCPU_INFO + Sets the guest physical address of the vcpu_info for a given vCPU. + +KVM_XEN_VCPU_ATTR_TYPE_VCPU_TIME_INFO + Sets the guest physical address of an additional pvclock structure + for a given vCPU. This is typically used for guest vsyscall support. + +4.130 KVM_XEN_VCPU_GET_ATTR +--------------------------- + +:Capability: KVM_CAP_XEN_HVM / KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_SHARED_INFO +:Architectures: x86 +:Type: vcpu ioctl +:Parameters: struct kvm_xen_vcpu_attr +:Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error + +Allows Xen vCPU attributes to be read. For the structure and types, +see KVM_XEN_VCPU_SET_ATTR above. 5. The kvm_run structure ======================== @@ -4887,9 +5000,11 @@ local APIC is not used. __u16 flags; More architecture-specific flags detailing state of the VCPU that may -affect the device's behavior. The only currently defined flag is -KVM_RUN_X86_SMM, which is valid on x86 machines and is set if the -VCPU is in system management mode. +affect the device's behavior. Current defined flags: + /* x86, set if the VCPU is in system management mode */ + #define KVM_RUN_X86_SMM (1 << 0) + /* x86, set if bus lock detected in VM */ + #define KVM_RUN_BUS_LOCK (1 << 1) :: @@ -4990,13 +5105,18 @@ to the byte array. .. note:: - For KVM_EXIT_IO, KVM_EXIT_MMIO, KVM_EXIT_OSI, KVM_EXIT_PAPR, + For KVM_EXIT_IO, KVM_EXIT_MMIO, KVM_EXIT_OSI, KVM_EXIT_PAPR, KVM_EXIT_XEN, KVM_EXIT_EPR, KVM_EXIT_X86_RDMSR and KVM_EXIT_X86_WRMSR the corresponding operations are complete (and guest state is consistent) only after userspace has re-entered the kernel with KVM_RUN. The kernel side will first finish - incomplete operations and then check for pending signals. Userspace - can re-enter the guest with an unmasked signal pending to complete - pending operations. + incomplete operations and then check for pending signals. + + The pending state of the operation is not preserved in state which is + visible to userspace, thus userspace should ensure that the operation is + completed before performing a live migration. Userspace can re-enter the + guest with an unmasked signal pending or with the immediate_exit field set + to complete pending operations without allowing any further instructions + to be executed. :: @@ -5323,6 +5443,34 @@ vCPU execution. If the MSR write was unsuccessful, user space also sets the :: + + struct kvm_xen_exit { + #define KVM_EXIT_XEN_HCALL 1 + __u32 type; + union { + struct { + __u32 longmode; + __u32 cpl; + __u64 input; + __u64 result; + __u64 params[6]; + } hcall; + } u; + }; + /* KVM_EXIT_XEN */ + struct kvm_hyperv_exit xen; + +Indicates that the VCPU exits into userspace to process some tasks +related to Xen emulation. + +Valid values for 'type' are: + + - KVM_EXIT_XEN_HCALL -- synchronously notify user-space about Xen hypercall. + Userspace is expected to place the hypercall result into the appropriate + field before invoking KVM_RUN again. + +:: + /* Fix the size of the union. */ char padding[256]; }; @@ -6032,6 +6180,53 @@ KVM_EXIT_X86_RDMSR and KVM_EXIT_X86_WRMSR exit notifications which user space can then handle to implement model specific MSR handling and/or user notifications to inform a user that an MSR was not handled. +7.22 KVM_CAP_X86_BUS_LOCK_EXIT +------------------------------- + +:Architectures: x86 +:Target: VM +:Parameters: args[0] defines the policy used when bus locks detected in guest +:Returns: 0 on success, -EINVAL when args[0] contains invalid bits + +Valid bits in args[0] are:: + + #define KVM_BUS_LOCK_DETECTION_OFF (1 << 0) + #define KVM_BUS_LOCK_DETECTION_EXIT (1 << 1) + +Enabling this capability on a VM provides userspace with a way to select +a policy to handle the bus locks detected in guest. Userspace can obtain +the supported modes from the result of KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION and define it +through the KVM_ENABLE_CAP. + +KVM_BUS_LOCK_DETECTION_OFF and KVM_BUS_LOCK_DETECTION_EXIT are supported +currently and mutually exclusive with each other. More bits can be added in +the future. + +With KVM_BUS_LOCK_DETECTION_OFF set, bus locks in guest will not cause vm exits +so that no additional actions are needed. This is the default mode. + +With KVM_BUS_LOCK_DETECTION_EXIT set, vm exits happen when bus lock detected +in VM. KVM just exits to userspace when handling them. Userspace can enforce +its own throttling or other policy based mitigations. + +This capability is aimed to address the thread that VM can exploit bus locks to +degree the performance of the whole system. Once the userspace enable this +capability and select the KVM_BUS_LOCK_DETECTION_EXIT mode, KVM will set the +KVM_RUN_BUS_LOCK flag in vcpu-run->flags field and exit to userspace. Concerning +the bus lock vm exit can be preempted by a higher priority VM exit, the exit +notifications to userspace can be KVM_EXIT_BUS_LOCK or other reasons. +KVM_RUN_BUS_LOCK flag is used to distinguish between them. + +7.22 KVM_CAP_PPC_DAWR1 +---------------------- + +:Architectures: ppc +:Parameters: none +:Returns: 0 on success, -EINVAL when CPU doesn't support 2nd DAWR + +This capability can be used to check / enable 2nd DAWR feature provided +by POWER10 processor. + 8. Other capabilities. ====================== @@ -6409,7 +6604,6 @@ guest according to the bits in the KVM_CPUID_FEATURES CPUID leaf (0x40000001). Otherwise, a guest may use the paravirtual features regardless of what has actually been exposed through the CPUID leaf. - 8.29 KVM_CAP_DIRTY_LOG_RING --------------------------- @@ -6496,3 +6690,29 @@ KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG and KVM_CLEAR_DIRTY_LOG. After enabling KVM_CAP_DIRTY_LOG_RING with an acceptable dirty ring size, the virtual machine will switch to ring-buffer dirty page tracking and further KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG or KVM_CLEAR_DIRTY_LOG ioctls will fail. + +8.30 KVM_CAP_XEN_HVM +-------------------- + +:Architectures: x86 + +This capability indicates the features that Xen supports for hosting Xen +PVHVM guests. Valid flags are:: + + #define KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_HYPERCALL_MSR (1 << 0) + #define KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_INTERCEPT_HCALL (1 << 1) + #define KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_SHARED_INFO (1 << 2) + +The KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_HYPERCALL_MSR flag indicates that the KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG +ioctl is available, for the guest to set its hypercall page. + +If KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_INTERCEPT_HCALL is also set, the same flag may also be +provided in the flags to KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG, without providing hypercall page +contents, to request that KVM generate hypercall page content automatically +and also enable interception of guest hypercalls with KVM_EXIT_XEN. + +The KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG_SHARED_INFO flag indicates the availability of the +KVM_XEN_HVM_SET_ATTR, KVM_XEN_HVM_GET_ATTR, KVM_XEN_VCPU_SET_ATTR and +KVM_XEN_VCPU_GET_ATTR ioctls, as well as the delivery of exception vectors +for event channel upcalls when the evtchn_upcall_pending field of a vcpu's +vcpu_info is set. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/hyp-abi.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/hyp-abi.rst index 83cadd8186fa..4d43fbc25195 100644 --- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/hyp-abi.rst +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/arm/hyp-abi.rst @@ -58,6 +58,15 @@ these functions (see arch/arm{,64}/include/asm/virt.h): into place (arm64 only), and jump to the restart address while at HYP/EL2. This hypercall is not expected to return to its caller. +* :: + + x0 = HVC_VHE_RESTART (arm64 only) + + Attempt to upgrade the kernel's exception level from EL1 to EL2 by enabling + the VHE mode. This is conditioned by the CPU supporting VHE, the EL2 MMU + being off, and VHE not being disabled by any other means (command line + option, for example). + Any other value of r0/x0 triggers a hypervisor-specific handling, which is not documented here. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/locking.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/locking.rst index b21a34c34a21..0aa4817b466d 100644 --- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/locking.rst +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/locking.rst @@ -16,7 +16,14 @@ The acquisition orders for mutexes are as follows: - kvm->slots_lock is taken outside kvm->irq_lock, though acquiring them together is quite rare. -On x86, vcpu->mutex is taken outside kvm->arch.hyperv.hv_lock. +On x86: + +- vcpu->mutex is taken outside kvm->arch.hyperv.hv_lock + +- kvm->arch.mmu_lock is an rwlock. kvm->arch.tdp_mmu_pages_lock is + taken inside kvm->arch.mmu_lock, and cannot be taken without already + holding kvm->arch.mmu_lock (typically with ``read_lock``, otherwise + there's no need to take kvm->arch.tdp_mmu_pages_lock at all). Everything else is a leaf: no other lock is taken inside the critical sections. diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/nested-vmx.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/nested-vmx.rst index 6ab4e35cee23..ac2095d41f02 100644 --- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/nested-vmx.rst +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/nested-vmx.rst @@ -37,8 +37,10 @@ call L2. Running nested VMX ------------------ -The nested VMX feature is disabled by default. It can be enabled by giving -the "nested=1" option to the kvm-intel module. +The nested VMX feature is enabled by default since Linux kernel v4.20. For +older Linux kernel, it can be enabled by giving the "nested=1" option to the +kvm-intel module. + No modifications are required to user space (qemu). However, qemu's default emulated CPU type (qemu64) does not list the "VMX" CPU feature, so it must be diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/running-nested-guests.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/running-nested-guests.rst index d0a1fc754c84..bd70c69468ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/running-nested-guests.rst +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/running-nested-guests.rst @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ few: Enabling "nested" (x86) ----------------------- -From Linux kernel v4.19 onwards, the ``nested`` KVM parameter is enabled +From Linux kernel v4.20 onwards, the ``nested`` KVM parameter is enabled by default for Intel and AMD. (Though your Linux distribution might override this default.) diff --git a/Documentation/virt/kvm/s390-pv-boot.rst b/Documentation/virt/kvm/s390-pv-boot.rst index 8b8fa0390409..ad1f7866c001 100644 --- a/Documentation/virt/kvm/s390-pv-boot.rst +++ b/Documentation/virt/kvm/s390-pv-boot.rst @@ -80,5 +80,5 @@ Keys ---- Every CEC will have a unique public key to enable tooling to build encrypted images. -See `s390-tools <https://github.com/ibm-s390-tools/s390-tools/>`_ +See `s390-tools <https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/>`_ for the tooling. diff --git a/Documentation/vm/arch_pgtable_helpers.rst b/Documentation/vm/arch_pgtable_helpers.rst index f3591ee3aaa8..552567d863b8 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/arch_pgtable_helpers.rst +++ b/Documentation/vm/arch_pgtable_helpers.rst @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ PTE Page Table Helpers +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ | pte_mkwrite | Creates a writable PTE | +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ -| pte_mkwrprotect | Creates a write protected PTE | +| pte_wrprotect | Creates a write protected PTE | +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ | pte_mkspecial | Creates a special PTE | +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ PMD Page Table Helpers +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ | pmd_mkwrite | Creates a writable PMD | +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ -| pmd_mkwrprotect | Creates a write protected PMD | +| pmd_wrprotect | Creates a write protected PMD | +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ | pmd_mkspecial | Creates a special PMD | +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ PUD Page Table Helpers +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ | pud_mkwrite | Creates a writable PUD | +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ -| pud_mkwrprotect | Creates a write protected PUD | +| pud_wrprotect | Creates a write protected PUD | +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ | pud_mkdevmap | Creates a ZONE_DEVICE mapped PUD | +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ HugeTLB Page Table Helpers +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ | huge_pte_mkwrite | Creates a writable HugeTLB | +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ -| huge_pte_mkwrprotect | Creates a write protected HugeTLB | +| huge_pte_wrprotect | Creates a write protected HugeTLB | +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ | huge_ptep_get_and_clear | Clears a HugeTLB | +---------------------------+--------------------------------------------------+ diff --git a/Documentation/vm/split_page_table_lock.rst b/Documentation/vm/split_page_table_lock.rst index ff51f4a5494d..c08919662704 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/split_page_table_lock.rst +++ b/Documentation/vm/split_page_table_lock.rst @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ There are helpers to lock/unlock a table and other accessor functions: Split page table lock for PTE tables is enabled compile-time if CONFIG_SPLIT_PTLOCK_CPUS (usually 4) is less or equal to NR_CPUS. -If split lock is disabled, all tables guaded by mm->page_table_lock. +If split lock is disabled, all tables are guarded by mm->page_table_lock. Split page table lock for PMD tables is enabled, if it's enabled for PTE tables and the architecture supports it (see below). diff --git a/Documentation/x86/boot.rst b/Documentation/x86/boot.rst index abb9fc164657..fc844913dece 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/boot.rst +++ b/Documentation/x86/boot.rst @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ Protocol: 2.09+ struct setup_data { __u64 next = 0 or <addr_of_next_setup_data_struct>; __u32 type = SETUP_INDIRECT; - __u32 len = sizeof(setup_data); + __u32 len = sizeof(setup_indirect); __u8 data[sizeof(setup_indirect)] = struct setup_indirect { __u32 type = SETUP_INDIRECT | SETUP_E820_EXT; __u32 reserved = 0; |
